Old-Hanbook For Scheme of Instruction and Syllabi

.E.
J zAi
(2013g PlP CAi AS 16)
100 Crg APj 3 Av, AUg 560 085, PlP
P.E.S UNIVERSITY
(Established Under Karnataka Act No. 16 of 2013)
100 Feet Ring Road, BSK III Stage, Bangalore - 560 085,
Karnataka
PESU Student Handbook 2015-16 1
Disclaimer
The rights of the Student Hand Book rest with PES University.
No part of this document can be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission in writing from PES University.
This book is only for internal circulation.
Copyright
PES University, Bangalore
Published 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Content
Message from Chancellor, PES University
Message from Pro Chancellor, PES University
Message from Vice-Chancellor, PES University
General Information
Vision, Mission and Quality Policy
PES Group of Institutions An Overview
About PES University
Facilities & Amenities
Contact Information
Code of Conduct and Campus Discipline
Academic Information and Regulations
Academic Regulations
Scheme of Instruction & Structure of Curicullum
Message from the Chancellor

PES is a top ranking group of educational institutions in India that aspires to build a
better tomorrow by equipping todays youth with a sense of learning, values and
societal orientation. PESs quality of teaching and infrastructure will stimulate students
to excel in their chosen course of study. I believe the information contained in this
Student Handbook will be a step towards achieving excellence.
I extend a hearty weIcome students of batch-2015 to the portals of PES University. I
wish the students great success in their academic endeavors at PES University.
Dr. M. R. Doreswamy
Chancellor, PES University
Founder & Chairman, PES Institutions
Former MLC, Government of Karnataka
Message from the Pro Chancellor

I am pleased that a Student Handbook is being published by
. I
acknowledge the release of this handbook as
expression of PES University
sustained commitment to excellence in academic and administrative processes.
The handbook is a resource, not only to the students but also to the teachers as it
provides information about Programs, ode of onduct, Rules and Academic
Regulations, apart from a host of other useful information.
I wish PES will pave the way in realising your career ambitions.
Prof. D. Jawahar
Pro Chancellor, PES University
Message from the Vice-Chancellor

I am very glad that PES University has prepared a Student Handbook. This handbook
provides guidelines to all of us to work in synergy to realise the dream of every student
as well as the vision of PES.
This handbook provides insights into the policies and governing philosophy of the
University. Although substantial effort has gone into preparing this handbook, there
will always be scope for improvement. PES welcomes thoughts from students to
incorporate into future editions of this handbook.
I wish the very best and success to all the students.

Dr. K. N. Balasubramanya Murthy
Vice-Chancellor, PES University
Message from the Registrar

PES University has endeavoured to bring out a concise Student Handbook that serves
as a quick reference to the academic regulations and conduct of students in the
University. This handbook also highlights all the pertinent functions and facilities in
the University that helps the student to plan his/her academic sessions.
I wish all the students the very best in their academic pursuit.
Dr. V. Krishna Murthy
Registrar, PES University
What this handbook is about?

This compendium is a handy guide that provides information about facilities and
amenities available at the PES University campus. It provides guidelines about
appropriate conduct and interaction with others. It also details the assessment process
covering in-semester (ISA) and end-semester (ESA) assessments. This handbook should
be every students first stop to find basic information about facilities and processes
related to day-to-day activities in the university.
Who should read this handbook?
This handbook should be read by every student, parent and staff of the University.
How to get this handbook?
This handbook is provided free of cost to all students. In case you have not received
your copy, please contact your department. A soft copy of the handbook is available at
the following url www.pes.edu
Published: July 2015
VISION, MISSION AND QUALITY POLICY
Vision
To create a professionally superior and an ethically strong global
workforce.
Mission
To provide students with a sense of history, an understanding of values
and ethics, a commitment to law and morality, an appreciation of human
creativity and an analytical inquiring mind.
Quality Policy
To develop highly skilled human resources with the ability to adapt to an
intellectually and technologically changing environment with collaborative
and participative efforts of management, staff, students and parents.
Core Values of PES

Perseverance, Excellence, Service
PES Group of Institutions an overview (http://www.pes.edu/about)

PES was founded in 1972 with just over 40 students studying in a rented gymnasium at
Bangalore. Today, PES has more than 15,000 students and more than 1,000 staff spread across
six different campuses in Karnataka and Andhra Pradesh.
PES is focused on four main educational areas: Engineering, Medicine, Management and Life
Sciences. PES offers both foundation and specialization programs leading to Bachelors,
Masters and Ph.D Degrees. An indicative list is given below.
No.
Name of Institution
Courses Offered
Affiliating /
Recognising
Authority
PES Pre-University
College of Commerce &
Science
PUC
Pre-University Board,
Karnataka
PES Degree College
BCA, B Sc., B Com, BBM, BHM,
Bangalore University
PES Polytechnic
Diploma in Engineering
Directorate of
Technical Education,
Karnataka
PES College of Pharmacy

(PESCP)
DPharma, B Pharma, M Pharma,

Ph D.
Rajiv Gandhi University

of Health Sciences
PES Institute of
Technology (PESIT)
BE, MBA, MCA, MTech,

M Sc. (Engg) and Ph D
Visvesvaraya
Technological
University, Belgaum
MBBS, MD
NTR University,
Andhra Pradesh
6
7
8
PES Institute of Medical

Sciences and Research
(PESMSR)
PES College of Education
PES Institute of
Technology (South
Campus)
BEd
BE
Bangalore University
Visvesvaraya
Technological
University, Belgaum
The Amaatra Academy
High School, PUC.
CBSE, New Delhi and

Govt. of Karnataka
10
PES Public School
High School, PUC
Chittoor,
AndhraPradesh
11
PES University
BTech, BBA, BBA-HEM, BCA,

MBA, MCA,M Tech, M Sc
(Engineering) by Research , PhD
PES University
About PES University (www.pes.edu)

PES University (PESU) came into existence as a Karnataka State Private University on
November 19, 2013, in recognition of the pioneering efforts of the PES Group of Institutions in
imparting quality higher education.
PESU combines years of experience in education with a unique curriculum, world-class
infrastructure and a committed, responsive faculty. Processes at PES cover all aspects that
build synergy between education and industry, and ensure that the programs are synchronous
with contemporary economic context.
Education at PESU is focused on equipping students with the critical skills they need to
compete in today's globalized world. Whether they choose to be entrepreneurs or build
careers with leading organizations, their time at PES gets them started on the way to achieving
their goals.
At PESU, students find an environment that opens up new worlds of opportunity, helps them
make the right choices and ensures they are ready to start out on their own. Students also
benefit from a strong, global alumni network and earn much more than a degree.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS IN PES UNIVERSITY

UG PROGRAMS
PG PROGRAMS
Biotechnology
1.
Mecahnical Engineering
Computer Science and
Computer Science & Engg.
2.
Engineering
M Tech Electronics and
Civil Engineering
3.
Communication Engineering
B Tech
Electronics &
Electrical and Electronics
4.
Communication Engg.
Engineering
Electrical & Electronics
5. M Sc (Engineering) by Research
Engg.
Mechanical Engg.
6. MBA
BBA Bachelor of Business
7. MCA
Administration
BBA(HEM) - Bachelor of Business
Administration - Hospitality and Event
8. Executive MBA in Product Leadership
Management
BTFS PG Diploma in Pre-Clinical,
9. Clinical Research, Biostatistics and
BCA
Data Management
10. Ph.D
WHAT IS EXPECTED OF PES STUDENTS?

As a student of PES University, you are a brand ambassador of your university, your family and
your country. You should conduct yourself in a manner befitting this great responsibility.
While there are rules, procedures and guidelines to govern campus life, there are three
overarching principles you are expected to follow. When in doubt about how to react in a
situation, think of the following three and the solution will present itself.
Purpose Always remember the purpose for which you have joined the university. You are
here to equip yourself with academic knowledge and skills that will help you find a satisfying
career while contributing meaningfully to the society around you. Make sure you remember
this and focus on this all through your stay in the campus.
Empathy You are expected to understand the situation and problems of other people you
are interacting with and deal suitably. A certain gentleness, politeness and professionalism is
expected from you in your interactions.
Spirit of Enquiry No useful knowledge or skill can be obtained without a spirit of enquiry.
Questioning is required, but should be within the framework and limits of appropriate conduct
and behavior. The spirit of enquiry should lead to understanding and solutions; not to
arguments and quarrels.
HOLISTIC LEARNING
As a university that believes in creating leaders for tomorrow, PES has started offering learning
topics not only in your direct area of study, but also related areas like personality
development, spiritual development as well as arts and humanities. These are usually offered
as elective courses. Registering for these courses will help in more holistic development of the
individual.
FINANCIAL INCENTIVES FOR STUDENTS
PESU strongly believes that academic excellence of students have to be identified, nurtured
and encouraged. PESU has instituted incentives and scholarships to encourage and recognize
talent at various levels. Some of the financial incentives available to students are
TUITION FEE SCHOLARSHIPS - Top twenty percent of students in select Programs of Study
would be offered tuition fee waiver to the tune of 25 percent in the form of fee
reimbursement.
RURAL STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS - PESU is presumably the FIRST Private University to
demonstrate its community commitment in a unique way. Upto three eligible students from
each program of study would be offered tuition fee waiver every year. For details of eligibility,
please contact the Scholarship department.
DISTINCTION AWARDS A merit certificate is given to every student securing an SGPA of 7.75
or more in the semester. Merit certificate along with a nominal cash award is given to
students with an SGPA of 8.00 and above.
PROF. MRD MERIT SCHOLARSHIPS This scholarship has been instituted by the founder of
PES, Dr. M. R. Doreswamy. Top FIVE students in UG program of study and top THREE students
in PG program of study who are securing CGPA 9.0 and above are awarded a scholarship
amount of Rs.5000/- per semester, along with a certificate of Merit / Appreciation.
RANK AWARDS AND MEDALS Rank holders and program toppers are awarded gold medals
at the Convocation along with a certificate of Merit/Appreciation.
INDUSTRY SPONSORED SCHOLARSHIPS - Corporates such as SAP Labs, Cognizant, Meritor

have instituted scholarships to meritorious students. Details are available in the respective
departments.
MENTORING (FACULTY ADVISOR)
Every student is attached to a Mentor (Faculty Advisor). The mentor will act as a trusted
advisor who can be approached for any academic or personal challenges you face. Please feel
free to use this facility to address any adjustment problems you may have, especially during
your early months at the campus.
STUDENT DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS
The university organizes a few programs for student support and to bridge the gap between
industry requirements and academic attainments.
Student Academic Support Program (SASP) Learning support in the form of additional
classes for academically low achievers to assist them to be on par with the others.
Total Student Development Program (TSDP) Domain specific and personality development
skills imparted to students to suit industry needs.
Gifted Student Development Program (GSDP) Innovative projects for outstanding students
to help them go beyond the ordinary.
Campus Wide Quality Improvement Program (CWQIP): This is about optimizing teaching and
learning methods across campus. CWQIP works on three distinct fronts: (a) it sets up systems
for accountability and continuous improvement in the classroom through supply of course
information, teacher evaluation and progress monitoring; (b) it creates an environment where
each student is constantly motivated to excel and reach higher by offering incentives in the
form of assistantships, rank awards, distinction awards and scholarships; and (c) it provides
proactive career management facilities that help students find internships and permanent jobs
through a variety of channels.
Student Teaching Assistantship Program (STAP): Exceptional students are awarded student
assistantships to provide with the opportunity to work closely with their teachers, assisting
them with their research and teaching. This experience on the other side always helps
students to perform better.
COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS
Sensitising students to the needs of the community is planned as a part of the Community
Development Programs. Each faculty of PESU has a mandate to identify needs of the society
and develop programs involving students that make them sensitive to the society around
them.
Some of the community development programs initiated at PES include:
Adopting rural government schools for improving academic experience of students.
Donating books, clothes, etc. to the needy students in Government Schools.
Faculty development programs for Government school teachers.
Conducting regular health camps and blood donation camps.

Conducting awareness drives on environmental pollution.
Vocational Training Programs for school drop-outs.
Providing support services to differently abled students / Government School children
Adopting public parks.
Students are strongly urged to volunteer at least two hours per week to contribute their time
and skills towards one or more of these initiatives. To volunteer, please contact your
department coordinator.
PLACEMENTS, INTERNSHIPS AND INDUSTRY INTERFACE
The Placement Cell, in collaboration with the department, assists students find suitable
placement and internships. PESU is considered a top choice by many leading corporates for
recruiting bright UG and PG talent. These organizations have recognized the capability,
intellect and professional readiness displayed by our students and offer them internship and
employment opportunities. PESUs Placement Cell conducts pre-placement skill training /
enhancement programs and guides students to select suitable employment.
Companies associated with internship projects and placements at PES include large
multinationals from many sectors, Indian conglemarates, niche players and start-ups. Students
of PES are among those who command salaries in the top bracket. Apart from this, studententrepreneurs are encouraged to start their own ventures. There are several start-ups located
within the campus.
Some of the recent recruiters include Google, Microsoft, TCS, Infosys, Accenture, Amazon,
BOSCH, CISCO, Genpact, ICICI, KPMG, Mercedes Benz, Delphi, EMC2, Freescale Semiconductor,
HP, ITC, L&T, National Instruments, NetApp, Nokia, Oracle, Schneider Electric, Simens Network,
Target, TESCO, ThoughtWorks, Volvo, Wipro, WIPRO VLSI and Yahoo!
Highlights of institution-industry interface are:
a. Harmonizing student projects, internships, placements for students.
b. Identifying programs for gifted students to imbibe in them industry level of
professionalism and providing them opportunities for doing projects in the industry at
an early stage
c. Creating industry-institution interaction in formulating and updating syllabi.
d. Initiatives towards co-branding of the industry and the institution.
e. Facilitating industry to use the institution as a hub for applied Research and
Development.
The central Placement Cell is located near the open air theater and can be contacted on
placement@pes.edu
SUMMER PROGRAMS AT UNIVERSITIES OF U.S.A.
The University has student exchange collaboration with several universities in the U.S.A. Some
of the universities likely to take part in the exchange program for the year 2015-16 are given
below. For details regarding eligibility and expenses, please contact the HoD of your
department.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Rutgers University
New Jersey Institute of Technology
Syracuse University
Carnegie Mellon University
Temple University
Drexel University
University of Akron
University of Illinois
Binghamton University
Case Western University
RESEARCH DOMAINS AT PES UNIVERSITY

Currently, PES University has active research communities in the following domains:
1. Advanced Composites Research Centre
2. Cellular and Molecular Biotechnology Centre
3. Centre for Automobile Research and Engineering (CARE)
4. Centre for Knowledge Analytics and Ontological Engineering (KAnOE)
5. Centre for Research and Engineering in Sensor Technologies
6. Cloud Computing and Big Data (CCBD)
7. Green Chemistry
8. Medical and Environmental Biotechnology
9. Process Engineering and Computation Biology
10. Mobile Systems Engineering (MSE)
11. Networks and Security
12. Power and Energy Systems
13. Satellite Technologies
14. Signal Processing
15. Smart Power Control
16. Thermo-Fluids Engineering
17. VLSI Technologies
18. Centre for Socio Economic Research (CSER)
The Crucilble of Research and Innovation (CORI) is an exclusive intiative to develop multi-disciplinary
research under one umbrella. Guided by experienced scientists of repute, projects from satellite
technology to biomedical research are offered to students to pursue as a part of their curriculum
requirements. This is apart from the various research facilities attached to the above domains.
STUDENT-LED HOBBY CLUBS
PES University emphasizes on extracurricular activities as important as academic grades themselves.
PES University want to see students to learn immensely and also have fun. On top of all of there are
many clubs at PES. To register, please coordinate with your department.
The following teams / facilities are available for Extra Curricular Activities
Extended Weekday Programme
Exclusive music room
Pixels The Photography Club
Aatmathrisha Annual cultural fest
Sanskruthi The Indian Contemporary dance team
Pulse The Dance Team
Paisa Vasool The Skit and Spoofs Team
Nautanki The Dramatics Team
Fantom The Western Band
Ninadha Forum for Indian classical culture
Sugama Sangeetha Abhiyana
Samarpana Event to honor the martyr of the Indian Defence Forces
CSR Club Actively organizes blood donation camps, emission testing camps, and health
check-up camps and Swachh Bharat Abhiyan, cloth and books donation to schools, fund
raising for the downtrodden and needy children of Govt. Schools.
Icare Social Initiatives
The following teams / facilities area available for Co-Curricular Activities

The Amateur Scientist All India Science Exhibition
Prakalapa Project exhibition forum
JEDI Joy of Engineering Design
Impetus Creating real life solutions
Ordell Ugo- Virtual company working on real time industry projects
Haya Racing Car Team
CORI A Multidisciplinary research Platform
PES Chronicles Connecting students and Industry
BEBSCO The debating society / quiz club
PESMUM Modern United Nations
ECLAT The College Magazine
Papyrus The College Newspaper
Quotient Quiz Club Dedicated for quiz competitions
Talk+ - Organize talks from famous speakers
TEDx - Organize talks from eminent personalities
E-Cell Promoting entrepreneurship
Ayana 24 Hours Hacathon
Aeolus Team for making unmanned vehicles and aero modelling
PACE Portable assistant team which develops portable assistant mobility device (PAMD)
Samkaran Team for Hybrid Vehicles
Noika Developer Forum for mobile apps and hackathon.
Robotics Building robots
PES Open Source
Student Chapters of Professional Societies across departments
MEDICAL FACILITIES
A qualified registered medical practitioner is available for medical service from 4PM to 8 PM on all
the working days, in the clinic located in the hostel inside the University campus. 24 hour
ambulance facility is available in the event students require emergency shift to hospital for medical
care. The University has a tie-up with M/s. EXCELCARE HOSPITAL located 4 km. away from the
campus. Besides these amenities, all the students of the University are covered under medical
insurance that covers accident events.
LIBRARY
The central library located in the Prof. MRD Block is open during working hours (and during
additional hours during examination timeto provide students access to a vast repository of books,
technical e-journals and periodicals, and has an ambience that provides ideal study spaces. The
library is digitized and bar-coded. Completely automated library management system Online Public
Access Catalogue (OPAC) (http://library@pes.edu) makes it possible to borrow books at any time of
the day or night, as well as make reservations online. Adequate number of books at the Central and
Departmental libraries ensures that resources are easily available for reference. Trained library
personel are available to assist the students.
STUDENT COUNSELING AND LIFESTYLE MANAGEMENT CENTER

The university recognises that students come from different backgrounds, different environments
and different cultures. This may sometimes lead to adjustment issues and result in poor academic
performance or personality issues. The Student Counselling and Lifestyle Management Center helps
such students overcome their anxiety and integrate well into the campus fabric. The center is staffed
by professional counsellors. Student-Counsellor confidentiality is strictly maintained, except under
circumstances that may pose dire threat to the well being of the student. Counselors also help
students in personality enhancement and career mapping. There are separate counselors for male
and female students.
WIFI
The campus is fully WiFi enabled. To access the facility, please contact your department office.
LOCKERS
The campus has a locker facility for students located within their departments. Please contact your
department office.
INDUSTRY ON CAMPUS
PESU provides a platform for students and faculty for industrial exposure. This helps them apply
academic training in an industrial environment and gain valuable first-hand experience of the
challenges and issues in the real world and makes them industry-ready. This activity is facilitated by
a number of leading organizations who have offices right on the PESU campus. These organizations
include Televital Pvt. Ltd., TCL India Pvt. Ltd, IGS India Pvt. Ltd., Shruth & Smith India Pvt. Ltd., and
CBayS India Pvt. Ltd. PES also offers incubator services for start-up companies.
ACCOMMODATION
PESU believes that living experience in the campus encourages independence and helps students
develop the ability to adapt. The campus provides students with open air facilities such as the Open
Air Theater (OAT) and Student Interaction Lounge
and many other lush green spaces for
relaxing, studying and interaction.
Separate hostels with comfortable rooms are available for boys - on campus, and for girls - off
campus. A stringent, round-the-clock security and a medical doctor on call ensure attention to all
student needs.
Apart from the hostel mess, sufficient number of food points exist on campus.
GYM AND SPORTS FACILITIES
Well maintained sports facilities with both indoor and outdoor games that conform to international
standards are available. A gymnasium with physical training equipment for physical fitness is
available under the guidance of a fitness trainer. The sports department holds an annual
international sports festival which provides students an opportunity to participate in various games
and meet and interact with sports personalities.
PROGRESS REPORTS / ACADEMIC DOCUMENTS
Progress reports are uploaded on the University website during the 4th, 8th, 12th and 16th week from
the commencement of the semester. In addition, progress reports along with acknowledgement will
also be dispatched to the parents by post / courier.
Students are required to collect all relevant academic documents only in person. However, under
extraneous circumstances where the student is unable to collect the document in person, the
documents will be handed over to a representative authorized by the student. In such cases, the
authorized representative is required to produce an affidavit along with a photos and signatures of
both the student and the authorized representative. The format for the affidavit is available with the
office of the COE.
NOTICE BOARDS
All important announcements are displayed on department notice boards frequently. Students are
advised to regularly check the notice boards for announcements. In addition, there is a facility to
disseminate information via e-mail and social networking platforms.
CONTACT INFORMATION OF KEY PERSONNEL

Sl. No
Name
Designation
PESU
Extn. #
Email ID
1.
Prof. D. Jawahar
Pro Chancellor
jawahar@pes.edu
202
2.
Prof. Ajoy Kumar
Chief Operating Officer,

PES Institutions
ajoy@pes.edu
219
3.
Dr. K.N.Balasubramanya
Murthy
Vice-Chancellor
vice.chancellor@pes.edu
203
4.
Dr. V. Krishna Murthy
Registrar
registrar@pes.edu
214
5.
Dr. B.A. Kanchan Garg
Controller of Examinations
coe.pesu@pes.edu
841
6.
Dr. Balaji Singh
Dean-Faculty of Management
Studies
dean.mgmt@pes.edu
586
7.
Dr. Kavi Mahesh
Dean-Research
dean.research@pes.edu
215
8.
Mr. A. Vinay
Special Officer
a.vinay@pes.edu
293
9.
Prof. Nitin V Pujari
nitin.pujari@pes.edu
720
keshavanbk@pes.edu
271
chandarts@pes.edu
740
mvrmakam@pes.edu
343
svvenkatesh@pes.edu
255
vkrishna@pes.edu
251
neelam@pes.edu
507
10. Dr. B.K. Keshavan

11. Dr. T.S. Chandar
12. Dr. Roshan Makam
13. Dr.S.V. Venkatesh
14. Dr. V. Krishna
15. Dr. Neelam Bawane
Chairperson (I/C), Dept. of

Computer Science & Engg.
Electrical & Electronics & Engg.
Electronics & Communication
Engg.
Biotechnology
Chairperson (I/C), Dept. of Civil
Engg.
Mechanical Engg.
Computer Appications
16. Dr. Gopal R.K.
Program Chair (I/C)-MBA
drgopalrk@pes.edu
585
17. Dr. Jyotirmoy Ghosh
Chairperson (I/C), Dept. of BBA
jyotirmoyghosh@pes.edu
359
18. Prof. Sunita Srinivasan
Chairperson (I/C), Dept. of BBAHEM
sunitas@pes.edu
373
19. Mr. Subhash Reddy
Librarian
librarian@pes.edu
229
20. Dr. Krishnaveni
Doctor (Part-time)
21. Mrs. Ancy Mathews
Student Counsellor
ancym@pes.edu
243
22. Mr. Vijendar Kumar
Student Counsellor
vijendrak@pes.edu
828
--
288
23. Mr. Chinni Sridhar
Physical Education Director
24. Prof. M V Satyanarayan
Chief Warden, Boys Hostel
mvs@pes.edu
288
25. Mr. M.S. Vinay
Chief Warden, Girls Hostel
vinaymodhe@pes.edu
270
26. Mr. Chandrashekar
Facility Manager
chandru@pes.edu
249
27. Mrs. Grace Francis
Receptionist
28. Security
--
--
539
--
200
--
287
CODE OF CONDUCT AND CAMPUS DISCIPLINE

The university considers every student of PES as a brand ambassador of the institution.
Consequently, it expects a high standard of behavior and decorum from them. Students should
conduct themselves within and outside the premises of the university in a manner befitting its
values.
1. PUNCTUALITY AND DECORUM
Each day of class is valuable to every student. Students should compulsorily attend classes from
the first day of the academic calendar. A student unable to attend classes on day one due to
unforeseen circumstances should obtain prior permission from the HoD by submitting a letter of
request signed by the parent. No copies or fax are acceptable. The format of the declaration is
provided in the Appendix.
Student should maintain punctuality for class sessions, laboratories and workshops. Habitual
latecomers affect the morality of the whole class and will be denied admission to class by the
concerned faculty.
2. MOBILE PHONES / ELECTRONIC GADGETS
Use of mobile phones, tablets and such electronic gadgets are strictly not allowed to be used in
the class room, unless specifically instructed by the faculty for academic purposes. While in the
class room, all such gadgets should be in the switched off mode (and not silent mode). Even
when not in the class, students are urged to minimize their use of such gadgets and spend time
usefully interacting with other students and faculty.
The university authorities will have the right to confiscate any electronic gadget being used by
any student if it finds reasonable grounds that the gadget is not being used in accordance with
this policy.
3. WEARING AND DISPLAY OF ID CARDS
Every student is provided with an Identity Card that is to be worn and visible at all times in the
campus. Students without a valid ID card will not be permitted to enter the campus or to attend
the classes. Duplicate ID cards will be issued only in exceptional circumstances and will be
limited to no more than once in the academic year. The duplicate card will be issued only on
submission of the First Information Report (FIR, issued by the police on complaint of loss/theft)
along with the fees paid receipt.
4. DRESS CODE / APPEARANCE
The universitys dress code is established to teach the importance of proper appearance and
good hygiene. Any disruptive or distracive mode of clothing or appearance that negatively
impacts the educational process is not permitted. Students are required to dress formally while
coming to campus. Printed/collarless T-shirts, cargo pants and sleeveless tops are strictly
prohibited.
Boys: Punk appearance is prohibited. Boys are not to wear caps, bracelets, chains, earrings, or
any type of hand band.
Girls: Not permitted to have streaked hair and fancy hairstyles.
The following are considered as disruptive and distractive:
Clothing including tee shirts displaying sex, violence, death, etc.
Pants, shorts or other dress with holes or tears
Pants, shorts or other dress worn below the waist or sagging garments
Exposed inner garments
Any tight or body hugging wear
5. USING UNIVERSITY TRANSPORT

Contact the Transport Department for availing the University bus facility. Follow the queue
system while boarding and alighting the bus. Respect the driver and conductor and wish as well
as thank them. Start occupying the seats from the last row and last seat. Avoid reserving seats
for others. Allow the next student getting in to sit next to you. Avoid rushing and pushing others.
Students must use only the designated bus and bus stop assigned to them. Bus drivers are
authorized to maintain complete control of students in the bus and report misbehavior, if any, to
the authorities. If you need any clarifications or have any complaints, please contact the
Transport Department in the basement floor of the Prof. MRD Block.
6. VEHICLE SPEED AND PARKING WITHIN CAMPUS
Only two-wheeler parking facility is available on campus for students. Students are strictly
advised to park their two-wheeler in designated places. To maintain a safe environment in the
campus, students are strictly advised to drive at low speeds and not to honk inside the campus.
Students found violating these guidelines may be barred from bringing the two-wheeler into the
campus and may face eviction. Students are advised to wear helmets in the interest of their
safety whether they are driving in the campus or outside..
7. DISCIPLINE
Students indulging in indiscipline, misconduct or breach of code of conduct are liable to be
issued an Infraction Slip by concerned authority/faculty. The disciplinary rules and code of
conduct may be updated on a need basis and the prevailing set of regulations will apply at the
time of an incident. The actions beyond verbal warning, written warning and reprimand as
recorded by the teacher in the Infraction Slip shall be finally decided and imposed by the
Disciplinary Committee of the University.
Circumstances under which an Infraction Slip may be given is provided in the Appendix. The
Disciplinary Committee reserves the right to withhold the issue of Grade Cards and Degree
Certificates till the resolution of any infraction incidence.
8. RAGGING
As per the order of Honorable Supreme Court of India, ragging in any form is considered as a
criminal and culpable offence and is banned in all forms, inside and outside the campus. Any
form of ragging will be severely dealt with through an inquiry committee and disciplinary action
may include:
i.
University authorities exercising the right to emboss the final Grade Card, Degree
Certificate that he/she indulged in ragging.
ii.
Summary expulsion from the University
STUDENT INFRACTION SLIP

Student/s
Name
SRN
Program of
Study & Sem.
Date/Location
of Incidence
Indiscipline/ Misconduct at University / Hostel / Outside Campus
1 Class Room/Pathway/Corridor
12 Any kind of immoral activity
Disruption
2 Collarless T-shirts/cargo pants/flimsy
13 Unfair means / malpractices/ proxy/
dress/long hair/stylish beard/fancy
impersonation in attendance/tests/
moustache/punk appearance/sleeveexams
less tops/low waist pants/ any other
indecent dress; non wearing of ID card
3 Inappropriate behavior outside
14 Irregular attendance in class, labs,
classroom
workshops
4 Late arrival to class, lab & other
15 Misuse of mobile phones, laptops &
University activities
other gadgets
5 Failure to return required signed forms
16 Ragging of any form, on & off
campus
6 Verbal / written/ physical abuse
17 Behavior which brings the University
towards other students / staff
into disrepute
7 Damage/ misuse/ stealing of tools,
18 Extortion, inducement to part
equipment or material
money for inappropriate or false
purposes
8 Argumentative, defiant or irresponsible
19 Spreading harmful rumours
behavoir
9 Possession of firearms, fireworks or
20 Fraud, deceit, deception or
weapons
dishonesty
10 Possession, consumption or
21 Breach of any other University/
distribution of alcoholic drinks,
Hostel Regulation or Code of
addictive/ objectionable drugs or
Conduct
smoking
22 Indulging in mass absenting from
classes
11 Threatening / intimidation/ actual acts
23 Any other (to be detailed by the
of violence & attacks
teacher)
Gravity of Indiscipline / Misconduct
Minor
Penal Action Recommended
1 Verbal warning /
reprimand
2 Written warning /
reprimand
Major
3 Restitution /
reimbursement / fine
(mention amount)
4 Call parents
Severe
Final written warning
Exclusion from extracurricular activities/

distinctions/ ranks/
awards/placement/
scholarships
Entry in conduct
register /certificates
10
11
Other actions (to be

mentioned)
Discount internal
marks/ grade/
12
Seizure/
confiscation of
Suspension
(indicate duration)
Expulsion from
Hostel/University,
rustication
SGPA/CGPA
mobile phones or
other disapproved
materials
Observations / Remarks by the Teacher:
Authorized
Signatory
Signature of
Student
The student has the right to appeal to the University Disciplinary Committee in writing after issue of
this Infraction Slip. Ignorance of the above mentioned disciplinary rules & regulations and the Code
of Conduct is not an excuse in any case of violation.
MANDATORY DECLARATIONS
Student and Parent / Gaurdian Declaration and Local Gaurdian Declaration are the mandatory
declarations, the specimens of which are given below. They need to be duly filled, signed and
submitted to University authorities.
STUDENT DECLARATION / UNDERTAKING
Name of the Student
SRN
Course
Semester
E-mail ID
Contact Number
Name and Address of the parents
with phone number and e-mail ID
Name and Address of the Local
Guardian with phone number and email ID
I have gone through the Student Monitoring Guidelines provided by the University and agree to
abide by the same. I assure that I shall not indulge in any act of indiscipline inside or outside the
campus. I agree to take appropriate corrective actions for my academic improvement. I agree
to keep my personal problems away from my academics and shall sort out any issues with my
parents / counselor. I shall keep my parents informed at all times about my personal issues.
Signature of the student

PARENT / LOCAL GUARDIAN DECLARATION / UNDERTAKING
I have gone through the Student Monitoring Guidelines provided by the University and extend
my full support to the points mentioned therein. I hereby certify that the information provided
by my ward is correct and take the responsibility to intimate any changes to the office from
time to time. I understand that the students personal and non academic problems which affect
the student are beyond the control of the University. I / we shall put our best efforts to resolve
them and will not hold the University responsible for such problems.
Place :
Date :
Signature of the Parent / Guardian
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
Programmes of Study and duration

The University shall offer a variety of programmes of study representing different Faculties, in
accordance with the spirit of a university.
The Programmes offered by the University and their minimum durations are :
Sl
No
Program
Minimum duration
4 years / 8
semesters
Bachelor of Technology
Bachelor of Computer Applications
Bachelor of Business Administration
Bachelor of Business Administration Hospitality and Event Management
Master of Technology
Master of Business in Administration
2 years / 4
semesters
Master of Computer Applications
3 years / 6
semesters
MSc (Engineering) by Research
PhD
10
Executive MBA in Product Leadership
11
PG Diploma in Pre-Clinical, Clinical Research,

Biostatistics and Data Management
3 years / 6
semesters
3 years / 6
semesters
3 years / 6
semesters
2 years / 4
semesters
2 years / 4
semesters
3 years / 6
semesters
15 months / 5
trimesters
1 year / 2 semsters
A student may complete the courses in a maximum of twice the minimum duration.
Credit system
Semester-wise credit-based system is followed in each programme of study except in the case of
very-short non-degree programmes.
Generally credits shall be assigned to each course in a programme of study based on the
following pattern:
ONE credit for ONE lecture (L) hour;

ONE credit for TWO tutorial (T) hours;
ONE credit for TWO laboratory/seminar (P) hours;

ONE credit for FOUR self study (S) hours.
Each course shall be represented in the form of 'L-T-P-S-C' where L, T, P, S and C mean
respectively, the number of lecture hours per week, number of tutorial hours per week, number
of practical hours per week, the number of self study hours per week and the number of credits
assigned to the course. The credits assigned to each course shall be calculated as C = L + T/2 +
P/2 + S/4.
For example, '3-2-0-0-4' means three lecture hours and two tutorial hours amounting to a total
of 4 credits.
The minimum number of credits required to be earned for a degree programme shall be
calculated on the basis of TWENTY TWO credits per regular semester. For example,
a 4-year degree programme shall comprise of eight regular semesters and therefore
require a minimum of 22 x 8 = 176 credits;
a 3-year degree program shall comprise of six regular semesters and therefore require
a minimum of 22 x 6 = 132credits;
a 2-year degree program shall comprise of four regular semesters and therefore
require a minimum of 22 x 4 = 88 credits.
A full-time student shall normally register for TWENTY THREE credits in a regular semester.
A full-time student may be permitted to register for a maximum of TWENTY EIGHT credits during
a regular semester.
Every course in a programme of study normally runs for the full length of a semester.
Category of courses
Courses offered in various programmes of study shall be categorized into the following six types:
Preliminary Courses (PC): Preliminary courses enable students by endowing them with skills
essential to pursue a given programme of study. Generally, they comprise courses in linguistics,
communication, humanities & social sciences, economics, environment, psychology, philosophy,
history, law, political science, professional ethics, and so on. Preliminary courses shall be in the
range of 3-6% of the total minimum credits for a programme.
Foundation Courses (FC): Foundation courses constitute the fundamental learning of a given
programme of study. Generally, they comprise courses such as basic & life sciences, logic &
mathematics, statistics & analytics, basic engineering, technical arts and computer programming
skills. Foundation courses shall be in the range of 30-40% of the total minimum credits for a
programme.
Core Courses (CC): Core courses constitute the core of the programme of study. Core courses
shall be in the range of 30-40% of the total minimum credits for a programme.
Elective Courses (EC): Elective courses offer a choice of advanced or specialized courses related
to the programme of study. They enable students to specialize in a domain of interest or tune
their learning to suit career needs and current trends. Elective courses shall be in the range of
10-20% of the total minimum credits for a programme.
Internship, Research or Project Work (PW): These are intended to enhance the students
practical knowledge and exposure to research and industry. The credits for this category shall
not exceed 6-12% of the total minimum credits for a programme.
Non-credit courses: A few courses, such as Constitution of India, may not be assigned credits.
Such courses shall be referred to as non-credit (NC) courses, and may be mandatory in a
programme of study.
Certain programmes of study may have additional requirements such as apprenticeship and
residency.
Audit courses
A student may be permitted to take any number of audit courses over and above the graduation
requirements for learning a subject.
Specialization and Minor
A student shall have four options with regard to Specializations and Minor:
i. To qualify for a Specialization, which may be mentioned in the Degree certificate, a student
shall register and successfully complete atleast FOUR courses in the EC category in a
particular domain as prescribed by the concerned Departmental Curriculum Committee,
amounting to a minimum of 12 credits.
ii. To qualify for a Minor in the chosen area, which may be mentioned in a certificate, a student
shall register and successfully complete atleast FOUR courses in a Minor area outside his/her
Major discipline as specified by the concerned Departmental Curriculum Committee ,
amounting to a minimum of 12 credits.
iii. A student meeting both the preceding requirements shall qualify for Specialization as well as
Minor in the chosen areas.
iv. A student opting for a mix of elective courses not meeting the minimum course
requirements shall not qualify for Specialization or Minor.
Academic Calendar
The calendar of events in respect of each academic session shall be framed by the University
from time to time. The calendar shall contain the schedule of academic activities for a semester
prepared by the Dean of Faculty.
Typically the even semester consists of 22 weeks during August - December and Odd semester
22 weeks during January - May. The Summer term consists of 8 weeks during June July.
The schedule of chronological events in an academic session is depicted in the table below:
REGULAR SEMESTER SCHEDULE
#
EVENT
1
Course Registration, Lesson Plan Distribution, Class Policy, Course objectives,
Tests and quiz formats
2
Dropping/Adjustment of Courses
3
First Test (T1)
4
Second Test (T2 )
5
Makeup Test
6
End Semester Assessment
7
Evaluation, announcement of results and vacation for students
SUMMER TERM SCHEDULE
1
Course registration, course information distribution, class policy, course
objectives, tests and quiz formats
2
Dropping/Adjustment of Courses
3
4
5
First Test (T1)

Second Test (T2 )
End Semester Assessment, evaluation, announcement of results
The Academic Calendar shall strictly be adhered to and activities such as co-curricular and extracurricular shall not interfere with the curricular activities as stipulated in the Academic Calendar.
Under circumstances where teaching days are declared as holidays or when classes get
suspended, for whatever reasons, make-up classes for such lost days shall be conducted on
Saturdays/Sundays with prior announcements.
Registration for courses

In each semester, an eligible student shall register for the courses he/she intends to study. Only
registered students shall be allowed to attend the classes of those courses.
Students shall register for the courses to be studied in a particular semester before the end of
the previous semester except for the courses in the first semester. Registration for the first
semester of a programme shall be a part of admission process.
Registration process, either online or offline shall consist of the following steps:
i
ii
iii
Meeting with the course coordinator, if required, to verify prerequisites;

Enrolment of students for different courses offered by particular teacher;
Payment of prescribed tuition fees and other dues.
A student in the higher semesters who obtains F or W grade in a course other than elective
(EC category) shall re-register for the same course when offered next. A student who obtains F
or W grade in an elective course shall have an option of repeating the same elective course
when offered next or register for any other elective course in the EC category.
If a student fails to register for course(s) during a semester without intimation to the concerned
Dean of Faculty, his/her admission shall be liable to be cancelled.
Late registration may be permitted by the concerned Dean of Faculty under exceptional
circumstances.
Registration Record
The student shall ensure that the registration details are entered on the registration record
which may be maintained on-line. Queries related to registration shall be considered only when
accompanied by the original registration record. This record shall be preserved until the
semester grade card is received by the student.
Minimum student enrollment in a course

A course shall be offered if a minimum number of students have registered for that course, as
specified by the concerned Dean of Faculty. Under special circumstances, a course may be
offered with fewer students, with the prior permission of the Vice-Chancellor. Courses without
the minimum registrations on the last date for adding/dropping of courses shall not be offered.
The students who registered for such courses shall be given additional time for registering for
alternate courses.
Add/Drop, audit and withdrawal from courses

a. Add/Drop: A student may add or drop one or more course(s) before the deadline with the
approval of the concerned Dean of Faculty, upon payment of additional fees, if any.
b. Withdrawal: A student may withdraw from a course before the deadline specified for the
purpose, with the approval of the concerned Dean of Faculty. A withdrawal grade shall be
awarded in such case(s).
c. Audit: A student may change a credit course to an audit one before the deadline specified
for the purpose, with the approval of the concerned Dean of Faculty.
Registration for Summer Term
A student may be permitted to register for courses during a Summer Term to a maximum of four
courses.
A student who registers for a course in the Summer Term on account of failure, withdrawal or
any other form of discontinuance shall pay additional fees as prescribed from time to time.
ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENT
Students shall maintain the prescribed minimum attendance of 85% in each individual course.
Without the minimum attendance in a course, the student shall be ineligible to appear for the
End Semester Assessment in that course. Such a student shall be awarded F grade in that
course and he/she shall register for and repeat the course when offered next.
Physical presence of the student in the class earns marks for attendance. Students shall make
every effort to attend all classes, laboratory / practical and other sessions.
Students are informed about their attendance status periodically by the respective departments
so that the students get advance notice to make up any shortage in attendance.
If a student is absent from the University for more than SIX weeks without permission of the
concerned Dean of Faculty, his/her registration is liable to be cancelled.
Condoning Attendance Shortage
In rare and genuine cases, the Vice Chancellor / Registrar may condone a shortage of attendance
to a maximum extent of 10% on the recommendation of the concerned Dean of Faculty.
In Semester Assessment (ISA)
ISA for course is carried out by the way of various components such as tests, quizzes, seminars,
term papers, demonstrations, and award of marks for attendance. Practical components of
courses may be evaluated by the way of experiments, demonstrations, field work, models,
worksheets, practical record books, quizzes, tests, and award of marks for attendance. If a
student misses a practical / laboratory session owing to genuine reasons, he/she shall complete
the activity of that session before the end of the semester, with the approval of the concerned
Departmental Chairperson.
Conduct of ISA
Theory Courses
The weight and syllabus for each component of ISA for a course are indicated in the course
information book given to the students at the beginning of the semester / year.
The ISA for any theory course would be for 40 marks and evaluated (in general) as follows:
Test 1 maximum / evaluated for
15 marks
Test 2 maximum / evaluated for

15 marks
Assigments / Quizzes evaluated for 5 marks
Attendance
5 marks
Laboratory Courses: The ISA for practical courses would be evaluated as follows:
Conduct of 10 / 12 experiments / activities
Record of experiments / activities
Attendance in Labs
Internal lab test /quiz
15 marks
10 marks
5 marks
10 marks
ISA of Special Topics / Mini-Projects, Seminar, Major Project

The ISA for Special Topics / Mini-projects, Seminar, and Major project may be carried out in the
form of various components, such as oral presentations, demonstrations, technical / project
report, and viva-voce.
Announcement of ISA marks
The final ISA marks obtained by the students in the registered courses are displayed at the end
of each semester by the concerned Dean of Faculty on the notice boards and /or web site.
Students shall be given THREE working days time for verification, redressal of discrepancies or
errors, if any.
After each event of ISA, the students shall have an opportunity to view his/her performance and
bring the discrepancies or errors, if any, to the notice of the concerned teacher, for addressing
the same.
Though there is no minimum requirement of ISA marks for eligibility to appear in the End
Semester Assessment, the student has to obtain the minimum attendance as prescribed.
END SEMESTER ASSESSMENT (ESA)
Registration for ESA
A student, who has complied with the minimum specified attendance in a course, shall register
for ESA for that course by paying the prescribed examination fees. The registration of a student
shall be liable to be cancelled by the Office of the Controller of Examinations when disciplinary
issues are raised by the concerned Dean of Faculty.
Admit Card
The Controller of Examinations shall issue Admit Cards to eligible students, based on the ESA
registration list. The Admit Card of a student shall be valid only for the ESA for which it is issued.
The Admit Card of a student shall include (i) recent photograph of the student and (ii) registered
courses for ESA with course codes.
ESA and Evaluation:
The ESA is conducted for 3 hours for each course for a maximum of 100 marks for 3 / 4 / 5 credit
courses; for 2 credit courses, it is for a maximum of 50 mraks for 2 hour duration.. The pattern
of questions shall be 5questions covering the entire syllabus with appropriate apportioning for
each unit of the syllabus. All questions are compulsory and there shall be no choice in the
examinations.
Each answer book may be evaluated by up to two examiners independently. If the difference
between two evaluations of the same book is significant, such an answer book shall be subjected
to a third evaluation.
ESA for Laboratory

End Semester Assessment for a laboratory course may be carried out as follows
Laboratory written quiz
Laboratory experiment performance
30 marks
30 marks
ESA for Mini and Major Projects

The ESA for mini and major projects shall be held in batches which may span over several days.
Each student shall be evaluated individually based on theevaluation comprising of various
components such as writing of abstract, project or technical report, oral presentation,
demonstration, and viva voce.
Grading System
A student is awarded a grade for each of the course he appeared in the ESA depending on the
overall marks obtained. The overall marks would consist of 40% of the ISA marks and 60% of the
ESA marks.
The University shall follow a letter grading system by allocating a letter grade for a band of
marks appropriately for each course. The letter grades shall be awarded grade points, as per the
following table:
#
Letter
Grade
Grade
points
Remarks
10
Outstanding
Excellent
Very good
Good
Fair
Satisfactory
Fail
I*
Incomplete
W*
Withdrawal
10
AP
Audit Pass
11
AF
Audit Fail
* W and I grades are transitional grades.

AP and AF grades: A student shall be awarded either an AP (Audit Pass) or an AF (Audit Fail)
grade for an audit course. The AP grade shall be awarded if the student satisfies the attendance
and performance criteria specified for the course by the concerned teacher. Otherwise, an AF
grade shall be awarded.
W grade: W grade shall be awarded to a student who has withdrawn from a course. Further,
the W grade shall be recorded in the grade card. A student may withdraw from an audit course
in which case there shall be no mention of the course in the grade card.
I grade: An I grade shall be awarded temporarily to a student who is unable to appear for ESA
for one or more courses, with the permission of the Vice-Chancellor in response to a written
appeal by the student, due to valid reasons such as medical emergency and calamity in the
family. For such a student, the I grade shall be converted to one of the other letter grades (S to
F) after the completion of scheduled make-up ESA. If the student does not appear for the makeup ESA, the I grade shall be converted to F grade.
F grade: A student shall be awarded F grade if he/she either fails in the course or is absent for
the ESA of that course. If a course has theory and laboratory / practical components, the student
shall appear for ESA in both of them. Absenting in any one or both of them shall result in the
award of F grade.
SGPA and CGPA
The overall performance of a student shall be indicated by two indices namely, Semester Grade
Point Average (SGPA) and Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA).
The SGPA is the weighted average of the grade points obtained in all courses registered by the
student during a particular semester. The SGPA shall be calculated as:
SGPA = CiGi / Ci,
where Cis, are the number of credits for the courses registered for the semester, and Gis are
the corresponding grade points secured by the student.
The CGPA is an indication of an up-to-date overall performance of a student and the weighted
average of the grade points obtained in all the courses registered by the student since he/she is
admitted to the University. It shall be calculated as:
CGPA = CiGi / Ci
the summations being carried out over the total number of courses registered by the student.
If a student obtains an F grade in a course and registers for the same course in a subsequent
semester, the new grade obtained shall replace the previous F grade in calculating the CGPA.
If a student obtains an F grade in an elective course and registers for the same or equivalent
course in a subsequent semester, the new grade obtained shall replace the previous F grade in
calculating the CGPA.
Grades obtained in audit courses and transitional grades shall not be considered in the
calculations of CGPA and SGPA.
Class / Division Declaration
The following classes of results shall be declared, for a student upon graduation, considering the
below specified criteria:
CGPA
Equivalent Percentage
-
Class / Division
Pass Class
Second Class
First Class
First Class with Distinction
>9.50
First Class with Honors
1. First Class with Honors: A student completing a Programme of Study within the specified
minimum duration, securing a CGPA of 9.50 or above, passing all the courses of the programme
in the first appearance, and not obtaining any transitional grades shall be declared to have
passed in First Class with Honors.
2. First Class with Distinction: A student completing a Programme of Study within the specified
minimum duration, securing a CGPA between 7.75 and 9.49 (both inclusive), passing all the
courses of the programme in the first appearance, and not obtaining any transitional grades
shall be declared to have passed in First Class with Distinction.
3. First Class: A student completing a Programme of Study by securing a CGPA between 6.75
and 7.74 (both inclusive) shall be declared to have passed in First Class.
4. Second Class: A student completing the programme of study by securing a CGPA between
5.75 and 6.74 shall be declared to have passed in Second Class.
5. Pass Class: A student completing the programme of study by securing a CGPA of less than
5.75 shall be declared to have passed in Pass Class.
Declaration of Ranks
Ranks shall be awarded to the graduating students in each programme of study on the basis of
CGPA. The ranks shall be awarded to top FIVE percent of students of the graduating class.
However, the total number of ranks shall not exceed FIVE irrespective of the total number of
graduating students in a programme of study. A student shall be eligible for a rank at the time of
award of degree in the programme of study, provided he/she has:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
Passed in all the courses of all semesters in FIRST attempt;

Not obtained any transitional grades;
Completed the program of study within the specified minimum duration;
Not rejected any of the semester results;
Not taken re-admission; and
Obtained a CGPA of 9.0 and above.
Not faced any disciplinary action.
Not Fit for Programme of Study (NFPS)

A student shall be declared as "Not Fit for Programme of Study (NFPS) and terminated from the
programme of study if he/she:
i.
secures "F grade in a particular course for five times. A warning shall be issued by the
Controller of Examinations to any student who fails to obtain a passing grade in a course
after three attempts and, a show cause notice issued after four attempts, each of which
shall be intimated to the parents or guardians;
ii.
fails to obtain a semester grade point average of at least 4.0 on a number of occasions
numerically equal to the minimum duration of the programme in years. If the performance
of a student at the end of a registered semester is below 4.0, he/she shall be issued a
warning by the Controller of Examinations in the first two instances and a show cause
notice in the third instance, each of which shall be intimated to the parents or guardians.
iii.
Such students, if interested, shall be eligible to apply for re-admission to the programme of
study at the first year level or second year level as the case may be.
TRANSPARENCY IN EXAMINATION SYSTEM

A student shall be eligible to apply for re-totaling, challenge valuation and/or obtaining
photocopies of the answer books of ESA only for theory component of courses. Any delay in the
announcement of re-totaling and/or challenge valuation results for any reason whatsoever shall
not confer the right upon the student for admission to the subsequent semester and for any
other kind of claim. There shall be no provision for re-totaling, obtaining the photocopy of
answer books and challenge valuation of ESA for practical components of courses, including
drawing, seminar, mini project / special topics, and major project.
Re-Totaling
A student shall be eligible to apply for re-totaling of marks of ESA for any number of theory
components of courses. Such a student shall submit the application for re-totaling in the
prescribed form, upon the payment of prescribed fee, to the Controller of Examinations, within
THREE working days from the date of announcement of the results.
Students who have applied for the re-totaling shall be called in batches to the Office of
Controller of Examinations, on the dates fixed for re-totaling of marks. Such students shall be
accompanied by Faculty Advisor / Class Teacher / Parent / Guardian.
A student, who has applied for re-totaling, shall be shown his/her answer books to verify the
marks, totaling of the marks and to find out whether or not all the answers of the questions
attempted were awarded marks. If such a student finds any discrepancy in totaling of marks, he
/ she shall bring the same to the notice of the concerned officials for incorporating the necessary
corrections.
Photocopy of Answer scripts
A student may apply for obtaining the photocopies of his answer books of ESA to the Controller
of Examinations, upon the payment of prescribed fee, within THREE working days from the date
of the announcement of results. The photocopies of the answer books of theory component of
courses shall be made available within THREE working days after the receipt of the application at
the Office of the Controller of Examinations.
Challenge valuation
A student may apply to the Controller of Examinations for challenge valuation of theory
components of courses in ESA, within THREE working days after obtaining the photocopies of
concerned answer books and upon payment of prescribed fee. The marks obtained in the
challenge valuation shall be considered for the re-computation of grade. However, if the new
grade is found to be lower than the declared grade, the declared grade shall be retained. In the
event of no change in the grade after challenge valuation, it shall be declared as No Change.
Refund of fee
A refund of 75% of re-totaling or challenge valuation fees shall be made to a student in the event
of an improvement in the letter grade.
Rejection of whole semester results
A student may reject the results of a whole semester irrespective of performance in an
individual course. However, there shall be no provision for the rejection of results of any
individual course. Upon rejection, the results shall be considered as null and void. Such rejection
may be permitted only once during the entire programme of study. A student, who has rejected
the whole semester results, shall re-register for the courses of rejected semester upon payment
of the prescribed fees.
Malpractice during In Semester Assessment / End Semester Assessment
No.
1.
2.
Nature of malpractice
Revealing the identity of the
candidate in ESA in the answer
scripts
Showing part of answer either
covertly or overtly; discussion or
talking (either seeking or giving any
Penalty to be imposed
Deny the benefit of the performance of
that semester examination in which the
candidate has appeared.
Deny the benefit of the performance of
that semester examination in which the
candidate has appeared.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
information) to others without

permission of invigilator.
Possession of manuscript / printed
or typed matter, books or notes
and written matter on calculator,
instrument box, etc. or having any
other written matter on the person
(for e.g. palm, hand, leg, clothes,
socks, etc.) pertaining to previous,
present and further examinations
the candidate is taking during the
semester.
Detection of identical answers in
the answer scripts of different
candidates or allowing another
candidate to copy from his/her
answer script.
Appeal to the examiner with

money as enclosures to the answer
book/use of abusive, obscene
language or threatening, remarks
in the answer book.
Found
giving
or
receiving
assistance at the examination,
passing the question paper with
written answers / formulae answer
script/additional sheet / graph
sheet/drawing sheet for purpose
of copying.
Destroying
the
documentary
evidence, running away with
answer scripts / question paper /
written / printed matter or both
before 30 minutes after starting of
examination of that paper, also
taking away the answer book
without handing it over to the
invigilator while leaving the
examination hall.
Insertion of additional sheets /
graph sheets / drawing sheets, use
of answer books which is not
issued at the examination hall.
To deny the benefit of performance of the

examinations of one or more courses for
which the candidate has appeared in that
semester and debar him / her for a further
number of chances depending on the
gravity of the malpractice.

examination of all the courses for which
the candidate has appeared (both
attended and to be attended of the
particular examination conducted) and
involved in the said act, debar them for
further number of chances extending up
to three or more of all examinations.
To deny the benefit of performance of all
courses of that semester examinations for
which the candidate has appeared (both
attended and to be attended).
examination of the course for which the
candidate has appeared (both attended
and to be attended of the particular
examination conducted) and debarring
him/her for a further number of chances
extending up to three or more
examinations.
examination conducted) and debarring
extending up to three or more
examinations.

examination conducted) and debar
extending up to four more examinations,
however the period of debarment not to
9.
In case of impersonation or found

guilty
of
deliberate
prior
arrangements to cheat in the
examination.
10.
Abusing, threatening, manhandling

examination authorities at the
examination hall or in the premises
of examination center as well as
misconduct of a very serious
nature.
11.
Any other malpractices connected

with the exam events of
autonomous program not covered
above.
exceed three years excluding the

examination already taken.
candidate (Impersonator / impersonated
students) appeared and who has arranged
another person to impersonate (both
attended and to be attended of the
particular examination conducted) and
debar him/her for a minimum of six more
examinations.
examination conducted) and debar
him/her for a minimum five more
examinations depending upon the degree
of misconduct.
University Malpractice Committee can
recommend suitable penalties and
punishments.
Note:
The concerned student who has been alleged of having indulged in malpractice shall be allowed
to all subsequent examinations; however, the announcement of the results of such candidates
shall be withheld pending decision of the Examinations Malpractice Review Committee.
If the examiner who values the answer scripts of ESA suspects malpractice while valuing the
answer scripts or finds other material such as insertion of answer sheets, revealing of identity or
enclosures such as currency, he/she shall return those answer scripts with reasons in writing to
the Controller of Examinations. If already valued, marks shall not be entered in the regular marks
list, but shall be entered in a separate list which shall be enclosed in a sealed cover and
forwarded to the Controller of Examinations.
Faculty Advisor(s)
The Faculty advisor(s) shall be appointed by the Chairperson of the department for a specific
group of students for the whole duration of their study. The functions of the faculty advisors
shall include (a) Monitoring the academic and general progress of the students (b) advising the
students on registration of various courses in a semester, (c) assessing the academic progress of
students on a continuous basis, (d) Advising students on the courses to be dropped/audited
based on the student progress, (e) Monitoring class attendance, (f) Coordinating the dispatch of
progress reports to parents on a regular basis and maintaining communication with parents
whenever need arises, (g) Counseling the students as and when needed on academic and
general matters, and (h) Monitoring student discipline and initiating appropriate actions as and
when necessary. The faculty advisor shall meet students under them and discuss about their
progress and greivances at least twice in a semester and record the notes in the prescribed
Faculty Advisor Meeting book and maintain confidentiality.
STUDENT DISCIPLINE, ANTI-RAGGING AND ANTI-SEXUAL HARASSMENT
Every student shall maintain discipline and decorous behavior both inside and outside the
Campus and not indulge in any activity that may bring down the reputation of the University.
Undertaking to be signed by a student
At the time of admission, every student jointly with one of his/her parents or an authorized local
guardian, shall sign in person an undertaking, in the prescribed format, to maintain conduct and
discipline as well as not to indulge in or abet ragging or sexual harassment.
Acts of Indiscipline and Misconduct
Types of indiscipline or misconduct include:
a. Academic indiscipline;
b. Ragging;
c. Sexual harassment; and
d. Other acts of indiscipline or misconduct.
Academic Indiscipline
Students shall maintain academic integrity at all times. The broad categories of academic
indiscipline are:
Plagiarism;
Cheating; and
Conflict of interest.
Plagiarism: Use of material, ideas, figures, code or data without appropriate acknowledgement
or permission of the original source shall be treated as cases of plagiarism. Submission of
material, verbatim or paraphrased, that is authored by another person or published earlier by
oneself shall also be considered as cases of plagiarism. Examples of plagiarism include:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
Reproducing, in whole or part, text/sentences from a report, book, thesis, publication or

the internet;
Reproducing ones own previously published data, illustrations, figures, images, or
someone elses data, etc.;
Taking material from class-notes or downloading material from internet sites, and
incorporating it in ones class reports, presentations, manuscripts or thesis without citing
the original source;
Self plagiarism which constitutes copying verbatim from one's own earlier published
work in a journal or conference proceedings without appropriate citations.
Cheating: Any of the following types of acts shall be considered as cheating:

a) Copying during tests, quizzes, examinations, and copying of homework assignments,
term papers or manuscripts;
b) Allowing or facilitating copying, or writing a report or examination for someone else;
c) Using unauthorized material, copying, collaborating when not authorized, and
purchasing or borrowing papers or material from various sources; and
d) Fabricating (making up) or falsifying (manipulating) data and reporting them in reports
and publications.
Conflict of Interest: A conflict of interest may arise from any clash of personal or private
interests with academic and professional activities such as learning, research, publication, work
on projects and internships. A student shall disclose in writing any potential conflicts of interests
to the concerned Dean immediately after coming to know of the conflict. The Dean may
constitute a committee to inquire on a case to case basis and give its recommendation to the
Vice-Chancellor.
Handling of Academic Indiscipline: Any incidence of indiscipline or misconduct related to an
examination shall be referred to the Examinations Malpractice Review Committee by the
Controller of Examinations. The Examinations Malpractice Review Committee shall hold an
inquiry and recommend the disciplinary action, if any, to the Vice-Chancellor as per the
prevailing guidelines. All other incidences of academic indiscipline shall be referred to the
Student Discipline Committee by the Registrar. The Student Discipline Committee shall inquire
into the incident and recommend suitable disciplinary action, if any, to the Vice-Chancellor as
per the prevailing guidelines.
Ragging:
All forms of ragging are prohibited. Any individual or collective act or practice of ragging shall
constitute an act of gross indiscipline and shall be dealt with under the provisions of national
regulatory bodies and judiciary.
Ragging, for the purposes of these regulations, shall ordinarily mean any act, conduct or practice
by which the dominant power or status of senior students is brought to bear upon the students
who are in any way considered junior or inferior by the former and includes individual or
collective acts or practices which:
a)
b)
c)
d)
Involve physical assault or threat to use physical force;

Violate the status, dignity and honour of students, in particular female students;
Expose students to ridicule or contempt or commit an act which may lower their self
esteem; and
Entail verbal abuse, mental torture, aggression, harassment, trauma, indecent
gesture and obscene behaviour.
Handling of Incidences of Ragging:

a) Any incidence, either inside or outside the Campus, of ragging, as defined in legal
parlance, may be reported by anyone to the Anti-Ragging Committee.
b) Depending on the nature and gravity of the guilt established by the Anti-Ragging
Committee, the Vice-Chancellor may impose, to those found guilty, punishments such
as:
i.
Cancellation of admission;
ii.
Rustication from the University;
iii.
Withholding/withdrawing scholarship/ fellowship and other benefits;
iv.
Debarring from appearing in any test/examination or other evaluation process;
v.
Imposing a fine; and
vi.
When the persons or a group of students committing or abetting the crime of
ragging are not identifiable, the University shall resort to collective punishment
as a deterrent to potential offenders.
c) The Registrar / Dean of Faculty, as the case may be, shall take immediate action on the
receipt of any information that ragging has taken place or is likely to take place.
d) The Vice- Chancellor / Registrar / Dean of Faculty, as the case may be, may take help of
local police or other law enforcing authorities for immediate action.
e) The Chairperson of Anti-Ragging Committee or any other Officer of the University may
suo motu inquire into any incident of ragging or likelihood of such incident and make a
report in writing to the Vice-Chancellor clearly pinpointing, among other details, the
identity of the student or the students who were involved in the incident and the nature
of the incident.
f)
The Chairperson of Anti-Ragging Committee or any other Officer of the University, as the
case may be, may also submit an interim report to the Vice-Chancellor establishing the
identity of the perpetrators of ragging and the nature of the incident.
Sexual Harassment : Students shall conduct themselves in a manner that provides a safe
working environment for women. Sexual harassment of any kind is unacceptable and shall
attract disciplinary action.
Acts of sexual harassment shall be as defined in legal parlance.
Handling of Incidents of Sexual Harassment:
a) Any incidence, either inside or outside the Campus, of Sexual Harassment, as defined in
legal parlance, may be reported by anyone to the Anti-Sexual Harassment Committee.
b) Depending on the nature and gravity of the guilt established by the Anti-Sexual
Harassment Committee, the Vice-Chancellor may impose, to those found guilty,
punishments such as:
i. Cancellation of admission;
ii. Rustication from the University;
iii. Withholding/withdrawing scholarship/ fellowship and other benefits;
iv. Debarring from appearing in any test/examination or other evaluation process;
v. Imposing a fine; and
vi. When the persons or a group of students committing or abetting the crime of Sexual
Harassment are not identifiable, the University shall resort to collective punishment
as a deterrent to potential offenders.
Other acts of indiscipline or misconduct
Without prejudice to the generality of the power to maintain and enforce discipline, the
following actions shall amount to acts of indiscipline or misconduct on the part of a student of
the University:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
viii.
ix.
x.
physical assault or threat to use physical force against any teaching or non-teaching
staff or student of the University or any individual of the society;
carrying of, use of or threat to use, any weapon;
indulging in or instigating any kind of gambling / betting activities;
misbehaving or cruelty towards any teaching or non-teaching staff or student of the
University or any individual of the society;
use of banned drugs, intoxicants, alcohol, and tobacco products;
any violation of the provisions of the Civil Rights Protection Act, 1976;
indulging in or encouraging violence or any conduct which involves moral turpitude;
violation of the status, dignity and honour of a student belonging to scheduled caste
or scheduled tribe;
creating / circulating bad information / rumors / gossip on social media, websites,
blogs, internet, sms and other e-communications, against any teaching or nonteaching staff or student of the University or any individual of the Society;
discrimination against any teaching or non-teaching staff or student of the University
or any individual of the society on grounds of caste, creed, language, place of origin,
social and cultural background;
xi.
xii.
xiii.
xiv.
xv.
xvi.
xvii.
xviii.
xix.
practicing casteism and untouchability in any form or inciting any other person to do
so;
any act, whether verbal or otherwise, derogatory to women;
any form of bribing or corruption;
willful destruction of the property of the University or public property;
behaving in a rowdy, intemperate or disorderly manner in the premises of the
University or outside the campus or encouraging or inciting any other person to do
so;
creating discord, ill-will or intolerance among the students on sectarian or communal
grounds or inciting any other student to do so;
causing any kind of disruption of the academic functioning of the University;
staying away from the University without permission and unpunctuality; and
giving information / misrepresentation of the University to any external agency
including press or media without the consent of the University;
The University may amend or add to the list of acts of indiscipline and misconduct on the part of
a student of the University.
Handling of other acts of indiscipline or misconduct:
a)
b)
Any Other act of indiscipline by one or more students shall be dealt with by the
concerned Dean of Faculty.
A serious act of indiscipline by one or more students shall be referred by the
concerned Dean of Faculty to the Discipline Committee for necessary action. The
Committee shall inquire into the charges and give the concerned student an
opportunity to explain himself/herself. After the hearing, the Committee shall
recommend to the Vice-Chancellor suitable action if the charges are substantiated.
Penalties for breach of discipline and conduct

Without prejudice to the generality of the powers relating to the maintenance of discipline and
taking such action in the interest of maintaining discipline as deemed appropriate, the ViceChancellor / Registrar / Deans of Faculties may in the exercise of the vested powers aforesaid,
order or direct that any student:
I.
II.
III.
IV.
V.
be expelled from the University, in which case the student shall not be re-admitted to the
University;
be, for a stated period, suspended in which case the student shall not be admitted to the
University till the expiry of the period of suspension;
be imposed with fine of a specified amount of money;
be debarred from appearing in a University examination or examinations for one or more
terms / years; and
be reported to the local state law and order authority.
The Vice-Chancellor, in exercise of powers aforesaid or on the recommendations of the Registrar

/ Deans of Faculties, may also order or direct that the result of the student concerned of the
examination or examinations at which he has appeared, be cancelled.
Mass absence shall be deemed as an act of indiscipline. The concerned Teachers are not
obligated to cover the lessons planned for the missed classes.
A student shall be required to withdraw from the programme and leave the University on the
following additional grounds:
Conditions for termination from the programme

a)
Absence from classes for more than SIX weeks at a time in a semester without leave
of absence being granted by the concerned Dean of Faculty; and
b)
Failure to meet the standards of discipline as prescribed by the University from time
to time.
All the rules and regulations are subject to modification. All clarifications regarding these
regulations shall be addressed to the Vice-Chancellor / Registrar.
SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION
Programs of Study: B.TECH / BBA / BBA (HEM) / BCA / MBA / MCA / M.TECH
The following course types have ISA and ESA with a weightage ratio of 40:60:
Abbreviations
PC
FC
CC
EC
PW
NC
Course Type
Preliminary
Foundation
Core
Elective
Project / Self learning / Seminar / Internship
Non credit (All non credit courses are mandatory)
STRUCTURE OF CURRICULUM
FACULTY OF ENGINEERING UG PROGRAMS
B.TECH
Sl. No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
I / II SEMESTER (2015 19 BATCH)

(COMMON TO ALL PROGRAMS OF STUDY)
Hours / week
Course
Course Title
Code
L
T
P
UE15MA101 Engineering Mathematics - I
4
0
0
UE15MA151 Engineering Mathematics II
4
0
0
UE15PH101 Engineering Physics
4
0
0
UE15CY101 Engineering Chemistry
4
0
0
Introduction to Computing
UE15CS101
4
0
0
using Python
UE15CS151 Problem Solving with C
4
0
0
UE15EE101 Basic Electrical Engineering
4
0
0
UE15EC101 Basic Electronics Engineering
4
0
0
Mechanical Engineering
UE15ME104
4
0
0
Sciences
UE15CV101 Engineering Mechanics
4
0
0
UE15PH102 Physics Laboratory
0
0
2
UE15CY102 Chemistry Laboratory
0
0
2
Introduction to Computing
UE15CS102
0
0
2
using Python Laboratory
Problem Solving with
UE15CS152
0
0
2
CLaboratory
Computer Aided Engineering
UE15ME106
1
0
2
Graphics
UE15JE101 Unified Engineering (JEDI)
0
2
2
Constitution of India and
UE15HS101*
0
0
0
Professional Ethics
UE15HS102* Environmental Studies
0
0
0
UE15HS103# Technical Communication
0
0
0
#
UE15HS104 Kannada
0
0
0
TOTAL
41
2
12
4
4
4
4
Course
Type
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
0
0
0
4
4
4
FC
FC
FC
FC
0
0
0
4
1
1
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
PW
NC
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
48
NC
PC
NC
S
0
0
0
0
Credits
BIOTECHNOLOGY
III SEMESTER (2014-18 BATCH)
Sl.
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Course
Code
UE14MA201
UE14BT201
UE14BT202
UE14BT203
UE14BT204
UE14BT205
UE14BT206
Hours / week
L
T P
S
4
0 0
0
3
0 0
0
3
0 0
0
3
0 2
0
4
0 2
0
3
0 0
0
0
0 0
4
20 0 4
4
Course Title
Engineering Mathematics -III
Bioprocess Calculations
Biological Thermodynamics
Microbiology
Biochemistry
Cell Biology and Genetics
Special Topic
Total
Credits
4
3
3
4
5
3
1
23
Course
Type
FC
FC
FC
CC
FC
FC
PW
IV SEMESTER (2014-18 BATCH)

Sl.
No.
Course Code
1.
UE14MA251
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
UE14BT251
UE14BT252
UE14BT253
UE14BT254
UE14BT255
7.
UE14BT256
Course Title
Linear Algebra and Its
Applications
Fluid Mechanics
Molecular Biology
Enzymology
Bioinformatics
Biostatistics
Special Topic: MS
Excel and BioPython
Total
Hours / week
L
T
P
S
Credits
Course
Type
FC
3
3
3
4
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
4
4
4
3
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
PW
20
23
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

Sl.
No.
Course Code
Course Title
Hours / week
L T P S
Digital Design & Computer

4
Organization
2. UE14CS202* Data Structures
4
Statistics for Computer
3. UE14CS203
3
Science
4. UE14CS204 Web Technology I
4
Discrete Mathematics and
5. UE14CS205
4
Logic
Digital Design & Computer
6. UE14CS206
0
Organization Laboratory
7. UE14CS207* Data Structures Laboratory
0
8. UE14CS208 Web Technology I Laboratory
0
9. UE14CS209X Special Topic
0
Total 19
Note: * Prerequisite courses UE14CS151 and UE14CS152
1. UE14CS201
Credits
Course
Type
FC
CC
FC
CC
FC
FC
0
0
0
0
2
2
2
8
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
23
CC
CC
PW

Sl.
No.
Course Code
Course Title

Applications
Design and Analysis of
2. UE14CS251*
Algorithms
Data Base Management
3. UE14CS252
Systems
Microprocessors & Computer
4. UE14CS253
Architecture
5. UE14CS254
Theory of Computation
6. UE14CS255*
Algorithms Laboratory
Data Base Management
7. UE14CS256
Systems Laboratory
Microprocessors & Computer
8. UE14CS257
Architecture Laboratory
9. UE14CS258X Special Topic
Total
Note: * Prerequisite courses UE14CS151 and UE14CS152
1.
UE14MA251
Hours / week
L
T P S
Credits
Course
Type
FC
CC
CC
FC
CC
CC
CC
FC
0
19
0
0
2
8
0
0
1
23
PW
CIVIL ENGINEERING
Sl.
Course Code
No.
1. UE14MA201
2. UE14CV202*
Course Title
Engineering Mathematics- III

Mechanics of Materials
Fundamentals of Geotechnical
3. UE14CV203
Engineering
4. UE14CV204
Basics of Surveying Techniques
Construction Materials &
5. UE14CV205
Technology
6. UE14CV206** Building Planning & Drawing
7. UE14CV207
Basic Surveying Practice
8. UE14CV208X Special Topic I
Total
Note: Prerequisite course: *UE14CV101; **UE14ME106
Hours / week
Course
Credits
Type
L
T P S
4
0 0 0
4
FC
4
0 0 0
4
FC
4
CC
CC
CC
1
0
1
21
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
4
0
0
0
0
2
1
1
23
CC
CC
CC

Hours / week
Sl.
Course
Course Code
Course Title
Credits
No.
Type
L
T P S
1. UE14MA251
Linear Algebra & Its Applications
4
0 0 0
4
FC
Structural Analysis - Classical
2. UE14CV252*
4
0 0 0
4
CC
Methods
3. UE14CV253
Fluid Mechanics
4
0 0 0
4
FC
4. UE14CV254
Advanced Surveying Techniques
3
0 0 0
3
CC
Advanced Geotechnical
5. UE14CV255
4
0 0 0
4
CC
Engineering
6. UE14CV256
Advanced Surveying Practice
0
0 2 0
1
CC
Geotechnical Engineering
Laboratory
8. UE14CV258
Materials & Testing Laboratory
9. UE14CV259X Special Topic II
Total
Note: * Prerequisite course UE14CV101
7. UE14CV257
CC
0
1
20
0
0
0
2
0
6
0
0
0
1
1
23
FC
CC
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

Sl.
Course Code
No.
1. UE14MA201
2. UE14EC202*
3. UE14EC203**
4. UE14EC204**
5. UE14EC205#
Course Title
Hours / week
L T P S
4 0 0 0
4 0 0 0
4 0 0 0
3 0 0 0
4 0 0 0
Engineering Mathematics-III
Network Analysis and Synthesis
Electronic Devices and Circuits
Logic Design Theory
Electromagnetic Field Theory
Network Analysis and Synthesis
6. UE14EC206
0 0 2
Laboratory
Electronic Devices and Circuits
7. UE14EC207
0 0 2
Laboratory
8. UE14EC208 Logic Design Theory Laboratory
0 0 2
9. UE14EC209X Special Topic
0 0 2
TOTAL 19 0 8
Note: Prerequisite course: *UE14EE101; ** UE14EC101; # UE14MA151
4
4
4
3
4
Course
Type
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
0
0
0
1
1
23
FC
PW
Credits

Sl.
No.
Course Code
Course Title
Hours / week
L T P S

4
Applications
2. UE14EC252* Linear Integrated Circuits
4
3. UE14EC253** Signals and Systems Theory
4
4.
UE14EC254 Microcontroller Theory
4
Probability and Random
5.
UE14EC255
3
Processes
Linear Integrated Circuits
6.
UE14EC256
0
Laboratory
Signals and Systems Theory
7.
UE14EC257
0
Laboratory
8.
UE14EC258 Microcontroller Theory Laboratory
0
9. UE14EC259X Special Topic
0
TOTAL 19
Note: Prerequisite course: *UE14EC101; ** UE14MA151
1.
UE14MA251
Credits
Course
Type
FC
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
4
CC
FC
CC
FC
CC
FC
0
0
0
2
2
8
0
0
0
1
1
23
CC
PW
ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

Sl.
No.
Course Code
Course Title
L
Engineering Mathematics-III
4
Electric Circuit Theory
4
Analog Electronic Circuits
4
Digital Electronics
4
Power Generation Systems
3
Electric Circuit Theory Laboratory
0
Analog Electronic Circuits
7. UE14EE207
0
Laboratory
8. UE14EE208
Digital Electronics Laboratory
0
9. UE14EE209X Special Topic
0
TOTAL 19
Note: Prerequisite course: *UE14EE101; ** UE14EC101
1. UE14MA201
2. UE14EE202*
3. UE14EE203**
4. UE14EE204**
5. UE14EE205*
6. UE14EE206
Hours /
week
T P
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 2
Credits
S
0
0
0
0
0
0
Course
Type
4
4
4
4
3
1
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
0
0
0
2
2
8
0
0
0
1
1
23
FC
PW

Sl.
No.
Course Code
Course Title
Hours / week
L T P S

4 0 0 0
Applications
2. UE14EE252* Linear Integrated Circuits
4 0 0 0
3. UE14EE253** Electrical Machines-I
4 0 0 0
4. UE14EE254# Power Electronics
4 0 0 0
5. UE14EE255 Electromagnetic Theory
3 0 0 0
Linear Integrated Circuits
6. UE14EE256
0 0 2 0
Laboratory
7. UE14EE257 Electrical Machines-I Laboratory
0 0 2 0
8. UE14EE258 Power Electronics Laboratory
0 0 2 0
0 0 2 0
TOTAL 19 0 8 0
Note: Prerequisite course: *UE14EC101; ** UE14EE101; # UE14PH101
1. UE14MA251
Credits
Course
Type
FC
4
4
4
3
FC
CC
CC
FC
FC
1
1
1
23
CC
CC
PW
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
III SEMESTER (2014 -18 BATCH)
Sl.
No.
Course Code
1.
UE14MA201
2.
UE14ME202
3.
4.
UE14ME203
UE14ME204
5.
UE14ME205
Course Title
Engineering Mathematics- III
Material Science and
Metallurgy
Engineering Thermodynamics
Mechanics of Solids
Metal Casting and Welding
Processes
Hours per
week
L T P S
4 0 0 0
Credits
Course
Type
FC
0 0
CC
4
4
0 0
0 0
0
0
4
4
CC
CC
0 0
CC
6.
UE14ME206
7.
UE14ME207
8.
UE14ME208
9.
UE14ME209X
Computer Aided Machine

Drawing - Basics
Material Characterization and
Testing Laboratory
Metal Casting and Welding
Laboratory
Special Topic
Total
0 2
CC
0 2
CC
0 2
CC
0
19
0 2
0 8
0
0
1
23
PW
IV SEMESTER (2014 -18 BATCH)

Sl.
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Course Code
Course Title
Hours per
week
L
T P S

4
Applications
UE14ME252 Mechanics of Fluids
4
Mechanics of Machines and
UE14ME253
4
Mechanisms
Measurement Science and
UE14ME254
4
Metrology
UE14ME255 Engineering Dynamics
3
Computing Lab for Mechanical
UE14ME256
0
Engineers
Fluid Mechanics and Machines
UE14ME257
0
Laboratory
Measurement Science and
UE14ME258
0
Metrology Laboratory
UE14ME259X Special Topic
0
Total 19
UE14MA251
Credits
Course
Type
FC
CC
CC
FC
FC
CC
CC
FC
0
0
2
8
0
0
1
23
PW
FACULTY OF ENGINEERING PG PROGRAMS

M.TECH IN COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING
I SEMESTER (2015 17 BATCH)
Sl.
No.
1.
2.
3.
4
Course
Code
UE15CS501
UE15CS502
UE15CS503
Elective - I
UE15CS511
UE15CS512
UE15CS513
UE15CS514
5 Elective - II
UE15CS521
UE15CS522
Course Title
Advances in Operating Systems
Advanced Data Structures
Machine Learning Techniques
Hours / week
L T P S
4 0 0
0
4 0 0
0
4 0 0
0
4
4
4
Course
Type
CC
CC
CC
Credits
Data Analytics
Storage Area Networks
Multi-core
Architecture
Computer System Performance
Analysis
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
EC
EC
EC
EC
Advanced Software Testing

Web & Rich Internet Applications
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
EC
EC
UE15CS523
UE15CS524
6 UE15CS504
7 UE15CS505
Software Engineering for Web

4
based Systems
Software Architecture
4
Special Topics
0
Seminar
0
TOTAL 20
EC
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
2
0
4
4
8
4
2
1
23
EC
PW
PW
II SEMESTER (2015 17 BATCH)

Sl. No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Course
Code
Course Title
Hours / week
L T P S
Advances in Database
4
Management System
Advances in Computer
UE15CS552
4
Networks
UE15CS553 Advanced Algorithms
4
SPECIALIZATION IN CLOUD COMPUTING
Elective - I
Computing and Fundamentals of
UE15CS561
4
Big Data
Business Perspectives of Cloud
UE15CS562
4
Computing
UE15CS563 Cloud and Virtual Storage
4
UE15CS564 Secure Cloud Programming
4
Elective - II
UE15CS581 Cloud Computing Fundamentals 4
Cloud and Data Center
UE15CS582
4
Networking
UE15CS583 Cloud Management Overview
4
UE15CS584 Cloud Data Center Virtualization 4
SPECIALIZATION IN WEB TECHNOLOGIES
Elective - I
UE15CS565 Web Programming Paradigm
4
UE15CS566 Programming with Python
4
UE15CS567 Advanced Java Programming
4
UE15CS568 Programming with PHP
4
Elective - II
UE15CS585 Semantic Web
4
UE15CS586 Web Security
4
UE15CS587 Information Retrieval
4
UE15CS588 XML Technologies
4
SPECIALIZATION IN SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
Elective - I
UE15CS569 Web Services
4
UE15CS570 Distributed Operating Systems
4
Software Project Planning and
UE15CS571
4
Management
UE15CS572 Enterprise Resource Planning
4
Elective - II
Software Metrics and Quality
UE15CS589
4
Assurance
UE15CS590 Design Patterns
4
UE15CS591 Information Storage
4
UE15CS551
Credits
Course
Type
CC
CC
CC
EC
EC
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
EC
EC
EC
EC
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
EC
EC
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
4
4
EC
EC
EC
EC
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
4
4
EC
EC
EC
EC
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
EC
EC
10.
11.
12.
13.
Management
Data Mining and Data
UE15CS592
4
Warehousing
SPECIALIZATION IN BIG DATA AND IOT
Elective - I
Computing and Fundamentals of
UE15CS561
4
Big Data
UE15CS573 IoT Networking
4
UE15CS574 Real Time Analytics
4
UE15CS575 Big Data Applications
4
Elective - II
Foundations of IoT and Cyber
UE15CS593
4
Physical Systems
UE15CS594 Analytics with Map Reduce
4
Big Data Systems and
UE15CS595
4
Technologies
Data Sciences and Big Data
UE15CS596
4
Analytics
UE15CS553 Special Topics
0
UE15CS554 Seminar
0
TOTAL 20
EC
EC
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
4
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
0
0
0
4
0
4
0
4
4
2
1
23
PW
PW
M.TECH IN COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

Sl.
No.
1.
2.
Course
Code
UE14CS601
Elective - III
UE14CS611
UE14CS612
UE14CS613
UE14CS614
3.
4.
Elective - IV
UE14CS621
UE14CS622
UE14CS623
UE14CS624
UE14CS602
Hours / week
L T P S
4 0 0 0
Course Title
Machine Learning Techniques
Computer Vision
Business Intelligence and Its
Applications
Agile Technologies
Wireless Network and Mobile
Computing
Course
Type
CC
Credits
EC
EC
EC
EC
Semantic Web
4
Knowledge Management
4
Linux Kernel Programming
4
Data Analytics
4
Project Work Phase I
0
TOTAL 12
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
40
4
4
4
4
10
22
EC
EC
EC
EC
PW

Sl.
No.
1.
Course
Code
UE14CS651
2.
UE14CS652
Course Title
Project Work Phase II
Technical
Communication
TOTAL
Hours / week
L T P
S
0 0 24
24
Credits
Course Type
18
PW
FC
24
24
20
M.TECH IN SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

Sl.
No.
Course
Code
Course
Type
L
4
T
0
P
0
S
0
CC
UE14CS613
Agile Technologies
EC
UE14SE611
UE14SE612
UE14SE613
Elective - IV
Soft Computing
Service Oriented Architecture
Supply Chain Management
4
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
4
EC
EC
EC
UE14CS621
Semantic Web
EC
UE14CS622
Knowledge Management
EC
UE14SE621
Content Management
EC
UE14SE622
Web Middleware and Web Services
EC
UE14SE602
40
10
PW
12
40
22
UE14SE601
2.
Elective - III
4.
Credits
Distributed Computing
1.
3.
Hours / week
Course Title
TOTAL
Sl.
No.
1.
2.
Course
Code
UE14SE651
UE14SE652
Course Title
Technical Communication
TOTAL
Hours / week
L T P S
0 0 24 24
2 0 0
0
2 0 24 24
Credits
Course Type
18
2
20
PW
FC
M.TECH IN ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

Sl.
No.
Course
Code
1.
UE15EC501
2.
UE15EC502
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
UE15EC503
UE15EC504
UE15EC505
UE15EC506
UE15EC507
Course Title
Hours per
week
L T P S
Advanced Digital
4
Communication
Modern Digital Signal
4
Processing
CMOS Digital VLSI
4
Advanced Embedded Systems
4
Broadband WiMAX
4
Research Methodology
2
Seminar
0
TOTAL 22
Credits
Course
Type
CC
CC
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
4
4
4
2
1
23
CC
CC
CC
FC
PW

Sl. No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Hours / week
L T P S
UE15EC551 Error Control Coding
4 0 0 0
SPECIALIZATION IN DIGITAL COMMUNICATION
Elective - I
UE15EC561 Optical Communication
4 0 0 0
UE15EC562 Secure Communications
4 0 0 0
Elective - II
Advanced Wireless
UE15EC563
4 0 0 0
Communications
Elective - III
Spread Spectrum
UE15EC564
4 0 0 0
Communication
Elective - IV
Wireless And Mobile
UE15EC565
4 0 0 0
Networks
Queuing Theory And Its
UE15EC566
4 0 0 0
Applications
SPECIALIZATION IN VLSI
Elective - I
UE15EC571 VLSI Testing and Verification
4 0 0 0
Elective - II
Digital System Design Using
UE15EC572
4 0 0 0
Verilog
Elective - III
UE15EC573 System Verilog
4 0 0 0
Elective - IV
Design of Analog and Mixed
UE15EC574
4 0 0 0
Mode VLSI Circuits
UE15EC575 Low Power VLSI
4 0 0 0
SPECIALIZATION IN SIGNAL PROCESSING
Elective - I
UE15EC581 Image and Video Processing
4 0 0 0
Elective - II
Signal Processing with
UE15EC582 Surface Acoustic Wave
4 0 0 0
(SAW) Devices
Elective - III
UE15EC583 Speech Processing
4 0 0 0
Elective - IV
Real-time Digital Signal
UE15EC584
4 0 0 0
Processing
UE15EC585 Pattern Classification
4 0 0 0
UE15EC552 Mini-project
0 0 4 0
UE15EC553 Seminar
0 0 0 4
TOTAL 20 0 4 4
Course Code
Course Title
Course
Type
CC
4
4
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
4
2
1
23
EC
PW
PW
Credits
M.TECH IN DIGITAL ELECTRONICS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

1. UE14DE601
2. Elective - III
Error Control Coding
Hours / week
L T P S
4 0 0
0
UE14DE602
UE14DE603
3. Elective - IV
UE14DE604
UE14DE605
UE14DE606
Real Time Operating Systems

Automotive Electronics
4
4
0
0
0
0
Advanced Computer Networks

4
Advances in VLSI Systems
4
Wireless and Mobile Networks
4
Digital Switching And Logic
4
Design
0
TOTAL 12
0
0
0
Sl.
No.
Course Code
UE14DE607
4. UE14DE608
Course Title
Course
Type
CC
0
0
4
4
EC
EC
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
4
EC
EC
EC
EC
0
0
0
0
40
40
10
22
PW
Credits

Sl.
Course
Course Title
No.
Code
1. UE14DE651 Project Work Phase II
2. UE14DE652 Multimedia Communication
TOTAL
Hours per week

L
T
P
S
0
0
24
24
2
0
0
0
2
0
24
24
Course
Type
PW
CC
Credits
18
2
20
M.TECH IN VLSI AND EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
Sl.
Course Code
No.
1. UE14VL601
2. Elective - III
3. UE14VL602
4. UE14VL603
5. Elective - IV
6. UE14VL604
7. UE14VL605
8. UE14VL606

Hours per week
Course Title
L T
P
S
Advanced Microcontroller
4 0
0
0
Course
Type
CC
Credits
CMOS RF Circuits Design

Semiconductor Device Modeling
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
EC
EC
System on Chip Design

Image and Video Processing
TOTAL
4
4
0
12
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
40
4
4
10
22
EC
EC
PW

Sl.
No.
Course
Code
1. UE14VL651
2. UE14VL652
Course Title
Synthesis and Optimization of
Digital Circuits
TOTAL
Hours per
week
L T P S
0 0 24 24
Credits
Course
Type
18
PW
CC
24
24
20
M.TECH IN ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

Sl.
Course
Course Title
No.
Code
1. UE15EE501 Applied Mathematics
2. UE15EE502 Reliability Engineering
3. UE15EE503 Microcontrollers and its Applications
4. UE15EE504 Advanced Control Systems
5. UE15EE505 Embedded System Concepts
7. UE15EE505 Seminar
TOTAL
Hours per week

L
T
P
S
4
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
4
20
0
4
4
Credits
4
4
4
4
4
2
1
23
Course
Type
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
PW
PW

Sl.
No.
1.
2.
Hours per week

Course
Course Title
Code
L
T
P
SPECIALIZATION IN POWER ELECTRONICS AND DRIVES
Elective - I
Power Electronic Devices and
UE15EE561
4
0
0
Converter Technologies
Modeling, Design and Simulation
UE15EE562
4
0
0
of Power Electronic Systems
Controllers for Power Electronic
UE15EE563
4
0
0
Systems
Modeling and Analysis of
UE15EE564
4
0
0
Electrical Machines
UE15EE565 Smart Grid
4
0
0
Power Electronics in Drives and
UE15EE566
4
0
0
Energy Systems
UE15EE567 HVDC Transmission
4
0
0
Flexible AC Transmission
UE15EE568
4
0
0
Systems
Power Electronics in Renewable
UE15EE569 Energy and Transportation
4
0
0
Systems
SPECIALIZATION IN EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
Elective - I
UE15EE571 Embedded C
3
0
2
Advanced Digital Signal
UE15EE572
3
0
2
Processing
Digital Signal Processors and Its
UE15EE573
3
0
2
Architecture
UE15EE574 Computer Architecture
3
0
2
VLSI Architecture and Design
UE15EE575
3
0
2
Methodologies
FPGA Architecture and
UE15EE576
3
0
2
Applications
UE15EE577 Digital Image Processing
3
0
2
SPECIALIZATION IN SMART POWER CONTROL
Credits
Course
Type
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
Elective - I
UE15EE565
3.
Smart Grid
Power Electronics in Drives and
UE15EE566
Energy Systems
UE15EE567 HVDC Transmission
Flexible AC Transmission
UE15EE568
Systems
UE15EE581 Renewable Energy Systems
UE15EE582 Power Quality
UE15EE583 Power System Reliability
UE15EE584 SCADA and DCS
UE15EE551X Special Topic
UE15EE552 Seminar
TOTAL
4.
5.
EC
EC
EC
EC
4
4
4
4
0
0
20 / 15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
0
4 / 14
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
2
1
23
EC
EC
EC
EC
PW
PW
M.TECH IN POWER ELECTRONICS

Sl.
No.
Course
Code
1.
Course Title
Power Electronics in Renewable
Energy Systems
DSP Applications in Drives
Power Quality Enhancement
UE14PE601
2. UE14PE602
3. UE14PE603
4. UE14PE604
5. Elective - III
UE14PE611
UE14PE612
UE14PE613
UE14PE614
Hours / week
L T P
S
Credits
Course
Type
CC
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
3
3
10
CC
CC
PW
HVDC Transmission
3
Advanced Control Systems
3
Soft Computing
3
Artificial Intelligence and Expert
3
Systems
TOTAL 12
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
3
EC
EC
EC
EC
40
22

Sl.
Course
No.
Code
1. UE14PE651
2. UE14PE652
Course Title
Power Electronics in Smart Grid
TOTAL
Hours / week
Course
Credits
Type
L T P S
0 0 24 24
18
PW
2 0 0
0
2
CC
2 0 24 24
20
M.TECH IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Sl.
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Course
Code
Course Title
UE15ME501
UE15ME502
UE15ME503
UE15ME504
Advanced Measurement Technology

Advanced Finite Element Methods
Advanced Material Technology
Computational Fluid Dynamics
L
4
4
4
4
Hours per
week
T P
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
S
0
0
0
0
Credits
Course
Type
4
4
4
4
FC
CC
CC
FC
5. UE15ME505
6. UE15ME506
7. UE15ME507
Micro Electro Mechanical Systems

4
Seminar
0
Special Topic / Mini Project
0
Total 20
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
0
4
0
4
4
1
2
23
FC
PW
PW

Sl.
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
Hours / week
Course
Course Title
Code
L
T
P
S
SPECIALIZATION IN THERMO FLUIDS ENGINEERING
UE15ME551 Advanced Thermodynamics
4
0
0
0
UE15ME552 Principles of Combustion
4
0
0
0
Analysis, Design and
UE15ME553 Optimization of Heat
4
0
0
0
Exchangers
UE15ME554 Advanced Fluid Mechanics
4
0
0
0
UE15ME555 Advanced Heat Transfer
4
0
0
0
SPECIALIZATION IN MANUFACTURING SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING
UE15ME561 Advanced Foundry Technology
4
0
0
0
UE15ME562 Advanced Metal Forming
4
0
0
0
UE15ME563 Advanced Welding Technology
4
0
0
0
Surface Treatment and
UE15ME564
4
0
0
0
Finishing
UE15ME565 Nano Technology
4
0
0
0
SPECIALIZATION IN AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERING
UE15ME571 Vehicle Dynamics
4
0
0
0
UE15ME572 Automotive Power Train
4
0
0
0
UE15ME573 Noise Vibration and Harshness
4
0
0
0
UE15ME574 Body and Chassis Engineering
4
0
0
0
Finite Element Vibration
UE15ME575
4
0
0
0
Analysis
SPECIALIZATION IN MACHINE DESIGN
UE15ME581 Advanced Machine Design
4
0
0
0
UE15ME582 Advanced Theory of Vibrations
4
0
0
0
Dynamics and Mechanism
UE15ME583
4
0
0
0
Design
Advanced Mechanics of
UE15ME584
4
0
0
0
Materials
UE15ME585 Experimental Stress Analysis
4
0
0
0
COMMON TO ALL SPECIALIZATION
UE15ME590 Seminar
0
0
0
4
UE15ME591 Special Topic / Mini Project
0
0
4
0
TOTAL
20
0
4
4
Credits
Course
Type
4
4
CC
CC
CC
4
4
CC
CC
4
4
4
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
4
4
4
4
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
4
4
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
1
2
23
PW
PW
M.TECH IN AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY

Sl.
No.
Course
Code
1. UE14AT601
2. UE14AT602
Course Title
Finite Element Vibration
Analysis
Computational Fluid Dynamics
Hours per week

L
T P
S
Credits
Course
Type
CC
CC
3. UE14AT603
4. UE14AT604
Geometric Dimensioning &

Tolerancing
TOTAL
CC
0
12
0
0
0
0
40
40
10
22
PW

Sl.
Course Code
No.
1. UE14ME651
2. UE14AT652
Course Title
TOTAL
Hours per week

L
T
P
S
0
0
24 24
2
0
0
0
2
0
24 24
Credits
18
2
20
Course
Type
PW
FC
M.TECH IN MANUFACTURING SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

Sl.
No.
1.
Course
Code
UE14MS601
2.
UE14MS602
3.
UE14MS603
4.
UE14MS604
Hours per week

L T
P
S
4
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
Course Title
Nano Technology
Advanced Welding
Technology
Advanced Manufacturing
Practices
TOTAL
4
4
Course
Type
CC
CC
Credits
CC
0
12
0
0
0
0
40
40
10
22
PW

Sl.
No.
1.
2.
Course
Code
Course Title
UE14MS651
UE14ME652

TOTAL
Hours per week

L T
P
S
0 0 24 24
2
2
0
0
0
24
0
24
Credits
Course
Type
18
PW
2
20
FC
FACULTY OF MANAGEMENT UG PROGRAMS

BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (BBA)
Sl. No.
Course Code
1.
2.
UM15BB101
Languages
UM15BB102
UM15BB103
UM15BB104
UM15BB105
UM15BB106
UM15BB107
UM15BB108
UM15BB109
3.
4.
5.
6.
Managerial Communication
Hours / week
Credits
L T P S
3 0 0 0
3
Kannada
Hindi
Sanskrit
Additional English
Fundamentals of Accounting
Business Mathematics
Business Economics
Principles of Management
3
3
3
3
3
4
3
4
Course Title
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
3
3
3
4
3
4
Course
Type
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
FC
FC
FC
FC
7.
8.
UM15BB110
UM15BB111
9.
UM15BB112
10.
UM15BB113
Communication Laboratory
Accounts Laboratory - 1
Special Topic: Knowing Your
Personality
German Language Level - 1
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
1
1
PC
FC
PW
0
TOTAL 20
0
0
0
6
0
0
0
23
NC
II SEMESTER (2015 18 BATCH )

Sl.
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Course Code
Course Title
UM15BB151
UM15BB152
UM15BB153
UM15BB154
Organizational Behavior
Business Statistics
Computers in Business
Advanced Accounting
Production & Operations
Management
Marketing & Services Management
Computer Laboratory
Accounts Laboratory - 2
Special Topic: Event Management
German Language Level - 2
TOTAL
5.
UM15BB155
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
UM15BB156
UM15BB157
UM15BB158
UM15BB159
UM15BB160
Hours / week
L
T
P
S
4
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
4
3
3
3
Course
Type
FC
FC
FC
CC
Credits
CC
4
0
0
0
0
21
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
2
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
1
1
1
0
23
CC
FC
CC
PW
NC
III SEMESTER (2014-17 BATCH )

Sl.
No.
1.
Course Code
UM14BB201
Course Title
Global Business
Hours / week
L
T
P
S
3
0
0
0
Entrepreneurship Development 3
Cost Accounting
4
Management of Human Capital 3
Financial Management
3
Consumer Psychology
4
Human Capital Laboratory
0
Financial Management
8. UM14BB208
0
Laboratory
Special Topic : Quality &
1
9. UM14BB209 Management Gurus & their
contribution
0
10. UM14BB210 German Language Level -2
Constitution of India &
0
11. UE15HS101
Professional Ethics
TOTAL 21
Note: Prerequisite course: *UM14BB106 ; ** UM14BB151
2. UM14BB202
3. UM14BB203*
4. UM14BB204
5. UM14BB205
6. UM14BB206**
7. UM14BB207
Sl.
No.
1.
2.
Course Code
UM14BB251
UM14BB252
Course
Type
FC
CC
4
3
3
4
1
CC
FC
CC
CC
FC
Credits
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
CC
PW
NC
NC
24

Hours / week
Course Title
Credits
L T P S
Project Management
3 0 0 0
3
Business Regulations
3 0 0 0
3
Course
Type
FC
FC
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
UM14BB253 E - Commerce
3
UM14BB254
Project Laboratory
0
SPECIALIZATION IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
Advertising
and
Media
UM14BB255*
3
Management
UM14BB256 Indias Foreign Trade Policy
4
UM14BB257
Advertising Laboratory
0
ELECTIVE
UM14BB271 Global Marketing
4
UM14BB272 Global Finance
4
SPECIALIZATION IN FINANCE
UM14BB258** Management Accounting
3
UM14BB259 Financial Market & Institutions
4
UM14BB260 Financial Management Laboratory 0
ELECTIVE
UM14BB281
Stock, Commodities & Derivatives
0
0
0
2
0
0
3
1
CC
CC
CC
0
0
0
2
0
0
4
1
CC
CC
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
EC
EC
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
3
4
1
CC
CC
CC
EC
UM14BB282 Strategic Financial Management 4 0 0 0

4
SPECIALIZATION IN ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR & HUMAN CAPITAL
MANAGEMENT
Personal Growth & Interpersonal
13. UM14BB261
3 0 0 0
3
Effectiveness
14. UM14BB262
Compensation Management
4 0 0 0
4
15. UM14BB263
HR Laboratory
0 0 2 0
1
16. ELECTIVE
Organizational Change &
UM14BB291
4 0 0 0
4
Development
Global Cross Culture
UM14BB292
4 0 0 0
4
Management
Special
Topic:
Tourism
17. UM14BB264
1 0 2 0
2
Management
18. UM14BB265
German Language Level -3
0 0 0 0
0
19. UE15HS102
Environmental Studies
0 0 0 0
0
TOTAL 21 0 6 0
24
Note: Prerequisite course - *UM14BB156; ** UM14BB154;
EC
CC
CC
CC
EC
EC
PW
NC
NC
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION HOSPITALITY AND EVENT

MANAGEMENT [BBA (HEM)]
Sl.
No.
1.
2.
Course Code
3.
UM15BH101
Languages
UM15BH102
UM15BH103
UM15BH104
UM15BH105
4.
UM15BH106
5.
UM15BH107
Course Title
French
Kannada
Hindi
English
Guest Psychology
Fundamentals of Culinary
Arts
Basics of Food and Beverage
L
2
Hours /week
T
P
S
0
0
0
Course
Type
PC
Credits
2
2
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
2
2
PC
PC
PC
FC
FC
FC
6.
UM15BH108
7.
UM15BH109
8.
UM15BH110
9.
UM15BH111
10. UM15BH112
11. UM15BH113
12. UM15BH114
13. UM15BH115
14. UE15HS101
Service
Introduction to Front Office
Elements of Accommodation
Operations
Tourism Management
Special Topic : Interpersonal
Communication
Fundamentals of Culinary
Arts Practical
Basics of Food and Beverage
Service Practical
Front Office Skills Practical
Elements of Accommodation
Operations Practical
Constitution of India &
Professional Ethics
TOTAL
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
NC
18
12
24

Sl.
No.
Course
Code
1.
UM15BH151
2.
UM15BH152
3.
UM15BH153
4.
5.
6.
7.
UM15BH154
UM15BH155
UM15BH156
UM15BH157
8.
UM15BH158
9.
UM15BH159
10. UM15BH160
11. UM15BH161
12. UM15BH162
13. UE15HS102
Hours /week
L
T P S
Course Title
Fundamentals of Information
Technology
Hospitality Management
Basics of bakery and
Confectionary
Food and Beverage Service
Front Office Operations
Accommodation Operations
Basics of Event Management
Special Topic : Business
Communication
Basics of Bakery and
Confectionary - Practical
Food and Beverage Service
Practical
Accommodation Operations
Practical
Fundamentals of Information
Technology Practical
Environmental Studies
TOTAL
Credit
s
Course
Type
FC
FC
FC
2
2
2
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
2
3
FC
FC
FC
FC
PW
FC
FC
FC
FC
0
18
0 0
0 12
0
0
0
24
NC
III SEMESTER (2014 17 BATCH)

Sl.
No.
Hours /week
Course Code
1.
UM14BH201
2.
UM14BH202
Course Title
Industry Exposure Training
Hotel Industry
Event Management
Credits
Cours
e
Type
20
24
16
PW
PW
3.
UM14BH203
Culinary French
TOTAL
2
2
0
0
0
24
0
24
2
20
CC
IV SEMESTER (2014 17 BATCH)

Sl.
No.
1.
Course
Code
UM14BH251
2.
UM14BH252
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
UM14BH253
UM14BH254
UM14BH255
UM14BH256
UM14BH257
8.
UM14BH258
9.
UM14BH259
10. UM14BH260
11. UM14BH261
Course Title
Culinary Operations - I
Advanced Food & Beverage
Operations
Hotel Front Office Operations - I
Accommodation Management I
Event Operations I
Hotel Accounts
Human Resource Management
Special Topic:
Nutrition, Dietetics & Sanitation
Culinary Operations - I Practical
Managing Food & Beverage
Service - I Practical
Accommodation Management I
Practical
TOTAL
Hours /week
Credits
L T P S
2 0 0 0
2
Course
Type
CC
CC
2
2
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
3
3
3
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
FC
CC
CC
CC
19
10
24
FACULTY OF MANAGEMENT PG PROGRAMS

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (MBA)
1.
2.
3.
Course
Code
UM15MB501
UM15MB502
UM15MB503
4.
UM15MB504
5.
6.
7.
UM15MB505
UM15MB506
UM15MB507
8.
UM15MB508
Sl. No.
Course Title
Hours / week
Credits
L T P S
4 0 0 0
4
4 0 0 0
4
3 0 2 0
4
Managerial Economics
Managing Organizations
Corporate Accounting
Principles of Management &
3
Communication
Business Law
3
Data Analysis and Decision Making
3
Special Topic : Public Relations
0
Special Topic: Corporate Connect
0
Preliminary (Meet the CXO) - I
TOTAL 20
Course
Type
FC
CC
FC
PC
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
3
4
1
FC
FC
PW
PW
24

Sl. No.
Course
Code
1.
UM15MB551
2.
3.
4.
5.
UM15MB552
UM15MB553
UM15MB554
UM15MB555
Course Title
Entrepreneurship &Project
Management
International Business
Marketing Management
Operations Management
Corporate Finance
Hours / week
Credits
L
T P S
Course
Type
FC
3
3
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
4
4
4
CC
CC
CC
CC
6.
UM15MB556
7.
UM15MB557
8.
UM15MB558
Business Research Methods

Special Topic: Business
Negotiations
Special Topic: Corporate
Connect (Meet the CXO) - II
TOTAL
CC
PW
PW
20
24
III SEMESTER (2014 - 16 BATCH)

Hours / week
Sl. No. Course Code
Course Title
Credits
L
T
P
S
1.
UM14MB601 Strategic Management
3
0
2
0
4
2.
UM14MB602 Management Information System
3
0
2
0
4
3.
UM14MB603 Special Topic : Personal Tax Planning
0
0
2
0
1
4.
UM14MB604 Special Topic : Case Analysis
0
0
2
0
1
SPECIALIZATION IN FINANCE MANAGEMENT
5.
UM14MB605* Advanced Corporate Finance
4
0
0
0
4
6.
UM14MB606* Investment Management
3
0
0
0
3
7.
UM14MB607* Management Accounting
4
0
0
0
4
ELECTIVE
8.
UM14MB621* Corporate Mergers and Acquisitions
3
0
0
0
3
UM14MB622* Taxation Management
3
0
0
0
3
UM14MB623* Project Financing
3
0
0
0
3
UM14MB624* Risk Management
3
0
0
0
3
UM14MB625* Finance Analytics
3
0
0
0
3
UM14MB626* International Finance Management
3
0
0
0
3
SPECIALIZATION IN MARKETING MANAGEMENT
9.
UM14MB608** Sales and Distribution Management
4
0
0
0
4
10. UM14MB609** Consumer Behavior
4
0
0
0
4
11. UM14MB610** Marketing of Services
3
0
0
0
3
12. ELECTIVE
UM14MB631** Supply chain Management
3
0
0
0
3
UM14MB632** Integrated Marketing Communication
3
0
0
0
3
UM14MB633** Rural Marketing
3
0
0
0
3
UM14MB634** Retail Management
3
0
0
0
3
UM14MB635** Marketing Analytics
3
0
0
0
3
UM14MB636** International Marketing
3
0
0
0
3
SPECIALIZATION IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
13. UM14MB611# Talent Management
4
0
0
0
4
Legal aspects of Human Capital
14. UM14MB612#
4
0
0
0
4
Management
International Human Resource
15. UM14MB613#
3
0
0
0
3
Management
16. ELECTIVE
Corporate Social Responsibility
UM14MB641#
3
0
0
0
3
Management
Human Capital & Knowledge
UM14MB642#
3
0
0
0
3
Management
Organizational Development
UM14MB643#
3
0
0
0
3
Consulting
UM14MB644# Human Resource Analytics
3
0
0
0
3
TOTAL 20
0
8
0
24
Note: Prerequisite courses - * UM14MB502,* UM14MB555; ** UM14MB553; # UM14MB506
Course
Type
CC
CC
PW
PW
CC
CC
CC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
CC
CC
CC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
CC
CC
CC
EC
EC
EC
EC
IV SEMESTER (2014 - 16 BATCH)

Sl.
No.
1.
Course Code
UM14MB651
2. UM14MB652
3. INTERNSHIP
UM14MB653
UM14MB654
4.
UM14MB655
Course Title
Special Topic: Research
Methodology
Project Work
Internship on Contemporary
Management Practices
Internship on Contemporary
Global Management
Practices
Special Topic: Term Paper
on Current Management
Practices
TOTAL
Hours / week
L T P
S
Credits
Course
Type
FC
16
PW
12
PW
12
PW
PW
28
18
DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER APPLICATIONS UG PROGRAMS

BACHELOR OF COMPUTER APPLICATIONS (BCA)
Sl.
Course Code
Course Title
No.
1. UC14BC201 Computer Architecture
2. UC14BC202* Data Structures Using C
Fundamentals of Object
3. UC14BC203
Oriented Programming
Introduction to Software
4. UC14BC204
Engineering
5. UC14BC205 Data Communications
Data Structures using C
6. UC14BC206*
Laboratory
Object Oriented
7. UC14BC207
Programming Laboratory
8. UC14BC208 Special Topic
TOTAL
Note: *Prerequisite course UC14BC103
L
4
3
4
Hours / week
T
P
0
0
2
0
0
0
S
0
0
0
Credit
s
4
4
4
Course
Type
CC
FC
CC
CC
4
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
4
1
CC
FC
CC
0
19
0
2
2
6
0
0
1
23
PW

Sl.
No.
1.
Course Code
UC14BC251
2.
UC14BC252
3.
4.
UC14BC253
UC14BC254
5.
UC14BC255
Course Title
.Net Framework
Introduction to Database
Management Systems
Computer Networks
.Net Laboratory
Database Management
Systems Laboratory
Hours / week
Cred
its
L
T
P S
4
0
0 0
4
4
4
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
4
1
Course
Type
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
6. UC14BC256
7. Elective - I
UC14BC261*
UC14BC262**
8. Elective - II
UC14BC271*
UC14BC272**
Special Topic
PW
Shell Commands
Scripting Languages
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
EC
EC
Mobile Apps using Windows 8

Web Services
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
EC
EC
20
23
TOTAL
Note: Prerequisite course - *UC14BC113; **UC14BC115
MASTER OF COMPUTER APPLICATIONS (MCA)

Sl.
No.
Course Code
1.
UC15MC401
2.
UC15MC402
3.
UC15MC403
4.
UC15MC404
5.
UC15MC405
6.
UC15MC406
7.
8.
UC15MC407
UC15MC408
Course Title
Discrete Mathematical
Structures
Digital Principles and Computer
Organization
Procedural Programming
Introduction to Web
Technology
Principles of Accounting
Procedural Programming
Laboratory
Web Technology Laboratory
Special Topic
TOTAL
Hours / week
T
P
S
Credits
Course
Type
FC
FC
FC
FC
PC
FC
0
0
19
0
0
2
2
2
6
0
0
0
1
1
23
FC
PW

Sl.
No.
1.
Course Code
Course Title
UC15MC451
Scientific Computing
Object Oriented
Programming
Data Structures
Operating Systems
Software Engineering
Object Oriented
Programming Laboratory
Data Structures
Laboratory
Special Topic
TOTAL
2.
UC15MC452
3.
4.
5.
UC15MC453
UC15MC454
UC15MC455
6.
UC15MC456
7.
UC15MC457
8.
UC15MC458
L
3
Hours / week
T
P
S
2
0
0
Course
Type
FC
Credits
FC
3
4
4
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
4
FC
CC
FC
FC
FC
0
18
0
4
2
6
0
0
1
23
PW
Sl. No.
Course Code
1.
2.
UC14MC501
UC14MC502*
UC14MC503
3.
4.
UC14MC504*
UC14MC505
5.
6.
7.
UC14MC506
Elective - I
UC14MC511**
UC14MC512**
UC14MC513**

Hours / week
Course Title
L
T
P
Computer Networks
4
0
0
Data Structures
3
2
0
Database Management
4
0
0
Systems
Data Structures Laboratory
0
0
2
Database Management
0
0
2
Systems Laboratory
Special Topic
0
0
2
Scripting Languages & Web
Framework using PHP
Framework using Python
Framework using Perl
Elective - II
UC14MC521
8.
Computer Graphics
Computer Oriented Statistical
UC14MC522
Methods
UC14MC523
Internet - Networks Illustrated
TOTAL
Note: Prerequisite course - * UC14MC404; ** UC14MC405
Sl.
No.
1.
Course Code
UC14MC551
2.
UC14MC552
3.
UC14MC553
4.
UC14MC554
5.
UC14MC555
6.
7.
UC14MC556
Elective - III
UC14MC561*
8.
UC14MC562
UC14MC563
Elective - IV
UC14MC571*
Advanced Web Frameworks

Data Warehousing and Data
UC14MC572
Mining
Cryptography and Network
UC14MC573
Security
TOTAL
Note: *Prerequisite course UC14MC405
Course
Type
CC
FC
CC
FC
CC
PW
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
4
19
0
2
0
6
0
0
4
23
EC

Hours / week
Course Title
L
T
P
Software Engineering
4
0
0
3
2
0
Algorithms
Object Oriented Programming
4
0
0
using Java
0
0
2
Algorithms Laboratory
Object Oriented Programming
0
0
2
using Java Laboratory
Special Topic
0
0
2
Web Frameworks using Ruby
on Rails
No SQL
Advanced Computer Networks
S
0
0
Credit
s
4
4
S
0
Cred
its
4
Course
Type
CC
FC
CC
FC
CC
PW
EC
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
19
23
UE15MA101: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS I (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
The objective of this course is to introduce the basic principles and techniques of Calculus
and its engineering applications. It lays the required foundation and skills that can be
repeatedly employed in subsequent courses at higher levels. Students will acquire the skills
and techniques of:
1. Curve characterization in space by computing arc length and curvature.
2. Change of variables using Jacobians.
3. Computing an average value of a function using mean value theorems and their
applications to engineering problems.
4. Explicit solutions of ordinary and higher order differential equations.
Course Outcomes
1. Student completing the the first unit of this course would be expected to find the
higher order derivatives of polynomials, transcendental, trigonometric and their
combinations. Will be able to find angle between two curves and radius of curvature
for a given polar curve.
2. At the end of second unit student will be able to differentiate function of more than
one variable. Evaluate definite integral of higher order trigonometric functions.
3. After the completion of the third unit, student will be able to trace, find the length of a
given curve by studying its charactersitcs. Will be able to find the Area and Volume
using multiple integrals.
4. Units IV and V will enable students to learn different analytical methods to solve first
and higher order differential equations.
5. At the end of this course the student should be able to aplply the above mentioned
concepts to engineering problems.
Unit I
11 Hours
Differential calculus: Higher order derivatives and Leibnitz rule, polar curves, Angle
between radius vector and tangent (no derivation), angle between two curves , Pedal
equations, Radius of curvature and its different forms ( no derivations).Cauchys Mean value
theorem (No proof). Applications problems.
Unit II
10 Hours
Partial differentiation and integral calculus: Introduction to partial differentiation,
geometrical interpretation, total derivative, chain rule, partial differentiation of composite and
implicit functions, Homogeneous functions and Eulers theorem (no proof).Taylor's theorem
(no derivation). Maclaurins series, Application problems.
Reduction formula for
and
and related problems.
Unit III
11 Hours
Curve tracing and multiple integrals: Working rules for tracing Cartesian and polar curves.
Tracing of standard curves. Length of plane curve: Rectification. Double Integrals, Change of
order of integration, change of variables (polar, spherical and cylindrical coordinates), Triple
integrals, Applications of double integrals and triple integrals.
Unit IV
10 Hours
Ordinary differential equations - First order & First degree: Linear, Bernoulli's , Exact,
Reducible to exact, Orthogonal trajectories (Cartesian and polar coordinates forms).
Application problems on differential equations.
Unit V
10 Hours
Higher order differential equations: Introduction to higher order differential equations,

Complementary function and particular integrals of standard functions. Cauchy's and
Legendre's differential equations, variation of parameters, related problems.
Text book
1. B V Ramana (2009), Higher Engineering Mathematics, 8th print, Tata McGraw-Hill
Education, (Chapter Numbers: 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9).
Recommended books
1. Antony Croft & Robert Davison (2012), Engineering Mathematics, 4th edition, Pearson.
2. Erwin Kreyszig (2011), Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley &
Sons.
3. B.S.Grewal (2007). Higher Engineering Mathematics, 40th Edition, Khanna Publishers.
UE15MA151: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS- II (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives:
The course will help students to develop ability and skills to think quantitatively and analyze
problems critically. The course also introduces students to Laplace transforms and its
application to Engineering problems. Helps utilize techniques of vector analysis to solve
Engineering application problems. Understand and apply the concepts of Fourier series and
special functions in real time problems.
Course Outcomes:
A student completing the course would be expected to learn
1. The concepts of Laplace and Inverse Laplace transforms and its applications in
solving higher order differential equations.
2. Unit 3 will introduce the students to some popular special functions which are of great
importance to engineering problems.
3. At the end of Unit 4 student will be able to undersand, analyze and apply the concept
of differential operator of vectors , Divergence and curl of a vector and three
important theorems Green, Stoke's and Divergence on vector integration.
4. After completing unit V the student will be able to identify if there exists a Fourier
series expansion for a function which helps them to study the behaviour of the given
function. Will be able to evaluate special integrals using Parseval's identity. Will be
able to find the Fourier series for a given set of numerical data using Harmonic
Analysis.
Unit I
10 Hours
Laplace transforms: Definition, Laplace transforms of standard functions, periodic
functions. Laplace transforms of derivatives and integrals, Unit- step function, unit-impulse
function and related problems.
Unit II
11 Hours
Inverse Laplace transforms Definition, Inverse Laplace transforms of standard functions,
various methods of finding inverse Laplace transforms, Convolution theorem (no proof).
Applications of Laplace transforms to solve differential equations.
Unit III
10 Hours
Special functions: Beta-Gamma functions Definition, properties and graphs. Relation
between Beta - Gamma functions and Duplication formula (Statements only).
Series solution of Bessel's differential equations, Recurrence relations for
, Generating
function for
, Jacobi series and Bessel's Integral formula.
Unit IV
11 Hours
Vector calculus: Introduction to vector differentiation, Velocity and acceleration. Directional

derivative, gradient of a scalar function, angle between the surfaces. Divergence, Curl,
related properties and application problems. Line, Surface and Volume integrals. Green's
theorem, Stokes' theorem and Gauss divergence theorem (without proof) and application
problems.
Unit V
10 Hours
Fourier series Introduction to Fourier series, Dirichlets conditions, Eulers formulae. Fourier
Series of Even and odd functions, half range Fourier series, Parsevals identity, Practical
Harmonic Analysis. Related problems.
Text book
1. B V Ramana (2009), Higher Engineering Mathematics, 8th print, Tata McGraw-Hill
Education. (Chapter Numbers: 11, 12, 15, 17).
Recommended books
1. Antony Croft & Robert Davison (2012). Engineering Mathematics, 4th Edition, Pearson.
2. Erwin Kreyszig (2011), Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley &
Sons.
3. B.S.Grewal (2007), Higher Engineering Mathematics, 40th Edition, Khanna Publishers.
UE14MA201: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS-III (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
In this course, the students will learn differentiation and integration of complex functions and
mappings in the complex plane. They will extensively understand the numerical methods to
solve transcendental equations, interpolate / extrapolate a given data, perform numerical
integration and solve ODEs. They are introduced to Fourier Transforms to stimulate interest
in communications, control and signal processing to prepare them for follow up courses in
these areas. They also learn to extend and formalize knowledge of the theory of probability
and random variables and get motivated to use of statistical inference in practical data
analysis. They are also introduced to Partial Differential Equations, their types and solutions.
Course Outcomes
At the end of this course, students will be able to
1. Understand and analyze analytic functions, evaluate line integrals of complex
functions and find the image of a region under a conformal mapping.
2. Demonstrate understanding and implementation of numerical methods applied to
finding roots of equations, interpolation, Numerical integration and solutions of
ordinary differential equations including Initial and boundary value problems.
3. Apply fundamental mathematical properties of the Fourier transform including
linearity, shift, symmetry, scaling, modulation and convolution and calculate the
Fourier transform or inverse transform of periodic functions.
4. construct probability distributions of a random variable based on real world situation
and use it to compute the mean and variance ; approximate a given data to fit a
curve and analyze and interpret the correlation between two sets of data
5. form PDE by eliminating arbitrary constants / functions and solve linear PDEs by
direct method and separation of variables.
Unit I
11 Hours
Complex function theory: Basic Definitions, Continuity & Differentiability, Analytic
functions, CauchyRiemann equations in Cartesian and Polar forms (No derivations),
Harmonic Functions & Orthogonal trajectories, Problems using Milne Thompson Method ,
Conformal Mapping: z2 , eZ, z + a2 / z (z 0) & applications, Line integral in complex plane,
Cauchys integral theorem ( No proof ) and consequences, Cauchys integral formula ( No

proof ) & its generalization, Applications.
Unit II
11 Hours
Numerical analysis: Roots of transcendental equations using Newton- Raphson Method,
Finite Differences- Forward and Backward Differences, Newton Gregory forward and
backward interpolation formulae (No derivations), Lagranges interpolation formula (No
derivation), Inverse interpolation using Lagranges interpolation formula , Numerical
Integration using Trapezoidal Rule, Simpsons one third rule, Simpsons three eighth rule
and Weddles rule, Numerical solution of first order Ordinary Differential Equations - Taylors
series method, Modified Eulers Method, Runge - Kutta 4th order method.
Unit III
10 Hours
Fourier transforms: Fourier Integral Theorem, Fourier Sine and cosine integrals,Definitions
of Fourier Transform and its inverse, Fourier sine and cosine transforms and their inverses,
properties- linearity, FT of derivatives, Fourier sine and cosine transform of derivatives,
convolution Theorem ( no proof ), Finite Fourier sine and cosine transforms, Parseval's
identity for Fourier Transforms ( no proof ) and applications.
Unit IV
10 Hours
Probability & statistics: Probability Distributions:- Random Variables,
Discrete &
Continuous Random variables, probability mass & density functions, Cumulative Distribution,
Binomial, Poisson & Normal Distributions, Curve Fitting by Least Squares method: y =a + bx,
y = a + bx + cx2, y = abx, Correlation & Regression - Definition and Types, Karl Pearsons
Coefficient of Correlation, Lines of Regression & Applications.
Unit V
10 Hours
Partial differential equations (P.D.E): Formation of Partial differential equations by
elimination of arbitrary constants and arbitrary functions of specific functions, Linear PDEs
of Ist order- Lagranges linear equation, solution of PDE by direct method and separation of
variables.
Reference Books:
1. B.V Ramana (2013), Higher Engineering Mathematics, 19th Reprint; Mc Graw Hill
Education (India) Private Limited. (Chapter No. 18,19, 20, 22,23,25, 27,30,32,33).
2. B S Grewal (2005), Higher Engineering Mathematics, 42nd Edition, Khanna
Publishers. (Chapter No. 19, 20, 28, 29, 31, 32, 24, 25, 26).
UE14MA251: LINEAR ALGEBRA & ITS APPLICATIONS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
In this course, students explore the following topics: systems of linear equations, real vector
spaces, linear transformations, orthogonality, eigenvalues, eigenvectors, and
diagonalization. They learn to use matrix operations to solve systems of linear equations,
determine the nature of the solutions and perform operations with matrices to find inverse of
a matrix.They are introduced to basic concepts of vector spaces, linear transformations and
fundamental subspaces.They also learn orthogonality of vectors & subspaces and Gram
Schmidt orthogonalization to produce orhonormal vectors. They are also introduced to eigen
values & eigen vectors for diagonalization. They get an awareness of Linear programming
(LP) ,which is the fundamental modelling technique in optimal decision-making , by learning
the concepts of LP modelling through graphs and the theory of simplex algorithm as a
solution technique.
Course Outcomes
After completing this course, students will be able to
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Solve systems of linear equations using matrix transformations and interpret the
nature of solutions.
Demonstrate ability to work within vector spaces and to distill vector space
properties.
Understand the concepts of subspaces, linear span, linear independence , dimension
and basis, linear transformation as a mapping from one vector space to another and
calculate its matrix representation with respect to standard and nonstandard bases.
Know how to calculate the rank of a matrix and be a master of the connection
between the rank and the dimensions of the fundamental subspaces of a matrix.
Use the Gram-Schmidt process to find an orthonormal basis in a subspace of an
inner product space and characterize orthogonal matrices
Be a master of the use of the least square method to find optimal solutions of
inconsistent linear equations.
Find eigenvalues and eigenvectors of a matrix and perform such calculations for
small
matrices and determine if a matrix is diagonalizable, and if it is, how to
diagonalize it.
Formulate a mathematical (linear) model from a given problem description in words
and solve the same using graphical and simplex methods.
Unit I
10 Hours
Matrices and Gaussian elimination: Introduction, Geometry of linear equations, Gaussian
Elimination, Matrix notation and multiplication, Triangular factors & Row exchanges, Inverses
and transposes.
Unit II
11 Hours
Vector spaces: Vector spaces,& subspaces (only definitions), Echelon & Row reduced
forms, Pivot variables & Free variables, linear independence, basis and dimension, the four
fundamental subspaces.
Unit III
11 Hours
Linear transformations & orthogonality: Linear transformations, orthogonal vectors &
subspaces, cosines & projections onto lines, projections & least squares.
Unit IV
10 Hours
Orthogonalization, Eigen values and Eigen vectors: Gram- Schmidt Orthogonalization,
Introduction to Eigen values & Eigen vectors, Power method of finding largest eigen value,
Diagonalization of a matrix.
Unit V
10 Hours
Linear programming problem: Formulation of the problem, Graphical method, General
Linear Programming Problem, Canonical & Standard forms, Simplex method.
Reference Books
1. G. Strang (2007), Linear Algebra and its Applications, 4th edition, 2nd Indian reprint,
Thomson Brooks/Cole. (Chapter No. 1, 2, 3, 5).
2. B S Grewal (2005), Higher Engineering Mathematics, 42nd Edition, Khanna Publishers.
(Chapter No. 2, 28, 33).
UE15PH101 :ENGINEERING PHYSICS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives:
The course in Physics for the first / second semester is oriented to give Engineering students
an overview of the basics of current physics. The course aims at honing the students
analytical skills in problem solving.
The course exposes the students to the:

1. Fundamentals of Quantum Mechanics which is required in understanding the
fundamental behavior of materials and the working of devices at nano levels
2. Quantum theory of solids for characterization of materials
3. Fundamentals of the science of nano technology
4. Physics of materials metals, dielectrics and magnetic materials with applications
5. fundamental concepts of LASER
Course outcomes
Students completing the course should be able to
1. comprehend the basic ideas of quantum behaviour and wave mechanics
2. apply the Schrodingers wave equation to one dimensional quantum systems with
rectangular potentials and analyse the physical situation.
3. explain density of states and electronic conduction in metals, and basic ideas on
nano systems
4. understand and classify dielectrics on the basis of polarisation and their applications
5. classify magnetic materials on the basis of their susceptibility and identify current
applications
6. elucidate the physical principles of LASER systems and explain the working of three
LASER systems.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Fundamentals of Quantum Mechanics: Concepts of wave particle duality, de-Brogile
hypothesis of matter waves, phase velocity, group velocity & particle velocity. Heisenbergs
uncertainty principle and application of uncertainty principle, numerical examples, properties
and physical significance of wave function, probability density and normalization of wave
function. One dimensional time independent Schrdingers wave equation.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Quantum Mechanics of simple systems : Qualitative treatment of Potential Barriers and
steps, concept of tunneling through potential barriers and application in radioactivity.
Discussion of solution of a particle in an infinite potential well and its Eigen values and Eigen
functions. Eigen values and eigen functions for a particle in a finite potential well. Harmonic
Oscillator.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Quantum theory of solids : Quantum free electron theory, Fermi energy, Fermi Dirac
Statistics and Fermi factor. Concept of density of states. Merits of quantum free electron
theory. Kronnig Penny model, effective mass of charge carriers.
Nano structures: Concepts of size reduction, property dependence of surface to volume
ratio. 2D Quantum well, 1D Quantum wire and quantum Dot concept of density of states
for quantum structures. Graphene structure, property and applications
UNIT IV
12 Hours
Dielectric materials : Dielectric properties of materials, electric field and polarization in
dielectrics. Dielectric constant, types of polarization, frequency dependence of dielectric
polarization. Applications of dielectric materials. Ferro electric materials - classification,
properties and applications. Piezoelectric materials -classification, properties and
applications.
Magnetic materials : Concepts of Magnetic fields and Magnetization, Magnetic dipoles,
Diamagnetic, Paramagnetic, Ferro, Ferri and anti Ferro magnetic materials . Classification
on the basis of susceptilritity and its temperature dependence. Domains and hysteresis. Soft
and Hard magnetic materials. Applications of magnetic materials GMR and magnetic
memory.
UNIT V
10 Hours
LASER : Lasers, Einsteins coefficients - expression for energy density. Conditions for Laser
action two, three and four level systems, requisites of a laser system. Absorption and
emission cross sections, Light amplification. Gain and loss processes, condition for round
trip gain, cavity design considerations. He Ne Laser, CO2 Laser and Semiconductor laser.
Harmonic generation and non linear optics.
Recommended Books
1. Laszlo Solymar, Donald Walsh (2010), Electrical Properties of Materials, 7th Edition,
Oxford University Press.
2. Arthur Beiser (2009), Concepts of Modern Physics, 6th Edition, TMH Publication,
(Book 1- Unit I : chapter 2, Unit II: chapter 3; Unit III: chapter 6,7; Unit IV : chapter
10,11; Unit V : chapter 12).
(Book 2 - Units I : chapters 2,3; Unit II: chapter 5; Unit III: chapter 10)
Reference Books
1. Feynman, Leighton and Sands (2003), Lectures on Physics, 13th Reprint, Narosa
Publications.
2. All units to be supplemented by Lecture notes and review articles
UE15PH102: PHYSICS LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course objectives
The course is designed to give students an insight into the practical experience of the
concepts covered in the theory topics. The course incorporates the concept of errors in
measurement and their propagation in the course of estimations. Students are trained on
fundamentals of graphs and linear regression methods for scattered data. The experiments
cover the properties of a range of materials - metals, semiconductors, ferroelectrics and
ferromagnetics. Students investigate properties of Lasers and concepts of polarization of
electromagnetic waves.
Course outcome
At the end of the course the student would be able to:
1. arrange the setup to conduct experiments
2. would be able to handle basic instruments like a multi meter, signal generator, lux
meter
3. collect pertinent data from careful observations and present data in appropriate
formats
4. Analyse data and draw consistent conclusions
5. Present the records in standard formats.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. (a) Measuring instruments, least counts and Error analysis
(b) Graphs least square fit for scattered data
2. Understanding Optical Interference
3. Understanding resonance phenomena
4. Dielectric constant through AC and DC responses
5. Understanding electrical conduction in Metals
6. Understand electrical conduction in Semiconductors
7. Magnetic measurements of ferromagnetic materials
8. Understanding Piezoelectric Resonance
9. Characteristics of a LASER
10. Polarisation states of a LASER and Refractive Index measurement using LASER
11. Measurement of the fundamental Plancks constant (Demo)

Recommended Books
1. Laboratory manual prepared by the Department by Science & Humanities, PES
University
UE15CY101: ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
Theory course intends to provide chemical concepts most relevant to engineering
students and demonstrate them in an applied context. The student is exposed to the
principles required to understand important contemporary topics like alternate energy
sources, corrosion control, polymer technology, phase equilibria, molecular
spectroscopy, water management and green chemistry. The underlying theme is to
emphasize on applications of these concepts to real world problems.
Course outcome
1. Understand and interpret phase equilibria of one and two-component systems.
2. Explain different types of spectral transitions within a molecule and evaluate various
spectroscopic parameters like bond length and bond strength from given spectra.
3. Appreciate the basic principles of electrochemistry ,use of different types of
electrodes in analysis and evaluate cell potential, equilibrium constant and solubility
product for different cell reactions.
4. Know construction, working and applications of various energy storage devices such
as batteries and fuel cells.
5. Understand basic principles of corrosion and apply suitable techniques for corrosion
control. Also know the technological importance and processes involved in metal
finishing.
6. Analyse important water quality parameters like hardness and COD .
7. Know the synthesis, structure property relationship and applications of commercially
important polymers. Also learn the principles of green chemistry for a sustainable
and eco-friendly world.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Phase equilibria and molecular: Statement of Gibbs phase rule, Derivation of Gibbs
phase rule, Phase diagram of one component system-water system, Condensed systems,
Phase diagram of two-component system-Pb-Ag system ,Fe-C system.
Interaction of electromagnetic radiation with matter, electromagnetic spectrum, Born
Oppenheimer approximation, Beer-Lamberts law, Microwave spectroscopy- rigid rotor. IR
spectroscopy- harmonic oscillator, Electronic spectroscopy- Franck Condon Principle.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Electrochemistry: Galvanic and Electrolytic cells, Construction of galvanic cell, Origin of
electrode potential, Derivation of Nernst Equation , Types of electrodes, Reference
electrodes: Calomel Electrode and Silver-Silver chloride electrode, Applications of Nernst
equation- Equilibrium constant and solubility product determination, Concentration cells,
types of concentration cells ,Ion selective electrodes; Glass Electrode; Determination of pH
using glass electrode, Numericals based on all concepts
UNIT III
10 Hours
Batteries and fuel cells: Batteries: Classification of batteries-Primary, secondary and
reserve batteries with examples; Battery characteristics; Modern batteries- Zinc Air battery
Nickel-metal Hydride battery , Li-ion battery (LiCoO2).
Fuel cells: Principle and working , efficiency of fuel cells ,H2-O2 fuel cells- alkaline fuel cell,
polymer membrane fuel cell and solid oxide fuel cell ,CH3OH-O2 fuel cell, Applications of
fuel cell in Oxygen sensors and Breath Analysers.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Corrosion chemistry and water technology: Elelctro-chemical theory of corrosion, Types
of corrosion- Differential metal; Differential aeration; Pitting corrosion ; Stress corrosion
(caustic embrittlement), Factors affecting rate of corrosion.
Corrosion control: Metal coating Galvanizing and Tinning, Inorganic Coating Anodizing
and Phosphating, Corrosion inhibitors, Cathodic protection Sacrificial Anode and
Impressed current method; Anodic protection.
Metal finishing: Faradays laws of electrolysis, Electroplating process, Factors affecting
nature of deposit in electroplating, Electroplating of chromium
Water: Water quality parameters and analysis: Hardness; Chloride; Nitrate(colorimetric
estimation); Sulfate(colorimetric estimation) ;Biological Oxygen Demand and Chemical
Oxygen Demand; Numerical problems relating to hardness and Chemical Oxygen Demand.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Polymers and green chemistry: Definition of polymer, monomer, Addition and
condensation polymerisation, Structure - property relationship, Number average molecular
weight; Weight average molecular weight; Viscosity average molecular weight, Commercial
Polymers: Synthesis, properties and applications of Teflon; PMMA, Elastomers: Natural
rubber; Synthesis and applications of Butyl rubber, Resins -Manufacture and uses of epoxy
resin, Polymer Composites: Synthesis and applications of Kevlar and Carbon fibres.
Conducting polymers- Mechanism of conduction in polymers using polyaniline as example;
applications of conducting polymers.
Green Chemistry: Introduction, Twelve principles of green chemistry with examples.
Text Books
1. Gadag, R.V. and Nityananda Shetty A. (2011), Engineering Chemistry, 3rd reprint,
I.K.International Publishing House.
2. Jain, P.C. and Monica Jain (2007), Engineering Chemistry, 3rd reprint, Dhanpat Rai
Publishing Company (P) Ltd.
3. Green Chemistry : Lecture notes
Reference Books
1. Pletcher, D. and Walsh, F.C.(1993), Industrial Electrochemistry, 2nd Edition, Blackie
Academic and Professional.
(Book 1: Chapter 1, 2, 3,4,7,9 and 10; Book 2: Chapter 6 and 35; Book 3 : Chapter 8,
10, 11)
UE15CY102 CHEMISTRY LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course objectives
The Lab course intends to train students to develop their experimental skills and apply
fundamental chemical principles in problems related to chemistry in engineering . The
experiments are designed to support the theory lectures and the hands-on experience will
thus enhance students understanding of a topic.
Course outcomes
1. Students will be able to organize, analyse ,interpret and represent data in the form of
tables and graphs.
2. They will enhance their skills like precision , observation and logical thinking.
3. They will be able to plan experiments and appreciate good lab practices.
EXPERIMENTS
1. Determine pH, conductivity, total dissolved salts and total hardness of a given water
sample by EDTA method (complexometric titration).
2. Determine COD of a waste water sample by redox titration.
3. Determine percentage of Copper in a Brass sample by iodometric titration.
4. Determine the amount of Chloride in a given water sample by Mohrs method
(precipitation titration).
5. Determine cell constant of a conductivity cell and estimate the strength of acids in a
mixture of acids using the cell.
6. Assemble a cell using ion-selective electrode and use the cell for determination of
pKa of a weak acid.
7. Assemble a cell for a redox reaction and use the cell for potentiometric estimation of
Iron in hematite ore.
8. Estimate the amount of Copper in a solution by spectroscopic method.
9. Calculate Average molecular weight (M) of a polymer by viscosity measurements
using Mark Houwink equation.
10. Construct a phase diagram for a simple eutectic system
(Naphthalenep-dichlorobenzene) using cooling curves.
Reference Book
1. Laboratory manual prepared by the Department by Science & Humanities, PES
University.
UE15JE101 UNIFIED ENGINEERING (0-2-2-0-2)

Course objectives
The course in Joy of Engineering for the first semester is oriented to welcome students into
the fascinating realm of engineering. The course will provide them with a fundamental
outlook of thinking and working like an engineer.
The GEP enables students to master Concept engineering that rests on the following three
pillars:
1. Modeling: This includes fundamental understanding of engineering systems, their
mathematical underpinnings and theoretical foundations.
2. Computational simulation: Use of powerful computational tools to study engineering
systems is a key part of design and analysis of modern engineering systems.
3. Construction: Solving problems, building solutions and implementing engineering
systems as a team.
The intent of the module is to get an appreciation among students on engineering as a
unified discipline with no boundaries between branches. The Jed-i framework for analyzing
and synthesizing most engineering systems that combine mechanical, electrical, electronics,
mathematics and computing elements is based on STEP, an acronym for sensors,
transducers, electronics and processing.
Course outcomes
On completion of the course, the student will be able to
1. Deconstruct and Analyze Engineering Systems in a comprehensive way.
2. Aware of multiple sensors and their advantages and limitations.
3. Confidently use Arduino in Electro-Mechanical projects.
4. Design and Build smart Electro-Mechanical systems.
5. Conceive Mechanisms to move Electro-Mechanical Systems.
UNIT I
2 Hours
Engineering measurements: Measurements is fundamental to every engineer. In this unit,
students get an opportunity to play around with measurements, and get a holistic perception
of measurements, thereby taking them through the first milestone of thinking like an
engineer.
UNIT II
2 Hours
Engineering system analysis: Engineering systems around us hold immense plethora of
knowledge and experience. Students will get exposed to a set of engineering systems to
analyze by breaking it open, and putting it back together to functional state. Concepts
around electro-mechanical systems will be introduced in this unit.
UNIT III
4 Hours
Mechanisms How to move anything? Motion has been fundamental to growth of
human civilization. Motion is achieved by several possible mechanisms. Students will get an
opportunity to play and build with these mechanisms to achieve specific tasks. Concepts
around mechanical linkages and engineering optimization will be addressed in this unit.
UNIT IV
4 Hours
Electro-mechanisms How to electrify and control mechanisms?: Evolution of
mechanical systems has primarily been led by electrification. This unit will enable students to
electrically run their built mechanical systems, thereby transforming them into
simple electromechanical devices. Students will also be exposed to concepts around
microcontrollers, and will get an opportunity to control their electromechanical systems by
programming a simple microcontroller.
UNIT V
4 Hours
Electronics for mechanisms How to make smart electromechanical systems?:
Todays world has move to smart and intelligent engineering in our everyday life. This unit
will empower the students to convert their electromechanical devices into smart
electromechanical systems. Concepts around sensors, actuators and information
processing, will be addressed in this unit.
UNIT VI
10 Hours
Semester project and evaluation: The students will start the semester with a broadly
specified challenge to build a smart electro-mechanical system. The five units above will be
delivered sandwiched in the process of the students working in teams to complete the
project.
References and Resources
There are no text books for this course. The students will be registered to an online network
and all course material will be made available through this network.
UE15HS101: CONSTITUTION OF INDIA AND PROFESSIONAL ETHICS (0-0-0-0-0)

Course Objectives
1. To provide information about Indian constitution.
2. To identify individual role and ethical responsibility towards society.
3. To understand human rights and its implications
4. To understand ethical practices in a profession
Course Outcomes
A student complete the course would be able to
1. Appreciate and realise the importance of the constitution of India.
2. Understand the concepts of fundamental duties and fundamental rights of an Indian
citizen
3. develop strong ethical & duty based disposition which is a sine-qua-non for a
Professional
4. Understand the relationship between Ethics & Law.
5. Appreciate the role of Engineers in environmental issues
UNIT I
Introduction : Definition - Salient features - Preamble
Fundamental rights: general provisions : Definition of state, laws inconsistent with or in
derogation of fundamental rights -Right to Equality (Art. 12 - 18) - Right to freedom (Art. 19 22)
UNIT II
Right against exploitation
(Art. 23, 24)
Right to Freedom of Religion (Art.25 - 28)
Cultural and educational rights ( Art. 29,30)
Right to constitutional remidies - Writs (Art -32)
UNIT III
Directive principles of state policy and fundamental duties : relationship between
directive principles and fundamental rights
The Supreme Court : An Independent Court - Jurisdiction - Role - Judicial activism
High Courts - Jurisdiction :subordinate courts
Emergency provisions : National emergency, State emergency, Financial emergency
Amendment of the constitution : The procedure (Art. 368) - 42nd amendment
UNIT IV
Introduction: Definition - Background ideas - Why study engineering ethics? - Engineering
is
managing the unknown? Personal Vs business ethics - origin of ethical thought Ethics and law Ethics problems are like design problems -Preventive Ethics - Case Studies
( Ford Pinto case, Challeger , disaster case, Columbia disaster case, City Corp Building
Case) - Problem solving method- Identifying moral conceptual and factual issues
Risk , safety and liability : Definition - ensuring safety as a duty - difficulties in estimating
risks
Normal accidents - Normalising deviance - identifying and defining acceptable
risks - risk expert's
approach - lay persons' approach - Govt. regulator's approach Engineers' liability for risk
UNIT V
Responsible engineers: conceptions of responsibility - minimalist view - reasonable care good works virtues - impediments to responsibilities
Honesty, Integrity and reliability : Ways of misusing the truth - Why dishonesty is wrong?
- Integrity and Client Integrity in Engineering research & testing, Integrity and use of
intellectual property Line Drawing Method Professional confidentiality - Integrity and
Expert testimony - Integrity and failure to inform the public - conflicts of interest.
Engineers & the environment: Introduction - Sustainable development - controversy over
the environment - Law on environment - How clean is clean? - Anthropocentric approach to
environmental ethics - scope of professional engineering obligations to the environment modest proposals
Reference Books:
1. D.D. Basu (2001), Introduction to Constitution of India, 20th Edition, Prentice Hall.
2. Thomson & Wadswor (2005), Engineering Ethics :Concepts And Cases, 2nd Edition,
Harris, Pritchard & Rabins
2. Fleddermann C.B (2004), Engineering Ethics, -2nd Edition, Pearson Education.
UE15HS102: ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES (0-0-0-0-0)
Course Objectives
Environmental Studies is a multidisciplinary subject. It has been introduced with the objective
of exposing the students to the basic concepts of environment resources, pollution,
management and law; and also the current issues endangering life on earth.
Course Outcomes
A student complete the course would be able to
1. Understand fundamental physical and biological principles that govern natural
processes.
2. Understand the natural environment as a system and how human activities affects
the system
3. Interpret environmental resource management and sustainability conflicts from
multiple perspectives.
4. Effectively analyze and integrate the social and natural sciences to understand
diverse environmental and sustainability challenges ranging from local issues to
global environments.
UNIT I
Environment: Basic concepts- Definition; Scope and importance of environmental studies;
need for public awareness. Eco-kinetic and bio-kinetic properties of environmental
pollutants.
Natural resources: Definition, classification, types, problems due to over-exploitation.
Conservation and Management of resources; Sustainable development.
Basic concepts of ecosystems, structure and function of ecosystems, energy flow in
ecosystems.
Basic concepts of bio-diversity, biogeographical classification of India, value of bio- diversity,
threats to bio-diversity and conservation.
Energy resources: Types of energy: Conventional sources of energy, fossil fuel, Nuclear
based, solar, wind, sea-wave energy. Non-conventional sources of energy, Biofuels biomass, biogas; hydrogen as an alternative future source of energy.
UNIT II
Environmental pollution: Land pollution-Sources and effects of land pollution; control
measures, methods for the sustainable use of soils for agriculture. Soil erosion through
agriculture, deforestation, grazing, salinization and management.
Noise pollution :Sources of noise pollution, characteristics of sound, measurement of noise
pollution, Effects of noise on environment. Control measures.
Air pollution :Structure of atmosphere, Atmospheric inversions. Sources and effects of air
pollution on environment and other organisms, criteria pollutants. Automobile pollution and
control; particulate dust pollution, sources and effects and control technologies (industrial
processes). Bhopal Gas Tragedy, Global climatic changes/global warming, ozone layer and
acid rain.
Water pollution Sources and effects on environment and other organisms, Control
measures.
UNIT III
Disaster management: Definition, origin and classification. Natural (Earthquakes,
landslides, floods, Cyclones) and Man-made disasters (biological, chemical, nuclear,
radiological, explosions) definition, causes and management and/or mitigation strategies.
UNIT IV
Solid waste management: Origin of domestic solids waste, biomedical wastes, composition
and quantity of refuse, collection, transportation storage of refuse.
Waste-treatment
options, waste processing, recycling of different waste fractions, Solid waste management PESU Student Handbook 2015-16 76
Landfilling, composting, leachate and leachate gas containment. Industrial and special
wastes, incineration. Solid waste management issues, rules and policies.
UNIT V
Social issues and environmental law:Population growth, variation among nations,
Population explosion, Family welfare programme. Environment and human health, value
education, Women and Child Welfare, Role of information technology in Environmental and
human health.
Environment and pollution laws: World treaties and World conferences on environment.
Indian Acts and Rules Air Act -1981 (Rules 1982, 1983). Water Act 1974 (Rules 1975),
Forest Conservation Act 1980 (Rules 2003).National Forest Policy, 1988; Wildlife
(Protection) Act 1972. Environment Protection Act, 1986.
Text Books:
1. D.K. Asthana and Meera Asthana (2009), A Textbook of Environmental Studies, S.
Chand & Company Ltd.
2. Anubha Kaushik and C.P. Kaushik (2008), Perspectives in Environmental Studies,
New Age International Publishers.
Reference Books:
1. A.K. De (2006), Environmental Chemistry, New Age International Publishers..
2. S.K. Mohanty (2006), Environment and Pollution Laws, Universal Law Publication.
3. Odum EP (1971), Fundamental of Ecology, WB Saunders Co. USA.
UE14BT201: BIOPROCESS CALCULATIONS (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
The objectives of the course are as follows:
1. To understand concepts in bioprocesses through quantitative approach
2. To gain an understanding of problem solving techniques in bioprocesses
3. To understand the principles of stoichiometry, material and energy balances with
respect to bioprocesses
Course outcome
At the end of the course the student will have the following:
1. Will have familiarity with the fundamentals of calculations
2. Ability to comprehend complex problems encountered in bioprocesses
3. Using basic principles of calculations will have the ability to solve bioprocess problems
Unit I
7 Hours
Bioprocess development: an interdisciplinary challenge:
Steps in bioprocess
development, a quantitative approach.
Introduction to engineering calculations: Units and dimensions, the mole unit.
Unit II
8 Hours
Introduction to engineering calculations: units: Unit conversion, Force & weight,
Measurement conventions, Density, Specific gravity, Specific volume, Mole, Chemical
composition, Temperature, Pressure, Standard conditions & ideal gases , Physical and
chemical properties of compounds and mixtures.
Unit III
7 Hours
Material balance without chemical reactions: General material balance equation for
steady state. Material balances in Distillation, Absorption, Extraction, Crystallization, Drying,
Mixing, and Evaporation Operations.
Unit IV
8 Hours
Material balance involving chemical reactions: Principles of Stoichiometry. Definitions of
limiting and excess reactants, fractions and percentage conversion, yield and percentage
yield, selectivity and related problems. Material balances involving bypass, recycle & purge.
Stoichiometry of Microbial Growth and Product Formation: Introduction, Definitions of
specific growth rate and yield. Elemental balances and degrees of reduction. Problems on
specific rate and yield.
Unit V
8 Hours
Energy Balance: General energy balance equation for steady state. Thermo physics and
Thermo chemistry: Heat capacity, estimation of heat capacity for solids, liquids, gases and
their mixtures. Enthalpy, Standard Heat of formation, standard heat of reaction, Standard
heat of combustion and calorific value, Calculation of (HR) at elevated temperature.
Biochemical equilibrium constants and conversions.
Text Book
1. Pauline M Doran (1995), Bioprocess Engineering Principles, Elsevier Science &
Technology Books.
Reference Book
1. David Himmelblau (2003), Basic Principles and Calculations in Chemical Engineering,
Prentice Hall of India, Private Limited
UE14BT202: BIOLOGICAL THERMODYNAMICS (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
1. To learn the definition of thermodynamics and its laws
2. How complex systems are governed by the laws of thermodynamics
3. To investigate biological systems through thermodynamics
4. To analyze biological systems through both classical and
thermodynamics
statistical
Course outcome
1. The ability to understand the laws of thermodynamics
2. Appreciate how basic laws of thermodynamics are applicable to the most complex
systems such as biological systems
3. The ability to understand and articulate biological systems through both classical
and statistical thermodynamics
4. The ability to apply the learnt concepts to solve problems pertaining to biological
systems
Unit I
8 Hours
Energy transformation and the first law of thermodynamics - Distribution of Energy,
System and surroundings, Animal Energy consumption, Carbon, energy and life, Internal
energy, Work, The First Law in operation, Enthalpy, Some examples from biochemistry,
Heat capacity, Energy conservation in the living organism
Unit II
8 Hours
The second law of thermodynamics - Introduction, Entropy, Heat engines, Entropy of the
universe, Isothermal systems, Protein denaturation, Third Law and biology, Irreversibility and
life
Unit III
7 Hours
Gibbs free energy theory - Introduction, Equilibrium, Reversible processes, Phase

transitions, Chemical potential, Effect of solutes on boiling points and freezing points, Ionic
solutions, Equilibrium constant, Standard state in biochemistry, Effect of temperature on
Keq, Acids and Bases, Chemical coupling, Redox Reactions
Unit IV
8 Hours
Gibbs free energy applications - Introduction, Photosynthesis, glycolysis & citric acid
cycle, Oxidative phosphorylation and ATP hydrolysis, Substrate cycling, Osmosis, Dialysis,
Donnan Equilibrium, Membrane transport, Enzyme-substrate interaction, Molecular
pharmacology, Hemoglobin, Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), DNA,
Polymerase chain reaction (PCR), Free energy of transfer of amino acids, Protein solubility,
Protein stability, Protein Dynamics, Non-equilibrium thermodynamics &life
Unit V
8 Hours
Statistical thermodynamics - Introduction, Diffusion, Boltzmann distribution, Partition
function, Analysis of thermodynamic data, Multi-state equilibria, Protein heat capacity
functions, Cooperative transitions, Interaction free energy, Helix-coil transition theory
Text Books
1. Donald T. Haynie (2008), Biological Thermodynamics, Cambridge Univ. Press.
Reference Books
1. K. V. Narayanan (2001), Text Book of Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics,
Prentice Hall of India, Private Limited
UE14BT203: MICROBIOLOGY (3-0-2-0-4)

Course objectives
1. The course is dedicated to gain knowledge of theoretical concepts and principles in
microbiology and its applications.
2. To understand the essence and importance of microbes in agriculture, environment,
medicine and industry.
3. To obtain hands on with microbiological techniques and skills.
Course outcome
1. The ability to understand the basics and importance of microbiology.
2. Ability to understand the applications of microbiology discipline and its impact on the
other areas of biology, biotechnology and human welfare.
3. The ability to apply the learnt concepts through research to solve problems pertaining to
biological systems using microorganism as model organisms.
Unit I
8 Hours
Introduction: Scope, milestones in field of microbiology, microbial diversity in types viruses, bacteria, algae, fungi, protozoa; in characteristics - morphological, structural,
metabolic, ecological, behavioral, evolutionary and genetic.
Microbial taxonomy: Whittakers 5 Kingdom, Numerical Taxonomy, Bergeys Manual of
Systematic Bacteriology, Molecular approaches to Taxonomy.
Characteristics, Ultrastructure and reproduction in bacteria and fungi: Bacteria Eubacteria, Archae; Fungi - organization of mycelia, life cycle of Aspergillus and Rhizopus.
Unit II
8 Hours
Characteristics and ultrastructure of algae and protozoa: Algae - life cycle of
Chlamydomonas; Protozoa - Plasmodium
Viruses: TMV, T4 and phage, lytic and lysogenic cycles; Viroids and Prions.
Microscopy and staining: Microscopy - Light microscopy (bright field, dark field, phase
contrast, fluorescence microscopy), electron microscopy (TEM and SEM).Staining Principles of staining, types of stains - simple stains, structural stains and differential stains.
Unit III
8 Hours
Pure culture techniques and enumeration: Serial dilution streak plate, pour plate, spread
plate, maintenance of pure cultures; Enumeration by DMC and viable counts.
Microbial Nutrition, Growth and Biochemical Characterization: Nutritional types,
physical conditions, growth curve; Biochemical characterization of bacteria- IMViC tests.
Unit IV
8 Hours
Genetic recombination in bacteria: Transformation, transduction and conjugation.
Control of microorganisms and Biosafety: Sterilization methods - physical methods,
chemical agents; antimicrobial agents,Biosafety lavels
Microbial Pathogenesis: Common diseases caused by microbes; etiology, transmission
and symptoms of the disease - Bacterial diseases: Tetanus, Leprosy, Typhoid, Tuberculosis,
Cholera. Viral diseases: Hepatitis, Polio. Fungal diseases: Candidiasis. Protozoan diseases:
Malaria.
Unit V
7 Hours
Microbial ecology: Interactions of microorganisms - rhizosphere and phylloplane microflora,
mycorrhiza, air and water microflora; Biofertilizers and Bioremediation.
Food and industrial microbiology: Microbial spoilage of food and its prevention, Food
borne infections: Botulism, Gastroenteritis. Industrial applications: antibiotics.
Biological warface: Weapons of mass destruction superbugs and Aathrax
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
13 Hours
1. Isolation of microbes (i) from soil and water by serial dilution and pure culture
techniques and (ii) from air by plate exposure method.
2. Study of colony characteristics of microbes. Staining Techniques - Simple and Gram
staining of bacteria.
4. Endospore staining and Fungal staining by LPCB.
5. Measurement of cell concentration of yeast cells by haemocytometer.
6. Determination of size of yeast cells by micrometry.
7. Biochemical tests IMViC, starch hydrolysis and catalase test.
8. Effect of Antibiotics on bacterial growth by paper disc method.
9. MPN test for analysis of quality of water.
Text Book
1. Michael J Pelczar Jr, Chan ECS, Noel R Kreig (2004), Microbiology, 5th Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Co, Ltd., New Delhi.
ReferenceBooks
1. Prescott, Harley and Klein (2005), Microbiology, 6th Edition, Mc Graw Hill
International, Boston.
2. Jacquelyn G. Black (2008), Microbiology: Principles and Explorations, 7th Edition,
John Wiley & Sons, New York
UE14BT204: BIOCHEMISTRY (4-0-2-0-5)

Course objectives
The objectives of the course are as follows :
1. To learn the basic concepts of biochemistry

2. How complex systems are governed by the concepts of biochemistry
3. To investigate and analyze biological systems through various biomolecules such as
carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, amino acids and nucleic acids
Course outcome
1. The ability to understand the concepts of biochemistry
2. Appreciate how the basic concepts of biochemistry are applicable to the complex
3. The ability to understand and articulate the role of various biomolecules in
biological systems
UNIT I
10 Hours
Fundamentals of biochemistry: An Introduction to the science of Biochemistry,
Biochemical unity underlies biological diversity, Non covalent interactions-Hydrogen bonds,
Vanderwaals forces, Electrostatic & Hydrophobic interactions. Properties of water, pH and
biological Buffers. Stereochemistry: Importance of stereochemistry, Geometric and Optical
isomerism. Configuration and conformation, Chirality, Enantiomers, Diastereomers, D & L,
and R & S notations. Keto enol tautomerism, important functional groups in biochemistry,
general types of reactions in biochemistry.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Bioinorganic chemistry: Inorganic elements in biological systems, metalloenzymes, Metal
complexes as oxygen carriers-hemoglobin and myoglobin, non-porphyrin oxygen carriershemeerythrin and hemocyanin, synthetic oxygen carriers, Metallothionenes. Electron
transfer proteins-Ferredoxin, Iron-Sulfur clusters, cytochromes, chlorophyll, Biological
nitrogen fixation. Metal complexes as drugs.
UNIT III
12 Hours
Carbohydrates: Introduction, Sources, Classification into mono, di and polysaccharides.
Classification of monosaccharides based on number of C-atoms. Functional groups-Aldoses
and Ketoses (stressing the difference between reducing & non-reducing sugars).Reactions
of carbohydrates, Isomerism of carbohydrates, Fischer projections, Haworth structures,
pyranose and furanose structures, Anomers, Epimers, Chair and boat conformations.
Structure and functions of sugars, homo and heteropolysaccharides, glycoconjugates.
Lipids: Introduction, sources, Nomenclature, Classification. Properties and Functions.
Essential fatty acids, Eicosanoids, Prostaglandins, Compound lipids (phospholipids and
glycolipids, their importance) Steroids: Structure of steroid nucleus, biological role of
cholesterol, Amphipathic nature of lipids and their importance.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Amino acids and proteins: Introduction, Classification (protein and non-protein amino
acids), Optical isomerism, chemical properties, acid-base properties-polyionic nature, zwitter
ions, pKa, and pI. Peptide bond formation: Structure of protein (primary, secondary, tertiary
and quaternary) .Biologically important peptides (oxytocin, vasopressin, bradykinin,
glutathione), Classification of proteins, determination of primary structure, sequencing
strategies and n-terminal and c-terminal sequencing, automated sequenators. Properties of
proteins, denaturation of proteins
UNIT V
10 Hours
Nucleic acids: Purines and Pyrimidines: Structure of purine and pyrimidine bases,
nucleosides, nucleotides, RNA & DNA (differences), base pairing schemes, types of RNA:
mRNA, rRNA, and tRNA. Secondary structure of DNA, Watson and Crick model. Different
types of DNAS. Histones and its organization, E-coli DNA, Nucleosome structure,
denaturation of DNA. Structure of RNA, other RNAS, catalytic RNA (ribozymes).
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
13 Hours
1. Laboratory safety methods, Preparation of Laboratory Solutions: Concentration,

Expressions and Calculations [Volumetric analysis].
2. Preparation of buffers using Henderson Hassel Balch equation and Measurement
of pH using pH meter.
3. Measurement of chlorophyll content in leaf development by colorimetry
4. Qualitative tests for carbohydrates.
5. Qualitative tests for lipids and steroids.
6. Determination of iodine value of lipids [Volumetric analysis].
7. Determination of saponification value of lipids [Volumetric analysis].
8. Qualitative tests for amino acids and proteins
9. Isolation of casein from milk by isoelectric precipitation [Gravimetric analysis].
10. Thermal denaturation of DNA
Text Book
1. David Nelson and Michael Cox (2008), Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry, 5th
Edition, Freeman.
Reference Books
1. Berg, Tymoczko and Stryer (2002), Biochemistry , 5h Edition, Freeman.
2. Jacquelyn G. Black (2008), Microbiology, 7th Edition, John Wiley & Sons.
3. Solomons and Frhyle (2004), Organic Chemistry, 8h Edition, John Wiley and
Sons.
4. Huheey, J (1993), Inorganic Chemistry-Principles of Structure and Reactivity,
4 th Edition, Prentice-Hall.
5. Satyanarayana U (2006), Biochemistry , 3rd Edition, Uppala Author Publishers.
UE14BT205: CELL BIOLOGY AND GENETICS (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives:
1. To understand the fundamental concepts of Cell Biology-Cell structure and function,
cell motility and special types of cells.
2. How cells divide for growth and for reproduction.
3. To learn the basic principles of Genetics-Genome, inheritance of biological traits,
interactions of genes and flow of genetic information within families and in population.
Course outcome
On completion of the course, student shall be able to:
1. Describe the structure and function of cells and organelles
2. Elucidate the special type of cells.
3. Comprehend the structure of chromosomes and principles of human genetics.
4. Apply the principles of genetics in understanding the inheritance pattern of genes.
5. Appreciate the concepts of sex determination, sex linked genes and linkage of
genes.
6. Understand the basic principles of population genetics.
UNIT I
8 Hours
Basics of cell structure: Discovery of cell, The Cell theory. Ultra structure of prokaryotic
and eukaryotic cells, differences in plant and animal cells, Cell Organelles and their function:
Nucleus, Endoplasmic reticulum, Golgi complex, Mitochondria, Chloroplast, Ribosomes,
Lysosomes, Peroxisomes, Vacuole and Cytoskeletal structures. Structure of biological

Membrane: Fluid Mosaic Model.
UNIT II
7 Hours
Specific cell types: Blood cells RBC, WBC, platelets, their structure and functions, Nerve
cell, Muscle cells, Stem cells, Cancer cell biology.
Cellular Organization of Life: Cell cycle and cell Division: Mitosis and Meiosis. Cell
Motility: Amoeboid, ciliary and flagella movements.
UNIT III
8 Hours
Organization of chromosomes: Morphology of chromosomes, Ultra-structure of
chromosomes; Nucleosome solenoid models; Euchromatin and heterochromatin. Special
types of chromosomes; Salivary gland and Lamp brush chromosomes. Chromosomal
Variations: A General account of structural and numerical aberrations. Human Karyotype,
Genetic disorders; Allosomal (Klinefelter syndrome and Turners syndrome), Autosomal
(Down syndrome and Cri-Du-Chat syndrome).
UNIT IV
8 Hours
Inheritance of characters: Gregor Mendels work and laws of heredity, Test cross,
pedigree analysis and simple problems. Interaction of Genes: Supplementary genes; Comb
pattern in fowl; Complementary genes: Flower colour in sweet peas. Multiple alleles: Blood
groups in humans, coat colour in rabbits. Relevant genetic problems.
UNIT V
8 Hours
Sex determination, linkage and mutations: Sex Determination in Plants and animals:
Concept of allosomes and autosomes, XX-XY, XX-XO,ZW-ZZ, ZO-ZZ types. Linkage and
Crossing Over: Coupling and repulsion hypothesis, Linkage in maize and Drosophila. Sexlinked inheritance: Hemophilia, colour blindness, male pattern baldness and hypertrichosis.
Basic concepts of Population genetics: Hardy Weinberg law.
Text Book
1. Powar C B (1983), Cell Biology, 3rd Edition, Himalaya Publishing House.
2. Gerald Karp (2005), Cell and Molecular Biology, 6h Edition, Freeman.
ReferenceBooks
1. P.K.Gupta (2014), Genetics, 4th Revised Edition, Narosa Publishing House.
2. William S. Klug, Michael R. Cummings, Charlotte A. Spencer, Michael A. Palladino
(2011), Concepts of Genetics, 11th Revised Edition, Pearson Publications.
UE14BT251: FLUID MECHANICS (3-0-0-0-3)
Course objectives
1 Have a basic understanding of the properties of fluids, principle and instruments
for measurement of pressure, continuity equation, equation of motion and
Bernoullis equation and dimensional analysis
2 To solve problems associated with the principles packed and fluidized beds
3 To solve problems associated with the measurements of fluid flow and pumping
of fluids
4 Understand the theory of filtration and gain knowledge about different typ es of
filtration
5 To solve problems associated with the theory of separation processes
Course outcome
1. Ability to identify different types of fluids, flow, its nature& classification,
2. Ability to solve problems related to stagnant fluids, agitation, mixing, pumping of fluids
and metering, filtration & size reduction processes.
3. Ability to understand the concept of fundamentals of fluids, pressure, mixing, filtration
processes
UNIT I
8
Hours
Fundamentals of fluid flows: Introduction, Properties of Fluids, Viscosity, Pressure and its
Measurements: Fluid Pressure at a Point, Pascals law, Pressure variation in a Fluid at Rest,
Measurement of Pressure Simple and Differential Manometers. Types of Fluid Flow.
Continuity equation, Equations of Motion, Eulers Equation of Motion and Bernoulli's
Equation from Eulers Equation, Flow through circular and non circular cross sections,
Hagen-Poisuille's equation, Losses through pipe and fittings. Turbulent flow, friction factor.
Dimensional Analysis: Dimensionless Numbers, Rayleigh's Method, Buckingham's Pi
Theorem, Numerical Examples..
UNIT II
8 Hours Flow
past immersed objects and packed and fluidized beds: Introduction, Force Exerted by a
Flowing fluid on a Stationary Body, Drag, and Lift, Expression for Drag and Lift, Drag
Coefficient. Flow in Packed Beds: Introduction, Laminar Flow in Packed Beds, Turbulent
Flow in Packed Beds, Flow in Fluidized Beds: Types of Fluidization in Beds, Minimum
Velocity and Porosity for Particulate Fluidization, Pressure Drop and Minimum Fluidizing
Velocity, Expansion of Fluidized Beds, Minimum Bubbling Velocity, Numerical Examples.
UNIT III
8
Hours
Fluid Flow Measurements: Introduction, Venturimeter, Orifice meter, Rotameter, Pitot tube,
Notches and Weirs. Numerical Examples. Pumps: Developed head, Power requirement,
Suction Lift and Cavitation, Reciprocating Pump: Working Principle, Discharge, Work done
and Power required, Variation of Velocity and Acceleration in the Suction and Delivery Pipes
due to Acceleration of the Piston, Effect of Variation of Velocity on Friction in the Suction and
Delivery Pipes, Numericals, Centrifugal pumps: Working Principle and Characteristics
Curves. Numericals
UNIT IV
8 Hours
Mechanical-physical separation processes: Classification, Filtration in Solid-Liquid
Separation: Introduction, Types of filtration Equipments: Bed filters, Plate and frame filters,
Leaf filters, Continuous rotary filters: Continuous rotary vacuum-drum filter, Continuous
rotary disk filter, Continuous rotary horizontal filter, Filter Media and Filter Aids, Basic theory
of filtration: Pressure drop of fluid through filter cake, Specific Cake Resistance. Filtration
Equations for Constant-Pressure Filtration, Equations for washing of filter cakes and total
cycle time, Equations for continuous filtration, Filtration equations for Constant-Rate
Filtration and Numerical Examples. Settling and Sedimentation in particle-fluid separation:
Theory of particle movement through a fluid-Derivation of basic equations for rigid spheres,
Drag co-efficient for rigid and non rigid spheres. Sedimentation: Mechanisms of
Sedimentation, Determination of settling velocity.
UNIT V
7 Hours
Mechanical Operations: Size Reduction: Criteria for Comminution, Energy and Power
Requirements in Comminution, Efficiency, Crushing Laws and Work Index. Equipment for
Size Reduction: Jaw Crusher, Gyratory Crusher, Roll Crushers, Hammer Mill Grinders,
Revolving Grinding Mills. Sieve Analysis (Differential and Cumulative) and Numerical
Examples.
Text Book
1. Christie John Geankoplis (2008), Transport Processes and Separation Process
Principles, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India, Private Limited.
Reference Books
1. McCabe, Smith, Harriott (2010), Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering, 6th Edition,
Tata McGraw-Hill
UE14BT252 : MOLECULAR BIOLOGY (3-0-2-0-4)

Course objectives
1. Gain a thorough knowledge on fundamental aspects of vital phenomena in cell at
molecular level such as replication, transcription, translation and recombination.
2. To understand the importance of structure-function relationship of macromolecules
such as DNA.
3. To know the importance of molecular biology as a basis for allied fields such as
bioinformatics, computational biology, cancer biology and molecular diagnostics.
Course Outcome
At the end of the course the student will have,
1. The ability to comprehend and analyse biological data bases with respect to
sequences and control elements which include nucleic acids and proteins
2. The ability to apply the knowledge of basic concepts to practical problems in
biotechnology
3. The ability to explore the potential of cellular functions in different hosts for various
applications
Unit I
8 Hours
Nucleic acids: Discovery of DNA as genetic material, Components of DNA and RNANucleosides and Nucleotides. Double helical structure of DNA (Watson-Crick model), forms
of DNA. Chromosome structure
Replication: Definition, features, pre-requisites, proteins required, mechanism in
prokaryotes - initiation, elongation and termination, types - theta and rolling circle model,
mechanism in eukaryotes - initiation, elongation and termination, replication of telomeres,
inhibitors of replication
Unit II
8 Hours
Transcription: Definition, differences between replication and transcription, proteins
required, mechanism in prokaryotes - initiation, elongation and termination, mechanism in
eukaryotes - initiation, elongation and termination, post-transcriptional modifications,
inhibitors of transcription.
Unit III
8 Hours
Translation (Protein Synthesis): Genetic code features, overview of translation, amino acid
activation, mechanism of protein synthesis in pro- and eukaryotes - initiation, elongation and
termination events, translational inhibitors, post-translational modification of proteins, protein
targeting in mitochondria and bacteria.
Regulation of gene expression: Need for regulation, overview of levels of control, types of
control positive and negative, inducible and repressible types, mechanisms of control at
transcription level - in prokaryotes - lac operon, lac mutations, trp operon, Differences in
control of gene expression in eukaryotes, control at DNA level, control at transcription level transcription factors and their domains, control at mRNA level, control at protein level with
examples, role of homeotic genes in pattern regulation in Drosophila.
Unit IV
8 Hours
Genetic recombination: Mechanism - Holliday model for homologous recombination,

methods in bacteria - transformation, transduction - generalized and specialized, site specific
recombination of bacteriophage Lambda, Conjugation.
Mutations: Definition, classification, types of mutagens, mechanisms of mutation by
physical and chemical mutagens.
Unit V
7 Hours
DNA damage and repair: Definition, types of DNA damage, DNA Repair - types of repair photoreactivation, mismatch, excision, and SOS.
Transposition, oncogenesis: Transposition Definition, origin of transposable DNA
elements, classification of transposons. Oncogenesis basic mechanism.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
13 Hours
1. Isolation of genomic DNA
2. Isolation of plasmid DNA from E. coli.
3. Separation of DNA fragments by agarose gel electrophoresis.
4. Transformation of E .coli cells with foreign DNA
5. Demonstration of transfer of DNA by conjugation in E. coli.
6. Separation of proteins by sodium dodecylsulphate-polyacrylamide
electrophoresis
(SDS-PAGE).
gel
Text Book
1. Nelson and Cox (2008), Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry, 5th Edition,
W.H.Freeman & Company.
ReferenceBooks
1. Lewin Benjamin (2006), Genes IX, Jones and Bartlett Publishers.
2. Malacinski, George M, David Freifelder (2006), Essentials of Molecular Biology,
Narosa, New Delhi.
3. Turner P C, McLennan A G, Bates A D and White M R H, (2001), Instant Notes in
Molecular Biology, 2nd Edition, Viva Books Pvt. Ltd.
UE14BT253: ENZYMOLOGY (3-0-2-0-4)

Course objectives
The objectives of the course are as follows :
1. To learn the basic concepts of enzymology
2. To understand the kinetics of enzymes
3. To isolate, characterize and purify the enzymes
4. To understand the various applications of enzymes
Course outcomes
1. The ability to understand the concepts of enzymology

2. Appreciate how the basic concepts of enzymology are applicable to the complex
3. The ability to understand the techniques of isolating, characterizing and purifying
enzymes
4. The ability to learn the applications of enzymes in various industries
UNIT I
10 Hours
Fundamentals of enzyme function: Introduction to enzymes, Remarkable properties of

enzymes as catalysts. Classification and nomenclature. Specificity of the enzyme action:
reaction specificity, substrate specificity and stereo specificity. Cofactors and coenzymes.
Fundamentals of enzyme function: active site, activation energy and the reaction coordinate.
Binding energy contribution to reaction specificity and catalysis. Lock and Key Model and
Induced Fit Hypothesis. Catalytic mechanisms: Acid-Base catalysis (Ribonuclease A),
Covalent catalysis (Chymotrypsin), Metal ion catalysis (Carbonic anhydrase), Catalysis
through proximity and orientation effects, Catalysis through Preferential Transition state
binding (Chymotrypsin), and substrate strain (Lysozyme). Involvement of coenzymes in
enzyme catalyzed reactions (NAD/NADP, Coenzyme A, TPP, Pyridoxal phosphate).
UNIT II
12 Hours
Enzyme kinetics: Kinetics of single substrate enzyme catalysed reactions: Michaelis-Menten
equation (equilibrium assumption), Briggs Haldane equation (Steady state assumption),
significance of kinetic parameters of Km and Vmax and Kcat. Analysis of Kinetics Data:
Lineweaver Burk, Eadie Hofstee plots. Bisubstrate enzyme catalysed reactions: Sequential
reactions, Ping Pong reactions and general rate equations.
Enzyme inhibition: Reversible inhibition, competitive inhibition, uncompetitive and
noncompetitive inhibition and irreversible inhibition. Factors affecting enzyme activity (pH,
ionic strength, temperature). Enzyme activity measurement: Fixed incubation method,
continuous monitoring methods. Enzyme units: IU, katal, specific activity, Turn over number.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Enzyme regulation and isozymes: Allosteric Enzymes: Ligand induced conformational
changes, Aspartate transcarbamoylase. Cooperativity (Sigmoidal Kinetics), MWC and KNF
models.Hill equation, Adair equation, Reversible covalent modification, Proteolytic cleavage.
Isoenzymes (LDH and Hexokinase). Importance of enzymes in diagnostics: Enzyme pattern
in diseases (SGOT, SGPT, LDH, isoenzymes of CK), use of isozymes as markers in cancer.
Sources of enzymes, Isolation and Purification of enzymes. Criteria for purity of enzymes
and characterization of enzymes.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Enzyme immobilization and biocatalysis: Characteristics of Biocatalysis as a Technology.
Basic performance criteria for catalyst. Whole cell and isolated enzymes. Immobilization:
Methods of preparation of immobilized enzymes, Kinetics of immobilized enzymes,
Applications of immobilized enzymes. Biocatalysis in nonconventional media: enzymes in
organic solvents, Advantages of Biocatalysts in organic media. Pharmaceutical applications
of biocatalysis, Beta-lactam antibiotics. Enzyme mediated optimization of steroid synthesis.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Applications of enzymes: Enzymes in Laundry Detergents: Proteases, Lipases, Amylases.
Enzymes in the Food industry: HFCS with glucose isomerase, Lactose hydrolysis, Common
enzymes used in beverages, cheese manufacturing and baking industries. Enzymes in the
Textile Industry: Cellulases. Enzymes in the pulp and paper industry: Bleaching of pulp with
xylanases. Therapeutic enzymes: Human leucocyte elastase, Inhibition of Cholesterol
biosynthesis, Reverse Transcriptase and HIV protease inhibitors, Anticoagulants:
streptokinase, urokinase.
Enzyme engineering: Introduction: Elements of Protein Engineering: Enhancement of
oxidation stability and thermostability of Subtilisin. Enzymes from Hyperthermophiles and
Extremophiles. Artificial enzymes: Catalytic antibodies, Synzymes: Design of novel enzyme
activity, Chiral polymer catalysts. Dendrimers.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Isolation of alpha-amylase from human saliva.
2. Construction of standard maltose curve.
3. Construction of standard protein curve.

4. Determination of specific activity of alpha-amylase.
5. Effect of time on enzyme activity.
6. Effect of temperature on enzyme activity.
7. Effect of pH on enzyme activity.
8. Effect of substrate concentration on enzyme activity.
9. Effect of inhibitor concentration on enzyme activity.
10. Effect of substrate concentration on immobilized alpha amylase activity.
Text Book
1. Trevor Palmer (2004), Enzymes, 1st Edition, East West Press.
ReferenceBooks
1. Nicholas C. Price and Lewis Stevens (1999), Fundamentals of Enzymology , 3rd
Edition, Oxford University Press.
2. David Nelson and Michael Cox (2008), Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry,
5 th Edition, Freeman.
3. Andreas S. Bommarius and Bettina R. Riebel (2004), Biocatalysts:
Fundamentals and Applications, Wiley-VCH.
UE14BT254 BIOINFORMATICS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. Understand sequencing, the uses of sequencing and Biological resources/ databases
2. Apply online resources and databases to gain access to sequence data and literature
information
3. Demonstrate the major strategies for functional genomics analyses
4. Explain and interpret sequence analysis and similarity search
5. Describe the key concepts for molecular evolution and molecular phylogeny
6. Understand the main approaches to protein structure bioinformatics analysis
Course outcome
At the end of the course students will have the following:
1. Ability to use bioinformatics tools to search , retrieve and analyze information on
literature, sequence and structure relating DNA/ RNA/ Gene /Protein and understand
its complexity effectively.
2. Ability to communicate effectively about application of bioinformatics
3. Ability to acquire skills and knowledge necessary to answer bioinformatics research
questions
4. Ability to solve problems both individually as well as part of a team using modern
bioinformatics tools
Unit I
10 Hours
Introduction and databases: Aim, scope and role of Bioinformatics in Biotechnology; DNA
sequencing, Genomic sequencing, Sequencing cDNA libraries of expressed genes,
Submission of sequences to the databases, Sequence accuracy, Computer storage of
sequences, Sequence formats,Biological Databases; Information retrieval from Biological
Databases.
Unit II
10 Hours
Sequence alignment and scoring matrices: Introduction on sequence alignment, Global
alignment, Local alignment, Significance of sequence alignment, Dot matrix sequence
comparison, Dynamic programming algorithm for sequence alignment, Use of scoring
matrices and gap penalties in sequence alignments.
Unit III
10 Hours
Sequence analysis and similarity search: Uses of multiple sequence alignments, Scoring
multiple sequence alignments, Methods of multiple sequence alignment- progressive and
iterative, Hidden Markov models of multiple sequence alignment, Profile analysis, Block
analysis, Pattern searching, Motif analysis, Position-specific scoring matrices. Database
similarity search, Scoring matrices for similarity searches, FASTA, BLAST.
Unit IV
12 Hours
Phylogeny: Relationship of phylogenetic analysis to sequence alignment, Concept of
evolutionary trees, Methods for phylogenetic tree construction, Reliability of phylogenetic
predictions.
Gene prediction: Gene and Promoter prediction, Categories of gene prediction programs,
Gene prediction in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, Promoter and Regulatory element prediction
in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, Prediction algorithms.
Unit V
10 Hours
Protein structural bioinformatics: Protein structure basics, Protein structure visualization,
comparison, and classification, Protein secondary structure prediction, Protein tertiary
structure prediction, Protein structure validation.
Text Book
nd
1. David W Mount (2004), Bioinformatics - Sequence and Genome Analysis, 2
Edition, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory.
st
2. Jin Xiong (2006), Essential Bioinformatics,1 Edition, Cambridge University Press.
Reference Books
1. Andreas D. Baxevanis and Francis B.F. Ouellette (2005), Bioinformatics - A practical
Guide to the Analysis of Genes and Proteins, 3rd Edition, John Wiley and Sons.
UE14BT255 BIOSTATISTICS (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
Following are the course objectives:
1. To solve problems related to life and health sciences using the methodology and
theory of statistics
2. Learn the techniques associated with collection, compilation, description,
organization, analysis, interpretation and presentation of information in numerical
form
3. To gain understanding of basic concepts like probability, hypothesis testing and
ANOVA which are essential to carryout research analysis
Course outcomes
Following are the course outcomes:
1. Ability to apply the methodology and theory of statistics to problems related to life
and health sciences
2. Ability to communicate information using the principles of statistics
3. Ability to develop and provide solutions to life and health sciences problems using
statistics
4. Ability to investigate problems using statistical approach
UNIT I
10 Hours
Basics of statistics: What is Statistics, Importance of statistics, Descriptive and inferential
statistics. Sampling, methods of sampling, random sampling methods. Diagrammatic
representation of data, graphic representation of data. Measures of central tendency,
Measures of dispersion, variables, qualitative variables, quantitative variables. Introduction

bivariate data, Pearsons correlation coefficient r, Properties of Pearsons r, computing
Pearsons r, line of regression of x and y, angle between the regression lines.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Probability and distributions: Introduction, basic concepts, definition of probability, law of
addition of probabilities, association law of probability and conditional probability, Bayes
theorem and problems. Binomial distribution, Poisson distribution, Normal distribution,
Mean, Variance for all the three distributions. Fitting Binomial, Poisson and Normal
distributions.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Estimation theory: Introduction, theory of estimation, point estimation, Unbiasedness,
Consistency, Efficiency, and Sufficiency. Methods of point estimation, Central limit theorem.
Sampling distribution of proportion, interval estimation: Interval estimation for large samples,
confidence limits for mean, confidence limits for proportion, Problems.
UNIT IV
12 Hours
Hypothesis testing: Tests of significance, Null hypothesis, alternative hypothesis, types of
errors in testing of hypothesis, level of significance, critical region, one tailed and two tailed
tests, procedure for testing of Hypothesis. Large sample tests. Sampling of attributes, tests
for single proportion, test of significance for difference of proportions. Sampling of variables:
Test of significance for a single mean, test of significance for difference of means. Small
sample tests. Students t test, test for single mean, t test for difference of means, paired t
test for difference of means, chisquare test, chisquare test of goodness of fit, chisquare test
for independence of attributes.
UNIT V
10 Hours
ANOVA: ANOVA Designs, One-Factor ANOVA (Between-Subjects), Two-Factor ANOVA
(Between-Subjects), Unequal Sample Sizes. Use of statistical software for all the tests.
Text Book
1. Khan and Khanum (2004), Fundamentals of Biostatistics, 2nd Edition, Ukaaz
Publications.
ReferenceBooks
1. S. C. Gupta and V. K. Kapoor (2002), Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics, 11th
Edition, Sultan Chand and Sons.
2. Daryl S. Paulson (2008), Biostatistics and Microbiology- A Survival Manual,
Springer.
UE15CS101: INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTING USING PYTHON (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. Learn basics of computer hardware and programming
2. Learn how to solve a given problem
3. Learn various paradigms of programming
4. Learn Python as a programming language
5. Learn how to combine data structures and functions available in Python to solve
problems
Course outcomes
Upon successful completion of the course, a student will be able to:
1. Appreciate and understand the working of a digital computer
2. Program effectively using the Python language
3. Think using different paradigms of programming

UNIT I
14 Hours
Introduction-Computation Problem Solving-Limits of Computational Problem Solving Computer Algorithm - Computer Hardware - Digital Computer - Operating System- Limits of
IC technology - Computer Software - Syntax, semantics and program translation.
Process of Computation Problem Solving - Analysis, Design, Implementation, Testing.
Introduction to Python Programming Language - Concept of a library - Interactive session
First program in Python - Program Structure - Running a program
UNIT II
9 Hours
Output function - variables, types and id operators and expressions. Control structures selection and looping
UNIT III
Lists, Dictionaries, Sets, Tuples and Strings
12 Hours
UNIT IV
9 Hours
Functions - Definition, call, positional and keyword parameter. Default parameters, variable
number of arguments, key value pairs as arguments - recursion - callbacks
Modules - import mechanisms - __name__ variable
Functional programming - map, filter, reduce, max, min
lambda function - list comprehension
UNIT V
8 Hours
Object oriented programming - classes and objects - inheritance - polymorphism
Error handling & Exceptions - try, except and raise - exception propagation
File processing- reading and writing files
Text Book
1. Charles Dierbach (2012), Introduction to Computer Science Using Python: A
Computational Problem-Solving Focus, John Wiley.
UE15CS151: PROBLEM SOLVING WITH C (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. Learn how to solve common types of computing problems.
2. Learn data types and control structures of C
3. Learn to map problems to programming features of C
4. Learn to write good portable C programs
Course outcomes
1. Pppreciate and understand the working of a digital computer
2. Analyze a given problem and develop an algorithm to solve the problem
3. Improve upon a solution to a problem
4. Use the 'C' language constructs in the right way
5. Design, develop and test programs written in 'C'
UNIT I
10 Hours
Counting: Data types, Control Structures, Program and File Input/output, argument passing,
scanf, printf:
UNIT II
10 Hours
Text processing and string manipulation: Concepts: arrays and pointers, strings, string
manipulation, functions.
UNIT III
Prioritized scheduling:
memory management
12 Hours
Concepts: Structures, Unions, Lists, Priority Queue, dynamic
UNIT IV
Sorting: Array of structures, array of pointer to structures, parameter passing
10 Hours
UNIT V
10 Hours
Portable programming and interfaces: enums, bit operations, preprocessor directives,
conditional compilation, pragmas, include
Text Books
1. R.G. Dromey, How To Solve It By Computer, Pearson.2011
2. Brian Kernighan and Dennis Ritchie , The C Programming Language, 2nd Edition,
Prentice Hall PTR.1988
UE15CS102: INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTING USING PYTHON LABORATORY

(0-0-2-0-1)
Course objectives
1. Learn basics of computer programming
2. Learn how to solve a given problem
3. Learn to use various paradigms of programming
4. Learn Python as a programming language
5. Learn how to implement data structures and functions available in Python to
solve problems
Course outcomes
Upon successful completion of the Lab course, a student will be able to:
1. Appreciate and understand the working of a digital computer
2. Program effectively using the Python language
3. Illustrate different paradigms of programming
Program #1: Algorithm development
Program #2: Expressions, variables, I/O
Program #3: Control structures
Program #4: List, Strings, Tuples
Program #5: Dictionary Set
Program #6: Combined Data structures
Program #7: Functions
Program #8: Functional programming
Program #9: Object oriented programming
Program #10: File Processing & Exceptions
Program #11-#12: Miniproject
UE15CS152: PROBLEM SOLVING WITH C LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course objectives
1. Learn and implement how to solve common types of computing problems.
2. Use data types and control structures of C
3. Learn to map problems to programming features of C
4. Learn to write good portable C programs
Course outcomes
1. Analyze a given problem and implement an algorithm to solve the problem
2. Improve upon a solution to a problem
3. Implement the 'C' language constructs in the right way
4. Design, develop and test programs written in 'C'
Program #1: Reading/Writing a file: adding a line number to each line of a file
Program #2: Letter /Word/Line Count of a text file
Program #3: Subsequence counting in a string
Program #4: Boyer-Moore string matching
Program #5: Polynomial evaluation
Program #6: Priority queue - implementation
Program #7: Radix sort
Program #8: Quick Sort: array of structures using array of pointers
Program #9: Modular exponentiation
Program #10: Bit operations and bit shifting - XOR crypto
Program #11-#12: Enumerations and portable programming
UE14CS201: DIGITAL DESIGN AND COMPUTER ORGANIZATION (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objective
The objective of this course is to introduce the organization of a computer and its principal
components, viz, ALU, Control, Memory and Input/output. The course will also enable the
student to understand the design components of a digital subsystem that required realizing
various components such as ALU, Control, etc.
Course outcomes
1. An ability to understand theory of Digital Design and Computer Organization to
provide an insight of how basic computer components are specified.
2. An ability to understand the functions of various hardware components and their
building blocks
3. An ability to understand and appreciate Boolean algebraic expressions to digital
design
4. An in depth understanding of sequential/ combinational circuits

5. An in depth understanding of realization of different combinational / sequential
circuits
6. An in depth understanding of different stages of an instruction execution
7. An in depth understanding of how different hardware components are related and
work in coordination
8. An ability to understand computer buses and input/output peripherals
9. An ability to understand memory hierarchy and design of primary memory
UNIT I
10 Hours
Combinational Logic: Introduction, Combinational circuits, Analysis Procedure, Design
Procedure, Binary Adder-Subtractor, Decimal Adder, Binary multiplier, Magnitude
comparator, Decoders, Encoders, Multiplexers.
UNIT II
12 Hours
Synchronous sequential logic: Introduction, Sequential circuits, Storage elements:
Latches, Flip-Flops, Analysis of Clocked sequential circuits, State reduction and assignment,
Design Procedure.
Registers and counters: Registers, Shift Registers, Ripple counters, Synchronous
Counters, Other Counters. Introduction to FPGA
UNIT III
10 Hours
Basic structure of computers: Computer Types: Functional units: Input Unit, Memory Unit,
Arithmetic & Logic unit, Output unit, Control unit; Basic operational concepts; Number
Representation and Arithmetic Operations: Integers, Floating-Point Numbers; Character
Representation; Performance: Technology, Parallelism
Instructions: Instructions and Instruction Sequencing, Addressing Modes, Assembly
Language
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Basic processing unit: Some Fundamental Concepts; Instruction Execution: Load
Instructions, Arithmetic and Logic Instructions, Store Instructions; Hardware Components:
Register File, ALU, Data path, Instruction Fetch Section; Instruction Fetch and Execution
Steps: Branching, Waiting for Memory; Hardwired Control: Data path Control Signals,
Dealing with Memory Delay; Micro programmed control;
Arithmetic: Addition and Subtraction of signed numbers, Fast Adders, Fast Multiplication,
Integer Division, Floating point numbers and operations
UNIT V
10 Hours
The memory system: Some Basic concepts; Semiconductor RAM Memories: Internal
Organization of Memory Chips, Static Memories, Dynamic RAMs, Synchronous DRAMs,
Structure of Larger Memories; Read-only Memories: ROM, PROM, EPROM, EEPROM;
Basic input/output: Accessing I/O Devices: I/O Device Interface, Program-Controlled I/O;
Interrupts: Enabling and Disabling Interrupts, Handling Multiple Devices, Controlling I/O
Device Behaviour, Processor Control Registers
Text Books:
1. M. Morris Mano & Michael D. Ciletti (2013), Digital Design, 5th Edition, PHI.
2. Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic, Safwat Zaky (2011), Computer Organization, 5th
Edition, McGraw-Hill.
(Unit I: T1: 4.1 -4.11; Unit II: T1: 5.1 5.8, 6.1 6.5; Unit III: T2: 1.1-1.9, 2.1-2.6;
Unit IV: T2: 7.1- 7.6, 6.1-6.7; Unit V: T2: 5.1 5.4, 4.1-4.7)
UE14CS202: DATA STRUCTURES (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
The objective of the course is to learn fundamental data structure concepts, its
implementation and applications. Review of Java Programming is done so that the students
implement the concepts using the language as a tool. The course enables the students to
use appropriate data structures and algorithms from the library. Illustration of the non-linear
data structures such as binary trees, heap trees and graphs is included in the course.
Course outcomes
1. Understand and appreciate that the Data Structure is an interface
2. Understand and appreciate that an interface can have multiple implementations
3. Master different types of data structures - linear and non-linear
4. Be in a position to choose the right data structure for a given problem
UNIT I
14 Hours
Review of object oriented programming concepts: Review of Programming paradigms,
Classes, Objects, Arrays, Input output, Recursion. Exception Handling, Interface, Inner
classes, Package, Abstract data type
List: Interface create, insert, delete, update, traverse. Node based Implementation, Head
node and tail node, Array implementation of a list, additional operations find, delete, and
reverse. Boundary conditions
UNIT II
9 Hours
Doubly linked list: interface, implementation Array implementation, Linked List based
implementation.
Stack, queue: Stacks interface, implementation Array implementation, Linked List
based implementation, Queues interface,
implementation array implementation,
Linked list based implementation. Application of stacks and queues
UNIT III
12 Hours
Circular list:
interface, implementation array implementation, linked list based
implementation, doubly ended queue. Introduction to Multi List
Trees: Introduction, Binary Tree, Interface and implementation. Binary Search Tree Insertion, Deletion and Traversals, expression trees, General purpose tree and forest
Representation as a binary tree. Heap tree, Trie trees, Suffix Tree
UNIT IV
9 Hours
Priority queue: interface, implementation array implementation unsorted,
sorted,
linked list based implementation. List of lists based implementation, Priority queue
implementation using Heap
Graph ADT: Data Structure for Graphs, Edge List, Adjacency List, Adjacency Matrix,
Overview of Directed Graphs and Weighted Graphs.
UNIT V
8 Hours
Generic programming: Generic classes, Generic Methods, Collections: Collection
interfaces, Lists, Set, Map. Concrete Collection, Collection Framework, Algorithm.
Text Books
1. Michael T GoodRich and Roberto Tamassia (2003), Data Structures and Algorithms
in Java, 4th Edition, Cornell.
2. Cay S. Horstmann & Gary, (2013), Core Java Vol 1. Fundamentals, 9th Edition,
Pearson
UE14CS203: STATISTICS FOR COMPUTER SCIENCE (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
The objective of this course is to provide students with the concepts and skills needed to
answer questions that require drawing conclusions based on the analysis of data. It is
essentially a course in applied statistics, and will cover important statistical techniques such
as correlation, regression, estimation, hypothesis testing, and analysis of variance.
Course outcomes
1. Demonstrate the ability to apply fundamental concepts in exploratory data analysis.
2. Design studies for obtaining data whilst avoiding common design flaws that incur
bias, inefficiency and confounding.
3. Demonstrate an understanding of the basic concepts of probability and random
variables.
4. Understand the concept of the sampling distribution of a statistic, and in particular
describe the behavior of the sample mean.
5. Understand the foundations for classical inference involving confidence intervals and
hypothesis testing.
6. Apply inferential methods relating to the means of Normal distributions.
UNIT I
8 Hours
Sampling and Descriptive Statistics: Introduction, Sampling, Summary Statistics,
Graphical Summaries
Probability: Introduction, Basic Ideas, Counting Methods, Conditional Probability and
Independence Random Variables. Linear Functions of Random Variables
UNIT II
10 Hours
Propagation of Error: Introduction, Measurement Error, Linear Combinations of
Measurements, Uncertainties for Functions of One Measurement, Uncertainties for
Functions of Several Measurements
Commonly Used Distributions: Introduction, The Bernoulli Distribution, The Binomial
Distribution, The Poisson Distribution, Some Other Discrete Distributions, The Normal
Distribution ,The Central Limit Theorem .
UNIT III
8 Hours
Confidence Intervals: Introduction, Large-Sample Confidence Intervals for a Population
Mean, Confidence Intervals for Proportions, Small-Sample Confidence Intervals for a
Population Mean, Confidence Intervals for the Difference Between Two Means.
UNIT IV
7 Hours
Hypothesis Testing: Introduction, Large-Sample Tests for a Population Mean, Drawing
Conclusions from the Results of Hypothesis Tests, Tests for a Population Proportion, SmallSample Tests for a Population Mean, Large-Sample Tests for the Difference between Two
Means
UNIT V
6 Hours
Correlation and Simple Linear Regression: Introduction, Correlation, the Least-Squares
Line, Uncertainties in the Least-Squares Coefficients, Checking Assumptions and
Transforming Data.
Textbook:
1. William Navidi (2013), Statistics for Engineers and Scientists, 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill
Education, India.
(UNIT I - 1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.5, UNIT II - 3.1-3.4, 4.1-4.5, 4.11, UNIT III - 5.1-5.4, UNIT IV
- 6.1-6.5, UNIT V - 7.1-7.4).
UE14CS204: WEB TECHNOLOGY I (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
This course gives an overview of the Web technologies, kind of "Jump Start" into the Web
development. The purpose of this course is to give the basic understanding of how the
things are working in the Web world from the technology point of view as well as to give the
basic overview of the different technologies. The idea of this is not that you will learn how to
use all of these technologies, but to help you understand the basics and find out where to
start. The tutorial includes (although in some cases briefly) the following topics: History of the
Web, What is URL, HTML, JavaScript, Cascading Style Sheets (CSS), DHTML, Server-Side,
Security, plus gives you some references where to look further.
Course outcomes
1. Analyze web pages and identify its elements and attributes.
2. Apply a structured approach to identifying needs, interests, and functionality of a
website and design dynamic websites
3. Write well-structured, easily maintained, standards-compliant, accessible HTML 5
code.
4. Write well-structured, easily maintained, standards-compliant CSS code to present
HTML pages in different ways.
5. Use JavaScript to add dynamic content to pages.
6. Write JavaScript code that works in all major browsers (including IE, Mozilla-based
browsers such as Firefox, Opera, Safari, and Chrome).
7. Critique JavaScript code written by others, identifying examples of both good and
bad practice.
8. Build web applications using PHP.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction: Internet, Web, Web Server Architecture, Server side and Client side scripting,
HTML: Basic Markup, Images, Hyperlinks, List, Tables, Forms
Cascading style sheets: Inline style, embedded style sheets, linking external style sheets,
w3c CSS validation services, positioning elements, backgrounds, element dimensions, text
flow and the box model.
UNIT II
12 Hours
Javascript I : Introduction, Simple program, obtaining user input with prompt dialogs,
memory concepts, arithmetic, decision making, repetition statement, SWITCH multipleselection statement, DOWHILE repetition statement, logical operators.
Program modules in JavaScript, function definitions, scope rules, global functions, recursion
,arrays, references and reference parameters, passing arrays to functions, sorting arrays,
multi-dimensional arrays. Math object, Boolean and Number object, String object, Date
object, document object, Window object, using cookies
UNIT III
12 Hours
Javascript - II: Document Object Model: Introduction, Modeling a document, DOM Nodes
and Trees, traversing and modifying a DOM tree ,DOM Collections, dynamic styles,
summary of DOM objects and Collections, registering event handlers, onload,
onmousemove, the event object, this, onmouseover, onmouseout, onfocus, onblur,
onsubmit, onreset, event bubbling
UNIT IV
8 Hours
Web servers: HTTP transactions, Multi-tier Application architecture, and client side versus
server scripting, accessing web servers.
HTML5: Basics, Main features and semantic tags, Canvas in detail, Local Storage, Offline
browsing and input types, autofocus and placeholders.
UNIT V
10 Hours
PHP: Introduction, basics, string processing and regular expressions, form processing and
business logic, using cookies, dynamic content,
Text Books
1. Deitel and Deitel (2009), Internet and World Wide Web, How to Programme, 4th
Edition, Prentice Hall (Pearson) Publication.
2. Mark Pilgrim (2010), HTML5 Up and Running, 1st Edition, Google Press.
References
1. Tutorials: http://www.w3schools.com/
2. Tutorials: http://docs.oracle.com/javaee/5/tutorial
[(Unit I: Class Material, T1: 4.1-4.11, 5.1-5.9; Unit II: T1:6.1-6.7, 7.7-7.10, 8.1-8.9,
9.1-9.4, 9.8-9.11, 10.1-10.10, 11.3-11.9; Unit III: T1:12.1-12.6, 13.1-13.8; Unit IV:
T1:21.1-21.5, T2: Page 15-22, 41-52, 57-70, 127-134, 137-141, 147-155; Unit V: T1:
23.1-23.7 (excluding 23.5)]
UE14CS205: DISCRETE MATHEMATICS AND LOGIC (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
Discrete mathematics concepts and notations are useful in studying and describing objects
and problems in computer algorithms and programming languages and have applications in
cryptography, automated theorem proving and software development. The objective of
combinatorial mathematics is to demonstrate an understanding of the theory underlying
exact approaches to combinatorial optimization problems, prove and interpret standard
results in graph theory and develop, implement, and critically evaluate the correctness and
performance of standard graph algorithms and recurrence relations of different orders.
Course outcomes
1. Reason mathematically about basic discrete structures such as numbers, sets,
graphs, and trees used in computer science.
2. Evaluate elementary mathematical arguments and identify fallacious reasoning.
3. Reformulate statements from common language to formal logic.
4. Apply truth tables and the rules of propositional and predicate calculus.
5. Formulate short proofs using direct proof or indirect proof.
6. Demonstrate a working knowledge of set notation and elementary set theory,
recognize the connection between set operations and logic.
7. Formulate and analyze recursive definitions.
8. Solve counting problems of different types of discrete structures.
9. Use graph theoretic models and data structures to model and solve some basic
problems.
UNIT I
14 Hours
Logic: basic connectives and truth tables, tautology and contradiction, logical equivalence,
the laws of logic, rules of inference, predicates and quantifiers, logical equivalences involving
quantifiers, nested quantifiers, combining rules of inference for propositions and quantified
statements, introduction to proofs.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Sets, functions and relations: sets and operations in sets, relations, functions, types of
functions, composition and inverse of functions, relations on a set, types of relations,
equivalence relations, equivalence classes and partitions, partial orderings, hasse diagrams,
lattices.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Counting: basic counting principles sum rule and product rule, the pigeonhole principle,
applications of the pigeonhole principle, permutations and combinations, the binomial
theorem and the multinomial theorem, permutations with repetition, combinations with
repetition, Introduction to recurrence relations, solving recurrence relations.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Graph theory Part 1: introduction to graph theory, basic terminologies directed &
undirected graphs, walks, paths and circuits, sub-graphs and complements, graph
isomorphism, vertex degree & regular graphs, Konigsberg bridge problem, Euler graphs,
Eulers formula, Hamilton graphs, traveling salesman problem.
UNIT V
8 Hours
Graph theory Part 2: planar graphs - definition & examples, detection of planarity,
bipartite & kuratowskis graphs, graph coloring: proper coloring & chromatic number of
graphs, chromatic polynomial, trees, rooted tree, ordered rooted tree, tree traversals,
spanning tree, minimum spanning tree.
Textbook
1. Kenneth H. Rosen (Indian adaptation by Kamala Krithivasan) (2011), Discrete
Mathematics and its Applications, 7th Edition, Tata McGrawHill.
Reference Books
1. Ralph P. Grimaldi and B V Ramana, (2011), Discrete and Combinatorial
Mathematics: an Applied Introduction, 5th Edition, Pearson.
2. Narsingh Deo (2004), Graph Theory with Applications to Engineering and Computer
Science, Prentice Hall India.
3. J.P Tremblay & R. Manohar (1997), Discrete Mathematical Structures with
Applications to Computer Science, McGrawHill
(Unit I: T1: 1.1 1.6; Unit II: T1: 2.1- 2.3, 7.1, 7.5, 7.6; Unit III: T1: 5.1 5.4, 6.1
6.3; Unit IV: T1: 8.1 8.5; Unit V: T1: 8.7 8.8, 9.1, 9.3 9.5)
UE14CS206:
DIGITAL
LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)
DESIGN
AND
COMPUTER
ORGANIZATION
Course objectives
The objective of this course is to introduce the organization of a computer and its principal
components, viz, ALU, Control, Memory and Input/output. The course will also enable the
student to understand the design components of a digital subsystem that required realizing
various components such as ALU, Control, etc.
Course outcomes
1. An ability to implement basic gates and their operations.
2. An ability to understand and implement Flip Flops
3. An ability to understand and implement Multiplexers
4. An ability to understand and implement shift registers and counters
5. An ability to understand and implement Encoders and Decoders
6. An ability to understand and implement Half adder and Full adder
: Must be able to build a small 8 bit processor that supports reading from memory (16 bytes),
Execute 3 instructions, and add/subtract/stop. All operations are to be performed on set of 4
registers. Must implement program counter and decoder to fetch the next instruction.
Experiment #1: Implement basic gates
Experiment #2: Implement flip-flops
Experiment #3: Implement a multiplexor
Experiment #4: Implement a decoder
Experiment #5: Implement a 8 bit shift register
Experiment #6: Implement a counter
Experiment #7: Implement an 8 bit adder
Experiment #8: Implement an 8 bit multiplier
Experiment #9: Implement a load to register instruction
Experiment #10: Implement a store to memory instruction
Experiment #11: Implement an add (reg, reg, reg) instruction
Experiment #12: Implement a program counter
MiniProject: Put all of above together to build a mini-processor
UE14CS207: DATA STRUCTURES LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course objectives
The objective of the course is to learn fundamental data structure concepts, its
implementation and applications. Review of Java Programming is done so that the students
implement the concepts using the language as a tool. The course enables the students to
use appropriate data structures and algorithms from the library. Illustration of the non-linear
data structures such as binary trees, heap trees and graphs is included in the course.
Course outcomes
1. Understand and appreciate that an interface can have multiple implementations
2. Implement different types of data structures - linear and non-linear
3. Be in a position to choose the right data structure for a given problem
Program #1: Program to demonstrate use of Arrays and Input/output.
Program #2: Program to demonstrate use on Inheritance and Interface
Program #3: Program to demonstrate use of List
Program #4: Program to demonstrate use of DLL
Program #5: Program to demonstrate use of Stack.
Program #6: Program to demonstrate use of Queues.
Program #7: Program to demonstrate use of Binary Tree
Program #8: Program to demonstrate use of Priority Queue

Program #9: Program to demonstrate use of Graph
Mini project: Equivalent to 3 lab sessions; to be developed by a group of up to 3
members.
UE14CS208: WEB TECHNOLOGY I LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course objectives
This course gives an overview of the Web technologies, kind of "Jump Start" into the Web
development. The purpose of this course is to give the basic understanding of how the
things are working in the Web world from the technology point of view as well as to give the
basic overview of the different technologies. The idea of this is to help you understand the
basics and find out where to start. The tutorial includes (although in some cases briefly) the
following topics: History of the Web, What is URL, HTML, JavaScript, Cascading Style
Sheets (CSS), DHTML, Server-Side, Security, plus gives you some references where to look
further.
Course outcomes
1. Emerging web technologies used to create websites.
2. The process of a development of complete e-commerce site (both front and back
end).
3. End to end construction of web sites.
4. Exploring the advantages of emerging web technologies and what environment they
are being used in.
Program #1: Example on HTML tags
Program #2: Example on CSS
Program #3: Examples on JavaScript: Dialogs and Control structures
Program #4: Examples on JavaScript: functions and arrays
Program #5: Examples on JavaScript: Arrays and Strings
Program #6: Examples on JavaScript: DOM and event handling
Program #7: Examples on JavaScript: DOM and event handling
Program #8: Example on HTML5
Program #9: Example on HTML5
Program #10: Example on PHP
Program #11 & 12: Mini project
UE14CS251: DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
The objective of the course is to get an overview of design and analysis of algorithms with an
emphasis on the resource utilization in terms of time and space. Various techniques in
development of algorithms will be studied, so that the effect of problem size and architecture
design on the efficiency of the algorithm is appreciated. Proving the correctness of the
algorithms is one of the objectives for this course.
Course outcomes
1.
2.
3.
4.
Understand and appreciate asymptotic analysis of time and space of algorithms

Master various paradigms of algorithm design
Apply design techniques to various types of problems
Know the limitations of algorithms
UNIT I
8 Hours
Introduction: Algorithms, fundamentals of algorithmic problem solving, important problem
types, analysis framework, asymptotic notations and basic efficiency classes, mathematical
analysis of non recursive and recursive algorithms, examples.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Brute force: Selection sort, Bubble sort, sequential searching, string matching, Exhaustive
search.
Divide & conquer: Mergesort, Quicksort, Binary search, binary tree traversals and
properties, multiplication of large integers and Strassens matrix multiplication.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Decrease and conquer : Insertion sort, depth first and breadth first search, topological
sorting, Algorithm for generating Combinatorial objects, decrease-by-constant- factor
algorithms
Transform and conquer: Presorting, Gaussian Elimination, Balanced Search Trees, Heaps
& Heapsort, Horners rule and Binary exponentiation.
UNIT IV
16 Hours
Space and time tradeoffs: Input enhancement in string matching, sorting by counting,
Hashing, B-trees
Dynamic Programming: Computing a binomial coefficient, Warshalls and Floyds
algorithms, knapsack problem and memory functions.
Greedy Technique: Prims algorithm, Kruskals algorithm, Dijkstras algorithm, Huffman
trees.
UNIT V
8 Hours
Limitations of algorithm power: Lower bound arguments, decision trees, P, NP and NP
complete problems.
Coping up with limitations of algorithm power: Backtracking, Branch and Bound,
Approximation algorithms for NP hard problems.
Text Books
1. Anany Levitin (2011), Introduction to The Design and Analysis of Algorithms, 2nd
Edition, Pearson Education (updated version of the book)
(Unit I: T1: 1.1 1.3, 2.1 2.5; Unit II: T1: 3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 4.1 4.3, 4.5; Unit III: T1: 5.1
5.5, 6.1 6.5; Unit IV: T1: 7.1 7.4, 8.1,8.2 8.4, 9.1 9.4; Unit V: T1: 11.1
11.3, 12.1 12.3)
Reference Books
1. Jon Kleinberg & Eva Tardos (2006), Algorithm Design, Pearson Education.
Horowitz et al. (2007), Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms, 2nd Edition,

Universities Press
3. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest and Clifford Stein
(2009), Introduction to Algorithms 3rd Edition, Eastern Economy Edition.
2.
UE14CS252: DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
The objective of the course is to enable students to understand and use a relational
database system. Introduction to Databases, Conceptual design using ERD, Functional
dependencies and Normalization, Relational Algebra are covered in detail. Students learn
how to design and create a good database and use various SQL operations. The course
concludes with an overview of transaction management and introduction to advanced and
non-relational databases.
Course outcomes
1. Able to master the basic concepts and understand the applications of database
systems.
2. Able to construct an Entity-Relationship (E-R) model from specifications and to
transform to relational model.
3. Able to construct unary/binary/set/aggregate queries in Relational Algebra.
4. Understand and apply database normalization principles.
5. Able to construct SQL queries to perform CRUD operations on database. (Create,
Retrieve, Update, Delete)
6. Understand principles of database transaction management, database recovery,
security.
7. Be aware of non relational databases and applications.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction to database and conceptual design using ERD: Introduction to Databases,
Data models, schemas and instances; Three-schema architecture and data independence.
Database languages and interfaces; the database system environment. ERD Database
Design. Entity, Relationships, Attributes and Keys. Roles and Structural Constraints. Weak
Entity Types, ERD Design issues.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Relational model concepts and relational algebra: Relational Model, Constraints and
database Schemas. Relational Algebra, Unary Operations: SELECT and PROJECT. Set
Theory Operations, Binary Relational Operations: JOIN. DIVISION. Aggregate Functions
and Grouping. Examples of Queries in Relational Algebra. Relational Database Design
Using ER-to Relational Mapping.
UNIT III
10 Hours
SQL: SQL Data Definition and Data types. Specifying Constraints in SQL. Basic retrieval
Queries, Insert, Delete and Update and Schema Change Statements in SQL. Advanced
SQL Queries. Specifying General Constraints as Assertion and trigger. Views. Additional
features of SQL, Database programming, Embedded SQL, Dynamic SQL.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Database design: Informal Design Guidelines for Schemas, Functional Dependencies and
theory, Inference Rules, Equivalence and Minimal Cover. Normal Forms Based on Primary
Keys.(1st ,2nd and 3rd NF). General Definitions of Second Third Normal Forms, Boyce-Codd
Normal Form. Properties of Relational Decompositions, Overview of higher Normal Forms.

Examples of Normalizations.
UNIT V
12 Hours
Transaction management and security: The ACID Properties, Transactions and
Schedules. Concurrency, Lock-Based Concurrency Control, 2PL, strict 2PL protocols.
Serializability and Recoverability.Dealing with Deadlocks, Concurrency Control without
Locking. Introduction to Crash Recovery and ARIES protocol: The Log, Recovery-Related
Data Structures. The Write-Ahead Log Protocol, Check pointing, Recovery from System
Crashes. Introduction to Database Security. Discretionary Access Control and Mandatory
access control.
Advanced topics: Introduction to indexing, Overview of RODBMS, Distributed and
advanced databases, Introduction to MongoDB and Document Model
Text Book
1. Elmasri and Navathe (2013), Fundamentals of Database Systems, 6th Edition,
Pearson Education.
2. Johannes Gehrke and Raghu Ramkrishnan (2015), Database Management Systems,
McGraw Hill.
[Unit I: T1 Chapter 1, 2 and 7(7.1 to 7.8); Unit II: T1 Chapter 3, 6 (6.1 to 6.5), 8.1
only; Unit III: T1 Chapter 4, 5; Unit IV: T1 Chapter 14, 15 (15.1, 15.2); Unit V: T2
Chapter 16, 17, 18 and 21; Unit V: MongoDB]
References
1. MongoDB Handout and References.
UE14CS253: MICROPROCESSORS AND COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE (4-0-0-04)

Course objectives
The course is intended to create an appreciation for contemporary concepts in high
performance mutli core super scalar architectures and appreciate their implementation in
modern multi processors.
Course outcomes
Upon successful completion of the course, a student will have
1. An ability to define and explain the principles of computer architecture and the
interfacing between its Hardware and software components
2. An ability to write assembly programs and understand its machine code equivalent
3. An in-depth understanding of architectural blocks involved in computer arithmetic,
both integer and Floating point.
4. An in-depth understanding of the data path inside a processor, its control and
handling of exceptions
5. An in depth understanding of pipelining for 32-bit architectures
6. An ability to understand and analyze computer memory hierarchy, at all levels of its
organization, and the interaction between caches and main memory
7. An ability to understand multi-processor architectures
UNIT I
12 Hours
Single board computers, Elements of a single board computer, Microcontrollers and
Microprocessors, Demystifying single board computer names beagle board, raspberry pi,
Intel Edison, Arduino. Overview of Raspberry Pi and Setup
UNIT II
Instruction set architecture, Endianness, RISC v/s CISC
10 Hours
Pipelined Processing: Introduction, Major Hurdles pipeline hazards, implementation

methodologies and its complexities, Example: 5 stage ARM pipeline, ARM instruction
execution
UNIT III
10 Hours
Memory Hierarchy: Introduction, Cache performance, Basic Cache Optimizations, Flash
memory.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
GPIO basics, Interrupts, Controlling Hardware LED turning on/off, Brightness, Colour,
Buzzer, Controlling High Voltage AC/DC Devices, Analog Meter Display, and Controlling
GPIO using a web interface. Controlling servo motors.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Connecting a push switch, Slide-switch, Debouncing button press, using a keypad, detecting
movement, Intercepting key press/mouse movements
Sensors: Measuring light, temperature, acceleration, Logging to USB flash drive
Text Books
1. Hennessey and Patterson (2011), Computer Architecture: A Quantitative Approach,
5th Edition, Morgan Kaufman.
2. Simon Monk (2014), Raspberry Pi Cookbook, O'Reilly Media
3. OReilly, Charles Bell (2013), Sensor Networks with Arduino and Raspberry Pi,
Apress.
(Unit 1: T2: Ch1; Unit 2: T1: Appendix A, C; Unit 3: T1: Appendix B; Unit 4: T2: Ch 8, 9,
10.1; Unit 5: T2: Ch 11, 12)
UE14CS254: THEORY OF COMPUTATION (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
This course introduces the fundamental theory of computation. Starting with the most
primitive computing device, a finite automaton, the course gradually introduces additional
components to the device to enhance its computing power. The course also introduces
students to the twin concepts of languages and grammars that correspond to classes of
computing devices. Finally the course introduces the idea of a universal computing device
and brings out theoretical limits of the very idea of computing.
Course outcomes
1. To distinguish between computing and other kinds of machines.
2. To relate computing problems to machines, languages and grammars.
3. To construct regular expressions and grammars.
4. To design deterministic and nondeterministic automata, parsers and Turing
machines.
5. To convert grammars to normal forms and eliminate ambiguities.
6. To recognize unsolvable problems and limitations of computing
7. To prove theorems by deduction, induction and contradiction.
8. Get familiarity with the seminal works of Turing, Godel and Chomsky.
UNIT I
08 Hours
Introduction: Computers, computation, computability, automata, languages and grammars.
Finite automata: Deterministic finite automata, non-deterministic finite automata,
constructing finite automata, equivalence of deterministic and non-deterministic finite
automata, minimizing finite automata.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Regular languages and grammars: Regular expressions, equivalence of regular
expressions, regular languages and finite automata, regular expressions in practice, regular
grammars, their construction and equivalence to finite automata.
Properties of regular languages: Closure properties of regular languages, answering
questions about regular languages, pumping lemma and identifying non-regular languages.
UNIT III
6 Hours
Context-Free Languages and Grammars: Context-free grammars, parsing and ambiguity,
constructing context-free grammars, conversion to Chomsky and Greibach normal forms, a
membership algorithm for context-free languages, simple and linear grammars.
UNIT IV
6 Hours
Pushdown Automata: Non-deterministic pushdown automata, constructing pushdown
automata, equivalence of pushdown automata and context-free grammars.
Properties of context-free languages: Closure properties and questions about context-free
languages, pumping lemma for context-free languages.
UNIT V
9 Hours
Turing machines: The standard Turing machine, constructing Turing machines, variations
of Turing machines, universal Turing machine, Church-Turing thesis.
Chomsky hierarchy of formal languages: Recursive and recursively enumerable
languages, diagonalization, unrestricted grammars, context-sensitive grammars and
languages, linear-bounded automata, deterministic pushdown automata and deterministic
context-free languages.
Introduction to computability and undecidability: Post Correspondence Problem, the
halting problem of Turing machines, undecidable problems, overview of computational
complexity.
Text book
1. Kavi Mahesh (2012), Theory of Computation: A Problem-Solving Approach, Wiley
India, New Delhi.
(UNIT I - 1.1 1.8, 2.1 2.12, 3.1 3.5; UNIT II - 4.1 4.9, 5.1 5.6, 6.1 6.5;
UNIT III - 7.1 7.12; UNIT IV - 8.1 8.8, 9.1 9.6; UNIT V - 10.1 10.10, 11.1
11.13, 12.1 12.10)
Reference Books
1. Peter Linz (2011), An Introduction to Formal Languages and Automata, 5th Edition,
Jones and Bartlett, New Delhi, India.
2. John E. Hopcroft, Rajeev Motwani, Jeffrey D. Ullman (2009), Introduction to
Automata Theory, Languages, and Computation, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education,
Delhi, India..
3. Michael Sipser (2008), Theory of Computation, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, India.
UE14CS255: DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS LABORATORY (0-0-20-1)

Course objectives
The objective of the course is to get an overview of design and analysis of algorithms with an
emphasis on the resource utilization in terms of time and space. Various techniques in
development of algorithms will be implemented, so that the effect of problem size and
architecture design on the efficiency of the algorithm is appreciated. Proving the correctness
of the algorithms is one of the objectives for this course.
Course outcomes
1. Understand and implement asymptotic analysis of time and space of algorithms
2. Master various paradigms of algorithm design
3. Implement design techniques to various types of problems
4. Experience the limitations of algorithms
Program #1: Using Brute Force Design Technique, implement the following
a) Bubble Sort
b)Sequential Search
Program #2: Using Brute Force Design Technique, implement the following
a) Selection Sort
b) String Matching Algorithm
Program #3: Implement the following using Exhaustive search
a) Travelling Salesman Problem
b) Job Assignment Problem
Program #4: Implement the following using Divide and Conquer
a) Merge Sort
b)Binary Search
Program #5: Implement the Quick sort algorithm using divide and Conquer Technique
Program #6: Implement using decrease and conquer:
a) Traverse a digraph in BFS and DFS and print all the reachable nodes
Program #7: Implement the following using decrease and Conquer
a) Check whether a given graph is connected or not using DFS method
b) Obtain the topological ordering of vertices in a digraph
Program #8: Implement the following using transform and Conquer
a) Heap Sort
b) Horspool String Matching algorithm
Program #9:
Implement the following using Dynamic Programming Technique
a) Check whether the graph is connected or not using Warshalls algorithm
b) All pairs shortest path problem using Floyds algorithm
Program #10: Implement the following using Dynamic Programming Technique
a) 0/1 knapsack problem
b) Finding Binomial coefficient
Program #11: Implement the following using Greedy technique
a) Prims algorithm to find the Minimum Spanning Tree
b) Kruskals algorithm to find the Minimum Spanning Tree
c) Dijkstras algorithm to find the shortest path from a source to all the other vertices
Program #12: Implement the following using backtracking
a) Sum of subset problem
b) N queens problem
UE14CS256: DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course objectives
The objective of the course is to enable students to understand and use a relational
database system. Introduction to Databases, Conceptual design using ERD. Students learn
how to design and create a good database and use various SQL operations. The course
concludes with an overview of transaction management and introduction to non-relational
databases such as MongoDB.
Course outcomes
1. Able to login and use interactive SQL terminal. Distinguish between terminal
commands and SQL queries.
2. Able to create database with different types of integrity constraints.
3. Able to insert and update database using SQL queries.
4. Able to retrieve data using various SQL commands.
5. Work together as a team, create and submit a simple database application that
demonstrates understanding of all the above.
6. Able to perform basic queries using a non relational database.
Program #1: Practice on introductory concepts of relations attributes, keys etc.
Program #2: Design a database schema using a ERD tool
Program #3: Create a database with proper constraints and populate the corresponding
tables.
Program #4: Write and execute simple SQL Queries on the given database Schema.
Program #5:
Schema.
Write and execute more complex SQL Queries on the given database
Program #6: Write and execute SQL DDL commands and updates.
Program #7: Introduction to MongoDB
Program #8: More advanced practice on MongoDB
Program #9:
Transaction
Concurrency, Savepoints.
Management
Practice:
Isolation
Levels,
Program #10- #12: DBMS mini-Project
UE14CS257: MICROPROCESSORS
LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)
AND
COMPUTER
ARCHITECTURE
Course objectives
The course is intended to create an appreciation for contemporary concepts in high
performance mutli core super scalar architectures and appreciate their implementation in
modern multi processors
Course outcomes
Upon successful completion of the Lab course, a student will be have
1. An ability to understand and implement assembly code on Raspberry PI
2. An ability to understand and implement assembly code using interfaces (4 digits LED
display, temperature controller, controlling servo motors etc)
Experiment #1: Setup of Raspberry Pi monitor, keyboard, storage and OS
Experiment #2: Setting up Configuration networking, monitoring processor activity,
Experiment #3: Effect of cache on performance how row major/column major has impact
on cache performance.
Experiment #4: Write a simulator to understand difference between a set associative cache
and an address mapped cache. (Non raspberry pi based)
Experiment #5: Control the brightness of an LED

Experiment #6: Change the colour of an LED
Experiment #7: Make a buzzing sound
Experiment #8: Interrupt service routine to detect a key press
Experiment #9: Controlling a servomotor
Experiment #10: Measuring temperature and light. Temp to be measured using ADC and
Digital input
Experiment #11: Measuring acceleration
Experiment #12: Temperature to be displayed on a 4 digit LED display
UE15CS501: ADVANCES IN OPERATING SYSTEMS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To learn the fundamentals of Operating Systems.
2. To gain knowledge of Distributed Operating System concepts
3. To understand Mutual Exclusion, deadlock detection and agreement protocols.
4. To understand Real time and mobile operating systems.
Course outcomes
Upon successful completion of the course Student should be able to:
1. Study and explore the internals different types of operating system. Understand
Operating system form and function
2. Recognize the differences between various types of operating systems
3. Be familier with classic operating systems literature
4. Assess criteria to measure the appropriateness of a computer system for its current
deployment and future evolution, and to interpret the results thereof
UNIT I
10 Hours
Operating system overview, process description & control: Review of Operating System
Functions and the Evolution of Operating Systems, Major Achievements, Developments
Leading to Modern Operating Systems, Case Studies: Microsoft Windows, Traditional UNIX
Systems, Modern UNIX Systems, and Linux. Understanding the Process. Process Execution
and Process Control details. Execution of the Operating System, Security Issues, UNIX
SVR4 Process Management.
UNIT II
10 Hours
10 Hours
Threads, SMP and microkernel, virtual memory: Processes and Threads, Symmetric
Multiprocessing (SMP), Microkernels, Windows Vista Thread and SMP Management, Solaris
Thread and SMP Management, Linux Process and Thread Management. Hard ware and
Control Structures, Operating System Software, UNIX and Solaris Memory Management,
Linux Memory Management, Windows Vista Memory Management.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Multiprocessor and real-time scheduling: Multiprocessor Scheduling, Real-Time
Scheduling, Linux Scheduling, UNIX PreclsSl) Scheduling, Windows Vista Scheduling,
Process Migration, Distributed Global States, Distributed Mutual Exclusion, Distributed
Deadlock.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Embedded operating systems: Embedded Systems, Characteristics of Embedded
Operating Systems, eCOS, TinyOS, Computer Security Concepts, Threats, Attacks, and
Assets, Intruders, Malicious Software Overview, Viruses, Worms, and Bots, Rootkits.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Kernel organization: Using Kernel Services, Daemons, Starting the Kernel, Control in the
Machine, Modules and Device Management, MODULE Organization, MODULE Installation
and Removal, Process and Resource Management, Running Process Manager, Creating a
new Task, IPC and Synchronization, The Scheduler, Memory Manager, The Virtual Address
Space, The Page Fault Handler, File Management. The windows NT/2000/XP kernel:
Introduction, The NT kernel, Objects , Threads, Multiplication Synchronization, Traps,
Interrupts and Exceptions, The NT executive , Object Manager, Process and Thread
Manager , Virtual Memory Manager, I/O Manager, The cache Manager , Kernel local
procedure calls and IPC, The native API, subsystems.
Text books
1. William Stallings, (2013), Operating Systems: Internals and Design Principles, 6th
Edition, Prentice Hall.
2. Gary Nutt, (2014), Operating Systems, 3rd Edition, Pearson.
Reference books
1. Silberschatz, Galvin, Gagne, (2008), Operating System Concepts, 8th Edition, Wiley,
2. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Albert S. Woodhull, (2006), Operating Systems, Design and
Implementation, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall,
3. Pradeep K Sinha, (2007), Distributed Operating Systems, Concept and Design, PHI,
UE15CS502: ADVANCED DATA STRUCTURES (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. Notion of Abstract Data Types (ADT) & Recursive access on them
2. Relation between Data Structure operations and Amortized Complexity analysis
3. How to implement Iterated Lists and variations thereof
4. Tree data structures and how to balance them, for specific access needs
5. Understanding Graph representations, Event modelling, Spatial and Temporal
relational data
6. Choose a Data structure , a set of access methods and determine their asymptotic
efficiency
Course outcomes
1. Analyze data structure impact on algorithms, program design and program
performance.
2. Understand and apply amortised analysis on data structures, including binary search
trees, mergable heaps, and disjoint sets.
3. Explain and describe the applications of static and dynamic trees.
4. Design, implement, and use advanced ADTs.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Review of Complexity notations, Amortized Analysis, Review of Abstract Data Types
concept of interface and implementation Array as an ADT - different implementations of
Array Implementation.
List Data Structure List Interface List implementations
Concept of Iterator operations on Lists and Arrays traverse, search, replace, reverse,
copy
UNIT II
10 Hours
List variations Stack, Queue, Doubly Ended Queue, Doubly Linked List, skip list interface
and implementation. Multilist sparse matrices. Binary Counters (Stepanov).
UNIT III
10 Hours
Trees interface and implementation - General purpose tree binary tree binary search
trees red black trees, AVL trees B trees B+ trees B* trees Prefix and suffix trees
2-3 trees splay trees UNIT IV
10 Hours
Heap external sorting by merging, priority queue Binomial heaps, Leftist heaps, Skewed
heaps, Fibonacci heaps
Graphs interface and implementation adjacency matrix, adjacency list, incidence matrix
- traversal - spanning tree connectivity - isomorphism
UNIT V
12 Hours
Combination of data structures - State space search techniques greedy method, branch
and bound techniques, PERT and CPM, Introduction to Spatio, Temporal data structures
and R-Trees.
Text books
1. Nell Dale, Henry M. Walker, (1996), Abstract Data Types: Specifications,
Implementations, and Applications, Jones & Bartlett Learning,
2. T. H Cormen, C E Leiserson, R L Rivest and C Stein (2010), Introduction to
Algorithms, 3rd Edition, Prentice-Hall of India.
3. Mark Allen Weiss, (1994), Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++,
4. Alfred V. Aho, Jeffrey D. Ullman, Data Structures and Algorithms
Reference books
1. Michael Sherman, (2010), Spatial Statistics and Spatio-Temporal Data:
Covariance Functions and Directional Properties, Wiley.
UE15CS503: MACHINE LEARNING TECHNIQUES (4-0-0-0-4)
Course objectives
1. To understand the basic concepts of learning and decision trees.
2. To understand various techniques such as Bayesian techniques, instant based
learning, neural networks and genetic algorithms.
3. To appreciate the analytical learning and reinforced learning methods.
Course outcomes
1. Understand the key algorithms and theory that form the foundation of machine
learning and computational intelligence
2. Identify and apply the appropriate machine learning technique to classification,
pattern recognition, optimization and decision problems.
3. Compare and contrast different machine learning algorithms.
4. Design and implement a basic classification system.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction, concept learning and decision trees: Learning Problems Designing
Learning systems, Perspectives and Issues Concept Learning Version Spaces and
Candidate Elimination Algorithm Inductive bias Decision Tree learning Representation
Algorithm Heuristic Space Search.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Neural networks and genetic algorithms: Neural Network Representation Problems
Perceptrons Multilayer Networks and Back Propagation Algorithms Advanced Topics
Genetic Algorithms Hypothesis Space Search Genetic Programming Models of
Evolution and Learning.
UNIT III
12 Hours
Bayesian and computational learning: Bayes Theorem Concept Learning Maximum
Likelihood Minimum Description Length Principle Bayes Optimal Classifier Gibbs
Algorithm Nave Bayes Classifier Bayesian Belief Network EM Algorithm Probably
Learning Sample Complexity for Finite and Infinite Hypothesis Spaces Mistake Bound
Model.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Instant based learning and learning set of rules: K- Nearest Neighbor Learning Locally
Weighted Regression Radial Basis Functions Case-Based Reasoning Sequential
Covering Algorithms Learning Rule Sets Learning First Order Rules Learning Sets of
First Order Rules Induction as Inverted Deduction Inverting Resolution
UNIT V
10 Hours
Analytical learning and reinforced learning: Perfect Domain Theories Explanation
Based Learning Inductive-Analytical Approaches - FOCL Algorithm Reinforcement
Learning Task Q-Learning Temporal Difference Learning
Text book
1. Tom M. Mitchell,(2013), Machine Learning, McGraw-Hill Education (INDIAN
EDITION) .
Reference Book
1. Ethem Alpaydin, (2013), Introduction to Machine Learning, 2nd Ed., PHI Learning
Pvt. Ltd.
T. Hastie, R. Tibshirani, J. H. Friedman, (2001), The Elements of Statistical
Learning, Springer; 1st edition.
UE15CS511: DATA ANALYTICS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To learn Data Analysis
2. To understand Time Series and Its Analysis
3. To learn Predictive Analytics and Clustering Techniques
Course Outcomes
1. Demonstrate the ability to use technical skills in predicative and prescriptive modeling
to support business decision-making.
2. Demonstrate the ability to think critically in making decisions based on data and deep
analytics
3. Explain the methodologies used in modeling, simulation, visualization and data
analytics
4. Analyze simulation results in order to extract meaningful knowledge
5. Synthesize extracted knowledge into specific recommendations
UNIT I
11 Hours
Introduction to Data Analytics and Visualization: Overview of data analysis and basic
statistical techniques, application areas, visualization techniques; gathering, cleaning up and
pre-processing of data; single variable distributions, density estimates, Rank-Order plots and
Lift Charts.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Correlation: Descriptive statistics, correlation and covariance, establishing relations, scatter
plots, smoothing, banking, linear regression.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Time Series Analysis: Time as a dimension, correlation function, trends, periodicity, filters
and convolutions.
UNIT IV
11 Hours
Simulation: Introduction to simulation, Monte Carlo simulations, re-sampling Methods.
Predictive Analytics: Introduction to prediction, classification and statistical learning
UNIT V
10 Hours
Clustering: Distance and similarity measures, hierarchical clustering algorithms, K-Means,
DB Scan, BIRCH and other popular clustering methods, problems with high-dimensional
data
Text books
1. Philipp K. Janert, (2010 ), Data Analysis with Open Source Tools, O'Reilly,
2. Eric Siegel, (2013), Predictive Analytics, Wiley,
3. Foster Provost and Tom Fawcett,(2013), Data Science for Business, O'Reilly,
4. Anasse Bari, (2014), Predictive Analytics for Dummies, Wiley,
Reference Books
Web resources for Programming in R.
UE15CS512: STORAGE AREA NETWORKS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
The course is designed with an objective to enable students to understand fundamentals of
storage centric and server centric systems. Students will gain knowledge about RAID, data
backup at data centres. Students will be able to appreciate the metrics used for Designing
storage area networks.
Course Outcomes
1. Understand different types of logical and physical components of a storage
infrastructure.
2. Describe the different types of RAID implementations and their benefits.
3. Understand the importance of Fibre Channel protocols and how to communicate with
each other.
4. Understand the concept and benefits of storage virtualization.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction: Introduction to Storage Systems and Intelligent Disk Systems:
Introduction to Data, Structured and Unstructured Data, evolution of Storage Architectures.
Data centres, Key requirements of data centres, Data centre components, Information
Lifecycle, Challenges for scalable performance of applications, Server Centric IT
Architecture and its Limitations. Storage Centric IT Architecture and its advantages.
Distributed Storage Systems, Introduction to SAN, NAS, SAN/NAS convergence, Storage
Industry Organizations and Major Vendors, Impact of Regulations: existing and new.
Introduction to Storage components: Disks, Physical structure of disks, Categorization of
disk subsystems, JBODs, Disk Subsystems, Intelligent disk subsystems, The Physical I/O
path from the CPU to the Storage System;
UNIT II
14 Hours
Architecture of a disk subsystem, Internal I/O channels and their design variations, Storage
virtualization and RAID levels and their descriptions and comparison, Caching: Acceleration
of Hard Disk Access; Intelligent disk subsystem features like Instant Copies, Remote
mirroring and LUN Masking, Availability of disk subsystems
I/O-Techniques:
SCSI: SCSI Basics, Components, Addressing, Protocol and Functioning; Data organization:
File vs. Block, Object Data store; Searchable models. Storage Devices (including fixed
content
storage
devices),
Fibre Channel: FC Basics, FC Protocol Stack (including all layers and their key
functionalities); FC Topologies, Hardware components of an FC SAN, Fibre Channel SAN;
iSCSI and other IP based Storage protocols.
UNIT IIi
10 Hours
Network Attached Storage: The NAS Architecture, The NAS hardware Architecture, The
NAS Software Architecture, Network connectivity, NAS as a storage system. File System
and NAS: Local File Systems; Network file Systems and file servers; Shared Disk file
systems; Comparison of fibre Channel and NAS.
SAN Architecture and Hardware devices: Overview, Creating a Network for storage; SAN
Hardware Devices; The fibre channel switch; Host Bus Adaptors; putting the storage in SAN;
Fabric operation From a Hardware perspective. Software Components of SAN: The switchs
Operating system; Device Drivers; Supporting the switchs components; Configuration
options for SANs.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Storage Virtualization and Management: Storage Virtualization - Definition of Storage
virtualization; Implementation Considerations; Storage virtualization on Block or file level;
Symmetric
and
Asymmetric
storage
virtualization
in
the
Network.
Storage Management: Device Management, NAS Management SAN Management: Storage
visioning, Storage Migration. SRM (Storage Resource Management), Archival

Systems: Content addressable storage, Backup: server-less, LAN free, LAN, Replication
issues; Security in SAN
UNIT V
8 Hours
Management of Storage Network: System Management, Requirement of management
System, Support by Management System, Management Interface, Standardized
Mechanisms, Property Mechanisms, In-band Management, Use of SNMP, CIM and WBEM,
Storage Management Initiative Specification (SMI-S), CMIP and DMI, Optional Aspects of
the Management of Storage Networks, Summary
Text books
1. Ulf Troppens, Rainer Erkens and Wolfgang Muller, (2013), Storage Networks
Explained, Wiley India,
2. Marc Farley, (2005), Storage Networking Fundamentals An Introduction to Storage
Devices, Subsystems, Applications, Management, and File Systems, Cisco Press,
Reference Books
1. Robert Spalding, (2011), Storage Networks The Complete Reference, Tata McGrawHill,
2. Richard Barker and Paul Massiglia, (2006), Storage Area Network Essentials A
Complete Guide to Understanding and Implementing SANs, Wiley India,
UE15CS513: MULTI CORE ARCHITECTURE (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To enable students to understand the need for parallel processing.
2. To give an exposure to the problems related to multiprocessing.
3. To get an understanding of the recent trends in the field of Computer Architecture
and identify performance related parameters.
4. To impart understanding on different types of multi core architectures and
multithreading.
Course outcomes
1. Understand modern multi-core processor micro-architectures and interconnect
technologies, and be able to explain their evolution and be able to critically evaluate
their design decisions.
2. Be familiar with a variety of parallel architectures including high performance
computing architectures.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction to multicore/modern architectures: Motivation for software concurrency. Types of parallelism - instruction level, core Parallel Computing Platforms
Monitoring and application models: Understanding performance, System Overview of
Threading
Defining Threads - thread creation, monitoring. Application programming models and
threading
Virtual Environment Algorithm Complexity
UNIT II
11 Hours
Designing: Designing for threads, Parallel Programming Patterns
Compiler optimizations: Loop unrolling, Loop peeling, Loop destruction and fusion, Loop
unrolling and rerolling, Loop invariant computation, Loop invariant branches, Loop invariant
results
UNIT III
11 Hours
Synchronization: Critical sections, deadlocks, barriers, read-write locks, Race detection
and Deadlock detection using HelGrind/DRD.
Threading APIs: Win32/MFC threads/.NET framework, POSIX Threads - thread creation,
monitoring, OpenMP
OpenMP: threading in a loop, worksharing, sections, tasks, synchronization, and reduction.
Minimizing threading overhead - scheduling. Performance oriented programming OpenMPenvironment variables and library functions
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Common parallel programming problems: Optimal threading, data races, deadlocks and
livelocks, Lock contention, Non blocking algorithms, Thread safe functions, Memory and
cache related issues, Avoiding pipeline stalls, Data Organization for high performance
Debuggers: Designing with debugging in mind, Debugging multi threading application on
windows gdb
UNIT V
10 Hours
Architectures: Differences between Intel and AMD multi-core design, Intel Hyper threading,
Xeon Phi architecture, ARM support for parallel programming
Power v/s performance: Power consumption, application power management in
processors
GPGPU: Understanding
programming model
GPU
architecture,
OpenCL
programming
model,
CUDA
Text books
1. Shameem Akhter and Jason Roberts, (2006), Multicore Programming, Increased
Performance through Software Multi-threading, Intel Press,
Reference Books
1. Hennessey and Patterson, Computer Architecture: A Quantitative Approach, 5th
Edition,
2. OpenCL Programming Guide, CUDA programming guide
3. Xeon Phi coprocessor architecture and tools
4. Mattson: Introduction to OpenMP from the OpenMP website
UE15CS514: COMPUTER SYSTEM PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS (4-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To understand the mathematical foundations needed for performance evaluation of
computer systems.
2. To get an idea of the metrics used for performance evaluation and analytical
modelling of computer systems.
3. To enable students to develop new queuing analysis for both simple and complex
systems.
4. To get an introduction to the analytical techniques for evaluating scheduling policies
Course outcomes
1. Select appropriate tools for various performance measurements .
2. Apply techniques to measure performance of CPU, disk, and memory subsystems.
3. Predict and forecast workload and performance parameters of a given computer
system.
4. Apply measurement tools and techniques to uniprocessor and multiprocessor
systems.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction: The art of Performance Evaluatio1; Common Mistakes in Performance
Evaluation, A Systematic Approach to Performance Evaluation, Selecting an Evaluation
Technique, Selecting Performance Metrics, Commonly used Performance Metrics, Utility
Classification of Performance Metrics, Setting Performance Requirements.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Workloads, workload selection and characterization: Types of Workloads, addition
instructions, Instruction mixes, Kernels; Synthetic programs, Application benchmarks,
popular benchmarks. Work load Selection: Services exercised, level of detail;
Representativeness; Timeliness, Other considerations in workload selection. Work load
characterization Techniques: Terminology; Averaging, Specifying dispersion, Single
Parameter Histograms, Multi Parameter Histograms, Principle Component Analysis, Markov
Models, Clustering.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Monitors, program execution monitors and accounting logs Monitors, Program
Execution Monitors and Accounting Logs: Monitors: Terminology and classification; Software
and hardware monitors, Software versus hardware monitors, Firmware and hybrid monitors,
Distributed System Monitors, Program Execution Monitors and Accounting Logs, Program
Execution Monitors, Techniques for Improving Program Performance, Accounting Logs,
Analysis and Interpretation of Accounting log data, Using accounting logs to answer
commonly asked questions.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Capacity planning and benchmarking: Capacity Planning and Benchmarking: Steps in
capacity planning and management; Problems in Capacity Planning; Common Mistakes in
Benchmarking; Benchmarking Games; Load Drivers; Remote-Terminal Emulation;
Components of an RTE; Limitations of RTEs.
UNIT V
12 Hours
Experimental design and analysis: Introduction- Terminology, Common mistakes in
experiments, Types of experimental designs, 2k Factorial Designs, Concepts, Computation
of effects, Sign table method for computing effects; Allocation of variance; General 2k
Factorial Designs, General full factorial designs with k factors: Model, Analysis of a General
Design, Informal Methods.
Queuing models: Introduction- Queuing Notation; Rules for all Queues; Littles Law, Types
of Stochastic Process. Analysis of Single Queue: Birth-Death Processes; M/M/1 Queue;
M/M/m Queue; M/M/m/B Queue with finite buffers; Results for other M/M/1 Queuing
Systems.
Text Books
1. Raj Jain, (2013), The Art of Computer Systems Performance Analysis, John Wiley
and Sons.
Reference Books
1. Paul J Fortier, Howard E Michel, (2003), computer Systems Performance Evaluation
and prediction, Elsevier,
2. Trivedi K S, (2001), Probability and Statistics with Reliability, Queuing and Computer
Science Applications, 2nd Edition, Wiley India,
UE15CS521: ADVANCED SOFTWARE TESTING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To enable students to understand basics and goals of software testing.
2. The course discusses various types of software testing techniques.
3. Students will be exposed to various tools which can be used for automating the
testing process.
4. Students will get an idea about various methods and evaluation procedures for
improving the quality models.
Course outcomes
1. Assess the specific software testing strategies and methodologies.
2. Analyze measurement and measurement criteria for software.
3. Identify, analyse and formulate criteria and specifications appropriate to a given
problem.
4. Compare and contrast available automated support tools and their applications.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Basics of software testing and examples: Basic definitions of software testing, Test
cases, Insights from a Venn diagram, Identifying test cases, Error and fault taxonomies,
Levels of testing.
Examples: Generalized pseudocode , The triangle problem, The NextDate function,
commission problem, The Simple Automatic Teller Machine ( SATM) problem.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Decision table-based testing: Decision tables, Test cases for the triangle problem, Test
cases for the NextDate function, Test cases for the commission problem, Guidelines and
observations.
Data Flow testing: Definition of Use testing, Slice-based testing, Guidelines and
observations.
Levels of testing: Traditional view of testing levels, Alternative life-cycle models, The SATM
system, separating integration and system testing. Integration Testing: A closer look at the
SATM system, Decomposition-based, call graph-based, Path-based integrations, Case
study.
UNIT III
11 Hours
System testing: Basic concepts of Threads, requirement specification, Finding threads,

Structural strategies and functional strategies for thread testing, SATM test threads,
guidelines for System testing, Atomic System Functions( ASF) testing examples.
Interaction Testing: Context of interaction, A taxonomy of interactions, Interaction,
composition, and
Determinism, Client/Server Testing,.
Issues in object-oriented testing: Units for object-oriented testing, Implications of
composition and encapsulation, inheritance and polymorphism, Levels of object-oriented
testing, GUI testing, dataflow testing for object-oriented software, Examples.
Class Testing: Methods as units, Classes as units.
UNIT IV
11 Hours
Object-oriented integration testing: UML support for integration testing, MM-paths for
object-oriented software, A framework for object-oriented dataflow and integration testing.
GUI testing: The currency conversion program, Unit testing, Integration Testing and System
testing for the currency conversion program.
Object-Oriented System Testing: Currency converter UML description, UML-based system
testing, Statechart-based system testing.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Exploratory testing: The context-driven school, Exploring exploratory testing with familiar
examples, Exploratory and context-driven testing observations.
Model-based testing: Testing based on models, appropriate models, Use case-based
testing, Commercial tool support for model-based testing.
Test-Driven Development: Test-Driven code cycles, automated test execution, Java and
JUnit examples, Pros, cons, and open questions of TDD, Retrospective on MDD versus
TDD.
Text Books
1. Paul C. Jorgensen, (2013), Software Testing, A Craftsmans Approach, 3rd Edition,
Auerbach Publications,
Reference Books
1. Aditya P Mathur, (2008), Foundations of Software Testing, Pearson,
2. Mauro Pezze, Michal Young, (2008), Software Testing and Analysis Process,
Principles and Techniques, John Wiley & Sons,
UE15CS522: WEB AND RICH INTERNET APPLICATIONS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To get introduced to Servlets, JSP, HTML5, basics of Javascript, DOM and PHP.
2. To learn advanced techniques of web design.
3. To design complete web sites with client and server side implementations.
4. To learn Technologies such as XML, CSS3, AJAX, JSON, COMET and Web
Services along with mashups and an introduction to Service Oriented Architecture.
Course Outcomes
1. Critically evaluate the rich internet application (RIA) model and understand its
implications for web application usability.
2. Discuss the protocols and formats that enable the exchange of information between
web clients and servers in a RIA environment.
3. Design, implement, test and evaluate rich internet applications that utilize AJAX.
4. Understanding the RSS and Security Considerations.
UNIT I
9 Hours
Introduction: From Browsers to Rich Clients browser drawbacks, A solution rich clients,
Rich clients today. Web 1.0: HTML, URLs and HTTP, The WEB Model and REST
resources, representations, state, transfer using HTTP methods. XML, XPATH and XSLT
XML Support in browsers, XPath support in browsers, XSL Transformation support in
Browsers
UNIT II
11 Hours
AJAX-I: Basic communication techniques Hidden Frames GET and POST requests, XHR,
AJAX with images, Dynamic script loading, Cache control. AJAX patterns: Communication
control patterns predictive fetch, page preloading, submission throttling, periodic refresh,
multi-stage download. Fallback patterns, AJAX libraries JQuery
UNIT III
10 Hours
AJAX-II: Networking Considerations - Timeouts, retries, handling server errors, handling
content errors, dealing with multiple requests, beyond the two connection limit, multiplexing
requests, order is not guaranteed, race conditions, ensuring communication robustness,
improving AJAX performance, Caching.
Request Management Priority Queues, The RequestManager object, using
RequestManager.
UNIT IV
12 Hours
RSS and Security Considerations: JSON Array, object, mixing literals, syntax,
encoding/decoding, JSON versus XML, server-side JSON tools.
Syndication with RSS and Atom RSS, Atom, XParser, Creating a news ticker, Web search
with RSS
Security: Web Attack surfaces, Web Application reconnaissance review, attack review, Ajax
security differences, Javascript security, security policy, Ajax and authentication, Cross site
scripting.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Reverse AJAX and Web services: COMET: HTTP streaming request delays, file
modification example, using Iframes, browser-specific approaches, server-sent DOM events,
connection management and server-side support.
Introduction to Service Oriented Architecture, Combining protocols to build Web services
clarifying web services, REST Services, WS-* Web services using SOAP and WSDL, REST
vs WS-* services.
Text Books
1. Nicholas C Zakas et al, (2007), Professional AJAX, 2nd Edition, Wrox publications,
2. Thomas. A. Powell ,(2008), AJAX, The Complete Reference, Tata McGraw Hill,
3. Eric Van Der VList et al, (2007), Professional Web 2.0 Programming, Wrox
Publications,
4. Thomas Erl,(2005), SOA: Concepts, Technology and Design, Pearson,
UE15CS523: SOFTWARE ENGINEERING FOR WEB BASED SYSTEMS (4-0-0-04)

Course Objectives
Responsibilities of software management
1. software life-cycle methods
2. re-usesability of software
Course Outcomes
1. A knowledge of software development that is relevant and applicable to software

development in industry
2. Develop a component based web solution and use UML diagrams to describe such a
solution.
3. Apply the web engineering methodologies for Web application development.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction : Introduction to Software Engineering Management,Software development
phases, software life-cycle methods the waterfall model, the agile methods, the RUP,
Model-driven Architecture, software product lines, process modeling, configuration
Management tasks and responsibilities, CMP.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Requirements Engineering Requirements elicitation, documentation and management,
requirements of Specification techniques, verification and validation. Modeling classic
modeling techniques, objects and related stuff, UML.
UNIT III
11 Hours
Software Design - Design considerations, classical design methods, OOAD methods,
selection of design method, design patterns, documentation, verification and validation.
Software testing Test objectives, testing and software life cycle, coverage based test
techniques, fault-based test techniques, error-based test techniques, comparison of test
techniques.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
UI Design Definition of UI interface, human factors and role of models in human-computer
interaction, design of interactive systems, task analysis, specification of UI details,
evaluation.
Software re-usability reuse dimensions, reuse of intermediate products and the software
life-cycle, reuse tools and techniques, perspectives and non-technical aspects of software
reuse.
UNIT V
11 Hours
Component-based software engineering, Component models and components, Componentbased development process and life-cycle, architectural approaches in component-based
development. Service Orientation Services, Service description and communication, SOA,
Web Services, Service Oriented Software Engineering. Global Software Development and
Challenges, how to overcome distance.
Text books
1. Hans Van Vliet, (2008), Software Engineering Principles and Practice, 3rd Edition,
Wiley,
UE14CS524: SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE (4-0-0-0-4)
Course Objectives
1. To expose students to issues involved in architect of complex software systems

expected in real life scenarios.
2. The scope emphasizes non-functional requirements/quality attributes that are
typically not as well addressed as functional requirements.
3. Also addresses architectural views at different stages of software evolution which
may be relevant to range of stakeholders starting from sponsors, developers, all the
way to production support people.
4. Architecture Patterns/styles discussed to make appropriate choices during the
software architecture process.
Course Outcomes
1. Describe software architecture.
2. Be aware of the key elements of software architecture
3. Understand how software architecture aids different stages of the software lifecycle.
4. Describe and implement common design patterns.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction: The Architecture Business Cycle: Where do architectures come from?
Software processes and the architecture business cycle; what makes a good architecture?
Software architecture concepts: Software Architecture, Architectural Elements,
Stakeholders, Interests and Concerns, Architectural Descriptions.
Viewpoints and Views: Architectural Views, Benefits of using viewpoints, viewpoint pitfalls,
and viewpoints catalog.
Perspectives: Quality Properties, Applying Perspectives to views, Interrelationship between
the core concepts, Benefits of using Perspectives, Perspectives Catalog.
Role of Software Architect: Architecture Definition Process, Role of Architect,
Interrelationships between core concepts, Architectural Specializations, Architectural skills
and responsibilities.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Introduction: What software architecture is and what it is not;
other points of view;
Architectural patterns, reference models and reference architectures; Importance of software
architecture; Architectural structures and views, Catalog of Architectural Patterns and Styles.
Architectural styles: Pipes and filters; Data abstraction and object-oriented organization;
Event-based, implicit invocation; Layered systems; Repositories; Interpreters; Process
control; Other familiar architectures; Heterogeneous architectures.
Case Studies: Keyword in Context; Instrumentation software; Mobile robotics; Cruise
control; three vignettes in mixed style.
UNIT III
12 Hours
Introduction: Architectural Patterns, Design Patterns and Idioms, Context, Problem and
Solution Approach to describing architectural styles. Review of Pipe and Filter, Layered and
Blackboard architecture.
Interactive architecture patterns:
Model-View-Controller, Presentation-AbstractionControl.
Distributed pattern: Broker Pattern
Adaptive patterns: Microkernel, Reflection
Design Patterns: Structural decomposition: Whole Part; Organization of work: Master
Slave; Access Control: Proxy
READING assignment: J2EE/.NET/SEDA architecture
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Quality attributes: Functionality and architecture of quality attrubutes; Architecture and

quality attributes; System quality attributes; Quality attribute scenarios in practice; Other
system quality attributes; Business qualities; Architecture qualities.
Architecture tactics: Achieving Quality: Introducing tactics; Availability tactics; Modifiability
tactics; Performance tactics; Security tactics; Testability tactics; Usability tactics;
Relationship of tactics to architectural patterns; Architectural patterns and styles.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Architectural definition: Architecture Definition in SDLC designing the architecture; team
structure forming ; Creating a skeletal system.
Architectural documentation: Views; choosing the relevant views; documenting a view;
Documentation across views, Context Diagram, Principles and Traceability. Standards,
Architecture Modeling Languages, Stakeholder Engagement, UML Sequence Diagrams
Assignment: Prepare an Architecture Description Document for a real life application.
Text Books
1. Len Bass, Paul Clements, Rick Kazman, (2003), Software Architecture in Practice,
2nd Edition, Pearson Education,
2. Nick Rozanski and Eoin Woods,(2009), Software Systems Architecture, Pearson
Education (Indian Edition), (reprint edition)
3. Mary Shaw and David Garlan,(2007), Software Architecture- Perspectives on an
Emerging Discipline, 1st Edition, Prentice-Hall of India,
4. Frank Buschmann, Regine Meunier, Hans Rohnert, Peter Sommerlad, Michael Stal,
(2006), Pattern-Oriented Software Architecture, A System of Patterns, 1st Edition,
Volume 1 , John Wiley and Sons,
UE15CS551: ADVANCES IN DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To help students in acquiring knowledge on parallel and distributed databases and its
applications.
2. Also basics of intelligent databases object oriented databases will be discussed.
3. To understand advanced topics of data warehousing and mining and appreciate the
research topics in databases.
Course Outcomes
1. Identify, describe, and categorize database objects
2. Design and implement advanced queries using Structured Query Language
3. Design, construct and maintain a database and various database objects using
procedural language constructs, forms and reports to solve problems
4. Critically analyse and evaluate modelling and development methods/techniques in
Object-Relational Databases
5. Explain and evaluate the fundamental theories and requirements that influence the
design of modern database systems
6. Access and apply database functions and packages suitable for enterprise database
development and database management
UNIT I
10 Hours
Review of relational data model and relational database constraints: Relational model
concepts; Relational model constraints and relational database schemas; Update
operations, transactions and dealing with constraint violations.
UNIT II
12 Hours
Object and object-relational databases: Overview of Object-Oriented Concepts Objects,

Encapsulation, Type and class hierarchies, complex objects; Object model of ODMG, Object
definition Language ODL; Object Query Language OQL; Overview of C++ language binding,
Conceptual design of Object database, Overview of object relational features of SQL,
Object-relational features of Oracle; Implementation and related issues for extended type
systems, the nested relational model.
UNIT III
12 Hours
Parallel and distributed databases: Architectures for parallel databases; Parallel query
evaluation; Parallelizing individual operations; Parallel query optimizations; Introduction to
distributed databases; Distributed DBMS architectures; Storing data in a Distributed DBMS;
Distributed catalog management; Distributed Query processing; Updating distributed data;
Distributed transactions; Distributed Concurrency control and Recovery.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Data warehousing, decision support and data mining: Introduction to decision support;
OLAP, multidimensional model; Window queries in SQL; Finding answers quickly;
Implementation techniques for OLAP; Data Warehousing; Views and Decision support, View
materialization, Maintaining materialized views. Introduction to Data Mining; Counting cooccurrences; Mining for rules; Tree- structured rules; Clustering; Similarity search over
sequences; Incremental mining and data streams; Additional data mining tasks.
UNIT V
8 Hours
Enhanced data models for some advanced applications: Active database concepts and
triggers; Temporal, Spatial, and Deductive Databases Basic concepts. More Recent
Applications: Mobile databases; Multimedia databases; Geographical Information Systems;
Genome data management.
Text Books
1. Elmasri and Navathe,(2013), Fundamentals of Database Systems, Pearson
Education,
2. Raghu Ramakrishnan and Johannes Gehrke, (2013), Database Management
Systems, 3rd Edition, McGraw- Hill,
3.
Reference Books
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F. Korth, S. Sudarshan ,(2010), Database System
Concepts, 6th Edition, McGraw Hill,
UE15CS552: ADVANCES IN COMPUTER NETWORKS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To become familiar with the basics of Computer Networks and various Network
Architectures.
2. To understand fundamental protocols and network taffic, congestion and resource
controlling & allocation.
Course Outcomes
1. To identify and discuss the concepts underlying IPv6 protocol, and their main
characteristics and functionality.
2. To understand the principles and functionality of mobile IP, explaining its
concretization in IPv6.
3. To understand the needs of optimization of the mobility mechanisms and description

of some extensions that aim to reduce handover latency and requirements from
terminals.
4. To understand the differences between routing and forwarding
5. To explain and demonstrate convergence procedure using different routing protocols.
6. To understand the relationship among wireless network.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Foundation: Building a Network, Requirements, Perspectives, Scalable Connectivity, CostEffective Resource sharing, Support for Common Services, Manageability, Protocol layering,
Performance, Bandwidth and Latency, Delay X Bandwidth Product, Perspectives on
Connecting, Classes of Links, Reliable Transmission, Stop- and-Wait , Sliding Window,
Concurrent Logical Channels.
UNIT II
11 Hours
Internetworking- I Switching and Bridging, Datagrams, Virtual Circuit Switching, Source
Routing, Bridges and LAN Switches, Basic Internetworking (IP), What is an Internetwork ?,
Service Model, Global Addresses, Datagram Forwarding in IP, sub netting and classless
addressing, Address Translation(ARP), Host Configuration(DHCP), Error Reporting(ICMP),
Virtual Networks and Tunnels.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Internetworking- II : Network as a Graph, Distance Vector(RIP), Link State(OSPF), Metrics,
The Global Internet, Routing Areas, Routing among Autonomous systems(BGP), IP Version
6(IPv6), Mobility and Mobile IP
UNIT IV
11Hours
End-to-End Protocols: Simple Demultiplexer (UDP), Reliable Byte Stream(TCP), End-toEnd Issues, Segment Format, Connecting Establishment and Termination, Sliding Window
Revisited, Triggering Transmission, Adaptive Retransmission, Record Boundaries, TCP
Extensions, Queuing Disciplines, FIFO, Fair Queuing, TCP Congestion Control, Additive
Increase/ Multiplicative Decrease, Slow Start, Fast Retransmit and Fast Recovery.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Congestion Control and Resource Allocation Congestion-Avoidance Mechanisms, DEC
bit, Random Early Detection (RED), Source-Based Congestion Avoidance. The Domain
Name
System(DNS),Electronic
Mail(SMTP,POP,IMAP,MIME),World
Wide
Web(HTTP),Network Management(SNMP) .
Text books
1. Larry Peterson and Bruce S Davis, (2014), Computer Networks: A system approach,
5th edition, Elsvier
2. Douglas E Comer, (2014), Internetworking with TCP/IP, Priciples, protocols and
Architecture, 6th edition, PHI
Reference Books
1. Uyless Black, Computer Networks, protocols, standards and interfaces, 2nd edition
PHI
2. Behrouz A Forouzan, TCP/IP protocol suite, 4th edition Tata McGraw-Hill
UE15CS553: ADVANCED ALGORITHMS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To impart detailed understanding of graph search algorithms, network flow problems
and linear programming.
2. To apply dynamic programming and recursive backtrack algorithms.

3. To be aware of NP completeness and randomized algorithms
Course Outcomes
1. Develop a sound theoretical understanding of advanced algorithms and practical
problem solving skills using them.
2. Gain a good understanding on a wide range of advanced algorithmic problems, their
relations and variants, and application to real-world problems.
3. Have an good idea as to where these algorithms can be used
4. Know in more depth some important design and analysis techniques for algorithms,
in particular, ways to approach NP-complete problems.
5. To some extent be able to apply such techniques to solve new problems that may
arise in various applications.
6. Have some practice in recognizing connections between algorithmic problems and
reducing them to each other
UNIT I
11 Hours
Review of Analysis Techniques: Growth of Functions: Asymptotic notations; Standard
notations and common functions; Recurrences and Solution of Recurrence equations- The
substitution method, The recurrence tree method, The master method; Amortized Analysis:
Aggregate, Accounting and Potential Methods.
UNIT II
11 Hours
Graph Algorithms: Bellman - Ford Algorithm; Single source shortest paths in a DAG;
Johnsons Algorithm for sparse graphs; Flow networks and Ford-Fulkerson method;
maximum bipartite matching. Polynomials and the FFT: Representation of polynomials; The
DFT and FFT; Efficient implementation of FFT
UNIT III
10 Hours
Number -Theoretic Algorithms: Elementary notions; GCD; Modular Arithmetic; Solving
modular linear equations; The Chinese remainder theorem; Powers of an element; RSA
cryptosystem; Primality testing; Integer factorization. 10 Hours
UNIT IV
10 Hours
String-Matching Algorithms: Nave string Matching; Rabin - Karp algorithm; String
matching with finite automata; Knuth-Morris-Pratt algorithm; Boyer Moore algorithms.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Probabilistic and Randomized Algorithms:
the hiring problem, indicator random
variables, randomized algorithms, probabilistic analysis and further uses of indicator random
variables
Text Book
1. T. H Cormen, C E Leiserson, R L Rivest and C Stein, (2010), Introduction to
Algorithms, 3rd Edition, Prentice-Hall of India,
Reference Book
1. Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni, S.Rajasekharan,(2007), Fundamentals of Computer
Algorithms, 2nd Edition, Universities press,
UE15CS561: COMPUTING AND FUNDAMENTALS OF BIG DATA (4-0-0-0-4)
Course Objectives
Big data can be difficult to handle using traditional databases. Apache Hadoop is a NoSQL
applications framework that runs on distributed clusters. This lets it scale to huge datasets. If
you need analytic information from your data, Hadoop's the way to go.
This course introduces the subject and teaches you how to write programs in the
MapReduce style. It starts with a few easy examples and then moves quickly to show
Hadoop use in more complex data analysis tasks. Included are best practices and design
patterns of MapReduce programming.
This course requires basic Java skills. Knowing basic statistical concepts can help with the
more advanced examples.
Course Outcomes
1. Model and implement efficient big data solutions for various application areas using
appropriately selected algorithms and data structures.
2. Motivate and explain trade-offs in big data processing technique design and analysis
in written and oral form.
3. Explain the Big Data Fundamentals, including the evolution of Big Data, the
characteristics of Big Data and the challenges introduced.
4. Evaluate Service-oriented technologies and their potential for business
transformation.
UNIT I
12 Hours
Introducing Hadoop: Why Hadoop in Action?, What is Hadoop?, Understanding
distributed systems and Hadoop, Comparing SQL databases and Hadoop, Understanding
MapReduce, Counting words with Hadooprunning your first program, History of Hadoop,
Summary, Resources
Starting Hadoop:The building blocks of Hadoop, Setting up SSH for a Hadoop cluster,
Running Hadoop, Web-based cluster UI, Summary
Components of Hadoop:Working with files in HDFS, Anatomy of a MapReduce program,
Reading and writing, Summary
UNIT II
12 Hours
Writing basic MapReduce programs:Getting the patent data set, Constructing the basic
template of a MapReduce program, Counting things, Adapting for Hadoops API changes,
Streaming in Hadoop, Improving performance with combiners, Exercising what youve
learned, Summary, Further resources
Advanced MapReduce:Chaining MapReduce jobs, Joining data from different sources,
Creating a Bloom filter, Exercising what youve learned, Summary, Further resources
Programming practices:Developing MapReduce programs, Monitoring and debugging on a
production cluster, Tuning for performance, Summary
Cookbook:Passing job-specific parameters to your tasks, Probing for task-specific
information, Partitioning into multiple output files, Inputting from and outputting to a
database, Keeping all output in sorted order, Summary
UNIT III
8 Hours
Managing Hadoop:Setting up parameter values for practical use, Checking systems health,
Setting permissions, Managing quotas, Enabling trash, Removing DataNodes, Adding
DataNodes, Managing NameNode and Secondary NameNode, Recovering from a failed
NameNode, Designing network layout and rack awareness, Scheduling jobs from multiple
users, Summary
Running Hadoop in the cloud:Introducing Amazon Web Services, Setting up AWS, Setting
up Hadoop on EC2, Running MapReduce programs on EC2, Cleaning up and shutting down
your EC2 instances, Amazon Elastic MapReduce and other AWS services, Summary
Programming with Pig:Thinking like a Pig, Installing Pig, Running Pig, Learning Pig Latin
through Grunt, Speaking Pig Latin, Working with user-defined functions, Working with
scripts, Seeing Pig in actionexample of computing similar patents, Summary
UNIT IV
12 Hours
Hive and the Hadoop herd: Hive, Other Hadoop-related stuff, Summary
Resource management: Apache Yarn, Getting Started with YARN, Yarn Architecture,
Resource Management under Yarn, Mesos, Mesos Architecture, Resource Management
under Mesos
Case studies: Converting 11 million image documents from the New York Times archive,
Mining data at China Mobile, Recommending the best websites at Stumble Upon, Building
analytics for enterprise searchIBMs Project ES2
UNIT V
8 Hours
Streaming big data:Distributed Streaming Data Processing, Coordination, Partitions and
Merges, Transactions, Processing Data with Storm, Components of a Storm Cluster,
Configuring a Storm Cluster, Distributed Clusters, Local Clusters, Storm Topologies,
Implementing Bolts, Implementing and Using Spouts, Distributed Apache YARN, and
Samza, Integrating Samza into the Data Flow, Samza Jobs, Apache Spark, RDDs, using
Spark for iterative programming, Spark scheduling
Text books
1. Chuck Lam, James Warren, (2010), Hadoop in Action, 2nd edition, Manning
Publications
2. Srinath Perera, Thilina Gunarathne,(2013), Hadoop MapReduce Cookbook, Packt
publishing,
References:
Papers and material from the Internet
UE15CS562: BUSINESS PERSPECTIVES OF CLOUD COMPUTING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
The objective of the course is to demonstrate how business agility in an organization can be
created using Cloud Computing Practices. This looks at deployment of web services, the
consistencies of these services, Study different cloud models relevant for different
application environments and evaluate a few case studies to understand the best practices
involved while developing and deploying these applications.
Course outcomes
1. Understand what is meant by cloud computing.
2. Understand the technical perspectives for different cloud types
3. Know how cloud computing relates to business.
4. Understand and apply business case analysis and cloud solution analysis in
determining whether a business should make a shift to the cloud.
5. Understand and explain legal and regulatory considerations of doing business in the
cloud
UNIT I
10 Hours
Cloud computing fundamental: Cloud computing definition, private, public and hybrid
cloud. Cloud types; IaaS, PaaS, SaaS. Benefits and challenges of cloud computing, public
vs private clouds, role of virtualization in enabling the cloud;
Organizational perspectives of cloud computing: Threats and Opportunities with Cloud
Computing, Re-Engineering of User organizations
Business agility: Benefits and challenges to Cloud architecture. Application availability,
performance, security and disaster recovery; next generation Cloud Applications
UNIT II
10 Hours
Cloud applications: Technologies and the processes required when deploying web
services; Deploying a web service from inside and outside a cloud architecture, advantages
and disadvantages
UNIT III
12 Hours
Cloud services management: Reliability, availability and security of services deployed from
the cloud. Performance and scalability of services, tools and technologies used to manage
cloud services deployment;
Cloud Economics: Cloud computing infrastructures available for implementing cloud based
services. Economics of choosing a Cloud platform for an organization, based on application
requirements, economic constraints and business needs (e.g Amazon, Microsoft, Google,
Salesforce.com)
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Application development: Service creation environments to develop cloud based
applications. Development environments for service development; Amazon, Azure, Google
App
UNIT V
10 Hours
Best Practices cloud IT model: Analysis of Case Studies when deciding to adopt cloud
computing architecture. How to decide if the cloud is right for your requirements. Cloud
based service, applications and development platform deployment so as to improve the total
cost of ownership (TCO)
Text books
1. Dimitris N. Chorafas, (2010), Cloud Computing Strategies, CRC Press
2. Toby Velte, Anthony Velte, Robert Elsenpeter,(2009), Cloud Computing, A
Practical Approach, McGraw Hill Professional
3. Gautam Shroff,(2010), Enterprise Cloud Computing - Technology Architecture
Applications, Cambridge
References
Web resources from the Internet
UE15CS563: CLOUD AND VIRTUAL STORAGE (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
The objective of the course is to give an in depth understanding of cloud and virtual data
storage technologies. It will introduce the design considerations and tradeoffs associated
with storing data in the cloud.
Course outcomes
1. Implement and configure network,access resource monitoring and data protection
tasks in a virtualised environment.
2. Understand the benefits and requirements for achieving scalability and high
availability in data centre virtualisation solutions.
3. Design, create and manage virtualised environments.
4. Discuss system virtualization and outline its role in enabling the cloud computing
system model
UNIT I
10 Hours
Cloud storage design considerations: availability, security, resource management, data
growth, Overview of storage networking, nodes, Review of RAID concepts, Protocols -iSCSI,
FC,
UNIT II
10 Hours
Managing Data and Resources: Infrastructure resource management, Data and
Networking security, Data Protection design issues, backup/restore, Business Continuity,
Disaster Recovery. Metrics and Measurement. Snapshots, Copy on Write
UNIT III
10 Hours
Technology Tools and Solution Options: Data Footprint Reduction: Single instancing,
data deduplication, storage capacity optimization
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Storage Services block v/s object, Object Storage: Swift architecture, data model, server
processes, consistency processes, locating data, Swift Basics and API, Application design
with Swift.
Block storage: Cinder: Architecture, Components, Deployment
UNIT V
12 Hours
Software Defined Storage: Unified Storage, Ceph Architecture RADOS, Object Storage
system, Ceph Block storage, Ceph filesystem, Ceph Internals locating objects, Recovery
and Rebalancing, Placement Groups, Pools, Deploying Ceph, Monitoring a ceph cluster.
Text Books
1. Greg Schulz, (2012), Cloud and Virtual Data Storage Networking, CRC Press,
2. Joe Arnold, (2014), OpenStack Swift: Using, Administering and Developing for
Openstack Swift Storage, OReilly Media,
3. Karan Singh, (2015), Learning Ceph, PACKT Publishing Limited,
References
1. Openstack documentation docs.openstack.org
UE15CS564: SECURE CLOUD PROGRAMMING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
The objective of the course is to learn how to write secure code in the cloud environment. It
will introduce common problems that lead to exploits in applications and ways/tools to
overcome them.
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the types of Cloud service and deployment models.
2. Identify how externally regulated security can be delivered with Cloud.
3. Analyse enterprise value from Cloud application deployments.
4. Compare modern security concepts as they are applied to cloud computing.
5. Assess the security of virtual systems.
6. Appraise compliance issues that arise from cloud computing.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Overview: Process description & control: Validating all input & Designing secure programs:
Command line and environment variables, File descriptors, names and contents, Web based
application inputs, Locale selection and character encoding, Filtering representable URIs,
preventing cross site malicious input content, Forbidding HTTP Input to perform non-queries.
Authentication and identity management: Single-sign on.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Declarations and initializations and expressions: Declare objects with appropriate

storage durations, Identifier declaration with conflict linkage classifications, Using correct
syntax for declaring flexible array member, Avoiding information leakage in structure
padding, Incompatible declarations of same function or object. Dependence on evaluation
order for side effects: Reading uninitialized memory and dereferencing null pointers,
Integers and floating points: Wrapping of unsigned integers, Integer conversions and
misrepresented data, Integer overflow and divide by zero errors, Shifting of negative
numbers, Using correct integer precisions, Pointer conversion to integer and vice versa.
Floating point values for counters: Domain and range errors in math functions, Floating point
conversions and preserving precision.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Arrays , Strings and Memory Management: Out of bounds subscripts and valid length arrays,
Comparing array pointers, Pointer arithmetic for non-array object, scaled integer, Modifying
string literals, Space allocation for strings (Null terminator), Casting large integers as
unsigned chars, Narrow and wide character strings and functions. Buffer Overrun error
Accessing freed memory: Freeing dynamically allocated memory, Computing memory
allocation for an object, Copying structures containing flexible array members, Modifying
object alignment by using realloc.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Cryptographic Foibies random number, passwords, key management issues, creating own
cryptographic functions, bit flipping attacks, reusing buffers, Protecting Secret Data
managing secrets in memory, locking memory, storing in files. Protecting against Input
attacks validating inputs, tainted variables, Web specific input issues.
UNIT V
12 Hours
Socket Security Server hijacking, TCP window attacks, Accepting connections, Writing
firewall friendly applications, Protecting against DOS attacks, Database input issues.
Security Testing. Tokenization of sensitive data. Multitenancy.
Text Books
1. Robert C. Seacord, (2014), The CERT C Coding Standard: 98 Rules for
Developing Safe, Reliable, and Secure Systems, 2nd Edition, Addison Wesley
Professional
2. David Wheeler,(2004), Secure Programming for Linux and Unix HowTo, Linux
Documentation project,
3. Michael Howard and David LeBlanc, (2003), Writing Secure Code, 2nd Edition,
Microsoft Press,
Reference Books
1. John Viega, Matt Messier, (2003), Secure Programming Cookbook for C and C++,
O'Reilly Media, 1st Edition,
2. Sullivan et al., (2013), Practices for Secure Development of Cloud Applications,
Safecode.org
UE15CS565: WEB PROGRAMMING PARADIGM (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To get an understanding of web servers.
2. To learn Java Script details
3. To learn Object Modelling
Course Oucomes
1. Understand the basic components of a computer and their roles.
2. Apply and explain common concepts in programming: recursion, control flow,

interpreting, paradigms
3. Be able to solve problems, present and style data via the Web. (ABCDH)
4. Create full featured web pages.
5. Effectively work on collaborative projects with peers.
UNIT I
11 Hours
Introduction: History of internet and world wide web, World Wide Web consortium, Web
2.0, personal,
Distributed and client server computing, Hardware trends, Object Technology, JavaScript:
Object-based scripting for the web. Browser portability
Web servers: Introduction, HTTP transactions, Multi-tier Application architecture, client side
versus server scripting, accessing web servers
HTML and XHTML : Introduction, editing XHTML, w3c XHTML validation service, headers,
linking, images, special characters, unsorted lists, nested and ordered lists, XHTML tables,
XHTML forms, internal linking, meta elements.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Style sheets: Inline styles, embedded style sheets, conflicting styles, linking external style
sheets, positioning elements, backgrounds, element dimensions, Box Model and text flow,
Media Types, Building a CSS drop-down menu, User style sheets.
Java script: Introduction, Simple program, obtaining user input with prompt dialogs, memory
concepts,
Arithmetic, decision making, assignment operators, and control structures IF, IFELSE,
WHILE, for, repetition statement, SWITCH multiple-selection statement, DOWHILE
repetition statement, logical operators.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Java script: Program modules in JavaScript, function definitions, scope rules, global
functions, recursion, arrays, references and reference parameters, passing arrays to
functions, sorting arrays, searching arrays, multidimensional arrays, math object, string
object, date object, Boolean and number object, document object, window object, using
cookies, using JSON to represent objects
UNIT IV
11 Hours
Document object model: Introduction, Modeling a document, DOM Nodes and Trees,
Traversing and modifying a DOM tree, DOM Collections, dynamic styles, summary of DOM
objects and Collections, registering event handlers, onload, onmousemove, the event object,
this, onmouseover, onmouseout, onfocus, onblur, onsubmit, onreset, event bubbling, more
events.
UNIT V
11 Hours
AJAX: Introduction, traditional web applications versus AJAX applications, rich internet
applications with AJAX, Raw AJAX example using XML Http Request, Using XML and DOM
PHP:Introduction, PHP basics, string processing and regular expressions, form processing
and business logic, connecting to database, using cookies, dynamic content, operator
precedence.
Text Book:
1. Deitel and Deitel,(2009), Internet and World Wide Web: How to Program, 4th Edition,
Prentice Hall,
UE15CS566: PROGRAMMING WITH PYTHON (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To learn the scripting language

2. To learn the application development using the modules and packages associated
with python
Course Oucomes
1. Understand the basic elements of the Python language and the Python interpreter
and discuss the differences between Python and other modern languages.
2. Analyze and demonstrate the use of lists and tuples in Python.
3. Know to use the PyScripter IDE for the Python programming language. Know how to
create a function and implement an If Else statement.
4. Know to use variables in For loops and While loops Iterative and recursive programs
5. Develop regular expressions to solve different problems.
6. Understand the concepts of object-oriented programming as used in Python: classes,
subclasses, properties, inheritance, and overriding.
UNIT I
11 Hours
Getting started: The Game over program, Examining the game over program, introducing
python, setting up python on windows and other operating systems, introducing IDLE, back
to the game over program. Types, variables and simple I/O, introducing the useless trivia
program, using quotes with strings, using escape sequences with strings, concatenating and
repeating strings, working with numbers, user input, string methods, right types, converting
values, back to the trivia program. Branching, while loops and program planning, using the if,
else, elif statements, creating while loops, infinite loops, values as conditions, compound
conditions, planning your programs, guess my number game.
UNIT II
10 Hours
For loops, strings and tuples, using for loops, using sequence operators and functions with
strings, indexing strings, string immutability, building a new string, slicing strings, tuples,
jumble game. Lists and dictionaries using Lists, list methods, understanding when to use
tuples and lists, nested sequences, shared references, dictionaries, hangman game.
Functions, creating functions, parameters and return values, keyword arguments, default
parameters, global variables, tic tac toe game.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Files and Exceptions, reading and writing to text files, storing complex data, handling
exceptions, trivia challenge game. Software objects, caretaker program, object oriented
basics, creating classes, methods and objects, constructors, attributes, class attributes and
static methods, object encapsulation, private attributes and methods, attribute access, critter
caretaker program. Object oriented programming sending and receiving messages,
combining objects, inheritance, extending a class through inheritance, altering behavior of
inherited methods, understanding polymorphism, creating modules, blackjack game.
UNIT IV
11 Hours
GUI development examining GUI, understanding event driven programming, root window,
labels, buttons, creating a GUI using a class, binding widgets and event handlers, text and
entry widgets and Grid layout manager, check buttons, radio buttons, mad lib program.
Graphics Pizza panic game, creating a graphics window, setting background image,
understanding the graphics coordinate system, displaying sprite, text, message, moving
sprites, dealing with screen boundaries, mouse input, collisions
UNIT V
10 Hours
Sound, animation and program development reading keyboard, rotating a sprite, creating
an animation, working with sound and music, astrocrash game, asteroids, rotating the ship,
moving the ship, firing missiles, controlling the missile rate, collisions and explosions, adding
levels, store keeping and theme music.
Text book
1. Michael DAWSON, (2010), Python Programming, 3rd Edition, Course technology
PTR,
UE15CS567: ADVANCED JAVA PROGRAMMING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To aid students in getting a basic understanding of the Core Java language and also
obtain an insight into the basics of J2EE viz. JDBC, Servlets, JSP and EJB.
Course Oucomes
1. Develop Swing-based GUI .
2. Undrstand & discuss advanced features of Java programming like event-driven
programming.
3. Develop component-based Java software using JavaBeans .
4. Understand working of Java Mail, JMS, JNDI, Data tier and Presentation tier
patterns.
UNIT I
11 Hours
Multi threaded programming, event handling, swings: The Java Thread Model, the
main thread, creating a thread, Multiple threads using isAlive (), and join (), Thread priorities,
Synchronization. Inter-thread communication, Suspending, resuming and stopping threads,
using multithreading, Swings: Origins, MVC, Components and containers, Packages event
handling, swing applets, painting Jlabel and ImageIcon.JTextField; The Swing
Buttons.JTabbedpane; JScrollPane. JList; JComboBox; JTable
UNIT II
10 Hours
J2EE introduction, presentation tier : Understanding the java and J2EE platform,
Reviewing XML fundamentals, Document Structure, parsers, DTDs, namespaces, schema,
XSLT, App Servers, -implementing the J2EE platform, and Understanding the features of
app server. Presentation Tier: Servlet programming, Magazine app using Servlets, Servlet
context, URL redirection, web.xml, Servlet 2.4, JSP basics, MVC and JSP, Scripting
elements and directives, scopes, error pages, using java beans.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Java Mail, JMS, JNDI: Working with Java Mail, understanding the Hello world of Java mail.
Protocols for Java Mail, Java Mail Components, Java Mail APIs, Integrating Java Mail into
J2EE. JMS: Understanding the JMS Messaging Model, Components Reliable Messaging.
JNDI and Directory Services JNDI LDAP Example programs on Java Mail and JMS
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Data tier, web services: Data Tier: Introducing database connectivity, drivers, batch
updates, savepoints, JDBC-ODBC bridge, connecting pools and data sources, Programs on
data base connectivity using JDBC ODBC Web Services: Introduction, Scenarios,
technologies, SOAP,WSDL, UDDI, Understanding SOAP message architecture Explaining
WSDL, examining UDDI Using Servlets in a web service architecture. Servlet and Data
base examples.
UNIT V
11 Hours
Presentation tier patterns, advanced topics: Overview of sessions, Patterns Route
patterns, MVC pattern, Front controller patterns View helper, intercepting filter patterns DAO
pattern, implementing the DAO patterns Using ANT to deploy applications, creating high
performance Java applications, understanding and isolating types of problems, logging and
memory usage problems. Revision
Text books
1. Herbert Schildt, (2007), Java2, complete Reference, 7th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill,
2. James McGoven,(2003), J2EE 1.4 Bible, Wiley,
UE15CS568: PROGRAMMING WITH PHP (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To learn PHP
2. To be able to write PHP script to carry out tasks such as user profile maintenance
and content management system
Course Oucomes
1. Understand the basics of the PHP.
2. Examine how web pages are developed using PHP.
3. Understand the general concepts of PHP scripting language for the development of
Internet websites.
4. Learn the relationship between the client side and the server side scripts
5. Understand the ability to post and publish a PHP website.
UNIT I
11 Hours
Getting started, Movie review web site - Creating PHP Pages Using PHP5. Using PHP5 with
MySQL.
Using Tables to Display Data.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Form Elements: Letting the User Work with Data. Letting the User Edit the Database.
Manipulating and
Creating Images with PHP.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Validating User Input. Handling and Avoiding Errors. Comic Book Fan Site: Building
Databases.
UNIT IV
11 Hours
Sending E-mail, User Logins, Profiles, and Personalization, Building a Content Management
System.
Mailing Lists
UNIT V
10 Hours
Online Stores, Creating a Bulletin Board System, Using Log Files to Improve Your Site,
Troubleshooting.
Text books
1. Elizabeth Naramore, et. al., (2005), Beginning PHP5, Apache, and MySQL Web
Development, Wrox Publications,
UE15CS569: WEB SERVICES (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To provide an in-depth knowledge of Web Services.
2.
3.
4.
5.
To understand the fundamental concepts of Web services.

To understand the fundamental concepts of WSDL Web Services.
To design Web service Architecture.
To Study Building Blocks of Web services.
Course Outcomes
1. Understand Web Services and its Infrastructure.
2. The role of web services in commercial applications
3. The principles of web service provision.
4. Know to utilize semantics in Web services.
5. Know basic components of Web services technology that are above the messaging,
description and discovery.
6. Use of BPEL (Business Process Execution Logic) and WSDL (Web Service
Description Language) for implementing web services.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Middleware: Understanding the middle ware, RPC and Related Middle ware, TP Monitors,
Object Brokers, Message - Oriented Middleware.
UNIT II
Web services: Web Services Technologies, Web Services Architecture.
10 Hours
UNIT III
11 Hours
Basic web services technology: WSDL Web Services Description Language, UDDI
Universal Description Discovery and Integration, Web Services at work interactions between
the Specifications, Related Standards.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Service coordination protocols: Infrastructure for Coordination Protocols, WSCoordination, WS- Transaction, Rosetta Net and Other Standards Related to Coordination
Protocols.
UNIT V
11 Hours
Service composition: Basic of Service Composition, A New Chance of Success for
Composition, Services Composition Models, Dependencies between Coordination and
Composition, BPEL: Business Process Execution Language for Web Services, Outlook,
Applicability of the Web Services, Web services as a Problem and a Solution : AN Example.
Text Book
1. Gustavo Alonso, Fabio Casati, Harumi Kuno, Vijay Machiraju, (2009), Web Services
(Concepts, Architectures and Applications), Springer International Edition,.
UE15CS570: DISTRIBUTED OPERATING SYSTEMS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To explore distributed systems principles associated with communication, naming,
synchronization,Distributed file systems, system design, distributed scheduling, and
several case studies
2. To cover both foundational concepts and well as practical deployments.
3. To gain knowledge on Distributed operating system concepts that includes
architecture, Mutual exclusion algorithms, Deadlock detection algorithms and
agreement protocols
4. To gain insight on to the distributed resource management components viz. the

algorithms for Implementation of distributed shared memory, recovery and commit
protocols
Course Outcomes
1. Design and build application programs on distributed systems.
2. Improve the performance and reliability of distributed programs. Design and build
newer distributed file systems for any OS.
3. Develop, test and debug RPC based client-server programs in Unix.
4. A student completing this course successfully will be able to pursue independent
research in distributed systems.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Fundamentals: What is Distributed Computing Systems? Evolution of Distributed
Computing System;
Distributed Computing System Models; what is Distributed Operating System? Issues in
Designing a Distributed Operating System, Introduction to Distributed Computing
Environment (DCE)
Message passing: Introduction, Desirable features of a Good Message Passing System,
Issues in PC by Message Passing, Synchronization, Buffering, Multi-datagram Messages,
Encoding and Decoding of Message Data, Process Addressing, Failure Handling, Group
Communication, Case Study: 4.3 BSD UNIX IPC Mechanism.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Remote procedure calls: Introduction, The RPC Model, Transparency of RPC,
Implementing RPC Mechanism, Stub Generation, RPC Messages, Marshaling Arguments
and Results, Server Management, Parameter-Passing Semantics, Call Semantics,
Communication Protocols for RPCs, Complicated RPCs, Client-Server Binding, Exception
Handling, Security, Some Special Types of RPCs, RPC in Heterogeneous Environments,
Lightweight RPC, Optimization for Better Performance, Case Studies: Sun RPC.
UNIT III
11 Hours
Distributed shared memory: Introduction, General Architecture of DSM Systems, Design
and Implementation Issues of DSM, Granularity, Structure of Shared Memory Space,
Consistency Models, Replacement Strategy, Thrashing, Other approaches to DSM,
Heterogeneous DSM, Advantages of DSM. Synchronization: Introduction, Clock
Synchronization, Event Ordering, Mutual Exclusion, Dead Lock, Election Algorithms
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Resource management: Introduction, Desirable Features of a Good Global Scheduling
Algorithm, Task Assignment Approach, Load Balancing Approach, Load Sharing
Approach
Process Management: Introduction, Process Migration, Threads.
UNIT V
11 Hours
Distributed file systems: Introduction, Desirable Features of a Good Distributed File
System, File models, FileAccessing Models, File Sharing Semantics, File Caching
Schemes, File Replication, Fault Tolerance, Atomic Transactions and Design Principles
Text Book
1. Pradeep. K. Sinha, (2007), Web 1: Distributed Operating Systems: Concepts and
Design, PHI,
Reference Book
1. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, (2013), Distributed Operating Systems, Pearson Education,
UE15CS571: SOFTWARE PROJECT PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To define and highlight importance of software project management.
2. To formulate strategy in managing projects
3. To estimate the cost associated with a project
4. To plan, schedule and monitor projects for the risk management
5. To define the software management metrics
Course Outcomes
1. Understand and practice the process of project management and its application in
delivering
2. Practice the key stages of managing projects
3. Develop increased awareness of available resources to further develop project
management skills
4. Understand and use risk management analysis techniques that identify the factors
that put a project at risk and to quantify the likely effect of risk on project timescales
5. Monitor the progress of a project and to assess the risk of slippage, revising targets
or counteract drift
6. Consider how to apply new knowledge to their own projects and set realistic goals for
moving forwards
UNIT I
10 Hours
Metrics: Introduction, The Metrics Roadmap, A Typical Metrics Strategy, What Should you
Measure?, Set Targets and track Them, Understanding and Trying to minimize variability,
Act on data, People and Organizational issues in Metrics Programs, Common Pitfalls to
watch out for in Metrics Programs, Matrices implementation checklists and tools,
Software configuration management: Introduction, Some Basic Definitions and
terminology, the processes and activities of software configuration management,
configuration status accounting, configuration audit, software configuration management in
geographically distributed teams, Metrics in software configuration management, software
configuration management tools and automation
UNIT II
11 Hours
Risk management: Introduction, What is risk management and why is it important?, Risk
management cycle, Risk identification: common tools and techniques, Risk Quantifications,
Risk Monitoring, Risk Mitigation, Risks and Mitigation in the context of global project teams,
some practical techniques risk management, Metrics in risk management.
Project planning and tracking: Components of Project Planning and Tracking, The What
Part of a Project Plan, The What Cost Part of a Project Plan, The When Part of Project
Planning, The How Part of a Project Planning: Tailoring of Organizational Processes For
the Project, The By Whom Part of the Project Management Plan : Assigning Resources,
Putting it all together : The Software Management Plan, Activities Specific to Project
Tracking, Interfaces to the Process Database. Project Closure: When Does Project Closure
Happen?. Why Should We Explicitly do a Closure?, An Effective Closure Process, Issues
that Get Discussed During Closure, Metrics for Project Closure, Interfaces to the Process
Database
UNIT III
11 Hours
Software requirements gathering: Inputs and start criteria for requirements gathering,
Dimensions of requirements gathering, Steps to be followed during requirements gathering,
outputs and quality records from the requirements phase, skill sets required during
requirements phase, differences for a shrink-wrapped software, challenges during the
requirements management phase, Metrics for requirements phase.
Estimation: What is Estimation? When and why is Estimation done? The three phases of
Estimation, Estimation methodology, formal models for size Estimation, Translating size
Estimate into effort Estimate, Translating effort Estimates into schedule Estimate, common
challenges during Estimation , Metrics for the Estimation processes.
Design and development phases: Some differences in our chosen approach, salient
features of design, evolving an architecture/ blueprint, design for reusability, technology
choices/ constraints, design to standards, design for portability, user interface issues, design
for testability, design for diagnose ability, design for maintainability, design for install ability,
inter-operability design, challenges during design and development phases, skill sets for
design and development, metrics for design and development phases.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Project management in the testing phase: Introduction, What is testing?, what are the
activities that makeup testing?, test scheduling and types of tests, people issues in testing,
management structures for testing in global teams, metrics for testing phase.
Project management in the maintenance phase: Introduction, Activities during
Maintenance Phase, management issues during Maintenance Phase, Configuration
management during Maintenance Phase, skill sets for people in the maintenance phase,
estimating size, effort, and people resources for the maintenance phase, advantages of
using geographically distributed teams for the maintenance phase, metrics for the
maintenance phase.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Globalization issues in project management: Evolution of globalization, challenges in
building global teams, Models for the execution of global projects, some effective
management techniques for managing global teams.
Impact of the internet on project management: Introduction, the effect of internet on
project management, managing projects for the internet, Effect on the project management
activities.
People focused process models: Growing emphasis on people centric models, people
capability maturity model (P-CMM), other people focused models in the literature, how does
an organization choose the models to use?
Text Book
1. Ramesh Gopalaswamy, (2013), Managing Global Projects , Tata McGraw Hill,
Reference Books
1. Watts Humphrey, (2010), Managing the Software Process , Pearson Education, New
Delhi
2. Pankaj Jalote,(2002), Software Project Management in practice, Pearson Education,
New Delhi,
UE15CS572: ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To understand the concept of ERP and its applications
2. Case studies to realize the importance of ERP
Course Outcomes
1. Examine systematically the planning mechanisms in an enterprise, and identify all
components in an ERP system and the relationships among the components
2. To understand concepts of reengineering and how they relate to ERP system

implementations
3. Understand production planning in an ERP system, and systematically develop plans
for an enterprise
4. Use methods to determine the correct purchasing quantity and right time to buy an
item, and apply these methods to material management
5. To understand the steps and activities in the ERP life cycle
6. To be able to identify and describe typical functionality in an ERP system
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction to ERP: Introduction to ERP, Integrated Management Information, Seamless
Integration, Supply Chain Management, Resource Management, Integrated data model,
Benefits of ERP, Evolution, ERP revisited, ERP and Modern Enterprise
Business Process Engineering and ERP: Definition of Business Engineering, Significance
of Business Engineering, Principles of Business Engineering, BPR, ERP and IT, Business
Engineering with Information Technology, ERP and Management concerns
UNIT II
11 Hours
Business modeling for ERP and ERP implementation: Building the Business model, ERP
Implementation, An Overview of ERP Implementation, Role of Consultants, Vendors and
End Users in ERP Implementation. Customization, Precautions, ERP Post Implementation
options, Guidelines for ERP Implementation
UNIT III
11 Hours
ERP and the competitive advantage: ERP and the competitive strategy, Understanding
the markets, Order winners vis--vis qualifiers, Order winners qualifiers- some general
categories, ERPs role in gaining competitive advantage.
ERP Domain: MFG/PRO, system modules- Distribution, Manufacturing, Financials, service
support. IFS/AVLON, Industrial and Financial Systems-Financials, Distribution,
Manufacturing, Resource Management, Plant maintenance, BAAN applications, Distribution
and Transportation
UNIT IV
10 Hours
ERP domain: SAP, The Architecture of SAP R/3 System, SAP R/3 applications, Product
data management,
Materials management, Human Resource management
The ERP market: Market dynamics and competitive strategy, Managing the ERP marketing
strategy process, relationship marketing-the key, planning marketing strategies, the actual
sales cycle Commercial ERP Package: Description, Multi Client Server Solution, Open
Technology, User Interface, Application Integration
UNIT V
10 Hours
Commercial ERP package: Basic Architectural Concepts, Presentation Interface, SAP R/4
Communication
Protocols and Interfaces
Case studies: An Overview, Mercedes- Benz, Kee Hin Industries, Bull Electronics, Angers
Plant Manufacturers, Twentieth Century Companies Ameritech, Essar Steel, Jindal Iron &
Steel Company, Godrej Soaps and Associated Companies, Indian Renewable Energy
Development Agency.
Text Book
1. Vinod Kumar Garg, Venkita Krishnan N K, (2004), Enterprise Resource PlanningConcepts and Practices, Prentice Hall of India,
UE15CS573: IoT NETWORKING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
The objective of the course is to focuses on providing comprehensive overview of major
existing M2M and AMI protocols, System level architecture, interworking and illustrations
with large scale applications
Course Outcomes
1. Describe the Internet and its evolution to the Internet of Everything
2. Understand the four pillars of IoE and how its innovations can transform businesses
3. Understand the interconnection of people, process, data, and things that forms the
Internet of Everything
4. Configure non-IP-enabled and IP-enabled devices to communicate in the Internet of
Things
5. Understand security concerns that must be considered when implementing IoE
solutions the architects of the Internet of Everything.
6. Describe M2M, M2P, and P2P interactions and review an example of an IoE solution
at a modeled winery recognized career certifications.
UNIT I
12 Hours
Machine to Machine (M2M) Introduction: What is M2M? Relationship of M2M in IoT,
Evolution and Applications
M2M area network physical layers:IEEE 802.15.4: IEEE 802 Committee Family of
Protocols, The physical layer, Media Access control layer, Uses of 802.15.4, Futures of
802.15.4e/g
Powerline communication for M2M applications: Overview of PLC Technologies, PLC
Landscape, Powerline Communication, Ideal PLC System for M2M
UNIT I
12 Hours
Legacy M2M protocols for sensor networks: Building Automation and Home Automation
Protocol exploration: BACnetTM Protocol, LonWorks R Control Networking Platform,
ModBus, KNX, ZigBee, ZWave
UNIT III
8 Hours
Legacy M2M protocols for utility metering:
Exploration of the following protocols: M-Bus and Wireless M-Bus, The ANSI C12 Suite,
DLMS/COSEM
UNIT IV
12 Hours
IP-based protocols: 6LoWPAN and RPL, ZigBee Smart Energy 2.0, ETSI M2M System
Architecture, Resource Structure, SCL Resources
UNIT V
8 Hours
Key applications of the internet of things: The Smart Grid, Electric Vehicle Charging
Text Book
1. Olivier Hersent, David Boswarthick, Omar Elloumi, (2012), The Internet of Things:
Key Applications and Protocols, 2nd Edition WILEY.
References
Internet Based whitepapers and other resources
UE15CS574: REAL TIME ANALYTICS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
The course offers in-depth case studies for website analytics, Big Data, visualizing streaming
and mobile data, and mining and visualizing operational data flows. From a description of the
overall analytic architecture of real-time analytics to using specific tools to obtain targeted
results, Real-Time Analytics leverages open source and modern commercial tools to
construct robust, efficient systems that can provide real-time analysis in a cost-effective
manner. The course includes:
1. A deep discussion of streaming data systems and architectures
2. Instructions for analyzing, storing, and delivering streaming data
3. Tips on aggregating data and working with sets
4. Information on data warehousing options and techniques
Course Outcomes
1. Understand designing of streaming architectures
2. Analyse unreliable Network Connections and clock Synchronization
3. Analyse data flow management in streaming
UNIT I
12 Hours
Introduction to streaming data: Sources of Streaming Data, Operational Monitoring, Web
Analytics, Online Advertising , Social Media, Mobile Data and the Internet of Things, Why
Streaming Data Is, Different, Always On, Always Flowing, Loosely Structured, HighCardinality Storage , Infrastructures and Algorithms, Conclusion
Designing Real-Time Streaming Architectures:Real-Time Architecture Components,
Collection, Data Flow, Processing, Storage, Delivery, Features of a Real-Time Architecture,
High Availability, Low Latency , Horizontal Scalability, Languages for Real-Time
Programming, Java, Scala and Clojure, JavaScript, The Go Language, A Real-Time
Architecture Checklist, Collection, Data Flow, Processing, Storage, Delivery, Conclusion
UNIT II
12 Hours
Service configuration and coordination:Motivation for Configuration and Coordination
Systems, Maintaining Distributed State , Unreliable Network Connections, Clock
Synchronization, Consensus in an Unreliable World, Apache ZooKeeper, The znode,
Watches and Notifications, Maintaining Consistency, Creating a ZooKeeper Cluster,
ZooKeepers Native Java Client, The Curator Client, Curator Recipes, Conclusion
Data-flow management in streaming analysis:Distributed Data Flows, At Least Once
Delivery, The n+1 Problem, Apache Kafka: High-Throughput Distributed Messaging,
Design and Implementation, Configuring a Kafka Environment, Interacting with Kafka
Brokers, Apache Flume: Distributed Log Collection, The Flume Agent, Configuring the
Agent, The Flume Data Model, Channel Selectors, Flume Sources, Flume Sinks, Sink
Processors, Flume Channels, Flume Interceptors, Integrating Custom Flume Components,
Running Flume Agents, Conclusion
Processing streaming data:Distributed Streaming Data Processing, Coordination,
Partitions and Merges, Transactions, Processing Data with Storm, Components of a Storm
Cluster, Configuring a Storm Cluster, Distributed Clusters, Local Clusters, Storm Topologies,
Implementing Bolts, Implementing and Using Spouts, Distributed Remote Procedure Calls,
Trident: The Storm DSL, Processing Data with Samza, Apache YARN, Getting Started with
YARN and Samza, Integrating Samza into the Data Flow, Samza Jobs, Conclusion
UNIT III
8 Hours
Storing streaming data:Consistent Hashing, NoSQL Storage Systems, Redis, MongoDB,

Cassandra, Other Storage Technologies, Relational Databases, Distributed In-Memory Data
Grids, Choosing a Technology, Key-Value Stores, Document Stores, Distributed Hash Table
Stores, In-Memory Grids, Relational Databases, Warehousing, Hadoop as ETL and

Warehouse, Lambda Architectures, Conclusion
Delivering streaming metrics:Streaming Web Applications, Working with Node, Managing
a Node Project with NPM, Developing Node Web Applications, A Basic Streaming
Dashboard, Adding Streaming to Web Applications, Visualizing Data, HTML5 Canvas and
Inline SVG , Data-Driven Documents: D3.js, High-Level Tools, Mobile Streaming
Applications , Conclusion
UNIT IV
12 Hours
Exact aggregation and delivery:Timed Counting and Summation, Counting in Bolts,

Counting with Trident, Counting in Samza, Multi-Resolution Time-Series Aggregation,
Quantization, Framework, Stochastic Optimization, Delivering Time-Series Data, Strip
Charts with D3.js, High-Speed Canvas Charts, Horizon Charts, Conclusion
Statistical approximation of streaming data:Numerical Libraries, Probabilities and
Distributions, Expectation and Variance, Statistical Distributions, Discrete Distributions,
Continuous Distributions, Joint Distributions, Working with Distributions, Inferring
Parameters, The Delta Method, Distribution Inequalities, Random Number Generation,
Generating Specific Distributions, Sampling Procedures, Sampling from a Fixed Population,
Sampling from a Streaming Population, Biased Streaming Sampling, Conclusion
UNIT V
8 Hours
Approximating streaming data with sketching: Registers and Hash Functions, Registers,
Hash Functions, Working with Sets, The Bloom Filter, The Algorithm, Choosing a Filter Size,
Unions and Intersections, Cardinality Estimation, Interesting Variations, Distinct Value
Sketches, The Min-Count, Algorithm, The HyperLogLog Algorithm, The Count-Min Sketch,
Point Queries, Count-Min Sketch Implementation, Top-K and Heavy Hitters, Range and
Quantile Queries, Other Applications, Conclusion
Beyond aggregation: Models for Real-Time Data, Simple Time-Series Models, Linear
Models, Logistic Regression, Neural Network Models, Forecasting with Models, Exponential
Smoothing Methods, Regression Methods, Neural Network Methods, Monitoring, Outlier
Detection, Change Detection, Real-Time Optimization, Conclusion
Text books
1. Byron Ellis, (2014), Real-Time Analytics: Techniques to Analyze and Visualize
Streaming Data,
Reference Books
1. Stephan Kudyba, (2014), Big Data, Mining, and Analytics: Components of Strategic
Decision Making, Auerbach Publications
2. Peter Zadrozny, (2013) , Raghu Kodali ,Big Data Analytics Using Splunk , Paperback
(use pre formatted date that complies with legal requirement from media matrix),
UE15CS575: BIG DATA APPLICATIONS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
This objective of the course is to provide business opportunities, techniques, and
methodologies on how to leverage big data to deliver meaningful business value.
Course Outcomes
1. Understand the concept and challenge of big data and why existing technology is
inadequate to analyze the big data
2. Collect, manage, store, query, and analyze various form of big data
3. Gain hands on experience on large- scale analytics tools to open big data problems
4. Understand the impact of big data for business decisions and strategy
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction to big data:What is Big Data, Challenges of Big Data and Benefits of Big
Data? The Business transformation Imperative, Discuss on the Big Data Business Model
Maturity Index and Identify specific Business Areas where Big Data can deliver value:
Big data lessons from history: Business Impact of Big Data, Managing using the right
metrics, Data monetizing opportunities
UNIT II
8 Hours
Organizational impacts of big data:Data Analytics Lifecycle, Data Scientist Roles and
Responsibilities, New Organizational Roles, Liberating Organizational creativity
UNIT III
10 Hours
Understanding decision making: Business Intelligence Challenge, The death of why, Big
Data UI ramifications, Human Challenge of Decision making. Big Data Strategy and Big Data
Strategy Document. Illustrations of Big Data Strategy
Understanding Big Data value creation drivers. Valuation creation Models
UNIT VI
12 Hours
Big Data User Experience, Key decisions to build a relevant user experience, Using Big data
to improve customer engagement, uncovering and leveraging customer insights, and
Identifying big data use cases
Analytics for consumer Reports, Analytics for Financial Services, Analytics for Logistics, Best
Practices of Big Data, Management, Architecture, Data Modelling and Data Governance
UNIT V
12 Hours
Launching a big data journey:Explosive Data growth drives Business opportunities,
Driving Business and IT stakeholder collaboration, Operationalizing Big Data insights,
Powering value creation process
Emerging big data practices: Building Big Data Teams, Management of Big Data Teams,
Construction of Big Data Competence, Outsourcing of Big Data Analytics, Proactive Big
Data policy creation, Use of multiple Big Data Strategies
Text books
1. Bill Schmarzo,(2013), Big Data: Understanding How Data Powers Big Businesses ,
Wiley Publications
2. Joni Salminen, Valtteri Kaartemo, Big Data: Definitions, Business Logics, and Best
Practices to Apply in Your Business, (Books for Managers Book 2) Valtteri Kaartemo
(Editor), Kindle Edition
References
Internet based references
UE15CS581: CLOUD COMPUTING FUNDAMENTALS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
The objective of the course is to provide an overview of the Cloud Computing Fundamentals
Course Outcomes
1. Understand the core concepts of the cloud computing paradigm: how and why this
paradigm shift came about, the characteristics, advantages and challenges brought
about by the various models and services in cloud computing
2. Apply the fundamental concepts in datacenters to understand the tradeoffs in power,

efficiency and cost
3. Understand system virtualization and outline its role in enabling the cloud computing
system model
4. Illustrate the fundamental concepts of cloud storage and demonstrate their use in
storage systems
5. Analyze various cloud programming models and apply them to solve problems on the
cloud
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction: What is Cloud Computing? Data centers, Challenges with Data centers,
Components of Data centers, Cloud Infrastructure from vendor and open source
perspectives, cloud storage diversity and vendor lock in, NIST Cloud Computing Delivery
models and Services, Overview of business drivers for cloud computing, Cloud
Vulnerabilities and challenges, Cloud Interoperability, Cloud Federation, Service and
Compliance Level Agreements.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Virtualization:Virtualization, Layering and virtualization, Virtual Machine Monitors, Virtual
Machines, Hardware support for virtualization, Different VM types, Deploying VMs,
Performance and Security Isolation of VMs, Case Studies of VMM Xen, Comparison of
various VMs.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Cloud resource management and scheduling:Policies and mechanisms for resource
management, Application of control theory to task scheduling on a cloud, Stability of a twolevel resource allocation architecture, Feedback control based on dynamic thresholds,
Coordination of specialized autonomic performance managers, A utility-based model for
cloud-based Web services, Resourcing bundling: Combinatorial auctions for cloud
resources, Scheduling algorithms for computing clouds, Fair queuing, Start-time fair
queuing, Borrowed virtual time, Cloud scheduling subject to deadlines, Scheduling Map
Reduce applications subject to deadlines, Resource management and dynamic scaling,
Exercises and problems
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Overview of openstack an open source cloud infrastructure platform:Case study of
OpenStack, Its architecture, design challenges and patterns, different components like Nova,
Cinder, Swift, Neutron etc. and other services involved. Deployment of Openstack on a
platform
UNIT V
12 Hours
Cloud security, cloud application development: Cloud security risks, Security: The top
concern for cloud users, Privacy and privacy impact assessment, Trust, Operating system
security, Virtual machine Security, Security of virtualization, Security risks posed by shared
images, Security risks posed by a management OS, A trusted virtual machine monitor,
Cloud application development:Amazon web services: EC2 instances, Connecting clients
to cloud instances through firewalls, Security rules for application and transport layer
protocols in EC2, How to launch an EC2 Linux instance and connect to it, How to use S3 in
java, Cloud-based simulation of a distributed trust algorithm, A trust management service, A
cloud service for adaptive data streaming, Cloud based optimal FPGA synthesis .Exercises
and problems.
Text books
1. Dan C Marinescu, (2013), Cloud Computing Theory and Practice, Elsevier(MK)
2. Dinkar Sitaram, Geetha Manjunath, (2011), Moving to the Cloud , Elsevier

Publications,
References Books
1. Rajkumar Buyya , James Broberg, Andrzej Goscinski, (2014), Cloud Computing
Principles and Paradigms, Willey
UE15CS582: CLOUD AND DATA CENTER NETWORKING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
The objective of the course is to give an overview of Networking basics and then given an indepth understanding of Cloud Networking. Students will learn the design considerations and
the technologies that are used. They will also get an understanding of the recent trend
towards Software Defined Networking.
Course Outcomes
1. Understand the basics of networking and characteristics of cloud networking
2. Different technologies and topologies
3. Networking virtualization and standards and software defined networking
UNIT I
10 Hours
Cloud networking overview: Networking basics, cloud data center and networking
introduction, characteristics of cloud networking, evolution from mainframes to cloud
UNIT II
10 Hours
Technology: Switch fabric technology fabric architecture overview, fabric topologies,
congestion management, flow control, traffic management, chip architecture examples,
Cloud and data center topologies: traditional multitiered, data center network switch types,
flat data center networks, rack scale architectures, network function virtualization
UNIT III
10 Hours
Networking standards, virtualization and networking: ethernet data rate standards,
virtual LANs, data center bridging, improving network bandwidth, remote DMA, virtual
switching, PCI express, edge virtual bridging, VM migration
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Network virtualization: Multi-tenant networks, traditional network tunneling protocols,
VXLAN, NVGRE, Tunnel Locations, Load Balancing
Storage Protocols, Network Convergence
UNIT V
12 Hours
Software defined networking: Data center software background, OpenFlow, Network
Function virtualization, SDN Deployment. High Performance Computing Networks: HPC
System architectures, Multisocket CPU boards, HPC Networking standards
Text Books
1. Greg Lee, (2015), Cloud Networking: Understanding Cloud Based Data Center
Networks, Morgan Kaufmann,
2. Patricia Morreale and James Anderson, (2014), Software Defined Networking:
Design and Deployment, CRC Press,
UE15CS583: CLOUD MANAGEMENT OVERVIEW (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
This course deals with cloud administration and the activities and the terminologies around
the same. This course will equip students with the in-depth knowledge and techniques to be
able to administer and be part of a cloud operations team.
Course Outcomes
1. Understand distributed System approaches
2. Understand distributed System approaches
3. Understand Service Delivery Strategies and Virtuous cycle of quality
4. Analyse different approaches to Automation and uses of monitoring
UNIT I
10 Hours
Cloud Operations: Operations in a distributed World- Distributed Systems Operations, SRE
versus Traditional Enterprise IT, Change versus Stability, Defining SRE, Operations at
Scale, Service Life Cycle, Service Launches, Service Decommissioning, Organizing
strategies for Operational Teams, Team member day types, Other Strategies, Virtual office,
Communication mechanisms, Communication policies
UNIT II
10 Hours
DevOps: What is DevOps, Traditional Approach, The DevOps Approach, The three ways
and strategies of DevOps, History of DevOps, DevOps Values and Principles, Converting to
DevOps, Agile and Continuous delivery
UNIT III
14 Hours
Service Delivery: Build phase - Service Delivery Strategies, Virtuous cycle of quality, Build
Phase Steps, Build Console, Continuous Integration, Packages as handoff Interface
Deployment phase: Deployment Phase Steps, Testing and Approval, Operations Console,
Continuous delivery, Infrastructure as code, other platform Services
Upgrading live services: Taking the service down for upgrading, Rolling upgrades, Canary,
Phased Roll outs, Proportional Shedding, Blue Green deployment, Toggling Features, Live
Schema Changes, Live Code Changes, Continuous deployment, Dealing with failed pushes,
Release atomicity
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Automation: Approaches to Automation, Tool building v/s Automation, Goals of Automation,
How to Automate, Language tools, Software Engineering tools and techniques, Multitenant
systems
UNIT V
8 Hours
Monitoring: Uses of monitoring, Consumers of monitoring information, what to monitor,
Retention, Meta-monitoring, Logs, Monitoring Architectures, Capacity planning, KPIs,
Measures and Operational Excellence
Text books
1. Thomas A. Limoncelli, Strata R. Chalup, Christina J. Hogan, (2015), The Practice of
Cloud System Administration: Designing and Operating Large Distributed Systems,
1st Edition, Paperback
References
Web resources
UE15CS584: CLOUD DATA CENTER VIRTUALIZATION (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
The objective of the course is to focuses on virtualization focussed on different elements of a

data centre.
Course Outcomes
1. Identify the need for Data Center Virtualization.
2. Understand the components and features of vSphere 6.0.
3. Understand VMware's products help solve business and technical challenges with
regard to Data Center Virtualization.
4. Understand Virtualization of storage and networking technologies.
UNIT I
8 Hours
Data center challenges: How server, desktop, network Virtualization and cloud computing
reduce data center footprint, environmental impact and power requirements by driving server
consolidation; Evolution of Data Centers: The evolution of computing infrastructures and
architectures from standalone servers to rack optimized blade servers and unified computing
systems (UCS)
UNIT II
12 Hours
Virtualization of servers: Different VM types, Deploying VMs, Evaluating Host
Requirements, Choosing VM Hardware, Motherboard, Network, Storage Options,
Provisioning and deploying and managing VMs in an enterprise environment on Servers
(using VMWare GSX server), Backing up and recovering Virtual machines, migration of
Virtual Machines and different methodologies
UNIT III
12 Hours
Virtualizing storage: RAID, Introducing the SNIA Shared Storage Model, Applying the SNIA
Storage Model, Adding fault tolerance to the SAN, performing backups, Hierarchical storage
Management, Using VTLs
UNIT IV
12 Hours
Virtualization in network technologies:Data centre network topologies, DC network

layers, Design factors for Data centre networks, Physical network layout considerations,
Network virtualization benefits: network partitioning, network simplification and traffic load
balancing, VLANS Specifics, Concepts from routing world, Overlapping addresses in a data
centres, Defining and configuring VRFs, Data centre network segmentation
UNIT V
8 Hours
Virtualized information system: Reviewing the elements of the Virtual IS, Maintaining a
standby VM Server
Text books
1. Chris Wolf and Erick M. Halter , (2005), Virtualization from the Desktop to the
Enterprise, APress
2. Gustavo A. A. Santana, (2013) , Data Center Virtualization Fundamentals:
Understanding Techniques and Designs for Highly Efficient Data Centers with Cisco
Nexus, UCS, MDS, and Beyond, 1st edition, Cisco Press
Reference Books
1. David Marshall, Wade A. Reynolds, Dave McCrory, (2006), Advanced Server
Virtualization: VMware and Microsoft Platforms in the Virtual Data Center, Auerbach
Publications
2. Greg Schulz ,(2009), The Green and Virtual Data Center, CRC Press
3. N Ruest, D Ruest, (2009), Virtualization, A Beginner's Guide, McGraw-Hill, Inc. New

York
4. Mickey Iqbal ,(2010), IT Virtualization Best Practices: A Lean, Green Virtualized Data
Center Approach, MC Press
5. Jason W. McCarty, Scott Lowe, Matthew K. Johnson,(2009), VMware vSphere 4
Administration Instant, Sybex
6. Reference [ISBN: 978-0470520727] vSphere Virtual Machine Administration Guide
UE15CS585: SEMANTIC WEB (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To study semantic Web and understand its applications.
2. To learn different ways of knowledge representations
Course Outcomes
1. Understand and discuss fundamental concepts, advantages and limits of the
semantic web
2. Understand and use ontologies in the context of Computer Science and the semantic
web
3. Use the RDF framework and associated technologies such as RDFa
4. Understand the relationship between Semantic Web and Web 2.0
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction to semantic web: Web, Web 2.0, Syntactic Web, Web 3.0 and Semantic Web;
why Semantic Web; Impact of Semantic Web; Myths about Semantic Web; Semantic
Modeling. Overview of Web and XML technologies.
UNIT II
11 Hours
Resource Description Framework (RDF): Introduction to Knowledge Representation (KR)
formalisms; meta-data and KR for the Web; the Layer Cake; Attribute Languages,
Description Logic and Inference; RDF statements, triples and graphs; RDF/XML; RDF stores
and databases; RDF parsers; inference in RDF.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Ontologies: Introduction to Classification Theory; Vocabulary, Thesauri, Taxonomy and
Ontology; types of ontologies; ontology exemplars; introduction to ontological engineering.
UNIT IV
11 Hours
RDF schema and OWL: Defining hierarchies in RDFS; RDFS modeling; RDFS-Plus; Micro
formats, RDFa, SKOS; FOAF; Basic OWL; Class, Properties and Constraints; Individuals;
XSD Data types; Class Axioms; ontology development methodology; ontology tools;
SPARQL..
UNIT V
10 Hours
Applications and trends: Applications of Semantic Web; Software Agents; Semantic
Search; Knowledge
Management; Semantic Desktop; Semantic Web Services; semantics in Social Networking;
Geospatial Semantic Web; Rule Languages, RIF and business systems; RSS, MOM, EAI,
SOA, EII, and ETL; the Future of the Net.
Text books
1. Karin K. Breitman, Marco Antonio Casanova and Walter Truszkowski, (2007),
Semantic Web: Concepts, Technologies and Applications, Springer International
Edition,
2. Dean Allemang and James Hendler,(2011), Semantic Web for the Working
Ontologist: Effective Modeling in RDFS and OWL, 2nd edition , Morgan Kaufmann
Publishers,
Reference Books
1. Jeffrey T. Pollock ,(2009), Semantic Web for Dummies, John Wiley
2. Asuncion Gomez-Perez, Mariano Fernandez-Lopez and Oscar Corcho (2007),
Ontological Engineering: with examples from the areas of Knowledge Management,
e-Commerce and the Semantic Web. (Advanced Information and Knowledge
Processing) , Springer-Verlag New York, Inc. Secaucus, NJ
3. John Hebeler, Matthew Fisher, Ryan Blace and Andew Perez-Lopez, (2009),
Semantic Web Programming, Wiley India,
4. Toby Segaran, Colin Evans and Jamie Taylor , (2009), Programming the Semantic
Web, OReilly,
5. Shelley Powers , (2003), Practical RDF, OReilly,
6. Lee W. Lacy , (2005), OWL: Representing Information Using the Web Ontology
Language, Trafford Publishing,
UE15CS586: WEB SECURITY (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To learn security issues as applicable to web applications
2. To understand server security issues.
Course Outcomes
1. The fundamental techniques of cryptography
2. Understanding the problems of perceiving Web Security and Web Trust
3. Understand and explain relevant aspects of the correlation between Web Trust and
Web Security
4. The themes and challenges of network and web security
5. Analyse and describe the motivation of attackers
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction: The Web Security Landscape, Architecture of the World Wide Web,
Cryptography basics,
Cryptography and the web, Understanding SSL and TLS, Digital Identification: Passwords,
Biometrics and Digital Signatures
UNIT II
11 Hours
Digital Certificates, CAs and PKI, Web's war on privacy, privacy protecting techniques,
privacy protecting
Technologies
UNIT III
10 Hours
Web Server security: Physical security for servers, Host security for servers, securing web
applications.
UNIT IV
11 Hours
Web Server Security: Deploying SSL server certificates, securing your web service,
computer crime Security for content providers: Controlling access to web content, Client-side
digital certificates, code signing and Microsoft's Authenticode
UNITVI
10 Hours
Security for content providers: Pornography, Filtering software, Censorship, privacy policies,
legislation, P3P, Digital Payments, Intellectual property and actionable content.
Text book
1. Simson Garfinkel, Gene Spafford, (2002), Web Security, Privacy and Commerce,
2nd Edition, OREILLY,.
UE15CS587: INFORMATION RETRIEVAL (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
The objective of this course is to introduce students to the basic concepts in information
retrieval and apply it to various tasks such as search, recommendation, classification, and
clustering. The course includes algorithms and data structures associated information
retrieval, search, ranking, and analysis; and applications to web search, recommendation;
text classification and text clustering. Algorithms are drawn from the areas of artificial
intelligence, pattern analysis and data mining, and applications will use open source
software such as Apache Lucene and Mahout.
Course Outcomes
1. Analyse performance of retrieval systems when dealing with unmanaged data
sources
2. implement retrieval systems for web search tasks.
3. Define a boolean model and a vector space model, and explain the differences
between them
4. Discuss the differences between different classification and clustering methods
5. Choose a suitable classification or clustering method depending on the problem
constraints at hand
6. Implement classification in a boolean model and a vector space model
7. Evaluate information retrieval algorithms, and give an account of the difficulties of
evaluation
UNIT I
12 Hours
Introduction to information retrieval: Boolean retrieval, term vocabulary and postings list,
index construction and optimization, vector-space model, computing scores, fuzzy string
matching, content extraction, introduction to Apache Lucene
UNIT II
10 Hours
Web search: Web search basics, economic model of web search, search user experience,
web crawling and indices, link analysis, the PageRank algorithm, building a complete search
system using Apache (Nutch, Solr, Lucene)
UNIT III
10 Hours
Recommender systems: Introduction and taxonomy of recommender systems,
collaborative filtering (user-user, item-item), and content based recommenders, evaluation of
recommender systems, applications using Apache Mahout
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Text Classification: Nave Bayes, Multinomial and Bernoulli models, feature selection,
evaluation of classification models, Vector space classification Rocchio, kNN, SVM
classifiers, use of NLP, applications using Apache Mahout
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Text Clustering: Clustering in information retrieval, clustering algorithms (flat, probabilistic,
hierarchical), applications using Apache Mahout
Text book
1. Christopher D. Manning, Prabhakar Raghavan, and Hinrich Schtze,
Introduction to Information Retrieval , Cambridge University Press
(2008),
UE15CS588: XML TECHNOLOGIES (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To learn necessity of XML
2. Capturing documents inn XML format.
Course Outcomes
1. Understand what XML is all about and its technologies.
2. Relate to XML schemas.
3. Relate to XML Document Object Model.
4. Relate to XML-Based Application Configuration.
5. Understand XSLT and XQUERY parameters and functions.
UNIT I
11 Hours
Introduction: Mark-up languages, XML, Uses of XML. WELL-FORMED XML: Parsing XML,
Tags, text, elements, attributes comments and empty elements. XML Declaration,
Processing Instructions, Errors in XML, XML NAMESPACES: Need for namespaces, How
XML namespaces work, URIs, When to use namespace.
UNIT II
10 Hours
XML schemas: Benefit of XML schemas, Elements of XML Schema Definition, Creating a
Schema from multiple documents.
UNIT III
11 Hours
XPATH: Ways of looking at an XML document, Serialized document, Visualizing XPath,
Abbreviated and
Unabbreviated syntax, Axes, XPath functions, predicates, Structure of XPath Expressions
XSLT: What is XSLT? XSLT processor, Procedural versus declarative programming,
Foundational XSLT elements, Influencing the output with the <xsl: output> element,
Conditional processing, the <xsl: for each> element, the <xsl: sort> element,
UNIT IV
10Hours
XSLT variables: XSLT parameter, Named templates and the <xsl: call-templates> element
XSLT Functions.
XQUERY: Why XQuery? XQuery tools, Some XQuery examples, The XQuery Data Model,
XQuery Expressions, and XQuery Functions, Using parameters with XQuery.
UNIT V
10 Hours
XML document object model: What is XML Document Object model? The document
Object model at the W3C, Two ways to view DOM Nodes, Overview of the XML DOM, The
node object, the document interface
SAX, Simple API for XML: What is SAX and why was it invented? Receiving SAX events,
good SAX and bad SAX, Consumer, Producers and filters, other languages
Text book
1. David Hunter et al , (2007), Beginning XML, 4th Edition, Wrox/John Wiley,
References
1. Web resources
UE15CS589: SOFTWARE METRICS AND QUALITY ASSURANCE (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To gain basic knowledge about metrics, measurement theory and related
terminologies
2. To learn measure the quality level of internal and external attributes of the software
product
3. To introduce the basics of software reliability and to illustrate how to perform
planning, executing and testing for software reliability
4. To explore various metrics and models of software reliability
5. To compare various models of software reliability based on its application
Course Outcomes
1. Understand how quality issues affect each aspect of the software development lifecycle.
2. Choose appropriate strategies for software testing and validation, and discuss how to
implement them.
3. Understand the theory of software metrics and be able to make software
measurements in practice.
4. Relate quality to the current standards for process improvement.
UNIT I
11 Hours
What Is software quality: Quality: Popular Views, Quality Professional Views, Software
Quality, Total Quality Management and Summary. Fundamentals Of Measurement
Theory: Definition, Operational Definition, And Measurement, Level Of Measurement, Some
Basic Measures, Reliability And Validity, Measurement Errors, Be Careful With Correlation,
Criteria For Causality, Summary. Software Quality Metrics Overview: Product Quality
Metrics, In Process Quality Metrics, Metrics for Software Maintenance, Examples for Metrics
Programs, Collecting Software Engineering Data
UNIT II
10Hours
Applying the seven basic quality tools in software development: Ishikawas Seven
Basic Tools, Checklist, Pareo Diagram, Histogram, Run Charts, Scatter Diagram, Control
Chart, Cause And Effect Diagram. The Rayleigh Model: Reliability Models, the Rayleigh
Model Basic Assumptions, Implementation, Reliability and Predictive Validity.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Complexity metrics and models: Lines Of Code, Halsteads Software Science ,
Cyclomatic Complexity Syntactic Metrics, An Example Of Module Design Metrics In Practice
.
Metric and lessons learned for object oriented projects: Object Oriented Concepts And
Constructs, Design And Complexity Metrics, Productivity Metrics, Quality And Quality
Management Metrics, Lessons Learned For object oriented Projects.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Availability metrics: Definition And Measurement Of System Availability, Reliability
Availability And Defect Rate, Collecting Customer Outage Data For Quality Improvement, In
Process Metrics For Outage And Availability .Conducting Software Project Assessment:
Audit Ad Assessment , Software Process Maturity Assessment And Software Project
Assessment , Software Process Assessment A Proponed Software Project Assessment
Method.
UNIT V
11Hours
Dos and donts of software Process Improvement: Measuring Process Maturity,
Measuring Process Capability,
Staged Versus Continuous Debating Religion, Measuring Levels Is Not Enough, Establishing
the Alignment Principle, Take Time Getting Faster, Keep it Simple Or Face
Decomplexification, Measuring The Value Of Process Improvement, Measuring Process
Compliance, Celebrate The Journey Not Just The Destination. Using Function Point
Metrics to measure software process improvement: Software Process Improvement
Sequences, Process Improvement Economies, Measuring Process Improvement at Activity
Levels
Text Book
1. Stephen H Khan, (2013), Metrics and Models in Software Quality Engineering, 2nd
Edition, Pearson,
Reference Books
1. Norman E-Fentor and Share Lawrence Pflieger, (1997), Software Metrics,
International Thomson Computer Press,
2. S.A.Kelkar, (2012), Software quality and Testing, PHI Learning, Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
2012
3. Watts S Humphrey,(2008), Managing the Software Process, Pearson Education Inc.
4. Mary Beth Chrissis, Mike Konrad and Sandy Shrum, (2003), CMMI, Pearson
Education (Singapore) Pvt. Ltd.,
5. Philip B Crosby, (1992), Quality is Free: The Art of Making Quality certain, Mass
Market,
UE15CS590: DESIGN PATTERNS (4-0-0-0-4)
Course Objectives
1. To Learn How to add functionality to designs while minimizing complexity.
2. What code qualities are required to maintain to keep code flexible?
3. To understand the common design patterns.
4. To explore the appropriate patterns for design problems
Course Outcomes
1. Understand design patterns to solve design problems
2. Understand and design pattern catalog
3. Analyse MVC model-based
4. Design distributed objects
UNIT I
11 Hours
Introduction: what is a design pattern? Describing design patterns, the catalog of design
pattern, organizing the catalog, how design patterns solve design problems?, how to select a
design pattern, how to use a design pattern. What is object-oriented development? , key
concepts of object oriented design other related concepts, benefits and drawbacks of the
paradigm
UNIT II
10 Hours
Analysis a system: overview of the analysis phase, stage 1: gathering the requirements
functional requirements specification, defining conceptual classes and relationships, using
the knowledge of the domain. Design and Implementation, discussions and further reading
UNIT III
10 Hours
Design pattern catalog: Structural patterns, Adapter, bridge, composite, decorator, facade,
flyweight, proxy.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Interactive systems and the MVC architecture: Introduction , The MVC architectural
pattern, analyzing a simple drawing program , designing the system, designing of the
subsystems, getting into implementation , implementing undo operation , drawing incomplete
items, adding a new feature , pattern based solutions.
UNIT V
11 Hours
Designing with distributed objects: Client server system, java remote method invocation,
implementing an object oriented system on the web (discussions and further reading) a note
on input and output, selection statements, loops arrays.
Text Book
1. Brahma Dathan, Sarnath Rammath, (2013), Object-oriented analysis, design and
implementation, universities press,
2. Erich Gamma, Richard Helan, Ralph Johman, John Vlissides, (2013), Design
patterns, Pearson Publication,
Reference Books
1. Frank Bachmann, Regine Meunier, Hans Rohnert, (1996), Pattern Oriented Software
Architecture, Volume 1,
2. William J Brown et al., (1998), Anti-Patterns: Refactoring Software, Architectures
and Projects in Crisis, John Wiley,
UE15CS591: INFORMATION STORAGE MANAGEMENT (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To outline basic terminology and components in information storage and retrieval
systems
2. To compare and contrast information retrieval models and internal mechanisms such
as Boolean, Probability, and Vector Space Models
3. To describe current trends in information retrieval such as information visualization.
4. To understand a backup process and securing and managing storage infrastructure
Course Outcomes
1. Understand and apply storage technologies
2. Identify leading storage technologies that provide cost-effective IT solutions for
medium to large scale businesses and data centers
3. Understand important storage technologies features such as availability, replication,
scalability and performance
4. Work in project teams to install, administer and upgrade popular storage solutions
5. Identify and install current storage virtualization technologies
6. Manage virtual servers and storage between remote locations
7. Design, analyze and manage clusters of resources
8. Analyze and differentiate between IT industry-specific certifications
UNIT I
11 Hours
Introduction to information storage: Information Storage, Evolution of Storage
Architecture, Data center Infrastructure, Virtualization and cloud computing. Data Center
Environment: Application, Database Management System(DBMS), Host (compute),
Connectivity, Storage, Disk Drive Components, Disk Drive Performance, Host Access to
Data, Direct-Attached Storage, Storage Design Based On Application, Disk Native

Command Queuing, Introduction to Flash Drives, Concept in Practice: VMware ESXi. Data
Protection: RAID: RAID Implementation Methods, RAID Array Components, RAID
Techniques, RAID levels, RAID Impact on Disk Performance, RAID Comparison, Hot Spares
UNIT II
10 Hours
Intelligent storage systems: Components of an Intelligent Storage System, Storage
Provisioning, Types of intelligent Storage Systems, And Concepts in Practice: EMC
Symmetrix and VNX. Fibre Channel Storage Area Networks: Fibre Channel: Overview,
The SAN and Its Evolution, Components of FC SAN, FC Connectivity, Switched Fabric
Ports, Fibre Channel Architecture, fabric Services, Switched fabric Login Types, Zoning, FC
SAN Topologies, Virtualization in SAN, Concepts in Practice: EMC Connectrix and EMC
VPLEX.IP SAN and FcoE: iSCSI, FCIP, FcoE
UNIT III
11 Hours
Network-attached storage: General-purpose Servers versus NAS Devices, benefits of
NAS, File Systems and network File Sharing. Components of NAS, NAS I/O Operation, NAS
Implementations, NAS File-Sharing Protocols, factors Affecting NAS Performance, File-Level
Virtualization, Concepts in Practice: EMC Isilon and EMC VNX gateway. Object-Based and
unified Storage: Object-Based Storage Devices, Content- Addressed Storage, CAS use
Cases, unified Storage, and Concepts in Practice: EMC atoms, EMC VNX, and EMC centera
Introduction to Business Continuity: Information Availability, BC Terminology, BC
Planning life Cycle, failure Analysis, Business Impact Analysis, BC Technology solutions
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Backup and archive: Backup Purpose, Backup Considerations, Backup Granularity,
Recovery Considerations, Backup Methods, Backup Architecture, Backup and Restore
Operation, Backup Topologies, Backup in NAS Environments, Backup Targets, Data
Dedupulication for Backup, Backup in Virtualized Environments, Data Archive, Archiving
Solution Architecture, Concepts in Practice: EMC Networker, EMC Avamar, and EMC Data
domain. Local Relication: Replication Terminology, Uses of Local Replicas,
ReplicaConsistency, Local Replication Technologies, Tracking Changes to Source and
Replica, Restore and Restart Considerations, Creating Multiple Replicas, Local Replication
in Virtualized Environment, Concepts in Practice: EMC TimeFinder. Remote Replication:
Modes of Remote Replication, Remote Replication Technologies, Three-Site Replication,
Data Migration Solutions, Remote Replication and Migration in a Virtualized Environment,
Concepts in Practice: EMC SRDF, EMC MirrorView, and EMC RecoverPoint.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Securing the storage infrastructure: Information Security Framework, Risk Triad, Storage
Security Domains, Security implementations in Storage Networking, Securing Storage
Infrastructure in Virtualized and Cloud Environments, Concepts in practice: RSA and
VMware Security Products.
Managing the storage infrastructure: Monitoring the Storage Infrastructure, Storage
Infrastructure Management Activities, Storage Infrastructure Management Challenges,
Developing an Idea Solution, Information Lifecycle Management, Storage Tiering, Concepts
in Practice: EMC Infrastructure
Text Book
1. EMC Education Services, (2009), EMC2: Information Storage and Management,
Willey India.
Reference Books
2. EMC Corporation, Information Storage and Management, Wiley, India 2012
3. Robert Spalding,(2003), Storage Networks: The Complete Reference, Tata

McGraw Hill, Osborne,
4. Marc Farley, (2001), Building Storage Networks, Tata McGraw Hill ,Osborne,
5. Additional resource material on www.emc.com/resource-library/resource-library.esp
UE15CS592: DATA MINING AND DATA WAREHOUSING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To expose the students to the concepts of Data warehousing Architecture and
Implementation
2. To Understand Data mining principles and techniques and Introduce DM as a cutting
edge business intelligence
3. To learn to use association rule mining for handling large data
4. To understand the concept of classification for the retrieval purposes
5. To know the clustering techniques in details for better organization and retrieval of
data
Course Outcomes
1. Understand data mining principles and techniques.
2. Learn the concepts of database technology evolutionary path which has led to the
need for data mining and its applications.
3. Discover interesting patterns from large amounts of data to analyze and extract
patterns to solve problems , make predictions of outcomes.
4. Evaluate systematically supervised and unsupervised models and algorithms w.r.t
their accuracy
UNIT I
11 Hours
Introduction and Data Preprocessing: Why data mining, what is data mining, what kinds
of data can be mined, What kinds of patterns can be mined, Which Technologies Are used,
Which kinds of Applications are targeted, Major issues in data mining .Data Preprocessing:
An overview, Data cleaning, Data integration, Data reduction, Data transformation and data
discretization.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Data warehousing and online analytical processing: Data warehousing: Basic concepts,
Data warehouse
Modeling: Data cube and OLAP, Data warehouse design and usage, Data warehouse
implementation, Data generalization by attribute-oriented induction
UNIT III
11 Hours
Classification: Basic Concepts: Basic Concepts, Decision tree induction, Bays
Classification Methods, Rule- Based classification, Model evaluation and selection,
Techniques to improve classification accuracy.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Cluster Analysis: Basic concepts and methods: Cluster Analysis, Partitioning methods,
Hierarchical Methods, Density-based methods, Grid-Based Methods, Evaluation of
clustering
UNIT V
10 Hours
Data mining trends and research frontiers: Mining complex data types, other
methodologies of data mining, Data mining applications, Data Mining and society
Text Books
1. Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber, Jian Pei, (2012), Data Mining Concepts and
Techniques, ELSEVIER (MK) 3rd Edition
UE15CS593: FOUNDATIONS OF IoT AND CYBERPHYSICAL SYSTEMS (4-0-0-04)

Course Objectives
The objective of the course is to give an overview of the Internet of Things (IOT) and
Cyberphysical systems. It will focus on the interplay of the two and how Big Data plays a role
in bringing intelligence to the Internet of Things and CPS.
Course Outcomes
1. Understand the core principles behind CPSs.
2. Develop models and controls.
3. Identify safety specifications and critical properties of CPSs.
4. Understand abstraction and system architectures.
5. Reason rigorously about CPS models.
6. Verify CPS models of appropriate scale.
7. Understand the semantics of a CPS model.
UNIT I
10 Hours
IOT and CPS basics: Defining the Internet of Things, CyberPhysical systems
introduction, panoramic view of IOT/CPS applications, important vertical applications,
Intelligent Transport Systems, Smart Grids, Electric vehicles, Smart Buildings, CPS
Motivating example and Design Process.
UNIT II
12 Hours
Pillars of IOT and Internals : M2M internet of devices, RFID internet of objects, WSN
internet of transducers, SCADA internet of controllers, Device defining, using. Connect
via pervasive networks, wired networks, wireless, Satellite. Manage create new business
value. IOT physical devices and endpoints Raspberry Pi, Controlling LEDs, sensors
(light/temperature) with Raspberry Pi
UNIT III
10 Hours
Middleware: Overview, M2M, SCADA, RFID and WSN middleware, LBS and Surveillance
middleware, Protocol standards, Issues with IOT standardization, Unified data standards
challenge, Architecture standardization platform middleware, unified multitier IOT
architecture.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Management of IOT: NETCONF-YANG systems management, SNMP limitations, IO
Systems management, IOT Physical servers and Cloud offerings Xively, Skynet IOT
Messaging platform.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Data Analytics for IOT: Apache Hadoop, yarn, Oozie, Spark and Storm, Tools for IOT
Chef- mutitier application deployment, Puppet.
Text Books
1. Vijay Madisetti and Arshdeep Bahga, (2014), Internet of Things: An Hands On
Approach, VPT
2. Honbo Zhou, (2012) The Internet of Things in the Cloud: A Middleware Perspective,
CRC Press,
3. Edward Lee and Sanjit Seshia, (2014), Introduction to Embedded Systems: A CyberPhysical Systems Approach, Edition 1.5, leeseshia.org,
UE15CS594: ANALYTICS WITH MAP REDUCE (4-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
The objective of this course is to introduce the student to various technologies for performing
analytics using the map-reduce paradigm. An in-depth treatment of a few such technologies
will be given.
Course Outcomes
1. Understand Hadoop
2. Apply various map reduce techniques to Big Data
3. Modelling and solving Graph problems.
4. Understand classification fundamentals.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction: What is Hadoop, Data Logistics moving data in and out of HDFS, Flume,
Sqoop, Hbase ingress/egress, Data serialization: XML/JSON, Big Data serialization formats,
UNIT II
10 Hours
Big data patterns: Applying MapReduce patterns to Big Data Joining, Sorting, Sampling,
Streamlining HDFS for Big Data small files, efficient storage, Diagnosing and tuning
performance,
UNIT III
10 Hours
Data Science: utilizing data structures and algorithms modeling and solving graph
problems, Bloom filters, Integrating R and Hadoop for statistics Rhipe, Rhadoop,
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Predictive analytics using Hadoop: Recommenders defining, running, evaluating,
representation of recommendation data, making recommendations, Classification
fundamentals, how classification works, workflow training, evaluating, using a classifier,
Clustering using k-means, fuzzy k-means, model based clustering.
UNIT V
12 Hours
Hive Fundamentals, Data analytics using Hive log files, compressed partition tables, tuning
Hive Joins, Programming with Pig fundamentals, finding malicious actors, optimizing user
workflows with Pig. Performance, Crunch finding popular URLs in logs, Joins, cascading,
Mapreduce Gothas, Debugging
Text Books
1. Alex Holmes, (2012), Hadoop in Practice, Manning Publishing Co,
2. Sean Owen, Robin Anil , Ted Dunning , Ellen Friedmanan, (2011), Mahout in
Action, Manning Publication
UE15CS595: BIG DATA SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGIES (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
The objective of this course is to understand all the technologies that are part of the Big Data
Ecosystem.
Course Outcomes

1. Understand Distributed programming and Filesystem and databases
2. Work with Hadoop to analyze structured, unstructured and Big Data
3. Understand Hadoop benchmarking and other applications
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction:High level view of all components Distributed Filesystem, Distributed
Programming, NoSQL Databases Column data model, Document Data Model, Stream
Data Model, Key-Value Data Model, Graph Data Model, New SQL databases, SQL on
Hadoop, Data Ingestion, Service Programming, Scheduling, Machine Learning,
Benchmarking, Security, System Deployment, Applications, Development Frameworks,
Searching through data
UNIT II
12 Hours
Distributed filesystems and databases: Apache HDFS Namenode, Secondary Node,
Data Organization, Google GFS, Gluster FS. Analysis of the GFS Filesystem from paper and
highlight differences with HDFS. Apache Cassandra non SQL database, Accumulo
key/value store. Facebook Presto SQL Engine
UNIT III
12 Hours
Distributed Programming and Scheduling: Introduction to MapReduce Paradigm,
Different flavours of Map-reduce Netflix Pigpen, Facebook Corona, Pachyderm Mapreduce
on Docker; Apache Spark and Scala, Resource management YARN, Mesos
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Searching: Solr architecture, storage, solr engine, query parser, client APIs, configuring
search, defining schema, request handlers, search components, Facet, MoreLikeThis,
Metadata management, Understanding data processing workflows, distributed search using
SolrCloud
UNIT V
8 Hours
Benchmarking and other applications: Hadoop benchmarking, Microbenchmarks,
Berkeley
SWIM benchmarks, Intel HiBench, PUMA Benchmarking. Other appications
Nutch, Apache HiPi
Text Books
1. Hrishikesh Karambelkar, (2013), Scaling Big Data with Hadoop and Solr, Packt
Publishing Limited,
2. Peter Lake, (2015), A Guide to Handling Data Using Hadoop, Peter Lake, 1st edition,
References
1. https://hadoopecosystemtable.github.io
2. Prestodb.io
3. The Google File System, SOSP 2003
UE15CS596: DATA SCIENCES AND BIG DATA ANALYTICS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
Data Science and Big Data Analytics is about harnessing the power of data for new insights.
The course covers the breadth of activities and methods and tools that Data Scientists use.
The course content focuses on concepts, principles and practical applications that are
applicable in industry and technology environment, and the learning will be supported and
illustrated with examples.
Course Outcomes

Harness data mining methods to answer crucial business questions from internal and
external data sources
1. Create competitive advantage from both structured and unstructured data
2. Predict outcomes with supervised machine learning techniques
3. Unearth patterns in customer behavior with unsupervised techniques
4. Work with R and RHadoop to analyze structured, unstructured and Big Data
UNIT I
12 Hours
Introduction to big data analytics:Big Data Overview, Data Structures, Analyst
Perspective on Data Repositories, State of the Practice in Analytics, BI Versus Data
Science, Current Analytical Architecture, Drivers of Big Data, Emerging Big Data Ecosystem
and a New Approach to Analytics, Key Roles for the New Big Data Ecosystem, Examples of
Big Data Analytics
Data analytics lifecycle:Data Analytics Lifecycle Overview, Key Roles for a Successful
Analytics Project, Background and Overview of Data Analytics Lifecycle, Phase 1: Discovery
, Learning the Business Domain, Resources, Framing the Problem, Identifying Key
Stakeholders , Interviewing the Analytics Sponsor, Developing Initial Hypotheses, Identifying
Potential Data Sources, Phase 2: Data Preparation, Preparing the Analytic Sandbox,
Performing ETLT, Learning About the Data, Data Conditioning, Survey and Visualize,
Common Tools for the Data Preparation Phase, Phase 3: Model Planning, Data Exploration
and Variable Selection, Model Selection, Common Tools for the Model Planning Phase,
Phase 4: Model Building, Common Tools for the Model Building Phase, Phase 5:
Communicate Results, Phase 6: Operationalize, Case Study: Global Innovation Network and
Analysis (GINA), Phase 1: Discovery, Phase 2: Data Preparation, Phase 3: Model Planning,
Phase 4: Model Building, Phase 5: Communicate Results, Phase 6: Operationalize
UNIT II
12 Hours
Review of basic data analytic methods using R:Introduction to R, R Graphical User
Interfaces, Data Import and Export, Attribute and Data Types, Descriptive Statistics,
Exploratory Data Analysis, Visualization Before Analysis, Dirty Data, Visualizing a Single
Variable, Examining Multiple Variables, Data Exploration Versus Presentation, Statistical
Methods for Evaluation, Hypothesis Testing, Difference of Means, Wilcoxon Rank-Sum Test,
Type I and Type II Errors, Power and Sample Size, ANOVA
Advanced analytical theory and methods: Clustering: Overview of Clustering, K-means,
Use Cases, Overview of the Method, Determining the Number of Clusters, Diagnostics,
Reasons to Choose and Cautions, Additional Algorithms
Advanced analytical theory and methods: association rules: Overview, Apriori
Algorithm, Evaluation of Candidate Rules, Applications of Association Rules, An Example:
Transactions in a Grocery Store, The Groceries Dataset, Frequent Itemset Generation, Rule
Generation and Visualization, Validation and Testing, Diagnostics
UNIT III
8 Hours
Advanced analytical theory and methods: Regression- Linear Regression, Use Cases,
Model Description, Diagnostics, Logistic Regression, Use Cases, Model Description,
Diagnostics, Reasons to Choose and Cautions, Additional Regression Models
Advanced analytical theory and methods: classification - Decision Trees, Overview of a
Decision Tree, The General Algorithm, Decision Tree Algorithms, Evaluating a Decision
Tree, Decision Trees in R, Nave Bayes, Bayes, Theorem, Nave Bayes Classifier,
Smoothing, Diagnostics, Nave Bayes in R, Diagnostics of Classifiers, Additional
Classification Methods 228
UNIT IV
12 Hours
Advanced analytical theory and methods: Time Series Analysis:Overview of Time
Series Analysis, Box-Jenkins Methodology, ARIMA Model, Autocorrelation Function (ACF),
Autoregressive Models, Moving Average Models, ARMA and ARIMA Models, Building and
Evaluating an ARIMA Model, Reasons to Choose and Cautions, Additional Methods
Advanced analytical theory and methods: Text analysis - Text Analysis Steps, A Text
Analysis Example, Collecting Raw Text, Representing Text, Term FrequencyInverse
Document Frequency (TFIDF), Categorizing Documents by Topics, Determining Sentiments,
Gaining Insights
Advanced analyticstechnology and tools: MapReduce and hadoop- Analytics for
Unstructured Data, Use Cases, MapReduce, Apache Hadoop, The Hadoop Ecosystem, Pig,
Hive, HBase, Mahout, NoSQL
UNIT V
8 Hours
Advanced analyticstechnology and tools: In-Database analytics: SQL Essentials,
Joins, Set Operations, Grouping Extensions, In-Database Text Analysis, Advanced SQL,
Window Functions, User-Defined Functions and Aggregates, Ordered Aggregates, MADlib
352
The endgame, or putting it all together: Communicating and Operationalizing an Analytics
Project , Creating the Final Deliverables, Developing Core Material for Multiple Audiences,
Project Goals, Main Findings, Approach, Model Description, Key Points Supported with
Data, Model Details, Recommendations , Additional Tips on Final Presentation, Providing
Technical Specifications and Code, Data Visualization Basics, Key Points Supported with
Data, Evolution of a Graph, Common Representation Methods, How to Clean Up a Graphic,
Additional Considerations, Summary
Textbook
1. EMC Education Services, (2015), Data Science and Big Data Analytics: Discovering,
Analyzing, Visualizing and Presenting Data , EMC Pressn Services,
Reference Books
1. Judith Hurwitz, Marcia Kaufman, Adrian Bowles , (2015), Cognitive Computing and
Big Data Analytics, Wiley Publication
UE14CS601: MACHINE LEARNING TECHNIQUES (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To understand the basic concepts of learning and decision trees.
2. To understand various techniques such as Bayesian techniques, instant based
learning, neural networks and genetic algorithms.
3. To appreciate the analytical learning and reinforced learning methods.
Course outcomes:
1. Apply machine learning
2. Understand various algorithms used in mahine learning
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction, concept learning and decision trees: Learning Problems Designing
Learning systems, Perspectives and Issues Concept Learning Version Spaces and
Candidate Elimination Algorithm Inductive bias Decision Tree learning Representation
Algorithm Heuristic Space Search.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Neural networks and genetic algorithms: Neural Network Representation Problems
Perceptrons Multilayer Networks and Back Propagation Algorithms Advanced Topics
Genetic Algorithms Hypothesis Space Search Genetic Programming Models of
Evolution and Learning.
UNIT III
12 Hours
Bayesian and computational learning: Bayes Theorem Concept Learning Maximum
Likelihood Minimum Description Length Principle Bayes Optimal Classifier Gibbs
Algorithm Nave Bayes Classifier Bayesian Belief Network EM Algorithm Probably
Learning Sample Complexity for Finite and Infinite Hypothesis Spaces Mistake Bound
Model.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Instant based learning and learning set of rules: K- Nearest Neighbor Learning Locally
Weighted Regression Radial Basis Functions Case-Based Reasoning Sequential
Covering Algorithms Learning Rule Sets Learning First Order Rules Learning Sets of
First Order Rules Induction as Inverted Deduction Inverting Resolution
UNIT V
10 Hours
Analytical learning and reinforced learning: Perfect Domain Theories Explanation
Based Learning Inductive-Analytical Approaches - FOCL Algorithm Reinforcement
Learning Task Q-Learning Temporal Difference Learning
Textbook:
1. Tom M. Mitchell (2013), Machine Learning, McGraw-Hill Education (Indian Edition).
Reference Books:
1. Ethem Alpaydin (2013), Introduction to Machine Learning, 2nd Edition, PHI Learning
Pvt. Ltd..
2. T. Hastie, R. Tibshirani, J. H. Friedman (2001), The Elements of Statistical Learning,
1st Edition, Springer.
UE14CS611: COMPUTER VISION (4-0-0-0-4)
Course objectives
1. To get an understanding of image processing techniques for computer vision.
2. To impart an understanding of the shape and region analysis.
3. To understand and apply Hough Transform to detect lines, circles, ellipses.
4. To understand 3-dimensional image analysis and motion analysis, also some
applications of computer vision algorithms.
Course outcomes:
1. Appreciate the various image processing techniques and their applications.
2. Visualize 3-D image analysis and motion analysis
UNIT I
10 Hours
Cameras: Pinhole Cameras, Radiometry Measuring Light: Light in Space, Light Surfaces,
Important Special Cases, Sources, Shadows, And Shading: Qualitative Radiometry, Sources
and Their Effects, Local Shading Models, Applications: Photometric Stereo, Interreflections:
Global Shading Models, Colour: The Physics of Colour, Human Colour Perception,
Representing Color, a Model for Image Color, Surface Colour from Image Colour.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Linear filters: Linear Filters and Convolution, Shift Invariant Linear Systems, Spatial
Frequency and Fourier Transforms, Sampling and Aliasing, Filters as Templates, Edge
Detection: Noise, Estimating Derivatives, Detecting Edges, Texture: Representing Texture,
Analysis (and Synthesis) Using Oriented Pyramids, Application: Synthesis by Sampling
Local Models, Shape from Texture.
UNIT III
10 Hours
The Geometry of multiple views: Two Views, Stereopsis: Reconstruction, Human
Stereposis, And Binocular Fusion, Using More Cameras, Segmentation by Clustering: What
Is Segmentation? Human Vision: Grouping and Getstalt, Applications: Shot Boundary
Detection and Background Subtraction, Image Segmentation by Clustering Pixels,
Segmentation by Graph-Theoretic Clustering,
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Segmentation by fitting a model: The Hough Transform, Fitting Lines, Fitting Curves,
Fitting as a Probabilistic Inference Problem, Robustness, Segmentation and Fitting Using
Probabilistic Methods: Missing Data Problems, Fitting, and Segmentation, the EM Algorithm
in Practice, Tracking With Linear Dynamic Models: Tracking as an Abstract Inference
Problem, Linear Dynamic Models, Kalman Filtering, Data Association, Applications and
Examples.
UNIT V
12 Hours
Geometric camera models: Elements of Analytical Euclidean Geometry, Camera
Parameters and Perspective Projection, Affine Cameras and Affine Projection Equations,
Geometric camera calibration: Least-Squares Parameter Estimation, A Linear Approach to
Camera Calibration, Taking Radial Distortion into Account, Analytical Photogrammetry, and
An Application: Mobile Robot Localization, Model- Based Vision: Initial Assumptions,
Obtaining Hypotheses by Pose Consistency, Obtaining Hypotheses by pose Clustering,
Obtaining Hypotheses Using Invariants, Verification, Application: Registration In Medical
Imaging Systems, Curved Surfaces and Alignment.
Textbook
1. David A. Forsyth and Jean Ponce (2009), Computer Vision A Modern Approach,
PHI Learning (Indian Edition).
Reference Book
1. E.R. Davies (2013), Computer and Machine Vision Theory, Algorithms and
Practicalities, 4th Edition, Elsevier Academic Press),
UE14CS612: BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE AND ITS APPLICATIONS (4-0-0-0-4)
Course objectives
The objective of the course is
1. to get an understanding of the key elements of a successful business intelligence
program.
2. to apply a BI Meta model that turns outcomes into actions.
3. to extract and transform an operational data into a business data.
4. to appreciate the role of business analytics and the performance measurement tools.
Course outcomes:
1. Understand the business intelligence and how to apply it.
2. appreciate the role of business analytics and the performance measurement tools.
UNIT I
12 Hours
Development Steps, BI Definitions, BI Decision Support Initiatives, Development
Approaches, Parallel Development Tracks, BI Project Team Structure, Business
Justification, Business Divers, Business Analysis Issues, Cost Benefit Analysis, Risk
Assessment, Business Case Assessment Activities, Roles Involved In These Activities,
Risks of Not Performing Step, Hardware, Middleware, DBMS Platform, Non Technical
Infrastructure Evaluation
UNIT II
10 Hours
Managing the BI Project, Defining and Planning the BI Project, Project Planning Activities,
Roles and Risks Involved , General Business Requirement, Project Specific Requirements,
Interviewing Process
UNIT III
10 Hours
Differences in Database Design Philosophies, Logical Database Design, Physical Database
Design, Activities, Roles and Risks Involved In These Activities, Incremental Rollout,
Security Management, Database Backup and Recovery
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Growth Management, Application Release Concept, Post Implementation Reviews, Release
Evaluation Activities, the Information Asset and Data Valuation, Actionable Knowledge
ROI, BI Applications, The Intelligence Dashboard
UNIT V
10 Hours
Business View of Information technology Applications: Business Enterprise excellence, Key
purpose of Using IT, Type of digital data, basics of enterprise reporting, BI road ahead.
Text Books:
1. Larissa T Moss and Shaku Atre (2003), Business Intelligence Roadmap: The
Complete Project Lifecycle for Decision Support Applications, Addison Wesley
Information Technology Series.
2. R N Prasad, Seema Acharya (2011), Fundamentals of Business Analytics, Wiley
India.
Reference Books:
1. David Loshin (2003), Business Intelligence: The Savvy Manager's Guide, Publisher:
Morgan Kaufmann,.
2. Brian Larson (2006), Delivering Business Intelligence with Microsoft SQL Server
2005, McGraw Hill..
3. Lynn Langit (2008), Foundations of SQL Server 2008 Business Intelligence, Apress,.
UE14CS613: AGILE TECHNOLOGIES (4-0-0-0-4)
Course objectives:
1. To understand the methods for faster delivery of more useful software, such as
iterative, incremental development processes.
2. to understand the essence of agile development methods and principles & practices
of extreme programming.
3. to appreciate the roles of prototyping in the software process and the concept of
mastering agility.
Course outcomes:
1. to understand the agile development methods and principles and practices of
extreme programming
UNIT I
10 Hours
purpose of Agile: Understanding Success, Beyond Deadlines, the Importance of
Organizational Success, Enter Agility.
Being Agile: Agile Methods, Dont Make Your Own Method, The Road to Mastery, Find a
Mentor
UNIT II
10 Hours
Understanding XP: The XP Lifecycle, The XP Team, And XP Concepts, Adopting XP: Is
XP Right for Us? Go! Assess Your Agility
UNIT III
12 Hours
Practicing XP: Thinking - Pair Programming, Energized Work, Informative Workspace,
Root-Cause Analysis, Retrospectives, Collaborating: Trust, Sit Together, Real Customer
Involvement, Ubiquitous Language, Stand-Up Meetings, Coding Standards, Iteration Demo,
Reporting, Releasing: Done Done, No Bugs, Version Control, Ten-Minute Build,
Continuous Integration, Collective Code Ownership, Documentation. Planning: Vision,
Release Planning, the Planning Game, Risk Management, Iteration Planning, Slack, Stories,
Estimating. Developing: Incremental requirements, Customer Tests, Test-Driven
Development, Refactoring, Simple Design, Incremental Design and Architecture, Spike
Solutions, Performance Optimization, Exploratory Testing.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Mastering Agility: Values and Principles - Commonalities, About Values, Principles, and
Practices, Further Reading, Improve The Process: Understand Your Project, Tune and
Adapt, Break the Rules, Rely on People: Build Effective
Relationships Let the Right People Do the Right Things, Build the Process for the People,
and Eliminate Waste: Work in Small, Reversible Steps, Fail Fast, Maximize Work Not
Done, Pursue Throughput
UNIT V
10 Hours
Deliver value: Exploit Your Agility, Only Releasable Code Has Value, Deliver Business
Results, Deliver Frequently,
Seek technical excellence: Software Doesnt Exist; Design Is for Understanding, Design
Tradeoffs, Quality with a Name, Great Design, Universal Design Principles, Principles in
Practice, Pursue Mastery
Textbook
1. James shore, Chromatic, (2007), The Art of Agile Development (Pragmatic Guide to
Agile Software Development), O'Reilly Media ,Shroff Publishers & Distributors.
Reference Books
1. Robert C. Martin (2002), Agile Software Development, Principles, Patterns, and
Practices, 1st Edition, Prentice Hall.
2. Craig Larman (2004), Agile and Iterative Development A Mangers Guide, Pearson
Education, 1st Edition, India.
UE14CS614: WIRELESS NETWORK AND MOBILE COMPUTING (4-0-0-0-4)
Course objectives
1. To introduce the concepts of wireless communication.
2. To introduce to various propagation methods, Channel models, capacity calculations
multiple antennas and multiple user techniques used in mobile communication.
3. To understand CDMA, GSM, Mobile IP, WImax and Mobile OS.
4. To understand various Mark-up Languages along with CDC, CLDC, MIDP, MIDlet
model and security concerns.
Course outcomes
1. Differentiate between various wireless communication technologies and understand
the relative merits/demerits.
2. Appreciate mobile communication features
UNIT I
12 Hours
Mobile computing architecture: Mobile Computing Architecture, 3-tier Architecture, Design
Considerations for Mobile Computing. Wireless Networks: Global Systems for Mobile
Communication
GSM and Short Service Messages (SMS): GSM Architecture, Entities, Call routing in GSM,
PLMN Interface, GSM Addresses and Identities, Network Aspects in GSM, Mobility
Management, GSM Frequency allocation. Introduction to SMS, SMS Architecture, SM MT,
SM MO, SMS as Information bearer,SMS applications, GPRS and Packet Data Network,
GPRS Network Architecture, GPRS Network Operations, Data Services in GPRS,
Applications for GPRS, Billing and Charging in GPRS, Spread Spectrum technology, IS-95,
CDMA versus GSM, Wireless Data, Third Generation Networks, Applications on 3G,
Introduction to WiMAX.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Mobile Client: Moving beyond desktop, overview of Mobile handset, Mobile phones and
their features, PDA, Design Constraints in applications for hand-held devices. Mobile IP:
Introduction, discovery, Registration, Tunneling, Cellular IP, Mobile IP with IPv6.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Mobile OS and Computing Environment: Smart Client Architecture, The Client: User
Interface, Data Storage, Performance, Data Synchronization, Messaging. The Server: Data
Synchronization, Enterprise Data Source, Messaging. Mobile Operating Systems: WinCE,
Palm OS, Symbian OS, Linux and Proprietary OS Client Development: The development
process, Need analysis phase, Design phase, Implementation and Testing phase,
Deployment phase, Development Tools, Device Emulators.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Building, Mobile Internet Applications: Thin client: Architecture, the client, Middleware,
messaging Servers, Processing a Wireless request, Wireless Applications Protocol (WAP)
Overview, Wireless Languages: Markup Languages, HDML, WML, HTML, cHTML, XHTML,
VoiceXML.
UNIT V
10 Hours
J2ME: Introduction, CDC, CLDC, MIDP; Programming for CLDC, MIDlet model,
Provisioning, MIDlet lifecycle, Creating new application, MIDlet event handling, GUI in MIDP,
Low level GUI Components, Multimedia APIs; Communication in MIDP, Security
Considerations in MIDP.
Textbook
1. Ashok Talukder, Roopa Yavagal, Hasan Ahmed (2010), Mobile Computing,
Technology, Applications and Service Creation, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill,.
2. Martyn Mallik (2003), Mobile and Wireless Design Essentials, Wiley India.
Reference Books:
1. Raj Kamal, (2007), Mobile Computing, Oxford University Press.
2. Iti Saha Misra (2009), Wireless Communications and Networks, 3G and Beyond,
Tata McGraw Hill.
UE14CS621: SEMANTIC WEB (4-0-0-0-4)
Course objectives
1. To study semantic Web and understand its applications.
2. To learn different ways of knowledge representations
Course outcomes

1. Understand what is knowledge representation and its need.
2. Understand different ways of knowledge representation
3. Understand the impact of semantic web.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction to Semantic Web: Web, Web 2.0, Syntactic Web, Web 3.0 and Semantic
Web; why Semantic Web; Impact of Semantic Web; Myths about Semantic Web; Semantic
Modeling. Overview of Web and XML technologies.
UNIT II
11 Hours
Resource Description Framework (RDF): Introduction to Knowledge Representation (KR)
formalisms; meta-data and KR for the Web; the Layer Cake; Attribute Languages,
Description Logic and Inference; RDF statements, triples and graphs; RDF/XML; RDF stores
and databases; RDF parsers; inference in RDF.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Ontologies: Introduction to Classification Theory; Vocabulary, Thesauri, Taxonomy and
Ontology; types of ontologies; ontology exemplars; introduction to ontological engineering.
UNIT IV
11 Hours
RDF Schema and OWL: Defining hierarchies in RDFS; RDFS modeling; RDFS-Plus; Micro
formats, RDFa, SKOS; FOAF; Basic OWL; Class, Properties and Constraints; Individuals;
XSD Data types; Class Axioms; ontology development methodology; ontology tools;
SPARQL..
UNIT V
10 Hours
Applications and Trends: Applications of Semantic Web; Software Agents; Semantic
Search; Knowledge Management; Semantic Desktop; Semantic Web Services; semantics in
Social Networking; Geospatial Semantic Web; Rule Languages, RIF and business systems;
RSS, MOM, EAI, SOA, EII, and ETL; the Future of the Net.
Textbooks
1. Karin K. Breitman, Marco Antonio Casanova and Walter Truszkowski (2007),
Semantic Web: Concepts, Technologies and Applications,Springer International
Edition.
2. Dean Allemang and James Hendler (2008), Semantic Web for the Working
Ontologist: Effective Modeling in RDFS and OWL, (2nd Edition 2011), Morgan
Kaufmann Publishers.
Reference Books
1. Jeffrey T. Pollock (2009), Semantic Web for Dummies, John Wiley,.
2. Asuncion Gomez-Perez, Mariano Fernandez-Lopez and Oscar Corcho (2004),
Ontological Engineering, Springer International Edition.
3. John Hebeler, Matthew Fisher, Ryan Blace and Andew Perez-Lopez (2009),
Semantic Web Programming, Wiley India.
4. Toby Segaran, Colin Evans and Jamie Taylor, , (2009), Programming the Semantic
Web, OReilly.
5. Shelley Powers, (2003), Practical RDF, OReilly
6. Lee W. Lacy (2005),OWL: Representing Information Using the Web Ontology
Language, Trafford Publishing.
UE14CS622: KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT (4-0-0-0-4)
Course objectives
1. To learn various tools for Knowledge management
2. To appreciate the need of knowledge management

Course outcomes
1. Understand the need of knowledge management
2. Learn the usage of various tools for effective knowledge management
UNIT I
10 Hours
The Basics Working smarter, KM myths and lifecycle, implications of KM. Understanding
knowledge
definitions, cognition and KM, data, information and knowledge, types of knowledge, expert
knowledge, human thinking and learning, implications for KM. Knowledge Management
systems lifecycle Challenges, conventional versus KM system lifecycle, implications for
KM. KM Strategy Economy of plan, economy of change, economy of control.
UNIT II
11 Hours
Knowledge Creation and Capture knowledge creation and knowledge architecture,
Nonakas model,
Knowledge architecture, implications, capturing tacit knowledge, knowledge capture,
evaluating the expert, developing a relationship with experts, fuzzy reasoning and quality of
knowledge, interview as a tool, guide to a successful interview, rapid prototyping,
implications. Design of KMs Economy of scope, economy of effort, economy in
deployment. Other knowledge capturing techniques, onsite observation, brain-storming,
protocol analysis, consensus decision making, the repertory grid, NGT, Delphi method,
concept mapping, and black-boarding.
UNIT III
11 Hours
Knowledge codification, why codify, modes of knowledge conversion, how to codify
knowledge, codification tools and procedures, knowledge developers skill set, implications,
System testing and deployment quality and assurance, knowledge testing, approaches to
logical and user acceptance testing, managing the test phase, KM system deployment,
issues, user training and deployment, post-implementation review, implications, knowledge
transfer and sharing - as a step in a process, transfer methods, role of internet, implications.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Knowledge transfer in E-World, The E-World, E-Business, implications, KM System tools
and portals Learning from data, data visualization, neural networks as a learning model,
Association rules, classification types, implications, Data mining knowing the unknown,
data mining and business intelligence, business and technical drivers, DM virtual cycle and
data management, DM in practice, role of DM in customer relationship, implications..
UNIT V
10 Hours
Knowledge Management tools and portals Portals the basics, Business challenge,
Knowledge Portal
Technologies, implications. Ethical, legal and Managerial issues Knowledge owners, legal
issues, ethical factor, improving the climate, implications
Textbooks
1. Elias M. Awad and Hassan Ghaziri , (2007), Knowledge Management, , Pearson
Publications,
2. J.K. Suresh and Kavi Mahesh , (2006), Ten Steps to Maturity in Knowledge
Management Lessons in economy, , Chandos Publishing,
UE14CS623: LINUX KERNEL PROGRAMMING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To understand the reasons for efficiency in Linux environment.
2. To be able t choose right operating system for a particular application
3. To understand the core operations of Linux.
Course outcomes
1. Use the core operations of Linux operating environment.
2. Understand the performance benefits of Linux
3. Understand the memory management techniques supported by Linux
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction to the Linux Kernel: History an Introduction to Unix, Overview of Operating
Systems and Kernels, Linux Versus Classic Unix Kernels, Linux Kernel Versions, Getting
Started with the Kernel, Using Git, Installing the Kernel Source The Kernel Source Tree,
Building the Kernel, Configuring the Kernel, Installing the New Kernel, libc or Standard
Headers, GNU C, Inline Functions, Inline Branch Annotation, No Memory Protection,
Process Management: Process Descriptor and the Task Structure, Allocating the Process
Descriptor, Storing the Process Descriptor, Process Creation, Copy-on-Write, Forking,
vfork(), The Linux Implementation of Threads, Creating Threads, Kernel Threads, Process
Termination, Removing the Process Descriptor The Dilemma of the Parentless Task ,
UNIT II
10 Hours
Process scheduling: Multitasking, Linuxs Process Scheduler, Policy, I/O-Bound Versus
Processor-Bound Processes, Process Priority, Time slice, the Scheduling Policy in Action,
the Linux Scheduling Algorithm, Scheduler Classes, Process Scheduling in Unix Systems,
Adding/Removing Processes from/to the Tree, Wait Queues, Waking Up, Preemption and
Context Switching, Kernel Preemption, Real-Time Scheduling Policies and Priority-Related
System Calls,
System Calls: Communicating with the Kernel, APIs, POSIX, and the C Library System
Calls, Implementing System Calls, Kernel Data Structures, Linked Lists, The Linux Kernels
Implementation
UNIT III
10 Hours
Interrupts and interrupt handlers: Top Halves Versus Bottom Halves, Registering an
Interrupt Handler, An Interrupt Example, Writing an Interrupt Handler, Shared Handlers, A
Real-Life Interrupt Handler Implementing Interrupt Handlers, Interrupt Control, Disabling and
Enabling Interrupts, Disabling a Specific Interrupt Line, Status of the Interrupt System
An introduction to Kernel synchronization: Critical Regions and Race Conditions, Need
of Protection, The Single Variable, Locking, Causes of Concurrency, Knowing What to
Protect, Deadlocks, Contention and Scalability
UNIT IV
12 Hours
Kernel synchronization methods: Atomic Operations, Spin Locks, c k Methods , ReaderWriter Spin Locks, Semaphores - Counting and Binary Semaphores, Creating and Initializing
Semaphores, Reader-Writer Semaphores, Semaphores Versus Mutexes, Spin Locks
Versus Mutexes, Completion Variables , The Big Kernel Lock, Preemption Disabling
Memory Management: Pages, Zones, Getting Zeroed Pages, Freeing Pages, kmalloc(),
gfp_mask Flags Action Modifiers, Zone Modifiers, Type Flags, kfree(), vmalloc(), Slab
Layer, Design of the Slab Layer Example of Using the Slab Allocator, Single-Page Kernel
Stacks, Playing Fair on the Stack, Permanent Mappings, Temporary Mappings, Per-CPU
Allocations, The New percpu Interface 256 Per-CPU Data at Compile-Time, Per-CPU Data
at Runtime, Reasons for Using Per-CPU Data, Picking an Allocation Method
The virtual file system: Common File system Interface, File system Abstraction Layer, Unix
File systems VFS Objects and Their Data Structures, The Superblock Object, Superblock
Operations, The Inode Object , Inode Operations, The File Object, File Operations, Data
Structures Associated with File systems and Data Structures Associated with a Process
UNIT V
10 Hours
The block I/O layer: Anatomy of a Block Device, I/O vectors, Request Queues, I/O
Schedulers, The Job of an I/O Scheduler, I/O Scheduler Selection
The process address space: Address Spaces, The Memory Descriptor, Allocating a
Memory Descriptor, Destroying a Memory Descriptor, The mm_struct and Kernel Threads,
Virtual Memory Areas, VMA Flags , VMA Operations, Lists and Trees of Memory Areas,
Manipulating Memory Areas, find_vma(), find_vma_prev(), find_vma_intersection(), mmap()
and do_mmap(): Creating an Address Interval, munmap() and do_munmap(): Removing an
Address Interval,
The page cache and page writeback: Approaches to Caching, Write Caching, Cache
Eviction, Least Recently Used, The Two-List Strategy, The Linux Page Cache, The
address_space Object, address_space Operations, Radix Tree, The Old Page Hash Table,
The Buffer Cache, The Flusher Threads, Laptop Mode,
Text book
1. Robert Love, (2010), Linux Kernel Development, 3rd Edition, Addison-Wesley,
Reference books
1. Daniel P. Bovet, Marco Cesati,(2000), Understanding the Linux Kernel, O'Reilly
Media,
2. Greg Kroah-Hartman, (2006), Linux Kernel in a Nutshell, O'Reilly,
UE14CS624: DATA ANALYTICS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To learn Data Analysis
2. To understand Time Series and Its Analysis
3. To learn Predictive Analytics and Clustering Techniques
Course outcomes
1. Learn various data analysis methods.
2. Understand importance of time series data in the real world and the technique of
analyzing it.
UNIT I
11 Hours
Introduction to data analytics and visualization: Overview of data analysis and basic
statistical techniques, application areas, visualization techniques; gathering, cleaning up and
pre-processing of data; single variable distributions, density estimates, Rank-Order plots and
Lift Charts.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Correlation: Descriptive statistics, correlation and covariance, establishing relations, scatter
plots, smoothing, banking, linear regression.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Time series analysis: Time as a dimension, correlation function, trends, periodicity, filters
and convolutions.
UNIT IV
11 Hours
Simulation: Introduction to simulation, Monte Carlo simulations, re-sampling Methods.
Predictive Analytics: Introduction to prediction, classification and statistical learning

UNIT V
10 Hours
Clustering: Distance and similarity measures, hierarchical clustering algorithms, K-Means,
DB Scan, BIRCH and other popular clustering methods, problems with high-dimensional
data
Text books
1. Philipp K. Janert,(2010), Data Analysis with Open Source Tools, O'Reilly,.
2. Eric Siegel, (2013), Predictive Analytics, Wiley,.
3. Foster Provost and Tom Fawcett, (2013), Data Science for BusinessO'Reilly,.
4. Anasse Bari, (2014), Predictive Analytics for Dummies, Wiley,.
Reference book
1. Web resources for Programming in R.
UE14CS652: TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION (2-0-0-0-2)

Course objectives
1.
2.
Learn the art of technical writing

Understand the basic sections of a scientific paper and the contents of each section.
Course outcomes
1. Write a technical paper, following the guidelines.
2. Understand the technical writings and carry out a good literature survey.
UNIT I
5 Hours
What Is Scientific Writing? The Need for Clarity, Understanding the Signals,
Language of a Scientific Paper, Origins of Scientific Writing The Early History, The
Imrad Story, What Is a Scientific Paper?
Definition of a Scientific Paper,
Organization of a Scientific Paper, How to Prepare the Title, Length of the Title,
Need for Specific Titles.
UNIT II
5 Hours
How to List the Authors and Addresses, Definition of Authorship, How to Prepare the
Abstract, Types of Abstracts, How to Write the Introduction Suggested Rules,
Reasons for the Rules, Citations and Abbreviations,
UNIT III
5 Hours
How to Write the Materials and Methods Section Purpose of the Section, Materials,
Methods, Measurements and Analysis Need for References, How to Write the
Results Content of the Results, How to Handle Numbers How to Write the
Discussion , Discussion and Verbiage, Components of the Discussion, Factual
Relationships,
UNIT IV
5 Hours
How to State the Acknowledgments, Ingredients of the Acknowledgments, Being
Courteous, How to Cite the References, Rules to Follow, Reference Styles, Name
and Year System, Citation Order System, Citation in the Text, Examples, How to
Design Effective Tables, When to Use Tables, How to Arrange Tabular Material,
Titles, Footnotes, and Abbreviations, How to Prepare Effective Graphs, When to
Illustrate, When to Use Graphs, How to Prepare Graphs, Size and Arrangement of
Graphs
UNIT V
6 Hours
How to Write a Thesis, Purpose of the thesis, Tips On Writing, How to Present a
Paper Orally, Organization of the Paper, Presentation of the Paper, Slides, Ethics,
Rights, and Permissions, Importance of Originality, Authorship, What Is Copyright?,
Copyright Considerations, Use and Misuse of English, Keep It Simple, The Ten
Commandments of Good Writing, Misuse of Words, Tense in Scientific Writing,
Active Versus Passive Voice,
Text Books
Robert A. Day and Barbara Gastel (2006), How to Write and Publish a Scientific
Paper? 6th Edition, Greenwood Press, Westport, CT
UE14SE601: DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING (4-0-0-0-4)
Course objectives
The objective of the course is to understand the basic concepts of DSM and hardware DSM.
Students will be able to understand File Sharing, DFS implementation and replication in
DFS. This course aims to equip the students about the security aspects such as
Cryptography, Secure channels and Access control.
Course outcomes
1. Visualize the complexities of a distributed environment.
2. Get an exposure to the emerging trends in the distributed systems
UNIT I
10 Hours
Distributed system management: Introduction, Resource management, Task Assignment
Approach, Load- Balancing Approach, Load-Sharing Approach, Process management in a
Distributed Environment, Process Migration, Threads, and Fault Tolerance.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Distributed shared memory: Introduction, Basic Concepts of DSM, Hardware DSM, Design
Issue in DSM Systems, Issue in Implementing DSM Systems, Heterogeneous and Other
DSM Systems, Case Studies.
UNIT III
12 Hours
Distributed file system: Introduction to DFS, File Models, Distributed File System Design,
Semantics of File Sharing, DFS Implementation, File Caching in DFS, Replication in DFS,
Case studies.
Naming: Introduction, Desirable features of a good naming system, Basic concepts,
System-oriented names, Object-locating mechanisms, Issues in designing human-oriented
names, Name caches, Naming and security, Case study: Domain name service.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Security in distributed systems: Introduction, Cryptography, Secure channels, Access
control, Security
Management, Case studies.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Real-Time distributed operating systems: Introduction, Design issues in real-time
distributed systems, Real time communication, Real-time scheduling, and Case study: RealPESU Student Handbook 2015-16 177
time communication in MARS. Emerging Trends in distributed Computing: Introduction to

emerging trends, Grid Computing, SOA, Cloud computing, the future of emerging Trends
Text book
1. Sunitha Mahajan, Seema Shah , (2010), Distributing Computing, Oxford University
press,
UE14SE611: SOFT COMPUTING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
The objective of the course is to get an understanding of the key aspects of soft computing
and its building blocks. The students will be able to understand the features of neural
network and its applications. The course will impart an insight into Fuzzy logic and its
modelling & control. Students will be gain knowledge in machine learning through support
vector machines.
Course outcomes
1.
Learn neural networks and their applications.
2.
Get an insight into the machine learning through SVM
3.
Understand the building blocks of soft computing
UNIT I
11 Hours
Introduction to Soft computing, Neural networks, Fuzzy logic, Genetic algorithms, Hybrid
systems and its Applications. Fundamental concept of ANN, Evolution, basic Model of ANN,
Terminologies used in ANN, MP model, Hebb model.
UNIT Ii
11 Hours
Perceptron Network, Adaptive linear neuron, multiple adaptive linear neurons, Back
propagation Network (Theory, Architecture, Algorithm for training, learning factors, testing
and applications of all the above NN models)
UNIT III
10 Hours
Introduction to classical sets and fuzzy sets, Classical relations and fuzzy relations,
Membership functions,
UNIT IV
Defuzzification, Fuzzy decision making, and applications
10 Hours
UNIT V
10 Hours
Genetic algorithms: Introduction, Basic operations, Traditional algorithms, Simple GA
General genetic algorithms, the schema theorem, Genetic programming, applications
Text book
1. Shivanandam, Deepa S. N, (2007), Principles of Soft computing, Wiley India,
(Chapters 1, 2, 3 (Upto 3.5), 7, 8, 9, 10, 13, 15 (upto 15.6 & 15.9, 15, 10)
Reference Books
1. J.S.R. Jang, C.T. Sun, E. Mizutani, (1997), Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft ComputingA
Computational Approach to Learning and Machine Intelligence, PHI.
UE14SE612: SERVICE ORIENTED ARCHITECTURE (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
The objective of the course is to get an understanding of various architectures for application
development and importance of SOA i application integration. Students will be able to learn
web service and SOA related tools and implementation details of SOA. Students will be able
to appreciate these concepts, by taking up case studies.
Course outcomes
1. Learn SOA related tools and their implementation details.
2. Understand various types of software architectures
UNIT I
11 Hours
Soa Basics: Software architecture Types of IT Architecture SOA Evolution Key
components perspective of SOA Enterprise-wide SOA Architecture Enterprise
Applications Solution Architecture for enterprise application Software platforms for
enterprise Applications Patterns for SOA SOA programming models.
UNIT II
11 Hours
SOA analysis and design: Service-oriented Analysis and Design Design of Activity, Data,
Client And business process services Technologies of SOA SOAP WSDL JAX WS
XML WS for .NET Service integration with ESB Scenario Business case for SOA
stakeholder OBJECTIVES benefits of SPA Cost Savings.
UNIT III
10 Hours
SOA governance: SOA implementation and Governance strategy SOA development
SOA Governance trends in SOA event-driven architecture software s a service SOA
technologies proof-of concept process orchestration SOA best practices
UNIT IV
10 Hours
SOA Implementation: SOA based integration integrating existing application
development of web
Services Integration - SOA using REST Restful services Restful services with and
without JWS Role Of WSDL, SOAP and Java/XML mapping in SOA JAXB Data binding.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Application Integration: JAX WS 2.0 client side/server side development Packaging
and Deployment of SOA component SOA shopper case study WSDL centric java WS
with SOA-J related Software integration through service composition (BPEL) case
study - current trends.
Text book
1. Shankar Kambhampaly, (2008),
Applications, Wiley
ServiceOriented Architecture for Enterprise
Reference Books
1. Mark D. Hansen, (2007), SOA using Java Web Services, Practice Hall.
2. Waseem Roshen, (2009), SOA-Based Enterprise Integration, Tata McGraw-HILL.
UE14SE613 SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
The objective of the course is to get an understanding of SCM model. Students will be able
to learn QRM, CPFR, inventory models and third party logistics. The course will help
students to explore Revenue management.
Course outcomes
1. Visualize the supply chain management model
2. The importance of SCM in a business environment
UNIT I
11 Hours
Introduction to supply chain management: Supply chain objectives importance
decision phases process view competitive and supply chain strategies achieving
strategic fit supply chain drivers obstacles framework facilities inventory
transportation information sourcing pricing.
UNIT II
11 Hours
Designing the supply chain network: Designing the distribution network role of
distribution factors influencing distribution design options e business and its impact
distribution networks in practice network design in the supply chain role of network
factors affecting the network design decisions modeling for supply chain.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Designing and planning transportation networks: Role of transportation - modes and
their performance - transportation infrastructure and policies design options and their
trade-offs - Tailored transportation.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Sourcing and pricing: Sourcing In-house or Outsource 3rd and 4th PLs supplier
scoring and assessment, selection design collaboration procurement process sourcing
planning and analysis. Pricing and revenue management for multiple customers, perishable
products, seasonal demand, bulk and spot contracts.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Information technology in the supply chain: IT Framework customer relationship
management internal supply chain management supplier relationship management
transaction management future of IT.
Text books
1. Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl, (2007), Supply Chain Management Strategy,
Planning and Operation, 3rd Edition, Pearson/PHI.
2. Coyle, Bardi, Longley, (2006), The management of Business Logistics A supply
Chain Perspective, Thomson Press.
3. Janat Shah , (2008), Supply Chain Management, Pearson Publication .
Reference Books
1. Donald J Bowersox, Dand J Closs, M Bixby Coluper,(2008), Supply Chain Logistics
Management, 2nd Edition,TMH.
2. Wisner, Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan, (2005), Principles of Supply Chain
Management A Balanced Approach, Thomson Press.
3. David Simchi-Levi et al, (1999), Designing and Managing the Supply Chain
Concepts, McGraw-Hill Series
UE14SE621: CONTENT MANAGEMENT (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To learn content management and its logical design.
2. To understand different design methods depending on the type of the document.
Course outcomes
1.
Understand content management and its importance.
2.
Implement different design methods
UNIT I
11 Hours
What is Content defining data, information and content, content format, structure,
functionality is content, what is content management Understanding content management,
introducing the major parts of content Management System. The roots and branches of
Content Management
UNIT II
10 Hours
Logical Design of a CMS the wheel of content Management, working with metadata,
catalog audiences
UNIT III
11 Hours
Designing publications, designing Content Components, Accounting for authors, Accounting
for Acquisition sources
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Designing content access structures, designing workflow and staffing models, Building a
Content Management System, Content Markup Languages, XML and content Management,
processing content
UNIT V
10 Hours
Building collection systems, Building Management Systems, Building publishing systems
Text book
1. Bob Boiko , (2005), Content Management Bible, , Wiley India Ltd,
UE14SE622 WEB MIDDLEWARE AND WEB SERVICES (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To understand web services technology
2. To learn the infrastructure requirement for web services
Course outcomes
1. Appreciate the need of web middleware.
2. Understand the state of the art web services
UNIT I
11 Hours
Distributed Information systems design, architecture and communication, Middleware
understanding middleware, RPC and related middleware, TP monitors, object brokers,
message-oriented middleware. Enterprise Application Integration (EAI) from middleware to
application integration, EAI middleware
UNIT II
10 Hours
Workflow management systems, Web technologies exchanging information over the
internet, web Technologies for supporting remote clients, application servers, and application
integration. Web services and their approach to distributed computing, Web services
technologies and web services architecture
UNIT III
11 Hours
Basic web services technology, minimalistic infrastructure. SOAP, WSDL, UDDI, web
services at work, Interactions between specifications, related standards. Service
coordination protocols, introduction, Infrastructure for coordination protocols,
UNIT IV
10 Hours
WS-coordination, WS-transaction, RosettaNet, other standards, Service composition
basics, a new chance of success, service composition models, dependencies between
coordination and composition.
UNIT V
10 Hours
BPEL, Outlook state of the art in web services, applicability of web services, web services
as a problem and solution. Case studies - Web services: industry adoption, case studies:
context setting, a proposed solution.
Text books
1. Gustavo Alonso, Fabio Casati, Harumi kuno and Vijay Machiraju, (2003), Web
Services: Concepts, Architectures and Applications (Data-Centric Systems and
Applications) Springer,
2. B.V. Kumar and S.V Subramanya , (2004), Web Services, An introduction, , Tata
Mcgraw Hill,
UE15CV101: ENGINEERING MECHANICS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives:
1. Learn engineering mechanics concepts required for analysis of structures under
static loads and predict the effect of loads.
2. Learn to identify an appropriate structural system and represent clearly and
completely all the supports and forces acting on the system.
3. Learn to isolate a subsystem from all surrounding bodies and develop free-body
diagram of the isolated system.
4. Apply pertinent mathematical, physical and engineering principles to analyze.
5. Solve problems in an organized and coherent manner and elucidate the meaning of
the solution in the context of the problem.
Course Outcomes:
1. Develop skill to determine resultants and apply conditions of static equilibrium to
plane force systems.
2. Develop skill to identify and quantify all forces associated with a static frame work.
3. Develop skill to identify, formulate and solve engineering problems
UNIT I
12 Hours
Introduction to statics: Mechanics, Basic Concepts, Scalars and Vectors
Force systems-I: Introduction, Force, Rectangular Components, Moment, Couple,
Resultants, Numerical problems
UNIT II
10 Hours
Equilibrium: Introduction, Equilibrium in Two Dimensions - System Isolation and the FreeBody Diagram, Equilibrium conditions, Numerical problems.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Distributed forces: Introduction, Centroids of Areas, Centroids of Composite Bodies and
figures, Numerical problems.
Area moments of inertia: Introduction, Definitions, Composite areas, Numerical problems.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Structures: Introduction, Plane Trusses, Method of Joints, Numerical problems
Beams: External effects, Numerical problems
UNIT V
10 Hours
Friction: Introduction, Frictional Phenomena - Types of Friction, Dry Friction, Flexible flat
belts, Numerical problems.
Text Book
1. J.L. Meriam, L.G. Kraige (1997), Engineering Mechanics Statics, 7th Edition John
Wiley & Sons, Inc.
(Chapter Sections 1/1-1/3, 2/1-2/6 for Unit I, 3/1-3/3 for Unit-II, 5/1, Sec A-5/3,
5/4, A/1-A/3 for Unit-III, 4/1-4/3, 5/6 for Unit IV, 6/1-6/3, 6/8 for Unit V).
UE14CV202 MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. Study fundamental principles of mechanics of materials and its application to various
structural elements. Understand concepts of stress, strain and deformations,
determination of stresses and strains in structural material under axial, bending and
thermal loads. Understand coordinate transformation of stress and strain, stress
invariance, surface stresses and their importance.
2. Study concepts of material properties like Youngs modulus, shear modulus and
Poisson ratio, yield stress, ultimate stress and allowable stress, factor of safety.
3. Understand stress analysis concepts, demonstrate ability to perform analysis of
beams subjected to a bending moment and shear forces, pressure vessels under
internal fluid pressures, predict buckling strength of columns for various end
conditions under compressive load conditions and analyze shafts subjected to torsion
loading.
Course Outcomes
1. To apply the formal theory of solid mechanics to calculate forces, deflections,
moments, stresses, and strains in a wide variety of structural members subjected to
tension, compression, torsion, bending, both individually and in combination,
including :
i. axially loaded bars
ii. components in pure shear
iii. circular shafts in torsion
iv. beams in bending
v. thin-walled pressure vessels
vi. trusses
2. To understand the concepts of stress at a point, strain at a point, and the stressstrain relationships for linear, elastic, homogeneous, isotropic materials.
3. To determine principal stresses and angles, maximum shearing stresses and angles,
and the stresses acting on any arbitrary plane within a structural element.
4. To draw Free Body Diagrams (FBD) for rigid bodies, beams, 2-D structures, frames
and set up equilibrium equations (i.e. forces and couples) for them.
5. To utilize basic properties of materials such as elastic moduli and Poisson's ratio to
appropriately to solve problems related to isotropic elasticity.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Concept of stress: Normal (tensile and compressive) and shear stress, uniform and nonuniform stress distributions, analysis and design concepts, numerical accuracy and sample
problems. Components of stress under general loading conditions, yield strength and
ultimate strength, ultimate and allowable stress, factor of safety, factors influencing the
determination of factor of safety.
Behavior and analysis of axially loaded members: Load vs. displacement diagram,
normal and shearing stresses and strains, stress-strain diagram, true stress vs. true strain
diagram, brittle and ductile materials, isotropic materials, Hookes law: Youngs modulus of
elasticity, Poissons ratio.
Generalized Hookes law, dilatation - bulk modulus, shearing strain, shear modulus, relation
among E, and G, numerical problems. Deflections of axially loaded members. Effect of
temperature loading: coefficient of thermal expansion, thermal and elastic strains, numerical
problems.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Concept of bending moment and shear force: Introduction to different types of transverse
loads, supports and beams, bending moment and shearing force, sign conventions, shear
force and bending moment diagrams (SFD & BMD), relationship among load, shear and
bending moment, numerical problems.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Behavior and analysis of beams subjected to flexure and shear: Deformations in
prismatic and symmetric members in pure bending, pure bending theory and assumptions,
bending stresses and strains, elastic flexural formulae, elastic section modulus, radius of
curvature of neutral surface, modulus of rupture, flexural rigidity and numerical problems
covering bending of various types of beam sections. Shear stresses in beams, shear stress
diagram for rectangular and I sections, numerical problems.
UNIT IV
12 Hours
Deflection of beams: Introduction, deformation of a beam under transverse loading,
equation of the elastic curve, using singularity functions to determine the slope and
deflection of a beam (Macaulays Method), numerical problems.
Elastic stability of columns: Introduction, stability of structures, Eulers Formula for pinended columns, extension of Eulers formula to columns with other end conditions.
Numerical problems.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Torsion of circular shafts: Introduction, deformations in a circular shaft, angle of twist,
shearing strain, shearing stresses in the elastic range, elastic torsion formulae, torsion
testing, modulus of rigidity G, polar moment of inertia J, numerical problems.
Principal stresses and strains: Introduction to plane stress problems, principal planes,
Mohrs circle of stress, numerical problems. Failure criteria: maximum shearing stress and
maximum distortion energy criteria, maximum normal stress and maximum normal strain
criteria, Mohr criterion. Numerical problems. Stresses in thin walled pressure vessels,
numerical problems.
Text Books
1. Ferdinand P Beer, E Russell Johnston Jr., John T DeWolf, David F Mazurek (2013),
Mechanics of Materials (In SI Units), 6th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education (India)
Edition.
Reference Books
1. James M Gere & Stephen P Timoshenko (2004), Mechanics of Materials, 2nd Edition
Reprint, CBS Publishers & Distributers Private Limited, India.
2. S Ramamrutham (2005), Strength of Materials, Dhanpat Rai Publications.
3. I.B. Prasad (1989), Strength of Materials, 8th Edition, Khanna Publishers.
4. Stephen P Timoshenko (2002), Strength of Materials Elementary Theory and
Problems - Part 1, 3rd Edition Reprint, CBS Publishers.
5. Stephen P Timoshenko, Strength of Materials Advanced Theory and problems Part 2, 3rd Edition, CBS Publishers, Reprint 2002
6. S.M.A. Kazioni (1988), Solid Mechanics, 1st Revised Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi.
7. E.P. Popov (1973), Introduction to Mechanics of Solids, Prentice Hill of India, New
Delhi.
8. S.H. Crandall (1994), Mechanics of Solids: An Introduction, N.C. Dahl and T.V.
Lardner, McGraw Hill International, Tokyo.
9. Pytel Singer (1995) Strength of Materials. IndusHarper Collins Publishers India Pvt.
Ltd, New Delhi
10. Davis & Troxell (1982), The Testing of Engineering Materials, McGraw-Hill Higher
Education.
UE14CV203 FUNDAMENTALS OF GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To understand fundamentals of geotechnical Engineering.
2. It helps students understand weathering process of rocks, soil formation, different
types of soils, soil structure, basic properties of soils and soil mechanics.
3. This course covers soil water, permeability and seepage, compaction of soil,
compressibility and consolidation process, shear strength of soils.
4. This course equips students with problem solving abilities, calculations of basic soil
properties and measurement techniques and its practical applications. Finally, with
this foundation, students should be well equipped to learn related subjects and their
applications in the higher semesters.
Course outcome
On completion of this course the student should be in a position to perform
classification of different types of soils and its index and Engineering properties by
various methods.
UNIT I
12Hours
Introduction: Definition of soil mechanics, historical review, weathering process, weathered
rock mass, soil formation, types and classification of soils in India, principal types of soil,
properties of soil components.
Soil mass and preliminary definitions : Constituents of soil mass, water content, density
and unit weight of soil solids, specific gravity, voids ratio, porosity, degree of saturation,
densities and unit weights of soil mass - bulk, dry, saturated & submerged and their inter
relationships, density index.
UNIT II
10
Hours
Index properties of soil: Water content determination, specific gravity determination,
particle size determination, soil consistency (liquid limit by Casagrande and cone penetration
method, plastic limit and shrinkage limit), identification and description of coarse grained and
fine grained soils.
Classification of soils: Purpose of soil classification, particle size classification MIT
classification, textural classification. IS classification - plasticity chart and its importance.
Soil structure: Soil particles, electrical forces, inter particle forces, particle arrangement in
coarse grained soils, clays and composite soils.
UNIT III
10Hours
Soil water : Held water: structural water, adsorbed water, capillary water. Free water:
Effective and neutral pressures, equilibrium water content, frost action.
Permeability and seepage: Head, gradient and potential, Darcys law, coefficient of
permeability, factors affecting permeability, determination of permeability (laboratory),
average permeability of stratified soils, seepage pressure and quick condition.
UNIT IV
10
Hours
Compaction of soil: Definition, standard and modified Proctors compaction tests, factors
affecting compaction, effect of compaction on soil properties, measurement of field
compaction and field compaction methods and control.
Compressibility and consolidation of soil: Compressibility, compression of laterally
confined soil and undisturbed specimen, consolidation, Terzaghis consolidation theoryassumption and limitations (no derivation), normally consolidated, under consolidated and
over consolidated soils, pre-consolidation pressure and its determination by Casagrandes
method. Consolidation characteristics of soil (Cc, av, mv and Cv). Consolidation test:
determination of consolidation characteristics of soil-compression index and coefficient of
consolidation (square root of time fitting method, logarithmic time fitting method).
UNIT V
10
Hours
Shear strength of soil: Review of Mohr circle, Mohrs strength theory, shear strength of
soil, Mohr-coulomb theory, conventional failure envelope, concept of effective stress and
total stress, measurement of shear parameters- direct shear test, unconfined compression
test, triaxial compression test and vane shear test, test under different drainage conditions,
concept of pore pressure and pore pressure parameters.
Text Books
1. Alam Singh (2012), Soil Engineering; In Theory And Practice; Fundamentals And
General Principles, Vol 1, 4th Edition, CBS Publishers and Distributors Pvt. Ltd..
2. Dr. K. R. Arora (2011), Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering (Geotechnical
Engineering), 7th Edition, Standard Publishers Distributors.
References Books
1. V.N.S Murthy (2012), Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering; Geotechnical
Engineering Series, 4th Edition, UBS Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi.
2. B.C.Punmia, Ashok Kumar Jain, Arun Kumar Jain (2005), Soil Mechanics and
Foundations, 16th Edition, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi.
3. Braja, M. Das (2002), Geotechnical Engineering, 5th Edition, Thomson Business
Information India (P) Ltd., India.
4. J.E Bowles (1996), Foundation Analysis and Design, 5th Edition, McGraw Hill Pub. Co.
New York.
5. Gopal Ranjan and A.S.R Rao (2012), Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics,, New Age
International (P) Ltd., New Delhi.
6. C Venkatrahmaiah (2011), Geotechnical Engineering, New Age International Publishers,
New Delhi.
7. S.K.Garg (2010), Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering in SI Units, 7th Edition
Reprint, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.
UE14CV204 BASIC SURVEYING TECHNIQUES (30003)
Course objectives
1. To understand the measurement of objects on earth - heights, distances, angles
and slopes using different instruments.
2. To know how to Plot the same on a map with accuracy and have a good
understanding of the instruments & environment to avoid possible errors.
Course outcomes
On successfully completing this course:
1. Student will be able to apply the basic principles of engineering surveying.

2. Student will be able to solve problems relating to equipments like Tapes/Chains,
Compass, Plane Table, Dumpy Level and Theodolite.
3. Student will be able to solve surveying data using appropriate computational and
analytical techniques.
UNIT I
9 Hours
Fundamentals of surveying-measurement, instruments, accuracy and errors: Definition
of surveying, classification of surveys, uses of surveying units of measurements, map &
classification, survey of India topographical maps and their numbering. Basic principles of
surveying, errors, precision and accuracy, linear measurement using tapes, chains, , ranging
of lines direct and indirect, measurement of distances over sloping grounds, chain and tape
corrections - numerical problems.
Linear measurements: Accessories required selection of stations and lines, offsets and
types, setting out of right angles, working principle and use of optical square, prism square,
cross staff, linear methods of setting out right angles, conventional symbols, obstacles in
surveying, numerical problems, errors in linear measurements and precautions to be taken.
UNIT II
7 Hours
Compass surveying: Meridians and bearings, principle, working and use of - prismatic
compass, surveyors compass, magnetic bearing, true bearings, whole circle bearing and
reduced bearing, dip and declination, local attraction, error determination and corrections
and accessories required for compass surveying,
Traverse surveying: Tape & compass traversing, traversing by free or loose needle
method, fast needle method and observation of angles. Closed and open traverse,
consecutive coordinates and plotting a traverse survey, errors & accuracy in traversing.
UNIT III
7 Hours
Leveling: Principles, basic definitions and methods of leveling, parts and usage of digital
level types of adjustments, error and precautions
Theodolite: Types of theodolite, fundamental axes and parts of a transit theodolite, uses of
theodolite, temporary adjustments of a transit theodolite, measurement of horizontal angles
method of repetitions and reiterations, measurements of vertical angles, prolonging a
straight line by a theodolite in adjustment and theodolite not in adjustment, source of errors
in theodolite.
UNIT IV
9 Hours
Contouring: Contours and their characteristics, method of contouring, direct and indirect
methods, interpolation techniques, use of contours, grade contours and uses
Areas & volumes: General methods of determining areas and volumes.
Plane Table Surveying: Plane table and accessories, advantages and limitations of plane
table survey, orientation and methods of orientation, methods of plotting radiation,
intersection, traversing, resection method, two point and three point problems, solution to
two point problem by graphical method, solution to three point problem Bessels graphical
method, errors in plane table survey.
UNIT V
7 Hours
Trigonometrical leveling: Determination of elevation of objects when the base is
accessible and inaccessible by single plane and double plane method, distance and
difference in elevation between two inaccessible objects by double plane method.
Tacheometry: Basic principle, Types of tacheometric survey, tacheometric equation for
horizontal line of sight and inclined line of sight in fixed hair method, anallactic lens in
external focusing telescopes, reducing the constants in internal focusing telescope, moving
hair method and tangential method, substance bar, Beaman stadia arc.
Text books
1. B. C. Punmia, Ashok K Jain, Arun K Jain, (2005), Surveying Vol I, 16th Edition, Laxmi
Publications.
Reference books
1. James. M. Anderson (1997), Surveying Theory and Practice, 7th Edition, McGraw
Hill Publication.
2. A. M. Chandra (2006), Plane Surveying, 2nd Edition, New Age International (P) Ltd.
3. A.M. Chandra (2006), Higher Surveying 2ndEdition, New Age International (P) Ltd.
4. Milton O. Schimidt (1985), Fundamentals of Surveying, 2nd Edition, Wong, Thomson
Learning.
5. S.K. Roy (2006), Fundamentals of Surveying, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India
6. Survey of India Publication on maps.
UE14CV205 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS & TECHNOLOGY (4-0-0-0-4)
Course objectives
1. To learn about various materials used in construction
2. To know about alternative materials used in industry.
3. To learn about various types of foundation.
4. To learn about the construction techniques used in industry.
5. To know about sustainable construction.
Course outcomes
1. Knowledge of various materials which are used in the construction field.
2. Brief idea of the components of a building structure.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Stones: Varieties of building stones, qualities of good building stones, dressing of stones,
selections and suitability of stones, uses of stones, decay and preservation of stones,
quarrying of stones.
Bricks: Qualities of brick earth, standard specifications for shape, size and properties,
testing of bricks.
Alternative materials: Solid and hollow blocks, stabilized mud blocks, aerated blocks,
rammed earth, reinforced brick work.
UNIT II
10
Hours
Cement: Raw materials, manufacture, types, properties, use of puzzolonic materials such
as fly ash, granulated blast furnace slag, rice husk ash as partial replacement, tests on
cement.
Fine and coarse aggregates: Properties and uses.
Mortar, concrete: materials, preparation, properties and uses.
Reinforcing and structural steel: Types, properties yield strength, ultimate strength,
proof stress, elongation, shapes and uses.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Timber: Classification of timber, fundamental engineering properties
of good timber,
defects in timber, seasoning of timber, solar timber seasoning kiln preservation of timber,
ply wood and its uses.
Plastics: Types, constituents of plastic, properties, uses of plastics in building industries.
Paints, varnishes and distempers: Constituents of oil paint, chatacteristics of a good paint,
types of paints, painting to wood, steel, iron and wall surfaces. Varnishes- Constituents of
varnishes types of varnishes, method of applying varnishes. Distemper and application to
new and old surfaces. Surface preservatives metallic coating by hot dipping.
Flooring: Base preparation, Types of flooring, laying details.
Form work: Economy in form work, material for form work details in RCC columns, beams
and floors, slip forming.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Techniques of sub structures: Foundations - Need, concepts of foundation, shallow
foundation, depth of excavation, Isolated and combined footings. Pile foundations, bearing,
friction, under reamed types, pile caps.
Super structures :Brick masonry - Different types of bonds - English, Flemish; Doors,
windows and ventilators - Location of doors, size of doors and door frames, types of doors
and windows, ventilators. Roofs- Different types of roofs and roof coverings, one way, two
way slabs - typical sketches.
UNIT V
12
Hours
Sustainable construction: Concept, Need, embodied energy and CO2 emissions in
building materials, recurring and operational energy in buildings, total energy in building life
cycle, zero energy and water neutral buildings, green buildings, rating systems GRIHA (
Green Rating for Integrated Habitat Assessment), LEED India ( Indian Green Building
Council), points allocation and rating. Construction and Demolition ( C & D) waste
management 4 Rs Golden rule ( Reduce, Reuse, Recycle, Recover) before final disposal.
Safety, health and welfare facilities in construction sites.
Text Books
1. B.C. Punmia (2007), Building Construction, 10th edition, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi.
2. S.C Rangwala (1997), Engineering Materials, 28th Edition, Charotar Publishing House,
Anand.
Reference Books
1. P.C. Varghese (2007), Building Construction, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.
2. Sushil Kumar (2005), Building Construction, 16th edition, Standard Publishers &
Distributors, New Delhi.
3. W B Mackay (2013), Building Construction, Vol 4, Pearson Publications.
4. Chudley (2005), Construction Technology, 4th Edition, Pearson Publications.
5. K.S. Jagadish and B.V. Venkatarama Reddy (2007), Alternative Building Materials
and Technologies 1st Edition, New Age International (P) Ltd.
6. Barry (1999), Construction of Buildings, 7th Edition, Wiley-blackwell Publications.
7. National Building Code NoSP 7 (2005)., BIS, New Delhi. (2005)
8. IGBC Manual, GRIHA Manual (2010), Publisher
9. IS CODES: 2185 part 1, 8041-1990, 12330-1988, 12600-1989.
UE14CV206 BUILDING PLANNING & DRAWING (1-0-2-0-2)
Course objectives
1. Understanding of the power and precision of computer-aided drafting.
2. Ability to create 2D representations of 3D objects as plan view, elevations and
sections.
3. Ability to assemble these drawings in industry-standard plan form and produce
plotted hard copies ready for distribution.
4. Awareness of architectural drafting with a focus on industry standards.
Course outcomes
1. Capability to present the ideas, actual planning and construction details, to prepare
easily understandable and aesthetic designs.
2. Capability to explain and discuss the proposed requirements for a building plan as
derived from rough sketches.
UNIT I
12 Hours
1. General introduction to CAD & drafting using AUTOCAD or similar tools to perform
the following
2. To prepare geometrical drawing of components like
a. Stepped wall footing
b. Paneled doors
c. Glazed windows
d. Stair case
UNIT II
12
Hours
Functional design of building, positioning of various components of buildings, orientation of
buildings, building standards, governing laws, set back distances and calculation of carpet
area, plinth area and floor area ratio.
UNIT III
15 Hours
Development of plan, elevation, section and schedule of openings from the given line
diagram of buildings.
Reference Books
1. M.H.Shah and C.M. Kale (2002), Building Drawing, 5th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Co Ltd., New Delhi.
2. Gurucharan Singh (2006), Building Planning, Designing and Scheduling, Standard
Publishers & Distributors, New Delhi.
3. National Building Code of India, BIS, New Delhi, 2005.
UE14CV207 BASIC SURVEYING PRACTICE (0-0-2-0-1)
Course objectives
1. Enable the student to capture information using the instruments & environment to
avoid possible errors in surveying.
2. Student will gain knowledge about the equipments like Tapes/Chains, Compass,
Plane Table, Auto Level and Theodolite.
Course outcomes
On successfully completing the coarse students are able to:
1. Use surveying instrumentation effectively
2. Understand and apply appropriate surveying data management methods and tools.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Measure distance between two points using direct ranging & set out perpendiculars
at various points on given line using cross staff, optical square and tape.
2. Setting out of rectangle, hexagon using tape and other accessories
3. To set out rectangles, pentagon, hexagon using tape and compass.
4. To determine the distance between two inaccessible points using tape & compass
5. Measurement of bearing of the sides of closed traverse and adjustment of closing
error by Bowditch method and transit method
6. To determine difference in elevation between two points using auto level
7. Measurement of horizontal angles with method of repetition and reiteration using
theodolite, measurement of vertical angles using theodolite.
8. Draw contours of a given area and determine the volume of the area
9. To locate points using radiation and intersection method of plane tabling
10. To solve 3-point problem in plane tabling using Bessels graphical solution
11. To determine the elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible and inaccessible.

12. To determine the distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible
points using double plane method.
13. Demonstration -Minor instruments Clinometer, Ceylon Ghat tracer, Hand level, Box
Sextant, Planimeter and Pantagraph
Text books
1. B. C. Punmia, Ashok K Jain, Arun K Jain (2005), Surveying Volume I, 15th Edition,
Laxmi Publications.
2. B. C. Punmia, Ashok K Jain, Arun K Jain (2005), Surveying Volume II, 15th Edition,
Laxmi Publications.
Reference books
1. S.K. Roy (2006), Fundamentals of Surveying, 2nd Edition - Prentice Hall of India.
2. Manual Department of Civil Engineering, PESU
UE14CV252 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS CLASSICAL METHODS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To learn the basics of structural analysis
2. To understand the different types of loads on structures
3. To understand the different types of supports and connections in structures
4. To understand the concept of moving load
Course outcomes
On completion of this course, students are able to:
1. Identify determinate and indeterminate structures
2. Obtain displacements and forces in structural members
3. Analyze various structures
UNIT I
12
Hours
Introduction to structural analysis: Forms of structures, loads and forces: dead loads,
imposed loads, load combination, idealization of structures, sign conventions, supports and
connections, elastic and linear behavior, principle of superposition. Review of statically
determinate and indeterminate structures.
Analysis of Determinate structures: Equations of equilibrium, free body diagram, sign
convention, cables, equation of a cable, horizontal tension, tension in cables supported at
different levels, length of cables, effects of change of temperature.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Displacementsgeometric methods: Deflected shapes, moment area method, conjugate
beam method.
Displacements energy methods: Introduction, forms of elastic strain energy, strain
energy in members, energy relations: law of conservation of energy, virtual works, Bettis
and Maxwells laws of reciprocal deflections, application of virtual work, deflection of trusses
and frames, Castiglianos Theorem I.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Analysis of indeterminate structures:Castiglinos Theorem II (Minimum Strain Energy)

Propped cantilever, fixed beams, theorem of three moments, derivation and application to
the analysis of statically indeterminate beams
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Three hinged semi circular and parabolic arches with supports at same levels and different
levels, determination of thrust, shear and bending moment. Analysis of Two hinged semi
circular and parabolic arches with supports at same levels and different levels, determination
of thrust, shear and bending moment for arches.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Rolling loads and influence lines: Introduction, Types of moving loads Concentrated,
Single, Pair, Multiple UDL, longer than span and shorter than span, Influence line
diagrams-Reaction, BM, SF, Absolute maximum BM and SF (only for statically determinate
beams).
Text books
1. C. S Reddy (2012), Basic Structural Analysis, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi.
2. Vazirani and Ratwani (2012), Analysis of Structures, 17th Edition, Khanna Publishers.
Reference books
1. Devadas Menon (2012), Structural Analysis, Reprint, Narosa Publishing House.
2. T.S.Thandavamoorthy (2011), Structural Analysis, Oxford University Press.
3. Devadas Menon (2012), Advanced Structural Analysis, Narosa Publishing House.
4. C.K.Wang (1981), Introductory Structural Analysis Prentice Hall.
5. C.K.Wang (2011), Intermediate Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co
Ltd.
6. R.C Coates, M.G Coutie, and F.K Kong (1998), Structural Analysis, ELBS/Van
Nostrand Reinhold, 3rd Edition, Singapore.
UE14CV253 FLUID MECHANICS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. Understand fluid mechanics by emphasizing the physics
2. Understand principles and equations of fluid mechanics
3. By solving the numerous and diverse real world engineering examples student gets to
know how to apply fluid mechanics in engineering practice.
4. Understand basic properties of fluids, governing laws and equations of fluid flow, such as
Pascals law, Bernoullis equation, Kinematics of fluids, Reynolds number, and DarcyWeisbach equation.
5. With this foundation, students are well equipped to learn related theoretical & practical
subjects and their applications in the higher semesters.
Course outcomes
1. Helps the student to apply fluid mechanics knowledge to meteorology, oceanography,
hydrology areas.
UNIT I
12 Hours
Introduction & basic concepts: Introduction, Applications areas of fluid mechanics, The
No-slip condition, classification of fluids flows, Viscous versus inviscid regions of flow,
internal and external flow, compressible versus incompressible flow, laminar versus turbulent
flow, natural (or unforced) versus forced flow, steady versus unsteady flow, one-,two-, and
three-dimensional flows, system and control volume, Importance of dimensions and units,
some SI units, Dimensional homogeneity, Unity conversion ratios, numerical problems
Properties of fluids: introduction, continuum, density and specific gravity, density of ideal
gases, vapor pressure and cavitation, compressibility and speed of sound, viscosity, surface
tension and capillarity effect, numerical problems
Pressure and fluid statics: Pressure at a point, variation of pressure with depth, pressure
measurement devices, the barometer, the manometer, other pressure measurement
devices, introduction to fluid statics, hydrostatic forces on submerged plane surfaces, special
case: submerged rectangular plate, hydrostatic forces on submerged curved surfaces,
buoyancy and stability, stability of immersed and floating bodies, numerical problems.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Fluid kinematics: Lagrangian and Eulerian descriptions, Acceleration field, material
derivative; flow patterns and flow visualization, streamlines, pathlines, streaklines, timelines,
surface flow visualization techniques, numerical problems.
Mass, Bernoulli, and energy equations: Introduction, Conservation of mass, the linear
momentum equation, conservation of energy; conservation of mass, mass and volume flow
rates, conservation of mass principle, the Bernoulli equation, derivation, force balance
across streamlines, static, dynamic and stagnation pressures, limitations on the use of the
Bernoulli equation, hydraulic grade line (HGL) and energy grade line (EGL), applications of
the Bernoulli equation; numerical problems, Kinetic energy correction factor, numerical
problems.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Momentum analysis of flow systems: Newtons laws, choosing a control volume, forces
acting on control volume, the linear momentum, special cases, momentum-flux correction
factor, , steady flow, steady flow with one inlet and one outlet,
Flow in pipes: Introduction, Laminar and turbulent flows, Reynolds number, entrance
region, Entry lengths, laminar flow in pipes, pressure drop and head loss, inclined pipes,
turbulent flow in pipes, turbulent velocity profile, the moody chart, types of fluid flow
problems, minor losses, pipe in series and pipe in parallel, flow rate measurement, pitot and
pitot-static probes, obstruction flow meters: orifice, venturi, nozzle meters, variable- area
flowmeters, (rotameters), ultrasonic flowmeter, other flowmeters, numerical problems, Water
hammer, gradual closure of value, sudden closure of value, numerical problems.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Differential analysis of fluid flow: Introduction, Conservation of mass The continuity
equation, derivation, alternative form of the continuity equation, special cases of the
continuity equation, the stream function, the stream function in Cartesian coordinates, the
Navier-stokes equation, continuity and Navier-Stokes equations in Cartesian coordinates,
exact solutions of the continuity and Navier-stokes equations, boundary conditions,
numerical problems
UNIT V
10 Hours
Flow measuring devices: Flow through orifices and mouthpieces, introduction,
classification of orifices, flow through an orifice, hydraulic coefficients, determination of
coefficient of velocity, coefficient of discharge, and coefficient of contraction, flow through
large orifice, flow through submerged orifice, flow through partially submerged orifices,
classification of mouthpieces, flow through external cylindrical mouthpieces, flow through
convergent-divergent mouthpieces, flow through internal (or re-entrant or Bordas )
mouthpiece, numerical problems
Flow over notches and weirs: Introduction, classifications of notches and weirs, discharge
over a rectangular notch or weir, discharge over a triangular notch or weir, discharge over a
trapezoidal notch or weir, discharge over a broad crested weir, discharge over a ogee weir,
discharge over submerged weir, numerical problems
Text Books
1. John M. Cimbala, Yunus A Cengel (2013 ), Essentials of Fluid Mechanics
Fundamental and Applications, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private limited, New
Delhi.
2. Sukumar Patil (2013), A Text Book On Fluid Mechanics And Hydraulic Machines,
First reprint, Tata Mc-Graw Hill Education (India) Private limited.
Reference Books
1. RK Bansal (2013), A Textbook of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines S.I. Units,
Revised 9th Edition, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd.
2. Schaums (1989), Fluid Mechanics 2500 Solved Problems, 3rd edition,
Mcgraw
Hill.
3. Pijush .K.Kundu, Ira .M.Cohen (2015), Fluid Mechanics, 6th Edition Academic Press,
An Imprint of Elsiever.
4. Streeter (2013), Fluid Mechanics, 9th Edition Seventh reprint, Mcgraw Hill education
(India) Private limited, New Delhi.
5. K.Subramanya (2011),Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines Problems and
Solutions, Tata Mcgraw Hill Education,New Delhi.
UE14CV254
ADVANCED SURVEYING TECHNIQUES (3-0-0-0-3)
Course objectives
1. To understand different geometric objects - setting of curves, area & volume
calculation.
2. To know concepts of electromagnetic waves, EDM, GPS, remote sensing,
photography and usage of computers in surveying.
Course outcomes
On successfully completing this course, students shall be able to:
1. analyze and solve the problems relating to setting of curves.
2. operated and collect the required data using total
3. analyse the mapping technique
4. apply appropriate surveying data capture technique.
UNIT I
7 Hours
Curve setting: Introduction to curves - simple circular curves, compound and reverse
curves, transition curves and vertical curves, parts of curve and usage. Simple circular
curves necessity types, simple curves, elements, designation of curves.
UNIT II
8 Hours
Setting out simple curves by linear methods, setting out curves by Rankines deflection
angle method.
UNIT III
8 Hours
Total station : Electro Magnetic Distance Measurement: Introduction, electromagnetic
waves, modulation, types of EDM instruments, principle of their working, salient features of
total station, , advantages of total station over conventional instruments, introduction to
various type of Total Station, application of total station.
UNIT IV
8 Hours
Global positioning system (GPS): Introduction, GPS principles, Satellite navigation
System, GPS-Space segment, Control segment, User segment, GPS satellite signals,
Receivers, Static, Kinematic and DGPS, Application of GPS.
UNIT V
8 Hours
Introduction to remote sensing: Idealized remote sensing system, basic principles of
remote sensing, observation platforms and applications of remote sensing.
Geographical information system (GIS): Definition and components of GIS, four Ms,
database and models, GIS packages and usage of GIS.
Photogrammetry: Basic concepts of terrestrial photogrammetry and aerial photogrammetry,
photo theodolite, horizontal & vertical angles, horizontal position, type of photographs and
geometry of aerial photographs.
Text books
1. B. C. Punmia, Ashok K Jain, Arun K Jain (2005), Surveying Volume II, 15th Edition,
Laxmi Publications.
2. B. C. Punmia, Ashok K Jain, Arun K Jain (2005), Surveying Volume III, 15th Edition,
Laxmi Publications.
3. M Anji Reddy (2012), Remote Sensing and GIS,4th Edition BS Publications/BSP
Books.
Reference books
1. James.M. Anderson (1997), Surveying Theory and Practice, 7th Edition, McGraw Hill
Publication.
2. M. Chandra (2006), Plane Surveying, 2nd Edition, New Age International (P) Ltd.
3. A.M. Chandra (2006), Higher Surveying, 2nd Edition, New Age International (P) Ltd.
4. Milton O. Schimidt (year), Fundamentals of Surveying, 2nd Edition, Wong, Thomson
Learning.
5. S.K. Roy(2006), Fundamentals of Surveying, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India
6. Survey of India Publication on maps.
UE14CV 255 ADVANCED GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. This course gives a detailed understanding of geotechnical engineering.
2. It helps students to understand importance of exploration program, stabilisation of
boreholes, stresses in soils, lateral earth pressure, stability of earth slopes.
3. This course also covers topics on bearing capacity, foundation settlement,
proportioning shallow and pile foundations and well foundations.
Course outcomes
1. On completion of this course the students should be capable to perform reports on
soil exploration program and various types of stresses acting on soil stratum
2. They will be in a position to know the types of earth pressures acting on various
structures, practical approach for determination of bearing capacity and foundation
settlement analysis.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Subsurface exploration: Importance of exploration program, Methods of exploration:
Boring, Seismic refraction method of geophysical exploration, Types of samples undisturbed, disturbed and representative samples, Samplers, sample disturbance, area
ratio, Recovery ratio, clearance, Stabilisation of boreholes - Typical bore log. Number and
depth of borings for various civil engineering structures, soil exploration report. Standard
penetration test and cone penetration test.
Drainage and dewatering: Determination of ground water level by Hvorselevs method.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Stresses in soils: Boussinesqs equation for concentrated, circular and rectangular loads.
Newmarks chart, Pressure distribution diagrams, Westergaards equation, Contact
pressure.
Flownets: Laplace equation (no derivation) assumptions and limitations only, characteristics
and uses of flownets, Methods of drawing flownets for Dams and sheet piles. Estimating
quantity of seepage and Exit gradient. Determination of phreatic line in earth dams with and
without filter. Piping and protective filter.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Lateral earth pressure: Active and Passive earth pressures, Earth pressure at rest.
Rankines and Coulombs Earth pressure theories-assumptions and limitations, Graphical
solutions for active earth pressure (cohesionless soil only) Culmanns and Rebhanns
methods, Lateral earth pressure in cohesionless soils, Earth pressure distribution.
Stability of earth slopes: Types of slopes, causes and type of failure of slopes. Definition of
factor of safety, Stability of infinite slopes, Stability of finite slopes by Method of slices and
Friction Circle method, Taylors stability number, Fellineous method, methods to improve
slope stability.
UNIT IV
12 Hours
Bearing capacity: Definitions of ultimate, net and safe bearing capacities, Allowable
bearing pressure. Terzaghis and Brinch Hansens bearing capacity equations - assumptions
and limitations, Bearing capacity of footing subjected to eccentric loading. Effect of ground
water table on bearing capacity. Field methods of evaluation of bearing capacity - Plate load
test.
Foundation settlement: Importance and Concept of Settlement Analysis, Immediate,
consolidation and Secondary settlements (no derivations, but, computation using relevant
formula for Normally Consolidated soils), Tolerance. BIS specifications for total and
differential settlements of footings and rafts.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Raft and pile foundations: Allowable Bearing Pressure, Factors influencing the selection of
depth of foundation, Factors influencing Allowable Bearing Pressure, Factors influencing the
choice of foundation, combined, Classification of pile foundation, Pile capacity, Proportioning
foundation pile groups in sand and clay by dynamic and static formula pile load test.
Text Books
1. Alam Singh (2012), Soil Engineering; In Theory And Practice: Fundamentals And
General Principles , Volume I, 4th Edition, CBS Publishers and Distributors Pvt. Ltd.
2. K. R. Arora (2011), Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering (Geotechnical
Engineering), 7th Edition, Standard Publishers Distributors.
References Books
1. B.C.Punmia, Ashok Kumar Jain, Arun Kumar Jain (2005), Soil Mechanics and
Foundations, 16th Edition, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi.
rd
2. Alam Singh (2012), Modern Geotechnical Engineering, 3 Edition, CBS Publishers and
Distributors Pvt. Ltd.
3. V.N.S Murthy(2012), Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering; Geotechnical
Engineering Series, 4th Edition, UBS Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi.
th
4. Braja, M. Das (2002), Geotechnical Engineering, , 5 Edition, Thomson Business
Information India (P) Ltd., India
th
5. J.E Bowles (1996), Foundation Analysis and Design, 5 Edition, McGraw Hill Pub. Co.
New York.
UE14CV256 ADVANCED SURVEYING PRACTICE (0-0-2-0-1)
Course Objectives
1. Enable the student to capture information using Total Station, transfer the same to a
computer and map the same using software.
2. Use GPS equipments for tracking and locating coordinates.
Course outcomes
On successfully completing the coarse students are able to:
1. Process and analyze surveying data using appropriate computational and
analytical techniques
2. Use the data for the design and setting out of engineering works
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
1. Demonstration of Total Station and determine difference in elevation between two
points.
2. Measurement of horizontal angles, Vertical angles and elevation using Total Station.
3. To determine the distance and difference in elevation using Total Station.
4. To set out simple curves using Total Station.
5. To set out Profile leveling.
6. Create a map of an existing area in the campus and plot on a computer.
7. Application of GPS Equipments.
Demonstration
Usage of relevant softwares for preparation of the contour drawings.
Text Books
1. B. C. Punmia, Ashok K Jain, Arun K Jain (2005), Surveying Volume II, 15th
Edition, Laxmi Publications.
2. B. C. Punmia, Ashok K Jain, Arun K Jain (2005), Surveying Volume III, 15th
Edition, Laxmi Publications.
3. M. Anji Reddy (2012), Remote Sensing and GIS, 4th Edition, BS Publications/BSP
Books.
Reference Books
1. James.M. Anderson (1997), Surveying Theory and Practice,7th Edition, McGraw Hill
Publication.
2. Milton O. Schimidt (1985), Fundamentals of Surveying, 2nd Edition, Wong, Thomson.
3. Manual Department of Civil Engineering, PESU
UE14CV257 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)
Course Objectives
1. Familiarize students with geotechnical test methods used in the field for soil testing.
2. Conduct test efficiently and without sacrificing the quality of results.
3. Understand laboratory testing methods and the standard test procedures.
Course outcomes
1. The students will be able to perform reports on soil exploration program.
2. They will be in a position to know the practical approach for determination of soil
properties.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of water content by oven drying method and Pycnometer method.
3. Determination of specific gravity by Pycnometer and density bottle.
4. Determination of grain size distribution by sieve analysis (Mechanical analysis).
5. Determination of Atterbergs limits-Liquid limit, plastic limit and shrinkage limit.
a) Liquid limit (Casagrande and Cone Penetration Methods).
b) Plastic limit.
c) Shrinkage limit.
6. Standard Proctor Compaction Test.
7. Determination of In situ density by core cutter and sand replacement methods.
8. Determination of Coefficient of permeability by constant head and variable head
methods.
9. Strength Tests.
a) Direct Shear Test. (Sand & Clay)

b) Triaxial Compression Test (undrained).
c) Unconfined Compression Test
10. Consolidation Test.
11. CBR test on soil.
Reference Books
1. I.S:2720-Relevant parts
2. Geotechnical Engineering Lab Manual, Department of Civil Engineering, PES
University
3. Dr. K. Madhavan (2009), Geotechnical Engineering Laboratory Manual, Prof. IIT
Kanpur.
4. Alam Singh (2012), Soil Engineering: In Theory And Practice; Fundamentals and
General Principles,Vol. 1, 4th Edition, CBS Publishers and Distributors Pvt. Ltd.
5. Alam Singh, (2012), Modern Geotechnical Engineering, 3rd Edition, CBS Publishers
and Distributors Pvt. Ltd .
6. K. R. Arora (2011), Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering (Geotechnical
Engineering) 7 th Edition, Standard Publishers Distributors.
UE14CV258: MATERIALS & TESTING LABORATORY (0-0-0-0-1)

Course Objectives
1. The students have to identify different materials and their properties used in
construction industry.
2. The different types of test and standard values should be known.
3. They will be able to identify the test conducted on a specimen by visualizing
the fracture surfaces.
Course Outcomes
1. Able to determine the properties and selection criteria of materials.
2. Get knowledge about strength and stability of real structural elements.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Tensile, shear and compression tests of metallic specimens using Universal Testing
Machine
2. Izod and Charpy tests on metal specimens
3. Torsion test on mild steel specimen
4. Brinell, Rockwell and Vickers Hardness test
5. Flexural strength of wood specimen only.
6. Abrasive test on roof tiles.
7. Tests on fine aggregates moisture content, specific gravity, bulk density, sieve
analysis and bulking.
8. Tests on coarse aggregates absorption, moisture content, specific gravity, bulk
density and sieve analysis.
9. Dimension tolerance test for bricks.
10. Identification and description of minerals based on their physical properties
11. Identification of igneous rocks, sedimentary rocks and metamorphic rocks
Text Books:
1. Davis & Troxell (1982), The Testing Of Engineering Materials, McGraw-Hill Higher
Education.
2. S. K. Parbin (2012), A Text Book of Geology, Kataria & Sons Publication, 2012
Reference Books:
1. Manual Department of Civil Engineering, PES University.
2. IS codes as specified in the manual.
UE15EC101: BASIC ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING (4-0-0-0-4)
Course Objectives:
1. Impart understanding of working principles and applications of semiconductor
devices in the design of electronic circuits.
2. Introduce basic applications like rectifiers, amplifiers and other signal conditioning
circuits with emphasis on practical design considerations.
3. Provide basic understanding of digital circuits and principles of logic design.
4. To enhance the understanding of the topics in the curriculum, specific activities have
been designed as conceptual and hands-on aid.
Course outcomes:
On successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:
1. Analyze and appreciate the working of electronic circuits involving applications of
diodes and transistors.
2. Comprehend working of amplifiers.
3. Design simple analog circuits using general purpose op-amp IC 741.
4. Design combinational digital circuits to meet a given specification using digital ICs
5. Develop simple projects based on the different devices studied in this course.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Semiconductor diode theory: Intrinsic and Extrinsic semiconductors, Semiconductor
diode under forward and reverse bias, Shockleys equation, Zener and Avalanche
breakdown, Comparison between Si, Ge and GaAs diodes, temperature effects, Ideal versus
Practical diode, Diode resistances, Diode equivalent circuits, Zener diode characteristics,
Light-emitting diodes, Series diode configurations.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Semiconductor diode applications: Diode OR and AND gates, Half-wave, Full-wave and
bridge rectifier, ripple factor derivations, Peak inverse voltage. General filter considerations,
Shunt capacitor filter with derivation for ripple factor. Zener diode voltage regulator,
Regulated power supply.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Digital electronics: Basic gates(review), Boolean Algebra, Boolean laws and theorems,
Simplification of Boolean expressions, Universal gates NAND and NOR, SOP expression,
Arithmetic building blocks Half and Full Adder, Data-Processing circuits Multiplexers,
Demultiplexers, 1-of-16 Decoder, BCD-to-decimal Decoders, Encoders.
UNIT IV
14 Hours
Bipolar junction transistors: Transistor construction, transistor operation, Transistor
configurations - Common base and common emitter configurations input and output
characteristics, common collector configuration. Transistor amplifying action. Basic CE
amplifier, DC load line and operating point. Selection of the operating point, Need for bias
stabilization. Biasing circuits: Fixed bias, Emitter resistor bias, Voltage divider bias, Bias
circuit design, Bias stabilization, Stability factor (only definitions), Transistor NOT gate,
Single stage CE Amplifier, Decibel voltage and power gains.
UNIT V
8 Hours
Introduction to operational amplifiers: The Operational Amplifier, Schematic Symbol,
Equivalent circuit of op-amp, Ideal voltage transfer curve, Op-Amp parameters and its values
for Op-Amp 741 Offset voltages and currents, Input and output resistances, GBW, CMRR,
Slew rate (Definitions and significance only), Ideal Op-amp, Negative feedback.
Practical Op-Amp circuits: Inverting Amplifier, Non-inverting Amplifier, Voltage follower,
Summing Amplifier, Integrator, Differentiator, Voltage Subtraction, Basic comparator (ZCD).
Reference Books:
1. Robert. L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky (2009), Electronic Devices and Circuit
Theory, 10th Edition, PHI.
2. Ramakant A Gayakwad (2010), Op-amps and Linear Integrated Circuits, 4th Edition,
PHI.
3. Albert Paul Malvino, Donald P Leach, Goutamsaha (2007), Digital Principles and
Applications, 6th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill.
Suggested Reading
1. Jacob Millman and Christos C. Halkias (2010), Integrated Electronics, 2nd Edition,
Tata McGraw Hill.
UE14EC202: NETWORK ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
This is a introductory course to the analysis of electrical networks consisting of linear passive
and active elements. The student will learn the characterization of such networks using
linear, algebraic and ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients using which
steady state and transient analysis is carried out. Students would also learn to synthesise
systems based on transfer function.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of this Course, the students would be able to;
1. Solve the Electrical networks using nodal and mesh analysis techniques.
2. Apply the concepts of theorems to Solve the Electric and electronic circuits
3. Analyze the steady state and transient response of the circuits and Compute the
impedance, resonance and complex power for RL, RC and RLC circuits.
4. Calculate the parameters of two port networks.
5. Synthesize the RLC using Foster and Cauer forms.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Review of circuit concepts and network conventions: Reference directions for current
and voltage, active element conventions, dot convention for coupled circuits.
Analysis using Kirchoffs Laws: Source transformations, Node and mesh analysis,
concepts of super node and super mesh, DC and AC networks excited by linearly
dependent sources, concept of Duality.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Network theorems: Linearity and superposition, Thevenins theorem, Nortons theorem,
maximum power transfer theorem, reciprocity theorem, Millmans theorem and Tellegens
theorem (for DC and AC excitations).
UNIT III
10 Hours
Transient behaviour and initial conditions: Evaluation of initial and final conditions in RL,
RC and RLC circuits for DC and AC excitations.
Resonant circuits: Series and parallel resonance, frequency response of series and
parallel resonant circuits, Q-factor, bandwidth.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Applications of Laplace transform: Circuit analysis in s-domain.
Two-port networks: Network functions, two-port parameters of networks: Z, Y, h, and
transmission parameters, relationships between two-port parameters, transfer functions
using two-port parameters, interconnection of two-ports, incidental dissipation, analysis of
ladder networks.
UNIT V
12 Hours
Elements of Realizability theory: Causality and stability, Hurwitz polynomial, positive real
functions, elementary synthesis procedures.
Synthesis of one port networks with two kinds of elements: Properties of LC admittance
functions, RC driving point impedances, RL impedances and RC admittances. Synthesis of
LC driving point admittances, RC impedances, RL admittances, RLC functions.
Text Book:
1. M.E Van Valkenburg (2006), Network Analysis, 3rd Edition, PHI.
Reference Book:
1. W.H. Hayt, J.E. Kemmerly, S.M. Durbin (2007), Engineering Circuit Analysis, 7th
Edition, TMH.
2. Franklin F Kuo (2006), Network Analysis and Synthesis, 2nd Edition, Wiley India.
UE14EC203: Electronic Devices and Circuits (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
The main objective of the course is to understand the basics of transport phenomenon of
charge carriers, semiconductor classification, carrier processes and essentials of pnjunction theory to understand the operation of BJT. Students will learn the applications of
semiconductor devices. They will also learn the AC and DC analysis of circuits with Diodes,
BJTs and FETs. This syllabus covers the analysis of the frequency response on these
devices as well as on circuits. The knowledge of this subject is essential for students to build
up projects and to do research.
Course Outcomes
1. Find the density of carriers in semiconductors to determine currents in diode, diode
capacitances, and diode switching characteristics.
2. Design the simple applications of diode circuits like clippers, clampers and voltage
multipliers.
3. Perform the AC and DC analysis of circuits with Diodes, BJTs and FETs.
4. Design the basic amplifier circuits using BJT and FET.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors: Density of states, Fermi- Dirac distribution
function, carrier densities, extrinsic semiconductors, thermal equilibrium, density of carriers
in extrinsic semiconductors, Fermi level in extrinsic semiconductors( no derivations, only
concepts)
Carrier processes: Collision effects, mobility, drift current and conductivity, resistivity and
resistance, particle diffusion and diffusion current, carrier currents, recombination and
generation, Continuity equation.
UNIT II
12 Hours
The PN junction DIODE: Space-charge region, analytical relations at equilibrium, conditions
in the diode with voltage applied, currents in diode, diode capacitances, diode switching
characteristics.
Diode Applications: Clippers, Clampers and Voltage-Multiplier circuits.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Transistor at low frequencies :Two-port devices and hybrid model ,h-parameters,
Conversion formulas for the parameters of the 3 transistor configurations, Analysis of
transistor amplifier circuit using h-parameters, emitter follower, comparison of transistor
amplifier configurations, Millers Theorem and its dual, cascading transistor amplifiers,
Simplified CE hybrid model, High Input-Resistance Transistor circuits.
UNIT IV
12 Hours
Transistor at high frequencies: hybrid CE model, hybrid conductances, The hybrid
capacitances, validity of hybrid model, variations of hybrid parameters, the CE short
circuit current gain.
Power amplifiers:
Introduction definition and amplifier types, series-fed class A amplifier, class-B amplifier
operation, amplifier circuits and distortions, class-C amplifiers.
UNIT V
8 Hours
Field-effect Transistors: construction and characteristics of JFET, transfer characteristics,
depletion type MOSFET, enhancement type MOSFET, voltage divider biasing, FET small
signal model, Source-Follower (Common Drain) configuration.
Text Books
1. Kannan Kano (1997), Semiconductor Devices, 1st Edition, Pearson Education.
2. Jacob Millman, Christos C. Halkias (2009), Integrated Eletronics, TMH publications.
3. Boylestad, Louis Nashalsky (2007), Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, 9th
Edition, PHI Publication.
UE14EC204: LOGIC DESIGN THEORY (3-0-0-0-3)

Course Objectives
Sequential and combinational digital circuits are the building blocks of any processor,
irrespective of its application. This course deals with the basics of Boolean Algebra, Digital
principles and circuits. After learning this subject the student will be able to develop the
logical skills required to design simple digital circuits.
The course starts with the basics of Boolean Algebra and Boolean expression minimization
techniques. Then it explains simple combinational networks like Multiplexers, decoders etc.
After this the difference between the combinational technologies and sequential circuits is
dealt with. Finally it gives the method to realize the basic gates using different technologies.
Course Outcomes
5. Minimize functions using any type of minimizing algorithms (Boolean algebra,
Karnaugh map or Tabulation Method).
6. Define the problem (Inputs and Outputs), write its functions. Implement functions
using digital circuit (Combinational or Sequential).
7. Have knowledge in analyzing and designing procedures of Combinational and
Sequential circuits.
8. Use simulation software, for testing the designed circuit

9. Design combinational and sequential digital circuits to meet a given specification and
be able to represent logic functions in multiple formsunderstanding the advantages
and disadvantages of each.
10. Understand how CMOS transistors can be used to realize digital logic circuits and
understand basic characteristics of logic gates (such as power, noise margins,
timing, tri-state circuitry, etc.)
UNIT I
9 Hours
Boolean algebra and combinational networks: Canonical formulae, Manipulations of
Boolean formulae, Incomplete Boolean functions and Dont care conditions in Logic design,
Definition of combinational logic: problem statements to truth tables.
Simplification of Boolean expressions: Formulation of the simplification Problem, criteria
for minimality, Prime implicants and irredundant disjunctive expressions.Five-variable Kmaps, the Quine-McLuskey method of generating prime implicants and prime implicates
Prime implicant/prime implicate tables and irredundant expressions, Prime implicant/prime
implicate table reductions,Decimal method for obtaining prime implicants /implicates,
variable entered K-maps.
UNIT II
9 Hours
Combinational logic modules and their applications: Binary adders and sub tractor,
Carry look ahead adder, decimal adder, Comparators, Decoders, Encoders, Multiplexers,
Realization using Mux and Mux trees, Programmable logic devices, PROMS,PAL, PLA
Devices.
UNIT III
7 Hours
Flip flops: The basic Bistable element, Flip Flops-Truth table, circuit, characteristic
equations, state equations, state transition diagrams, Latches, Timing considerations,
Master-slave Flip-flops (pulse triggered), Edge triggered Flip-flops, Characteristic equations.
UNIT IV
8 Hours
Sequential logic systems: Registers, Counters, Design of Synchronous & Asynchronous
counters, Structure and operation of clocked synchronous sequential, network, Analysis of
clocked synchronous sequential networks. Melay model, Moore model.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Logic families: Introduction to different logic families; CMOS inverter - circuit description
and operation, Structure and operations of TTL and CMOS gates; Electrical characteristics
of logic gates logic levels and noise margins, fan-out, propagation delay, transition time,
power consumption and power-delay product.Operational characteristics of MOSFET as
switch; TTL inverter - circuit description and operation.
Text Books
1. Donald D. Givone (2007), Digital Principles and Design, Tata-McGraw Hill.
2. Mano and Kim (2001), Logic and Computer Design Fundamentals, 2nd Edition,
Pearson Publication.
UE14EC205: ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD THEORY (4-0-0-0-4)
Course Objectives
The circuit theory concepts is inadequate for explaining phenomenas like radiation,
communication between two walkie-talkies or mobile phones at a distance. Electromagnetic
field theory will introduce the concepts and laws of static and time varying electric and
magnetic fields and interaction between these two fields which provides an explanation for
the above said phenomena.
Course Outcomes
1. Calculate the electric field, scalar potential, stored energy, and capacitance
associated with simple distributions of charge
2. Calculate the magnetic field, stored energy, and inductance for simple distributions of
current density.
3. Calculate the resistance of simple structures of given conductivity
4. Use appropriate Maxwell's equations in integral and differential forms to time-varying
field problems.
5. Explain an electromagnetic wave and determine parameters (frequency, phase
constant and velocity, associated intrinsic impedance) and power density.
6. Determine the attenuation constant, phase constant, and skin depth for waves in a
lossy medium, where the conductivity may range from low to high.
7. Distinguish between linear polarization, circular polarization, and elliptical polarization
with right-hand/left-hand orientation.
8. Calculate reflection and transmission coefficients and fields for uniform plane waves
normally-incident and obliquely-incident on planar interfaces.
UNIT I
14 Hours
Vector analysis: Introduction to coordinate systems and transformation, Cartesian
coordinates, circular cylindrical coordinates, spherical coordinates, vector operations in
different co-ordinate systems-Divergence, Curl, Gradient
Electrostatics:Introduction, Coulombs Law and field intensity, electric fields due to
continuous charge distributions, electric flux density, Gausss Law, Applications of Gausss
Law, Divergence of a vector and Divergence theorem, Electric potential, Gradient of a scalar
quantity, Relationship between Electric field and potential, an electric dipole and flux lines,
energy density in electrostatic fields.
UNIT II
8 Hours
Electric fields in material space: Continuity equation and relaxation time, boundary
conditions, Poissons and Laplaces equation, general procedure for solving Poissons or
Laplaces equation, resistance and capacitance.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Magnetostatic fields: Introduction, Biot-Savarts Law, Amperes circuital Law, applications
of Amperes Law, Curl of a vector and Stokes theorem, magnetic flux density, Maxwells
equation for static fields, magnetic scalar and vector potentials, derivation of Biot-Savarts
Law and Amperes Law.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Magnetic forces, materials and devices: Introduction, forces due to magnetic fields,
magnetic torque and moment, a magnetic dipole, magnetization in materials, magnetic
boundary conditions, inductors and inductances, magnetic energy, magnetic circuits.
Maxwells equations:Introduction, Faradays Law, transformer and motional electromotive
forces, displacement current, Maxwells equations in final forms. Time harmonic fields.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Electromagnetic wave propagation:Introduction, wave propagation in lossy dielectrics,
plane waves in lossless dielectrics, plane waves in free space, plane waves in good
conductors, power and Poynting vector, Wave polarization, reflection of a plane wave at
normal incidence, reflection of a plane wave at oblique incidence.
Text Book
1. Matthew N.O. Sadiku (2007), Principles of Electromagnetics, 4th Edition , Oxford
University Press .
Reference Books
1. Edward C Jordan, Keith G Balmain (2005), Electromagnetic waves and radiating
systems, 2nd Edition, PHI.
2. William H Hayt Jr (2007), Engineering Electromagnetics, 7th Edition, Tata Mc Graw
Hill.
3. Clayton R. Paul, Kath W. Whites, Syed A Nasar (2007), Introduction to
Electromagnetic fields, 2nd revised edition, TMH.
UE14EC206: NETWORK ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course Objectives
To provide the students with a hands-on experience on the theoretical concepts through
simple experiments. To develop the ability to design and validate their knowledge through
open ended experiments.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of this lab course, the students would be able to
1. Verify the Thevenins and Maximum power transfer theorem for the given circuit
problem.
2. Demonstrate the application of Superposition and Millmans theorem.
3. Compute the H parameters of the given transistor
4. Synthesize simple circuits such as RC and RLC in both Foster and Cauer form
5. Conduct an open ended experiment in a group of 2 to 3.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Introduction to SCILAB and MULTISIM
2. Thevenins theorem
3. Maximum Power transfer theorem
4. Superposition, Star-Delta conversion and Source Transformation
5. Reciprocity
6. Millman's theorem
7. First Order Circuit
8. Resonance
9. Determination of h parameters of transistor
10. Inter Connection of 2 port networks
11. Synthesis of RC and RLC in both Foster and Cauer form
12. Open Ended Experiment
UE14EC207: ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course Objectives
open ended experiments
Course Outcomes

1. Demonstrate the use of diodes in clipper, clamper and voltage multiplier circuits
2. Compute the H parameters of the given transistor in CE mode
3. Design and analyze the characteristics of BJT amplifiers
4. Design and analyze the characteristics of FET

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Diode Clippers
2. Diode Clampers.
3. Diode Voltage-Multiplier circuits
4. To determine the h- parameters of a transistor in CE mode
5. Experiment to determine the characteristics of Amplifiers, using BJT (like input
impedence, ouput impedence, voltage gain, current gain)
6. Frequency response of single stage Amplifier.
7. Emitter follower with and without bootstrap circuit.
8. FET V-I characteristics
9. Voltage Divider Biasing FET
10. Class AB push-pull amplifier.
11. Open ended experiment
UE14EC208: LOGIC DESIGN LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course Objectives
Course Outcomes
1. Synthesize Boolean expressions using universal gates
2. Perform basic arithmetic operations using IC7483
3. Design and verify simple logic circuits using flip flops
4. Conduct an open ended experiment in a group of 2 to 3
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1.
Simplification, realization of Boolean expressions using logic universal gates
2.
Realization of parallel adder/ Subtractors using 7483 chip
3.
BCD to Excess-3 code conversion and vice versa
4.
Realization of Binary to Gray code conversion and vice versa
5.
MUX/DEMUX use of 74153, 74139 for arithmetic circuits and code converter
6.
Realization of One/Two bit comparator and study of 7485 magnitude comparator
7.
Use of a) Decoder chip to drive LED display and b) Priority encoder
8.
Truth table verification of Flip-Flops: (i) JK Master slave (ii) T type and (iii) D type
9.
Realization of 3 bit counters as a sequential circuit and MOD N counter design
10.
(7476, 7490, 74192, 74193).
11. Shift left; Shift right, SIPO, SISO, PISO, PIPO operations using 74S95
12. Design and testing of Ring counter/Johnson counter.
13. Design and testing of Sequence generator
UE14EC252: LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
Operational amplifier is an integrated circuit basically developed to perform mathematical
operations on signals. Analog computer is one example of the varied use of operational
amplifiers. Designing a circuit with this IC is very simple and it is used in many linear and
nonlinear applications. In this course, we analyze circuits with op-amp as the active device.
Feedback and difference amplifiers are also covered in the course. Architecture,
characteristics and applications of other important ICs like 555 Timer and Voltage regulators
are also dealt with in the course.
Course Outcomes
1. Analyze and design differential amplifiers and current sources used in linear
integrated circuits.
2. Apply the concepts of loading, impedance matching, gain and frequency response in
electronic circuit design and analysis.
3. Analyze and design amplifiers and active filters.
4. Apply feedback theory to analyze and design electronic oscillators.
5. Analyze and design application circuits using Op-Amps, Timers and voltage
regulators.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Feedback and difference amplifiers:feedback concepts, feedback connection types,
practical feedback circuits, feedback amplifiers phase and frequency considerations,
difference amplifier, constant current source (current mirror), input resistance, active load,
level translator, output stage.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Operational amplifiers:Voltage-series feedback amplifier, voltage-shunt feedback amplifier,
The practical op-amp : input offset voltage, input bias current, input offset current, total
output offset voltage, thermal drift, effect of variation in power supply voltages on offset
voltage, change in input offset voltage and input offset current with time, noise, common
mode configuration and common mode rejection ratio, frequency response slew rate.
UNIT III
12 Hours
Operational amplifiers applications:Instrumentation amplifier, voltage to current converter,

current to voltage converter, integrator, differentiator, Active filters, first order and second
order low-pass and high-pass Butterworth filter, band-pass, band-reject filters, all filters,
Comparators : basic comparator, Zero crossing detector, Schmitt trigger, comparator
characteristics, limitations of op-amps as comparators, absolute value output circuit, peak
detector.
UNIT IV
12 Hours
Specialized IC applications: The 555 timer: the 555 as a mono-stable, astable multivibrator
and its applications. Phase-Locked loops, IC Voltage regulators, 723 general purpose
regulator, switching regulator, A/D and D/A converters: introduction, basic DAC techniques,
AD converters, DAC/ADC specifications.
UNIT V
8 Hours
Oscillators: Oscillator operation, phase-shift oscillator, Wein-bridge oscillator, tuned
oscillator circuits (Hartleys and Colpitts), crystal oscillator.
Text Book
1. Boylestad, Louis Nashelsky (2007), Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, 9th
Reference Books
1. Ramakant A.Gayakwad (1999), Op-amps and Linear Integrated Circuits, 4th Edition
Pearson Education.
2. D. Roy Choudhury, Shail Jain (2010), Linear Integrated Circuits, 3rd revised edition,
New Age International (P) Ltd., Publisher.
UE14EC253: SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
This is the fundamental subject, a thorough understanding of which is essential to study the
subjects like signal processing, communication and control systems. It introduces different
types of signals and the basic operations performed on them. It discusses the important
case of linear time invariant systems and their properties. This subject gives an insight into
both continuous time and discrete time signals and systems, and their frequency domain
representation. This course trains students for an intermediate level of fluency with signals
and systems in both continuous time and discrete time, in preparation for more advanced
subjects in digital signal processing (including audio, image and video processing),
communication theory, and system theory, control, and robotics.
Course Outcomes
1. Be able to classify systems based on their properties: in particular, exploit the
implications of linearity, time-invariance, causality, memory, and bounded-input,
bounded-out (BIBO) stability.
2. Determine Fourier transforms for continuous-time and discrete-time signals (or
impulse-response functions), and interpret and plot Fourier transform magnitude and
phase functions..
3. Use the relationships among the various representations of LTI systemslinear
constant-coefficient difference or differential equation, frequency response, transfer
function, and impulse responseand infer one representation from another (e.g.,
determine the impulse response from the difference equation, etc.).
4. Determine the conditions for a time-domain function to have a Fourier transform, and
know how to relate the Fourier transform to its Z transform.
5. Analyze and design signals and system using transformation technique.
6. Use the unilateral Z transform to decompose the response of an LTI system into a
zero-state component and a zero-input component, and solve linear, constantcoefficient difference equations, with possibly non-zero initial conditions.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Signals and systems :Classification of signals, Continuous-time and discrete-time signals,
Transformations of the independent variable, Exponential and sinusoidal signals, The unit
impulse and unit step functions, Continuous-time and discrete-time systems, Basic system
properties.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Linear time-invariant systems: Discrete-time LTI systems: The convolution sum,
Continuous-time LTI systems: The convolution integral, Properties of LTI systems, Causal
LTI systems described by difference equations (Natural, Forced, and Complete Response).
UNIT III
10 Hours
Fourier series representation of periodic signals :Response of LTI systems to complex
exponentials, Trigonometric Fourier Series, Fourier series representation of continuous-time
periodic signals, Convergence of the Fourier series, Properties of continuous-time Fourier
series, Introduction to Fourier series representation of discrete-time periodic signals.
UNIT IV
12 Hours
The continuous-time Fourier transform: Representation of aperiodic signals: the
continuous-time Fourier transform, The Fourier transform for periodic signals, Properties of
continuous-time Fourier transform, Fourier transform pairs.
The discrete-time Fourier transform: Representation of aperiodic signals: the discretetime Fourier transform, The Fourier transform for discrete periodic signals, Properties of
discrete-time Fourier transform, Fourier transform pairs, Duality. Frequency Response of LTI
Systems Magnitude and Phase response.
UNIT V
10 Hours
The Z-transform:The Z-transform, The region of convergence for the Z-transform, The
inverse Z-transform, Properties of the Z-transform, Z-transform pairs, Analysis and
characterization of LTI systems using Z-transforms. The unilateral Z-transform and solution
of difference equations.
Text Books:
1. V. Oppenheim and A. S. Willsky with S. H. Nawab (1997), Signals and Systems, 2nd
Edition, Pearson Education..
Reference Books:
1. B. P. Lathi (2006), Signal Processing and Linear Systems, 1st Indian Edition, Oxford
University Press.
2. Simon Haykin and Barry Van Veen (2004), Signals and Systems, 2nd Edition, Wiley
India,.
3. Ashok Ambardar (1999), Analog and Digital Signal Processing, Thomas Learning.
UE14EC254: MICROCONTROLLER THEORY (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
Embedded systems are systems in which most of the operations are controlled using the
program executed by processor/microcontrollers with associated peripherals. To interface
the peripherals to the processor, we need to understand its architecture. To efficiently write
programs we need the proper understanding of the programming model and instruction set
supported by the processor/microcontroller.
This course introduces basic architecture of microprocessors using intel 8085 .In this course
we extensively study all aspects of microcontrollers including architecture, organization
special features, instruction set and programming with reference to the intel 8051
Microcontroller. This course illustrates the different aspects of programming and builds up
the pre-requisite for the embedded system course.
Course Outcomes
1. Understand the architecture of microprocessor and microcontroller
2. Write assembly level and C programs for 8051 microcontroller
3. Interface various peripherals like ADC, motors, etc. To 8051 controller
4. Develop a complete microprocessor based system
5. Understand the concepts of system programming using cross-assemblers and crosscompilers.
UNIT I
9 Hours
Introduction: Microprocessors, Microcomputers, Microprocessor Architecture and
Microcomputer System and its operations.
8085 Microprocessor architecture: 8085 Microprocessor Detailed functional block
Diagram and Architecture, the 8085 Programming Model, Demultiplexing the AD bus and
Generating Control Signals, Instruction, opcode and data format
Microprocessors & micro controller: RISC&CISC CPU architectures, Harvard &
VonNeuman CPU Architecture
UNIT II
9 Hours
The 8051 architecture: Introduction, 8051 Microcontroller hardware, I/O pins, ports and
circuits, external memory
8051 Addressing modes & operations: Introduction, Addressing modes ,External Data
moves, Code memory, read only data moves Indexed addressing mode, PUSH and POP
opcodes, Data exchanges, example programs
UNIT III
10 Hours
Logical operations introduction ,Byte level ,bit level logic operations, Rotate and Swap
operation ,example programs, Arithmetic operation introduction, flags, incrementing and
decrementing, addition subtraction, multiplication and division,. Decimal arithmetic, Example
programs
Jump & call operations: The JUMP and CALL program range, Jump calls and subroutine
and returns, example programming
UNIT IV
9 Hours
8051 programming in C: Data types and time delays in 8051C,I/O programming, Logic
operations, Data conversion programs, Accessing code ROM and Data serialization
Timer/Counter programming in 8051: Programming 8051 timers Counter programming,
Programming timer 0 and 1
8051 Serial communication: Basics of serial communication, 8051 connections to Rs-232,
8051 serial communication programming
UNIT V
11 Hours
Interrupt programming: 8051 interrupts, Programming Timer Interrupts, programming

External hardware Interrupts, programming the serial communication interrupt, interrupt
priority in 8051
8051 interfacing and applications: Interfacing 8051 to LCD, ADC, Temperature Sensors,
DAC, Stepper motor, Keyboard, 8255
Text Books
1. Ramesh S Gaonkar (2002), Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and
Applications with 8085, Prentice Hall.
2. Kenneth J .Ayala (2004), The 8051 Micro controller Architecture, Programming &
application, 3 ed., Thomson Learning.
3. Muhammad Ali Mazidi Janice Gillispie Mazidi and Roolin D McKinlay (2007), The
8051 Micro Controller And embedded Systems Using assembly and C, 2nd Ed.,
Pearson Education
4. Michael Predko (1999), Programming and Customizing the 8051 Microcontroller,
McGraw Hill
UE14EC255: PROBABILITY THEORY AND RANDOM PROCESS (3-0-0-0-3)
Course Objectives
This course introduces probability and probabilistic models. The objective is to equip
students with basic tools required to build and analyze such models in both discrete and
continuous context.
Course Outcomes
1. To solve problems involving the concepts of probability space and Bernoulli trials
2. To formulate simple practical problems in terms of random variables and solve them
3. Analyze the characteristics of random process in terms of stationarity, ergodicity,
power spectrum and average power
4. To determine the power spectrum and average power of the output process of a
linear system.
UNIT I
8 Hours
Probability and random variables: Probability: Review, independence; combined events
and Bernoulli trails. Discrete Random Variable: Definition, Probability mass function,
Cumulative distribution and different types of random variables. Continuous random variable:
Concept, distribution and density function, Gaussian, exponential and Rayleigh random
variables.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Expectation, moments; transformation of random variables, conditional density and
distribution function.
Vector random variables, Joint distribution and its properties, Joint density and its properties,
Conditional distribution and density, Statistical independence, Distribution and density of a
sum of random variables.
Central limit theorem, Expected value of a function of random variables, Jointly Gaussian
random variables, Law of large numbers.
UNIT III
7 Hours
Concept, Stationarity and independence, Ergodicity, Correlation functions, Gaussian,
Poisson and Bernoulli random processes.
UNIT IV
7 Hours
Power density spectrum of Random Process: Power density spectrum and its properties,
relationship between power spectrum and autocorrelation function, cross-power density
spectrum and its properties.
UNIT V
7 Hours
Linear systems with random inputs: Random signal response of linear systems, System
evaluation using random noise, Spectral characteristics of system response, Spectral
factorization, Noise bandwidth, Bandpass, Band-limited and narrow band processes.
Text Books
th
1. Sheldon Ross(2002), A First Course In Probability, 6 Edition, Pearson Education.
2. George R. Cooper and Clare D. McGillem (1999), Probabilistic Methods of Signal
and System Analysis, 3rd edition, Oxford University Press.
Reference Books
1. Peyton Z. Peebles, Jr. (2001), Probability, Random Variables and Random Signal
Principles, 4th Edition, McGraw-Hill
UE14EC256: LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course Objectives
Course Outcomes
1. Design and demonstrate different types of oscillators and multivibrators
2. Design a simple voltage regulator using IC 723 and 7805
3. Design A/D and D/A converters
4. Design and implement filters using Op-amps
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. RC Phase-shift Oscillator and Wein-bridge Oscillator
2. Hartley and Colpitts Oscillator.
3. 555 Mono-stable multivibrator
4. 555 Astable multivibrator
5. Voltage Regulators : IC 723 and 7805
6. A/D converter Flash-type converter
7. D/A converter R-2R Ladder network
8. Op-amp :Integrator, Differentiator
9. Op-amp Active filters : 1st order / 2nd order Low-pass and High-pass Butterworth
filter
10. Op-amp Active filters : Band-pass and Band-reject (Notch) filter
UE14EC257: SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course Objectives
Course Outcomes
1. Demonstrate and analyze the response of LTI systems for various inputs
2. Perform operations such as applying convolution and solving difference equations
3. Carry out DTFT of signals and plotting their spectrum
4. Analyze the given LTI system for its performance in discrete time domain.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Introduction to SCILAB/OCTAVE functions. Plotting of discrete and continuous time

signals.
2. Calculation of average power and energy of signals.
3. Basic operations on signals.
4. Impulse response and step response of LTI systems.
5. Discrete convolution.
6. Continuous convolution.
7. Solution of difference equations to find the zero input and the zero state responses.
8. Obtaining the Fourier series of a given signal. Displaying partial sums.
9. Obtaining the Fourier transform of a given signal, and plotting its spectrum.
10. Verification of properties of Fourier representations of continuous signals.
11. Obtaining DTFT of a given signal. Verification of its properties.
12. Obtaining the impulse response and frequency response of a LTI system from its Ztransform.
13. Open ended experiments
UE14EC258: MICROCONTROLLERS LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course Objectives
Course Outcomes
1. Demonstrate simple arithmetic and logical operations using 8051 MC
2. Generate waveforms using 8051 MC
3. Perform number conversion and counters using 8051 MC
4. Interface 8051 MC with motors
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Operations on the data block
a. Data block movement without overlap and with overlap.
b. Data block interchange
c. From internal data memory to external data memory and vice versa
d. From code memory to internal data memory
2. Perform the following
a. Add n one byte binary numbers
b. Add two multibyte numbers
c. Subtract two multibyte numbers
d. Add n 2 digit BCD numbers

3. Perform the following
a. To find square of a given number
b. To find cube of a given number
c. To find the number of ones and zeroes in a given data.
4. Data conversion
a. Convert binary(hex) number to decimal equivalent
b. Convert decimal number to binary(hex) equivalent
5. Data conversion
a. Convert two digit BCD numbers to two ASCII numbers
b. Convert ASCII to decimal
6. To find the largest /smallest in an array
7. To arrange the given array in ascending /descending order
8. Counters
a. Hex up and down counter
b. BCD up and down counter
9. Serial data transmission
10. Timer delay generation in interrupt mode
11. Interface alphanumeric LCD panel to display a message
12. Interface hex keyboard to display the code of the key pressed
13. Interface ADC to 8051 chip
14. Interface DAC to 8051 chip to generate
a. Triangular waveform
b. Square wave
c. Ramp
d. Sine wave
15. Interface motor control to 8051
a. Stepper motor
b. DC motor
16. Open ended experiments
UE15EC501: ADVANCED DIGITAL COMMUNICATION (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
Digital communication uses electrical signalling methods to transmit information over a
physical channel separating a transmitter and receiver with the channel properties often time
varying. This course presents the theory and practice of digital communication including
signal design, modulation methods, demodulation methods, wireless channel basics and the
application of this to the design of modern OFDM systems. Simulation exercises are
included in Matlab and Simulink throughout for practice.
Course Outcomes
Upon successful completion of this course, the students will be able to;
1. Understand the basic concepts of advanced digital communication systems
2. Apply different modulation schemes to baseband signals
3. Analyze the BER characteristics of Baseband Modulated signals
4. Analyze the BER characteristics of Bandpass Modulated signals
UNIT I
8 Hours
Digital communication review: Comparison of Analog and Digital Communication,
Information & reliability trade-off; Elements of digital communication systems, Fundamental
limits; Time-frequency characterization of channels; Digital communication system design
overview, Error Correction coding, Modern Digital Communication trends.
UNIT II
9 Hours
Baseband & bandpass signals review : Comparison of baseband and bandpass systems;
Motivation for bandpass systems; Signal representation in Baseband systems; Bandpass
signal representation; Implications for communication system design. Simulation in Matlab &
Simulink.
UNIT II I
9 Hours
Baseband Modulation Methods : Overview of baseband modulation and demodulation;
Binary and M-ary PAM; Partial response signalling; Optimum receiver for Binary, M-Ary PAM
and PR signals in AWGN; BER characteristics of Baseband signals; Eye-diagrams.
Simulation in Matlab & Simulink.
UNIT IV
9 Hours
Bandpass modulation methods: Bandpass modulation and demodulation; Binary and Mary ASK, FSK, PSK signals; QAM signalling 4QAM, 16QAm, 64QAM modulations;
Differential (DPSK) modulation. Coherent and non-coherent demodulation methods in
AWGN; BER characteristics; Constellation plots. Simulation in Matlab & Simulink.
UNIT V
17 Hours
Wireless communication channels Motivation for wireless channels; Characteristics of
wireless channels in time & frequency; Fading models: Rayleigh and Rician; Channel
estimation and Equalization; Time and frequency signal processing in Wireless channels.
Space-time coding for wireless channels. Simulation of wireless channels.
OFDM system design: Advantages and challenges of an OFDM system; Typical OFDM
system design; Channel estimation, Synchronization and Equalization in an OFDM system;
Error control coding (ECC) in OFDM systems for fading channels. Simulation in Matlab &
Simulink.
Text Book:
1. David Silage (2009), Digital Communication Systems using Matlab & Simulink ,
Bookstand Publishing..
Reference Books
1. Simon Haykin (2013), Digital Communication Systems, Wiley Student Edition, .
2. Bernard Sklar (2009), Digital Communications: Fundamentals & Applications, Dorling
Kindersley.
UE15EC502: MODERN DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
Digital signal processing and analysis is a major field in the current era of engineering,
applications ranging from mobile, wireless, satellite communications, acoustics, forensic
sciences, biomedical, imaging, speech, space-science and many more. In this course,
students are introduced to advanced digital signal processing which involves multirate signal
processing and their applications in signal processing as well as communication systems.
This course also covers the relevant background theory for understanding and designing
multirate systems.
Course Outcomes
1. Analyse
and
process
signals
in
the
discrete
domain.
Design FIR and IIR filters to suit specific requirements for specific applications.
2. Designing filters in multiple stages to reduce computational complexity
3. Understand the applications of multirate systems and filter banks
4. Designing M-channel quadrature mirror filters
5. A good understanding of Wavelet Transform and its relation to multirate filter banks
UNIT I
5 Hours
Review of signals and systems: Signals, Systems and Processing, Classification of
Signals, The Concept of Frequency in Continuous-Time and Discrete-Time Signals, Analogto-Digital and Digital-to-Analog Conversion
UNIT II
8 Hours
Discrete Fourier transform, its properties and applications : Frequency-Domain
Sampling: The Discrete Fourier Transform, Properties of the DFT, Linear Filtering Methods
Based on the DFT
UNIT II I
13 Hours
Design of digital filters: General Considerations, Design of FIR Filters, Design of IIR Filters
from Analog Filters, Frequency Transformations.
UNIT IV
12 Hours
Multirate digital signal processing : Introduction, EL Decimation by a factor D,
Interpolation by a factor I, Sampling rate Conversion by a factor I/D, implementation of
Sampling rate conversion, Multistage implementation of Sampling rate conversion, Sampling
rate conversion of Band Pass Signals, Sampling rate conversion by an arbitrary factor,
Applications of Multirate Signal Processing.
UNIT V
14 Hours
DFT filter banks and transmultiplexers: Digital Filter Banks, Two-channel quadrature
Mirror filter bank, M-channel QMF bank, transmultiplexers and Application of
transmultiplexers in communications Modulation.
Introduction to Time Frequency Expansion: Introduction, The STFT, The Gabor
Transform, The Wavelet Transform and its relation to Multirate Filter Banks
Reference Books
1. Proakis and Manolakis (1996), Digital Signal Processing, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall.
2. Roberto Cristi (2003), Modern Digital Signal Processing, Cengage Publishers
(Erstwhile Thompson Publications), India,.
3. P. P. Vaidyanathan (1993), Multirate Systems and Filter Banks, Pearson Education,
Inc.1993
4. S.K. Mitra (2007), Digital Signal Processing: A Computer Based Approach, 3rd
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, India.
5. E.C. Ifeachor and B W Jarvis (2002), Digital Signal Processing, a Practitioners
Approach, 2nd Edition, Reprint, Pearson Education, India.
UE15EC503: CMOS DIGITAL VLSI DESIGN (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
This course provides a strong foundation for the design and analyses of CMOS digital
circuits. This course deals with the basic concepts, working principles and input-output
characteristics of various types of CMOS circuits.
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the basic concepts and operation of MOS transistors
2. Apply the basic concepts and design dynamic logic circuits
3. Apply the basic concepts and design low power CMOS circuits
4. Analyze the input-output characteristics of CMOS chips in terms of delay.
UNIT I
10 Hours
MOS transistor: The Metal Oxide Semiconductor (MOS) Structure, The MOS System under
External Bias, Structure and Operation of MOS Transistor, MOSFET Current-Voltage
Characteristics, MOSFET Scaling and Small-Geometry Effects.
MOS Inverters: Static Characteristics: Introduction, Resistive-Load Inverter, Inverters with
n_Type MOSFET Load, CMOS Inverter.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Switching characteristics and interconnect effects: Introduction, Delay-Time Definition,
Calculation of Delay Times, Inverter Design with Delay Constraints, Estimation of
Interconnect Parasitics, Calculation of Interconnect Delay, Switching Power Dissipation of
CMOS Inverters.
UNIT III
11 Hours
Dynamic logic circuit: Introduction, Basic Principles of Pass Transistor Circuits, Voltage
Bootstrapping, Synchronous Dynamic Circuit Techniques, Dynamic CMOS Circuit
Techniques, High Performance Dynamic CMOS Circuits.
Semiconductor Memories: Introduction, Dynamic Random Access Memory (DRAM), Static
Random Access Memory (SRAM), Non-volatile Memory, Flash Memory, Ferroelectric
Random Access Memory (FRAM).
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Low-power CMOS logic circuits: Introduction, Overview of Power Consumption, LowPower Design Through Voltage Scaling, Estimation and Optimization of Switching Activity,
Reduction of Switched Capacitance, Adiabatic Logic Circuits.
UNIT V
11 Hours
BiCMOS logic circuits: Introduction, Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT): Structure and
Operation, Dynamic Behaviour of BJTs, Basic BiCMOS Circuits: Static Behaviour, Switching
Delay in BiCMOS Logic Circuits, BiCMOS Applications.
Chip input and output ( I/O ) circuits: Introduction, ESD Protection, Input Circuits, Output
Circuits and L(di/dt) Noise, On-Chip Clock Generation and Distribution, Latch-Up and Its
Prevention.
Design for manufacturability: Introduction, Process Variations, Basic Concepts and
Definitions, Design of Experiments and Performance Modelling, Parametric Yield Estimation,
Parametric Yield Maximization, Worst-Case Analysis, Performance Variability Minimization.
Reference Books:
1. Sung Mo Kang & Yosuf Leblebici(2002), CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits: Analysis
and Design, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill.
2. Neil Weste and K. Eshragian (2000), Principles of CMOS VLSI Design: A System
Perspective, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education (Asia) Pvt. Ltd.
UE15EC504 : ADVANCED EMBEDDED SYSTEMS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
To educate students to meet current and future industrial challenges and emerging
embedded systems engineering trends.
This subject gives an overview of the basics of embedded system design, ARM processor
fundamentals, Embedded systems software and peripherals , Operating System and Case
study of Embedded system using RTOS
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of this Course, the students will be able to;
1. Design and implement applications on ARM based controllers.
2. Write applications in assembly and embedded C
3. Develop systems with RTOS features like inter process communication, process
synchronization techniques, process scheduling algorithms
4. Interface peripherals with standard buses like I2C,SPI, UART and USB.
5. Understand embedded system's hardware components and software tool chain.
6. Design an embedded system, debug and test it
UNIT I
10 Hours
Typical Embedded systems: Core of the embedded system, Memory, Sensors and
Actuators, Communication Interface, Embedded Firmware, Other system Components.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Characteristics and quality attributes of Embedded systems
Hardware-software co-design and program modeling: Fundamental Issues in HardwareSoftware Co-design, Computational Models in embedded design, Introduction to Unified
modeling language, Hardware software trade off.
Embedded firmware design and development: Embedded firmware design approaches,
Embedded development Languages.
UNIT III
10 Hours
ARM -32 bit Microcontroller : Architecture of ARM Cortex M0 General Purpose Registers,
Stack Pointer, Link Register, Program
Counter, Special Register,. Nested Vector Interrupt Controller. Interrupt behavior of ARM
Cortex M0, Exceptions Programming. Advanced
Programming Features. Memory Protection. Debug Architecture.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Real Time Operating system(RTOS) based Embedded system design: operating system
basics, Types of OS, Tasks , processes, threads, Multi-processing and Multi-tasking, Task
Scheduling, threads, processing and scheduling, putting them together,
UNIT V
12 Hours
Real Time Operating system(RTOS) based Embedded system design: Task
communication, task synchronization, Device drivers, How to choose an RTOS.
Case study of Embedded systems.
The Embedded system development Environment:
the Integrated development
environment
(IDE),
Types
of
files
generated
on
cross
compilation,
disassembler/Decompilers, Emulators and debugging, target hardware debugging, Boundary
scan.
Reference Books
1. K.V. Shibu (2009), Introduction to Embedded Systems, TMH Education Pvt. Ltd.
2. James K. Peckol (2008), Embedded Systems- A Contemporary Design Tool, John
Wiley,
UE15EC505: BROADBAND WIMAX (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
This course gives an overview of the IEEE 802.16 Broadband Standards of fixed and mobile
Wimax with deatiled study on Physical and MAC Layer.
Course Outcomes
1. Understand PHY and MAC Layers of WiMAX
2. Understand concepts such as OFDM,OFDMA and SOFDMA
3. Design the Uplink and Downlink of 802.16d/e
4. Implement Fixed and Mobile WiMAX
UNIT I
10 Hours
WiMAX Genesis and framework: 802.16 standard, WiMAX forum, Other 802.16 standards,
Protocol layer topologies - Layers of WiMAX, CS,MAC CPS, Security layer, Phy layer,
Reference model, topology.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Frequency utilization and system profiles: Cellular concept, Licensed and unlicensed
frequencies, Fixed WiMAX system profiles, Mobile WiMAX profiles.
UNIT III
10 Hours
WiMAX physical layer: OFDM transmission, SOFDMA, subcarrier permutation, 802.16
transmission chains, Channel coding, Turbo coding, Burst profile.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
WiMAX MAC and QoS: CS layer, MAC function and frame s, Multiple access and burst
profile, Uplink bandwidth allocation and request mechanisms, Network entry and QoS
management.
UNIT V
12 Hours
Radio engineering considerations: Radio resource management, Advance antenna
technology in WiMAX, MBS.
WiMAX architecture, Mobility handover and power save modes, Security.
Reference Books :
1. Loutfi Nuyami (2007), WiMAX - Technology for broadband access, John Wiley..
2. Yan Zhang, Hsia-Hwa Chen (2008), Mobile WiMAX, Aurobech Publications.
UE15EC506: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY (2-0-0-0-2)

Course Objectives
This course will introduce to the concept of research methodologies, problem identification
and formulation, paper writing and use of different software for preparing technical papers.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to;
1. Understand and apply basic research methods including research design, data
analysis, and interpretation.
2. Comprehend variety of research methods, including survey research, case studies,
comparative analysis, and the use of documentary/primary sources.
3. Understand the ethical issues in research project.
4. Prepare for and present a conference paper/poster at a national/international
conference.
5. Apply different software for preparation dissertation report and to perform plagiarism
check.
UNIT I
9 Hours
Foundations of Research: Meaning, Objectives, Motivation, Utility. Concept of theory,
empiricism, deductive and inductive theory. Characteristics of scientific method
Understanding the language of research Concept, Construct, Definition, Variable.
Research Process.
Problem Identification & Formulation: Research Question Investigation Question
Measurement Issues Hypothesis Qualities of a good Hypothesis Null Hypothesis &
Alternative Hypothesis. Hypothesis Testing Logic & Importance.
UNIT II
9 Hours
Research Design : Concept and Importance in Research Features of a good research
design Exploratory Research Design concept, types and uses, Descriptive Research
Designs concept, types and uses. Experimental Design: Concept of Independent &
Dependent variables.
Qualitative and Quantitative Research and Measurement: Qualitative research
Quantitative research Concept of measurement, causality, generalization, replication.
Merging the two approaches. Measurement: Concept of measurement what is measured?
Problems in measurement in research Validity and Reliability. Levels of measurement
Nominal, Ordinal, Interval, Ratio.
UNIT III
8 Hours
Interpretation of Data and Paper Writing: Layout of a Research Paper, Journals in
electronics and communication, Impact factor of Journals, When and where to publish
Ethical issues related to publishing, Plagiarism and Self - Plagiarism
Use of tools / techniques for Research: methods to search required information
effectively, Reference Management Software like Zotero/Mendeley, Software for paper
formatting like LaTeX/MS Office , Software for detection of Plagiarism
Reference Books
1. Donald Cooper & Pamela Schindler (2008), Business Research Methods, 10th
Edition, McGraw Hill.
2. Alan Bryman & Emma Bell (2007), Business Research Methods, 2nd Edition, Oxford
University Press.
3. C. R. Kothari (2004), Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques, 2nd Edition,
New Age International Publishers.
UE15EC551: ERROR CONTROL CODING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
In this course, the students will learn various types of Error Control Coding techniques and
applications.
Course Outcomes
1. Completely understand fundamentals of coding and how they can be applied to
design of error control systems.
2. Design good codes and of efficient decoding methods
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction to algebra: Groups, Fields, Binary Field Arithmetic, Construction of Galois
Field GF (2m) and its basic properties, Computation using Galois Field GF (2m) Arithmetic,
Vector spaces and Matrices.
Linear Block Codes:Generator and Parity check Matrices, Encoding circuits, Syndrome
and Error Detection, Minimum Distance Considerations, Error detecting and Error correcting
capabilities, Standard array and Syndrome decoding, Decoding circuits, Hamming Codes,
Reed Muller codes, The (24, 12) Golay code, Product codes and Interleaved codes.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Cyclic codes:Introduction, Generator and Parity check Polynomials, Encoding using
Multiplication circuits, Systematic Cyclic codes Encoding using Feedback shift register
circuits, Generator matrix for Cyclic codes, Syndrome computation and Error detection,
Meggitt decoder, Error trapping decoding, Cyclic Hamming codes, The (23, 12) Golay code,
Shortened cyclic codes.
UNIT III
8 Hours
BCH codes:Binary primitive BCH codes, Decoding procedures, Implementation of Galois
field Arithmetic, Implementation of Error correction. Non binary BCH codes: q ary Linear
Block Codes, Primitive BCH codes over GF (q), Reed Solomon Codes, Decoding of Non
Binary BCH and RS codes: The Berlekamp - Massey Algorithm.
Majority Logic Decodable Codes
One Step Majority logic decoding, one step Majority logic decodable Codes, Two step
Majority logic decoding, Multiple step Majority logic decoding.
UNIT IV
8 Hours
Convolutional codes:Encoding of Convolutional codes, Structural properties, Distance
properties, Viterbi Decoding Algorithm for decoding, Soft output Viterbi Algorithm, Stack
and Fano sequential decoding Algorithms, Majority logic decoding
UNIT V
16 Hours
Concatenated codes & turbo codes: Single level Concatenated codes, Multilevel
Concatenated codes, Soft decision Multistage decoding, Concatenated coding schemes with
Convolutional Inner codes, Introduction to Turbo coding and their distance properties,
Design of Turbo codes.
Burst error correcting codes: Burst and Random error correcting codes, Concept of
Inter leaving, cyclic codes for Burst Error correction Fire codes, Convolutional codes for
Burst Error correction.
Reference Books
1. Shu Lin & Daniel J. Costello (2004), Error Control Coding,, Second Edition,
Pearson / Prentice Hall. . Blahut (1984), Theory and Practice of Error Control
Codes, R.E., Addison Wesley,
UE15EC561: OPTICAL COMMUNICATION (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
This course provides the basic theory of optical fibers and principle of various components in
optical communication system. Student should be able to design the components with
specifications for a given fiber optic communication system.
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand concepts of optical signalling schemes and receiver configuration
2. Design an optical receiver and establish an optical communication network
3. Analyze the performance of optical communication systems.
UNIT I
8 Hours
Solution to Maxwells equation in a circularly symmetric step index optical fiber, linearly
polarized modes, single mode and multimode fibers , concept of V number, graded index
fibers total number of guided modes (no derivation)
UNIT II
10 Hours
Polarization maintaining fibers- attenuation mechanisms in fibers - dispersion in single mode
and multimode fibers, dispersion shifted and dispersion flattened fibers, attenuation and
dispersion limits in fibers,-nonlinear self phase modulation effect in single mode fibers.
UNIT III
12 Hours
Optical sources, LED and laser diode, principles of operation, concepts of line width, phase
noise, switching and modulation characteristics, typical LED and LD structures, optical
detectors, pn detector, pin detector, avalanche photodiode
UNIT IV
8 Hours
Principles of operation - concepts of responsivity - sensitivity and quantum efficiency noise in detection - typical receiver configurations (high impedance and transimpedance
receivers)
UNIT V
14 Hours
Intensity modulated direct detection systems - quantum limit to receiver sensitivity detected signal & shot noise - ISI and equalization - coherent systems - homodyne and
heterodyne systems - system structures - coherent systems using PSK, FSK, ASK and
DPSK modulations - related noise effects -performance degradation induced by laser phase
and intensity noise -degradation due to fiber dispersion - degradation induced by nonlinear
effects in fiber propagation
Optical amplifiers - semiconductor amplifier - rare earth doped fiber amplifier (with special
reference to erbium doped fibers) - Raman amplifier - Brillouin amplifier - principles of
operation - amplifier noise - signal to noise ratio - gain gain bandwidth - gain and
noise dependencies - intermodulation effects -saturation induced crosstalk - wavelength
range of operation
Reference Books
1. Leonid Kazovsky (1996), Optical Fiber Communication Systems, Artech House.
2. John Senior (2006), Optical Fiber Communications: Principles and Practice, 2nd
Edition, PHI.
3. Silvello Betti, Giancarlo De Marchis and Eugenio Iannone (1995), Coherent Optical
Communications Systems, John Wiley.
4. G.P.Agrawal (2013), Nonlinear Fiber Optics, 6th Edition, Academic Press.
5. Gerd Keiser (2008), Optical Fiber Communications, 4th Edition, McGraw Hill.
6. John Gowar (1993), Optical Communication Systems, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall.
7. Govind P. Agrawal (2010), Fiber-Optic Communication Systems, 3rd Edition, John
Wiley & Sons.
UE15EC562: SECURE COMMUNICATIONS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
The primary objective is to provide deep understanding of the various techniques in secure
communication. Upon completion of this course, the student will have sound knowledge in
the mathematical background of communication by secure means.
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the basic concepts of data security and network security
2. Design algorithms for encryption and decryption
3. Implement digital watermarking in the spatial domain and frequency domain
UNIT I
12 Hours
Introduction: Data security and network security. Cryptography and watermarkingRings and
fields, Homomorphism, Euclidean domains, Principal Ideal Domains, Unique Factorization
Domains, Field extensions, Splitting fields, Divisibility, Euler theorem, Chinese Remainder
Theorem, Primality
UNIT II
10 Hours
Basic encryption techniques, Concept of cryptanalysis, Shannons theory, Perfect secrecy,
Block ciphers, Cryptographic algorithms - Features of DES, Stream ciphers, Pseudo
random sequence generators, linear complexity, Non-linear combination of LFSRs, Boolean
functions
UNIT III
10 Hours
Private key and Public key cryptosystems, One way functions , Discrete log problem,
Factorization problem, RSA encryption, Diffie Hellmann key exchange, Message
authentication and hash functions, Digital signatures, Secret sharing, features of visual
cryptography, other applications of cryptography
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Elliptic curves, Basic theory : Weirstrass equation, Group law, Point at Infinity, Elliptic curves
over finite fields, Discrete logarithm problem on EC, Elliptic curve cryptography, Diffie
Hellmann key exchange over EC, Elgamal encryption over EC ECDSA
Unit V:
10 Hours
Watermarking in spatial domain, Additive methods, spread spectrum based
methods, Information theoretic approach for watermarking, Watermarking in frequency
domain, Based on Discrete cosine transform, Discrete Wavelet transform and Contourlet
transform, different methods - Comparison between frequency domain and spatial domain
methods
Reference Books
1. Douglas A. Stinson(2005), Cryptography, Theory and Practice, 2rd edition, Chapman
& Hall, CRC Press Company, Washington
2. .Lawrence C. Washington(2008), Elliptic Curves 2nd edition, Chapman & Hall, CRC
Press Company, Washington.
3. Evangelos Kranakis, Primality and Cryptography, John Wiley & Sons
4. Rainer A. Ruppel, Analysis and Design of Stream Ciphers, Springer Verlag
5. Ingemar Cox, Matthew Miller, Jeffrey Bloom, Jessica Fridrich, Ton Kalker(1986),
Digital Watermarking and Steganography, 2nd Ed., Morgan Kaufman Publishers
6. Fernando Perez Gonzalez, Sviatoslav Voloshynovskiy(2009), Fundamentals of
Digital Image Watermarking, Book Description, John Wiley & Sons
UE15EC563: ADVANCED WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
The primary objective is to provide deep understanding of the various techniques in wireless
communication. It deals with multiplexing techniques and multicarrier modulation techniques
Course Outcomes
1. Understand the basic concepts of wireless communications
2. Analyze performance of wireless links
3. Understand the differences between 3G and 4G networks
UNIT I
12 Hours
Wireless Communications and Diversity Fast Fading Wireless Channel Modeling,
Rayleigh/Ricean Fading Channels, BER Performance in Fading Channels, Diversity
modeling for Wireless Communications, BER Performance Improvement with diversity,
Types of Diversity Frequency, Time, Space, WSSUS Channel Modeling, RMS Delay
Spread, Doppler Fading, Jakes Model, Autocorrelation, Jakes Spectrum, Impact of Doppler
Fading
UNIT II
10 Hours
Introduction to OFDM, Multicarrier Modulation and Cyclic Prefix, Channel model and SNR
performance, OFDM Issues PAPR, Frequency and Timing Offset Issues
UNIT III
10 Hours
Introduction to MIMO, MIMO Channel Capacity, SVD and Eigenmodes of the MIMO
Channel, MIMO Spatial Multiplexing BLAST, MIMO Diversity Alamouti, OSTBC, MRT,
MIMO - OFDM
UNIT IV
10 Hours
UWB (Ultrawide Band) - UWB Definition and Features, UWB Wireless Channels, UWB
Data Modulation, Uniform Pulse Train, Bit-Error Rate Performance of UWB
UNIT V
3G Wireless Standards GSM, GPRS, WCDMA
4G Wireless Standards LTE, WiMAX
10 Hours
Reference Books
1. David Tse and Pramod Viswanath (2005), Fundamentals of Wireless
Communications, Publisher, Cambridge University Press.
2. Andrea Goldsmith (2005), Wireless Communications, Cambridge University Press.
3. Theodore Rappaport (2009), Wireless Communications: Principles and Practice, 2nd
Edition, Prentice Hall.
4. Ezio Biglieri (2007), MIMO Wireless Communications, Cambridge University Press.
UE15EC564: SPREAD SPECTRUM COMMUNICATION (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
To educate students to meet current and future industrial challenges to work in the Telecom
Industry.
This subject gives an overview of the DSSS and FHSS system design, Code generator
fundamentals, Performance evaluation of Spread spectrum communications , CDMA
standards
1. S. Verdu,Multiuser Detection , Cambridge University Press, 1998
Course Outcomes
1. Understand the concepts of DSSS and FHSS in detail
2.
3.
4.
Generate various orthogonal code coding schemes

Evaluate performance of CDMA systems
Design and Implement CDMA
UNIT I
10 Hours
Review of digital communication concepts, direct sequence and frequency hop spread
spectrum systems.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Hybrid direct sequence/frequency hop spread spectrum. Complex envelope representation
of spread spectrum signals.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Sequence generator fundamentals, Maximum length sequences. Gold and Kasami codes,
Nonlinear Code generators.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Spread spectrum communication system model, Performance of spread spectrum signals in
jamming environments,
UNIT V
12 Hours
Performance of spread spectrum communication systems with and without forward error
correction. Diversity reception in fading channels
Cellular radio concept, CDMA cellular systems. Examples of CDMA cellular systems.
Multicarrier CDMA systems. CDMA standards
Reference Books
1. R. L. Peterson, R. E. Zeimer and D. E. Borth (1995), Introduction to Spread
Spectrum Communications, Pearson.
2. J. D. Proakis and M. Salehi (2008), Digital Communication, McGraw Hill.
3. J. Viterbi (1995), CDMA: Principles of Spread Spectrum Communications, Addision
Wesley.
UE15EC565 : WIRELESS AND MOBILE NETWORKS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
This subject helps the students to understand the concept of wireless media. It provides the
explanation on the wireless network concepts. Addresses the design issues and explores
various emerging protocols for wireless networks.
Course Outcomes
1. Know how to analyze the frequency spectrum for wireless communication systems.
2. Understand how to improve performance of wireless communication systems.
3. Distinguish between various wireless standards
4. Distinguish between various diversity techniques for wireless systems.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Review of fundamentals of wireless communication and Networks: Wireless
communication channel specifications, Wireless communication systems, Wireless
networks, Switching technology, Communication problems, Wireless network issues and
standards.
UNIT II
Wireless body area networks:Properties, Network
Technologies, Design issues, Protocols and applications.
architectures,
10 Hours
Components,
UNIT II I
Wireless personal area networks:Architectures,
Technologies and protocols, Bluetooth and Zigbee.
Components,
10 Hours
Requirements,
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Wireless LANs:Network components, design requirements, Architectures, IEEE-802.11x,
WLAN protocols, 802.11p and applications.
UNIT V
12 Hours
WMANs, IEEE-802.16
Architectures, Components, WiMax mobility support, Protocols, Broadband networks and
applications, WWANs, cellular networks, Satellite Network, Applications.
Wireless ad-hoc networks:Mobile ad-hoc networks, Sensor network, Mesh networks,
VANETs, Research issues in Wireless networks.
Reference Books
1. S. S. Manvi, and M. S. Kakkasageri (2010), Wireless and Mobile Network concepts
and Protocols, 1st edition, Wiley.
2. P. Kaveh, Krishnamurthy (2006), Principles of Wireless network: A Unified Approach,
PHI.
3. Iti Saha Mitra (2009), Wireless Communication And Network: 3G and Beyond,
McGraw Hill.
4. Ivan Stojmenovic (2009), Handbook of Wireless Networks and Mobile Computing,
Wiley.
5. P. Nicopolitidis, M. S. Obaidat, et al. (2009), Wireless Networks, Wiley.
6. Yi-Bing Lin, Imrich Chlamtac (2009), Wireless and Mobile Network Architectures,
Wiley.
7. Mullet (2009), Introduction to Wireless Telecommunication Systems and Networks,
Cengage.
UE15EC566: QUEUING THEORY AND ITS APPLICATIONS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
This course is a thorough treatment of Markov chains and Markov models of systems. It also
deals with the essential queuing theory and application of Markov models in the analysis of
queuing networks
Course Outcomes
1. Understand the basic concepts of queuing theory and Markov chains,
2. Design simple queuing models for communication networks.
3. Analyze the performance of computer/cellular networks
4. Analyze the performance of multiclass queuing models
UNIT I
10 Hours
Review of probability and Poisson process:Markov Models: Discrete Time Markov
Chain - Transition Probabilities, Communication Classes, Irreducible Chains; Continuous
Time Markov Chain - Pure- Jump Continuous-Time Chains, Regular Chains, Birth and Death
Process, Semi- Markov Processes.
UNIT II
12 Hours
Basic queuing systems: single server cases and multi-server cases
Intermediate queuing system: M/G/1 queue, non-preemptive priority queuing
UNIT III
10 Hours
Network of queues: Markovian queues, open queuing networks, closed queuing networks
UNIT IV
8 Hours
Guaranteed access: Performance analysis of MAC schemes - polling, token ring
Unit V
12 Hours
Random access schemes: pure ALOHA, slotted ALOHA and CSMA/CA - Performance
analysis of 802.11 DCF protocol. Call admission control systems.
Reference Books
1. Ronald W. Wolff (1989), Stochastic Modeling and the Theory of Queues, PrenticeHall International.
2. Peter G. Harrison and Naresh M. Patel (1993), Performance Modeling of
Communication Networks and Computer Architectures, Addison-Wesley.
3. Gary N. Higginbottom (1998), Performance Evaluation of Communication Network,
Artech House.
4. Anurag Kumar, D. Manjunath, and Joy Kuri (2004), Communication Networking: An
Analytical Approach, Morgan Kaufman Publisher
5. D. Bertsekas and R. Gallager (1989), Data Networks, Prentice Hall of India.
6. Ross, K.W. (2012), Multiservice Loss Models for Broadband Telecommunication
Networks, Springer-Verlag
7. Walrand, J. (1988), An Introduction to Queuing Networks, Prentice Hall
UE15EC571: VLSI TESTING AND VERIFICATION (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
This course deals with the VLSI testing and verification. At the onset, it explains the
difference between testing and verification. It explains the various parameters that have to
be considered while testing a circuit design. The focus is on detecting and analyzing the
faults in the circuit design.
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the need for testing various fault models
2. Study the various techniques combinational circuits and apply these techniques to
some circuits
3. Study the testing techniques for sequential circuits, memories and boundary scan
4. Understand the need for verification, techniques for verification and difference
between testing and verification
UNIT I
11 Hours
Introduction to testing: Testing Philosophy, Role of Testing, Digital and Analog VLSI
Testing, VLSI Technology Trends Affecting Testing.
Faults in Digital Circuits: Failures and Faults, Modeling of Faults, Temporary Faults.
UNIT II
12 Hours
Test generation for combinational logic circuits: Fault Diagnosis of Digital Circuits, Test
Generation Techniques for Combinational Circuits, Detection of Multiple Faults in
Combinational Logic Circuits.
Design of testable sequential circuits: Controllability and Observability, Ad Hoc Design
Rules for Improving Testability, Design of Diagnosable Sequential Circuits, The Scan-Path
technique for Testable Sequential Circuit Design, Level-Sensitive Scan Design, Random
Access Scan Technique, Partial Scan, Testable Sequential Circuit Design Using Nonscan
Techniques, Cross Check, Boundary Scan. Built-In Self Test: Test Pattern Generation for
BIST, Output Response Analysis, Circular BIST, BIST Architectures.
UNIT III
9 Hours
Testable memory design: RAM Fault Models, Test Algorithms for RAMs, Detection of
Pattern Sensitive Faults, BIST Techniques for RAM Chips, Test Generation and BIST for
Embedded RAMs.
UNIT IV
9 Hours
Importance of design verification: What is verification? What is attest bench? The
importance of verification, Reconvergence model, Formal verification, Equivalence checking,
Model checking, Functional verification. Verification Tools: Linting tools: Limitations of
linting tools, linting verilog source code, linting VHDL source code, linting OpenVera and
esource code, code reviews.
UNIT V
11 Hours
Simulators: Stimulus and response, Event based simulation, cycle based simulation, Cosimulators, verification intellectual property: hardware modelers, waveform viewers
The verification plan: The role of verification plan: specifying the verification plan, defining
the first success. Levels of verification: unit level verification, reusable components
verification, ASIC and FPGA verification, system level verification, board level verification,
verifying strategies, verifying responses.
Static timing verification: Concept of static timing analysis. Cross talk and noise.
Limitations of STA. slew of a wave form, Skew between the signals, Timing arcs and
unateness, Min and Max timing paths, clock domains, operating conditions, critical path
analysis, falsepaths, Timing models.
Physical design verification: Layout rule checks and electrical rule checks. Parasitic
extraction. Antenna, Crosstalk and Noise: Cross talk glitch analysis, crosstalk delayanalysis,
timing verification
Reference Books
1. P. K. Lala (1997), Digital Circuit Testing and Testability, Academic Press.
2. M.L. Bushnell and V.D. Agrawal (2000), Essentials of Electronic Testing for Digital,
Memory and Mixed-Signal VLSI Circuits, Kluwar Academic Publishers.
3. M. Abramovici, M.A. Breuer and A.D. Friedman (2002), Digital Systems and Testable
Design, Jaico Publishing House.
4. Janick Bergeron (2003), Writing Testbenches: Functional Verification of HDL models,
2nd Edition ,Kluwer Academic Publishers.
5. Jayaram Bhasker, Rakesh Chadha (2009), Static Timing Analysis for Nanometer
Designs- A Practical Approach, Springer Publications.
6. Prakash Rashinkar, Peter Paterson, Leena Singh (2001), System-on-a-Chip
Verification: Methodology and Techniques, Kulwer Publications.
7. http://www.cse.psu.edu/~vijay/verify/instructors.html
UE15EC572: DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN USING VERILOG (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
This course provides an insight into the design criteria for combinational circuits, memories,
processors and I/O devices. This course introduces the concepts of writing test cases and
testbenches for VLSI circuit design using Verilog.
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand basics of digital systems, design methodology
2. Design combinational and sequential circuits using Verilog
3. Write test cases and testbenches for given circuits
UNIT I
11 Hours
Introduction and methodology: Digital Systems and Embedded Systems, Binary

representation and Circuit Elements, Real-World Circuits, Models, Design Methodology.
UNIT II
12 Hours
Combinational basics: Boolean Functions and Boolean Algebra, Binary Coding,
Combinational Components and Circuits, Verification of Combinational Circuits.
Number Basics: Unsigned and Signed Integers, Fixed and Floating-point Numbers.
UNIT III
9 Hours
Sequential basics: Storage elements, Counters, Sequential Data paths and Control,
Clocked Synchronous Timing Methodology.
Memories: Concepts, Memory Types, Error Detection and Correction.
Verification Tools: Linting tools: Limitations of linting tools, linting Verilog source code,
linting VHDL source code, linting OpenVera and esource code, code reviews.
UNIT IV
9 Hours
Implementation fabrics: ICs, PLDs, Packaging and Circuit Boards, Interconnection and
Signal Integrity.
Processor Basics: Embedded Computer Organization, Instruction and Data, Interfacing
with memory.
UNIT V
11 Hours
I/O interfacing: I/O devices, I/O controllers, Parallel Buses, Serial Transmission, I/O
software.
Accelerators: Concepts, case study, Verification of accelerators.
Design methodology: Design flow, Design optimization, Design for test.
Reference Book:
1. Peter J. Ashenden (2010), Digital Design: An Embedded Systems Approach Using
VERILOG, Elesvier.
UE15EC573 : SYSTEM VERILOG (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
This course deals with Verilog and its application to VLSI system design. Verilog can be
used to write programs, test cases and verify designs.
Course Outcomes:
1. Apply high level design languages and knowledge of boolean algebra to define and
development digital modules.
2. Design and program logic modules and verify the designs for their correctness using
MentorGraphic's Questasim tool.
3. Comprehend digital module specifications, and develop verification environment for
the digital designs to meet these specifications.
4. Use EDA tools for FPGA prototyping to accomplish the design of required designs
UNIT I
11 Hours
Basics of verification: Difference between ASIC verification and ASIC testing, Verification
basics, Testbenches, Layered Organization of Testbenches. Importance of hardware
verification languages and methodologies.
System verilog operators, loops, jumps, functions: loops and jumps in system verilog,
introduction to different always blocks, system verilog enhancements to tasks and functions,
system verilog priority and unique modifiers for case and if statements, time scale, system
verilog time unit and time precision
UNIT II
12 Hours
Structs, unions, packed and unpacked arrays, semaphores and mailboxes: Structs and
its assignments, packed and unpacked arrays, array indexing, structs and packed structs,
Unions and packed unions, dynamic arrays and methods, for each loop, associative arrays
and methods, queues and concatenation operations, queue methods, semaphores and
methods, mailboxes and methods, bounded and unbounded mailboxes.
UNIT III
9 Hours
Class and randomization: System verilog class basics, class declaration, class members
and methods, class handles, class object construction, super and this keywords, object
handles, user defined constructors, class extension and inheritance, chaining new()
constructors, overriding class methods, extending class methods, local and protected
keywords, constrained random variables, directed vs random testing, rand and randc class
data types, randomize-randomizing class variables, random case, built-in-randomization
methods, random sequence and examples.
UNIT IV
9 Hours
Interfaces: Interface overview, generic interfaces, interfaces vs records, how interfaces
work, requirements of good interface, interface constructs, interface mode ports.
Program block: Fundamental test bench construction, program blocks, program block
interaction with modules, final blocks, Test bench stimulus/Verification vector timing
strategies.
UNIT V
11 Hours
Clocking: Clocking blocks, clocking skews, clocking block scheduling, fork-join processes.
Constrained random variables, coverage, methods and interfaces: Randomization
constraints, simple and multi-statement constraints, constraint distribution and set
membership, constraint distribution operators, external constraints, cover groups, cover
points, cover point bins and labels, cross coverage, cover group options, coverage
capabilities. Virtual class, why to use virtual class, virtual class methods and restrictions,
polymorphism using virtual methods, pure virtual methods, pure constraints, passing type
parameters, virtual interfaces.
System verilog assertions: Assertion definition, assertion benefits, system Verilog
assertion types, immediate assertions, concurrent assertions, assert and cover properties
and labels, overlapping and non-overlapping implications, edge testing functions,
sequences, Vacuous success, property styles, System Verilog assertion system functions,
Assertion severity tasks, assertion and coverage example of an FSM design.
Reference Book:
1. Christian B Spear (2014), System Verilog for Verification: A Guide to Learning the
Test Bench Language Features, 3rd Edition, Springer Publications.
2. Vijaya Raghavan (2005), System Verilog Assertions, Springer Publications.
3. Sutherland (2004), System verilog for Design, Springer Publications.
UE15EC574: DESIGN OF ANALOG AND MIXED MODE VLSI CIRCUITS (4-0-0-04)

Course Objectives
This course describes the basic device characteristics and physics behind analog VLSI
circuits. It deals with the design of analog circuits such as Op amps, oscillators and data
converters.
Course Outcomes
1. Understand basic device characteristics and physics
2. Design analog circuits such as Op amps, oscillators, etc.

3. Design data converter circuits such as DAC, ADC, etc.
UNIT I
11 Hours
Basic MOS device physics: General considerations, MOS I/V Characteristics, second
order effects, MOS device models.
Single stage Amplifier: CS stage with resistance load, divide connected load, current
source load, triode load, CS stage with source degeneration, source follower, common-gate
stage, cascade stage, choice of device models.
UNIT II
12 Hours
Frequency response of CS stage: source follower, Common gate stage, Cascade stage
and Difference pair. Noise in CS stage, C- G stage, source follower, cascade stage,
differential pair
UNIT III
9 Hours
Differential amplifiers & current mirrors: Basic difference pair, common mode response,
Differential pair with MOS loads, Gilbert cell. Basic current mirrors, Cascade mirrors, active
current mirrors.
UNIT IV
9 Hours
Operational Amplifiers: One Stage OP-Amp. Two Stage OP-Amp, Gain boosting, Common
Mode Feedback, Slew rate, Power Supply Rejection, Noise in Op Amps.
UNIT V
11 Hours
Oscillators and phase locked loops: Ring Oscillators, LC Oscillators, VCO, Mathematical
Model of VCO. Simple PLL, Charge pump PLL, Non-ideal effects in PLL, Delay locked loops
and applications.
Bandgap references and switched capacitor circuits: General Considerations, Supply
Independent biasing, PTAT Current Generation, Constant Gm Biasing, Sampling Switches,
Switched Capacitor Amplifiers.
Data converter architectures: DAC & ADC Specifications, Resistor String DAC, R-2R
Ladder Network, Current Steering DAC, Charge Scaling DAC, Cyclic DAC, Pipeline DAC,
Flash ADC, Pipeline ADC, Integrating ADC, Successive Approximation ADC.
Reference Book:
1.
Behzad Razavi (2007), Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits , TMH.
UE15EC575: LOW POWER VLSI (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
This course deals with the design, analyses and low power circuit design using VLSI. It
offers insights into the architecture and considerations required for low power circuit design.
Course Outcomes
1. Understand the need for low power and power description sources
2. Design low power circuits such as flip flops and latches
3. Design the clock distribution circuits with minimal impact on power
UNIT I
11 Hours
Introduction: Need for low power VLSI chips, Sources of power dissipation on Digital
Integrated circuits. Emerging Low power approaches, Physics of power dissipation in CMOS
devices.
Device & Technology Impact on Low Power: Dynamic dissipation in CMOS, Transistor
sizing & gate oxide thickness, Impact of technology Scaling, Technology & Device innovation
UNIT II
12 Hours
Power estimation, Simulation Power analysis: SPICE circuit simulators, gate level logic
simulation, capacitive power estimation, static state power, gate level capacitance
estimation, architecture level analysis, data correlation analysis in DSP systems, Monte
Carlo simulation.
UNIT III
9 Hours
Probabilistic power analysis: Random logic signals, probability & frequency, probabilistic
power analysis techniques, signal entropy.
UNIT IV
9 Hours
Low Power Design Circuit level: Power consumption in circuits. Flip Flops & Latches
design, high capacitance nodes, low power digital cells library. Logic level: Gate
reorganization, signal gating, logic encoding, state machine encoding, pre-computation logic.
UNIT V
11 Hours
Low power Architecture & Systems: Power & performance management, switching
activity reduction, parallel architecture with voltage reduction, flow graph transformation, low
power arithmetic components, low power memory design.
Low power Clock Distribution: Power dissipation in clock distribution, single driver Vs
distributed buffers, Zero skew Vs tolerable skew, chip & package co design of clock network
Algorithm & Architectural Level Methodologies: Introduction, design flow, Algorithmic
level analysis & optimization, Architectural level estimation & synthesis.
Reference Books
1. Kaushik Roy, Sharat Prasad (2000), Low-Power CMOS VLSI Circuit Design Wiley.
2. Gary K. Yeap (2002), Practical Low Power Digital VLSI Design, KAP.
3. Rabaey, Pedram (1997), Low Power Design Methodologies, Kluwer Academic.
UE15EC581: IMAGE AND VIDEO PROCESSING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
This course will establish the advanced concepts and techniques for processing the images
on a computer or processors.
Course Outcomes
1. Analyse general terminology of digital image processing
2. Examine various types of images, intensity transformations and special filtering
3. Evaluate the methodologies for image filtering and restoration
4. Implement data compression algorithms and evaluate methodologies for video
processing
UNIT I
9 Hours
Introduction: 2D systems, Mathematical preliminaries Fourier Transform, Z Transform,
Optical & Modulation transfer function, Matrix theory, Random signals, Discrete Random
fields, Spectral density function.
Image Perception: Light, Luminance, Brightness, Contrast, MTF of the visual system,
Visibility function, Monochrome vision models, Fidelity criteria, Color representation,
Chromaticity diagram, Color coordinate systems, Color difference measures, Color vision
model, Temporal properties of vision.
UNIT II
9 Hours
Image sampling and quantization: Introduction, 2D sampling theory, Limitations in
sampling & reconstruction, Quantization, Optimal quantizer, Compander, Visual
quantization.
Image Transforms: Introduction, 2D orthogonal & unitary transforms, Properties of unitary
transforms, DFT, DCT, DST, Hadamard, Haar, Slant, KLT, SVD transform.
UNIT III
12 Hours
Image representation by stochastic models: Introduction, one dimensional Causal
models, AR models, Non-causal representations, linear prediction in two dimensions.
Image Enhancement: Point operations, Histogram modelling, spatial operations, Transform
operations, Multi-spectral image enhancement, false color and Pseudo-color, Color Image
enhancement. Image filtering & restoration: Image observation models, Inverse &Wiener
filtering, Fourier Domain filters, Smoothing splines and interpolation, Least squares filters,
generalized inverse, SVD and Iterative methods, Maximum entropy restoration, Bayesian
methods, Coordinate transformation & geometric correction, Blind de-convolution.
UNIT IV
12 Hours
Image analysis & computer vision: Spatial feature extraction, Transform features, Edge
detection, Boundary Extraction, Boundary representation, Region representation, Moment
representation, Structure, Shape features, Texture, Scene matching & detection, Image
segmentation, Classification Techniques.
Image Reconstruction from Projections: Introduction, Radon Transform, Back projection
operator, Projection theorem, Inverse Radon transform, Fourier reconstruction, Fan beam
reconstruction, 3D tomography.
Image data compression: Introduction, Pixel coding, Predictive techniques, Transform
coding, Inter-frame coding, coding of two tone images, Image compression standards.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Video processing: Fundamental Concepts in Video Types of video signals, Analog video,
Digital video, Color models in video, Video Compression Techniques Motion
compensation, Search for motion vectors, H.261,H.263, MPEG I, MPEG 2, MPEG 4, MPEG
7 and beyond, Content based video indexing.
Reference Books:
1. Anil K. Jain (2004), Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, Pearson Education
(Asia) Pte. Ltd./ Prentice Hall of India..
2. Z. Li and M.S. Drew (2004), Fundamentals of Multimedia, Pearson Education (Asia)
Pte. Ltd.
3. R. C. Gonzalez and R. E. Woods (2004), Digital Image Processing, 2nd edition,
Pearson Education (Asia) Pvt. Ltd./ Prentice Hall of India..
4. M. Tekalp (1995), Digital Video Processing, Prentice Hall, USA.
UE15EC582: SIGNAL PROCESSING WITH SURFACE ACOUSTIC WAVE (SAW)

DEVICES (4-0-0-0-4)
Course Objectives
The course will introduce the basics of Surface Acoustic Wave (SAW) devices, modeling and
design of various types of SAW filters, resonators, and oscillators and their applications in
communication and radar.
Course Outcomes
1. Use Fourier transform and Hilbert transforms for design of SAW filters.
2. Design and understand applications of SAW filters
3. Design SAW resonators and oscillators

UNIT I
8 Hours
Fourier transforms and linear filters: Introduction to Fourier transforms and Hilbert
transforms. Basics of Linear filters. Concepts of matched filtering and its application.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Modeling of surface acoustic wave (SAW) devices:Basic concepts and properties of
uniform and apodized transducers. Modeling of Apodized transducer as a transversal filter.
Transfer function of a SAW filter.
UNIT III
12 Hours
Design of SAW filters: Iterative and non-iterative designs, various window functions and
their use in design of SAW filters, concepts of eigen functions and building block design.
Iterative techniques used in design of SAW filters.
UNIT IV
8 Hours
SAW devices for pulse compression radar & communications: Introduction to pulse
compression radar and design and application of Interdigital chirp transducers and filters.
UNIT V
14 Hours
Unidirectional transducers: Distributed Acoustic Reflection Transducer (DART)
mechanism. Bandpass filtering using DARTs. Single Phase Unidirectional Transducer
(SPUDT) filters & low-loss filters
Resonators and oscillators: Basics of SAW resonators, design of resonators, SAW
oscillators and Impedance Element Filters.
Reference Books :
1. David Morgan (2007), Surface acoustic wave filters with applications to electronic
communications and signal processing, Elsevier..
2. C.K. Campbell (1998), Surface Acoustic Wave Devices for Mobile and
Communications Applications, Academic Press.
3. K.-Y. Hashimoto (2000), Surface Acoustic Wave Devices in Telecommunications
Modelling and Simulation, Springer,.
UE15EC583: SPEECH PROCESSING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
The goal of the course is to teach students basics of speech signal processing, analysis and
modeling of speech signals driven by ever demanding applications to cater present needs.
The course objective is to provide an understanding of discrete-time speech signal
processing techniques that are motivated by speech model building, as well as applications
such as speech modification, speech enhancement, speech coding, speech recognition,
biometrics etc., and to see how signal processing algorithms are driven by both time and
frequency-domain representations of speech production, as well as by aspects of speech
perception.
Course Outcomes
1. Understand basic characteristics of speech signal in relation to production and
hearing of speech by humans.
2. Apply basic algorithms of speech analysis common to many applications
3. Design a simple system for speech processing (speech activity detector, recognizer
of limited number of isolated words).
UNIT I
12 Hours
Speech production and acoustic phonetics: Anatomy and Physiology of Speech Organs;
Articulatory phonetics; Acoustic phonetics; Acoustic theory of speech production, Lossless
tube models, and Digital models for speech signals; Coarticulation and Prosody.
Hearing and speech perception:Sound Perception; Response of the ear to complex
Stimuli; Perceptually important Features of Speech signals; Models of Speech Perception;
Vowel Perception and consonant perception; Duration and phonemic cue; Intonation and
other aspects of speech perception.
UNIT II
8 Hours
Time domain models for speech processing:Time dependent processing of speech,
Short time energy and average magnitude, Short time average zero crossing rate, Speech
vs. silence discrimination, Pitch period estimation, Short time autocorrelation function, Short
time average magnitude difference function, Median smoothing.
UNIT III
8 Hours
Short time Fourier analysis and synthesis:Linear Filtering interpretation, Filter bank
summation method, Overlap addition method, Design of digital filter banks, Implementation
using FFT, Spectrographic displays, Pitch detection, Frequency-Domain Pitch period
estimation, Analysis by synthesis, Analysis synthesis systems.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Analysis and synthesis of Pole-Zero Speech Models:All-pole modeling of Deterministic
Signals; Linear prediction analysis of Stochastic speech sounds; Basic principles of linear
predictive analysis, Solution of LPC equations, Prediction error signal, Frequency domain
interpretation, Relation between the various speech parameters, Synthesis based on all-pole
modeling, Pole-zero estimation; decomposition of Glottal Flow Derivatives.
UNIT V
14 Hours
Homomorphic signal processing :Homomorphic systems for convolution, Complex
cepstrum of speech like sequences, spectral-root Homomorphic filtering; Short-time
Homomorphic analysis of periodic sequences, Short-time speech analysis/synthesis using
Homomorphic processing, Contrasting Linear prediction and Homomorphic filtering, Pitch
detection, Formant estimation, and Homomorphic vocoder.
Speech synthesis and recognition:Principles of speech synthesis, Synthesizer methods,
Synthesis of intonation. Automatic Speech Recognition: Introduction, Speech recognition vs.
Speaker recognition, Signal processing and analysis methods, Pattern comparison
techniques, Hidden Markov Models.
Text Books
1. Thomas F. Quatieri (2002), Discrete-time Speech Signal Processing: Principles and
Practice, Pearson Education (Singapore) Pvt. Ltd.
2. D. OShaughnessy (2001), Speech Communications: Human and Machine,
Universities Press.
3. L. R. Rabiner and R. W. Schafer (2004), Digital Processing of Speech Signals,
Pearson Education (Asia) Pvt. Ltd.
4. L. R. Rabiner and B. Juang (2004), Fundamentals of Speech Recognition, Pearson
Education (Asia) Pvt. Ltd.
5. J. R. Deller, Jr., J. H. L. Hansen and J. G. Proakis (2000), Discrete-Time Processing
of Speech signals, IEEE Press.
UE15EC584: REAL-TIME DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
The main objective of this course is to introduce the architecture of DSP processor for
developing real-time applications. In this course students will learn about the computational
building blocks and the basic architectural features of DSP. They will learn about
programmable digital signal processors and implementation details of DSP algorithms like
digital filters, including basic adaptive filters and FFTs. They will also be introduced to
CODEC programming and interfacing codec and DSP as well as several real-world
applications of DSP processors.
Course Outcomes
1. Understand the architecture and building blocks of digital signal processor.
2. Analyse and process signals using DSP Processor.
3. Implementing FIR, IIR and basic adaptive filters to suit specific requirements for
specific applications.
4. Learn codec programming and interfacing it with DSP.
5. Understand the applications of DSP processors
6. Designing and implementing a small application using DSP processor
UNIT I
10 Hours
Architectures for programmable digital signal-processing devices:Introduction, Basic
Architectural Features, DSP Computational Building Blocks, Bus Architecture and Memory,
Data Addressing Capabilities, Address Generation Unit, Programmability and Program
Execution, Speed Issues, Features for External Interfacing.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Programmable digital signal processors:Introduction, Commercial Digital SignalProcessing Devices, Data Addressing Modes of TMS320C54xx Digital Signal Processors,
Data Addressing Modes of TMS320C54xx processors, Memory Space of TMS320C54xx
processors, program Control, TMS320C54xx Instructions And programming, On-Chip
peripherals, interrupts of TMS320C54xx Processors, pipeline Operation of TMS320C54xx
processors.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Implementations of basic DSP algorithms: Introduction, The Q-notation, FIR Filters, IIR
Filters, Interpolation Filters, Decimation Filters, PID Controller, Adaptive Filters, 2-D Signal
processing.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Implementation of FFT algorithms: Introduction, an FFT Algorithm for DFT Computation, a
Butterfly Computation, Overflow and Scaling, Bit-Reversed Index Generation, FFT
Implementation on the TMS320C54xx, And Computation of the Signal Spectrum
Interfacing memory and parallel I/O peripherals to programmable DSP Devices:
Introduction, Memory Space Organization, External Bus Interfacing Signals, Memory
Interface, Parallel I/O Interface, programmed I/O, Interrupts and I/O, Direct Memory Access
(DMA).
UNIT V
12 Hours
Interfacing serial converters to a programmable DSP devices:Introduction, Synchronous
Serial Interface, A multi-channel Buffered Serial Port (McBSP), McBSP programming, A
CODEC Interface Circuit, CODEC Programming, A CODEC-DSP Interface Example.
Applications of programmable DSP devices:Introduction, A DSP System, DSP-Based
Bio-telemetry Receiver, A Speech Processing System an Image Processing System and a
biomedical signal processing system. Practical implementation of an application.
Text Books
1. Kuo S M, Gan W S (2005), Digital Signal Processors: Architectures,

Implementations, and Applications, Prentice Hall.
2. Avatar Singh and S Srinivasan (2004), Digital Signal Processing, Thomson Learning
3. Feachor E. C., Jervis B.W. (2002), Digital Signal Processing - A Practical Approach-I,
2nd Edition, Pearson Education.
4. B Venkataramani and M Bhaskar (2002), Digital Signal Processors, TMH.
5. Rulph Chassaing (2005), Digital Signal Processing and Applications with the C6713
and C6416 DSK. A John Wiley and sons Inc. Publication.
UE15EC585: PATTERN CLASSIFICATION (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
In this course, the students will learn about different techniques and approaches of pattern
classification.
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, students will be able to
1. Understand the major concepts and techniques in pattern recognition.
2. Acquire abilities to solve problems in specialized application areas such as speech
recognition, signal classification, etc.
3. Capable of designing pattern recognition systems.
UNIT I
11 Hours
Introduction: Machine perception; example; pattern recognition systems; the design cycle;
learning and adaptation.
Bayesian decision theory: Introduction; Bayesian decision theory continuous features;
minimum-error-rate classification; classifiers, discriminant functions, normal density;
discriminant functions for the normal density; Bayesian decision theory discrete features;
missing and noisy features.
UNIT II
12 Hours
Maximum-likelihood and Bayesian parameters estimation:
Maximum-likelihood
estimation; Bayesian estimation; Bayesian parameter estimation: Gaussian case and
general theory; problems of dimensionality; component analysis and discriminants; Hidden
Markov models.
UNIT III
9 Hours
Non-parametric techniques: Density estimation; Parzen windows; kn-nearest-neighbour
estimation; nearest-neighbour rule; metrics and nearest-neighbour classification;
approximation by series expansions.
UNIT IV
9 Hours
Linear discriminant functions: Linear discriminant functions and decision surfaces;
generalized linear discriminant functions; two-category linearly separable case; minimizing
the perceptron criterion function; relaxation procedures; nonseparable behaviour; minimum
squared-error procedures; Ho-Kashyap procedures; linear programming algorithms; support
vector machines; multicategory generalizations.
UNIT V
11 Hours
Unsupervised learning: Mixture densities and identifiability; maximum-likelihood estimates;
application to normal mixtures; unsupervised Bayesian learning.
Clustering: Data description and clustering; criterion functions for clustering; hierarchical
clustering; problem of validity; on-line clustering; component analysis; low-dimensional
representation and multidimensional scaling.
Reference Books
1. Richard O. Duda, Peter E. Hart and David G. Stork (2001), Pattern Classification, 2nd
edition, John Wiley
2. Eart Gose, Richard Johnsonburg and Steve Joust (2003), Pattern Recognition and
Image Analysis, Prentice-Hall of India.
3. Christopher M. Bishop (2007), Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, 3rd
Edition, Springer.
4. Andrew R. Webb (2002), Statistical Pattern Recognition, 2nd Edition, John Wiley.
UE14DE601: ERROR CONTROL CODING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
In this course, the students will learn various types of Error Control Coding techniques and
applications.
Course Outcomes:
1. Completely understand fundamentals of coding and how they can be applied to
design of error control systems.
2. Design good codes and of efficient decoding methods
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction to algebra: Groups, Fields, Binary Field Arithmetic, Construction of Galois
Field GF (2m) and its basic properties, Computation using Galois Field GF (2m) Arithmetic,
Vector spaces and Matrices.
Linear block codes:Generator and Parity check Matrices, Encoding circuits, Syndrome and
Error Detection, Minimum Distance Considerations, Error detecting and Error correcting
capabilities, Standard array and Syndrome decoding, Decoding circuits, Hamming Codes,
Reed Muller codes, The (24, 12) Golay code, Product codes and Interleaved codes.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Cyclic codes:Introduction, Generator and Parity check Polynomials, Encoding using
Multiplication circuits, Systematic Cyclic codes Encoding using Feed back shift register
circuits, Generator matrix for Cyclic codes, Syndrome computation and Error detection,
Meggitt decoder, Error trapping decoding, Cyclic Hamming codes, The (23, 12) Golay code,
Shortened cyclic codes.
UNIT III
8 Hours
BCH codes:Binary primitive BCH codes, Decoding procedures, Implementation of Galois
field Arithmetic, Implementation of Error correction. Non binary BCH codes: q ary Linear
Block Codes, Primitive BCH codes over GF (q), Reed Solomon Codes, Decoding of Non
Binary BCH and RS codes: The Berlekamp - Massey Algorithm.
Majority Logic Decodable Codes
One Step Majority logic decoding, one step Majority logic decodable Codes, Two step
Majority logic decoding, Multiple step Majority logic decoding.
UNIT IV
8 Hours
Convolutional codes:Encoding of Convolutional codes, Structural properties, Distance
properties, Viterbi Decoding Algorithm for decoding, Soft output Viterbi Algorithm, Stack
and Fano sequential decoding Algorithms, Majority logic decoding
UNIT V
16 Hours
Concatenated codes & turbo codes: Single level Concatenated codes, Multilevel
Concatenated codes, Soft decision Multistage decoding, Concatenated coding schemes with
Convolutional Inner codes, Introduction to Turbo coding and their distance properties,
Design of Turbo codes.

Burst error correcting codes:Burst and Random error correcting codes, Concept of
Inter leaving, cyclic codes for Burst Error correction Fire codes, Convolutional codes for
Burst Error correction.
Reference Books
1. Shu Lin & Daniel J. Costello (2004), Error Control Coding, 2nd Edition, Pearson /
Prentice Hall.
2. Blahut R.E. (1984), Theory and Practice of Error Control Codes , Addison Wesley.
UE14DE602: REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
In this course, the students will learn Real time systems , Different priority policies, Multiresource Services, Soft Real Time Services, Embedded system components, Design of
RTOS- PIC microcontroller
Course Outcomes
1. Students will have the knowledge of Real time systems
2. Apply various scheduling policies and RTOS programming, concepts Design PIC
microcontroller
UNIT I
8 Hours
Introduction to real time embedded systems: Brief history of Real Time Systems, A Brief
history of Embedded Systems.
System resources: Resource Analysis, Real Time Service Utility, Scheduling classes, The
Cyclic Executive, Scheduler Concepts, Preemptive Fixed Priority scheduling Policies, Real
Time OS, Thread Safe Re-entrant Functions.
UNIT II
9 Hours
Processing: Preemptive Fixed Priority Policy, Feasibility, Rate Montonic least bound,
Necessary and Sufficient feasibility, Deadline Monotonic Policy, Dynamic priority policies.
Resources:
Worst case Execution time, Intermediate I/O, Execution efficiency, I/O Architecture.
Physical hierarchy, Capacity and allocation, Shared Memory, ECC memory, Flash file
systems.
UNIT III
8 Hours
Multi- resource services:Blocking, Deadlock and livestock, Critical sections to protect
shared resources, priority inversion.
Soft Real Time Services: Missed Deadline, QoS, Alternatives to rate monotonic policy,
Mixed hard and soft real-time services.
UNIT IV
9 Hours
Embedded system components:Firmware components, RTOS system software
mechanisms, Software application components.
Debugging Components:Exceptions assert, Checking return codes, Single step
debugging, kernel scheduler traces, Test access ports, Trace ports, Power on self test and
diagnostics, External test equipment, Application level debugging.
UNIT V
18 Hours
Performance tuning:Basic concepts of drill- down tuning, hardware- supported profiling and
tracing, Building performance monitoring into software, Path length, Efficiency, and Call
frequency, fundamental optimizations.
High availability and reliability design:Reliability and Availability, Similarities and
differences, Reliability, Reliable Software, Available Software, Design trade offs, Hierarchical
applications for Fail-safe design.
Design of RTOS- PIC microcontroller: Real time operating systems, Low-end and Mid
range RTOS, PIC18 RTOS Design, RTOS01: Sample PIC18 RTOS, RTOS02: Multitasking
application example (Chap 13 of book Myke Predko)
Reference Books
1. Sam Siewert (2007), Real Time Embedded systems and Components, Cengage
Learning India Edition.
2. Myke Predko (2008), Programming and Customizing the PIC Microcontroller, 3rd
Edition, TMH.
3. Dreamtech Software Team (2008), Programming for Embedded Systems, Jhon
Wiley, India Pvt. Ltd.
UE14DE603: AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRONICS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
In this course, the students will have an overview of Automotive Fundamentals, Air/Fuel
Systems, Sensors, Actuators, Electronic Engine Control, Serial Data, Communication
Systems, Automotive Instrumentation, Future Automotive Electronic Systems
Course Outcomes
1. Understand Automotive Fundamentals like how to control engine
2. Distinguish between different types of sensors
3. Understand the working of actuators
4. Analyse future automotive electronic systems
UNIT I
8 Hours
Automotive Fundamentals Overview:Four Stroke Cycle, Engine Control, Ignition System,
Spark plug, Spark pulse generation, Ignition Timing, Drive Train, Transmission, Brakes,
Steering System, Battery, Starting System
Air/Fuel Systems:
Fuel Handling, Air Intake System, Air/ Fuel Management
UNIT II
10 Hours
Sensors:Oxygen (O2/EGO) Sensors, Throttle Position Sensor (TPS), Engine Crankshaft
Angular Position (CKP) Sensor, Magnetic Reluctance Position Sensor, Engine Speed
Sensor, Ignition Timing Sensor, Hall effect Position Sensor, Shielded Field Sensor, Optical
Crankshaft Position Sensor, Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor - Strain gauge and
Capacitor capsule, Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor, Intake Air Temperature
(IAT) Sensor, Knock Sensor, Airflow rate sensor, Throttle angle sensor
UNIT II I
9 Hours
Actuators:Fuel Metering Actuator, Fuel Injector, Ignition Actuator
Exhaust After-Treatment Systems:AIR, Catalytic Converter, Exhaust Gas Recirculation
(EGR), Evaporative Emission Systems
Electronic Engine Control:Engine parameters, variables, Engine Performance terms,
Electronic Fuel Control System, Electronic Ignition control, Idle speed control, EGR Control
UNIT IV
8 Hours
Communication:Serial Data, Communication Systems, Protection, Body and Chassis
Electrical Systems, Remote Keyless Entry, GPS
Vehicle Motion Control:
Cruise Control, Chassis, Power Brakes, Antilock Brake System (ABS), Electronic Steering
Control, Power Steering, Traction Control, Electronically controlled suspension
UNIT V
17 Hours
Automotive Instrumentation:Sampling, Measurement & Signal Conversion of various
parameters.
Integrated Body: Climate Control Systems, Electronic HVAC Systems, Safety Systems
SIR, Interior Safety, Lighting, Entertainment Systems
Automotive Diagnostics: Timing Light, Engine Analyzer, On-board diagnostics, Off-board
diagnostics, Expert Systems
Future Automotive Electronic Systems:Alternative Fuel Engines, Collision Avoidance
Radar warning Systems, Low tire pressure warning system, Radio navigation, Advance
Driver Information System
Reference Books
1. William B. Ribbens(2002), Understanding Automotive Electronics, 6th Edition,

SAMS/Elsevier Publishing.
2. Robert Bosch (2007), GmbH: Automotive Electrics Automotive Electronics Systems
and Components, 5th Edition, John Wiley& Sons Ltd.
UE14DE604: ADVANCED COMPUTER NETWORKS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
In this course, the students will have overview of advanced communication networks like
SONET, SDH, IP, TCP, Markov chains, Queuing models, Bellman Ford and Dijkstra's
algorithm, ATM
Course Outcomes
1. Analyse the flow of traffic for different networks using Markov Chains
2. Design MAC protocols and routing algorithms for computer networks
3. Analyze flow control in computer networks
UNIT I
Introduction: Computer network, Telephone networks, Networking principles.
8 Hours
UNIT II
10 Hours
Multiple access:Multiplexing - FDM, TDM, SM.
Local Area networks:Ethernet, Token ring, FDDI, Switching - Circuit switching, Packet
switching, Multicasting.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Scheduling:Performance bounds, Best effort disciplines, Naming and addressing, Protocol
stack, SONET,SDH.
UNIT IV
12 Hours
ATM Networks:AAL, Virtual circuits, SSCOP, Internet - Addressing, Routing, Endpoint
control.
Internet Protocol:IP, TCP, UDP, ICMP, HTTP.
Traffic management:Models, Classes, Scheduling.
UNIT V
12 Hours
Control of Networks:QoS, Static and dynamic routing, Markov chains, Queuing models,
Bellman Ford and Dijkstra's algorithm, Window and rate congestion control, Large deviations
of a queue and network, Open and closed loop flow control, Control of ATM networks.
Reference Books
1. J. Walrand and P. Varaya (2000), High Performance Communication Networks,
Harcourt Asia (Morgan Kaufmann).
2. S. Keshav (1997), An Engineering Approach to Computer Networking, Pearson
Education.
3. A. Leon-Garcia, and I. Widjaja (2000), Communication Network: Fundamental
Concepts and Key Architectures, TMH.
4. J. F. Kurose, and K. W. Ross (2001), Computer Networking: A Top Down Approach
Featuring the Internet, Pearson Education.
UE14DE605: ADVANCES IN VLSI SYSTEMS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
This course introduces various advanced CMOS devices and circuits.
Course Outcomes
1. Design circuits such as multiplexers and shifters using NMOS and CMOS
2. Identify the design options based on the given criteria
3. Analyze and solve challenges related to advanced circuit design
UNIT I
10 Hours
Review of MOS Circuits: MOS and CMOS static plots, switches, comparison between
CMOS and BI - CMOS.
MESFETS:MESFET and MODFET operations, quantitative description of MESFETS.
MIS Structures and MOSFETS:MIS systems in equilibrium, under bias, small signal
operation of MESFETS and MOSFETS.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Short Channel Effects and Challenges to CMOS:Short channel effects, scaling theory,
processing challenges to further CMOS miniaturization
UNIT III
10 Hours
Beyond CMOS: Evolutionary advances beyond CMOS, carbon Nano tubes, conventional
vs. tactile computing, computing, molecular and biological computing Mole electronicsmolecular Diode and diode- diode logic. Defect tolerant computing,
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Super buffers, Bi-CMOS and steering logic: Introduction, RC delay lines, super buffersAn NMOS super buffer, tri state super buffer and pad drivers, CMOS super buffers, Dynamic
ratio less inverters, large capacitive loads, pass logic, designing of transistor logic, General
functional blocks - NMOS and CMOS functional blocks.
UNIT V
12 Hours
Special circuit layouts and technology mapping: Introduction, Talley circuits, NANDNAND, NOR- NOR, and AOI Logic, NMOS, CMOS Multiplexers, Barrel shifter, Wire routing
and module lay out.
System design:CMOS design methods, structured design methods, Strategies
encompassing hierarchy, regularity, modularity & locality, CMOS Chip design Options,
programmable logic, Programmable inter connect, programmable structure, Gate arrays
standard cell approach, Full custom Design.
Reference Books
1. Kevin F Brennan(2005), Introduction to Semi Conductor Device, Cambridge
Publications
2. Eugene D Fabricius(1990), Introduction to VLSI Design, McGraw-Hill International
Publications
3. D.A Pucknel(1988) 3rd editionl, Basic VLSI Design, PHI Publication
4. 4. Wayne Wolf (2002), Modern VLSI Design, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education.
UE14DE606: WIRELESS AND MOBILE NETWORKS (4-0-0-0-4)
Course Objectives
This subject helps the students to understand the concept of wireless media. It provides the
explanation on the wireless network concepts. Addresses the design issues and explores
various emerging protocols for wireless networks.
Course Outcomes
1. Know how to analyze the frequency spectrum for wireless communication systems.
2. Understand how to improve performance of wireless communication systems.
3. Distinguish between various wireless standards
4. Distinguish between various diversity techniques for wireless systems.
UNIT I
Review
of
fundamentals
of
wireless
communication
and
10 Hours
Networks:Wireless
communication channel specifications, Wireless communication systems, Wireless

networks, Switching technology, Communication problems, Wireless network issues and
standards.
UNIT II
Wireless body area networks: Properties, Network
Technologies, Design issues, Protocols and applications.
UNIT III
Wireless personal area networks: Architectures,
Technologies and protocols, Bluetooth and Zigbee.
architectures,
Components,
10 Hours
Components,
8 Hours
Requirements,
UNIT IV
8 Hours
Wireless LANs: Network components, design requirements, Architectures, IEEE-802.11x,
WLAN protocols, 802.11p and applications.
UNIT V
16 Hours
WMANs, IEEE-802.16: Architectures, Components, WiMax mobility support, Protocols,
Broadband networks and applications, WWANs, cellular networks, Satellite Network,
Applications.
Wireless ad-hoc networks: Mobile ad-hoc networks, Sensor network, Mesh networks,
VANETs, Research issues in Wireless networks.
Reference Books
1. S. S. Manvi, and M. S. Kakkasageri (2010), Wireless and Mobile network Concepts
and Protocols, 1st Edition, Wiley.
2. P. Kaveh, Krishnamurthy (2006), Principles of Wireless Network: A Unified Approach,
PHI,.
3. Iti Saha Mitra (2009), Wireless Communication and Network: 3G and Beyond,
McGraw Hill.
4. Ivan Stojmenovic (2009), Handbook of Wireless Networks and Mobile Computing,
Wiley.
5. P. Nicopolitidis, M. S. Obaidat, et al (2009), Wireless Networks, Wiley.
6. Yi-Bing Lin, Imrich Chlamtac (2009), Wireless and Mobile Network Architectures,
Wiley.
7. Mullet (2009), Introduction to Wireless Telecommunication Systems and Networks,
Cengage.
UE14DE607 : DIGITAL SWITCHING AND LOGIC DESIGN (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
In this course, the students will learn Synthesis of Threshold Networks, Fault Detection in
Combinational circuits, State Machines, Structure of sequential machines, Identification and
fault location experiments
Course Outcomes
1. Analyse how to synthesize threshold networks
2. Detect and correct faults in the circuits
3. Distinguish between Finite state machines, State Equivalence and Machine
Minimization, Sequential machines
4. Understand StateIdentifications and Fault-Detection Experiments
UNIT I
Threshold logic: Introductory Concepts, Synthesis of Threshold Networks.
10 Hours
UNIT II
10 Hours
Reliable design and fault diagnosis hazards:Fault Detection in Combinational Circuits,
Fault-Location Experiments, Boolean Differences, Fault Detection by Path Sensitizing,
Detection of Multiple Faults, Failure-Tolerant Design, Quadded Logic
UNIT III
10 Hours
Capabilities, minimization, and transformation of sequential machines:The Finite- State
Model, Further Definitions, Capabilities and Limitations of Finite State Machines, State
Equivalence and Machine Minimization, Simplification of Incompletely Specified Machines.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Structure of sequential machines: Introductory Example, State Assignments Using
Partitions, The Lattice of closed Partitions, Reductions of the Output Dependency, Input
Independence and Autonomous Clocks, Covers.
UNIT V
12 Hours
Sequential machines: Generation of closed Partitions by state splitting, Information Flow in
Sequential Machines, Decompositions, Synthesis of Multiple Machines.
State-identifications and fault-detection experiments: Homing Experiments,
Distinguishing Experiments, Machine Identification, Fault-Detection Experiments, Design of
Diagnosable Machines, Second Algorithm for the Design of Fault Detection Experiments,
Fault-Detection Experiments for Machines which have no Distinguishing Sequences.
Reference Books
nd
1. Zvi Kohavi(1979), Switching and Finite Automata Theory, 2 Edition. Tata McGraw
Hill Edition.
2. Parag K Lala (1985), Fault Tolerant And Fault Testable Hardware Design, Prentice
Hall Inc.
3. E. V. Krishnamurthy (1983), Introductory Theory Of Computer, Macmillan Press Ltd,
4. Mishra & Chandrasekaran (2004), Theory Of Computer Science Automata,
Languages And Computation, 2nd Edition, PHI.
UE14DE652: MULTIMEDIA COMMUNICATION (2-0-0-0-2)

Course Objectives
This subject helps the students to understand the basics of multimedia communications
which includes Graphics and Image Representation, Fundamental Concepts in Video,
Basics of Digital Audio, Lossless Compression Algorithms, Lossy Compression Algorithm,
Image Compression Standards, MPEG Video Coding.
Course Outcomes
1. Understand multimedia concept like different audio and image format
2. Apply lossy and lossless compression techniques
3. Apply MPEG fundamentals.
UNIT I
8 Hours
Information Representation
Introduction to multimedia, representation of text, images, audio and video, Text and image
compression, compression principles, text compression, image compression.
UNIT II
9 Hours
Audio and video compression, audio compression, video compression, video compression
principles, video compression standards: H.261, H.263, P1.323, MPEG 1, MPEG 2, Other
coding formats for text, image and video.
UNIT III
9 Hours
Detailed Study of MPEG 4:Coding of audiovisual objects, MPEG 4 systems, MPEG 4 audio
and video, profiles and levels. MPEG 7 standardization process of multimedia content
description, MPEG 21 multimedia framework, Significant features of JPEG 2000, MPEG 4
transport across the Internet.
Reference Books
1. ZeNian Li and Mark S Drew (2004), Fundamentals of Multimedia, Pearson
Education,
2. K. R. Rao, Zoran S. Bojkovic, Dragorad A. Milovanovic (2004), Multimedia
Communication Systems, Pearson Education.
3. Raif steinmetz, Klara Nahrstedt (2002), Multimedia: Computing, Communications and
Applications, Pearson Education
4. John Billamil, Louis Molina (2002), Multimedia: An Introduction, PHI.
UE14VL601: ADVANCED MICROCONTROLLER (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
The course will introduce the need for advanced Microcontrollers and study the architecture
and other advanced features of two controllers MSP430 and ARM-32.
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of this Course, the students would be able to:
1. Interface the controllers with external peripherals
2. Write assembly or C programs for different applications interfaced with the controllers
3. Programme the controllers for various interrupts, serial transmission etc
UNIT I
10 Hours
Motivation for advanced microcontrollers Low Power embedded systems, On-chip
peripherals, low-power RF capabilities. Examples of applications.
UNIT II
10 Hours
MSP430 16-bit Microcontroller family. CPU architecture, Instruction set, Interrupt
mechanism, Clock system, Memory subsystem, bus architecture.
UNIT III
10 Hours
The assembly language and C programming for MSP-430 microcontrollers. On-chip
peripherals. WDT, Comparator, Op-Amp, Timer, Basic Timer, Real Time Clock (RTC), ADC,
DAC, Digital I/O.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Using the low-power features of MSP430. Clock system, low-power modes, Clock request
feature, Low-power programming and interrupts.
UNIT V
12 Hours
ARM -32 bit Microcontroller family. Architecture of ARM Cortex M3 General Purpose
Registers, Stack Pointer, Link Register, Program Counter, Special Register,. Nested Vector
Interrupt Controller. Interrupt behavior of ARM Cortex M3.
Exceptions Programming. Advanced Programming Features. Memory Protection. Debug
Architecture.
Applications Wireless Sensor Networking with MSP430 and Low-Power RF circuits; Pulse
Width Modulation(PWM) in Power Supplies.
Reference Books
1. Joseph Yiu (2008), The Definitive Guide to the ARM Cortex-M3, Newnes, (Elsevier
Science).
2. John Davies (2008), MSP430 Microcontorller Basics, Newnes (Elsevier Science).
3. MSP430 Teaching CD-ROM, Texas Instruments.
4. Sample Programs for MSP430 downloadable from msp430.com
5. David Patterson and John L. Henessay (2005), Computer Organization and Design,
(ARM Edition), Morgan Kauffman
UE14VL602: CMOS RF CIRCUITS DESIGN (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
The course will introduce RF designs and wireless technology, RF modulation and testing
Course Outcomes
1. Analyse RF designs in particular for power efficiency, modulation etc
2. Apply the RF testing techniques to RF designs
3. Analyse the behaviour of BJT and MOSFETs at RF frequencies
4. Design RF circuits such as oscillators, synthesizers, amplifiers etc
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction to RF Design and Wireless Technology:
Design and Applications, Complexity and Choice of Technology. Basic concepts in RF
design: Nonlinearly and Time Variance, Intersymbol interference, random processes and
noise. Sensitivity and dynamic range, conversion of gains and distortion.
UNIT II
10 Hours
RF Modulation: Analog and digital modulation of RF circuits, Comparison of various
techniques for power efficiency, Coherent and non-coherent detection, Mobile RF
communication and basics of Multiple Access techniques. Receiver and Transmitter
architectures, Direct conversion and two-step transmitters.
UNIT II I
10 Hours
RF Testing: RF testing for heterodyne, Homodyne, Image reject, Direct IF and sub sampled
receivers.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
BJT and MOSFET Behavior at RF Frequencies: BJT and MOSFET behavior at RF
frequencies, modeling of the transistors and SPICE model, Noise performance and
limitations of devices, integrated parasitic elements at high frequencies and their monolithic
implementation.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Circuits Design: Overview of RF Filter design, active RF components & modeling, matching
and biasing networks. Basic blocks in rf systems and their vlsi implementation, low noise
amplifier design in various technologies, design of mixers at ghz frequency range, various
mixers working and implementation.
Oscillators- basic topologies vco and definition of phase noise, noise power and trade off.
resonator VCO designs, quadrature and single sideband generators. radio frequency
synthesizers- plls, various RF synthesizer architectures and frequency dividers, power
amplifier design, liberalization techniques, design issues in integrated RF filters.
Reference Books
1. B. Razavi (1998), RF Microelectronics, PHI
2. R. Jacob Baker, H.W. Li, D.E. Boyce (1998), CMOS Circuit Design, layout and
Simulation, PHI.
3. Thomas H. Lee (1998), Design of CMOS RF Integrated Circuits, Cambridge
University Press
4. Y.P. Tsividis (1996), Mixed Analog and Digital Devices and Technology, TMH
UE14VL603: SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE MODELLING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
This course will introduce the physics of the semiconductors, BJT models and various
simulations like SPICE, Bipolar
Course Outcomes
1. Explain the equations, approximations and techniques available for deriving a model
with specified properties
2. Apply suitable approximations and techniques to derive the model
3. Simulate characteristics of a simple device using MATLAB, SPICE
UNIT I
10 Hours
Review of semiconductor physics: Quantum foundation, carrier scattering, high field effects;
P- N junction diode modeling: Static model, Large signal model and SPICE models;
UNIT II
10 Hours
BJT modeling: Ebers Moll, Static, large-signal, small- signal models. Gummel - Poon model.
Temperature and area effects. Power BJT model
UNIT III
10 Hours
SPICE models, limitations of GP model; advanced bipolar models: VBIC; MOS transistors:
LEVEL 1, LEVEL 2 ,LEVEL 3, BSIM Models
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Threshold voltage modeling. Punch through. Carrier velocity modeling. Short channel
effects.
UNIT V
12 Hours
Channel length modulation. Barrier lowering, Hot carrier effects. Mobility modeling, Model
parameters. Analytical and Numerical modeling of BJT and MOS transistors
Reference Books
1. Donald A. Neaman (2003), Semiconductor Physics and Devices, Tata McGraw-Hill.
2. J.Singh (2001), Semiconductor Devices-Basic Principles, Wiley.
3. Taur and Ning (1999), Fundamentals of Modern VLSI Devices, Cambridge Press.
4. Muller and Kamins (2003), Device Electronics for Integrated Circuits, Wiley.
UE14VL604 : SYSTEM ON CHIP DESIGN (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
This course covers SoC design and modelling techniques, introduce soft, hard IPs,
verification and MPSoCs
Course Outcomes
Course / Learning Outcomes:
1. Prepare a well-documented specification document
2. Solve SoC design issues such as timing closure, verification

3. Analyse and apply the designing techniques of Network on Chips
UNIT I
10 Hours
Motivation for SoC Design - Review of Moores law and CMOS Scaling, benefits of systemon-chip integration in terms of cost, power, and performance. Comparison on System-onBoard, System-on-Chip, and System-in-Package. Typical goals in SoC design cost
reduction, power reduction, design effort reduction, performance maximization.
UNIT II
10 Hours
System On Chip Design Process:A canonical SoC Design, SoC Design flow waterfall vs
spiral, top down vs Bottom up. Specification requirement, Types of Specification , System
UNIT III
10 Hours
Design process, System level design issues, Soft IP Vs Hard IP, IP verification and
integration, hardware-software codesign, Design for timing closure, Logic design issues
Verification strategy, On chip buses and interfaces, Low Power, Hardware Accelerators in an
SOC.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Embedded Memories cache memories, flash memories, embedded DRAM, Topics related
to cache memories. Cache coherence. MESI protocol and Directory-based coherence.
Interconnect architectures for SoC. Bus architecture and its limitations.
UNIT V
12 Hours
Network on Chip (NOC) topologies. Mesh-based NoC. Routing in an NoC. Packet switching
and wormhole routing.
MPSoCs: What,Why,How MPSoCs. Techniques for designing MPSoCs, Performance and
flexibility for MPSoCs design,
Case study: A Low Power Open Multimedia Application Platform for 3G Wireless
Reference Books
1. Sudeep Pasricha and Nikil Dutt (2008), On-Chip Communication Architectures:
System on Chip Interconnect, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers
2. Rao R. Tummala, Madhavan Swaminathan (2008), Introduction to system on
Package sop-Miniaturization of the Entire System, McGraw- Hill.
3. James K. Peckol (2007), Embedded Systems: A Contemporary Design Tool, Wiley
Student Edition.
4. Michael Keating, Pierre Bricaud (2008), Reuse Methodology Manual for System on
Chip Designs , 2nd Edition, Kluwer Academic Publishers.
5. Ahmed Amine Jeraya, Wayne Wolf (2005), Multiprocessor System On chip, Morgan
Kauffmann.
6. Sung- Mo Kang, Yusuf Leblebici, CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits, 3rd Edition, Tata
Mcgraw-Hill.
UE14VL605: IMAGE AND VIDEO PROCESSING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
This course will establish the advanced concepts and techniques for processing the images
on a computer or processors.
Course Outcomes
1. Analyse general terminology of digital image processing
2. Examine various types of images, intensity transformations and special filtering
3. Evaluate the methodologies for image filtering and restoration

4. Implement data compression algorithms and evaluate methodologies for video
processing
UNIT I
9 Hours
Introduction: 2D systems, Mathematical preliminaries Fourier Transform, Z Transform,
Optical & Modulation transfer function, Matrix theory, Random signals, Discrete Random
fields, Spectral density function.
Image Perception: Light, Luminance, Brightness, Contrast, MTF of the visual system,
Visibility function, Monochrome vision models, Fidelity criteria, Color representation,
Chromaticity diagram, Color coordinate systems, Color difference measures, Color vision
model, Temporal properties of vision.
UNIT II
9 Hours
Image sampling and quantization: Introduction, 2D sampling theory, Limitations in
sampling & reconstruction, Quantization, Optimal quantizer, Compander, Visual
quantization.
Image Transforms: Introduction, 2D orthogonal & unitary transforms, Properties of unitary
transforms, DFT, DCT, DST, Hadamard, Haar, Slant, KLT, SVD transform.
UNIT III
12 Hours
Image representation by stochastic models: Introduction, one dimensional Causal
models, AR models, Non-causal representations, linear prediction in two dimensions.
Image enhancement: Point operations, Histogram modelling, spatial operations, Transform
operations, Multi-spectral image enhancement, false color and Pseudo-color, Color Image
enhancement.
Image filtering & restoration: Image observation models, Inverse &Wiener filtering, Fourier
Domain filters, Smoothing splines and interpolation, Least squares filters, generalized
inverse, SVD and Iterative methods, Maximum entropy restoration, Bayesian methods,
Coordinate transformation & geometric correction, Blind de-convolution.
UNIT IV
12 Hours
Image analysis & computer vision: Spatial feature extraction, Transform features, Edge
detection, Boundary Extraction, Boundary representation, Region representation, Moment
representation, Structure, Shape features, Texture, Scene matching & detection, Image
segmentation, Classification Techniques.
Image Reconstruction from Projections: Introduction, Radon Transform, Back projection
operator, Projection theorem, Inverse Radon transform, Fourier reconstruction, Fan beam
reconstruction, 3D tomography.
Image data compression: Introduction, Pixel coding, Predictive techniques, Transform
coding, Inter-frame coding, coding of two tone images, Image compression standards.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Video processing: Fundamental Concepts in Video Types of video signals, Analog video,
Digital video, Color models in video, Video Compression Techniques Motion
compensation, Search for motion vectors, H.261,H.263, MPEG I, MPEG 2, MPEG 4, MPEG
7 and beyond, Content based video indexing.
Reference Books:
1. Anil K. Jain (2004), Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, Pearson Education
(Asia) Pte. Ltd. /Prentice Hall of India..
2. Z. Li and M.S. Drew (2004), Fundamentals of Multimedia, Pearson Education (Asia)
Pvt. Ltd.
3. R. C. Gonzalez and R. E. Woods (2004), Digital Image Processing, 2nd edition,
Pearson Education (Asia) Pte. Ltd. /Prentice Hall of India.
4. 4. M. Tekalp (1995), Digital Video Processing, Prentice Hall, USA.
UE14VL652: SYNTHESIS AND OPTIMIZATION OF DIGITAL CIRCUITS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
This course will introduce the optimization algorithms, analyse the existing synthesis
algorithms and also apply these algorithms to both combinational and sequential circuits.
Course Outcomes
1. Implement existing synthesis algorithm on digital circuit
2. Analyse the performance of algorithms for different applications
3. Optimize the algorithm to improve the performance of digital circuits
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction and basics of graph theory: Circuit Models, synthesis and optimization,
notations, undirected graphs, directed graphs, combinatorial optimization. Introduction to
decision and optimization problems, algorithms, tractable and intractable problems.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Fundamental algorithms:Linear and Integer Programs: Branch and Bound, Tree cover
greedy scheduling algorithms. Dijkstra, Bellman Ford Algorithm
UNIT III
10 Hours
Optimization problems and algorithms: Graph coloring algorithms: Vertex coloring,
leftedge algorithms. Boolean algebra: Boolean functions, representation of Boolean
functions using Binary Decision diagram, ROBDD
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Schedule algorithms: Introduction, a model for scheduling problems, Scheduling without
resource constraints: ASAP, ALAP, Scheduling with resource constraints: HUs Algorithm,
List L, List R Scheduling,
UNIT V
12 Hours
Two level combinational logic optimization: Logic optimization principles definitions:
Multiple output implicant, Multiple output minterm, cover, minimum cover, irredundant cover,
prime, essential prime implicant .Exact Logic minimization: QM method and Petricks
method. Heuristic Logic Minimization: operators (Expand, Reduce, Reshape, Irredundant)
with examples, (only method and problems).
Sequential circuit optimization: Introduction, Sequential circuit optimization using state
based models: State minimization for completely specified finite state machines
State minimization for incompletely specified finite state machines, sequential circuit
optimization using network models: Introduction to retiming, cycle time minimization using
retiming
Reference Books
1. Giovanni De Micheli (2003), Synthesis and Optimization of Digital Circuits, Tata
McGraw-Hill.
UE15EE101: BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. Understand the concepts of electric circuits and its analysis
2. Impart knowledge on solving circuits using network theorems
3. Understand the phenomenon of magnetic circuits

4. Gain knowledge about the phasor diagrams and analysis of three phase circuits
5. Explain the working principle, and construction of DC & AC machines
Course outcomes
At the end of the course the students will:
1. Become adept at applying series-parallel reductions, star delta transformation, mesh
analysis, principle of superposition and Thevenin equivalent circuits.
2. Analyze the concepts and applications of Faradays Law, Lenzs law, Self and Mutual
Induced EMFs, Co-efficient of coupling, MMF, and Reluctance.
3. Understand the role and behavior of Resistance, Inductance and Capacitance with
reference to AC circuits in series and parallel combination.
4. Understand the voltage and current relations in three phase star and delta
interconnections.
5. Understand the construction and characteristics of DC machines and transformers.
UNIT I
11 Hours
DC circuits: Definitions, Ohms law, series and parallel circuits, Star - Delta transformation.
Kirchhoffs laws, Mesh analysis, Superposition theorem, Thevenins theorem.
UNIT II
8 Hours
Electromagnetism: Electromagnetic Induction, Faradays Law, Lenzs law, Self and Mutual
Induced EMFs, Co-efficient of coupling, Static and Dynamic EMFs. Concept of MMF,
Reluctance, Comparison between Electric and Magnetic circuits.
UNIT III
12 Hours
Single phase AC circuits: Basic terms and its definition, Generation of AC Voltage,
Average, RMS for sine wave, Concept of phasors and phasor diagram. Response of R, L, C
to sinusoidal excitation. Complex notation of impedance, j operator. Analysis of Series,
Parallel and Series-Parallel AC circuits. Concept of Impedance, Impedance triangle. Power
in AC circuits, power triangle, power factor and its importance (No power factor improvement
problems)
UNIT V
10 Hours
THREE phase balanced systems: Disadvantages of a single phase system, Generation of
three phase EMF, Meaning of phase sequence, balanced supply and load, Relationship
between line and phase values for balanced star and delta connection, Measurement of
power using two wattmeter method, Expression for power factor in terms of wattmeter
readings.
UNIT V
11 Hours
Basics of electrical machines: Construction of DC machine, principle and characteristics
of DC generator & DC motor (characteristics of shunt motor only), EMF equation of DC
generator, Torque equation of DC motor. Simple problems on emf equation and torque
equation. Construction and working principle of 1- transformer, EMF equation of
transformer, simple problems on EMF equation.
Text Books:
1. E. Hughes (Revised by J. Hiley, K. Brown & I.M Smith) (2005), Electrical and
Electronic Technology; 9th Edition, Pearson Education.
(Unit 1: Sections 2.8, 3.1, 3.2, 4.9, 4.10, 3,4, 4.3, 4.5, 4.6; Unit 2: Sections 6.8 to
6.11, 7.1 to 7.6; Unit 3: Sections 9.1 to 9.8, 10.1 to 10.4, 10.7, 10.8,10.10, 10.11,
11.1 to 11.5, 13.1 to 13.8, 12.1 to 12.8; Unit 4: Sections 34.1 to 34.9; Unit
5: Sections 41.1, 41.3, 42.1, 42.2, 42.3, 42.4, 42.5 & 42.6, 35.1 to 35.4)
Reference Books:
1. D. C. Kulshreshta (2009), Basic Electrical Engineering ; 1st Edition, Tata- McGraw-Hill.

2. V N Mittle and Arvind Mittle (2006), Basic Electrical Engineering, 2nd Edition, TataMcGraw-Hill.
UE14EE202: ELECTRIC CIRCUIT THEORY (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. Develop an understanding of the fundamental theorems of electric circuits.
2. Understand transient analysis of RLC circuits.
3. Develop the ability to apply circuit analysis to DC and AC circuits.
4. Interpret the definition of Laplace transform and calculate the Laplace transform of
functions
5. Gain knowledge on set of two-port parameters, measurements, relationship between
set of two-port parameters.
6. Synthesize procedures for elements of reliability theory and one port networks
Course Outcomes
Upon successful completion of this course, students should be able to:
1. Analyze small RLC circuits by hand.
2. Use network techniques, like node analysis and loop analysis, to write equations for
large linear circuits.
3. Apply Thevenin and Norton theorems to analyze and design for maximum power
transfer.
4. Apply the concept of linearity and the associated technique of superposition to
circuits and networks.
5. Analyze circuits containing ideal operational amplifiers.
6. Explain the concept of steady state.
7. Apply phasor analysis to AC circuits in sinusoidal steady state.
8. Analyze the frequency response of circuits containing inductors and capacitors.
9. Construct simple Bode plots for first- and second-order circuits.
10. Apply the Laplace transform to linear circuits and systems.
11. Analyze simple two-port circuit
UNIT I
10 Hours
Review of electric circuit concepts: Super node, Super mesh, Linearity & Superposition,
Source transformations, Thevenins & Nortons equivalent circuits, Maximum power transfer
theorem, Duality, Dot convention for coupled circuits.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Initial conditions and transient analysis in networks: Initial conditions in elements,
Geometrical interpretation of derivatives, Transient Analysis of RL, RC and RLC circuits for
DC and AC excitation.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Laplace transformation: Basic theorems of Laplace transformation (Initial & final value
theorems), Partial Fraction Expansion, Heaviside Expansion Theorem, Inverse Laplace
transform, Examples. Transform of Signals: Basic Signals - Unit step, Unit ramp, Impulse
signals, Shifted versions, Waveform synthesis.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Network functions: Ports, Network functions one & two ports, Poles & zeros; Restrictions
on pole & zero locations for driving point functions
Two port parameters:, Relationship of two port variables, Open circuit, Short circuit, Hybrid
and Transmission parameters, Relationship between parameter sets.
UNIT V
12 Hours
Elements of realizability theory: Causality and stability, Hurwitz polynomial, positive real
functions, elementary synthesis procedures.
Synthesis of one port networks: Properties - LC immittance functions, RL impedances
and RC admittances. Synthesis - LC driving point immittances, RC impedances, RL
admittances.
Text Books
1. M.E Van Valkenburg (1980), Network Analysis, 3rd Edition Prentice Hall of India, ,
2. W.H. Hayt, J.E. Kemmerly, S.M. Durbin (1971), Engineering Circuit Analysis, 8th
Edition, McGraw-Hill Book Company Inc.
3. Franklin F Kuo, Wiley Toppan (1966), Network Analysis and Synthesis, 2nd Edition,
Wiley International.
[(Book 1: Unit 1: Chapter 2 and 3; Unit 2: Sections 5.1 to 5.5, 7.1 to 7.7; Unit 3 :
Sections 8.1 to 8.4, 10.1 to 10.5; Unit 4: Sections 11.1 to 11.7; Book 2: Unit 1:
Sections 4.1 to 4.5, 5.1 to 5.7; Book 3 : Unit 5: Sections 10.1 to 10.4, Sections 11.1
to 11.6 )]
UE14EE203: ANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To understand the role of diodes and transistors in electronics applications
2. Characteristics of diodes, BJTs, FETs, MOSFETs, and JFETs
3. To apply MOSFET and BJT large-signal and small-signal device models
4. To analyze large-signal and small-signal characteristics of single-stage amplifiers
5. To analyze, simulate, and design power amplifiers
Course Outcomes
As an outcome of completing this course, students should be able to:
1. Understand the use of operational amplifiers as black box gain elements in
feedback systems
2. Methods of biasing transistors & Design of simple amplifier circuits
3. Mid band analysis of amplifier circuits using small - signal equivalent circuits to
determine gain input impedance and output impedance
4. Method of calculating cutoff frequencies and to determine bandwidth
5. Apply principles of Class A, B, and AB power amplifiers
UNIT I
8 Hours
Basics of diode & transistor: Introduction, Diode Equivalent Circuit, Diode applicationsClippers, Clampers and voltage multiplier circuits, Overview of DC biasing of BJT
UNIT II
12 Hours
BJT AC analysis: Introduction, Amplification in AC domain, BJT transistor modeling, the Re
transistor modeling - CE Configuration (Fixed bias, voltage divider bias, emitter bias), CC
configuration Emitter Follower. Approximate Hybrid Equivalent Model of Fixed Bias,
voltage divider bias, emitter bias and Emitter Follower), Complete hybrid equivalent model.
UNIT III
12 Hours
FET amplifiers: Introduction, Construction and Characteristics of JFETs, Transfer
Characteristics, Important Relationships (FET parameter), Depletion type MOSFET
(Construction and V-I Characteristics for P and N channel), Enhancement type MOSFET
(Construction and V-I Characteristics for P and N channel). FET biasing - fixed bias, self
bias, voltage divider bias for JFET, voltage divider bias for D-MOSFET and E-MOSFET
FET AC Analysis: JFET Small Signal Model, JFET AC Equivalent Circuit, Fixed-bias, Selfbias, Voltage-divider Configuration, D-MOSFET and E-MOSFET Voltage Divider
Configuration.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
BJT & JFET frequency response: Introduction, logarithms, decibels, general frequency
consideration, low frequency analysis, low frequency response, both BJT & JFET amplifier,
miller effect capacitance, high frequency response, both BJT & JFET amplifier.
UNIT V
10 Hours
POWER amplifiers: Introduction definition and amplifier types, Series-fed class A
amplifier, Class-B amplifier operation, Class-B amplifier circuit, Basics of class-C and classD amplifiers.
Text Books
1. Robert L. Boylestead, Louis Nashelsky, (2006),Electronic Devices and Circuit
Theory, 9th edition, Pearson Education Inc,
[UNIT-I : Section 1.9,2.8,2.9,2.11, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5; UNIT II: Section 5.2, 5.3, 5.4,
5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.12, 5.13, 5.19, 5.20, 5.21; UNIT-III: Section 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.6, 6.5,
6.8,7.1,7.2,7.3,7.4,7.7,7.8,8.1,8.2,8.3,8.4,8.5,8.8,8.9,8.11; UNIT IV: Section 9.1 to
9.3, 9.4,9.7, 9.8, 9.9,9.10,9.11; UNIT-V : Section 12.1, 12.2, 12.3, 12.4, 12.5, 12.8]
Reference Books:
1. NPTEL Lectures by Dr. Chitralekha Mahanta
https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL350612601E2DBFDE
2. Circuits and Electronics Course by Prof. Anant Agarwal
https://www.edx.org/course/circuits-electronics-mitx-6-002x-0
3. Anolg signal processing 1-Prof . k. Radhakrishna Rao
https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL2TD85PPCEFFB5529
UE14EE204: DIGITAL ELECTRONICS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To understand the basic postulates of Boolean algebra
2. To describe the correlation between Boolean expressions
3. To understand and solve the methods for simplifying Boolean expressions
4. To outline the formal procedures for the analysis and design of combinational circuits
and sequential circuits
5. To summarize the concept of flip flops, sequential networks and their applications
Course Outcomes
The objectives of the course can be grouped into two categories. The first one relates to
understanding the basics of Boolean algebra and the operation of logic components,
combinational, and sequential circuits. The second set of objectives relates to the design of
digital circuits and systems.
Specifically, the students will learn
1. to apply the principles of Boolean algebra to manipulate and minimize logic
expressions;
2. to use K-maps to minimize and optimize two-level logic functions up to 5 variables;
3. the operation of latches, flip-flops, counters, registers, and register transfers;
4. to analyze the operation of sequential circuits built with various flip-flops;
5. to design two-level logic functions with AND, OR, NAND, NOR and XOR gates with
minimum number of gate delays or literals;
6. to design combinational circuits using decoders, ROM and transmission gates;
7. the operation of state-of-the-art components to design and build complex digital

systems, such as memories, PLA, PALs and programmable logic devices (such as
FPGAs);
8. to use state machine diagrams to design finite state machines using various types of
flip-flops and combinational circuits with prescribed functionality.
UNIT I
9 Hours
Boolean algebra &combinational networks: Boolean formulae and functions, Canonical
formulae, Manipulations of Boolean formulae, Incomplete Boolean functions and dont care
conditions in Logic design, Definition of combinational logic: problem statements to truth
tables, deriving switching equations.
UNIT II
12 Hours
Simplification of Boolean expressions: Formulation of the simplification problem, Criteria
for minimality, Prime implicants and irredundant disjunctive expressions, Karnaugh maps,
Using K-maps to obtain minimal expressions for complete Boolean functions,Minimal
expression for incomplete Boolean functions. Five-variable maps, the Quine-McLuskey
method of generating prime implicants and prime implicates, Prime implicant/prime implicate
tables and irredundant expressions, Prime implicant/prime implicate table reductions,
Decimal method for obtaining prime implicants /implicates, Variable entered K-maps.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Combinational logic modules and their applications: Carry look ahead adder, decimal
adder, Comparators, Decoders, Encoders, Multiplexers, Realization using Mux and Mux
trees, Programmable logic devices, PROMS, PAL, PLA devices.
UNIT IV
12 Hours
Flip-flops and simple flip-flop applications: The basic bistable element, Latches, Timing
considerations, Introduction to pulse triggered and edge triggered flip-flops, characteristic
equations. Registers, Counters, Binary ripple counters, Synchronous binary counters,
Counters based on shift registers, Design of synchronous counters.
UNIT V
9 Hours
Synchronous sequential networks: Structure and operation of clocked synchronous
sequential networks, Analysis of clocked synchronous sequential networks, Modeling of
clocked synchronous sequential network behavior.
Text Books
1. Donald D. Givone, (2007), Digital Principles and Design, Tata-McGraw Hill.
2. John M Yarbrough, (2008),Digital Logic Applications & Design Cengage
Learning.
[Book 1: UNIT I: 3.1.1, 3.2, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.8; UNIT II: 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5,
4.6, 4.7.1, 4.8, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.14; UNIT III: 5.1.2, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7,
5.8, 5.9, 5.10; UNIT IV: 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9
UNIT V: 7.1, 7.2, 7.3; Book 2: UNIT-I: 3.1.1, 3.1.2]
Reference Book
1. Mano and Kim (2001), Logic and Computer design fundamentals, 2nd Edition,
Pearson.
UE14EE205: POWER GENERATION SYSTEMS (3-0-0-0-3)

Course Objectives
1. To understand the working of different types of power generation systems namely
thermal, hydro, nuclear, diesel and gas plants.
2. To realize the necessity for interconnected operation of different power stations.

3. To gain knowledge on the primary renewable energy resources namely solar and
wind energy systems.
4. To recognize the need for renewable energy technologies and world energy demand.
5. To compare the pros and cons of various renewable energy technologies and their
applications.
Course Outcomes
Upon completion of the course the students would be able to:
1. Appreciate the different types of tariff, consumers and different types of power
generation plants
2. Determine the significance of various components of the power generation plants
3. Correlate the importance of interconnected operation of different power generation
systems
4. Plan an appropriate scheduling of electric power to satisfy the demand constraint
UNIT I
8 Hours
Thermal power plants: Main parts & working, Fuels, Fuel Handling, Combustion and
Combustion equipment, Ash disposal, & Dust Collection, Draught Systems, Types of Boilers
and their characteristics, Feed Water, steam turbines, alternators, Layout and Control.
UNIT II
12 Hours
Hydro electric stations and nuclear power stations: Factors for selection of site,
Hydrology, classification of hydro electric plants, General arrangements & Operation of a
hydro electric plants, governing of turbines, draft tube, construction and operation of different
components, Hydro electric generator, Power station structure, Layout and Control.
Nuclear Reactions, Nuclear Materials Feasibility of nuclear power station, main parts of
reactor and their functions, coolant cycles, reactor control, nuclear reactor classification,
Plant layout, working of nuclear power station.
UNIT III
12 Hours
Diesel electric stations and gas turbine plants: Introduction, main components, choice
and characteristic of diesel engines, auxiliary equipments, layout and maintenance. A simple
gas turbine plant, methods to improve thermal efficiency of a gas turbine plant, open cycle
and closed cycle gas turbine plants, components of a gas turbine plants. Fuels for gas
turbine plants. Different arrangement of components. Combination gas turbine cycle. Plant
layout, advantages of gas turbine plants over steam plants.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Solar energy: Introduction, Solar Constant, Solar Radiation at the Earths surface,
Solar Radiation Measurements. The PV cell, Module and array, equivalent electrical circuit,
open circuit and short circuit current, I-V and P-V curves, PV system components,
Applications - Water heating, Space heating, Thermal electric conversion, Electric power
conversion.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Wind energy: Introduction, Wind Speed and Power Relations, Wind Power System
System Components, Turbine rating, Variable speed operation, System design features,
Generator Drives, Applications - Interconnected System, Safety Systems, Environmental
aspects, Wind speed measurements, Site and turbine selection.
Text Books
1. A Chakrabarti, M L Soni, and P V Gupta, (2010), A Text Book on Power System
Engineering, Dhanpat Rai and Co., New Delhi.
2. Mukund R. Patel, (1999), Wind and Solar Power Systems, CRC Press.
[Book 1: Unit 1 : 2.1 to 2.13; Unit 2 : 3.1 to 3.13, 4.1, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6 to 4.13, 5.1, 5.2,
5.4, 5.5, 5.6; Unit 3 : 5.1, 5.2, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 6.1 to 6.10; Book 2: Unit 4 : 8.1 to 8.5,
8.8; Unit 5 : 4.1, 5.1 to 5.5, 7.1, 7.2]
Reference Books
1. Dr. S L Uppal, (2007), Electric Power, Khanna Publishers.
2. Rai, G. D., (2007), Non-Conventional Sources of Energy, 4th Edition, Khanna
Publishers, New Delhi.
3. Mukherjee, D., and Chakrabarti, S., (2005), Fundamentals of Renewable Energy
Systems, New Age International Publishers.
Video Lectures
1. nptel.ac.in/video.php?subjectId=108102047
2. freevideolectures.com Electrical Engineering IIT Delhi
UE14EE206: ELECTRIC CIRCUIT THEORY LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course Objectives
1. Apply Ohms Law, Kirchhoff's current and voltage laws to circuit problems
2. Simplify circuits using Network Theorems
3. Analyze the frequency response of systems involving resistors, capacitors and
inductors
4. Predict the transient behavior of first and second order circuits
5. Solve two port networks and determine the unknown quantities
Course Outcomes
1. Explain basic electrical concepts, including electric charge, current, electrical
potential, power and energy.
2. Apply concepts of electric network topology: nodes, branches and loops to solve
circuit problems, including the use of computer simulation.
3. Analyzing the circuit with ideal, independent and controlled voltage source and
current sources.
4. Apply Kirchhoffs voltage law and current law to the electric circuits.
5. Explain the relationship between the voltage and current in Resistor, Inductor and
capacitor and mutual inductor.
6. Derive and solve the governing differential equation for time domain first and second
order bcircuit, including singularity function source model.
7. Determine Thevenien and Norton equivalent of a given network that may include
passive devices, dependent and independent sources in combination.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Ohms Law and Applications
2. Analysis of Networks (Nodal and Mesh Analysis)
3. Network Theorems
4. Frequency response of RL, and RC circuits.
5. Frequency response of RLC circuits.
6. Transient response of RC circuits (Simulation using PSPICE).
7. Transient response of RL circuits (Simulation using PSPICE).
8. Transient response of RLC Circuits (Simulation using PSPICE).
9. Measurement of input impedance and output impedance of a given two port network.
10. Measurement of ABCD parameters of a two port network
11. Open Ended Experiment (Simulation Based)
12. Open Ended Experiment. (Hardware Based)
UE14EE207: ANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course Objectives
1. Design electronic solutions to meet specified requirements of clippers, clampers, and
Voltage Multiplier Circuits.
2. Analyze the performance characteristics and frequency response of single stage
BJT Amplifiers
3. Analyze the performance characteristics and frequency response of JFET
Amplifiers
4. Analyze the performance characteristics of Class A and Class AB Amplifiers and
determine the amplification factor
5. Observe the frequency response of Multistage amplifier
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
1. Identify and describe operation of semiconductor devices.
2. Analyze where and how analog components are used.
3. Locate and select analog devices using component specifications based on circuit
requirements.
4. Construct operational circuits using analog devices.
5. Select and demonstrate the use of appropriate test equipment to analyze circuit
operation.
6. Using appropriate troubleshooting techniques evaluate circuit performance applying
suitable repair methods.
7. Identify and demonstrate safe workplace practices
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Diode Clippers
2. Diode Clampers
3. Diode Voltage Multiplier Circuits
4. Characteristics of single stage BJT Amplifiers ( input impedance, output impedance,
voltage gain)
5. Frequency response of single stage BJT Amplifier
6. JFET V-I characteristics
7. Voltage Divider Biasing JFET
8. Frequency Response of JFET Amplifier
9. Class A Amplifier
10. Class A Amplifier with transformer coupled load.
11. Class AB push-pull Amplifiers.
12. Frequency response of Multistage amplifier .
13. Open ended experiment.
UE14EE208: DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course Objectives
1. Use and apply logic gates to realize Boolean expressions.
2. Analyze code conversions.
3. Analyze the behavior of MUX/DEMUX using 74153, 74139.
4. Verify the truth table of Truth table of JK Master Slave, T and D flip-flops.
5. Observe the Shift left, Shift right, SIPO, SISO, PISO, PIPO operations using 74HS95.
6. Analyze and test the behavior of Ring counter /Johnson counter and sequence
generator.
Course Outcomes

1. Understand the relationships between combination logic and Boolean algebra, and
between sequential logic and finite state machines;
2. Be able to design and minimize combinational logic;
3. Appreciate tradeoffs in complexity and speed of combinational designs;
4. Understand how state can be stored in a digital logic circuit;
5. Know how to design a simple finite state machine from a specification and be able to
implement this in gates and edge triggered flip-flops;
6. Understand how to use MOSFETs to build digital logic circuits.
7. Understand the effect of finite load capacitance on the performance of digital logic
circuits.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Simplification, realization of Boolean expressions using logic universal gates
2. Realization of parallel adder/ Subtractors using 7483 chip.
3. BCD to Excess-3 code conversion and vice versa.
4. Realization of Binary to Gray code conversion and vice versa.
5. MUX/DEMUX use of 74153, 74139 for arithmetic circuits and code converter.
6. Realization of One/Two bit comparator and study of 7485 magnitude comparator.
7. Use of a) Decoder chip to drive LED display and b) Priority encoder.
8. Truth table verification of Flip-Flops: (i) JK Master slave (ii) T type and (iii) D type.
9. Realization of 3 bit counters as a sequential circuit and MOD N counter design
(7476, 7490, 74192).
10. Shift left; Shift right, SIPO, SISO, PISO, PIPO operations using 74HS95.
11. Design and testing of Ring counter /Johnson counter.
12. Design and testing of Sequence generator.
UE14EE252: LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. Gain knowledge on feedback concepts and difference amplifiers.
2. Understand the basic building blocks of linear integrated circuits.
3. Study characteristics; realize circuits; design using Op-amp ICs
4. Analyze and design linear and non-linear applications of operational amplifiers.
5. Study internal functional blocks and the applications of special ICs like Timers, PLL
circuits, Regulator Circuits, ADCs and DACs.
6. Understand the theory and applications of analog multipliers and PLL.
7. To teach the theory and design of oscillators.
Course Outcomes
1. Learn how to employ feed back & obtain closed loop
2. Become adept at using various methods of voltage control, current control for
electronic circuits
3. Appreciate the consequences of open loop & closed loop control with respect to
stability
4. Gain an intuitive understanding of the importance each block of operational amplifier
5. Advantages of op-amp using in differential mode.
6. Learn the primitive concepts of op-amp
7. Possess an ability to understand the off-set voltage, input bias current & total off-set
voltage in op-amp
8. Know the fundamental concepts op-amp parameters
9. Understand the role and behavior of op-amp with its basic parameters.
10. The main application of op-amp as a instrumentation amplifier will be analyzed
11. Understand the how to make voltage to current & current to voltage conversion
12. Explain the principle of operation of active filters
13. Use of active filters in almost all circuits & their advantages compare to only passive
filters.
14. Specialized analog ICs will be understood clearly to implement on practical circuit
15. Know about different IC regulators which are used in voltage regulators.
16. DAC & ADC working which are main parts of microprocessor/microcontroller.
17. Different oscillator circuit using different amplifier devices will be understood.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Feedback and difference amplifiers: Feedback concepts, Feedback connection types,
Difference amplifier, Constant current source (current mirror), Input resistance, Active load,
Level translator, Output stage.
UNIT II
12 Hours
Basics of operational amplifiers: Voltage-series feedback amplifier, Voltage-shunt
feedback amplifier, The practical op-amp: Input offset voltage, Input bias current, Input offset
current, Total output Offset voltage, Thermal drift. Effect of variation in power supply
voltages on offset voltage, Change in input offset voltage and input offset current with time,
Noise, Common mode configuration and common mode rejection ratio, Frequency response
slew rate.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Applications of operational amplifiers: Instrumentation amplifier, Voltage to current
converter, Current to voltage converter, Integrator, Differentiator, Active filters: first order
and second order low-pass and high-pass Butterworth filter, band-pass, band-reject filters,
all filters, Comparators: basic comparator, Zero crossing detector, Schmitt trigger.
UNIT IV
10Hours
Specialized IC applications: The 555 timer: the 555 as a mono-stable, astable multivibrator
and its applications. Phase-Locked loops, IC Voltage regulators, 723 general purpose
regulator, switching regulator, A/D and D/A converters: introduction, basic DAC techniques,
AD converters, DAC/ADC specifications.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Oscillators: Oscillator operation, Phase-shift oscillator, Wein-bridge oscillator, Tuned
oscillator circuit, Crystal oscillator, Design of oscillator using op amp, BJT and JFET.
Text Books
1. Boylestead, Louis Nashelsky, (2006), Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, 9th
2. Ramakant A.Gayakwad, (1992), Op-amps and Linear Integrated Circuits, 4th Edition,
Pearson education.
3. D. Roy Choudhury, Shail Jain, (2003), Linear Integrated Circuits, New Age
International (P) Ltd.
[Book 1: UNIT-I : 14.1 14.4; UNIT-V : 14.5 14.9; Book 2: UNIT-II: 3.3 3.5, 4.1
4.11, 5.2 5.5, 5.10; UNIT-III : 6.6, 6.8, 6.9, 6.10, 6.12, 6.13, 7.2 7.10, 8.2 8.6,
8.13, 8.14;UNIT-IV : 9.4, 9.5; Book 3 : UNIT-I : 2.4.1 2.4.6; UNIT-IV : 6.3, 6.4, 6.5,
10.1 10.4]
UE14EE253: ELECTRICAL MACHINES - I (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. Familiarize and study the constructional details, principle of operation, expressions
for generated voltage and torque of DC machines
2. Predict performance characteristics and gain knowledge on speed control techniques

of DC motors
3. Estimate the various losses taking place in D.C. machines and to study the different
testing methods
4. Study the working principles of single phase transformers and three phase
transformers
5. Appreciate the testing procedures of transformers
6. Formulate and solve problems related to DC machines, single phase transformers
and three phase transformers
Course Outcomes
1. Learn how to employ excitation circuit for DC generator
2. Become adept at using various methods of reducing the armature reaction
3. Understand the different types of generator behaviors with their V-I characteristics
4. Gain an intuitive understanding of the importance of dc machine.
5. Develop the capability to analyze the concepts and applications different types of DC
machines
6. Learn the primitive concepts of different types of speed control & necessity of speed
control
7. Possess an ability to understand the differences between different types of motors.
8. Know the fundamental concepts of single phase transformer & types based on
construction
9. Understand the working of transformer with & without load
10. Learn how to draw equivalent circuits of transformer with respect to primary /
secondary
11. Learn about parallel operation of single phase transformer & its requirements
12. Understand the differences between single phase and three phase transformers
13. Explain the principle different types of connections of three phase transformers &
their comparisons
14. Understand why auto transformer (variac) is much used in industries.
UNIT I
12 Hours
DC generators: DC generators-principle of operation, types of armature windings(excluding
development of winding), circuit model of a DC machine, generating mode and motoring
modes, Armature reaction in generators, methods of reducing these effects, commutation
,ideal commutation, resistance commutation, voltage commutation, methods of excitation,
magnetization characteristic-problems on the same, self excitation, characteristics of
generators, compound generators, comparison of V-I characteristics of DC generators.
UNIT II
8 Hours
DC motors: Principle of operation, Torque equation: Characteristics of shunt motor,
compound motor, and series motor, torque and efficiency, speed control of shunt and series
motors, flux control, armature control.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Testing of DC machines: Testing of DC Machines: testing of motors, Swinburnes test,
Hopkinsons test, advantages and drawbacks of Hopkinsons test, retardation test, fields test
on DC series motor, Ward Leonard method.
UNIT IV
12 Hours
Single phase transformers: Use of transformer, construction core type and shell type,
emf equation of transformer, concept of leakage flux and leakage reactance operation of
transformer under no load and onload with phasor diagrams, equivalent circuit of transform
efficiency and regulation.
Testing of transformer- Objective of testing, phasing out, polarity test, DC resistance test,
OC and SC tests, back-to-back (Sumpners) test, numerical on the above. Parallel operation
of two single phase transformers- different cases.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Three phase transformer: Connections of transformers- star-star, delta-delta, star-delta,
delta star, three-phase/six-phase, open delta connection, three-phase to two phase
connections, Scott connection, auto transformers, principle, equivalent circuit, advantages
and disadvantages No load and on load tap changers.
Text Book
1. I.J.Nagrath & D.P. Kothari, (2004), Electrical Machines,TMH Publication.
[ Book 1: UNIT I : Sections 6.3, 7.1, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 7.10, 7.11 ; UNIT
II : Sections 7.12, 7.16 ; UNIT III, IV : Sections 3.1 to 3.9 ; UNIT V : Sections
3.11,3.13,3.14,3.15,3.16,3.17]
UE14EE254: POWER ELECTRONICS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To describe the role of Power semiconductor devices in power electronics
2. To understand the operation of thyristors and their characteristics with commutation
techniques
3. To learn the basic concepts of operation of DC choppers
4. To analyze and synthesize pulse width modulated inverters, controlled rectifiers and
AC voltage controllers
5. To Learn the role of Power Electronics in utility-related applications
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the students will be able to:
1. Learn how to differentiate between electronic device & power Electronics device
2. Become adept at using various power electronic devices for different applications
3. Understand the different types of power electronic switching devices with their
switching speed
4. Gain an intuitive understanding of the importance power electronic devices
5. Develop the capability to analyze the concepts and protection circuits for different
types power electronic devices
6. Learn the primitive concepts of series & parallel connection of SCRs
7. Possess an ability to understand the differences between different types
commutation circuits for SCR
8. Know the fundamental concepts of DC-DC converter(chopper)
9. Understand the working of buck, boost & buck-boost chopper
10. Learn how SMPS is more efficient than linear power supply
11. Learn about importance of inverter & its principle of operation
12. Understand the differences between single phase and three phase inverter
13. Control techniques of output of inverters
14. Controlled different rectifier circuits using SCRs
15. Comparison of different types of controlled rectifiers with respect to output power
requirements
16. How converter con be used to control AC devices either by using anti-parallel
connection of thyristors/TRIAC.
UNIT I
12 Hours
Power devices: Power semiconductor Devices, Control characteristics of power devices,
types of power electronic circuits.
Thyristors: Thyristor characteristics, two transistor model of thyristor, Thyristor turn-on di/dt
protection, dv/dt protection, thyristor turn-off, thyristor types - phase-controlled thyristors,
fast-switching thyristors, GTOs, TRIACs,RCTs,SITHs and LASCR, Series operation of
thyristors,parallel operation of thyristors.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Thyristor commutation techniques: Natural Commutation, Forced Commutation Self
commutation, impulse commutation, resonant pulse commutation, complementary
commutation.
DC Choppers: Principle of step-down operation, step-Down chopper with RL load, principle
of step-up operation, switch mode regulators buck regulator, boost regulator, buck-boost
regulators.
UNIT III
10 Hours
.Pulse-width-modulated inverters: Principle of operation, single-phase bridge inverters,
three-phase inverters 180-degree and 120-degree conduction, voltage control of singlephase inverters- single-pulse-width modulation, multiple pulse-width modulation, sinusoidalpulse-width modulation, phase-displacement control.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Controlled rectifiers: Principle of phase-Controlled converter operation, Single-phase semi
converters, Single-phase full converters, single phase dual converters, three-phase full
converters with RL load, power factor improvements- extinction angle control.
UNIT V
10 Hours
AC voltage controllers: Principle of on-off control, principle of phase control, single-phase
bidirectional controllers with resistive loads, Single-Phase Controllers with inductive loads.
Text Book
1. M. H Rashid, (2003), Power Electronics devices, 3rd edition, Pearson education.
[UNIT I : 1.3,1.4,1.5 ---- 4.2,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,4.7,4.8(4-8.1 to 4-8.7),4.9,4.10; UNIT II :
7.1,7.2,7.3(7-3.1 to 7-3.4)-----9.1,9.2,9.3,9.4,9.7(9.7.1 to 9.7.3); UNIT III : 10 .1, 10.2,
10.3, 10.4, 10.5, 10.6(except 10-6.4); UNIT IV : 5.2, 5.3,5.4,5.5,5.9,5.11(5-11.1);
UNIT V: 6.1,6.2,6.3,6.4,6.5 ]
Reference Books
1. M.D.Singh & Khanchandani K.B. (2006), Power Electronics, 2nd Edition, Tata Mcgraw
Hill.
2. Ned Mohan, (2002), Power Electronics, Converters, Applications and Design, John
Wiley and Sons.
UE14EE255: ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY (3-0-0-0-3)

Course Objectives
1. To appreciate the theory of vector analysis
2. To understand the concepts of electrostatics, electrical potential, energy density and
their applications
3. To analyze the concepts of magnetostatics, magnetic flux density, scalar and vector
potential and its applications
4. To explore Biot-Savarts Law, Amperes Law, Faraday's laws, and Maxwells
equations
5. To understand the concepts of electromagnetic waves and Poynting vector
Course Outcomes
1. Learn how to apply Cartesian coordinates, cylindrical coordinates, spherical

coordinates,
2. Become adept at using Divergence of a vector and Divergence theorem
3. Understand the different types electrostatic theorems & their applications
4. Gain an intuitive understanding relationship between Electric field and potential
5. an electric dipole and flux lines, Energy density in electrostatic fields.
6. Develop the capability to analyze the continuity equation and relaxation time
boundary conditions, Poissons and Laplaces equation,
7. Learn the primitive concepts of magneto static laws & their applications
8. Possess an ability to understand the differences magnetic scalar and vector
potentials
9. Know the fundamental concepts forces due to magnetic fields, magnetic torque and
moment, a magnetic dipole
10. Understand magnetization in materials, magnetic boundary conditions
11. Learn transformer and motional electromotive forces, displacement current
12. Learn about importance wave propagation in lossy dielectrics, plane waves in
lossless dielectrics, plane waves in free space
13. Understand the differences reflection of a plane wave at normal incidence reflection
of a plane wave at oblique incidence.
UNIT I
12 Hours
Vector analysis: Introduction to coordinate systems and transformations, Cartesian
coordinates, cylindrical coordinates, spherical coordinates, Divergence of a vector and
Divergence theorem, Gradient of a scalar quantity, Curl of a vector and Stokes theorem(no
proof)
ELECTROSTATICS: Introduction, Coulombs Law and Field intensity, electric fields due to
continuous charge distributions, Electric flux density, Gausss Law, Applications of Gausss
Law, Electric potential, Relationship between Electric field and potential, an electric dipole
and flux lines, Energy density in electrostatic fields.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Electric fields in material space: Introduction, continuity equation and relaxation time,
boundary conditions, Poissons and Laplaces equation, general procedure for solving
Poissons & Laplaces equation (function of one variable only), resistance and capacitance.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Magnetostatics: Introduction, Biot-Savarts Law, Amperes circuital Law, applications of
Amperes Law, magnetic flux density, Maxwells equation for static fields, magnetic scalar
and vector potentials, derivation of Biot-Savarts Law and Amperes Law.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Magnetic forces, materials and devicES: Introduction, forces due to magnetic fields,
magnetic torque and moment, a magnetic dipole, magnetization in materials, magnetic
boundary conditions, inductors and inductances, magnetic energy.
Maxwells equations: Introduction, Faradays Law, transformer and motional electromotive
forces, displacement current, Maxwells equations in final forms, time varying potential, Time
harmonic fields.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Electromagnetic wave propagation: Introduction, wave propagation in lossy dielectrics,
plane waves in lossless dielectrics, plane waves in free space, plane waves in good
conductors, power and Poynting vector, reflection of a plane wave at normal incidence,
reflection of a plane wave at oblique incidence.
Text Book
1. Matthew N.O. Sadiku, (2011), Principles of Electromagnetics,Fourth Edition, Oxford

University press.
[Unit 1: Sections 1.1 to 1.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 3.1 to 3.10; Unit 2: sections 4.1 to 4.8, 5.1,
5.2, 5.4,5.5; Unit 3: sections 6.1 to 6.8; Unit 4: sections 7.1 to 7.9, 8.1 to 8.7; Unit 5:
sections 9.1 to 9.8]
Reference Books
1. Edward C Jordan, Keith G Balmain, (2005), Electromagnetic waves and radiating
systems, 2nd edition, PHI.
2. William H Hayt Jr., (2007), Engineering Electromagnetics, 7th Edition, Tata Mc Graw
Hill.
3. Clayton R. Paul, Kath W. Whites, Syed A Nasar, (2007), Introduction to
Electromagnetic fields, 2nd revised edition, TMH.
4. J.A. Edminister, (2006), Electromagnetics - Schaums outlines,2nd Edition, Tata Mc
Graw Hill.
UE14EE256: LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course Objectives
1. To design and construct oscillator circuits.
2. To analyze and design various applications of Op-Amp.
3. To design and test the characteristics of astable and Mono-stable multivibrator.
4. To test the performance of voltage regulators.
Course Outcomes
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Learn how to construct low frequency oscillator using op-amp

Learn to construct wein bridge oscillator to produce sinusoidal wave form at 1 KHz
Construct practical oscillator circuit to produce very high frequency
Construct circuit using versatile IC 555
Develop the laboratory circuit to learn about voltage regulator
Learn & construct applications of op-amp as DAC
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. RC Phase-shift Oscillator
2. Wein-bridge Oscillator
3. Colpitts Oscillator
4. Hartley Oscillator
5. 555 Mono-stable multivibrator
6. 555 Astable multivibrator
7. Voltage Regulators : IC 7805 and 7905
8. D/A converter R-2R Ladder network
9. Op-amp Integrator
10. Op-amp Differentiator
11. Op-amp Active filters : 1st order / 2nd order Low-pass and High-pass Butterworth
filter
12. Band-pass filter
UE14EE257: ELECTRICAL MACHINES - I LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course Objectives
1. Rig up circuits for testing a given machine
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Analyze the performance of different types of DC generators

Determine the characteristic curves of DC motor
Conduct performance tests such as Swinburnes Test and Hopkinsons Test
Control the speed of DC motor by different methods
Obtain the performance characteristics of 1 phase transformers and 3 phase
transformers
Course Outcomes
1. Learn how to connect D.C shunt & compound generator for load characteristics
2. Learn to construct circuit connection of DC motor to get speed-torque & efficiency
charateristics
3. Construct practical circuit of transformer parallel operation
4. Construct circuit for Hopkisons test
5. Develop the laboratory circuit to control speed of DC motor
6. Learn & construct to find constant losses & copper loss of transformer
7. Learn & construct circuit for Scott connection.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Load characteristics of a D.C. shunt and compound generator.
2. Load test on a DC motor- determination of speed-torque and BHP-efficiency
characteristics.
3. Swinburnes Test.
4. Hopkinsons Test.
5. Fields test on series motors.
6. Retardation test- electrical braking method.
7. Speed control of DC motor by armature voltage control and flux control.
8. Ward Leonard method of speed control of D.C. motor.
9. OC and SC test on single phase transformer & predetermination of efficiency &
regulation.
10. Sumpners test.
11. Parallel operation of two dissimilar (different kVA) 1-phase transformers.
12. Polarity test & connection of 3 phase transformers in star delta and determination
of efficiency & regulation under balanced UPF load.
13. Scott connection for balanced and unbalanced two phases UPF loads.
UE14EE258: POWER ELECTRONICS LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course Objectives
1. Observe the characteristics of IGBT and SCR.
2. Design and construct commutation circuits.
3. Design and construct converter and inverter circuits using power electronic devices.
4. Design and assemble control circuit using power electronic devices for stepper
motor, DC motor, 1-phase induction motor and universal motor.
Course Outcomes
1. Learn how to construct circuits using power electronics devices to get their V-I
characteristics
2. Learn to construct commutation circuits for SCR.
3. Construct practical circuit to produce chopper operation
4. Construct circuit to convert AC to controlled DC
5. Construct circuit to convert DC to controlled AC
6. Construct circuit to control speed of PMDC motor & single phase universal motor.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Design and assembly of a driver circuit for an IGBT. To obtain the static
characteristics of an IGBT and obtain the value of the minimum gate to emitter
resistance of the IGBT.
2. To experimentally obtain the static characteristics of an SCR. Design a simple
triggering circuit using op-amps and transistors to generate triggering pulses for an
SCR operating on an AC supply.
3. To design and assemble a self commutation circuit for commutating an SCR
operating on a DC supply.
4. Design and assemble an impulse commutated circuit to turn off an SCR operating on
a DC supply.
5. Design a single quadrant MOSFET/IGBT based chopper supplying R/R-L load,
including the driver circuit for the MOSFET/IGBT.
6. Design and testing a digital firing circuit for a line commutated SCR circuit.
7. Study of a full bridge converter supplying R-L load, including generation of triggering
pulses for the devices for both continuous and discontinuous modes of conduction.
8. Design and assemble a boost converter with waveform analysis for continuous and
discontinuous modes of operation.
9. Design and assemble a single phase full bridge inverter and study of waveforms on
R and R-L loads.
10. Design and assemble a control circuit for a stepper motor and study the operation.
11. Design and assemble a single quadrant chopper to control a PM dc motor.
12. Assemble a voltage controller to run a 1-phase induction motor & a universal motor.
UE15EE501: APPLIED MATHEMATICS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. Learn applied mathematics with all the objectives to be able to apply to field of
electrical engineering
2. Develop the ability to apply the concepts of matrix theory
3. Get mathematical formulations and apply Linear programming method
4.
5. Familiarize with different computational methods that can be applied to different
applications
Course Outcomes
1. Make use of Eigen values and Vectors in electrical related applications
2. Model the optimization problems using objectives and constraints and find solution
using different graphical and simplex methods
3. Apply the numerical methods to solve ODE, PDE, Laplace equations and also apply
to heat and wave equations
UNIT I
12 Hours
Advanced matrix theory: QR decomposition, Eigen-values using QR decomposition
Generalized Eigen vectors Canonical forms Singular value decomposition and
applications Pseudo inverse Least square approximations.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Optimization : Linear Programming Formulation of the problem Graphical Method
General linear programming problem Simplex Method Artificial Variable Technique Big M
method.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Computational Methods: Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations- iterative
methods based on second degree equation Muller method,(no derivation) Chebyshev
method, general iteration method (first order), acceleration of convergence, system of nonlinear equations, and complex roots Newton-Raphson method, polynomial equations
Birge Vieta method and Bairstows method.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Numerical Solution of Partial Differential Equations: Classification of second order

equations, parabolic equations- solution of one dimensional heat equation, explicit method,
Crank-Nicolson method and Du Fort-Frankel method, hyperbolic equations- solution of one
dimensional wave equation.
UNIT V
12 Hours
Linear Algebra: Vector spaces, linear dependent, independence, basis and dimension,
elementary properties, examples.
Linear Transformations: Definition, properties, range and null space, rank and nullity,
algebra of linear transformations - invertible, singular and non-singular transformations,
representation of transformations by matrices.
Reference Books
1. Bronson, R., (1989), Matrix Operation, Schaums outline series, McGraw Hill, New
York.
2. Sharma, (2009), Operations Research: Theory and Applications, Macmillan.
3. Jain, M. K. (2003). Numerical methods for scientific and engineering computation.
New Age International.
4. Jain, M. K. (2008), Numerical Solution of Differential Equations, 2nd Edition, New Age
International.
5. Kenneth Hoffman and Ray Kunze, (2011), Linear Algebra, 2nd edition, PHI.
UE15EE502: RELIABILITY ENGINEERING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To apply engineering knowledge to prevent or reduce the likelihood or frequency of
failures;
2. To identify and correct the causes of failure that do occur;
3. To determine ways of coping with failures that do occur;
4. To apply methods of estimating the likely reliability of new designs, and for analysing
reliability data.
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student will be able to1. Establish quality and reliability requirements for suppliers
2. Collect field data and find root causes of failures
3. Improve system Reliability
4. Estimate the likely reliability of several designs
5. Determine a life test, estimate reliability values from the test data, and set confidence
limits on the results
6. Find means to cut costs while maintaining reliable products and production methods,
such as adjusting materials, equipment and employees used in the production
process.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Basics of Probability Theory & Reliability: Basic probability theory rules for combining
probabilities of events Bernoullis trials probability density and distribution functions
binomial distribution expected value and standard deviation of binomial distribution,
Reliability and Quality, Failures and Failure modes, Causes of Failures and Unreliability,
Maintainability and Availability.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Failure Data Analysis: Introduction, Failure data, Mean Failure Rate, Mean Time to Failure
(MTTF), Mean Time between Failures (MTBF), Graphical Plots, MTTF in terms of Failure
Density, Generalization, Reliability in terms of Hazard rate and Failure density, MTTF in
Integral form, Reliability in other situations.
UNIT III
14 Hours
Hazard Models: Introduction, Constant Hazard, Linearly Increasing Hazard, The Weibull
Model, Density Function and Distribution Function, Distribution functions and Reliability
Analysis, Important Distributions and their Choice.
System Reliability Models: Systems with components in series, Systems with parallel
components, non series parallel systems, r-out-of-nsystems, Logic Diagrams, Fault- Tree
techniques- Fault-tree Construction, Calculation of Reliability, Tie-set and Cut-set.
UNIT IV
9 Hours
Reliability Improvement, Repairable Systems: Improvement of Components,
Redundancy, Element redundancy, Unit redundancy and Standby Redundancy, Repairable
Systems-Introduction, Instantaneous Repair Rate, MTTR, Reliability and Availability
functions.
UNIT V
9 Hours
Maintainability, Availability and Reliability allocation: Introduction, Maintainability,
Availability, System downtime, Maintenance Planning, Reliability and Maintainability trade
off, Reliability Allocation for a series system.
Reference Books:
th
1. L.S. Srinath, (2013), Reliability Engineering, 4 Edition, East-West Press, New Delhi.
th
2. L.Balagurusamy, (1984), Reliability Engineering, 9 Print 2010, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, New
Delhi.
3. A.K.Govil, (1983), Reliability Engineering, Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publishers, New Delhi.
UE15EE503: MICROCONTROLLERS AND ITS APPLICATIONS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. Understand the need of microcontroller in development of various projects
2. Introduce the outline of the ARM based microcontroller architecture and interfaces
3. Get an overview of the system peripherals that cover bus structure, memory map, and
timers
4. Get a hands-on of a microcontroller development tool chain
5. How to write programs that interact with other devices and hence build applications
Course outcomes
1. Able to identify the software and hardware components of the system needed to
meet the system needs
2. Gain knowledge of architectural aspects, interfacing and programming details for
microcontroller
3. Can interface various I/O devices like stepper motor and other peripherals
4. Can realise the software implementation with all needed elements and structure with
mini-projects
5. Gain a good hands-on one of the commercially available development environment
to perform the tasks end to end able to analyse real time examples
UNIT I
12 Hours
ARM Embedded Systems and Design Philosophy Processor fundamentals - Introduction
to ARM instruction set Thumb instruction set Understanding specifics of ARM
microcontroller: architecture overview, memory and memory map.
UNIT II
12 Hours
System initialisation and start up code - Firmware and bootloader High level C constructs Basics of efficient C programming as applied to microcontroller - Compiler Assembler
Linker/Locator Binary download formats Debugging - Emulators Logic Analyser.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Interrupt controller, HW interrupt, SW interrupt - Exception handling- GPIO-ADC-DACUART.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Timers-Watch dog timers- PWM- RTC - Serial communication concepts I2C and SPIDiscussions on mini-projects Coding conventions and tips .
Study of Input and output devices LED and LCD display - App1: Build an application that
samples inputs, displays on LCD and has a serial communication.
Study of motors (stepper, DC, servo) Open & Close loop controls: PWM, Proportional and
PID -App2: Build an application to control motor simple speed control, PID control etc.
UNIT V
8
Hours
Introduction of DSP in ARM Representing signal, FFT etc App3: Building a Spectrum
Analyser.
Study of the Sensors: Touch, Proximity sensor, Sound sensors, ultra-sonic sensors,
temperature sensor, accelerometers. App 4: Building a system that detect sounds and take
certain actions
Mini-project presentation/discussions.
Reference Books:
1. Sloss, A., Symes, D., & Wright, C. (2004). ARM system developer's guide: designing
and optimizing system software. Morgan Kaufmann.
2. Furber, S. B. (2000). ARM system-on-chip architecture. Pearson Education.
3. LPC21xx Data sheet
http://www.nxp.com/documents/data_sheet/LPC2101_02_03.pdf
4. LPC21xx User manual http://www.nxp.com/documents/user_manual/UM10161.pdf
5. Pont, M. J. (2002). Embedded C. Addison-Wesley Longman Publishing Co., Inc.
6. Barr, M. (1999). Programming embedded systems in C and C++. " O'Reilly Media,
Inc.".
7. Siegesmund, M. (2014). Embedded C Programming: Techniques and Applications of
C and Pic Mcus. Newnes.
8. Kernighan, B. W., & Ritchie, D. M. (1988). The C programming language (Vol. 2).
Englewood Cliffs: prentice-Hall.
UE15EE504 :ADVANCED CONTROL SYSTEMS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. Understand the basic theory and mathematical models for linear systems
2. Analyze and design linear control systems
3. Understand the representation of discrete system
Course Outcomes
1. Use state space representation and find the solution using state equation
2. Apply analysis process for continuous and discrete controllers
3. Represent a discrete system for finding solution and discretising the continuous
system
4. Find out whether the system is stable or not applying Lyapunov stability analysis
UNIT I
10 Hours
Modern control theory: Limitations of conventional control theory - concepts of state, state
variables and state model state model for linear time invariant systems: state space
representation using physical-phase and canonical variables.
UNIT II
10 Hours
System response: Transfer function from state model - Transfer matrix - Decomposition of
transfer functions Direct, cascade and parallel decomposition techniques - Solution of state
equation - State transition matrix computation.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Discrete system: State space representation of discrete system - Decomposition of
Transfer functions - Solution of discrete time system - state transition matrix - Discretisation
of continuous time state equations.
UNIT IV
12 Hours
System models: Characteristic equation - Eigen values and Eigen vectors - Invariance
of Eigen values -Diagonalization - Jordan Canonical form - Concepts of controllability and
observability - Kalman's and Gilbert's tests - Controllable and observable phase variable
forms - Effect of pole-zero cancellation on controllability and observability.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Liapunov stability: Liapunov stability analysis - Stability in the sense of Liapunov Definiteness of Scalar Functions Quadratic forms - Second method of Liapunov - Liapunov
stability analysis of linear time invariant systems.
Reference Books:
1. Katsuhiko Ogata, (2002), Modern Control Engineering, Prentice Hall of India Private
Ltd., New Delhi.
2. Nagrath I.J. and Gopal M., (2006), Control Systems Engineering, New Age
International Publisher, New Delhi.
3. Gopal M, (2003), Digital Control and State Variable Methods, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, India.
4. Nise S. Norman, (2000), Control Systems Engineering, John Wiley & Sons, Inc,
Delhi.
5. Benjamin C Kuo, (2002), Automatic Control Systems, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Delhi.
UE15EE505: EMBEDDED SYSTEM CONCEPTS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. Understand the fundamental building blocks of Embedded System
2. Learn the fundamental RTOS.
3. Study the interfaces for the processor communication
4. Get familiarity of the development using commercial software tools
5. Discussion of Application development using interfacing
Course outcomes
At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1. Identify the software and components of the system needed to meet the desired
needs
2. Realise the software implementation with all needed elements and structure
3. Get a good hands-on experience on commercially available development
environment to perform the tasks end to end
4. Analyse real time examples
UNIT I
8 Hours
Introduction: Overview of embedded systems. Embedded system design challenges,
Common design metrics and optimizing them. Survey of different embedded systems design
methodologies, trade offs. Custom single purpose processors. Design of custom single
purpose processors. RT Level design and optimizing the design.
UNIT II
10 Hours
General & standard single purpose peripherals. General purpose processors,
Timers/counters, UART, PWM, LCD, Keypad controllers, stepper motor control, ADC/DAC.
Memory: Introduction, Memory write ability and storage performance, common memory
types, Composing Memory,Memory Hierarchy, Memory Management Unit, Advanced
Memories.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Processor Architecture and organization, Abstraction in Hardware, Instruction set Design,

RISC and CISC Processors, ARM Architecture, ARM Assembly Language Programming
UNIT IV
14 hours
Interrupts: Basics - Shared Data Problem-Interrupt Latency, Survey of Software
Architectures, Round Robin, Round Robin with interrupts Function Queues, Scheduling RTOS Architecture
UNIT V
10 hours
Introduction to RTOS: Tasks States Data Semaphores and shared data Operating
systems Services Message Queues Mail Boxes Timers Events Memory
Management Interrpts in an RTOS environment.
Reference Books
1. Vahid, Frank, and Tony Givargis, (2002), Embedded System Design: A Unified
Hardware/Software Introduction, Vol. 4, John Wiley & Sons, New York.
2. Simon, David E, (1999), An Embedded Software Primer, Vol. 1, Addison-Wesley
Professional.
3. Furber, Stephen Bo, (2000), ARM System-On-Chip Architecture, Pearson
Education.
UE15EE561:
POWER
ELECTRONIC
TECHNOLOGIES (4-0-0-0-4)
DEVICES
AND
CONVERTER
Course Objectives
1. To understand the basic electrical characteristics and ratings of power semiconductor
devices
2. To provide students the insight useful for understanding semiconductor devices, gate
drive circuits, and applications
3. To understand and acquire knowledge about various power converters
4. To prepare the students to analyze and synthesis different power converter topologies
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
1. Analyze and utilize semiconductor devices for various applications
2. Understand and utilize the basic gating circuits for devices
3. Make use of various power converters in commercial and industrial applications.
4. Identify and analyze PWM inverters for various power requirements of consumer
applications
UNIT I
12 Hours
Semiconductor Devices: Static characteristics, typical ratings and applications of the
power BJT, MOSFET, IGBT, GTO, MCT, and SiC diode & SiC MOSFET. Switching
characteristics and switching losses of BJT, MOSFET and IGBT di/dt & dv/dt limitations,
Base and gate drive requirements and circuits for BJT, MOSFET, IGBT.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Line Commutated Converters: Phase control, single phase semi-converter & fully
controlled converter, three phase semi controlled & fully controlled converter R & R-L
load. Single-phase dual converters, power factor improvement methods, effect of source
inductance, single phase series converters, twelve pulse converter and design of converter
circuits with problems.
UNIT III
12 Hours
DC-AC Converters: Principle of operation, performance parameters, single phase bridge

inverters and three phase inverters. Voltage control of single phase and three phase
inverters, Current source Inverters and Variable DC link Inverter.
UNIT IV
8 Hours
DC-DC Converters: Principle of operation of step-down, step-up converters, and BuckBoost converter, with problems Only CCM operation. Four quadrant chopper, Cuk
Converter.
UNIT V
10 Hours
AC-AC Voltage Controllers: Introduction, Principle of On-Off Control and Phase control. 1phase and 3-phase controllers feeding R load & R-L loads with problems.
Reference Books:
1. Mohan, N., & Undeland, T. M. (2007). Power Electronics: Converters, Applications,
and Design. John Wiley & Sons.
2. Rashid, M. H. (2003). Power Electronics: Circuits, Devices, and Applications,
Pearson Education India.
3. Umanand, L. (2009). Power Electronics Essentials and Applications. 1st Edition,
Wiley Publishers, New York, NY.
4. Erickson, R. W., & Maksimovic, D. (2007). Fundamentals of Power Electronics.
Springer Science & Business Media.
UE15EE562: MODELING, DESIGN AND SIMULATION OF POWER ELECTRONIC

SYSTEMS (4-0-0-0-4)
Course Objectives
1. To arrive at the models for various power converters
2. To learn the design aspects of digital controllers
3. To design & simulate closed loop power electronic systems
Course Outcomes
1. Model power converters based on their mathematical equations.
2. Gain better insight into digital controller design
3. Design & simulate closed loop power electronic systems.
UNIT I
9 Hours
Computer Simulation of Power Electronic Converters and Systems: Challenges in
computer simulation, simulation process, Types of analysis, mechanics of simulation, circuitoriented simulators, equation solvers, comparison of circuit oriented simulators and equation
solvers.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Modeling of Systems: Input-Output relations, differential equations and linearization, state
space representation, transfer function representation, modeling of an armature controlled
DC Motor, poles and zeros circuit averaging method of modeling approach for switched
power electronic circuits.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Digital Controller Design: Controller design techniques, Bode diagram method, PID
controller, design, root locus method, state space method. Tracker, controller design,
controlling voltage, controlling current.
UNIT IV
12 Hours
Discrete Computation Essentials: Numeric formats, fixed -point numeric format, floating point numeric format, tracking the base point in the fixed point system, addition of numbers,
subtraction of numbers, multiplication of numbers, normalization and scaling, multiplication
algorithm, arithmetic algorithm reciprocal, square root, reciprocal of square root, sine and
cosine exponential, logarithm.
UNIT V
11 Hours
Design & Simulation of closed loop systems: Closed loop control of buck, boost & buckboost converters using analog & digital controllers.
Reference Books:
1. Mohan, N., & Undeland, T. M. (2007). Power Electronics: Converters, Applications,
and Design. John Wiley & Sons.
5. Umanand, L. (2009). Power Electronics Essentials and Applications. 1st Edition,
Wiley Publishers, New York, NY.
2. Erickson, R. W., & Maksimovic, D. (2007). Fundamentals of Power Electronics.
Springer Science & Business Media.
UE15EE563: CONTROLLERS FOR POWER ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To introduce the ICs used for regulator control and PWM control
2. To introduce transducers for sensing
3. To introduce protection circuits and low power integrated power modules
4. To introduce programmable Digital control ICs for power electronic systems
Course Outcomes
1. Design measurement systems to sense voltage, current, speed etc,
2. Design a complete power electronic system based on analog or digital controllers
3. Work with a variety of programmable controller/processor types
UNIT I
10 hours
Transducers in power electronics: Measurement techniques for voltages, current, power,
power factor in power electronic circuits, other recording and analysis of waveforms, sensing
of speed, Switching Regulator Control Circuits,isolation techniques of switching regulator
systems, PWM systems.
UNIT II
10 hours
Commercial PWM control ICs and their applications: TL 494 PWM Control IC, UC 1840
Programmable off line PWM controller, UC 1524 PWM control IC, UC 1846 current mode
control IC, UC 1852 resonant mode power supply controller.
UNIT III
10 hours
Drive and Protection circuits: Introduction, Opto-couplers, self-biased techniques used in
primary side of reference power supplies, Soft/Start in switching power supplies, current limit
circuits, over voltage protection. IPMs for low and medium power circuits.
UNIT IV
10 hours
Programmable logic controllers (PLC): Basic configuration of a PLC, Programming and
PLC, program modification, power converter control using PLCs.
UNIT V
12 hours
Digital controllers for power electronics: Introduction, DSP controllers for drives. Analog
to Digital converters, sampling. Essentials of digital control. FPGA and PSoC controllers.
Reference Books
1. G. K. Dubey, S. R. Doradla, A. Johsi, and R. M. K. Sinha, (2010), Thyristorised Power
Controllers, 2nd Edition, New Age International.
2. Chryssis, (1989), High Frequency Switching Power Supplies, 2nd Edition, MGH.
3. Unitrode application notes: http://www.smps.us/Unitrode.html
4. Texas instruments\Spartan application notes
UE15EE564: MODELING AND ANALYSIS OF ELECTRICAL MACHINES (4-0-0-04)

Course Objectives
1. To arrive at the models for different electrical machines
2. To analyse machine behavior for different inputs
3. To simulate the developed models in software and verify machine behavior
4. To apply the models as part of a larger system
Course Outcomes
1. Model different electrical machines based on their mathematical equations
2. Simulate the models developed in a software environment and predict machine
behavior
3. Be able to apply the knowledge gained, in designing controllers
4. Use the knowledge as a basis for experimental work on larger systems
UNIT I
9 Hours
Transformer modeling: Introduction, single phase transformer model, three phase
transformer connections, per phase analysis, normal systems, per unit normalization, per
unit three phase quantities, change of base, per unit analysis. Regulating transformers for
voltage and phase-angle control. Auto-transformers and special transformers, transmission
lines.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Generalised machine modeling: Speed and transformer e.m.fs. Krons primitive machine:
voltage, current and torque equations. Basic two pole machine representation of commutator
machines, 3-phase synchronous machine with and without damper bar and 3-phase
induction machine.
DC Machine modeling: Mathematical model of separately excited DC motor-steady state
and transient state analysis, sudden application of inertia load, transfer function of separately
excited DC motor, mathematical model of dc series motor, shunt motor, linearization
techniques for small perturbations.
UNIT III
12 Hours
Reference frame theory: Real time model of a two phase induction machine,
transformation to obtain constant matrices, three-phase to two-phase transformation, power
equivalence.
Dynamic modeling of three phase induction machine: Generalized model in arbitrary
frame, electromagnetic torque, deviation of commonly used induction motor models-stator
reference frames model, rotor reference frames model, synchronously rotating reference
frames model, equations in flux linkages, per unit model.
Small signal equations of the induction machine: Derivation of small signal equations of
induction machine, space phasor model, DQ flux linkages model derivation, control principle
of the induction motor.
UNIT IV
11 Hours
Modeling of Synchronous Machines: Introduction, voltage equations and torque equation
in machine variables, stator voltage equations in arbitrary and rotor reference frame
variables, Parks equations, torque equations in substitute variables, rotor angle and angle
between rotors, per unit system, analysis of steady state operation.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Dynamic analysis of synchronous machines: Dynamic performance during sudden
change in input torque and during a 3-phase fault at the machine terminals, approximate
transient torque versus rotor angle characteristics, comparison of actual and approximate
transient torque-angle characteristics during a sudden change in input torque; first swing
transient stability limit, comparison of actual and approximate transient torque-angle
characteristics during a 3-phase fault at the machine terminals, critical clearing time, equal
area criterion
Reference Books:
1. P.S.Bimbra, (1995), Generalized Theory of Electrical Machines, 5thEdition, Khanna
Publications,
2. R. Krishnan, (2009), Electric Motor Drives - Modeling, Analysis & Control, PHI
Learning Private Ltd.
4. P.C.Krause, Oleg Wasynczuk, Scott D.Sudhoff, (2010), Analysis of Electrical
Machinery and Drive Systems, 2nd Edition, Wiley(India).
nd
5. Arthur R Bergen and Vijay Vittal, (2009), Power System Analysis, 2 Edition,
Pearson.
6. Prabha Kundur, (2010) Power System Stability and Control, TMH.
7. Chee-MunOng (1998), Dynamic Simulation of Electric Machinery using Matlab /
Simulink ,Prentice Hall,
UE15EE565: SMART GRID (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To Study about Smart Grid technologies, different smart meters and advanced metering
infrastructure.
2. To familiarize the power quality management issues in Smart Grid.
3. To familiarize the high performance computing for Smart Grid applications
Course Outcomes
1. Understand the need for smart grid, concept of self healing grid
2. Understand the technology involved in smart grid
3. Have a knowledge on Smart Meters, Advanced Metering infrastructure drivers and
protocols, Phasor Measurement Unit, and Intelligent Electronic Devices
4. Manage power quality issues in Smart Grid
5. Appreciate smart grid applications namely Local Area Network (LAN), House Area
Network (HAN), Wide Area Network (WAN), Broadband over Power line (BPL), IP based
Protocols
UNIT I
10 hours
Introduction to smart grid: Evolution of Electric Grid, Concept, Definitions and Need for
Smart Grid, Smart grid drivers, functions, opportunities, challenges and benefits, Difference
between conventional & Smart Grid, Concept of Resilient & Self Healing Grid, Present
development & International policies in Smart Grid, Diverse perspectives from experts and
global Smart Grid initiatives.
UNIT II
12 hours
Smart grid technologies: Technology Drivers, Smart energy resources, Smart substations,
Substation Automation, Feeder Automation ,Transmission systems: EMS, FACTS and
HVDC, Wide area monitoring, Protection and control, Distribution systems: DMS, Volt/VAr
control, Fault Detection, Isolation and service restoration, Outage management, HighEfficiency Distribution Transformers, Phase Shifting Transformers, Plug in Hybrid Electric
Vehicles (PHEV).
UNIT III
10 hours
Smart meters and advanced metering infrastructure: Introduction to Smart Meters,
Advanced Metering infrastructure (AMI) drivers and benefits, AMI protocols, standards and
initiatives, AMI needs in the smart grid, Phasor Measurement Unit(PMU), Intelligent
Electronic Devices(IED) & their application for monitoring & protection.
UNIT IV
10 hours
Power quality management in smart grid: Power Quality & EMC in Smart Grid, Power
Quality issues of Grid connected Renewable Energy Sources, Power Quality Conditioners
for Smart Grid, Web based Power Quality monitoring, Power Quality Audit.
UNIT V
10 hours
High performance computing for smart grid applications: Local Area Network (LAN),
House Area Network (HAN), Wide Area Network (WAN), Broadband over Power line (BPL),
IP based Protocols, Basics of Web Service and CLOUD Computing to make Smart Grids
smarter, Cyber Security for Smart Grid.
Reference Books:
1. Gngr, V. C., Sahin, D., Kocak, T., Ergt, S., Buccella, C., Cecati, C., & Hancke, G. P.
(2011), Smart Grid Technologies: Communication Technologies And Standards, IEEE
transactions on Industrial informatics, 7(4), 529-539.
2. Stuart Borlase, (2012), Smart Grid: Infrastructure, Technology and Solutions, CRC
Press.
3. Janaka Ekanayake, Nick Jenkins, KithsiriLiyanage, Jianzhong Wu, Akihiko Yokoyama,
(2012) Smart Grid: Technology and Applications, Wiley.
UE15EE566: POWER ELECTRONICS IN DRIVES AND ENERGY SYSTEMS (4-00-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To design a closed loop controller for DC motor
2. To design a closed loop controller for induction motors
3. To design a utility interactive converter for power electronic interface to the grid
Course Outcomes
1. Design a simple open loop control for DC and induction motors
2. Control a motor drive by designing a closed loop controller
3. Enable power transfer to grid from a variety of renewable energy sources
UNIT I
10 Hours
Phase, current & speed controlled DC drive: Three-phase controlled converter, control
circuit, control modeling of three phase converter Steady state analysis of three phase
converter control DC motor drive Two quadrant, Three phase converter controlled DC
motor drive DC motor and load, converter. Current and speed controllers - Current and
speed feedback Design of controllers Current and speed controllers Motor equations
filter in the sped feed back loop speed controller current reference generator current
controller and flow chart for simulation Harmonics and associated problems sixth
harmonics torque.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Chopper controlled DC motor drives & simulation: Steady state analysis of chopper
controlled DC motor drives rating of the devices Pulsating torque. Closed loop operation:
Speed controlled drive system current control loop pulse width modulated current
controller hysteresis current controller modeling of current controller
design of current controller.
Simulation of DC motor drives: Dynamic simulations of the speed controlled DC motor
drives Speed feedback speed controller command current generator current controller.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Stator Side Control of Induction Drives: Scalar control Voltage fed inverter control
Open loop volts/Hz control speed control slip regulation speed control with torque and
flux control current controlled voltage fed inverter drive current fed inverter control
Independent current and frequency control Speed and flux control in Current Fed inverter
drive Volts/Hz control of Current fed inverter drive Efficiency optimization control by flux
program.
UNIT IV
12 Hours
Rotor side conrol of induction drives: Slip power recovery drives Static Kramer Drive
Phasor diagram Torque expression speed control of Kramer Drive Static Scheribus
Drive modes of operation.
Vector control of induction motor drives: Principles of Vector control Vector control
methods-Direct methods of vector control Indirect methods of vector control Adaptive
control-principles Self tuning regulator Model referencing control.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Control of utility interactive inverters: Grid connected renewable energy systems.
Synchronizing of inverters. PLL types. Vector control of grid connected single phase and
three phase inverters. Reference signal generation, control of power flow.
Reference Books:
1. Dubey, G. K. (2002), Fundamentals of Electrical Drives. CRC Press.
2. Bose, B. K. (2010), Power Electronics and Motor Drives: Advances and Trends,
Academic Press.
3. Shepherd, W., Hulley, L. N., & Liang, D. T. W. (1995), Power Electronics and Motor
Control, Cambridge University Press.
4. Rashid, M. H. (2003), Power Electronics: Circuits, Devices, and Applications,
5. Dewan, S. B., Slemon, G. R., & Straughen, A. (1984), Power Semiconductor Drives,
Wiley-Interscience.
UE15EE567: HVDC TRANSMISSION (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1.
2.
3.
4.
To know modern transmission systems using HVDC

To study converters, and the control of converters used in HVDC
To understand the concept of harmonics and reduction using filters
To study power flow analysis and stability analysis
Course Outcome
At the end of the course the student will be able to
1. Learn the planning of HVDC transmission, and understand the modern trends in DC
transmission
2. Appreciate the choice of converter and study the configuration
3. Analyse the converter in two and three, and three and four valve conduction modes,
along with the LCC bridge characteristics
4. Analyse the operation of Capacitor Commutated and voltage source converters.
5. Learn the strategies used to Control Converters such as, firing angle control, current
and extinction angle control, Starting and stopping of DC link, Power control,
Frequency control, Reactive power control, and Tap changer control
6. Understand the faults that occur in converters and adapt suitable methods to protect
them
7. Gain a knowledge on reactive power control
8. Learn the concept of harmonics generation and design AC and DC filters to eliminate
the harmonics
9. Analyze the concept of power flow with VSC based HVDC system.
10. Analyze the voltage stability in asynchronous AC/DC system
UNIT I
10 Hours
DC power transmission technology: Introduction - comparison of AC and DC transmission
application of DC transmission classifications of DC transmission system - Planning for
HVDC transmission modern trends in DC transmission DC breakers cables, VSC
based HVDC. comparison of line commutated converter (LCC) link and voltage source
converter (VSC) link.
UNIT II
12 Hours
Analysis of HVDC converters and HVDC system control: Pulse number, choice of
converter configuration simplified analysis of Graetz circuit - converter bridge
characteristics characteristics of a twelve pulse converter- detailed analysis of converters.
General principles of DC link control converter control characteristics System control
hierarchy - firing angle control Current and extinction angle control generation of
harmonics and filtering - power control higher level controllers.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Multiterminal DC systems and harmonics: Introduction potential applications of MTDC
systems - types of MTDC systems - control and protection of MTDC systems - study of
MTDC systems- parallel operation of AC and DC transmission. Harmonics on AC and DC
sides filters
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Power flow analysis in AC/DC systems: Per unit system for DC quantities - modeling of
DC links - solution of DC load flow - solution of AC-DC power flow - case studies.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Stability analysis of HVDC systems: Introduction system simulation tools modeling of
HVDC systems for digital dynamic simulation dynamic interaction between DC and AC
systems inclusion of HVDC model in small signal stability (SSS) algorithm inclusion of
HVDC model in transient stability algorithm and voltage stability analysis.
Reference Books:
1. Padiyar, K. R. (1990). HVDC Power Transmission Systems: Technology and System
Interactions. New Age International.
2. Arrillaga, J. (1998). High Voltage Direct Current Transmission (No. 29). IET
Technology and Engineering.
3. Kundur, P. (1994). Power System Stability and Control (Vol. 7). N. J. Balu, & M. G.
Lauby (Eds.). New York: McGraw-hill.
4. Uhlmann, E. (2012). Power Transmission by Direct Current. Springer Science &
Business Media.
5. Kim, C. K., Sood, V. K., Jang, G. S., Lim, S. J., & Lee, S. J. (2009). HVDC
Transmission: Power Conversion Applications in Power Systems. John Wiley &
Sons.
6. Arrillaga, J., Liu, Y. H., & Watson, N. R. (2007). Flexible Power Transmission: the
HVDC Options. John Wiley & Sons.
UE15EE568: FLEXIBLE AC TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To introduce the reactive power control techniques
2. To educate on static VAR compensators and their applications
3. To provide knowledge on Thyristor controlled series capacitors
4. To educate on STATCOM devices
5. To provide knowledge on FACTS controllers
Course Outcome
1. Compare various types of FACT controller
2. Design STATIC VAR compensation to power system
3. Design Series compensation to power system using thyristors and GTOs
4. Identify appropriate power devices and converter topologies for implementation of
FACTS controller
5. Understand the coordination between the FACTS controllers
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction: Review of basics of power transmission networks-control of power flow in AC
transmission line- Analysis of uncompensated AC Transmission line Passive reactive power
compensation: Effect of series and shunt compensation at the mid-point of the line on power
transfe - Need for FACTS controllers - types of FACTS controllers.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Static var compensator (SVC): Configuration of SVC - voltage regulation by SVCModelling of SVC for load flow analysis - Modelling of SVC for stability studies - Design of
SVC to regulate the mid-point voltage of a SMIB system - Applications: transient stability
enhancement and power oscillation damping of SMIB system with SVC connected at the
mid-point of the line.
UNIT III
12 Hours
Thyristor and GTO thyristor controlled series capacitors (TCSC and GCSC): Concepts
of Controlled Series Compensation Operation of TCSC and GCSC - Analysis of TCSCGCSC Modelling of TCSC and GCSC for load flow studies- modeling TCSC and GCSC for
stability studied- Applications of TCSC and GCSC.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Voltage source converter based FACTS controllers: Static synchronous compensator
(STATCOM) - Static synchronous series compensator(SSSC)- Operation of STATCOM and
SSSC-Power flow control with STATCOM and SSSC- Modeling of STATCOM and SSSC for
power flow and transient stability studies operation of Unified and Interline power flow
controllers(UPFC and IPFC)- Modeling of UPFC and IPFC for load flow and transient
stability studies- Applications.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Controllers and their co-ordination: FACTS Controller interactions SVCSVC interaction
- co-ordination of multiple controllers using linear control techniques Quantitative treatment
of control coordination.
Reference Books:
1. Mathur, R. M., & Varma, R. K. (2002). Thyristor-based FACTS Controllers for
Electrical Transmission Systems. John Wiley & Sons.
2. K.R.Padiyar, (2008), FACTS Controllers in Power Transmission and Distribution,
New Age International (P) Ltd., Publishers, New Delhi.
3. A.T.John, (1999), Flexible AC Transmission System, Institution of Electrical and
Electronic Engineers (IEEE).
4. NarainG.Hingorani, Laszio. Gyugyl, (2000), Understanding FACTS Concepts and
Technology of Flexible AC Transmission System, IEEE Press, NY.
5. Sood, V. K. (2004). HVDC and FACTS Controllers: Applications of Static Converters
in Power Systems. Springer Science & Business Media.
UE15EE569: POWER ELECTRONICS IN

TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS (4-0-0-0-4)
RENEWABLE
ENERGY
AND
Course Objectives
1. To learn the state of the art global expertise on power electronics and its application
in transportation, renewable energy and different industrial applications
2. To learn and understand the existing technology and future trends of suitable
converters in renewable energy and transportation
Course Outcomes
1. Ability to identify the challenging practical projects in research of renewable energy
2. Ability to identify and design suitable converters based on the market and industry
demand
3. Capacity to analyze and examine the control aspects in renewable energy systems
4. Ability to differentiate various electric vehicles and charging infrastructure systems in
transportation application
UNIT I
10 Hours
Challenges of the current energy scenario & the power electronics contribution:
Introduction, Energy Transmission and Distribution Systems, Renewable Energy Systems,
Transportation Systems, Energy Storage Systems.
UNIT II
10 Hours
A new class of power converters for renewable energy and transportation: Introduction
, Hard Switching AC-Link Universal Power Converter, Soft Switching ac-link, Universal
Power Converter, Principle of Operation of the Soft Switching AC-Link Universal Power
Converter, Design Procedure, Analysis, Applications.
UNIT III
12 Hours
High power electronics: Key technology for wind turbines & photovoltaic energy
conversion systems: Introduction, Development of Wind Power Generation, Wind Power
Conversion, Power Converters for Wind Turbines, Power Semiconductors for Wind Power
Converter, Controls and Grid Requirements for Modern Wind Turbines, Emerging Reliability
Issues for Wind Power System,
Introduction, Power Curves and Maximum Power Point of PV Systems, Grid-Connected PV
System Configurations, Control of Grid-Connected PV Systems, Recent Developments in
Multilevel Inverter-Based PV Systems.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Controllability analysis of renewable energy systems: Introduction, Zero Dynamics of
the Nonlinear System, Controllability of Wind Turbine Connected through L Filter to the Grid,
Controllability of Wind Turbine Connected through LCL Filter to the Grid, Controllability and
Stability Analysis of PV System Connected to Current Source Inverter, Conclusions.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Electric and plug-in hybrid electric vehicles: Introduction, Electric, Hybrid Electric and
Plug-In Hybrid Electric Vehicle Topologies, EV and PHEV Charging Infrastructures, Power
Electronics for EV and PHEV Charging Infrastructure , Vehicle-to-Grid (V2G) and Vehicle-toHome (V2H) Concepts, Power Electronics for PEV, Charging.
Reference Books:
1. Abu-Rub, H., Malinowski, M., & Al-Haddad, K. (2014). Power Electronics for
Renewable Energy Systems, Transportation and Industrial Applications. John Wiley
& Sons.
2. Emadi, A. (Ed.). (2014). Advanced Electric Drive Vehicles. CRC Press.
UE15EE571: EMBEDDED C (3-0-2-0-4)

Course objectives:
1. To become proficient in C programming and coding practices as applied to
microcontroller and hence embedded systems
2. To familiarise with variables, memory organisation and management, physical
address access, pointers etc. as applied to embedded environment
3. To understand and use pre-processor, macros and other elements of C programming
4. To develop, write and test a C language program as per specifications
5. To have hands-on exercises to be a good programmer instead of doing quick and
dirty programs
Course outcomes:
1. Become proficient with embedded C programming of micro-controllers considering
the architecture and all peripherals:
a. Understand and use the basic programming constructs of C
b. Familiarise with the datatypes, arrays, strings, and pointers
c. Use different data structures and create/update basic data files
d. Use memory appropriately, including proper allocation/deallocation
procedures
e. Apply functional approaches to software problems in C and design programs
involving decision structures, loops and functions
f. Familiarise the programming language aspects for memory constrains
2. Isolate and fix common errors in C programs
3. Develop small-scale portable C programs using the above skills
4. To be able to test and validate the developed code against the requirements
UNIT I
10 hours
Introduction with first simple embedded program Compile, Link and Build cycle and
dissection of stages Physical memory types, data types and impact on memories, memory
addressing Operators, Constants, pre-processors and expressions Control Flow
Coding conventions, readability and portability.
UNIT II
10 hours
Inputs and Outputs including I/O ports- Functions and Program Structure, Pointers and
Arrays Macros Structures Programming Exercise 1External and standard library.
UNIT III
12 hours
Interrupt handling, concurrent tasks, re-entrant functionsstatic and dynamic memory
allocation - Programming Exercise 2 Timers, design and implementationWatch dog
timers and implementation Communication and buffers.
UNIT IV
12 hours
Planning for mini-projects Stack memory, recursion - Programming models: polling,
sequential State machine Review of case studies, papers, examples.
UNIT V
Mini Projects, discussions of issues and presentation.
10 hours
Reference Books:
1. Siegesmund, Mark. (2014), Embedded C Programming: Techniques and Applications of
C and Pic Mcus. Newnes.
2. Pont, Michael J, (2002), Embedded C, Addison-Wesley Longman Publishing Co., Inc.,
3. Barr, Michael, (1989), Programming Embedded Systems in C and C++, O'Reilly Media,
Inc.
4. Kernighan, Brian W., and Dennis M. Ritchie, (1988), The C programming Language. Vol.
2. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.
UE15EE572: ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING (3-0-2-0-4)

Course Objectives:
1. To provide an in-depth analysis of Discrete-time signal transforms, digital filter
design, optimal filtering Power spectrum estimation, multi-rate digital signal
processing
Course Outcomes:
1. Design filters for a given application
2. Design multirate DSP systems
3. Analyse and Synthesise Filterbanks with two channel and uniform channel
4. Estimate spectra from finite duration
UNIT I
10 hours
MULTIRATE DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING: Decimation by an integer factorInterpolation by an integer factor-Sampling rate conversion by rational factor-Decimation with
poly phase filters-Interpolation with poly phase filters-Complementary filters-Interpolated FIR
filters-Special FIR filters: Half band filter and Comb filter.
UNIT II
10 hours
TWO CHANNEL FILTER BANKS: Analysis and Synthesis Filter Banks-Quadrature Mirror
Filter (QMF) banks-Filter bank with perfect reconstruction - Paraunitary filter banks Biorthogonal and Linear phase filter banks-Transmultiplexer filter banks.
UNIT III
10 hours
UNIFORM-CHANNEL FILTER BANKS: Filter banks with tree structures, parallel structureComplex modulated filter banks-Cosine modulated filter banks-Transmultiplexer filter banksPolyphase QMF banks Paraunitary polyphase and DFT polyphase filter banks-Subband
coding.
UNIT VI
10 hours
WAVELET TRANSFORM: Short-Time Fourier Transform limitations - time-frequency
scaling- Heisenbergs uncertainty Continuous Wavelet Transform Discrete Wavelet
Transform Haar, Daubechys wavelets Multi Resolution Analysis of audio signal.
UNIT V
12 hours
POWER SPECTRUM ESTIMATION: Estimation of spectra from finite duration observation
of signals: Periodogram-use of DFT in power spectrum estimation - Non-parametric
Methods: Bartlett-Welch-Blackman and Tuckey - Parametric Methods: Relationship between
the autocorrelation and the model parameters - AR model: Yule-Walker method-Burg
method-Unconstrained least squares method-Sequential estimation methods-MA model and
ARMA model for power spectrum estimation-Filter bank realization of the periodogram-Eigen
analysis algorithm for spectrum estimation.
Reference Books:
1. N.J.Fliege, (2000), Multirate digital signal processing, John wiley & sons Ltd.
2. Fredric J Harris, (2004), Multirate signal processing for communication systems,
Prentice Hall.
3. Vaidyanathan, P.P., (1993), Multirate Systems and Filter Banks, Prentice Hall,
Englewood cliffs, NJ.
4. Ronald E Crochiere, Lawrence R Rabiner, (1983), Multirate DSP, Prentice Hall.
5. John G Proakis and Dimitris G Manolakis, (2007), Digital signal processingPrinciples, Algorithms and Applications, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall of India.
6. Rao, R.M and A.S.Bopardikar, (1998), Wavelet Transforms: Introduction to Theory
and Applications, Addison Wesley, MA.
7. K.P.Soman and K.I.Ramachandran, (2005), Insight into Wavelets-From Theory to
Practice, Prentice Hall of India.
8. Stephane Mallat, (2008), A Wavelet Tour of Signal Processing, 2nd Edition, Reed
Elsevier India private limited.
UE15EE573: DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSORS AND ITS ARCHITECTURE (3-0-20-4)

Course Objectives
1. To impart the knowledge of basic DSP filters and number systems to be used
different types of A/D, D /A conversion errors.
2. To gain concepts of digital signal processing techniques, implementation of DSP &
FFT algorithms and also to learn about interfacing of serial & parallel communication
devices to the processor.
Course Outcomes
1. Comprehend the knowledge & concepts of digital signal processing techniques, basic
building blocks, and implementation of DSP & FFT algorithms.

2. Programme the DSP TMS320 series PROCESSOR and decimation interpolation filters,
adaptive filters.
3. Learn about interfacing of memory and I/O devices to the processor.
UNIT I
12 hours
Introduction: Introduction, Digital signal-processing system, The sampling process, Discrete
time sequences. Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) and Fast Fourier Transform (FFT), Linear
time-invariant systems, Digital filters, Decimation and interpolation, Number formats for
signals and coefficients in DSP systems, Dynamic Range and Precision, Sources of error in
DSP implementations, A/D Conversion errors, DSP Computational errors, D/A Conversion
Errors.
UNIT II
10 hours
Architectures for programmable DSP devices: Basic Architectural features, DSP
Computational Building Blocks, Bus Architecture and Memory, Data Addressing Capabilities,
Address Generation Unit, Programmability and Program Execution, Speed Issues, Hardware
looping, Interrupts, Stacks, Relative Branch support, Pipelining and Performance, Pipeline
Depth, Interlocking, Branching effects, Interrupt effects, Pipeline Programming models.
UNIT III
10 hours
Programmable digital signal processors: Commercial Digital signal-processing Devices,
Data Addressing modes of TMS320 series DSPs, Data Addressing modes of TMS320 series
Processors, Memory space of TMS320 series Processors, Program Control, TMS320 series
instructions and Programming, On-Chip Peripherals, Interrupts of TMS320 series
processors, Pipeline Operation of TMS320 series Processors.
UNIT VI
10 hours
Implementations of basic DSP algorithms: The Q-notation, FIR Filters, IIR Filters,
Interpolation Filters, Decimation Filters, PID Controller, Adaptive Filters, An FFT Algorithm
for DFT Computation, A Butterfly Computation, Overflow and scaling, Bit Reversed index
generation, An 8-Point FFT implementation on the TMS320 series, Computation of the
signal spectrum.
UNIT V
10 hours
Interfacing memory and I/O peripherals to programmable DSP devices: Memory space
organization, External bus interfacing signals, Memory interface, Parallel I/O interface,
Programmed I/O, Interrupts and I/O, Direct memory access (DMA). A Multichannel buffered
serial port (McBSP), McBSP Programming, a CODEC interface circuit, CODEC
programming, A CODEC-DSP interface example.
Reference Books:
1. Avtar Singh and S. Srinivasan, (2004), Digital Signal Processing, Thomson
Publications.
2. Lapsley et al., (2000), DSP Processor Fundamentals, Architectures & Features, S.
Chand & Co.
3. B. Venkata Ramani and M. Bhaskar, (2004), Digital Signal Processors, Architecture,
Programming and Applications, TMH.
4. Jonatham Stein, (2000), Digital Signal Processing, John Wiley.
UE15EE574: COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE (3-0-2-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To describe computer architecture concepts and mechanisms related to the design of
modern processors, memories, and networks and explain how these concepts and
mechanisms interact.
2. To apply this understanding to new computer architecture design problems within the
context of balancing application requirements against technology constraints; more
specifically, quantitatively assess a designs execution time in cycles and qualitatively
assess a designs cycle time, area, and energy.
3. To evaluate various design alternatives and make a compelling quantitative and/or
qualitative argument for why one design is superior to the other approaches.
Course Outcomes
1. Suggest alternate processor architectures for specific applications
2. Do comparative analysis of different architectures & choose right architecture for specific
applications
3. Architect a solution for a given problem
UNIT I
12 hours
Fundamental processors: instruction set architecture; single-cycle processors; hardwired
vs. microcoded FSM processors; pipelined processors; resolving structural, data and control
hazards; analyzing processor performance.
UNIT II
10 hours
Fundamental memories: memory technology; direct-mapped vs. associative caches; writethrough vs write-back caches; single-cycle, FSM, pipelined caches; analyzing memory
performance.
UNIT III
10 hours
Fundamental networks: single-cycle global crossbars; arbitration; traffic patterns; torus and
butterfly topologies; routing algorithms; channel and router microarchitecture; analyzing
network performance.
UNIT IV
10 hours
Advanced processors: superscalar execution, out-of-order execution, register renaming,
memory disambiguation, branch prediction, speculative execution; multithreaded, VLIW, and
SIMD processors.
UNIT V
10 hours
Advanced memories: non-blocking cache memories; memory protection, translation, and
virtualization; and memory synchronization, consistency, and coherence.
Reference Books:
1. J. L. Hennessy and D. A. Patterson, (2012), Computer Architecture: A Quantitative
Approach, 5th edition, Morgan Kaufmann.
2. D. M. Harris and S. L. Harris (2012), Digital Design and Computer Architecture, 2nd
Edition, Morgan Kaufmann
UE15EE575: VLSI ARCHITECTURE AND DESIGN METHODOLOGIES (3-0-2-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To understand the basic construction, design, synthesis and simulation of logic devices
using VLSI design methodologies.
Course Outcomes:
1. To give an insight to the students about the significance of CMOS technology and
fabrication process.
2. To teach the importance and architectural features of programmable logic devices.
3. To introduce the ASIC construction and design algorithms
4. To teach the basic analog VLSI design techniques.
5. To study the Logic synthesis and simulation of digital system with Verilog HDL.
UNIT I
10 Hours
CMOS design: Overview of digital VLSI design Methodologies- Logic design with CMOStransmission gate circuits-Clocked CMOS-dynamic CMOS circuits, Bi-CMOS circuits- Layout
diagram,
Stick
diagram-IC
fabrications
Trends
in
IC
technology.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Programmable logic devices: Programming Techniques-Anti fuse-SRAM-EPROM and
EEPROM technology Re- Programmable Devices Architecture- Function blocks, I/O
blocks,Interconnects, Xilinx- XC9500,Cool Runner - XC-4000,XC5200, SPARTAN, Virtex Altera
MAX
7000-Flex
10KStratix.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Basic construction, floor planning, placement and routing: System partition FPGA
partitioning Partitioning methods- floor planning placementphysical design flow global
routing detailed routing special routing- circuit extraction DRC.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Analog VLSI design: Introduction to analog VLSI- Design of CMOS 2stage-3 stage OpAmp High Speed and High frequency op-amps-Super MOS-Analog primitive cellsrealization of neural networks.
UNIT V
12 Hours
Logic synthesis and simulation: Overview of digital design with Verilog HDL, hierarchical
modelling concepts, modules and port definitions, gate level modelling, data flow modelling,
behavioural modelling, task & functions, Verilog and logic synthesis-simulation-Design
examples,Ripple carry Adders, Carry Look ahead adders, Multiplier, ALU, Shift Registers,
Multiplexer,
Comparator,
Test
Bench.
Reference Books:
1. M.J.S Smith, (1997), Application Specific Integrated Circuits, Addition Wesley
Longman Inc.
2. Kamran Eshraghian, Douglas A.Pucknell and Sholeh Eshraghian, (2005), Essentials
of VLSI Circuits and System, Prentice Hall India.
3. Wayne Wolf, (2006) Modern VLSI Design Prentice Hall India.
4. Mohamed Ismail,Terri Fiez, (1994) Analog VLSI Signal and Information Processing,
McGraw Hill International
5. Samir Palnitkar, (2005) VeriLog HDL, A Design Guide to Digital and Synthesis 2nd
Edition, Pearson.
6. John P. Uyemera, (2011), Chip Design for Submicron VLSI CMOS Layout and
Simulation, Cengage Learning India Edition.
UE15EE576: FPGA ARCHITECTURE AND APPLICATIONS (3-0-2-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. Familiarization of various complex programmable logic devices of different family.
2. To study Field programmable gate arrays and realization techniques

3. Learning Different case studies using one hot case method.
Course Outcomes
1. Learn PLDs, FPGA design and architecture.
2. Understand different types of arrays.
3. Understand FSM and different FSM techniques like petrinets and different case
studies.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Programmable logic: ROM, PLA, PAL, PLD, PGA Features, programming and
applications usingcomplex programmable logic devices Altera series Max 5000/7000
series and Altera FLEX logic 10000 series CPLD, AMDs CPLD (Mach 1 to 5); Cypres
FLASH 370 Device Technology, Lattice pLSIs Architectures 3000 Series Speed
Performance and in system programmability.
UNIT II
10 Hours
FPGAs: Field Programmable Gate Arrays Logic blocks, routing architecture,
Design flow,Technology Mapping jfor FPGAs, Case studies Xilinx XC4000 & ALTERAs
FLEX 8000/10000 FPGAs: AT & T ORCAs (Optimized Reconfigurable Cell Array):
ACTELs ACT-1,2,3 and their speed performance.
UNIT III
12 Hours
Finite State Machines (FSM): Top Down Design State Transition Table, state
assignments for FPGAs. Problem of initial state assignment for one hot encoding.
Derivations of state machinecharges. Realization of state machine charts with a PAL.
Alternative realization for state machine chart suing microprogramming. Linked state
machines. One Hot state machine, Petrinetes for state machines basic concepts,
properties. Extended petrinetes for parallel controllers. Finite State Machine Case Study,
Meta Stability, Synchronization.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
FSM architectures and systems level design: Architectures centered around nonregistered PLDs.State machine designs centered around shift registers. One Hot design
method. Use of ASMs in One Hot design. K Application of One Hot method. System level
design controller, data path and functional partition.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Digital front end digital design tools for FPGAs & ASICs: Using Mentor Graphics EDA
Tool (FPGA Advantage) Design Flow Using FPGAs Guidelines and Case Studies of
parallel adder cell, paraller adder sequential circuits, counters, multiplexers, parallel
controllers.
Reference Books:
1. P.K.Chan & S. Mourad (1994), Digital Design Using Field Programmable Gate Array,
Prentice Hall.
2. S.Trimberger (1994), Field Programmable Gate Array Technology, Kluwer Academic
Publications.
3. J. Old Field, R.Dorf (1995), Field Programmable Gate Arrays, John Wiley & Sons,
Newyork.
UE15EE577: DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING (3-0-2-0-4)

Course Objectives
1.
2.
3.
4.
To introduce techniques and tools for digital image processing.

To introduce image analysis techniques in the form of image segmentation.
To develop on-hand experience in applying tools to process images.
To develop engineering skills and intuitive understanding of the tools used in Image
Processing.
Course Outcomes
1. Describe different modalities and current techniques in image acquisition
2. Describe how digital images are represented and stored efficiently depending on the
desired quality, color depth, dynamics
3. Use the mathematical principles of digital image enhancement
4. Describe and apply the concepts of feature detection and contour finding algorithms.
5. Analyze the constraints in image processing when dealing with larger data sets
(efficient storage and compression schemes)
UNIT I
8 Hours
Introduction: Examples of fields that use digital image processing, fundamental steps in
digital image processing, components of image processing system.
Digital image fundamentals: Light and the Electromagnetic Spectrum, Image sensing and
Acquisition, A simple image formation model, Image sampling and Quantization, basic
relationships between pixels.
UNIT II
12 Hours
Image enhancement in the spatial domain, Basic gray-level transformation, histogram

processing, enhancement using arithmetic and logic operations, basics of spatial filtering,
smoothing and sharpening spatial filters, combining the spatial enhancement methods
Image enhancement in the frequency domain Introduction to the Fourier transform and
the frequency domain, Smoothing and sharpening frequency-domain filters, homomorphic
filtering, Implementation
UNIT III
10 Hours
Image restoration A model of the image degradation/restoration process, noise models,
restoration in the presence of noiseonly spatial filtering, Periodic Noise Reduction by
Frequency Domain Filtering, Linear, Position-Invariant Degradations, Estimating the
degradation function, Inverse Filtering, Weiner filtering, Constrained least squares filtering.
UNIT IV
12 Hours
Image Compression Types of redundancies, Encoder-Decoder model, Lossy and Lossless
compression, Entropy of an information source, Variable Length Coding,Huffman Coding,
Arithmetic Coding, LZW coding, Transform coding, Sub-image size selection, blocking
artifacts, DCT implementation using FFT, Run length coding, Bit-plane encoding, Bitallocation, Zonal Coding, Threshold Coding, JPEG,Lossless predictive coding, Lossy
predictive coding, Motion Compensation
Wavelet based Image Compression Expansion of functions, Multi-resolution analysis,
Scaling functions, MRA refinement equation, Wavelet series expansion, Discrete Wavelet
Transform (DWT), Continuous Wavelet Transform, Fast Wavelet Transform, 2-D wavelet
Transform, JPEG-2000 encoding, Digital Image Watermarking.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Morphological Image Processing Preliminaries, Dilation and Erosion, Opening and
closing, hit or miss transformation, basic morphologic algorithms.
Image Segmentation - Detection of discontinuous, edge linking and boundary detection,
thresholding, regionbased segmentation, segmentation by Morphological Watersheds.
Reference Book:
1. Gonzalez, R. C. (2009), Digital Image Processing.,Pearson Education India.
UE15EE581: RENEWABLE ENERGY SYSTEMS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives:
1. To understand the different types of renewable energy sources
2. To have a knowledge on the applications of renewable energy sources
3. To comprehend the environmental impacts of renewable energy systems
Course Outcomes
1. Understand the principles of solar PV systems and the applications
2. Understand the dynamics of WECS and applications of wind energy
3. Appreciate the resources from biomass and their classification
4. Realize the concept of Biophotolysis and fuel cells
5. Understand the concept of energy generation from Ocean, and geothermal energy.
UNIT I
12 Hours
Solar energy : Solar radiation its measurements and prediction - solar thermal flat plate
collectors concentrating collectors applications - heating, cooling, desalination, power
generation, drying, cooking etc - principle of photovoltaic conversion of solar energy, types of
solar cells and fabrication. Photovoltaic applications: battery charger, domestic lighting,
street lighting, and water pumping, power generation schemes.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Wind energy : Atmospheric circulations classification - factors influencing wind - wind
shear turbulence - wind speed monitoring - Betz limit - Aerodynamics of wind turbine rotor
site selection - wind resource assessment - wind energy conversion devices - classification,
characteristics, applications. Hybrid systems - safety and environmental aspects.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Bio-energy: Biomass resources and their classification - chemical constituents and
physicochemical characteristics of biomass - Biomass conversion processes - Thermo
chemical conversion: direct combustion, gasification, pyrolysis and liquefaction - biochemical
conversion: anaerobic digestion, alcohol production from biomass - chemical conversion
process: hydrolysis and hydrogenation. Biogas - generation - types of biogas plantsapplications
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Hydrogen and fuel cells: Thermodynamics and electrochemical principles - basic design,
types, and applications - production methods - Biophotolysis: Hydrogen generation from
algae biological pathways - Storage gaseous, cryogenic and metal hydride and
transportation. Fuel cell principle of working - various types - construction and applications.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Other types of energy : Ocean energy resources - principles of ocean thermal energy
conversion systems - ocean thermal power plants - principles of ocean wave energy
conversion and tidal energy conversion hydropower site selection, construction,
environmental issues - geothermal energy - types of geothermal energy sites, site selection,
and geothermal power plants.
Reference Books:
1. Sukhatme, K., & Sukhatme, S. P. (1996). Solar Energy: Principles of Thermal Collection
and Storage. Tata McGraw-Hill Education.

2. Twidell, J., & Weir, T. (2015). Renewable Energy Resources. Routledge.
3. Kreith, F., & Kreider, J. F. (1978). Principles of Solar Engineering, Hemisphere
Publishing Corporation,Washington, DC
4. Kaygusuz, K. (2001). Renewable Energy: Power For A Sustainable Future.ENERGY,
Exploration & Exploitation, 19(6), 603-626.

5. Veziroglu, T.N., (1990), Alternative Energy Sources, Vol 5 and 6, McGraw-Hill.
6. San Pietro, A. (Ed.). (2012). Biochemical And Photosynthetic Aspects Of Energy
Production. Elsevier.
7. Bridgewater, A. V. (1984). Thermochemical processing of biomass. InThermochemical
Processing of Biomass.. Butterworths.

8. Hart, A. B., & Womack, G. J. (1967). Fuel Cells: Theory and Application. Chapman &
9.
Hall.
Khandelwal, K. C., & Mahdi, S. S. (1988). Biogas Technology: A Practical Handbook.
Tata McGraw-Hill.
UE15EE582: POWER QUALITY (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To study the production of voltages sags, overvoltage and harmonics and methods of
control.To study various methods of power quality monitoring.
Course Outcomes
At the end of this course students would be able to
1. Understand the basic concepts of power quality and various causes of power quality
issues in power system.
2. Understand the various sources of sag and its mitigation methods
3. Understand sources of over voltages and how to implement computer analysis power
quality issues
4. Understand the effect of harmonics on various loads and its mitigation techniques
5. Understand the various power quality monitoring devices
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction to power quality: Terms and definitions: Overloading - under voltage - over
voltage. Concepts of transients short duration variations such as interruption - long
duration variation such as sustained interruption. Sags and swells - voltage sag - voltage
swell - voltage imbalance - voltage fluctuation - power frequency variations. International
standards of power quality. Computer Business Equipment Manufacturers Associations
(CBEMA) curve.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Voltage sags and interruptions: Sources of sags and interruptions - estimating voltage sag
performance. Thevenins equivalent source - analysis and calculation of various faulted
condition. Voltage sags due to induction motor starting. Estimation of the sag severity mitigation of voltage sags, active series compensators. Static transfer switches and fast
transfer switches.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Overvoltages: Sources of over voltages - Capacitor switching lightning - Ferro resonance.
Mitigation of voltage swells - surge arresters - low pass filters - power conditioners. Lightning
protection shielding line arresters - protection of transformers and cables. An introduction
to computer analysis tools for transients, PSCAD and EMTP.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Harmonics: Harmonic sources from commercial and industrial loads, locating harmonic
sources. Power system response characteristics - Harmonics Vs transients. Effect of
harmonics - harmonic distortion - voltage and current distortion - harmonic indices - inter
harmonics resonance. Harmonic distortion evaluation - devices for controlling harmonic
distortion
passive
and
active
filters.
IEEE
and
IEC
standards.
UNIT V
12 Hours
Power quality monitoring: Monitoring considerations - monitoring and diagnostic
techniques for various power quality problems - modeling of power quality (harmonics and
voltage sag) problems by mathematical simulation tools - power line disturbance analyzer
quality measurement equipment - harmonic / spectrum analyzer - flicker meters
disturbance analyzer. Applications of expert systems for power quality monitoring.
Reference Books:
1. Dugan, R. C., McGranaghan, M. F., Santoso, S., & Beaty, H. W. (2003). Electric power
system quality.
2. Heydt, G. T. (1991). Electric power quality. Stars in a circle publications.
3. Bollen, M. H. (2000). Understanding power quality problems (Vol. 3). New York: IEEE
press.
4. Arrillaga, J., Watson, N. R., & Chen, S. (2000). Power system quality assessment. Wiley.
5. PSCAD User Manual
UE15EE583: POWER SYSTEM RELIABILITY (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. Understand the reliability processes and reliability measures
2. To perform reliability analysis of Generators and transmission systems models
through analytical ways
3. To learn system modes of failures through reliability study
Course Outcomes
1. Acquire the skills to perform reliability analysis of the power system such as
generators, transmission lines etc.
2. Introduce the objectives of Load forecasting
3. Study the fundamentals of generation system, transmission system and Distribution
system reliability analysis
4. Illustrate the basic concepts of Expansion planning
UNIT I
10 Hours
Load forecasting: Objectives of forecasting - Load growth patterns and their importance in
planning - Load forecasting Based on discounted multiple regression technique-Weather
sensitive load forecasting-Determination of annual forecasting-Use of AI in load forecasting.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Generation system reliability analysis: Probabilistic generation and load modelsDetermination of LOLP and expected value of demand not served Determination of
reliability of ISO and interconnected generation systems.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Transmission system reliability analysis: Deterministic contingency analysis-probabilistic
load flow-Fuzzy load flow probabilistic transmission system reliability analysis-Determination
of reliability indices like LOLP and expected value of demand not served.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Expansion planning: Basic concepts on expansion planning-procedure followed for
integrate transmission system planning, current practice in India-Capacitor placer problem in
transmission system and radial distributions system.
UNITIV
12 Hours
Distribution system planning overview: Introduction, sub transmission lines and

distribution substations-Design primary and secondary systems-distribution system
protection and coordination of protective devices.
Reference Books
1. Billinton, R., & Allan, R. N. (1992). Reliability Evaluation Of Engineering Systems (pp.
155-173), Plenum Press, New York.
2. Sullivan, R. L. (1977). Power System Planning. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing.
3. Wang, X., & McDonald, J. R. (1994). Modern Power System Planning. McGraw-Hill
Companies.
4. Gnen, T. (1986). Electric Power Distribution System Engineering. McGraw-Hill, New
York.
UE15EE584: SCADA AND DCS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To deal with the communication protocols and control of power systems using EMS.
2. To introduce the role of Computers and Communication in Electrical Power
Engineering.
3. To provide an introductory knowledge on Energy Management, and power system
automation using DCS and SCADA.
Course Outcomes
1. Understand the need for energy management and apply energy management
programs
2. Appreciate the need for Automation systems and its working
3. Understand PLCs and DCS
4. Analyse the importance of SCADA in power systems
UNIT I
10 Hours
Energy management system: The Need for Energy Management, Energy Basics for
Energy Managers, Designing an Energy Management Program, Starting an Energy
Management Program, Energy Management Centers and their Functions, Architectures.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Automation systems: Automation systems and its advantages, Components of process
control systems, Single loop control, Centralized control, Distributed control systems, Open
systems, SCADA systems. Types of data available, Data communication components and
protocols.
UNIT III
12 Hours
Distributed control systems (DCS): Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC) Functional

description, PLC Vs DCS systems, DCS architecture, Local control units, dedicated card
controllers, Unit Operations controllers, DCS multiplexers, DCS system integration,
Automation Standards, salient features. SCADA master station configurations, hardware and
software components, Communication systems, Human Machine interface. SCADA

application functions, Intelligent Electronic devices.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Supervisory control and data acquisition: Introduction to Supervisory Control and Data
Acquisition. SCADA Functional requirements and Components. General features, Functions
and Applications, Benefits. Configurations of SCADA, RTU (Remote Terminal Units)
Connections.
UNIT V
10 Hours
SCADA in power system: SCADA in Power System Automation. SCADA Communication
requirements. Practical PLC, DCS and SCADA applications
Reference Books:
1. Capehart, B. L., Turner, W. C., & Kennedy, W. J. (2006), Guide to Energy
Management. The Fairmont Press, Inc..
2. Liptk, B. G. (1973), Instrumentation in the Processing Industries. Chilton Book
Company.
3. Fundamentals of Supervisory Systems, IEEE tutorial.
4. Webb, J. W., & Reis, R. A. (1998), Programmable Logic Controllers: Principles and
Applications, Prentice Hall PTR.
UE14PE601: POWER ELECTRONICS IN RENEWABLE ENERGY SYSTEMS (3-00-0-3)

Course Objectives
1. An understanding of renewable energy generation and its impact on environment
2. Role of electrical machines for renewable energy conversion
3. The need for power electronic components in renewable energy conversion
4. A detailed understanding of the solar and wind energy systems
5. The ability to appreciate the concept of grid connection and hybrid connection
Course Outcomes
1. Appreciate the operating principles and characteristics of Solar PV, Fuel cells, and
Wind electrical systems
2. Apply electrical machines like IG, PMSG, SCIG and DFIG in renewable energy
generation
3. Gain knowledge on applying power electronics to renewable energy systems
4. Possess knowledge on applying inverters and converters
5. Understand the role of AC-DC-AC converters, uncontrolled rectifiers, PWM Inverters,
Grid Interactive Inverters-matrix converters
6. Realize the differences between stand alone and grid connected systems
7. Know the issues during grid connection
8. Understand Grid integration using PMSG and SCIG in WECS, and Grid Integration in
solar system
9. Understand the need for hybrid energy systems and the operation of hybrid energy
systems
UNIT I
06 Hours
Introduction: Environmental aspects of electric energy conversion: impacts of renewable
energy generation on environment (cost-GHG Emission) - Qualitative study of different
renewable energy resources ocean, Biomass, Hydrogen energy systems: operating
principles and characteristics of: Solar PV, Fuel cells, wind electrical systems-control
strategy, operating area.
UNIT II
06 Hours
Electrical machines for renewable energy conversion: Review of reference theory
fundamentals-principle of operation and analysis: IG, PMSG, SCIG and DFIG.
UNIT III
09 Hours
Power converters: Solar: Block diagram of solar photo voltaic system: line commutated
converters (inversion mode) - Boost and buck-boost converters- selection of inverter, battery
sizing, array sizing. Wind: three phase AC voltage controllers- AC-DC-AC converters:
uncontrolled rectifiers, PWM Inverters, Grid Interactive Inverters-matrix converters.
UNIT IV
09 Hours
Analysis of wind and PV systems:Stand alone operation of fixed and variable speed wind
energy conversion systems and solar system-Grid connection Issues -Grid integrated PMSG
and SCIG Based WECS-Grid Integrated solar system.
UNIT V
09 Hours
Hybrid renewable energy systems: Need for Hybrid Systems- Range and type of Hybrid
systems- Case studies of Wind-PV Maximum Power Point Tracking (MPPT).
Reference Books:
1. S.N.Bhadra, D. Kastha, & S. Banerjee, (2009), Wind Electricaal Systems, Oxford
University Press
2. Rashid .M. H, (2001), Power Electronics Hand book, Academic press.
3. Rai. G.D, (1993), Non conventional energy sources, Khanna publishes.
4. Rai. G.D, (1993), Solar energy utilization, Khanna publishes.
5. Gray, L. Johnson, (1995), Wind energy system, Prentice Hall lnc.
UE14PE602: DSP APPLICATIONS IN DRIVES (3-0-0-0-3)

Course Objectives
1. Identify components of a DSP hardware system and program a DSP processor
2. Role of digital signal processors in power electronics
3. DSP Control of electrical machines using power electronics
Course Outcomes
1. Understand the architecture of TMS320LF2812 DSP Controller
2. Appreciate the internal features such as Input/output functionality, interrupts, Analogto-Digital Converter, and event managers of TMS320LF2812 DSP Controller
3. Identify how DSP can be applied to Power Electronics
4. Study the power electronics applications like DC-DC buck-boost converters, and
Pulse Width Modulation
5. Understand the control of stepper motors, DC machines, and synchronous machines
using DSP.
6. Gain knowledge on DSP-based vector control of induction motors
7. Apply the concepts in practical.
UNIT I
06 Hours
Introduction: To the TMS320LF2812 DSP Controller, C2xx DSP CPU architecture and
instruction set.
UNIT II
06 Hours
I/O and Interrupts: General Purpose Input/output (GPIO) functionality interrupts on the
TMS320LF2812, Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC), event managers (EVA, EVB).
UNIT III
09 Hours
DSP-Based Applications: DC-DC buck-boost converters, DSP based control of stepper
motors, DSP-Based control of permanent magnet brushless DC machines, Park and
Clarke's transformations.
UNIT IV
09 Hours
Space Vector Pulse Width Modulation, DSP-based control of permanent magnet
synchronous machines.
UNIT V
DSP-based vector control of induction motors, Simulation using MATLAB
09 Hours
Reference Books:
1. Hamid Toliyat and Steven Campbell, (2011) DSP-Based Electromechanical Motion
Control, CRC Press.
2. P.C.Krause, Oleg Wasynczuk, Scott D.Sudhoff, (2010) Analysis of Electrical
Machinery and Drive Systems, 2nd Edition, Wiley India
3. Chee-Mun Ong, (1998), Dynamic Simulation of Electric Machinery using Matlab /
Simulink, Prentice Hall
UE14PE603: POWER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT (3-0-0-0-3)

Course Objectives
1. To enhance the knowledge of the students in the emerging area of power quality and
several key issues related to its modeling, assessment and mitigation.
2. To provide a platform to an in-depth discussion on the various challenges and their
possible remedies with respect to maintaining power quality in electricity sector,
which will benefit participants from academic and R & D institutions, professional
engineers from utilities, industries and policy makers.
3. To introduce fundamentals of power quality problems, various causes which create
the distortion in the power supply, their mitigation and power quality standards.
Course Outcomes
1. Understand Power quality: concepts and definition.
2. Learn the cause and effects of power quality problems
3. Analyze power outages, unbalance, distortion, voltage sag, voltage flicker, etc.,
4. Understand the role of custom power devices
5. Learn the operation of the devices like Solid State Current Limiter, Solid State
Breaker, Issues in Limiting and Switching operations, Solid State Transfer Switch,
Sag/Swell Detection Algorithms
6. Understand load compensation using DSTATCOM
7. Understand the structure, and Control of DSTATCOM under different
configurations
8. Gain knowledge on the operation of UPQC
UNIT I
06 Hours
Introduction and characterization of electric power quality: Electric power quality, power
electronic applications in power transmission systems, power electronic applications in
power distribution systems. power quality terms and definitions, power quality problems.
UNIT II
08 Hours
Analysis and conventional mitigation methods: Analysis of power outages, analysis of

unbalance , analysis of distortion, analysis of voltage sag, analysis of voltage flicker, reduced
duration and customer impact of outages, classical load balancing problem, harmonic
reduction, voltage sag or dip reduction.
UNIT III
08 Hours
Custom power devices: Introduction, utility-customer interface, custom power devices,
custom power park, status of application of CP devices, closed-loop switching control,
second and higher order systems.
Solid state limiting, breaking and transferring devices: Solid state current limiter, solid
state breaker, issues in limiting and switching operations, solid state transfer switch,
sag/swell detection algorithms.
UNIT IV
08 Hours
Load compensation using DSTATCOM: Compensating single-phase loads, ideal threephase shunt compensator structure, generating reference currents using instantaneous PQ
theory, generating reference currents using instantaneous symmetrical components, general
algorithm for generating reference currents, generating reference currents when the source
is unbalanced.
UNIT V
09 Hours
Series compensation of power distribution system: Rectifier supported DVR, DC
capacitor supported DVR, DVR structure, voltage restoration, series active filter.
Unified Power Quality Conditioner: UPQC configurations, right-shunt UPQC
characteristics, left-shunt UPQC characteristics, structure and control of right-shunt UPQC,
structure and control of left-shunt UPQC.
Reference Books:
1. Arindam Ghosh, (2002), Power Quality Enhancement Using Custom Power
Devices,Kluwer Academic Publishers.
2. Math H J Bollen, (2011), Understanding Power Quality Problems; Voltage Sags and
Interruptions Wiley India.
3. Roger C Dugan, (2012), Electrical Power Systems Quality 3rd Edition, TMH,
4. G T Heydt, (1991), Electric Power Quality, Stars in Circle Publications.
5. Ewald F Fuchs, (2009), Power Quality in Power System and Electrical Machines,
Academic Press, Elsevier.
6. C. Shankaran, (2013), Power Quality, CRC Press.
UE14PE611: HVDC TRANSMISSION (3-0-0-0-3)

Course Objectives
1. To know modern transmission systems using HVDC
2. To study converters, and the control of converters used in HVDC
3. To understand the concept of harmonics and reduction using filters
4. To study power flow analysis and stability analysis
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the student will be able to
1. Learn the planning of HVDC transmission, and understand the modern trends in DC
transmission
2. Appreciate the choice of converter and study the configuration
3. Analyse the converter in two and three, and three and four valve conduction modes,
along with the LCC bridge characteristics
4. Analyse the operation of Capacitor Commutated and voltage source converters.
5. Learn the strategies used to Control Converters such as, firing angle control, current
and extinction angle control, Starting and stopping of Dc link, Power control,
Frequency control, Reactive power control, and Tap changer control
6. Understand the faults that occur in converters and adapt suitable methods to protect
them
7. Gain a knowledge on reactive power control
8. Learn the concept of harmonics generation and design AC and DC filters to eliminate
the harmonics
9. Analyze the concept of power flow with VSC based HVDC system.
10. Analyze the voltage stability in asynchronous AC/DC system
UNIT I
06 Hours
DC power transmission technology: Introduction, comparison with AC transmission,
application of DC transmission, description of DC transmission system, planning of HVDC
transmission, modern trends in DC transmission, operating problems.
UNIT II
06 Hours
HVDC converters: Introduction to line commutated converter, choice of converter
configuration for any pulse number, analysis of 6 and 12 pulse Graetz bridge converter
without overlap, effect of smoothing reactor. two and three level voltage source converters,
pulse width modulation. analysis of converter in two and three, and three and four valve
conduction modes, lcc bridge characteristics, twelve pulse converter, detailed analysis of
converters. analysis of capacitor commutated and voltage source converters.
UNIT III
09 Hours
Control of converters and HVDC link: DC link control principles, converter control
characteristics, firing angle control, current and extinction angle control, starting and
stopping of DC link, power control, frequency control, Reactive power control, Tap changer
control, Emergency control and Telecommunication requirements. Control of voltage source
converter.
UNIT IV
09 Hours
Converter faults and protection: Converter faults, protection against over currents, over
voltages in converter station, surge arrestor, protection against over voltages. Protection
against faults in voltage source converter.
Reactive power control: Reactive power control in steady state and transient state, sources
of reactive power, SVC and STATCOM.
UNIT V
09 Hours
Harmonics and filters: Introduction, generation of harmonics, design of AC and DC filters.
Power flow analysis in AC/DC systems: Introduction, DC system model, solution
procedure, inclusion of constraints, case study,
Reference Books:
1. K. R. Padiyar (2012), HVDC Power Transmission Systems, New Age International.
2. E.W.Kimbark (2006), Direct Current Transmission, Vol.1, Wiley Inter-Science,
London.
3. Arrilaga (2007), High Voltage Direct Current Transmission, 2nd Edition, The Institute
of Engineering and Technology.
4. S Kamakshaiah and V Kamaraju (2011), HVDC Transmission, TMH.
UE14PE612: ADVANCED CONTROL SYSTEMS (3-0-0-0-3)

Course Objectives
1. To understand the basics of mathematical modeling in digital control system, linear
systems and non-linear systems
2. To study the stability analysis of digital and non linear systems
Course Outcomes
1. Understand and apply the basic mathematical concepts of Z-transform in digital
control systems
2. Appreciate the stability analysis of digital control systems using Jurys Stability Test
and Bilinear Transformation
3. Develop state models for continuous time and discrete time systems
4. Analyze the concept of controllability and observability for continuous time and
discrete time systems
5. Understand the need for state feedback and observer
6. Develop system model for full order and reduced order observer
7. Understand the design concepts of state regulator, output regulator, model reference
control systems, and adaptive control systems
8. Define the nonlinearities, and singular points in non-linear systems
9. Study the stability of nonlinear systems using Lyapunovs stability criterion, and
Popovs criterion.
10. used for storage
UNIT I
10 Hours
Digital control systems: Review of difference equations and Z - transforms, Z- transfer
function (Pulse transfer function), Z - Transforms analysis, sampled data systems, stability
analysis (Jurys Stability Test and Bilinear Transformation), pulse transfer functions and
different configurations for closed loop discrete-time control systems.
UNIT II
06 Hours
Modern control theory: State model for continuous time and discrete time systems,
solutions of state equations (for both continuous and discrete systems), concepts of
controllability and observability (for both continuous and discrete systems)
UNIT III
06 Hours
State Feedback and Observer: Pole placement by state feedback (for both continuous and
discrete systems), full order and reduced order observes (for both continuous and discrete
systems), dead beat control by state feedback
UNIT IV
09 Hours
Optimal and Adaptive Control: Optimal control problems using state variable approach,
state regulator and output regulator, concepts of model reference control systems, adaptive
control systems and design.
UNIT V
08 Hours
Non linear control systems: Common nonlinearities, singular points, stability of nonlinear
systems - phase plane analysis and describing function analysis, Lyapunovs stability
criterion, Popovs criterion.
Reference Books:
1. Ogata. K, (2010), Modern Control Engineering, 5th Edition, PHI.
2. Ogata K, (2011), Discrete Time Control Systems, 2nd Edition, PHI.
3. Nagarath and Gopal, (2012), Control Systems Engineering, New Age International
Publishers.
4. M Gopal, (2011), Modem Control System Theory, New Age International.
5. M. Gopal, (2011), Digital Control & State Variable Methods, TMH.
UE14PE613: SOFT COMPUTING (3-0-0-0-3)

Course Objectives
1. To familiarize with soft computing concepts
2. To introduce the ideas of Neural networks, fuzzy logic and use of heuristics based on
human experience.
Course Outcomes
1. Identify and describe soft computing techniques and their roles in building intelligent
machines
2. Recognize the feasibility of applying a soft computing methodology for a particular
problem
3. Apply fuzzy logic and reasoning to handle uncertainty and solve engineering
problems
4. Apply genetic algorithms to combinatorial optimization problems
5. Apply neural networks to pattern classification and regression problems
6. Effectively use existing software tools to solve real problems using a soft computing
approach
7. Evaluate and compare solutions by various soft computing approaches for a given
problem.
UNIT I
06 Hours
Learning and soft computing: Examples, basic tools of soft computing, basic mathematics
of soft computing, learning and statistical approaches to regression and classification.
UNIT II
06 Hours
Single-layer networks: Perceptron, adaptive linear neuron (Adaline), and the LMS
algorithm.
Multilayer perceptrons: Error back propagation algorithm, generalized delta rule, practical
aspects of error back propagation algorithm.
UNIT III
06 Hours
Radial basis function networks: Ill-posed problems and the regularization technique,
stabilizers and basis functions, generalized radial basis function networks.
UNIT IV
09 Hours
Fuzzy logic systems: Basics of fuzzy logic theory, mathematical similarities between neural
networks and fuzzy logic models, fuzzy additive models.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Support vector machines: Risk minimization principles and the concept of uniform
convergence, VC dimension, structural risk minimization, support vector machine algorithms.
Case studies: Neural-network based adaptive control, computer graphics.
Reference Books:
1. Vojislav Kecman, (2004), Learning and Soft Computing, Pearson Education (Asia).
2. Simon Haykin, (2008) Neural Networks: A Comprehensive Foundation, Prentice Hall
of India, 2008.
3. M.T. Hagan, H.B. Demuth and M. Beale, (2002) Neural Network Design, Thomson
Learning.
4. Bart Kosko, (2010), Neural Networks and Fuzzy Systems, Prentice Hall of India
5. George J. Klir and Bo Yuan, 2012, Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic: Theory and
Application, PHI
UE14PE614: ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND EXPERT SYSTEMS (3-0-0-0-3)

Course Objectives
1. To introduce the fundamental concepts of artificial intelligence
2. To equip students with the knowledge and skills in logic programming
3. To explore the different paradigms in knowledge representation and reasoning
4. To understand the contemporary techniques in machine learning and expert systems
Course Outcomes
1. understand the history, development and various applications of artificial intelligence
2. familiarize with propositional and predicate logic and their roles in logic programming
3. learn the knowledge representation and reasoning techniques in rule-based systems,
case-based systems, and model-based systems
4. appreciate how uncertainty is being tackled in the knowledge representation and
reasoning process, in particular, techniques based on probability theory and
possibility theory
5. master the skills and techniques in expert systems
UNIT I
05 Hours
Introduction: Artificial intelligence history the state of art, intelligent agents structure
environment
UNIT II
06 Hours
Search strategies: Breadth-first search, uniform cost search, depth-first search, depth-limited
search, iterative, deepening search, bi-directional search, heuristic searches techniques,
comparing search strategies
UNIT III
10 Hours
Knowledge and reasoning: Representation logic prepositional logic using predicate
logic, using rules, forward and backward chainingstrong and weak slot fillers
Planning: Overview, an example domain, components, goal stack planning, non,-linear
planning, hierarchical planning, reactive systems. uncertainty: non-monotonic reasoning,
logics, implementation, probability and Bayes theorem, certainty factors, Bayesian networks,
dempster, Shafer theory
UNIT IV
09 Hours
Introduction to expert systems: What is an expert system, advantages of expert system,
general concepts of expert system, characteristics of expert system, expert system
application and domain .the representation of knowledge: the meaning of knowledge,
production, semantic nets, schemata, frames, prepositional logic, the first order predicate
logic, the universal quantifier, the existential quantifier
UNIT V
09 Hours
Design of expert systems: introduction, rule-based system architecture, nonproduction
system architecture, dealing with uncertainty, knowledge acquisition and validation
knowledge system building tools. selecting the appropriate problem, stages in the
development of expert system, errors in development stages, software engineering and
expert systems
Reference Books:
1. Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, (2002), Artificial Intelligence A Modern Approach,
2nd Edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi.
2. Elaine Rich, Kevin Knight, (1991), Artificial Intelligence, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi.
3. Joseph Giarratano and Gary Riley, (2004), Expert Systems Principles and
Programming, 4th Edition, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi.
4. Patrick Henry Winston, (1992), Artificial Intelligence, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education,
New Delhi.
5. Dan W Patterson (1990), Introduction to AI and Expert Systems, Prentice Hall, New
Delhi.
6. Eugene Charniak, Drew McDermott (1985), Introduction to Artificial Intelligence,
Pearson Education, New Delhi.
UE14PE652: POWER ELECTRONICS IN SMART GRID (2-0-0-0-2)

Course Objectives
1. To introduce the student to smart grid, fundamental power control and quality
problems
2. To understand the integration concepts of smart grid with distribution systems
3. To appreciate high frequency AC distribution
4. To understand the concept of energy storage systems
Course outcomes
1. Understand the operation of a Smart Grid
2. Appreciate the electricity and energy networks, transportation of electricity, power
flow control in the case of smart grid
3. Learn the attributes of smart grid
4. Understand the problems and solutions of power control with relevance to smart grid
5. Acquire a knowledge on the power quality issues in smart grid
6. Adept to high frequency applications and introduce to microgrids
7. Understand the concept of Dynamic static synchronous controllers, D-STATCOM,
Dynamic static synchronous series controllers, dynamic voltage restorer, and AC/AC
voltage regulators
8. Learn the concept of power storage devices and the various types of devices used
for storage
UNIT I
8 Hours
Introduction: Introduction to Smart Grid, Electricity Network, Local energy networks, Electric
Transportation, Low carbon central generation, fundamental problems of electrical power
systems, power flow control, distributed generation and energy storage, attributes of the
smart grid, alternate views of a smart grid.
UNIT II
8 Hours
Power control and quality problems: Introduction, General Problems and solutions of
power control, power quality and EMC, power quality issues, monitoring, legal and
organizational regulations, mitigation methods, and EMC related phenomena in smart
system, EMC cases in distributed power system.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Energy storage systems: Introduction, Structure of power storage devices, pumped
storage hydroelectricity, compressed air energy storage system, flywheels, battery storage,
hydrogen storage, super capacitors, applications of energy storage devices.
Reference Books:
1. Strzelecki Benysek, (2008), Power Electronics in Smart Electrical Energy Networks,
Springer.
2. Clark W Gellings, (2009), The Smart Grid: Enabling Energy Efficiency and Demand
Side Response, CRC Press.
UE15ME104 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To introduce the concepts of stresses and strains and to equip them with the
necessary skills and knowledge to solve simple problems of engineering importance.
2. To explain the mechanical behavior of common engineering materials.
3. To teach important concepts which quantify important properties of a fluid.
4. To teach important terminologies in belt and gear drives and enable them to
understand the engineering treatment of such power transmission drives.
5. To explain the principle of working of 2-stroke and 4-stroke IC engines and thereby
enable the students to appreciate the working of an engine in an automobile
6. To enable the students to understand the principle of refrigeration as applied to vapor
compression and vapor absorption cycles.
7. To enable students to learn and appreciate various techniques, methods and
practices in manufacturing technology such as, metal cutting, casting, forming and
welding
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course the students will be able to
1. explain the mechanical behavior of important engineering materials and apply their
understanding of stresses and strains to solve simple problems of engineering
importance
2. calculate the important properties of a fluid and demonstrate skill in solving problems
related to capillarity and explain the phenomenon of capillarity and cavitation
3. apply their understanding of the simple mathematical treatment of belt and gear
drives to solve simple problems
4. explain the working of IC engines and different refrigeration systems, and
differentiate between their types
5. explain metal cutting process such as drilling, turning and milling and their types and
engineering significance
6. explain the principle of metal casting, its engineering significance and types and
understand the principle of arc and gas welding and appreciate their engineering use
7. understand different metal working processes and differentiate between their types
UNIT I
10 Hours
Simple stresses and strains: Introduction, stresses in the members of a structure, Normal
Strain under axial loading, Stress-strain diagram, True stress and true strain, Hooke's law;
Elastic Moduli, Poisson's ratio, numerical problems involving determination of stresses,
strains in simple and compound members and elastic constants.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Properties properties of fluids: Definition of a fluid, distinction between a solid and fluid,
concept of continuum, Fluid Properties and their definition, formulae and units - Mass
density, Specific volume, Specific weight, Specific gravity; Viscosity, Newtons law of
viscosity, dynamic and kinematic viscosity, Newtonian and Non-Newtonian fluids; Surface
tension and capillarity; Compressibility, Vapour pressure, simple numerical
UNIT III
10 Hours
Thermal Engineering: I.C. Engines classification, parts, principles of working of petrol and
diesel engines (two and four stroke), efficiencies of IC engines and simple numericals;
principles of refrigeration, properties of refrigerants, principles of working of vapor
compression and vapor absorption systems.
UNIT IV
12 Hours
Power transmission: Introduction, Belt Drives types of belt drives, Flat and V Belts,
Stepped Cone Pulley, Length of the belt, Velocity ratio of Belt Drives, Tensions in Flat Belt
Drives, Ratio of Tensions, Power Transmitted, Concepts of Slip and Creep, Belt Materials,
Simple Numericals; Gear Drives, Types of Gears, Velocity Ratio, Gear Trains Simple and
Compound, Simple Numericals
Machine tools: Introduction, classification, principle of working of an Engine Lathe, brief
explanation on various lathe operations plain and taper turning, thread cutting. Milling
Machine: principles of working of vertical and horizontal types, Concepts of Up milling and
Down Milling; Drilling Machine: principle of working, brief explanation on various drilling
operations boring, counter-boring, tapping, reaming, counter-sinking.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Manufacturing processes: (i) Metal Casting: Introduction, principle of casting, types, steps
involved, advantages & applications; defects, patterns, sand molding, properties of molding
sand, gating system (ii) Metal Joining Processes: Welding Principle, classification of
welding processes; Arc Welding principle, equipment, electrodes, Oxy Acetylene Gas
welding process principle, equipment, types of flames, applications. (iii) Metal Forming
Processes: Introduction to mechanical working, hot and cold working, advantages /
disadvantages, methods of hot working forging and extrusion (brief description only).
Text Books
1. Beer and Johnson (2011), Mechanics of Materials, 6th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill
Education.
2. Modi & Seth (2013), Hydraulic & Fluid Mechanics, 19th Edition, Standard Book
House, New Delhi.
3. K.R. Gopalakrishna (2006), Elements of Mechanical Engineering, 26th Edition
Subhash Publishers.
4. S.K. Sharma (2014), Manufacturing Processes, I K International Publishing House
(Text book 1: Unit I - Chapters 1 & 2; Text book 2: Unit II - Chapters 1; Text book 3:
Unit III & IV - Chapters 3 & 9; Text book 4: Unit IV - Chapters 3, 4, 12 & 16)
UE15ME106 COMPUTER AIDED ENGINEERING GRAPHICS (1-0-2-0-2)

Course Objectives
1. To introduce the concept of engineering drawing as a language and enable students
to learn about the software tool to make engineering drawings
2. To enable the student to learn about the concepts and principles of orthographic
projections, development of lateral surfaces and isometric projection of simple solids
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the students will be able to
1. use the software tool to make engineering drawings in addition to being able to do it
on paper using geometric instruments
2. draw solutions, manually as well as using the software tool, to problems on
a. orthographic projection of points, lines, planes and simple solids
b. parallel line and radial line development of lateral surfaces of simple solids
c. isometric projection of simple solids
UNIT I (Instructions + Practice: 3 sessions each)
1. Introduction: Introduction to Solid Edge commands
2. Dimensioning : Dimension line, projection line, construction line, arrow heads, units
of dimensions, systems of dimensions aligned and unidirectional systems, shape
identification dimensioning
3. Geometrical constructions:Division of a line into any number of equal parts,
construction of regular polygons triangle, square, pentagon and hexagon
4. Orthographic projections:Principles of projection, projection of an object,

orthographic projection, principles views and principle planes of projection, four
quadrants and systems of projection, first and third angles of projection
5. Projection of points and lines: Projections of points in all four quadrants
Projections of lines situated in the first quadrant Angles made by lines with the
reference planes Projections of lines parallel to one and inclined to the other
reference plane - Projections of lines inclined to both the reference planes
UNIT II (Instructions + Practice: 2 sessions each)
6. Projection of plane surfaces:Projections of simple laminae triangular, square,
rectangular, pentagonal and hexagonal - inclined to both the HP and VP
UNIT III (Instructions + Practice: 3 sessions each)
7. Projections of solids:Projections of right-regular solids prisms, cylinders,
pyramids and cones - with (i) axis parallel to either to HP or VP and inclined to the
other (ii) axis inclined to both HP & VP.
UNIT IV (Instructions + Practice: 1 session each)
8. Development of surfaces: Development of lateral surfaces of solids prisms,
cylinders, pyramids, cones & transition pieces.
UNIT V (Instructions + Practice: 2 sessions each)
9. Isometric Projections Types of pictorial projections isometric view and isometric
projectionisometric scale isometric projection of simple solids prisms, pyramids,
cylinders, cones and combinations of simple solids.
Text Books
1. K. R. Gopalakrishna (2012), Engineering Graphics, Subhas Publications.
Reference Books
1. N.D.Bhatt (2003), Engineering Drawing, 46th Edition, Charotar Publishing House.
2. Luzadder and Duff (2001), Fundamental Of Engineering Drawing, 11th Edition,
Prentice hall of India Pvt Ltd.
3. Jolhe (2007), Engineering Graphics, McGraw-Hill Publications.
UE14ME202 MATERIAL SCIENCE AND METALLURGY (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To introduce the basic concepts of crystal structure, its different types and defects
2. To enable the student to visualize lattice atomic diffusion
3. To familiarize the students with mechanical behavior of metals, different types of
mechanical testing and fracture behavior of metals
4. To enable the students to understand solid and liquid phase reactions and phase
diagrams, under equilibrium and non-equilibrium conditions
5. To provide an overview of different types of heat treatment processes of ferrous and
non-ferrous metals
Course Outcomes
1. understand the importance of materials for various applications
2. identify and analyze the various crystal structures and defects responsible for change
in the material properties
3. understand the process of diffusion, its types and mechanisms
4. relate the properties of the materials with their crystal structure
5. identify different phases in iron-carbon diagram for steels and cast-iron and non
equilibrium phases
6. use the phase diagrams effectively to identify the phase-state of the material for a
given temperature condition
7. select the best heat treatment process based on application
8. identify the composition, properties and application of various ferrous, non-ferrous
and composite materials
UNIT I
10 Hours
Lattice, unit cell, basis and crystal structure: Fundamental concepts of Unit cell space
lattice, Bravais Lattices, Unit cells for cubic structures and HCP. Calculations of radius, coordination No. and Atomic Packing Factor for different cubic structures & HCP, Miller indices
of planes and directions in cubic and hexagonal structures, Numerical problems
Crystal imperfections: Point, line & surface imperfections in crystalline solids
Atomic diffusion: Applications of Diffusion, diffusion mechanism, Ficks laws of diffusion,
Factors affecting diffusion, Numerical problems
UNIT II
10 Hours
Mechanical properties and behavior: Types of deformations, Tensile test, Properties
obtained from Tensile test, true stress & true strain, Plastic deformation - slip and twinning,
Hardness of Materials Rockwell, Vickers & Brinell Hardness testing, Strain rate effects and
Impact testing, Numerical problems
UNIT III
10 Hours
Solid solutions and phase equilibrium: Phases and Phase diagram, solid solutions, Rules
governing formation of solid solutions, Phase diagrams Basic terms, phase rule, cooling
curves, construction of Phase diagrams, interpretation of equilibrium diagrams, Types of
Phase diagrams, Lever rule, Numerical problems
Principles of solidification: Technological significance, Nucleation, Applications of
controlled nucleation, Growth mechanisms, Solidification time and dendrite size,
Solidification defects, Cast structure, Numerical problems
UNIT IV
11 Hours
Iron carbon equilibrium diagram: Phases in the Fe-C system, Invariant reactions, critical
temperatures, Microstructures of slowly cooled steels, effect of alloying elements on the FeC diagram, ferrite and austenite stabilizers. The TTT diagram, drawing of TTT diagram, TTT
diagram for hypo & hyper eutectoid steels, effect of alloying elements on CCT diagram.
Heat treatment of steels: Annealing and its types, Normalizing, Hardening, Tempering,
Martempering, Austempering, Surface hardening like carburizing, cyaniding, nitriding, and
induction hardening,
Harneability of steels: Hardenability concept Jominy End Quench test, effect of alloying
elements
UNIT V
11 Hours
Engineering alloys (ferrous): Properties and uses of Carbon steels, Steel designation as
per AISI designation; Properties and uses of Cast Irons gray Cast Iron, White Cast Iron,
Malleable Cast Iron & Ductile Iron and Austempered Ductile Iron
Engineering alloys (Non - Ferrous): Properties and uses of light alloys - Al,
Mg and Ti alloys; Properties and uses of Copper and its alloys
Ceramic and polymeric materials: Applications of ceramics, properties of ceramics,
Sintered ceramics; Classification of polymers, addition and condensation polymerization,
typical thermoplastics and thermosetting polymers
Text Books
1. Donald R Askeland and Pradeep, P. Phule (2006), The Science and Engineering of
Materials for Science and Engineering, 5th edition, Thomson Engineering.
Reference Books
1. William D. Callister, Jr. (2003), Materials Science and Engineering: An Introduction,
Characterization of Materials: Volumes 1 and 2, 6th Edition John Wiley & Sons, New
Jersey.
UE14ME203 :ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To introduce the fundamental concepts, terms and terminologies involved in
thermodynamics
2. To enable students to understand and apply the laws of thermodynamics and the
concepts of available energy and availability (exergy) to solve engineering problems.
3. To train the students to use charts, tables and equations used in solving engineering
problems related to thermodynamics
Course Outcomes
1. Appreciate the role of thermodynamics in engineering and society
2. Apply fundamental thermodynamic concepts to classify systems as open, closed and
isolated
3. Apply the zeroth law of thermodynamics to solve problems
4. Understand thermodynamic definition of work and distinguish between work and heat
in energy transfer processes
5. Apply the 1st and 2nd laws of thermodynamics and the concept of entropy to solve
engineering problems involving closed and open systems by making proper
assumptions
6. Analyze closed and open systems using the concepts of available energy and
availability (exergy)
7. Analyze different processes involving gases, gas mixtures and pure substances
using charts, tables and equations
8. Apply thermodynamic concepts to describe the performance of individual
components of a system (e.g. power plant, a jet engine etc) and relate that
information to the overall performance of the entire system
9. Physically interpret and apply integrals and derivatives to solve thermodynamic
problems
10. Translate complex word problems into an orderly and logical problem solving
approach
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction: Definition of engineering thermodynamics; examples of systems like steam
power plant, IC engines, domestic refrigerator, room air conditioner, and fuel cells which
require the knowledge of thermodynamics for their performance evaluation; description of
matter macroscopic description and microscopic description; thermodynamic system,
surroundings and the system boundary; closed system, open system (control volume) and
isolated system; thermodynamic properties, processes and cycles; homogeneous and
heterogeneous systems; thermodynamic equilibrium; quasi-static process; pure-substance;
concepts of continuum.
Temperature: Thermal equilibrium; Zeroth law of thermodynamics; concept of temperature;
measurement of temperature thermometric property, scale of temperature, reference
points, comparison of different types of thermometers; ideal gas; gas thermometers; ideal
gas temperature; Celsius temperature scale; illustrative examples.
Work and heat transfer: Mechanics definition of work and its limitations for analyzing
thermodynamic system; thermodynamics definition of work; characteristics of work transfer;
classification of work; general expression for mechanical displacement work (pdV work);
expressions for mechanical displacement work for different quasi static processes;
expressions for other forms of work; net work transfer between a system and its
surroundings; definition of heat transfer; characteristics of heat transfer; illustrative
examples.
UNIT II
10 Hours
First Law of Thermodynamics: First law for a closed system undergoing a cyclic process;
first law for a closed system undergoing a non-cyclic process; energy a property of a
system; different forms of stored energy; definition of a pure substance; two-property rule for
a pure substance; specific heat at constant pressure and specific heat at constant volume;
first law for an isolated system; perpetual mot ion machine of first kind; illustrative examples.
First law for an open system (control volume): control volume; law of conservation of
mass and first law equation for a steady state steady flow system; application of steady flow
equation to systems like turbines, compressors/pumps, heat exchangers, nozzles/diffusers,
throttle valve; comparison of steady flow energy equation with Euler and Bernoulli equations;
first law equation for unsteady flow open systems; illustrative examples.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Second Law of Thermodynamics: Limitations of first law; qualitative differences between
heat and work; Cyclic heat engine; energy reservoirs; performance of a direct heat engine
and Kelvin-Planck statement of second law; reversed heat engine- refrigerator and heat
pump; coefficient of performance for a refrigerator and for a heat pump; Clausius statement
of second law; equivalence between the two statements; reversibility and irreversibilitydefinition of a reversible heat engine; corollaries of second law of thermodynamics;
reversibility and irreversibility as applied to a non-cyclic process; causes which make a
process irreversible and types of irreversibility; Kelvins absolute scale of temperature;
illustrative examples.
UNIT IV
12 Hours
Entropy: Introduction; Clausius inequality(or Clausius theorem); Entropy as a property of a
system; Temperature entropy plot and its usefulness in analyzing thermodynamic
processes; entropy change for an irreversible process; principle of increase of entropy
;Carnot cycle on T-s diagram and expression for Carnot efficiency; applications of principle
of increase of entropy heat transfer through a finite temperature difference, mixing of two
fluids, maximum work obtainable from two identical bodies at two different temperatures and
maximum work obtainable from a finite body and a thermal energy reservoir; entropy
generation in closed and open systems; Tds relations and their significance(first and second
law combined), Isentropic process; illustrative examples
Availability: Introduction to concepts of available energy and unavailable energy; quality of
energy; dead state; availability; availability analysis for closed and open systems; second
law efficiency; illustrative examples.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Properties of gases and gas mixtures: Avogadros law; equation of state for a gas; ideal
gas; equations of state; properties of mixtures of gases- Daltons law and Gibbs law- internal
energy, enthalpy , specific heats and entropy of a mixture of gases; illustrative examples.
Properties of Pure Substances: p-v and p-T diagrams for a pure substance; T-s and h-s
diagrams for a pure substance; quality/dryness fraction ; steam tables and charts for
thermodynamic properties; measurement of steam quality; illustrative examples.
Text Books
1. P.K.Nag (2008), Engineering Thermodynamics, Tata-Mcgraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.
Reference Book
1. Yunus Cengel & Michael Boles (2011), Thermodynamics - An Engineering

Approach, 6th Edition, Tata-Mcgraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.
UE14ME204 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To introduce the students to the fundamental concepts, terms and terminologies
involved
2. To enable students to understand and apply the concepts of stresses, strains,
bending moments, strain energy and shear forces to problems of engineering
significance
3. To teach students the analytical development for the torsional analysis of shafts
4. To equip the students with good understanding of strain energy methods
5. To help students understand the concepts of stability in simple columns
Course Outcomes
8. Appreciate the mechanical behavior of important engineering materials in terms of
Youngs modulus, proof stress, failure strain, yield strength and ultimate tensile
strength
9. Apply the concept of principal stresses to understand the stress distribution at a point
10. Represent the state of stress at a point in a Mohr circle under plane stress
11. Draw shear force and bending moment diagrams, calculate the stresses and
deflections of symmetric beams
12. Perform stability analysis of simple columns and torsional analysis in shafts
13. Apply strain energy concepts to solving simple engineering problems
UNIT I
10 Hours
Axial loading: Normal Stress, Shearing Stress, shearing strain, Allowable load, Allowable
stress, Factor of safety, Normal strain under axial loading, stress-strain diagram, True stress
and True strain, Hookes law, modulus of elasticity, Deformation of members under axial
loading, Numerical problems, statically indeterminate problems, Multiaxial loadingGeneralised Hookes law, Dilatation-Bulk modulus, Shearing Strain, Relation among E, Nu
and G, Numerical problems.
Thermal stresses: Problems involving temperature changes,
UNIT II
10 Hours
Transformation of stress and strain: Transformation of plane stress, Principal Stresses,
Maximum Shearing Stress, Mohrs Circle for Plane Stress, Numerical problems.
Pressure Vessels: Stresses in Thin and Thick Walled Pressure Vessels, Numerical
problems.
UNIT III
12 Hours
Analysis and design of beams for bending: Shear and Bending-Moment Diagrams,
Standard cases, Numerical problems.
Pure Bending: Introduction, Deformation in a Symmetric Member in pure Bending, Stresses
and Deformations in the Elastic Range, Numerical problems.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Shearing stress in beams: Introduction, Determining shearing stress in a beam, shear
stress distribution in typical beam cross sections ( Rectangular, T, I sections)
Deflection of beams: Introduction, Deformation of a Beam under Transverse Loading,

Equation of the Elastic Curve, Using Singularity Functions to Determine the Slope and
Deflection of a Beam, Area moment method, Numerical problems.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Columns: Introduction, Stability of Structures, Eulers Formula for Pin-Ended Columns,
Extension of Eulers Formula to Columns with Other End Conditions, Empirical formula,
Numerical problems.
Torsion: Introduction, Deformations in a Circular Shaft, Stresses in the Elastic Range,
Design of Transmission Shafts, Numerical problems.
Energy methods: Introduction, Strain Energy, Strain Energy density, Elastic strain, Energy
for normal stresses, elastic strain energy for shearing stresses, Numerical Problems.
Text Book
1. Ferdinand P Beer, E Russell Johnston, Jr John T DeWolf (2009), Mechanics of
Materials (In SI Units), 6th Edition (Special Indian Edition 2012), Tata McGraw Hill
(Ch. Nos. 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,11).
Reference Books
1. S Ramamrutham (2005), Strength of Materials, 18th Edition Reprint, Dhanpat Rai
Publications.
2. I.B. Prasad (1989), Strength of Materials, 8th Edition, Khanna Publishers.
UE14ME205 METAL CASTING AND WELDING PROCESSES (3-0-0-0-3)

Course Objectives
1. To enable students to understand the basic concepts of foundry practices,
specifically metal casting and metal melting practices
2. To train students to analyze a given job for designing appropriate pattern and gating
system and also to see if special casting methods are required
3. To introduce the students to basic concepts of welding and discuss different types of
welding processes
Course Outcomes
1. Apply the process of sand casting and customize it for a given material type and
application or use special casting methods if necessary
2. Design appropriate type of pattern, gating system and select the right molding and
core materials by analyzing the part to be cast
3. Apply the knowledge of different types of melting furnaces to select appropriate
method of metal melting
4. Differentiate between various types of welding operations and justify its use for a
given application
5. Select and apply appropriate type of welding process after analyzing various factors
associated with the joining operation
UNIT I
9 Hours
Introduction to manufacturing: Manufacturing Process, Principles of casting, steps
involved in casting, advantages and applications of metal casting, Foundry Types, different
sections of a foundry.
Patterns and pattern making: Introduction to patterns, Difference between pattern and
casting, functions of pattern, pattern materials, types of patterns and pattern allowances.
Molding and core sands: Mould materials, Refractory Sands, Moulding sands, properties
of moulding sands, types of moulding sand, Core and core sands.
UNIT II
8 Hours
Principles of gating: Gating System, Principles of gating system, Pouring cups and basins,
sprues, gates characteristics, types of gates, design of gating system objectives achieved
from a good design, defects due to improper gating, turbulence in gating, metal flow rate and
velocity, design criteria for pouring basin, design for sprue, pouring time, design of runner
and gates.
Principles of risering: Introduction, Functions of a riser, types of risers, riser and directional
solidification, increasing riser efficiency, chills, padding, riser shape, riser size, riser location
and riser feeding distance.
UNIT III
8 Hours
Melting furnaces and practices: Introduction, types of furnaces, brief description of each.
Cupola- cupola design, preparation of cupola, charging the cupola, cupola zones and
computing the cupola metal charge and simple problems.
Ladle metallurgy: Different degassing techniques, gas scavenging, desulphurization, liquid
metal cleanliness and inoculation.
Special casting methods: Permanent mould casting, die casting, centrifugal casting, shell
moulding, investment moulding and plaster mould casting
UNIT IV
7 Hours
Special casting methods: Introduction. Permanent mould casting, slush casting, die
casting, vacuum die casting, centrifugal casting de Lavand process, semi-centrifugal
casting, centrifuging, investment casting, carbon di oxide moulding, continuous casting, shell
moulding, plaster mould casting, anitioch process and squeeze casting.
UNIT V
7 Hours
Welding and allied processes: Introduction to welding. Classification of welding
processes, concept of weld. Resistance welding, resistance spot welding, resistance butt
welding, resistance flash welding, resistance seam welding, projection welding. Gas welding
oxy-acetylene welding and cutting equipments gas cylinders. Electric arc welding, metal
arc welding, arc blow, use of AC and DC for welding, comparison between AC and DC for
welding, arc welding electrodes.
Special welding processes: Inert gas arc welding, inert gas tungsten arc (TIG) welding,
inert gas metal (MIG) arc welding, submerged arc welding, electro slag welding, electro gas
welding, stud arc welding, plasma arc welding, atomic hydrogen welding, thermit welding
Text Book
1. O P Khanna (1996), A Text book of Foundry Technology, Dhanpat Rai Publications.
2. B.S. Raghuwanshi (2005), A course in Workshop Technology, Volume I,
Manufacturing Processes, Dhanpat Rai & Co. (P) Ltd..
Reference Book
1. Richard W. Heine, Carl R. Loper Jr and Philip C, Rosenthal (2010), Principles of
Metal Casting, 36th Reprint, Tata McGraw Hill Publication.
2. Richard L. Little (2009), Welding and Welding Technology, 37th Reprint, Tata
McGraw Hill Publication.
UE14ME206 COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWINGBASICS (0-0-2-0-1)

Course Objectives
1. To discuss the need for machine drawing and introduce the concept of orthogonal
views : 1st Angle and 3rd Angle Projection
2. To train the students to efficiently use modeling software and project orthographic
views of planar and 3D objects
3. To train the students to assemble 3D parts of an object on the modeling software and
to project sectional views of the same
Course Outcomes
1. Apply the concepts of 1st and 3rd angle projection to project 2D and 3D objects using
the drawing tool on CAD software
2. Read and interpret engineering drawings of a given job
3. Use part modeling tool in CAD software to model 3D parts to exact dimensions and
contours
4. Use assembly tool in CAD software to assemble the 3D modeled parts to obtain the
complete 3D model of a given object
5. Use drafting tool in CAD software to project various sectional and orthographic views
of a 3D modeled object
UNIT I
CAD packages:
Introduction to CAD Tools
Isometric projection. Single and combination of solids
Sectional views of solids, like prism and pyramids.
Orthographic view of machine parts
Orthographic view of machine parts with section
4 Hours
UNIT II
Thread forms, Bolts and Nut
Rivets and Riveted Joints - Single Riveted, Double Riveted joint
4 Hours
UNIT III
Cotter and pin joints
Couplings
4 Hours
Reference Books
1. K.R.Gopalakrishna (2003), Machine Drawing, 5th Edition, Subhash Publications.
2. K.R.Goplakrishna (2003), A Text Book of Engineering Graphics, Subhas
Publications.
UE14ME207 MATERIAL CHARACTERIZATION AND TESTING LABORATORY (00-2-0-1)

Course Objectives
1. To train the students to use UTM for mechanical testing of specimen under varying
load conditions
2. To train the students to use various machines to determine hardness, wear
resistance, rigidity modulus and impact strength
3. To enable the students to understand material characterization and use of non
destructive methods of testing
Course Outcomes
1. determine the elastic properties of materials using UTM and torsion testing machine
2. determine the impact strength of a material using Izod and Charpy tests
3. evaluate surface properties of materials using wear and hardness testing machines
4. evaluate microstructure of different materials using the metallurgical microscope
5. identify defects using non-destructive testing methods
List of Experiments
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Tensile test on metallic specimen using Universal Testing Machine

Shear test on metallic specimen using Universal Testing Machine
Compression test on metallic specimen using Universal Testing Machine
Izod impact test on metal specimen
Charpy impact test on metal specimen
To study wear characteristics of ferrous and non-ferrous materials for different
parameters
7. Torsion test on metallic specimen
8. Brinell, Rockwell and Vickers Hardness test
9. Identification of microstructures of different engineering materials
10. Bending test on metallic and nonmetallic specimens
11. Fatigue test
12. Non-destructive test experiments like ultrasonic flaw detection, magnetic crack
detection, dye penetration testing, to study the defects of cast and welded specimens
Reference Book
Lab Manual prepared by the Department
UE14ME208 METAL CASTING AND WELDING LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course Objectives
1. To familiarize and train students in performing various tests to analyze the properties
of moulding and core sand materials
2. Demonstrate to the students the various sand casting methods using different types
of patterns
3. To train the students in the use of various welding and soldering equipment
4. To train the students in hot & cold forging practices
Course Outcomes
1. Test moulding and core sand properties for its concurrence with a given sand
casting application
2. Use varieties of foundry tools and equipments
3. Select appropriate type of pattern, carefully prepare gating system around it and
prepare sand mould for a given job
4. Apply welding and soldering practices to fabricate simple jobs
5. Perform simple hot and cold forging operations
List of Experiments
Part -A: Testing of Moulding and Core Sand
1. Compression strength test
2. Permeability test
3. Shear strength test
4. Tensile strength test
5. Grain fineness number
6. Clay content test
7. Core Hardness and Mould hardness tests
Part -B: Foundry Practices
8. Use of foundry tools and other equipment
9. Foundry model with split pattern
10. Foundry model with loose piece pattern
11. Foundry model (Hand Cut Model)
12. Preparation of one casting using Aluminum (demonstration)
Part - C: Metal Joining Processes
13. Use of welding tools and other equipment

14. Welding Model 1
15. Welding Model 2
16. Soldering and Sheet metal work
Part D: Forging
17. Cold forging 1 model
18. Hot forging - 2 models
Reference Book
Lab Manual prepared by the Department
UE14ME252 MECHANICS OF FLUIDS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
4. To introduce the students to fundamental concepts, terms and terminologies involved
in fluid mechanics
5. To enable the students to understand and apply the various contributive laws and
concepts to solve fluid engineering problems.
6. To familiarise the students with measurement and visualisation of fluid flow types,
kinematics, and its analysis
7. To introduce the students to real world machinery incorportaing fluid flow, its
performance and the efficiency determining factors
Course Outcomes
4. understand fluid properties and their significance, concept of fluid pressure and
related measurement devices
5. analyse the various types of fluid motion and its stability based on the fundamental
laws and forces affecting fluid flow
6. visualise different types of fluid flow, and compare them based on kinematic flow
descriptions
7. understand how mass and momentum is conserved based on Bernoulli's & Newton's
laws and its applications
8. analyse flow through closed conduits and determine energy loss for turbulent and
laminar flows
9. understand the concept of dimensional analysis, non-dimensionalisation and to apply
Buckinghams Pi theorem to obtain expressions for various fluid flow situations
10. analyse the principles of flow over bodies, concept of drag and lift for solving realworld engineering problems involving turbomachines, hydraulic pumps and turbines
UNIT I
10 Hours
Fluids properties: Introduction: The No Slip Condition; Classification of fluid flows;
Continuum; Density and Specific Gravity; Coefficient of Compressibility; Viscosity; Surface
Tension and Capillary Effect; Problems.
Fluid statics: Pressure; The Manometer; The Barometer and Atmospheric Pressure;
Introduction to Fluid Statics; Hydrostatic Forces on Submerged Plane Surfaces; Hydrostatic
Forces on Submerged Curved Surfaces; Buoyancy and Stability.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Fluid kinematics: Lagrangian and Eulerian Descriptions; Fundamentals of Flow
Visualization; Plots of fluid flow data; Other Kinematic descriptions Types of Motion,
Vorticity and Rotationality; Comparison of two circular flows; The Reynolds Transport
Theorem.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Mass and Bernoulli equations: Introduction; Conservation of Mass; Mechanical energy

and Efficiency; The Bernoulli equation; Applications of Bernoulli Equation.
Momentum Analysis of Flow Systems: Newtons Laws and Conservation of Momentum;
Choosing a Control Volume; Forces Acting on a Control Volume; The Linear Momentum
Equation.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Flow in pipes: Laminar and Turbulent Flows: The Entrance Region; Laminar Flow in Pipes;
Turbulent Flow in Pipes; Minor Losses; Piping Networks; Flow rate and Velocity
Measurement Pitot and Pitot-Static probes, Orifice, Venturi and Nozzle Meters.
Dimensional Analysis: Dimensions and Units; Dimensional homogeneity; Dimensional
Analysis and Similarity; The Method of Repeating Variables and Buckingham Theorem.
UNIT V
12 Hours
Flow over bodies: Drag And Lift: Drag and Lift; Friction and Pressure Drag; Lift.
Turbomachinery: Classifications and Terminology, Pumps, Pump Performance Curves and
Matching a Pump To a Piping System, Pump Cavitation and Net Positive Suction Head,
Pumps in Series and Parallel, Dynamic Pumps, Centrifugal Pumps, Turbines, Dynamic
Turbines, Impulse Turbines, Reaction Turbines.
Text Book:
1. Yunus A.Cengel and John M.Cimbala (2006), Fluid Mechanics Fundamental and
Applications, 2nd Edition reviewed, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. (Chapter No.
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 14).
UE14ME253 MECHANICS OF MACHINES & MECHANISMS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To enable students to appreciate the working of mechanical machines and
mechanisms
2. To enable students to analyze gyroscopes, flywheels and governors to solve
important engineering problems.
3. To enable students to understand how balancing is carried out theoretically in single
and multi cylinder engines.
4. To enable students to develop a sound understanding of various terminologies
related to gears and solve engineering problems involving gear trains
Course Outcomes
1. Calculate friction in different types of threads, bearings and clutches
2. Appreciate the use of cams and analyze their motion
3. Calculate hoop stresses in flywheels and effect of fluctuating speeds
4. Calculate the effect of gyroscopic couples on ships, aeroplanes and 2-wheelers and
balance different types of engines
5. Apply the concepts of sensitiveness and isochronisms in the analysis of governors
6. Understand the classification of gears, related terminologies and solve problems
7. Apply the knowledge of velocity ratio to analyze and design different types of gear
trains
UNIT I
10 Hours
Friction in screw threads, bearings and clutches: Friction in Square and V Threads,
Friction in Pivots and Collar Bearing, Friction in Single, multiplate and Cone Clutches.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Cams: Types of Cams, Types of followers, Motion of follower- SHM, Constant Acceleration
and deceleration, Constant Velocity and cycloidal, Layout of cam profiles-Problems.

UNIT III
12 Hours
Flywheels: T-M diagrams, Fly Wheels: Types of flywheels, Hoop stress, Fluctuation of
speed and energy, problems on applications of flywheels.
Gyroscope: Vectorial representation of angular motion. Gyroscopic Couple. Effect of
Gyroscopic couple on Ship, Aeroplane, Two Wheelers.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Balancing: Static and Dynamic Balancing, Balancing several rotating masses in different
planes. Balancing Single Cylinder Engines, Balancing Multi-Cylinder Engines, In-Line
Engines V- Type Engines and Radial EnginesAnalytical treatment.
Governors: Types of Governors. Force analysis of Porter and Hartnell governors,
Controlling force, stability, sensitiveness, isochronism, effort and power.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Gears: Classification, Terminology, Law of gearing, Forms of teeth, Path and Arc of
contact,Number of pairs of teeth in contact, Interference in Involute gears, Minimum number
of teeth, Undercuting.
Gear trains:Simple and Compound Gear Trains. Epicyclic Gear Trains. Velocity Trains.
Design Calculations for Epicyclic gear train. Differentials. ratio of Epicyclic Gear
Text Books
1. S S Rattan (2014), Theory of Machines, 4th Edition Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd. New Delhi.
Reference Books
1. J.S.Rao and Rao V. Dukkipati (2008), Mechanism and Machine Theory, New Age
International (P) Ltd. New Delhi.
2. Robert L. Norton (2008), Design of Machinery An Introduction to Synthesis and
Analysis of Mechanisms and Machinery, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.
UE14ME254 MEASUREMENT SCIENCE AND METROLOGY (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To introduce the significance and fundamentals concepts of measurements
2. To enable the students to understand the process of calibration of instruments, types
of sensors, transducers, strain gauges and the role of standards for universal
acceptability
3. To introduce the working of various measuring instruments for measurement and
fundamentals of GD & T
4. To train the students to identify and describe various types of comparators and form
measurement systems.
Course Outcomes
1. understand and describe the basic concepts of measurement and evaluate different
types of errors associated
2. understand and describe the basic methods of measurement for various quantities
like strain, force, torque and the working principles of different types of measuring
instruments
3. apply the concepts of limit, fits and tolerances in solving numerical problems and to
differentiate between different types of gauges used in checking dimensions of
components
4. understand and describe the working principles of form measuring instruments
.
Unit I
12 Hours
Introduction to measurements: Definition and significance of measurement, fundamental
methods, Generalized measuring system, types of input quantities, calibration, accuracy,
precision, sensitivity, linearity, loading effect, errors in measurement, classification of errors.
Standards of length: International prototype meter, Imperial standard yard, Wave Length
standard, subdivision of standards, line and end standards, transfer from line standard to
end standard, calibration of end bars, Slip gauges-Wringing phenomena, Indian Standards
(M-87, M-114).
Transducers: Transfer efficiency, primary and secondary transducers-mechanical, electrical
and electronic transducers, advantages of each type transducers.
Intermediate modifying devices Mechanical systems-inherent problems, electrical
intermediate modifying devices, input circuitry, ballast circuit, electro, amplifiers and
telemetry.
Terminating Devices-- Mechanical counters, Cathode Ray Oscilloscope, Oscillographs, XY Plotter.
Unit II
10 Hours
Measurement of strain, force and torque: Strain gauges, Methods of strain measurement.
Force measurement--Analytical balance, Multi lever system, Proving ring, Torque
measurement- Pony brake and hydraulic dynamometer.
Pressure measurement and temperature measurement:Elastic diaphragms, Bourdon
tube, Bridgeman gauge, McLeod gauge, Pirani gauge. Resistance thermometers,
thermocouple, laws of thermocouple, materials used for thermocouple construction.
Pyrometers-Total radiation pyrometer, Optical Pyrometer.
Unit III
10 Hours
Fundamentals of geometrical dimensioning and tolerancing systems: Definition of
tolerance, Specification in assembly, Principle of inter changeability and selective assembly
limits of size, Indian standards, concept of limits of size and tolerances, compound
tolerances, accumulation. of tolerances, definition of fits, types of fits and their designation
(IS 919), geometrical dimensioning (ASME)definition, symbols, modifiers and datums,
hole basis system, shaft basis of system, classification of gauges, Taylor principle of limit
gauges, Wear allowance on gauges. Types of Gauges - plain plug gauge, ring gauge, snap
gauge, progressive gauge, gauge materials.
Unit IV
10 Hours
Comparators: Introduction, Characteristics, classification of comparators, Mechanical
comparators - Johnson Mikrokator, Sigma Comparator, Dial indicator. Optical Comparators principles, Zeiss ultra optimeter, Electric and Electronic Comparators - principles, LVDT;
Pneumatic Comparators , back pressure gauges, Solex air gauge.
Unit V
10 Hours
Form measurements:Angular measurements--Bevel protractor, Sine bar, Sine center,
Angle gauges, Clinometers, InterferometerMichelsons interferometer, Autocollimator,
Optical flats. Screw thread and Gear measurements--Terminology of screw threads,
measurement of major diameter, minor diameter, pitch, angle and effective diameter of
screw threads by 2-wire and 3-wire methods, best size wire, Tool makers microscope,
Profile projector, Gear terminologyGear tooth vernier caliper.
Text Books
1. Thomas Beckwith, Marangoni and Lienhard (2010), Mechanical Measurements, 6th
Editon, Pearson.
2. R.K.Jain (2002), Engineering Metrology, 18th Edition, Khanna Publishers.,
UE14ME255 ENGINEERING DYNAMICS (3-0-0-0-3)

Course Objectives
1. To teach important concepts such as mass moments of inertia, its calculation for
general bodies, and its engineering significance
2. To equip students with the necessary knowledge to perform kinematic and kinetic
motion analysis of particles and rigid bodies
3. To enable students to get an understanding of different types of mechanisms
4. To equip students with the necessary understandings and skills to perform graphical
analysis of 4-bar and slider crank mechanism
Course Outcomes
1. Calculate the moment of inertia of various geometries
2. Analyze motion of particles in different co-ordinate systems and apply Newtons laws
motion for particles and rigid bodies in rectangular, normal and tangential, and polar
coordinates
3. Solve problems on kinetics and kinematics of particles and plane kinetics of rigid
bodies
4. Perform relative and absolute motion analysis of rigid bodies and particles
5. Write inversions of four bar and slider crank mechanism
6. Perform graphical velocity and acceleration analysis of four bar mechanism and
slider crank mechanism
UNIT I
09 Hours
Mass moment of inertia: Mass moment of Inertia about an axis, Parallel axis theorem,
perpendicular axes theorem. Simple problems.
Kinematics of particles: Rectilinear motion, Numerical problems.
UNIT II
08 Hours
Kinematics of PARTICLES-1: Plane curvilinear motion, rectangular co-ordinates, normal
and tangential coordinates, polar coordinates, relative motion, constrained motion of
connecting particles, Numerical problems.
UNIT III
08 Hours
Kinetics of particles-2: Force- mass acceleration, Newtons second law, Equations of
motion, Rectilinear motion, Problems , Curvilinear motion, work energy equation, impulse
and momentum, conservation of momentum, Problems
UNIT IV
07 Hours
Plane kinetics of rigid bodies: Introduction, Rotation Motion, Absolute Motion, Relative
velocity, Relative acceleration, Problems
UNIT V
07 Hours
Mechanisms and machines: Links, Joints and Kinematic chains, four bar chain and single
slider crank; Inversions of Four Bar and Slider Crank
Straight line mechanisms: Peaucellier mechanism. Intermittent Mechanisms Geneva
Mechanism, Pantograph
Velocity and acceleration analysis: Four Bar Mechanism, Slider Crank Mechanism
Text Books:
1. L.Meriam & L G Kraige (2006), Engineering Mechanics Dynamics, 6th Edition,
Wiley India,
2. S.S.Ratttan (2006), Theory of Machines, 3rd Reprint, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.
Ltd.
UE14ME256 COMPUTING LAB FOR MECHANICAL ENGINEERS (0-0-2-0-1)

Course Objectives
1. To equip students to use MATLAB for solving Mechanical Engineering problems
2. To enable the students to choose those MATLAB techniques which are most
appropriate for solving their problem
3. To make students learn how to write good MATLAB codes which
a. are easily readable
b. have a clear flow of logic and command execution order
4. To equip students with necessary skills to perform good data visualization
5. To enable students use logical and iteration loops effectively in their MATLAB codes
6. To introduce them to solving application oriented problems using MATLAB
Course Outcomes
1. Use built-in MATLAB functions in their codes
2. Perform matrix related operations and employ conditional and looping statements
3. Differentiate between MATLAB script and function file
4. Create user-defined functions
5. Use various data visualization tools to visualise scientific and engineering data
6. Manipulate the graphics characteristics according to specific needs
7. Solve linear algebraic equations, first order and second order differential equations,
fit polynomial and trigonometric curves to available data
8. Analyse simple cam profiles and temperature distribution in a 1D fin
List of Experiments
PART I: MAT LAB Basics
1. Introduction: Staring MATLAB, elementary functions, commands and variables
2. . Expressions: Scalar and Vector Expressions and their evaluations
3. Arrays: Creation and Manipulations of array, built in functions for arrays.
4. Scripts and functions: Creation and execution of script files and function files
5. Programming in MATLAB: Loops and conditional statements
6. Graphics: Two dimensional and three dimensional plots and formatting the plots.
PART II: Applications
7. Polynomials: Polynomials and curve fitting
8. System of linear equations: Formulation and solution of system of linear equations
using various options of MATLAB.
9. ODE: Solution of first order ordinary differential equations
10. ODE: Solution of second and higher order differential equations
11. Cams: Plotting of CAM profiles for at least 4 different motion conditions. 12. Fins:
Program to plot one dimensional temperature distribution in a fin.
Text Books:
1. Manual prepared by the Department of Mechanical Engineering, PESU
2. Amos Gilat (2014), Matlab: An Introduction with Application, 5th Edition, Wiley India.
Reference Books:
1. Rudra Pratap (2010), Getting Started with MATLAB: A Quick Introduction for
Scientists and Engineers, Oxford University Press.
2. www.mathworks.com for various learning resources.
UE14ME257 FLUID MECHANICS & MACHINES LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course Objectives
4. To develop in students, the basic skills required to conduct experiments in the area of
Fluid Mechanics and Turbomachines
5. To enable the students to conduct experiments on and analyse:- flow measurement,
flow losses and performance of equipment
Course Outcomes
1. Calibrate various flow measuring devices and analyze the losses that happen in pipe
flow
2. Evaluate the performance of blowers, pumps and turbines by conducting various
tests
3. Calibrate the wind tunnel and determine the drag and lift coefficients for different
bodies.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
PART A: Flow Experiments
1. Calibration of flow measuring devices :
2. Orifice meter
3. Venturimeter
4. Notches V and rectangular
5. Nozzle meter
6. Determination various losses for flow in pipes :
7. Losses due to friction (Major losses)
8. Minor losses in pipe flow
PART B: Experiments on Fluid Machinery
9. Performance test of
10. Air blower
11. Single stage centrifugal pump
12. Double stage centrifugal pump
13. Reciprocating Pump
14. Pelton wheel
15. Francis turbine
16. Kaplan turbine
PART C: Wind Tunnel Testing

17. Basic tunnel performance
18. Test section flow uniformity
19. Determination of lift and drag coefficients
20. Smoke flow visualization past an aerofoil
UE14ME258 MEASUREMENT SCIENCE AND METROLOGY LABORATORY (0-02-0-1)

Course Objectives
1. To train the students in the use of precision measuring instruments
2. To train the students in the process of calibration for various measuring instruments
Course Outcomes
1. calibrate different instruments for the measurement of pressure, temperature, linear
distance, speed, surface finish etc.
2. use profile projector and tool makers microscope and identify various screw thread
parameters
3. choose the appropriate measuring instrument based on the required accuracy and
application
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
1. Calibration of Pressure Gauge (Foot Pump Type)
2. Calibration of Thermocouples (J & K -Type)
4. Calibration of Linear Variable Differential Transformer (LVDT)
5. Calibration of Load Cell
6. Calibration of Resistance Thermister and Thermometer
7. Calibration of diaphragm type Strain Gauge Pressure Pickup
8. Measurement of screw thread parameters using profile projector
9. Measurement of screw thread parameters using tool makers microscope
10. Measurement of angle of a given specimen using sine bar and sine center
11. Measurement of alignment using autocollimator/roller set
12. Acceptance test using electronic comparator
13. Measurement of gear tooth profile using gear tooth vernier caliper
Reference Book
Laboratoty Manual prepared by the Department of Mechanical Engineering, PES University
UE15ME501 ADVANCED MEASUREMENT TECHNOLOGY (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To introduce about the basic operation of transducers for strain, acceleration,
pressure, temperature, and fluid flow measurement
2. To enable the students to select and assemble the components of basic analog and
digital data acquisition systems
3. To enable the students appreciate the various flow measurement and visualization
techniques
4. To teach the students about wind tunnel operation, types and to calculate
aerodynamic forces and moments
5. To introduce students to digital data acquisition, signal conditioning, analog to digital
conversion, process control and various types of DOE
Course Outcomes
1. know the different types of wind tunnels along with their specific applications
2. understand and explain the different types of experimental flow measurement and
visualization techniques and their working principles
3. understand the calibration of a wind tunnel and estimate aerodynamic forces and
moments
4. perform regression analysis of the data and find useful correlations.

5. select appropriate DOE by analyzing the type of factors to be used for
experimentation
6. understand the principles of temperature measurements, detection of solar and
nuclear radiations
7. understand the concepts behind various electrical & pressure measurement devices
UNIT I
10 Hours
Review of
basic concepts: Introduction; Definition of Terms; Calibration;
Standards; Dimensions and Units; Generalized Measurement System; Basic
Concepts in Dynamic Measurements; System Response; Distortion; Impedance
Matching; Experiment Planning; Problems.
Analysis of experimental data: Introduction; Causes and Types of Experimental
Errors; Error Analysis on a Commonsense Basis; Uncertainty Analysis; Evaluation of
Uncertainties for Complicated Data Reduction; Statistical Analysis of Experimental Data;
Probability Distributions; The Gaussian or Normal Error Distribution; Comparison of Data
with Normal Distribution; The Chi-Square Test of Goodness of Fit; Method of Least Squares;
The Correlation Coefficient; Multivariable Regression ;Standard Deviation of the Mean;
Students t-Distribution; Graphical Analysis and Curve Fitting; Choice of Graph Formats;
General Considerations in Data Analysis ; Problems
UNIT II
12 Hours
Basic electrical measurements and sensing devices: Introduction; Forces of
Electromagnetic Origin; Waveform Measures; Basic Analog Meters; Basic Digital Meters;
Basic Input Circuits; Amplifiers; Differential Amplifiers; Operational Amplifiers; Transformers;
Power Supplies; Signal Conditioning; The Electronic Voltmeter (EVM);Digital Voltmeters;
The Oscilloscope; Oscilloscope Selection; Output Recorders; CountersTime and
Frequency Measurements; Transducers; The Variable-Resistance Transducer; The
Differential Transformer (LVDT) ;Capacitive Transducers; Piezoelectric Transducers;
Photoelectric Effects; Photoconductive Transducers; Photovoltaic Cells; Ionization
Transducers; Magnetometer Search Coil; Hall-Effect Transducers; Digital Displacement
Transducers; Comparison of Analog and Digital Instruments; Problems
Pressure measurement: Introduction ; Dynamic Response Considerations; Review of
Mechanical Pressure-Measurement Devices like Dead-Weight Tester; Bourdon-Tube
Pressure Gage; Diaphragm and Bellows Gages The Bridgman Gage ;Low-Pressure
Measurement ;The McLeod Gage ; Pirani Thermal-Conductivity Gage; The Knudsen Gage;
The Ionization Gage; The Alphatron; Problems
UNIT III
10 Hours
Flow measurement: Review of flow measurement using Positive-Displacement Methods
like Obstruction Methods; Practical Considerations for Obstruction Meters; Sonic Nozzle;
Flow Measurement by Drag Effects; Hot-Wire and Hot-Film Anemometers; Magnetic

Flowmeters; Flow-Visualization Methods; Shadowgraph; Schlieren; Interferometer;
Laser Doppler Anemometer (LDA); Particle Image Velocimetry; Smoke Methods; Pressure
Probes; Impact Pressure in Supersonic Flow; Problems
Measurement of temperature :Introduction; temperature scales; the Ideal-Gas
Thermometer; Temperature Measurement by Mechanical Effects; Temperature
Measurement by Electrical Effects ;Temperature Measurement by Radiation; Effect of Heat
Transfer on Temperature Measurement; Transient Response of Thermal Systems;
Thermocouple Compensation; Temperature Measurements in High-Speed Flow and in
manufacturing processes; Problems
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Wind tunnel testing: Introduction; Types of wind tunnels and their applications; flow
visualization; calibration of test section of a wind tunnel; measurement of aerodynamic
forces and moments; interpretation of wind tunnel data-scale effects
Thermal and nuclear radiation measurements :Introduction; Detection of Thermal
Radiation; Measurement of Emissivity; Reflectivity and Transmissivity Measurements; Solar
Radiation Measurements; Nuclear Radiation; Detection of Nuclear Radiation; The GeigerMuller Counter; Ionization Chambers; Photographic Detection Methods; Scintillation
Counter; Neutron Detection; Statistics of Counting; Problems
UNIT V
10 Hours
Data acquisition and processing : Introduction; General Data Acquisition System; Signal
Conditioning Revisited; Data Transmission; Analog-to-Digital and Digital-to-Analog
Conversion; Data Storage and Display; The Program as a Substitute for Wired
Logic;Problems
Design of experiments: Introduction; Types of Experiments; Experiment Design Factors;
Experiment Design Protocol and Examples; Problems
Reference Books:
1. J.P.Holman (2001), Experimental Methods For Engineers, , 7th Edition, McGraw Hill
Co.
2. S.P.Venkateshan (2010), Mechanical Measurements, Ane Books Pvt. Ltd.
3. William H. Rae, Jewel B. Barlow and Alan Pope (1999), Low Speed Wind Tunnel
Testing, 3rd Edition, Wiley Inter Science.
UE15ME502 ADVANCED FINITE ELEMENT METHODS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To teach formulation of different types of finite elements
2. To enable students to understand and appreciate the use of approximate and energy
methods
3. To teach numerical integration, linearity and geometric and material non-linearity
4. To provide exposure to important solution techniques and aspects of meshing
5. To explain the finite element treatment of dynamic vibration analysis problems
Course Outcomes
1. apply weighted residual method and Ritz method to approximate the solutions of
simple problems
2. develop finite element formulations for bar and beam elements using linear and
quadratic shape functions, and use them in simple heat transfer problems
3. formulate and use iso-parametric, axi-symmetric, serendipity, h- and p- elements and
use natural co-ordinate systems
4. apply virtual work and energy methods to solve simple 1-D and 2D problems
5. appreciate the use Lagrangian interpolation polynomials and numerical integration
techniques in FEM by solving problems
6. differentiate between linearity and non-linearity and choose the solution scheme
appropriately
7. differentiate between free and mapped meshing and formulate simple dynamic
analysis problem
8. apply FEM to analyze transient field problems
UNIT I
10 Hours
Finite element analysis of one dimensional problems: Historical Background

Weighted Residual Methods - Basic Concept of FEM Variational Formulation of
B.V.P. Ritz Method Finite Element Modeling Element Equations Linear and
Quadratic Shape functions Bar, Beam Elements Bars and beams of arbitrary
orientation - Applications to Heat Transfer problems.
UNIT II
12 Hours
Finite element analysis of two dimensional problems: Basic Boundary Value

Problems in two-dimensions Triangular, quadrilateral, higher order elements
Poissons and Laplaces Equation Weak Formulation Element Matrices and
Vectors Application to scalar variable problem Introduction to Theory of Elasticity
Plane Stress Plane Strain and Axisymmetric Formulation Principle of virtual work
Element matrices using energy approach Examples related to one-dimensional
and two-dimensional problems.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Iso-parametric formulation & non linearities: Natural Co-ordinate Systems

Lagrangian Interpolation Polynomials Iso parametric Elements Formulation
Numerical Integration Gauss quadrature one-, two- and three-dimensional
triangular elements formulation rectangular elements Serendipity elements
Illustrative Examples. Material & Geometric Non Linearities,
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Solution techniques: Inversion Method, Decomposition Method, Banded Solver

method, Skyline procedure method, Band width reduction Techniques, Front width
Methods, Free meshing and Mapped Meshing
UNIT V
10 Hours
Special topics : Dynamic Analysis Equation of Motion Mass & damping matrices
Free Vibration analysis Natural frequencies of Longitudinal, Transverse and
torsional vibration Introduction to transient field problems. h & p elements special
element formulation Solution techniques Explicit & Implicit methods
Reference Books:
1. Zienkiewicz.O.C, Taylor.R.L, & Zhu, J.Z (2013), The Finite Element Method: Its Basis
& Fundamentals, Butterworth-Heinemann (An imprint of Elsevier), 7th Edition, India
Reprint, Elsevier India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
2. Cook, R.D., Malkus, D. S., Plesha, M.E., and Witt, R.J (2007), Concepts and
Applications of Finite Element Analysis, Wiley Student Edition, 4th Edition, First
Reprint, Authorized reprint by Wiley India (P) Ltd., New Delhi,
3. Zienkiewicz.O.C, Taylor.R.L (1991), The Finite Element Method, 4th Edition, Volume
2 (Chapters 7&8), McGraw Hill International Editions.
4. Reddy, J.N. (2015), Introduction to Non-Linear Finite Element Analysis, 2nd
Edition,Oxford Uniiversity Press.
5. Rao, S.S. (2010), The Finite Element Method in Engineering, 5th Ediion, ButterworthHeinemann (An imprint of Elsevier).
6. Huebner, K.H., Dewhirst, D.L.,Smith, D.E & Byron,T.G. (2004), The Finite Element
Method for Engineers, Wiley Student Edition 4th Edition 2001, John Wiley &Sons
(Asia) Pvt. Ltd.
7. Ramamurthi, V. (2009), Finite Element Method in Machine Design, Revised Edition
2012, Narosa Publishing House.
UE15ME503 ADVANCED MATERIAL TECHNOLOGY (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To enable students to understand the metallurgical concepts and characterization of

advanced materials
2. To enable students to understand specific applications of advanced materials
3. To enable students to understand the factors and variables influencing the properties
of advanced materials
Course Outcomes
1. select appropriate material composites for specific area of application to improve
characteristic properties of the component
2. understand metallurgical characteristics of various advanced materials specific to
electronic , magnetic and photonic behavior of the material
3. identify bio-medical materials for specific medical applications such as implants
4. apply knowledge of advanced aerospace materials to specific aerospace
components such as turbine blades, jet engine parts, heat exchangers, compressor
discs and landing gears
5. understand the concepts of manufacturing fibre reinforced composites (FRC) and
sandwich structures
6. understand the use of photonic emission phenomena and its application in fiber optic
communication systems
UNIT I
10 Hours
Aerospace materials: Metallurgical characteristics of Aluminum and Titanium alloys; Nickel
based super-alloys used in different aerospace components; manufacturing processes, heat
treatment methods and surface treatments employed for specific components such as
turbine blades, jet engine parts, heat exchangers, compressor discs and landing gears.
UNIT II
12 Hours
Advanced composite materials: dispersion strengthened composites; particulate
composites ; fiber reinforced composites ; characteristics of fiber reinforced composites ;
Manufacturing fibers and composites ; fiber reinforced systems and applications ; laminated
composite materials examples and applications ; sandwich structures
UNIT III
10 Hours
Electronic materials: Introduction to conductivity and band structure of solids ; semiconductors and applications ; Integrated circuit processing ; deposition of thin films ;
conductivity in other materials ; insulators and dielectric properties ; polarization in dielectrics
; piezo and ferro electricity ; electro-striction
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Magnetic materials: Classification of magnetic materials; Magnetic dipoles and magnetic
moments; magnetization, permeability and magnetic fields ; diamagnetic, paramagnetic,
ferro magnetic, ferri magnetic and super-para magnetic materials; domain structures &
hysteresis loop; curie temperature ; applications of magnetic materials ; metallic and ceramic
magnetic materials
UNIT V
10 Hours
Photonic Materials and Bio-medical Materials: Electo-magnetic spectrum; refraction,
reflection, absorption, transmission; selective absorption, transmission or reflection ;
example and use of emission phenomena ; fiber optic communication system ;
Characteristics and applications of Bio-inert, Bioactive and Bio-resorbable bio-materials
Text Books
1. Askeland, Fulay, Wright and Balani (2012), The Science and Engineering of
Materials, 6th Edition, Cengage Learning India.
2. Rober M. Jones,(1984), Mechanics of Composite Materials, 2nd Edition, Taylor &
Francis
Reference Books
1. Selection of Materials ASM Metals Hand book Vol. 1
2. Composite Materials ASM Metals Hand book Vol. 21
UE15ME504 COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To introduce and provide core knowledge of the fundamentals of CFD, the various
methods and analysis techniques
2. To enable students to develop a better intuition of fluid mechanics with a variety of
flow situations (turbulent, laminar) using commercial CFD codes
3. To help the students understand the process of developing a geometrical model of
flow, applying boundary conditions, specifying solution parameters, and visualizing
and analysing results
4. To enable the students to develop an appreciation for the factors limiting the
accuracy of CFD solutions and employment of subsequent correction factors
Course Outcomes
1. understand the major theories, approaches and methodologies used
2. compare, contrast and apply appropriate PDEs and other system of equations
defining flow dynamics
3. use and apply various schemes for the improvement of accuracy
4. appraise the importance of finite difference and iterative solution methods in solving
real-time engineering problems
5. apply the various explicit and implicit schemes, predictor-corrector methods and
examine second order non-linear problems
6. apply skills developed in the actual implementation of CFD methods (e.g. boundary
conditions, turbulence modelling etc.) and in using commercial CFD codes
7. apply CFD analysis to real world engineering designs
Unit I
6 Hours
Introduction: Historical background; One-dimensional computations by finite difference
methods; One-dimensional computations by finite element methods; One-dimensional
computations by finite volume methods; Boundary conditions Neumann and Dirichlet
boundary conditions
Unit II
10 Hours
Governing equations for CFD: Classification of Partial Differential Equations; NavierStokes System of Equations; Boundary conditions Finite Difference Methods: Derivation of
Finite Difference Equations Simple methods, general methods, higher order derivatives,
multi-dimensional Finite Difference Formulas, mixed derivatives, higher order accuracy
schemes, accuracy of finite difference solutions.
Unit III
12 Hours
Solution METHODS of Finite difference Equations: Elliptic equations Finite difference
formulations, Iterative Solution Methods, Direct method with Gaussian Elimination; Parabolic
Equations Explicit Schemes and Von Neumann Stability Analysis, Implicit Schemes, ADI
Schemes, Approximate Factorization, Fractional Step Methods; Three Dimensions, Direct
Method with Tridiagonal Matrix Algorithm.
Unit IV
12 Hours
Hyperbolic Equations: Explicit Schemes and von Neumann Stability Analysis, Implicit
Schemes, Multistep (Splitting, Predictor Corrector) Methods, Nonlinear Problems, Second
order One Dimensional Wave Equations; Burgers Equation Explicit and Implicit Schemes,
Runge-Kutta Method;
Unit V
12 Hours
Transformed Equations:, Application of Neumann Boundary Conditions, Solution by
MacCormack Method; Example Problems for Elliptic Equation (Heat Conduction), for
Parabolic Equation (Couette Flow), for Hyperbolic Equation (Second Order Wave Equation),
for Non-linear Wave Equation
Reference Books:
1. T.J.Chung (2003), Computational Fluid Dynamics, First South Asian Edition,
Cambridge University Press.
2. Jiyuan Tu, Guan Heng Yeoh and Chaoqun Liu (2008), Computational Fluid
Dynamics A Practical Approach, 1st Edition, Butterworth- Heineman.
UE15ME505 MICRO ELECTRO MECHANICAL SYSTEMS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To understand the basic need of MEMS.
2. To understand the basics, design, simulation and process flow for fabrication of
a. Accelerometer, Gyroscope, Electro-thermal Actuator
b. Switches and Antenna,
c. Thermo Electric Energy Harvesting
d. Micro Mirror and Micro Pump
Course Outcomes
1. apply principles of micro fabrication to design micromechanical devices and micro
systems
2. understand the principles of energy transduction, sensing and actuation on
microscopic scale.
3. analyse and model the behaviour of micro electromechanical devices and systems
4. use COMSOL to design, simulate and analyze micro systems
UNIT I
12 Hours
Introduction to MEMS: Historical perspective of MEMS covering more than century efforts,
Birth of MEMS and Moores Law, Similarities and Distinguishing features between MEMS
and Microelectronics, Basic and Layman view of MEMS, Analogy between mechanical and
electrical systems, Various Components of MEMS, Scaling, Technology, Actuator, Sensor,
Transducer, Integration, and Packaging, Characteristics of sensors, Characteristics of
actuators, Flowchart for realization of MEMS, Application Examples of MEMS
UNIT II
10Hours
Inertial and fluidic MEMS: Accelerometer, Gyroscope, Electro-thermal Actuator:
Basics, Uses, Types, Specifications and Design, Process flow for fabrication, Simulation,
Current Challenges
UNIT III
10 Hours
RF MEMS: Switches and Antenna: Basics, Uses, Types, Specifications and Design,
Process flow for fabrication, Simulation, Current Challenges
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Power MEMS: Thermo Electric Energy Harvesting - Basics, Uses, Types, Specifications
and Design, Process flow for fabrication, Simulation, Current Challenges
UNIT V
10 Hours
OTHER MEMS: OPTICAL MEMS - Micro Mirror, Basics, Uses, Types, Specifications and
Design, Process flow for fabrication, Simulation, Current Challenges
BIO MEMS: Micro Pump, Basics, Uses, Types, Specifications and Design, Process flow for
fabrication, Simulation, Current Challenges
Tutorials: Tutorials using COMSOL
One mini-project with a design and simulation
Reference Books
1. Chang Liu (2006), Foundation of MEMS, Pearson International Ed., ISBN 0 13
199204 X
2. G K Ananthsuresh, K Gopalakrishnan, K J Vinoy, K N Bhat and V K Aatre (2012),
Micro and Smart Systems, 1st Edition, Wiley.
3. N. Maluf (2004), An Introduction to Microelectromechanical Systems Engineering, 2nd
Edition, Artech House Print on Demand.
4. G. Kovacs (1998), Micromachined Transducers Sourcebook, McGraw-Hill Higher
Education.
5. Ville Kaajakari (2009), Practical MEMS, Small Gear Publishing.
6. J. Allen (2005), Micro Electro Mechanical System Design, 1st Edition, CRC Press.
7. Roland W Lewis, Perumal Nithiarasu and Kankanhally N Seetharamu (2004),
Fundamentals of the Finite Element Method for Heat and Fluid Flow, Wiley
Publications.
8. Campbell (2001) The Science And Engineering Of Microelectronic Fabrication, 2nd
Edition, Oxford, 2001, ISBN 0 19 513605 5
9. Madou (1997), Fundamentals of Microfabrication, CRC Press, ISBN 0 8493
9451 1.
10. Sergey Y Yurish, Maria Teresa, Sr Gomes (Eds.) (2000),Smart Sensors and MEMS,
Nato Science Series, Kluwer Academic Publishers, London.
UE15ME551 ADVANCED THERMODYNAMICS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To instill an appreciation for the fundamentals and practical applications of classical
thermodynamics and their relevance to the problems of humankind
2. To provide the student with experience in applying thermodynamic principles to
predict physical phenomena and to solve engineering problems
3. To encompass a wider and detailed analysis of thermodynamic concepts
Course Outcomes
1. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of theoretical and practical constraints of
the fundamental laws that govern the thermodynamic principles
2. Distinguish with detailed understanding, the basic concepts such as thermodynamic
temperature, equilibrium and reversibility
3. Articulate on the concepts of availability, exergy, and exergy equilibrium equations
4. Inspect the various thermodynamic process and properties of special systems on
basis of chemical thermodynamics
5. Develop potent technologies for improving the performance of power generation and
refrigeration
6. Determine operating conditions for thermodynamic cycles in order to optimize power
or efficiency
7. Design machines for improved efficiency using thermodynamic reasoning

UNIT I
10 Hours
The First Law of Thermodynamics : Elements of Thermodynamics Terminology; The First
Law for Closed Systems; Work Transfer Heat Transfer; Energy Change; The First Law for
Open Systems; Historical Background; The Structured Presentation of the First Law;
Problems.
The Second Law of Thermodynamics: The Second Law for Closed Systems; The Second
Law for Open Systems; The Local Thermodynamic Equilibrium Model; The Entropy
Maximum and Energy Minimum Principles; Caratheodorys Two Axioms; A Heat Transfer
Mans Two Axioms; Historical Background. Problems.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Entropy generation, or exergy destruction: Lost Available Work; Cycles; Non flow
Processes; Steady-Flow Processes; Mechanisms of Entropy Generation or Exergy
Destruction; Entropy-Generation Minimization; Problems.
Exergy Analysis: Non flow Systems; Flow Systems; Generalized Exergy Analysis; AirConditioning Applications; Other Aspects of Exergy Analysis; Problems.
UNIT III
12 Hours
Single-phase systems: Simple System; Equilibrium Conditions; The Fundamental Relation;
Legendre Transforms; Relations between Thermodynamic Properties; Partial Molal
Properties; Ideal Gas Mixtures; Real Gas Mixtures; Problems.
Multiphase systems: The Energy Minimum Principle in U, H, F, and G Representations;
The Internal Stability of a Simple System; The Continuity of the Vapor and Liquid States;
Phase Diagrams; Corresponding States; Problems.
Chemically Reactive Systems: Equilibrium; Irreversible Reactions; Steady-Flow
Combustion; the Chemical Exergy of Fuels; Constant-Volume Combustion; Problems.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Power generation: Maximum Power Subject to Size Constraint; Maximum Power from Hot
Stream; External Irreversibilities; Internal Irreversibilities; Advanced Steam-Turbine Power
Plants; Advanced Gas-Turbine Power Plants; Combined Steam-Turbine and Gas-Turbine
Power Plants; Problems.
Entropy-generation minimization: Trade-off between Competing Irreversibilities; Balanced
Counter flow Heat Exchangers; Heat Exchangers with Negligible Pressure-Drop
Irreversibility; Storage Systems; Power Maximization or Entropy-Generation Minimization;
From Entropy-Generation Minimization to Constructal Theory; Problems.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Refrigeration: JouleThomson Expansion; Work-Producing Expansion; Brayton Cycle;
Optimal Intermediate Cooling ;Liquefaction; Refrigerator Models with Heat Transfer
Irreversibilities; Magnetic Refrigeration; Problems.
Irreversible thermodynamics: Conjugate Fluxes and Forces; Linearized Relations;
Reciprocity Relations; Thermoelectric Phenomena; Heat Conduction in Anisotropic Media;
Mass Diffusion; Problems.
Reference Books:
1. Adrian Bejan (2006), Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics, 3rd Edition, John
Wiley.
2. Kalyan Annamalai, Ishwar Kanwar Puri (2002), Advanced Thermodynamics
Engineering, CRC Press.
3. D. E. Winterbone (1997), Advanced Thermodynamics for Engineers, ButterworthHeinemann.
4. Ibrahim Diner, Marc A. Rosen (2007), Exergy: Energy, Environment, and

Sustainable Development, Elsevier.
UE15ME552 PRINCIPLES OF COMBUSTION (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To expose the students to fundamental thermodynamic principles and get a detailed
insight into the temperatures and heat generated during combustion
2. To entail a better understanding of the chemical and physical characteristics of
combustion, reaction processes, flame & flame front and analysis of propagation
characteristics
3. To introduce the students to the real-time appliances where analyses of combustion
is paramount in its success
Course Outcomes
1. Analyze the principles of combustion and gain knowledge about the various modes
and scope of its application
2. Diagnose the application parameters to be analyzed, measured and effectively
controlled for proper combustion
3. Have a basic understanding of the complementary roles of measurements, modeling
and scaling in understanding combustion, and in solving industrial problems
4. Articulate on the physics and chemistry of combustion (chemical kinetics and
transport phenomena) and the fundamental laws
5. Evaluate the type of flame and the various schemes of dynamics
6. Contribute to the community in terms of providing a safe healthy environment by
analyzing the emissions of various appliances
UNIT I
8 hours
Introduction: Introduction to combustion, Applications of combustion; Theoretical & Actual
combustion processes; Various combustion mode, Scope of combustion; Types of fuel and
oxidizers; Characterization of fuel; Air fuel ratio
UNIT II
10 hours
Thermodynamics:Thermodynamics properties; Laws of thermodynamics; Stoichiometry;
Thermo-chemistry; Adiabatic temperature; Chemical equilibrium; Calculation of heat of
formation & heat of combustion; First law analysis of reacting systems;
UNIT III
12 hours
Combustion: a. Chemistry Basic Reaction Kinetics; Elementary reactions; Chain
reactions; Multistep reactions; Simplification of reaction mechanism; Global kinetics;
b.Physics Fundamental laws of transport phenomena; Conservations Equations; Transport
in Turbulent Flow.
UNIT IV
12 hours
Flame: Flame Structure; Flame front; Flame propagation; Deflagration; Detonations; Ignition
and Igniter; Ignition temperature; Self & forced ignition. a. Premixed Flame One
dimensional combustion wave; Laminar premixed flame; Burning velocity measurement
methods; Effects of chemical and physical variables on Burning velocity: Flame ignition and
extinction; Flame stabilizations; Turbulent Premixed flame.
b. Diffusion Flame Gaseous Jet diffusion flame; Liquid fuel combustion; Atomization; Spray
Combustion; Solid fuel combustion
UNIT V
10 hours
Combustion appliances & emissions: Gas burners; Gas burner Classification; Functional
requirement of burners; Stoker firing; Pulverized system of firing; Industrial and Process
furnaces; Kilns, Batch & continuous furnaces; Chemical emission from combustion;
Quantification of emission; Emission control methods.
Text Books
1. D. P. Mishra (2008), Fundamentals of Combustion, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.
2. B. P. Pundir (2007), Engine Emissions: Pollutant Formation and Advances in Control
Technology, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi.
Reference Books
1. Kuo K. K (2005), Principles of Combustion, John Wiley and Sons.
2. Strehlow R (1984), Fundamentals of Combustion, McGraw Hill Book Company.
3. Irvin Glassman (1984), Combustion, 2nd Edition, Academic Press.
4. John Griswold (1991), Fuels Combustion and Furnaces; Mc-Graw Hill Book
Company Inc.
5. Samir Sarkar (2009), Fuels and Combustion, 3rd Edition; Universities Press.
UE15ME553 ANALYSIS, DESIGN AND OPTIMIZATION OF HEAT EXCHANGERS

(4-0-0-0-4)
Course Objectives
1. To expose the students to heat exchangers, their uses, advantages and limitations
2. To enable them to analyze and design heat exchanger systems based on the basic
thermal design theories and fundamental heat transfer calculation methods
3. To enable the students to appreciate and follow design procedures, taking into
account the various flow and geometrical characteristics
Course Outcomes
1. classify the various types of heat exchangers and their applications along with a
detailed understanding of heat transfer & fluid flow principles
2. distinguish between recuperators and regenerators and analyze their performance
and efficiencies taking into account the various parameters
3. understand and apply good industry practices and supporting data
4. optimize design, performance, and operation of modern heat exchangers
5. articulate on the cause, effect, and mitigation of fouling and causes of failure
6. determine rating considering recommended practices, standards, and codes
UNIT I
12 hours
Classification of heat exchangers: Introduction; Classification according to transfer
process, according to number of fluids, according to surface compactness; according to flow
arrangements and according to heat transfer mechanisms.
Basic thermal design theory for recuperators: Analogy between thermal and electrical
entities; heat exchanger variables and thermal circuit; NTU method Relation between
and NTU for different flow arrangements; The P NTU method relation between P and
NTU; Mean temperature difference method correction factor for various flow
arrangements; comparison of NTU, P-NTU and MTD methods; The Psi P and P1 P2
methods. Solution methods for determining exchanger effectiveness; Design problems.
Effects of longitudinal wall-conduction, variable overall heat transfer coefficients. Additional
considerations for extended surface exchangers and shell and tube heat exchangers.
UNIT II
10 hours
Thermal design theory for regenerators: Heat transfer analysis; NTU method;
method; influence of longitudinal and transverse wall heat conduction; influence of pressure
and carryover leakages; influence of matrix material, size and arrangement.
UNIT III
10 hours
Heat exchanger pressure drop analysis: Introduction; extended surface heat exchanger
pressure drop; regenerator pressure drop; tubular heat exchanger pressure drop; plate
exchanger pressure drop; pressure drop dependence on geometry and fluid properties.
UNIT IV
10 hours
Surface basic heat transfer and flow friction characteristics: Basic concepts;
dimensionless groups; analytical and semi-empirical heat transfer and friction correlations for
simple and complex geometries; influence of temperature-dependent fluid properties;
influence of superimposed free convection and radiation.
Heat Exchanger Surface Geometrical Characteristics: Tubular heat exchangers; Tube-fin
heat exchangers; plate-fin heat exchangers; Regenerators with continuous cylindrical
passages; shell and tube exchangers with segmental baffles; gasketed plate heat
exchangers.
UNIT V
10 hours
Heat exchanger design procedures: Fluid mean temperatures; plate-fin heat exchangers;
tube-fin heat exchangers; plate heat exchangers; shell and tube heat exchangers; heat
exchanger optimization.
Fouling and Corrosion: Fouling and its effect on exchanger heat transfer and pressure drop;
fouling resistance design approach; prevention and mitigation of fouling; corrosion in heat
exchangers.
Reference Books
1. Ramesh K Shah, Dusan P. Sekulic (2003), Fundamentals of Heat Exchanger Design,
John Wiley & Sons.
2. Sadic Kakac, Hongtan Liu (2002), Heat Exchanger Selection, Rating & Thermal
Design, 2nd Edition, CRC Press.
3. T.Kuppan (2000), Heat Exchanger Design Hand Book, 1st Edition, Marcel Dekker.
4. Robert Serth (2007), Process Heat Transfer - Principles, Applications and Rules of
Thumb, Elsevier.
UE15ME554 ADVANCED FLUID MECHANICS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To introduce the students to fundamental concepts of fluid mechanics, various 2D
and 3D stream equations, boundary conditions and constitutive laws
2. To enable the students to understand and analyze inviscid, irrotational flows and
various types of fluid motion and its stability based on the fundamental laws and
forces affecting fluid flow
3. To educate them about the governing equations, boundary layer conditions,
constitutive parameters and solution schemes
Course Outcomes
1. Visualize different types of fluid flow, and compare them based on the various
models of fluids
2. Understand how mass and momentum is conserved based on Bernoulli's & Newton's
laws and its applications
3. Evaluate the stream & potential functions and articulate on the flow parameters
4. Analyze viscous flow including laminar and turbulent flow to solve real-world
engineering problems
5. Analyze flow over solid bodies for solving real-world engineering problems involving
turbomachines, hydraulic pumps and turbines
6. Appraise the stability factor of fluid flows and obtain phenomenological observations
after applying standardized solution models
UNIT I
Fundamentals: Introduction, Velocity, acceleration and the material derivative.The local
continuity equation. Path lines, stream lines and the stream function a. Lagranges stream
function for two-dimensional flows b. Stream functions for three-dimensional flows,including
Stokes stream function. Newtons momentum equation; Stress; Rates of deformation,
Constitutive relations for Newtonian fluids, Equations for Newtonian fluids, Boundary
conditions, Vorticity and circulation, The vorticity equation; The work-energy equation, The
first law of thermodynamics, Dimensionless parameters, Non-Newtonian fluids, Moving
coordinate systems Problems.
Inviscid irrotational flows: Inviscid flows; Irrotational flows and the velocity potential a.
Intersection of velocity potential lines and streamlines in two dimensions b. Basic twodimensional irrotational flows c. Hele-Shaw flows d. Basic three-dimensional irrotational
flows e. Superposition and the method of images f. Vortices near walls g. Rankine half body
h. Rankine oval i. Circular cylinder or sphere in a uniform stream
UNIT II
Singularity distribution methods :a. Two and three-dimensional slender body theory b.
Panel methods 2.4 Forces acting on a translating sphere 2.5 Added mass and the Lagally
theorem 2.6 Theorems for irrotational flow a. Mean value and maximum modulus theorem b.
Maximum-minimum potential theorem c. Maximum-minimum speed theorem d. Kelvins
minimum kinetic energy theorem e. Maximum kinetic energy theorem f. Uniqueness theorem
g. Kelvins persistence of circulation theorem h. Weiss and Butler sphere theorems Problems
Irrotational Two-Dimensional Flows: Complex variable theory applied to two-dimensional
irrotational flows; Flow past a circular cylinder with circulation; Flow past an elliptical cylinder
with circulation; The Joukowski airfoil; Krmn-Trefftz and Jones-McWilliams airfoils; NACA
airfoils; Lifting line theory; Krmn vortex street; Conformal mapping and the SchwarzChristoffel transformation; Cavity flows; Added mass and forces and moments for twodimensional bodies Problems.
UNIT III
Exact solutions of the Navier-Stokes equations: Solutions to the steady-state NavierStokes equations when convective acceleration is absent a. Two-dimensional flow between
parallel planes b. Poiseuille flow in a rectangular conduit c. Poiseuille flow in a round tube d.
Poiseuille flow in tubes of arbitrarily shaped cross-section e. Couette flow between circular
cylinders. Unsteady flows when convective acceleration is absent a. Stokes first problemimpulsive motion of a plate b. Stokes second problem-oscillation of a plate. Other unsteady
flows when convective acceleration is absent a. Impulsive plane Poiseuille and Couette
flows b. Impulsive circular Couette flow. Steady flows when convective acceleration is
present. a. Plane stagnation point flow b. Three-dimensional stagnation point flow c. Flow
into convergent or divergent channels d. Flow in a spiral channel e. Flow due to a round
laminar jet f. Flow due to a rotating disk Problems.
UNIT IV
The Boundary Layer Approximation: Introduction to boundary layers; The boundary layer
equations; Boundary layer thickness; Falkner-Skan solutions for flow past a wedge a.
Boundary layer on a flat plate b. Stagnation point boundary layer flow c. General case. The
integral form of the boundary layer equation; Axisymmetric laminar jet; Flow separation;
Transformations for non-similar boundary layer solutions a. Falkner transformation b. von
Mises transformation c. Combined Mises-Falkner transformation d. Croccos transformation
e. Mangler s transformation for bodies of revolution. Boundary layers in rotating flows

Problems
Low Reynolds number Flows: Stokes approximation 1. Doublet 2a. Stokeslet for steady
flows 2b. Stokeslet for unsteady flows 3a. Rotlet for steady flows 3b. Rotlet for unsteady
flows. Slow steady flow past a solid sphere; Slow steady flow past a liquid sphere; Flow due
to a sphere undergoing simple harmonic motion; General translation of a sphere; Oseens
approximation for slow viscous flow; Resolution of the Stokes/Whitehead paradoxes
Problems.
UNIT V
Flow stability: Linear stability theory of fluid flows; Thermal instability in a viscous fluid Rayleigh-Bnard convection; Stability if flow between rotating circular cylinders - CouetteTaylor instability; Stability of plane flows Problems.
Turbulence and transition to turbulence: The why and the how of turbulence; Statistical
approach - one point averaging; Zero-equation turbulent models; One-equation turbulent
models; Two-equation turbulent models; Stress-equation models; Equations of motion in
Fourier space; Quantum theory models; Large eddy models; Phenomenologic observations;
Conclusions
Text Book
1. William Graebel (2007), Advanced Fluid Mechanics, 2nd Edition, Elsevier.
Reference Books:
1. P.A. Aswatha Narayana & K.N.Seetharamu (2005), Engineering Fluid Mechanics,
Narosa Publications.
2. K.Muralidhar and G Biswas (1996), Advanced Fluid Mechanics, 1st Edition, Narosa
Publication.
3. Midleman (1998), Introduction to Fluid Dynamics - Principles of Analysis & Design,
John Wiley and sons.
UE15ME555 ADVANCED HEAT TRANSFER (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To help the students to recognize the broad technological context of heat transfer,
and application of scientific and engineering principles to analyze and design thermofluid aspects of engineering systems
2. To disseminate knowledge in the use appropriate analytical and computational tools
to investigate heat and mass transport phenomena
3. To make the students both competent and confident in interpreting results of
investigations related to heat transfer, fluid flow and thermal design
Course Outcomes
1. Articulate on the fundamental concept of steady and unsteady state thermal
conduction in 2D & 3D Cartesian coordinates with and without heat generation
2. Apply analytical solution methods for solving 2-D steady/transient heat conduction
problems using variable separation method
3. Solve governing equations for conduction and convection heat transfer problems
using finite difference methods
4. Solve external and internal laminar boundary flow and heat transfer problems
5. Resolve the boiling and condensation mechanism and model turbulent flow
6. Analyze radiation heat transfer in enclosures in non participating medium using
network method and radiosity-matrix method
UNIT I
08 Hours
Conduction: 1.Heat conduction equations: Concept of heat conduction; Fundamental
Law of heat conduction; Heat conduction equation in differential form in Cartesian, cylindrical
and spherical coordinate systems. Heat conduction equation in two dimensions for non
isotropic materials; Integrated and variational form of heat conduction equation; Boundary
conditions of first, second and third kind; Radiation boundary condition; 2. 2.Steady State
conduction: One dimensional steady state conduction-Analysis of one dimensional steady
state conduction in solids without and with heat generation; One dimensional steady state
conduction in fins of uniform and non-uniform cross sections fin of minimum weight and fin
effectiveness and fin efficiency. One dimensional steady state conduction in solids of
variable thermal conductivity. Two- dimensional steady state conduction in rectangular
plates Method of separation of variables and principle of superposition ;problem.
UNIT II
10Hours
Conduction (continued): 3. Unsteady state conduction: Solids with negligible internal
temperature gradient; one dimensional conduction in infinite flat plate, infinite circular
cylinder and sphere; Heisllers charts for single and multi dimensional problems. Unsteady
state conduction in semi-infinite solid subjected to prescribed surface temperature,
prescribed heat flux; Application to welding; Semi-infinite solid with heat generation. 4.
Approximate analytical methods: Integral methods basic concepts, application to Linear
transient conduction in a semi-infinite medium; application to non-linear transient conduction;
application to a finite region; The Galerkin method ; partial integration; application to
transient problems
UNIT III
10Hours
Conduction (continued): 5.Heat conduction with moving boundaries: Heat conduction
in melting and solidification solid phase of negligible heat capacity; melting and
solidification in one dimension, approximate method ;Melting of solid with complete removal
of melt (ablation); Moving heat sources the thin rod, the point source. 6. Finite Difference
Methods in Conduction: Finite difference scheme for One dimensional steady state
conduction in plane walls, cylinders and spheres subjected to different types of boundary
conditions; Finite difference schemes for two dimensional steady state conduction ;. One
dimensional unsteady state conduction- explicit method and implicit method (CrankNickelson scheme)
UNIT IV
7 Hours
Convection: 7. Review of basic concepts of convection: Velocity and thermal boundary
layers for flow over surfaces; general expression for local and average drag coefficients;
general expression for heat transfer coefficient; Nusselt number and its physical significance;
Prandtl number and its significance; Concepts for flow through tubes- hydro dynamically
developing and developed flow; hydrodynamic entrance length; thermally developing and
thermally developed flow; Thermal entrance length; 8. Derivation of Governing Equations
of Convection: Derivation of Continuity, momentum and energy equations in Cartesian
coordinate system ; reduction of these equations for boundary layer flow over a flat plate. 9.
Solution of Boundary Layer Equations for flow over a Flat Plate: Similarity solution;
Integral method of solving momentum and energy equations for laminar flow.
UNIT V
12Hours
Natural Convection and Radiation: 10. Natural Convection: The laminar boundary layer
equations and solution using integral method for free convection from a plane vertical
surface; Correlations for free convection plane surfaces, cylinders and enclosed spaces
11 Radiation Heat exchange in Non-Participating Media: Review of basic concepts and laws
of radiaition; The view factor; view factor relations; Hottels cross string formula; Radiation
exchange between black surfaces; radiation exchange between gray surfaces; Radiation
exchange in enclosures network method and radiosity-matrix method.
Text Books
1. William Graebel (2007), Advanced Fluid Mechanics, 2nd Edition, Elsevier.
Reference Books
1. P.A. Aswatha Narayana & K.N.Seetharamu (2005), Engineering Fluid Mechanics, 2nd
Edition, Narosa Publications.
2. K.Muralidhar and G Biswas (1996), Advanced Fluid Mechanics, 1st Edition, Narosa
Publication.
3. Midleman (1998), Introduction to Fluid Dynamics - Principles of Analysis & Design,
1st Edition, , John Wiley and Sons.
UE15ME561 ADVANCED FOUNDRY TECHNOLOGY (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To introduce the students to foundry metallurgy and concept of solidification of
metals interpretation and use of cooling curves
2. To enable the students to understand the design aspects of casting, riser and gating
system
3. To familiarize the students about advanced melting techniques and control of casting
quality in cast iron foundry (grey cast iron, ductile iron and malleable iron)
4. To introduce the students to different alloy foundry practices
5. To discuss the need and importance of mechanization and modernization of foundry
(robotic applications)
Course Outcomes
1. Understand the importance of foundry in designing new casted products.
2. Design proper raiser and gated system for the given casting
3. Understand solidification of advanced alloys, interpretation of cooling curves,
solidification process and microstructure evaluation
4. Select melting and molding techniques for a particular alloy
5. Use computer and robot technology in foundry processes to meet desired needs
UNIT I
10 Hours
Solidification of casting: Concept of solidification of metals. Homogenous and
heterogeneous nucleation. Growth mechanism. Solidification of pure metals and alloys.
Mechanism of columnar and dendritic growth. Coring or Segregation. Solidification time and
Chvorinov's rule. Concept of progressive and directional solidifications.
Principles of casting and risering: Purpose of the gating system. Components of the
gating System and its functions. Design of the gating System. Different types of gates.
Gating ratio and its functions. Definition and functions of the riser. Types of risers and their
application. Design of the riser - its shape. Size and location. Use of insulating material and
exothermic compounds in risers.
UNIT II
12 Hours
Design of casting: Factors to be considered in casting design. Design consideration in
pattern making, moulding techniques and core making and assembly. Cooling stresses and
hot spots in casting and modification in casting geometry to overcome them.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Furnace technology: Study of various furnaces used in foundry, construction and operation
of crucible and hearth furnaces. Resistance, Arc and Induction furnaces - their construction.
Operation and application. Heat treatment furnaces used in foundry.
Casting Quality Control: Casting defects and factors responsible for them. Different
inspection and testing methods to evaluate the casting. Quality control activities in a foundry.
Salvaging methods of defective, Casting.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Steel casting practice: Common steel casting, their composition,structure and properties.
Melting and refining of steel. Gating andrisering of steel castings cleaning of steel castings.
Aluminium foundry practice: Composition, properties and application of common
aluminium alloy casting, Melting and casting of AI-alloys. Gating and risering of AI-alloy
casting.
Copper alloy foundry practice: General characteristics of common cast copper alloys.
Melting and casting of copper alloys. Gating and risering of Cu-alloy castings.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Special casting processes - Process Principles of Flask less Moulding, Vacuum Casting,
Rheo casting, Mechanization of foundries - need, mechanization of melting, pouring,
Computer Application to Metal Casting.
Text Books
1. Heine and Rosenthal (2010), Principles of Metal Casting, 2nd Edition, Tata McGrawHill Publishing.
2. O.P. Khanna (1997), Foundry Technology, 37th reprint, Dhanpat Rai Publications
Ltd.
Reference Books
1. Beelely, P.R and Sons (2001), Foundry Technology, 2nd Edition, Butterworth
Publications.
2. ASM Hand Book on Casting Processes, 6th Edition and above.
UE15ME562 ADVANCED METAL FORMING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To introduce to the students the concepts of hot and cold forming and discuss the
effects of temperature, metallurgical structure, speed of deformation and friction on
forming operation
2. To introduce to the students the classification, process, principles and equipments
involved in forging, rolling, extrusion, drawing and sheet metal forming operations
3. To familiarize the students with the defects and stresses involved in various metal
forming operations
4. To discuss with the students the specific areas of application of each forming
operations
Course Outcomes
1. Understand the plastic flow in metals and factors that influence the properties of
formed products
2. Analyze various aspects of metal forming operation and make necessary
adjustments to the process to minimize the adverse effects of various factors
3. Identify specific type of forming operation for a given application and recommend the
appropriate equipments needed
4. Analyze in detail the forging, rolling, extrusion and drawing operations with respect to
operation, stresses involved and identification of defects
5. Understand the forming methods with respect to sheet metal forming and concepts of
other operations associated with it
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction to forming process: Introduction to metal forming, Effect of temperature on
forming process-hot working, cold working. Effect of Metallurgical structure, Effect of speed
of deformation work of Plastic deformation, Friction in forming operation
UNIT II
12 Hours
Forging: Classification, various stages during forging, Forging equipment, brief description,
deformation in compression, forging defects. Residual stresses in forging.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Rolling of metals: Classification, forces and geometrical relationships in rolling.
Variables in Rolling: Deformation in rolling, Defects in rolled products, Residual stresses in
rolled products. Torque and Horsepower.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Extrusion: Classification, Extrusion equipment, variables in extrusion, Deformation in
extrusion, Extrusion defects, ork done in extrusion.
Drawing: Principles of Rod and wire drawing, variables in wire drawing, Residual stresses in
rod, wire and tube drawing, Defects in Rod and wire drawing.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Sheet metal forming: Introduction, Forming methods, shearing and Blanking, Bending,
stretch forming, Deep drawing, redrawing operations, Defects in formed products.
Reference Books
1. Dieter G.E.(1986), Mechanical Metallurgy, , 3rd Edition, Mc Graw Hill Publications.
2. R.Rowe (1965), Principles of Metal Working, Amold London.
3. ASM Metals Handbook on Metal Working
UE15ME563 ADVANCED WELDING TECHNOLOGY (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To enable students to understand the concept of distortion in joints, the stresses
involved around it and how to avoid them
2. To familiarize and make students understand the advanced welding processes and
hardfacing operations
3. To introduce the concept of welding of plastics, issues associated with it and various
methods of welding plastics
4. To familiarize students with the nomenclature, symbols, methods of inspection and
quality control practices used in welding
Course Outcomes
1. Identify the presence of distortions in a weld and analyze the stresses involved and
recommend methods to avoid them
2. Understand the process and application of various advanced welding processes and
3. Understand the issues involved in welding of plastics and apply theoretical
knowledge of edge preparation to specific methods of joining plastics
4. Select appropriate method of inspection for given type of weld and required quality
5. Apply theoretical knowledge of quality control in welding to assess the quality of a
weld and recommend remedies for non-concurrence
UNIT I
10 Hours
Distortion- occurrence, different types and methods to avoid distortion. Stresses in Joint
Design.
UNIT II
12 Hours
Advanced Welding processes ; Electro Slag Welding, Electron Beam Welding, Plasma arc
Welding, Laser Beam Welding, Explosion Welding, Diffusion Welding, Ultrasonic Welding,
Friction welding and Thermit welding.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Hardfacing; Cladding, overlaying and surfacing of Dissimilar Materials, methods,
metallurgical characteristics and bonding mechanisms.
Welding of Plastics; issues in joining plastics, edge preparation, methods of joining
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Inspection of welds: Destructive techniques like Tensile, Bend, Nick break, Impact &
Hardness. Non-Destructive techniques like 'X' rays, Ultrasonic, Magnetic particle, Dye
Penetrant, Gamma ray inspection.
Welding Symbols- Need for, Representing the welds, Basic weld symbols, Location of
Weld, Supplementary symbols, Dimensions of welds, Examples
UNIT V
10 Hours
Quality control in welding - Introduction, Quality assurance v/s Quality control, Weld
quality, Discontinuities in welds, their causes and remedies, and Quality conflicts.
Reference Books
1. AWS Welding Engineering Handbook
2. Richard Little (2009), Welding and Welding Technology, 37th Reprint, McGraw Hill.
3. O.P. Khanna (2013), Foundry Technology, 17th reprint, Dhanpat Rai Publications.
UE15ME564 SURFACE TREATMENT AND FINISHING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To introduce the students to metallurgical concepts of surfacing
2. To enable the student to understand different types of coating techniques used
3. To discuss the factors and variables that influence the properties of coating and
surfacing
4. To provide an overview about types of heat treatment methods used in various
industrial applications
Course Outcomes
1. Understand the necessity of surface coating and heat treatment in various fields of
applications
2. Apply the knowledge in selecting suitable coating and heat treatment method for a
given material
3. Understand how surface treatments brings about an improvement of properties as
compared with the base metal
4. Identify improved methods for surface treatment to enhance the resistance towards
corrosion as compared to the base metals
UNIT I
10 Hours
Fundamentals of electro plating: galvanizing, Hot dip metal coating, thin coating, thin
coating, chromium plating, Nickel plating.
UNIT II
12 Hours
Vacuum coating: PVD & CVD metal spraying: Methods ; Plasma Coating ; surface
preparation and mechanical Properties of Sprayed Metals
UNIT III
10 Hours
Plastic coating of metal: PVC coating Spherodising process details, phosphate coating mechanism of formation; Testing of Surface Coating
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Heat treatment methods: Aneleaing, Normalizing, Tempering, Case hardening methods,
flame hardening sub zero treatment. Heat treatment methods for gears, spindles, cutting
tools.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Advanced coating technologies: Hard facing, electro deposition technique, nanocoatings,
coating characterization
Reference Books
1. ASM Hand Book on Surface Engineering, Vol. 5
2. James A Murphy (1971), Surface Preparations & Finishes for Metals, 1st Edition,
McGraw Hill.
3. David Russell Gabe (1978), Principles of Metal Surface Treatment and Protection,
Pergamon Press, 2nd Edition, Oxford, New York.
UE15ME565 NANO TECHNOLOGY (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To introduce the students to nano-materials and basic concepts of nano engineering
2. To enable the students understand the processing of nano-composites, metal and
polymer based nano materials with an emphasis on the mechanics of polymer nanocomposites
3. To introduce the students to processing and characterization of carbon nano-tube
based composites
4. To make the students learn the advanced characterization of nano composite
materials
Course Outcomes
1. Apply the knowledge of nano sized materials in the field of manufacturing
2. Select appropriate nano materials and design components for excellent thermomechanical properties
3. Apply the manufacturing practices of CNT based nano composites to engineering
problems
4. Select the appropriate characterizations methods for various nano composite
materials
5. Apply the knowledge of nano materials for different types of engineering applications
such as automotive, aerospace and bio engineering
UNIT I
10 Hours
Metal based nanocomposites: Metal-Oxide or Metal-Ceramic composites, Different
aspects of their preparation techniques and their final properties and functionality. Metalmetal nano composites, some simple preparation techniques and their new electrical and
magnetic properties.
UNIT II
12 Hours
Design of super hard materials- Super hard nano composites, its designing and
improvements of mechanical properties.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Nanofiller synthesis, applications, Polymer nano composites, particulate and fibre modified
nanocomposites, matrices and fibres, polymer- filler interphase, pull- out strength, effect of
various treatments.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Mechanics of polymer nanocomposites, Interfacial adhesion and charecterisation, factors
influencing the performance of nano composites, physical and functional properties. Nano
composite fabrication, matrices, methods, additives, moulding processes.
Polymer-carbon nanotubes based composites, processing methods and characterization
using SEM, XRD, TEM
UNIT V
10 Hours
Characterization of polymer nanotubes based composites for Mechanical, Electrical and
Thermal Properties and their applications - Polymer / nanofillers (metallic nanopowders)
systems, Rheological measurements, processing characteristics
Testing of Nanocomposites, Thermal analysis such as TGA, TMA, DSC, DMTA
Reference Books
1. Fred W. Billimeyer, Jr (1994), Text Book of Polymer Science, 3rd Edition, Wiley
Interscience Publication.
2. Joel R. Fried (2000), Polymer Science and Technology, Prentice- Hall, Inc.
Englewood Cliffs, N. J., USA.
3. - A. K. Bhowmic and H. C. Stephense(Eds.) (1995), New Developments and
Technology -Hand book of Elastomers, Marcel - Dekker Inc., New York.
4. D. R. Paul and S. Newman (1978), Polymer Blends, Academic Press, New York.
5. M. J. Folkes (1982), Short Fibre Reinforced Thermoplastics, John Wiley, New York.
6. P. M. Ajayan, L.S. Schadler, P. V. Braun (2003), Nanocomposites Science and
Technology, Wiley-VCH.
UE15ME571 VEHICLE DYNAMICS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To introduce students to the basics of vehicle dynamics and its influence on the
vehicle handling characteristics
2. To enable students to understand the performance characteristics of tires and
braking performance of a vehicle
3. To enable students to understand aerodynamic characteristics of vehicles, handling
characteristics of road vehicles and suspension mechanisms
4. To enable students to evaluate the handling characteristics of road and off-road
vehicles
5. To provide the students an overall introduction to suspension mechanisms
Course Outcomes
1. Perform response analysis under various boundary conditions
2. Understand the working of various vibration measuring instruments
3. Determine the natural frequencies and mode shapes for free and forced vibration
under damped and un-damped condition
4. Understand the effects of slip angles and rolling resistance on tyre forces
5. Perform response analysis for different steering conditions on steady state handling
characteristics for road and off-road vehicles and also to understand various
concepts and topics in braking performance
6. Develop mathematical representations of quarter car, half car and full car model
7. Understand properties of air suspension system and various aerodynamic loads on
the vehicle
8. Understand the different types of suspensions, kinematic and dynamic requirements
of suspension, related important angles and understand Castor theory
Unit I
10 Hours
Basics of vibration: Definitions, Modeling and Simulation, Global and Vehicle Coordinate
System, Free, Forced, Undamped and Damped Vibration, Response Analysis of Single
DOF, Two DOF, Multi DOF, Magnification factor, Transmissibility, Vibration absorber,
Vibration measuring instruments, Torsional vibration, Critical speed. Modal analysis
Unit II
10 Hours
Tyres :Tyre forces and moments, Tyre structure, Longitudinal and Lateral force at various
slip angles, rolling resistance, Tractive and cornering property of tyre. Performance of tyre on
wet surface. Ride property of tyres. Magic formulae tyre model, Estimation of tyre road
friction. Test on Various road surfaces. Tyre vibration..
Braking Performance: Basic equations, Braking forces, Brakes, Brake Proportioning,
Antilock Brake system, Braking efficiency, Rear wheel lockup, Standards and Legislations,
Numerical Examples.
Unit III
10 Hours
Vertical dynamics: Human response to vibration, Sources of Vibration. Design, analysis
and computer simulation of Passive, Semi-active and Actives suspension using Quarter car,
half car and full car model. Influence of suspension stiffness, suspension damping, and tyre
stiffness. Control law for LQR, H-Infinite, Skyhook damping. Air suspension system and their
properties.
Vehicle Aerodynamics:Aerodynamic, Aerodynamic forces lift and drag components,
Pitching, yawing, rolling moments, and Total road loads, Numerical Examples.
Unit IV
12 Hours
Steady state handling characteristics of road vehicles:Steering Geometry, Derivation of
fundamental equation governing the steady-state handling behavior of a road vehicle,
Neutral Steer, Understeer and Oversteer characteristics, characteristic and critical speeds,
Neutral Steer Point, Static margin, Steady-State Response to Steering Input-Yaw Velocity
Response, Lateral Acceleration Response, Sideslip Response and Curvature Response;
Numerical Problems.
Performance characteristics of off-road vehicles: Drawbar Performance - Drawbar Pull
and Drawbar Power, Tractive Efficiency, Coefficient of Traction, Weight-to-Power Ratio for
Off-Road Vehicles; Fuel Economy of Cross- country Operations Transport Productivity and
Transport Efficiency, Mobility Map and Mobility Profile, Selection of Vehicle Configurations
for Off-Road, Numerical Problems.
Unit V
08 Hours
Suspension mechanisms: Solid Axle Suspension, Independent Suspension, Roll Center
and Roll Axis, Car Tire Relative Angles, Toe, Caster Angle, Camber, Trust Angle,
Suspension Requirements and Coordinate Frames, Kinematics Requirements, Dynamic
Requirements, Wheel, wheel body, and tyre Coordinate Frames, Caster Theory, Numerical
examples.
Text Books
1. Reza N. Jazar (2009), Vehicle Dynamics: Theory and Applications, 2nd Edition,
Springer Verlag.
2. J. Y. Wong (2008), Theory of Ground Vehicles, 4th Edition, John Willey & Sons, NY.
3. T D Gillespie (1992), Fundamentals of Vehicle Dynamics, SAE Feb. 1992.
4. John C. Dixon (1996), Tyres, Suspension, and Handling, 2nd Edition, Society of
Automotive Engineers Inc.
Reference Books
1. Hans B.Pacejka (2012), Tyre and Vehicle Dynamic, 3rd Edition, SAE April 2012.
2. Giancarlo Genta, Motor Vehicle Dynamics: Modeling and Simulation World Scientific
Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd. 1997.
3. Hucho W. H. (1998), Aerodynamics of Road Vehicles, SAE International.
4. Thomas D. Gillespie (1992), Fundamentals of Vehicle Dynamics, Society of
Automotive Engineers Inc.
UE15ME572 AUTOMOTIVE POWER TRAIN (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To enable students to understand the basics of automotive transmission, its layout,
performance features and latest design trends
2. To introduce the students to start-up devices, clutches and torque converters, and
also in the design and choice of transmission system and the determining factors
3. To introduce the students to the various types of transmission systems and its layout;
gear shifting mechanisms and sychronisers
4. To teach the students about the automatic transmission and design of necessary ger
ratios and clutch engagement schedule
Course Outcomes
1. Apply various load profiles, direction of rotation and transmission ratio to solve the
kinematical relations of power trains
2. Design appropriate transmission matching the engine based on the gear ratio,
incorporating geometrical and progressive gear steps
3. Compare and contrast on the various start-up devices presently used and also
evaluate and analyse the performance characteristics of torque converters
4. Design manual transmission giving weightage to the power flows and incorporating
synchronisers
5. Appraise on the variouis types of automatic transmission and the level of automation,
car CVT's and the torque analysis in shifting process-hot
6. Evaluate differential and final drives, considering internal friction and performance
limits
7. Design and select various transmission elements like slip joint, universal joint, dead &
live axle, constant velocity joint and bearings
Unit I
12 Hours
Overview of vehicle power trains system: Outlines of Power Trains, Power train functions,
Power train layout and components, Main and Auxiliary functions, Requirements profile,
Interrelations: Direction of rotation, Transmission Ratio and Torque, Road Profiles, Load
Profiles, Typical Vehicle uses and Driver types, Performance features of Vehicle
Transmissions. Design trends in Transmission, Kinematical relations of powertrains,
Numerical problems.
Matching Engine and Transmission: Road loads and axle loads, Deriving condition
diagram, Ideal transmission and engine-transmissions matching, Total ratio and overall gear
ratio- Selecting the largest powertrain ratio, Selecting the smallest powertrain ratio,
Selecting the intermediate gears- saw tooth profile, Geometrical gear steps, Progressive
gear steps, Numerical problems.
Unit II
8 Hours
Start-up devices: One -way clutch, Band clutch, Multi-disk clutch, Clutch Design and
Analysis.
Hydrodynamic clutches and torque converters: Principles, Characteristic curves of
Hydrodynamic Clutches, Construction and operation of Torque Converter, Input/output
characteristics, Design Considerations, Trilok Converter, Torque Converter test diagram,
Interaction of engine and Trilok Converter, Numerical problems
Unit III
10 Hours
Manual transmissions: Manual Transmission Layouts and Components, Basic gear box
construction, gear-sets with fixed axles, countershaft transmission and epicyclic gears,
schemes for reverse gear. Transmission Power Flows, Numerical problems.
Gear shifting mechanisms, Layout and design of Synchronizers: Internal shifting
mechanisms and External shifting mechanisms, Classification of shifting elements,
synchronizer functional requirements, synchronizing process, design of synchronizers,
alternative transmission synchronizers
Unit IV
10 Hours
Automatic transmissions: Level of automation, Gear shift mode, stepped and
Continuously Variable Transmissions, synchronizer gear boxes, epicycloidal gear boxes, Car
CVTS: Van Doorne Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) and Torotrak Continuously
Variable Transmission (CVT). Design and analysis of planetary gear trains, Gear ratios and
clutch engagement schedule, Clutch torques in steady state condition, Torque analysis in
shifting process, Numerical problems.
Unit V
10 Hours
Differential and final drives: Outline of differential theory-friction free differential,
Differential with internal friction, Self locking differential, final drives: formats, performance
limits, transmission ratios. Differential gears, differential locks and locking differentials, types
of self locking differential, Numerical problems.
Design of other transmission elements: Design of slip joint, universal joint, dead & live
axle, constant velocity joints, Bearing Design, Selection of ball and roller bearing, Gear box
housing design.
Text Books
1. Gisbert Lechner, Harald Naunheimer (2011), Automotive Transmissions:
Fundamentals, Selection, Design and Application, 2nd Edition, Springer-Verlag Berlin
Heidelberg, New York, ISBN 3-540-65903.
2. Giri N K (2008), Automobile Mechanics, Khanna publications, ISBN-13: 9788174092168.
Reference Books
1. Society of Automotive Engineers (1994), Design Practices: Passenger Car
Automatic Transmissions, 3rd Edition, AE-18, SAE, Warrendale.
2. J. Fenton (1998), Handbook of Automotive Powertrain and Chassis Design,
Professional Engineering Publishing, London.
3. J.G. Giles (1969), Gears and Transmissions, Vol. 4, Automotive Technology Series,
Butterworth, London.
UE15ME573 NOISE VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To train the students to design aspects for noise, vibration and harshness in cars.
2. To familiarize the students with the most dominant sources of noise and vibration in
cars and its measuring instruments.
3. To enable the students to get a knowledge on sound fields and room acoustics
4. To enable the students to understand the critical design issues and their relations for
noise, vibration and harshness, in particular the aspects of objective and subjective
design
5. To enable the students to know the working principle of vibration measuring
instruments
Course Outcomes
1. Understand the importance of learning NVH
2. Understand the sound generation mechanisms and measurement
3. Understand different sound fields and its properties
4. Understand the different sound measuring microphones and methods of measuring
sound pressure level and sound power level
5. Understand the sources of noise and vibration in automobiles and its control by using
dampers and vibration absorbers
6. Understand modal analysis by FE and experimental method
7. Understand the construction and working principle of vibration measuring instruments
Unit I
8 Hours
Fundamentals of sound: Definition of NVH, Vehicle noise - Direct sound generation
mechanism: airborne sound; Indirect sound generation mechanism: structure borne sound;
Subjective response sound, Acoustic variables, basic attributes of sound such as
wavelength, period, frequency; speed of sound, Decibel scale, Wave equation, types of
sound fields, Measures of sound: Sound pressure, sound intensity and sound power,
Combining sources: dB arithmetic, Standing wave, Beating, Impedance, Human hearing:
frequency Versus sound pressure level, Loudness: phones and sones as noise descriptors;
Weighting networks, Leq and various noise metrics for road noises.
Unit II
8 Hours
Noise measurements and instrumentation: Measuring microphones, Sound level meter,
time and frequency weighting, Sound spectra Octave band analysis, Order analysis and
waterfall plot, Various types of acoustic testing chambers, Sound power measurement from
Sound pressure: Free field method, Reverberant field method, Semi-Reverberant field
method and Comparison method (using calibrated Sources) Two- microphone probe for
measuring; Sound power measurement from Sound Intensity
Unit III
12 Hours
Sound fields and room acoustics: Characterizing sound sources; Directivity; Sound
Fields; Various approaches to modeling sound sources; Transmission loss (TL) and
Insertion loss (IL); Reverberation time and Acoustic Absorption Coefficient; Effects of leaks
on barrier and TL of composite barriers; measurement Absorption Coefficient and
Transmission loss (TL).
Vehicle interior and exterior noise: Internal noise sources in vehicles such as engine
noise; road noise; aerodynamic (wind) noise; brake noise; squeak, rattle and tizz noises;
sound package solution to reduce the interior noise: acoustic isolation, acoustic absorption
and damping material solutions; Exterior noise sources in vehicles such as air intake
systems and exhaust systems; Tyre noise.
Unit IV
12 Hours
Sources of vehicle vibration: Power train and Engine vibrations; driveline vibrations;
chassis and suspension vibrations; Control strategies; Human response to vehicle
vibrations, concept of harshness; subjective and objective evaluation of vehicle harshness.
Vibration Isolation and Control: Introduction; damping of vibrations; vibration isolation and
absorption; design of a Vibration Absorbers, unconstrained and constrained layer damping
treatment, add on dampers and stiffeners, Introduction to Active Vibration Control.
Unit V
10 Hours
Vibration measurement and instrumentation: Definition of Modal Properties, Modal
analysis theory, FE & Experimental modal analysis, Transducers and accelerometers
Excitation sources Impact Excitation, Shaker excitation, Excitation signals, applications of
Modal Analysis, laser based vibration measurements; analysis and presentation of vibration
data.
Reference Books
1. Bies D A and Hansen C H (2003), Engineering Noise Control: Theory and Practice,
Spon Press, Taylor &Francis, NY, USA.
2. Xu Wang (Ed.) (2010), Vehicle Noise & Vibration Refinement, Elsevier Publishing
Limited.
3. Mathew Harrison (2004), Vehicle Refinement Controlling Noise & Vibration in Road
Vehicles, Elsevier Publication.
UE15ME574 BODY AND CHASSIS ENGINEERING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To introduce the students to the construction of a vehicle body
2. To enable the students to know about commercial vehicle body details,
3. To teach the students about materials and mechanisms used in vehicle body
construction and the concepts of design and construction of the external body of
vehicles
4. To teach the students about steering system and suspension mechanism
Course Outcomes
1. appreciate the importance of body and chassis engineering and the requirements of
a good automobile
2. understand the methods improving drivers visibility
3. understand the layout of bus body, its classifications and frame constructions with
regulations
4. understand complete design and construction of light commercial vehicles
5. select materials for vehicle body construction
6. appraise different loads acting to the vehicle and its safe design testing according to
the regulations
7. understand steering kinematics in two wheel and all wheel steering vehicles having
two or more than two axles
8. understand the different suspension systems and wheel alignment
Unit I
12 Hours
Car body details: Types of car bodies, visibility, regulations, drivers visibility, methods of
improving visibility, safety design, constructional details of roof, under floor, bonnet, boot,
wings etc, Classification of coach work
Bus Body Details: Types: Mini bus, single Decker, double Decker, two level, split level and
articulated bus - Bus body lay out Floor height - Engine location - Entrance and exit
location - Seating dimensions - Constructional details: Frame construction, Double skin
construction- types of metal section used - Regulations - Conventional and integral type of
construction.
Unit II
8 Hours
Commercial vehicle details : Types of body - Flat platform, drop side, fixed side, tipper
body, tanker body, Light commercial vehicle body types, Dimensions of driver's seat relation
to controls - Drivers cab design.
Unit III
8 Hours
Body materials, trim, mechanisms: Steel sheet, timber, plastic, GRP, properties of
materials - Corrosion - Anticorrosion methods - Scalation of paint and painting process Body trim items - Body mechanisms.
Unit IV
12 Hours
Body loads and design of vehicle bodies: Idealized structure- structural surface, shear
panel method, symmetric and asymmetrical vertical loads in car, longitudinal loads, and
different loading situations.
Design of Vehicle Bodies Vehicle Layout design, preliminary design, safety, Load
distribution on vehicle structure, Calculation of loading cases, stress analysis of bus body
structure under bending and torsion, stress analysis in integral bus body, Design of chassis
frame, Rules and regulations for body, Recent safety measures, Testing of body.
Unit V
10 Hours
Steering dynamics: Kinematics Steering, Vehicles with More Than Two Axles, Vehicle with
Trailer, Steering Mechanisms, Four wheel steering, Steering Mechanism Optimization,
Trailer - Truck Kinematics, Numerical examples.
Suspension mechanisms: Solid Axle Suspension, Independent Suspension, Roll Center
and Roll Axis, Car Tire Relative Angles, Toe, Caster Angle, Camber, Trust Angle,
Suspension Requirements and Coordinate Frames, Kinematics Requirements, Dynamic
Requirements, Wheel, wheel body, and tyre Coordinate Frames, Caster Theory, Numerical
examples.
Text book
1. Pawloski J (1969), Vehicle Body Engineering, Business Books Ltd., London.
Reference Books
1. Reimpell J (2001), The Automotive Chassis: Engineering Principles, 2nd Edition,
Elsevier.
2. John Fenton (1980), Vehicle Body Layout and Analysis, Mechanical Engg.
Publications Ltd., London.
3. Giles J. G. (1971), Body Construction and Design, Illife Books.
UE15ME575 FINITE ELEMENT VIBRATION ANALYSIS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To enable the students to appreciate the use of finite element methods to analyze
structural dynamic problems
2. To enable the students to understand and perform free and forced finite element
vibration analysis of 1d, 2d (free) and 3d (free) structures
3. To teach the procedure to perform finite element based steady-state and transient
response analysis
Course Outcomes
1. Understand and appreciate Hamiltons and Lagrangian principle and develop
mathematical equations for constrained systems
2. Calculate element energy functions for 1-D, 2D and 3D finite elements
3. Understand and apply Raleigh Ritz method and develop mathematical expressions
for vibration of rods, shafts and beams
4. Understand and appreciate the finite element method of treating vibrations in solids
and solve simple problems of engineering significance
5. Understand important concepts and developments such as area co-ordinates,
Cartesian co-ordinates, in-plane and flexural vibration of plates
6. Develop triangular and rectangular - thin and thick finite elements
7. Possess a sound understanding of different damping types and modal analysis
8. Solve large Eigen value problems
9. Perform excitation response analysis for periodic and random excitations
UNIT I
10 Hours
Formulation of the equations of motion: Dynamic equilibrium- Principal of virtual
displacements, Hamiltons principle, Lagranges equations, Equations of motion for a system
with constraints, Element energy functions-Axial element, Torque element, Beam bending
element, Deep beam bending element, Membrane element, Thin plate bending element,
Thick plate bending element, Three-dimensional solid, Axi-symmetric solid, The dissipation
function, Equations of motion and boundary conditions, Problems.
Finite element displacement method: Raleigh- Ritz method, Finite element displacement
method, Axial vibration of rods, Tensional vibration of shafts, Bending vibration of beams,
Techniques for increasing the accuracy of elements, Shear deformation and rotary inertia
effects, Numerical integration, and other considerations for beams
UNIT II
10 Hours
Vibrations of solids: Ax-symmetric solids, Applied loading, Displacements, Reduced
energy expressions. Linear triangular element, Core elements, Arbitrary shaped solids,
Rectangular hexahedron, Isoperimetric hexahedron, Right heptahedron, Volume coordinates
for tetrahedral, Tetrahedron element, Increasing the accuracy of elements, Problems.
In-plane and flexural vibration of plates: In-plane vibration of plates, linear triangular
element, linear rectangular element, linear quadrilateral element, Area coordinates for
triangles, linear triangle in area coordinates, increasing the accuracy of elements and
Problems Flexural vibration of plates, Thin rectangular element (non- conforming and
conforming), Thick rectangular element, Thin triangular element (non- conforming and
conforming), Cartesian coordinates, Area coordinates, thick triangular element, other plate
bending elements, Problems.
UNIT III
12 Hours
Analysis of free vibration I: Some preliminaries, Orthogonality of eigenvectors,
Transformation to standard form, Sturm sequences, Orthogonal transformation of a matrix,
The Jacobin method, Givens and Householders methods, Eigen values and eigenvectors of
a symmetric tridiagonal matrix, The bisection method, Inverse iteration, The QR method,
Reducing the number of degrees of freedom. Making use of symmetry, Rotationally periodic
structures.
UNIT IV
12 Hours
Analysis of free vibration II: Elimination of unwanted degrees of freedom - Component
mode synthesis, Solution of large Eigen problems - Bisection /inverse iteration, Subspace
iteration, Simultaneous iteration, Lanczos method and Problems.
Forced response I: Modal analysis- Representation of damping, Structural damping;
Viscous damping, Harmonic response - Modal analysis, Direct analysis; Response to
periodic excitation, Transient response Modal analysis - Central difference method, The
Houbolt method, The Newmark method, The Wilson method.
UNIT V
08 Hours
Forced response II: Direct analysis - Central difference method, The Houbolt method, The
Newmark method, The Wilson method; Selecting a time step and Problems. Response to
Random excitation, representation of the excitation, Response of Single DOF system, Direct
and Modal Response Multi DOF system,
Text Book:
1. Maurice Petyt (2010) Introduction Finite Element Vibration Analysis, 2nd Edtiion
Cambridge University Press
Reference Books:
1. K J Bathe (2014), Finite Element Methods in Engineering Analysis, 2nd Edition,
Prentice Hall.
2. M.J.Fagaan (1992), Finite Element Analysis Theory and Practice, Longman Scientific
and Technology Publishing House.
3. R. D. Cook (2001), Concept and Applications of Finite Element Analysis, 4th Edition,
John Wiley and Sons Inc.
UE15ME581 ADVANCED MACHINE DESIGN (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To enable students understand basic mechanical design procedure
2. To enable students to understand and use different failure theories in the design
machine components
3. To enable students to design a component for fatigue and cyclic loading.
4. To enable students to estimate life using strain-life, stress-life and LEFM approaches
5. To enable students to understand the concepts of surface failure
Course Outcomes
1. Use failure theories to solve problems of engineering importance
2. Gain insights into the fatigue aspects of machine design
3. Understand S-N curves of different materials, factors influencing it, apply the
procedure of fatigue life estimation using S-N approach and also to use it for
notched membranes
4. Appreciate and use strain-life and stress-life approach by considering various
effecting factors
5. Use LEFM concepts in estimating life of a machine component and understand,
differentiate between and use Neubers rule and Glinkas rule
6. Develop understanding of spectrum loads, cumulative damage and theories
concerning it, damage fraction and accumulation and thereby quantify damage
7. Understand different surface failures due to factors such as wear and contact and
also have a good understanding of surface fatigue strength
Unit I
12 Hours
Introduction and fatigue of materials: (1) Introduction - Role of failure prevention analysis
in mechanical design, Modes of mechanical failure, Review of failure theories for ductile and
brittle materials including Mohrs theory and modified Mohrs theory, Numerical examples.
(2) Fatigue of Materials: Introductory concepts, High cycle and low cycle fatigue, Fatigue
design models, Fatigue design methods, Fatigue design criteria, Fatigue testing, Test
methods and standard test specimens, Fatigue fracture surfaces and macroscopic features,
Fatigue mechanisms and microscopic features.
Unit II
12 Hours
Stress-life (S-N) approach and strain-life (-N) approach: (1) Stress-life (S-N)
approach: S-N curves, Statistical nature of fatigue test data, General S-N behavior, Mean
stress effects, Different factors influencing S-N behaviour, S-N curve representation and
approximations, Constant life diagrams, Fatigue life estimation using SN approach. (2)
Strain-life (-N) approach: Monotonic stress-strain behavior ,Strain controlled test methods
, Cyclic stress-strain behavior , Strain based approach to life estimation, Determination of
strain life fatigue properties, Mean stress effects, Effect of surface finish, Life estimation by N approach.
Unit III
14 Hours
LEFM approach: LEFM concepts, Crack tip plastic zone, Fracture toughness, Fatigue crack
growth, Mean stress effects, Crack growth life estimation. Notches and their effects:
Concentrations and gradients in stress and strain, S-N approach for notched membranes,
mean stress effects and Haigh diagrams, Notch strain analysis and the strain life
approach, Neubers rule, Glinkas rule, applications of fracture mechanics to crack growth at
notches.
Unit IV
08 Hours
Fatigue from variable amplitude loading: Spectrum loads and cumulative damage,
Damage quantification and the concepts of damage fraction and accumulation, Cumulative
damage theories, Load interaction and sequence effects, Cycle counting methods, Life
estimation using stress life approach.
Unit V
06 Hours
Surface failure: Introduction, Surface geometry, Mating surface, Friction, Adhesive wear,
Abrasive wear, Corrosion wear, Surface fatigue spherical contact, Cylindrical contact,
General contact, Dynamic contact stresses, Surface fatigue strength.
Text Books
1. Ralph I. Stephens, Ali Fatemi, Robert, Henry O. Fuchs (2001), Metal Fatigue in
Engineering, 2nd Edition, John Willey New York.
2. Jack. A. Collins (1992), Failure of Materials in Mechanical Design, John Willey, New
York.
4.
Robert
L.
Norton (2000), Machine Design, Pearson Education India.
Reference Books
1. S. Suresh (1998), Fatigue of Materials, 2nd Edition, Cambridge University Press.
2. Julie A Benantine (1989), Fundamentals of Metal Fatigue Analysis, Prentice Hall.
3. Fatigue and Fracture, ASM Hand Book, Vol 19, 2002.
UE15ME582 ADVANCED THEORY OF VIBRATIONS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To teach the modeling of mechanical systems using equations of motion
2. To explain free and forced vibration response analysis of single DOF systems
3. To expose the concepts of 2-DOF systems, vibration isolation and different vibration
control strategies
4. To help the students develop the concept of dynamic vibration absorber and its
applications
5. To provide the students with the necessary understandings about concepts and
significance of natural frequencies and mode shapes
Course Outcomes
1. Develop mathematical models for damped, un-damped, free and forced (harmonic)
behaviour of single and two DOF systems and list sources of vibration
2. Apply the concept of vibration isolation and understand the use of vibration testing
instruments
3. Physically interpret the system response to arbitrary and non-harmonic excitations
and model transient vibration and impact loading
4. Calculate critical speeds of shaft and apply co-ordinate coupling and principal coordinates in solving 2-DOF problems and understand the mathematical formulation of
MDOF systems
5. Develop flexibility and stiffness matrices and calculate Eigen values and vectors for
a MDOF system
6. Understand basics of vibration control and vibration severity standards, analyze
dynamic and damped vibration absorbers and perform static and dynamic balancing
7. Have an overall understanding of balancing machines and active vibration control
and experimental vibration analysis
8. Apply cumulative knowledge in testing for resonance and mode shapes and system
identification
UNIT I
Fundamentals of vibration: Introduction -Sources
Displacement, velocity and Acceleration- Review of
Vibration isolation Vibrometer and accelerometers
harmonic Excitations Transient Vibration Impulse
systems.
10 Hours
of Vibration-Mathematical ModelsSingle Degree Freedom Systems - Response to Arbitrary and nonloads- Critical Speed of Shaft-Rotor
UNIT II
10 Hours
Two degree freedom system: Introduction-Free Vibration of Undamped and DampedForced Vibration with Harmonic Excitation System Coordinate Couplings and Principal
Coordinates
UNIT III
12 Hours
Multi-degree freedom system and continuous system : Multi-degree freedom system
influence coefficients and stiffness coefficients- Flexibility Matrix and Stiffness Matrix Eigen
Values and Eigen Vectors-Matrix Iteration Method Approximate Methods: Dunkerley,
Rayleighs, and Holzer Method -Geared Systems-Eigen Values & Eigen vectors for large
system of equations using sub space, Lanczos method - Continuous System:Vibration of
String, Shafts and Beams
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Vibration control: Specification of Vibration Limits Vibration severity standards- Vibration
as condition Monitoring tool-Vibration Isolation methods- -Dynamic Vibration Absorber,
Torsional and Pendulum Type Absorber- Damped Vibration absorbers-Static and Dynamic
Balancing-Balancing machines-Field balancing Vibration Control by Design Modification- Active Vibration Control
UNIT V
10 Hours
Experimental methods in vibration analysis: Vibration Analysis Overview - Experimental
Methods in Vibration Analysis.-Vibration Measuring instruments - Selection of SensorsAccelerometer Mountings, Vibration Exciters-Mechanical, Hydraulic, Electromagnetic and
Electrodynamics Frequency Measuring Instruments, System identification from Frequency
Response -Testing for resonance and mode shapes
Text Books
1. William T. Thomson, Marie Dillon Dahleh, Chandramouli Padmanabha, (1997),
Theory of Vibration with Application, 5th Edition, Pearson Education.
2. S. Graham Kelly (2000), Fundamentals of Mechanical Vibration, McGraw-Hill.
3. S. S. Rao (2010), Mechanical Vibrations, 4th Edition, Pearson Education.
Reference Books
1. S. Graham Kelly (2007), Mechanical Vibrations, Schaums Outlines, Tata McGraw
Hill.
2. C Sujatha (2010), Vibraitons and Acoustics Measurements and signal Analysis,
Tata McGraw Hill.
UE15ME583 DYNAMICS AND MECHANISM DESIGN (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To enable students to acquire fundamental understanding of basics of mechanism
motion and its mathematical treatment
2. To provide students sound exposure to various mathematical and classical
mechanics based principles, concepts and techniques and analyze
3. To help students to develop the basic understanding about system dynamics and its
application different mechanisms
4. To train the students to work on the graphical methods of dimensional synthesis with
selected numerical examples
5. To enable students to develop the basic knowledge about spatial mechanisms and
analyze them
6. To teach students the representation of Eulers angles and its uses in mechanism
analysis
7. To teach students important types of synthesis of mechanisms
Course Outcomes
1. Understand important terminologies, laws and methods used in the basic motion
analysis of mechanism
2. Apply concepts and principles related to basic classical dynamics and analyze
gyroscopic action in machines and develop Eulers equation of motion
3. Synthesize linkages and mechanisms, perform function and path generation for
linkages and apply the concepts of poles, polode, curvature and inflection circle
4. Synthesize simple mechanism using two, three and four-precision methods, overlay
methods and coupler curves
5. Understand analytical method (Freudenstein's) of dimensional synthesis of 4-bar and
slider crank mechanisms and appreciate the use of complex algebra
6. Have an overall exposure and understanding of spatial mechanisms, their velocity
and acceleration analysis and Eulerian angles
Unit I
8 Hours
Geometry of motion: Introduction, analysis and synthesis, Mechanism terminology, planar,

Spherical and spatial mechanisms, mobility, Grashoffs law, Equivalent mechanisms, Unique
mechanisms, Kinematic analysis of plane mechanisms: Auxiliary point method using rotated
velocity vector, Hall - Ault auxiliary point method, Goodman's indirect method.
Unit II
12 Hours
Generalized principles of dynamics: Fundamental laws of motion, generalized
coordinates, Configuration space, Constraints, Virtual work, principle of virtual work, Energy
and momentum, Work and kinetic energy, Equilibrium and stability, Kinetic energy of a
system, Angular momentum, generalized momentum. Lagrange's Equation: Lagrange's
equation from D'Alembert's principles, Examples, Hamiltons equations, Hamiltons principle,
Lagrange's, equation from Hamiltons principle, Derivation of Hamiltons equations,
Examples.
Unit III
12 Hours
System dynamics: Gyroscopic action in machines, Euler's equation of motion, Phase Plane
representation, Phase plane Analysis, Response of Linear Systems to transient
disturbances. Synthesis of Linkages: Type, number, and dimensional synthesis, Function
generation, Path generation and Body guidance, Precision positions, Structural error,
Chebychev spacing, two position synthesis of slider crank mechanisms, Crank-rocker
mechanisms with optimum transmission angle Motion Generation: Poles and relative poles,
Location of poles and relative poles, polode, Curvature, Inflection circle.
Unit IV
12 Hours
Graphical methods of dimensional synthesis: Two position synthesis of crank and rocker
mechanisms, Three position synthesis, Four position synthesis (point precision reduction)
Overlay method, Coupler curve synthesis, Cognate linkages. Ana1ytical Methods of
Dimensional Synthesis: Freudenstein's equation for four bar mechanism and slider crank
mechanism, Examples, Bloch's method of synthesis, Analytical synthesis using complex
algebra.
Unit V
8 Hours
Spatial mechanisms: Introduction, Position analysis problem, Velocity and acceleration
analysis, Eulerian angles
Text Books
1. K J Waldron & G L Kinzel (2007), Kinematics, Dynamics and Design of Machinery,
Wiley India.
2. Greenwood (1988), Classical Dynamics, Prentice Hall of India.
Reference Books
1.
2.
3.
4.
J E Shigley (1995), Theory of Machines and Mechanism, McGraw-Hill.

A G Ambekarb (2007), Mechanism and Machine Theory, PHI.
Ghosh and Mallick (2007), Theory of Mechanism and Mechanism, East West Press.
David H. Myszka (2005), Machines and Mechanisms, Pearson Education.
UE15ME584 ADVANCED MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To enable students acquire knowledge about fundamental concepts of elasticity
2. To equip students with necessary knowledge and skills to analyze unsymmetrical
bending
3. To enable students to calculate deflections and stresses in curved beam and
rectangular plates
4. To help students acquire required understanding, knowledge and skills to analyze

torsion of non-circular cross sections
5. To enable students to evaluate the stresses in rotating members and provide a
sound understanding of contact stresses and its mathematical treatment
Course outcomes
1. Understand fundamental concepts, laws, mathematical developments and
formulations of theory of elasticity
2. Locate shear center for various thin sections and analyze shear flows
3. Calculate deflection, stresses and kern area in beams under non-symmetrical loading
4. Analyze stresses and deflections in flat plates under pure bending, uniformly loaded
load and in curved members such as chain links and crane hookes
5. Understand St. Venants theory, elastic membrane analogy and Prandtls stress
function and analyze for torsional stresses in hollow thin walled tubes
6. Analyze stresses in rotating members
7. Understand contact stresses (for point and line contacts) and its mathematical
treatment within the context of theory of elasticity
UNIT I
10 Hours
Elasticity: Stress-Strain relations and general equations of elasticity in Cartesian, Polar and
curvilinear coordinates, differential equations of equilibrium-compatibility-boundary
conditions-representation of three-dimensional stress of a tension generalized hook's law St. Venant's principle plane stress - Airy's stress function. Energy methods
UNIT II
10 Hours
Shear centre and unsymmetrical bending: Location of shear center for various thin
sections - shear flows. Stresses and Deflections in beams subjected to unsymmetrical
loading-kern of a section.
UNIT III
12 Hours
Stresses in flat plates and curved members: Circumference and radial stresses
deflections - curved beam with restrained ends - closed ring subjected to concentrated load
and uniform load - chain links and crane hooks. Solution of rectangular plates pure
bending of plates deflection uniformly distributed load various end conditions
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Torsion of Non-circular sections: Torsion of rectangular cross section - St.Venants
theory - elastic membrane analogy - Prandtl's stress function - torsional stress in hollow thin
walled tubes
UNIT V
10 Hours
Stresses in rotating members and contact stresses: Radial and tangential stresses in
solid disc and ring of uniform thickness and varying thickness allowable speeds. Methods of
computing contact stress- deflection of bodies in point and line contact applications.
Text Books
1. Arthur P Boresi, Richard J. Schmidt (2002), Advanced Mechanics of Materials, John
Wiley.
2. Srinath L S (1992), Advanced Mechanics of Solids, Tata McGraw Hill.
Reference Books
1. Timoshenko and Goodier (1970), Theory of Elasticity, McGraw Hill.
2. Robert D. Cook, Warren C. Young (1985), Advanced Mechanics of Materials, McMillen Publication Company.
3. G H Ryder (2007), Strength of Materials, Macmillan India Ltd.

4. Allan F. Bower (2010), Applied Mechanics of Solids, CRC Press Special Indian
Edition -2012, 2010
5. K Baskar and T K Varadan (2009), Theory of Isotropic/Orthotropic Elasticity, Ane
Books Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
UE15ME585 EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To teach students the need for different types of experimental stress analysis
2. To enable the students to learn the working principle of various measuring
instruments
3. To help students to acquire sound understanding of basic terminologies and
concepts in photo-elasticity, and also the working principles and laws involved
4. To introduce to the students, Moir methods and technique of brittle coating,
holography and the principle behind their working
5. To enable the students to understand and learn various non-destructive testing
methods
Course Outcomes
1. Understand the principle of measurements along with various measuring
instruments, their application, advantages and disadvantages
2. Analyze Rosette arrangement of strain gauges and develop expressions to calculate
principal strains
3. Understand photo-elasticity, polarization of light and meaning of different fringe
patterns as applied to stress distribution in the member
4. Appreciate compensation and separation techniques needed to quantify the fringe
patterns and understand the technique of three dimensional photo-elasticity
5. Appreciate the principle of brittle coating, holography and Moire technique and use
them
6. Understand the need and principle of working NDT techniques
UNIT I
12 Hours
Measurements and extensometer Principles of measurements, Accuracy, Sensitivity and
range of measurements, Mechanical, Optical, Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and
their uses, Advantages and disadvantages.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Electrical resistance and strain gauges: Principle of operation and requirements, Types
and their uses, Materials for strain gauge. Calibration and temperature compensation, cross
sensitivity, Rosette analysis, Wheatstone bridge and potentiometer circuits for static and
dynamic strain measurements, strain indicators.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Photoelasticity: Two dimensional photo elasticity, Concept of light photoelastic effects,
stress optic law, Interpretation of fringe pattern, Compensation and separation techniques,
Photo elastic materials. Introduction to three dimensional photoelasticity
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Brittle coating and Moir methods Introduction to Moir techniques, brittle coating
methods and holography.
UNIT V
10 Hours
NON-destructive testing: Fundamentals of NDT, Radiography, ultrasonic, magnetic particle

inspection, Fluorescent penetrant technique, Eddy current testing, Acoustic Emission
Technique
Text Books
1. Dally, J W, and Riley, W.F (2005), Experimental Stress Analysis, 4th Edition McGrawHill Inc., New York.
2. Srinath, L S, Raghava, M.R., Lingaiah, K., Garagesha, G., Pant B., and
Ramachandra, K. (1984), Experimental Stress Analysis, Tata McGraw-Hill, New
Delhi.
Reference Books
1. Hetyenyi, M. (1972), Hand book of Experimental Stress Analysis, John Wiley and
Sons Inc., New York.
2. Pollock A A (1993), Acoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progress,
Stephens R W B (Ed.), Chapman and Hall.
UE14AT601 FINITE ELEMENT VIBRATION ANALYSIS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
4. To enable the students to appreciate the use of finite element methods to analyze
structural dynamic problems
5. To enable the students to understand and perform free and forced finite element
vibration analysis of 1d, 2d (free) and 3d (free) structures
6. To teach the procedure to perform finite element based steady-state and transient
response analysis
Course Outcomes
1. Understand and appreciate Hamiltons and Lagrangian principle and develop
mathematical equations for constrained systems
2. Calculate element energy functions for 1-D, 2D and 3D finite elements
3. Understand and apply Raleigh Ritz method and develop mathematical expressions
for vibration of rods, shafts and beams
4. Understand and appreciate the finite element method of treating vibrations in solids
and solve simple problems of engineering significance
5. Understand important concepts and developments such as area co-ordinates,
Cartesian co-ordinates, in-plane and flexural vibration of plates
6. Develop triangular and rectangular - thin and thick finite elements
7. Possess a sound understanding of different damping types and modal analysis
8. Solve large Eigen value problems
9. Perform excitation response analysis for periodic and random excitations
UNIT I
10 Hours
Formulation of the equations of motion: Dynamic equilibrium- Principal of virtual
displacements, Hamiltons principle, Lagranges equations, Equations of motion for a system
with constraints, Element energy functions-Axial element, Torque element, Beam bending
element, Deep beam bending element, Membrane element, Thin plate bending element,
Thick plate bending element, Three-dimensional solid, Axi-symmetric solid, The dissipation
function, Equations of motion and boundary conditions, Problems.
Finite element displacement method: Raleigh- Ritz method, Finite element displacement
method, Axial vibration of rods, Tensional vibration of shafts, Bending vibration of beams,
Techniques for increasing the accuracy of elements, Shear deformation and rotary inertia
effects, Numerical integration, and other considerations for beams

UNIT II
10 Hours
Vibrations of solids: Ax-symmetric solids, Applied loading, Displacements, Reduced
energy expressions. Linear triangular element, Core elements, Arbitrary shaped solids,
Rectangular hexahedron, Isoperimetric hexahedron, Right heptahedron, Volume coordinates
for tetrahedral, Tetrahedron element, Increasing the accuracy of elements, Problems.
In-plane and flexural vibration of plates: In-plane vibration of plates, linear triangular
element, linear rectangular element, linear quadrilateral element, Area coordinates for
triangles, linear triangle in area coordinates, increasing the accuracy of elements and
Problems Flexural vibration of plates, Thin rectangular element (non- conforming and
conforming), Thick rectangular element, Thin triangular element (non- conforming and
conforming), Cartesian coordinates, Area coordinates, thick triangular element, other plate
bending elements, Problems.
UNIT III
12 Hours
Analysis of free vibration I: Some preliminaries, Orthogonality of eigenvectors,
Transformation to standard form, Sturm sequences, Orthogonal transformation of a matrix,
The Jacobin method, Givens and Householders methods, Eigen values and eigenvectors of
a symmetric tridiagonal matrix, The bisection method, Inverse iteration, The QR method,
Reducing the number of degrees of freedom. Making use of symmetry, Rotationally periodic
structures.
UNIT IV
12 Hours
Analysis of free vibration II: Elimination of unwanted degrees of freedom - Component
mode synthesis, Solution of large Eigen problems - Bisection /inverse iteration, Subspace
iteration, Simultaneous iteration, Lanczos method and Problems.
Forced response I: Modal analysis- Representation of damping, Structural damping;
Viscous damping, Harmonic response - Modal analysis, Direct analysis; Response to
periodic excitation, Transient response Modal analysis - Central difference method, The
Houbolt method, The Newmark method, The Wilson method.
UNIT V
08 Hours
Forced response II: Direct analysis - Central difference method, The Houbolt method, The
Newmark method, The Wilson method; Selecting a time step and Problems. Response to
Random excitation, representation of the excitation, Response of Single DOF system, Direct
and Modal Response Multi DOF system,
Text Book:
1. Maurice Petyt (2010) Introduction Finite Element Vibration Analysis, 2nd Edtiion
Cambridge University Press
Reference Books:
1. K J Bathe (2014), Finite Element Methods in Engineering Analysis, 2nd Edition,
Prentice Hall.
2. M.J.Fagaan (1992), Finite Element Analysis Theory and Practice, Longman Scientific
and Technology Publishing House.
3. R. D. Cook (2001), Concept and Applications of Finite Element Analysis, 4th Edition,
John Wiley and Sons Inc.
UE14AT602 Computational Fluid Dynamics (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To introduce and provide core knowledge of the fundamentals of CFD, the various
methods and analysis techniques
2. To enable students to develop a better intuition of fluid mechanics with a variety of
flow situations (turbulent, laminar) using commercial CFD codes
3. To help the students understand the process of developing a geometrical model of
flow, applying boundary conditions, specifying solution parameters, and visualizing
and analysing results
4. To enable the students to develop an appreciation for the factors limiting the
accuracy of CFD solutions and employment of subsequent correction factors
Course Outcomes
1. Understand the major theories, approaches and methodologies used
2. Compare, contrast and apply appropriate PDEs and other system of equations
defining flow dynamics
3. Use and apply various schemes for the improvement of accuracy
4. Appraise the importance of finite difference and iterative solution methods in solving
real-time engineering problems
5. Apply the various explicit and implicit schemes, predictor-corrector methods and
examine second order non-linear problems
6. Apply skills developed in the actual implementation of CFD methods (e.g. boundary
conditions, turbulence modelling etc.) and in using commercial CFD codes
7. Apply CFD analysis to real world engineering designs
Unit I
6 Hours
Introduction: Historical background; One-dimensional computations by finite difference
methods; One-dimensional computations by finite element methods; One-dimensional
computations by finite volume methods; Boundary conditions Neumann and Dirichlet
boundary conditions
Unit II
10 Hours
Governing equations for CFD: Classification of Partial Differential Equations; NavierStokes System of Equations; Boundary conditions
Finite Difference Methods: Derivation of Finite Difference Equations Simple methods,
general methods, higher order derivatives, multi-dimensional Finite Difference Formulas,
mixed derivatives, higher order accuracy schemes, accuracy of finite difference solutions.
Unit III
12 Hours
Solution methods of finite difference equations: Elliptic equations Finite difference
formulations, Iterative Solution Methods, Direct method with Gaussian Elimination;
Parabolic Equations Explicit Schemes and Von Neumann Stability Analysis, Implicit
Schemes, ADI Schemes, Approximate Factorization, Fractional Step Methods;
Three Dimensions, Direct Method with Tridiagonal Matrix Algorithm.
Unit IV
12 Hours
Hyperbolic Equations: Explicit Schemes and von Neumann Stability Analysis, Implicit
Schemes, Multistep (Splitting, Predictor Corrector) Methods, Nonlinear Problems, Second
order One Dimensional Wave Equations; Burgers Equation Explicit and Implicit Schemes,
Runge-Kutta Method;
Unit V
12 Hours
Transformed Equations, Application of Neumann Boundary Conditions, Solution by
MacCormack Method; Example Problems for Elliptic Equation (Heat Conduction), for
Parabolic Equation (Couette Flow), for Hyperbolic Equation (Second Order Wave Equation),
for Non-linear Wave Equation
Reference Books
1. T.J.Chung (2003), Computational Fluid Dynamics, First South Asian Edition, Cambridge
University Press.
2. Jiyuan Tu, Guan Heng Yeoh and Chaoqun Liu (2008), Computational Fluid Dynamics
A Practical Approach, Butterworth- Heineman.
3. John D Anderson (1995), Computational Fluid Dynamics, McGraw Hill International
Edition.
UE14AT603 GEOMETRIC DIMENSIONING & TOLERANCING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To introduce the concept of drawing with GD & T symbols and rules
2. To familiarize the students about different tolerances and virtual conditions to make
manufacturing easy
3. To enable the students to define datum and measurements to aid coherent
communication between designer and manufacturer
Course Outcomes
1. understand the hierarchy of geometric tolerancing and recognize proper application
of GD & T
2. apply positional tolerances, by virtue of which manufacturing would be easier and
cheaper
3. apply concentricity and symmetry for highly precise aerospace components to
calculate geometric tolerances and boundaries
4. understand and apply profile tolerances to highly complicated components used in
automotive and aerospace industries
UNIT I
10 Hours
Fundamentals of limits, fits and tolerances as per IS2102 and 919, Understanding of
Specified and Non Specified Tolerances and its applications.
Introduction to GD & T 14 Symbols and there definitions, feature and feature of size
differences, actual mating envelop and modifiers, Numericals.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Rule of GD & T, Rule 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5, Boundary condition, virtual boundary, outer and inner
boundary, application to gauges, bonus tolerances its use and applications, Numericals.
UNIT III
12 Hours
Datum and its application, benefits of Datum, Implied Datum, Demerits of Implied Datum,
Datum Feature, Datum Feature simulator, Simulated Datum, Datum Feature Symbol, Datum
selection, Datum reference plane, Datum selection, 3-2-1 Rule, Inclined Datum feature,
Datum axis and Datum center plane, Datum applied to RFS and MMC, Datum Targets,
Numericals.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Form tolerances, Interpretation of flatness control, Interpretation of Straightness,
Interpretation of Circularity control, Interpretation of Cylindercity control, their symbols,
measurement and applications, Orientation, definitions of Perpendicularity, angularity and
parallelism, Zone of tolerance, measurements, Orientation with Multiple Datums, Orientation
applied to MMC and RFS, Numericals.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Concentricity and symmetry, symbols, definitions, applications, measurements and
applications. Run out and Total run out, Circular Run out, Symbol, application, Total run out,
symbol, applications, run out and total run applied to various types of features, Profile
tolerance, symbol, definition, profile applied to lines, profile applied to surface,
interpretations, Numericals.
Text Books
1. Alex Krulikowski (1998), Fundamentals of Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing, 2nd
edition, University of Michigan.
2. J. Madows (2009), Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing - Applications, Analysis &
Measurement, James D. Meadows & Associates, Incorporated.
UE14ME652 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY (2-0-0-0-2)

Course Objectives
1. To introduce the students to the objective of research and its characteristics
2. To enable the students to understand various research techniques
3. To enable the students to understand the significance of hypothesis testing
4. To enable the students to learn about sampling, materials and methods in research
5. To enable the students to learn about intellectual property rights
Course Outcomes
1. Assess the meaning and purpose of good quality research and understand the need
of a problem statement
2. Understand the importance of literature survey, have awareness of various literature
sources available and identify gap areas from the literature
3. Understand the concept of hypothesis testing, recognize the need for it and formulate
the research based on the results or inferences of hypothesis testing
4. Appreciate the need for sampling and have an understanding of different sampling
types and methods used therein
5. Differentiate between patents, copyrights and trademarks
6. Design the research, summarize and conclude the research work and provide
appropriate bibliography/references in appropriate format
7. Concisely present the salient points of the research work in the form of an abstract
UNIT I
10 Hours
Research - meaning: why? What: Meaning, Objectives and Characteristics of research
Scientific Method Types of research - Descriptive Vs. Analytical, Applied Vs. Fundamental,
Quantitative Vs. Qualitative, Conceptual Vs. Empirical - Research process - Criteria of good
research
UNIT II
10 Hours
Problem statement -Defining the research problem - Selecting the problem - Necessity of
defining the problem - Techniques involved in defining the problem.
Literature survey Importance of literature review in defining a problem - Survey of literature
- Primary and secondary sources - web as a source - searching the web - Identifying gap
areas from literature review; Development of working hypothesis.
UNIT III
12 Hours
Hypothesis: Testing of hypotheses - Basic concepts , variables, formulation of research;
hypothesis.
Sampling, material and methods, discussion - Sample- Sampling - Types of sampling;
Material - Experiments, Data Basics of Analysis Tables, graphs; Discussion
UNIT IV
12 Hours
Research designs: Need of research design - Important concepts relating to research
design; Research design and methods; Research design Basic Principles; Features of
good design; Research Plan
UNIT V
08 Hours
Intellectual property rights: IPRs- Invention and Creativity- Intellectual PropertyImportance and Protection of Intellectual Property Rights (IPRs) A brief summary of:
Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks.
Summary and conclusions - References Abstract-Key words. Research Ethics
Reference Books:
1. C.R. Kothari (2004), Research Methodology: Methods & Techniques, 2nd Edition,
New Age International (P) Limited
2. Valielaivan (2009), Doing Science: Design, Analysis and Communication of Science
Research
, Oxford University Press, 2009
UE14MS601 NANO TECHNOLOGY (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To introduce the students to nano-materials and basic concepts of nano engineering
2. To enable the students understand the processing of nano-composites, metal and
polymer based nano materials with an emphasis on the mechanics of polymer nanocomposites
3. To introduce the students to processing and characterization of carbon nano-tube
based composites
4. To make the students learn the advanced characterization of nano composite
materials
Course Outcomes
1. Apply the knowledge of nano sized materials in the field of manufacturing
2. Select appropriate nano materials and design components for excellent thermomechanical properties
3. Apply the manufacturing practices of CNT based nano composites to engineering
problems
4. Select the appropriate characterizations methods for various nano composite
materials
5. Apply the knowledge of nano materials for different types of engineering applications
such as automotive, aerospace and bio engineering
UNIT I
10 Hours
Metal based nanocomposites: Metal-Oxide or Metal-Ceramic composites, Different
aspects of their preparation techniques and their final properties and functionality. Metalmetal nanocomposites, some simple preparation techniques and their new electrical and
magnetic properties.
UNIT II
12 Hours
Design of super hard materials: Super hard nanocomposites, its designing and
improvements of mechanical properties.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Nanofiller synthesis, applications, Polymer nanocomposites, particulate and fibre modified

nanocomposites, matrices and fibres, polymer- filler interphase, pull- out strength, effect of
various treatments.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Mechanics of polymer nanocomposites: Interfacial adhesion and charecterisation, factors
influencing the performance of nanocomposites, physical and functional properties. Nano
composite fabrication, matrices, methods, additives, moulding processes.
Polymer-Carbon Nanotubes Based Composites, processing methods and
characterization using SEM, XRD, TEM
UNIT V
10 Hours
Characterization of polymer nanotubes based composites for Mechanical, Electrical and
Thermal Properties and their applications - Polymer / nanofillers (metallic nanopowders)
systems, Rheological measurements, processing characteristics
Testing of Nanocomposites, Thermal analysis such as TGA, TMA, DSC, DMTA
Reference Books
1. Fred W. Billimeyer, Jr (1994), Text Book of Polymer Science, 3rd Edition, Wiley
Interscience Publication.
2. Joel R. Fried (2000), Polymer Science and Technology, Prentice- Hall, Inc.
Englewood Cliffs, N. J., USA.
3. A. K. Bhowmic and H. C. Stephense (Eds.) (1995), New Developments and
Technology - Hand book of Elastomers, Marcel - Dekker Inc., New York.
4. D. R. Paul and S. Newman (1978), Polymer Blends, Academic Press, New York.
5. M. J. Folkes (1982), Short Fibre Reinforced Thermoplastics, John Wiley, New York.
6. P. M. Ajayan, L.S. Schadler, P. V. Braun (2003), Nanocomposites Science and
Technology, Wiley-VCH.
UE14MS602 ADVANCED WELDING TECHNOLOGY (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To enable students to understand the concept of distortion in joints, the stresses
involved around it and how to avoid them
2. To familiarize and make students understand the advanced welding processes and
3. To introduce the concept of welding of plastics, issues associated with it and various
methods of welding plastics
4. To familiarize students with the nomenclature, symbols, methods of inspection and
quality control practices used in welding
Course Outcomes
1. Identify the presence of distortions in a weld and analyze the stresses involved and
recommend methods to avoid them
2. Understand the process and application of various advanced welding processes and
3. Understand the issues involved in welding of plastics and apply theoretical
knowledge of edge preparation to specific methods of joining plastics
4. Select appropriate method of inspection for given type of weld and required quality
5. Apply theoretical knowledge of quality control in welding to assess the quality of a
weld and recommend remedies for non-concurrence
UNIT I
10 Hours
Distortion: occurrence, different types and methods to avoid distortion. Stresses in Joint
Design.
UNIT II
12 Hours
Advanced welding processes: Electro Slag Welding, Electron Beam Welding, Plasma arc
Welding, Laser Beam Welding, Explosion Welding, Diffusion Welding, Ultrasonic Welding,
Friction welding and Thermit welding.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Hardfacing: Cladding, overlaying and surfacing of Dissimilar Materials, methods,
metallurgical characteristics and bonding mechanisms.
Welding of Plastics; issues in joining plastics, edge preparation, methods of joining
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Inspection of welds: Destructive techniques like Tensile, Bend, Nick break, Impact &
Hardness. Non-Destructive techniques like 'X' rays, Ultrasonic, Magnetic particle, Dye
Penetrant, Gamma ray inspection.
Welding Symbols: Need for, Representing the welds, Basic weld symbols, Location of
Weld, Supplementary symbols, Dimensions of welds, Examples
UNIT V
10 Hours
Quality control in welding: Introduction, Quality assurance v/s Quality control, Weld
quality, Discontinuities in welds, their causes and remedies, and Quality conflicts.
Reference Books
1. AWS Welding Engineering Handbook, 6th edition and above
2. Richard Little (2009), Welding and Welding Technology, 37th Reprint, McGraw Hill.
3. O.P. Khanna (2013), Foundary Technology, 17th Reprint, Dhanpat Rai Publications
UE14MS603 ADVANCED MANUFACTURING PRACTICES (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To familiarize the students to the best manufacturing practices followed for smooth
functioning of a production unit
2. To discuss in detail the classical philosophies of Just In Time Production, Toyota
Production System and Kanban
3. To educate the students on concepts of developing and implementing a rigid quality
system using the standard total quality management and control systems
4. To make the students understand the importance of Quality circles and the need to
involve employees for continuous work improvement through various Quality control
and assurance methods
Course Outcomes
2. Appreciate the effectiveness of revolutionary manufacturing practices such as Just In
Time Production, Toyota Production System and Kanban
3. Apply the knowledge of advanced manufacturing practices to develop, simplify and
improve a manufacturing process
4. Recommend appropriate type of manufacturing practice by analyzing requirements of
manufacturing process
5. Analyze effectiveness of quality control practices using various quality control tool
and expose flaws in the quality control system
6. Understand the impact of quality control circles and work involvement programmes
7. Perform value analysis based on their knowledge of value engineering and quality
assurance practices
Unit I
12 Hours
JIT Introduction : The spread of JIT Movement, some definitions of JIT, core Japanese
practices of JIT, Creating continuous Flow Manufacture, Enabling JIT to occur, Basic
elements of JIT, Benefits of JIT.
Unit II
10 Hours
Toyota production system: The philosophy of TPS, Basic Frame work of TPS, Kanbans.
Determining the Number of Kanbans in Toyota Production System. a) Kanban Number
under Constant Quantity Withdrawal System. b) Constant Cycle, Non-constant Quantity
Withdrawal System ; Supplier Kanban and the Sequence Schedule for Use by Suppliers.
a) Later Replenishment System by Kanban.b) Sequenced Withdrawal System.c) Circulation
of the Supplier Kanban within Toyota. Production Smoothing in TPS ; Production Planning;
Production Smoothing; Adaptability to Demand Fluctuations ; Sequencing Method for the
Mixed Model Assembly Line to Realize Smoothed Production of Goal.
Unit III
10 Hours
Just-in-time production with Total Quality Control just in time concept, cutting lot sizes,
cutting set-up times, cutting purchase order costs, the JIT cause-Effect chain, Scrap/Quality
Improvements, Motivational effects, Responsibility effects, small Group improvement
Activities, withdrawal of Buffer Inventory, the total Quality Control Concept.
Unit IV
10 Hours
Total quality control: Introduction-Total Quality Control concepts, responsibility, learning
from the west, TQC concepts categorized, Goals, Habit of improvement, perfection, Basics,
process control, Easy to see Quality control as facilitator, small lot sizes, Housekeeping,
Less than full capacity scheduling, Daily machine checking, Techniques and Aids, Exposure
of problems, Fool proof Devices, Tools of Analysis, QC Circles, TQC in Japanese-owned US
Electronics plant, TQC in Japanese-owned Automotive plants.
Unit V
10 Hours
Quality circles, work improvement and specialization: The impact of Quality Control
circles, Quality Circles, Worker involvement programmes, Employee suggestions, work
simplification, Value engineering and Value analysis, Quality assurance/Quality control,
Combating specialization.
Text Books
1. Richard Schonberger (1982), Japanese Manufacturing Techniques, Pearson Higher
Education.
2. Kargoanker (2000), Just In Time Manufacturing (manual).
Reference Books
1. Yasuhiro Monden (YEAR), An Integrated Approach To Just In Time, Toyota
Production System.
2. James Womack (2003), Lean Thinking, Simon & Schuster Adult - ISBN:
0743249275.
3. P. Womack, Daniel T Jones, and Daniel Roos (1991), The Machine that Changed the
World - The Story of Lean Production, Harper Perennial Edition Published.
UM15BB101 MANAGERIAL COMMUNICATION (3-0-0-0-3)

Course Objectives
To understand the fundamental principles of effective business communication and their

practical applications in the current business practices.
Course Outcomes
The students will be able to
1. Understand the communication concepts
2. Practically apply various components of business communication
3. Identify and analyze essentials of communication

UNIT I
8 Hours
Elements of communication: Meaning Importance Objective and principles of
communication, types and forms of communication- process, impediments of effective
communication strategies for effective communication The cross cultural dimensions of
Business communication Business and social etiquettes
UNIT II
8 Hours
Non verbal communication: Meaning Body language Gestures Postures Facial
expression- Dress-Codes Listening and speaking Techniques of eliciting response
probing questions observations.
Interview technique: Importance of interview art of conducting and giving interviews
placement interviews- discipline interviews appraisal interviews exit interviews.
UNIT III
8 Hours
Public speaking: Principles of effective speech and presentation Technical speeches and
non-technical presentation speech of introduction of a speaker speech of vote of thanks
occasional speech theme speech-moderating programs use of technology
UNIT IV
8 Hours
Instruments of business communication:Business Letters: Inquiries, Circulars,
Quotations, Orders, Acknowledgments, Complaints, Claims and adjustments, Banking
correspondence, Sales letters, Memos, Minutes of meeting, Circular and Notice, E-mail
Etiquettes . Job application letters Bio data, Covering letter, Interview letters, Letters of
Reference.
UNIT V
7 Hours
Meetings: Meaning, Importance, Opening and Closing meetings, Meeting Etiquettes,
Participating and conducting group discussions, Brain Storming and its benefits, E-Meetings,
Telephone Etiquettes
Text Books
1. Rayudu C S, (2012), Communication, 10th Edition, Himalaya Publishing House, New
Delhi.
2. Thill J V and Bovee G L (1993), Excellence in Business Communication,
McGrawhill, Newyork.
Reference Books:
1. Ludlow, R & Panton, F (1998): The Essence of Effective Communication, Prentice
Hall Publishers.
2. Adair. J (2003): Effective communication, Pan Mcmillann.
3. Bowman, J P and Brachaw P P (1987), Business Communication from Process to
Product , Dryden Press, Chicago
4. Meenakshi Raman & Prakash Singh, (2012), Business Communication, Oxford
Publisher.
5. Kaul, (2010). Business Communication, New Delhi Prentice Hall.
6. Senguin, J, (2012), Business Communication,:The Real World and Your Career,
Allied, publishers, New Delhi.
7. Publishers, New Delhi.

8. Rutherford J, Andre, (2012). Basic Communication Skills For Technology, Noida
Pearson Education
9. Rajendra Paul, Korlahalli, J S, (2011). Essentials of Business Communication,
NewDelhi, Sultan Chand & Sons
UM15BB102: KANNADA (3-0-0-0-3)

Course Objectives
To train the students in Kannada language by enlightening with period based Kannada
Literature and imparts training in reading, listening, comprehending, complex text and
communication skills.
Course Outcomes
1. Read and visualize text of an expository/ descriptive/ narrative nature; to identify
salient points, deduce meanings of words, and recognize text organization.
2. Interpret details, comprehend and evaluate ideas and characters.
3. Get a overview of different media related communication and Kannada software
4. Carry on one to one and group communication in Kannada effectively.
sU 1
8 UAmU
a v ZU: F sUz Z vz R ZPgg Ml 8
ZUz, Uq v jZAiPq Egvz.
sU 2
8 UAmU
a v ZU:F sUz Z vz R ZPgg Ml 8
ZUz, Uq v jZAiPq Egvz.
sU 3
8 UAmU
Uq v Px & P: F sUz Uqz 03 PxU U MAz
P Egvz.
sU 4
8 UAmU
Uq v - Azs: F sUz Uqz 03 AzsUz, E
Uq vz Ml PPq Egvz.
sU 5
7 UAmU
A P: F sUz A S, v, PAiU.
Az PtU, zs izsU jZAi - wP, zgz, grAi,
Zav, zgt, CAve. Pq sg - jZAi U PlPz D
Gz z g Egvz.
Reference Books:
1. Study material prepared by Department of BBA, PESU
UM15BB103: HINDI (3-0-0-0-3)

Course Objectives
To train the students in Hindi language by enlightening with literary work both prose and
poetry of some leading authors and train the students in Hindi grammar.
Course Outcomes
3. Recognize the grammatically accuracy of the content
'
'
`-
'
`-
- - ---
(1)
1-9
1-9
Reference Books:
1. Study material prepared by Department of BBA, PES University
UM15BB104:SANSKRIT (3-0-0-0-3)
Course Objectives
To train the students in Sanskrit language by enlightening with literary work both prose and
poetry of some leading authors and train the students in letter writing.
Course Outcome
3. Compose typical letters
Course Objectives
To train the students in Sanskrit language by enlightening with literary works in
prose, poetryand drama of some leading authors and train the students in Sanskrit
grammar and Comprehension..
Course Outcomes
3. Recognize the grammatically accuracy of the content

4. Comprehend any given article in Sanskrit
(
of NarayanaPandita
) - Selection of stories from Hitopadesa
(
written by Kalidasa
) -
V Canto of Raghuvamsham
) Prose selection from Kadambari of Banabhatta
) Drama portion of Dutavakyam written by Bhasa
Unread passages in Sanskrit for comprehension
Reference Books:
UM15BB105: ADDITIONAL ENGLISH (3-0-0-0-3)

Course Objectives
To develop practical communication skills of students in areas of conversation making,
vocabulary development, reading, creative writing and role play through literary work like
Prose, Poetry, Short Stories, Biography and Speech
Course Outcomes
1. Read & Visualize text of an expository/ descriptive/ narrative nature; to identify salient
points, deduce meanings of words, recognize text organization (e.g. sequence of
tenses, sequence of ideas), skim for gist and scan for specific information.
2. Compose an answer using key words keeping in view length and relationship
between ideas as required by key words effectively within the time allotted.
3. pronounce, pause and lay emphasis correctly, describe, explain, narrate, and be an
active participant in Group Discussions effectively.
UNIT I
8 Hours
Road Not Taken - Robert Frost; In Sahayadri Hills, a Lesson in Humility Sudha Narayana
Murthy; Personal Introduction Expansions Proverbs / Idioms
UNIT II
8 Hours
The Story of the Inexperienced Ghost - HG Wells; Hillary Rodham Clintons address at the
U.N. 4th World Conference on Women Plenary Session - delivered on 5th September 1995,
Beijing, China; Writing and Delivering a speech (Vote of Thanks / Inaugural /
Commemorative).
UNIT III
8 Hours
Homecoming Rajagopal Parthasarathy; His Return Perceval Wilde; Translation work of a
poem / speech/ story from regional literature.
UNIT IV
8 Hours
The Blue Carbuncle - Sir Arthur Conan Doyle ; Little Girls Are Wiser Than Men Lev
Nikolayevich Tolstoy; Brochure / Leaflet Preparation
UNIT V
7 Hours
Because I Could Not Stop For Death Emily Dickinson; Vaman Srinivas Kudva A
Biography of one of the Founding Directors of Syndicate Bank; Film: Viewing and Reviewing
Reference Books
2. www.americanrhetoric.com/top100speechesall.html
UM15BB106: FUNDAMENTALS OF ACCOUNTING (3-0-0-0-3)

Course Objectives
The objective of the course is to strengthen the fundamentals of accounting and provide
strong foundation for other accounting courses. The course will intensify knowledge on all
the basic components by using double entry book keeping perspective.
Course Outcomes
The students will be able to:
1. Define fundamental accounting concepts, Conventions & terminologies.
2. Describe the importance, functions & objectives of books of entry, subsidiary books,
bank reconciliation statement and Final accounts.
3. Prepare books of entry, subsidiary books, bank reconciliation statement and Final
accounts using double entry book keeping.
4. To rectify the errors located in books of entry & subsidiary books.
UNIT I
06 Hours
Introduction to accounting: Introduction meaning and definitions accounting theories
functions of accounting users of accounting information concepts and conventionsaccounting equation - GAAP accounting cycle. Book keeping- double entry system and
single entry system of book keeping classification of accounts golden rules for
accounting rules of debit and credit under English system and American system.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Books of entry and rectification of error : Book of Prime entry meaning objectives
advantages of journal journalizing journal entry - recording problems on journal entryBook of secondary entry -meaning features distinction between journal and ledgerposting- steps involved in posting of entries from journal to ledger balancing of accounts verification of arithmetical accuracy - trial balance. Rectification of errors - meaning kinds
of accounting errors need for rectification of errors - suspense account rectification of
error with or without suspense account
UNIT III
8 Hours
Subsidiary books: Meaning significance -types purchase book, sales book-purchase
return book- sales return book- bills receivable book-bills payable book- journal proper.
Cash book - meaning of cash book - types of cash book- single column cash book- two
column cash book three column cash book- petty cash book.
UNIT IV
6 Hours
Bank reconciliation statement : Meaning reasons for differences in bank balance
between two sets of balances - preparation of bank reconciliation statement
UNIT V
7 Hours
Final accounts of proprietary concern: Concept of final accounts - concept of profit/loss preparation of various accounts and statements problems on final accounts of a sole
proprietor.
Text Book
1. S P Jain and K L Narang (2012), Fundamentals of Accounting, Kalyani Publishers.
Reference Books
1. S N Maheshwari, Suneel K Maheshwari, Sharad K Maheshwari (2012) , Financial
Accounting, 5th Edition including IFRS, Vikas Publishers.
2. Jawaharlal (2012), Accounting for Management, Himalaya Publishing House.
3. Anil Kumar, V., Rajesh, B. Mariyappa (2013), Fundamentals of Accounting, 2nd Revised
Edition, Himalaya Publishing House.
4. B.S. Raman (2012), Fundamentals of Accounts, Mangalore Publishers.
UM15BB107: BUSINESS MATHEMATICS (4-0-0-0-4)
Course Objectives
A strong foundation of mathematics would make application of managerial skills effective
and efficient. The subject will assist students in reaching a level of increased competence in
mathematics and expanded understanding of the applications of mathematical concepts in
business activities.
Course Outcomes
The student will be able to
1. Define basic terminology in progressions, commercial arithmetic, matrices and
differential calculus.
2. Understand concepts & procedures of Business Mathematics.
3. Apply mathematical concepts & procedures in business
UNIT I
10 Hours
Theory of equations - Linear equations, Quadratic equations, Simultaneous equations,

Business applications of equations.Matrices and determinants Matrices, types of matrices,
problems on addition subtraction, multiplications, transpose, adjoint of matrix, inverse,
solution of simultaneous equations using Cramers rule and matrix inversion method,
Business application of matrices
UNIT II
Progressions (without proof) Problems on
progressions, business application of progressions.
arithmetic
10 Hours
progressions, geometric
UNIT III
10 Hours
Commercial Arithmetic - Ratios and Proportions, Profit and Loss, Time and work, time and
distance, simple interest, compound interest and annuities.
UNIT IV
11 Hours
Differential Calculus Limits, continuity, differentiation introduction, derivative of function of
one variable, constant with a function, sum of functions, product of two functions, quotient of
two functions, function of a function, logarithmic function, Business application.
UNIT V
7 Hours
Business Application of concept learnt using excel: (a) Solve quadratic equation using goal
seeking function of libre calc; (b) Create and solve simple linear equations using libre calc;
(c) Create and work in all basic matrix operations (matrix addition, subtraction, multiplication,
inverse, transpose) using libre calc; (d) Find out the values of variables of simultaneous
equations and higher order matrix using libre calc (e) Construct a model to calculate ratios
and proportions using libre calc; (f) Construct a model to Calculate simple interest and
compound interest; (g) Construct a model to Calculate annuity and with and without growth.
Text Books
1. G.K.Ranganath and Narasimha Rao, Quantitative Methods for Business I,
Himalaya Pubilications,
2. Dorairaj S N, Business Mathematics, United Publisher
Reference Books
1. D.C.Sanchethi and V.K.Kapoor, Business Mathematics
2. J.D. Gupta, P.K. Gupta & ManMohan. Mathematics for Business and Economics
Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited.
UM15BB108: BUSINESS ECONOMICS (3-0-0-0-3)
Course objectives:
The objective of the course is to enable the students understand the Micro Economic
concepts of demand-supply-pricing-cost and market structures which influence business
decisions. Its scope includes enabling the student to apply quantitative economic concepts in
day to day managerial decision making.
Course Outcomes:
The Students will be able to
1. Define & understand the basic concept of Micro economics.
2. Describe & illustrate the factors affecting Demand, Supply, Production & Price in an
economy
3. Classify the different types of Market structure in an economy
4. Explain the concepts of National Income & Policies of RBI.
UNIT I
8 Hours
Business economics: Meaning - Nature - Roles and responsibilities of a business
economist. Concept of demand - its determinants. The law of demand - exceptions to the
law of demand, shifts in demand. Supply - Law of supply and its determinants.
Concept of utility - The law of diminishing marginal utility - its defects - Indifference curve
and its properties.
UNIT II
7 Hours
Elasticity of demand: Definition, measurement of elasticity of demand price; income; and
cross elasticity of demand. Arc; point and total outlay methods.
UNIT III
8 Hours
Production function: The law of variable proportions - costs of production and cost
concepts - Total Cost - fixed costs - variable costs. Average and Marginal cost - their
relationship. Revenue concepts Total, Average and Marginal revenue. Relationship
between marginal cost and marginal revenue.
UNIT IV
9 Hours
Market structures: Meaning and types - perfect monopoly, monopolistic competition and
equilibrium level of output - through Iso - quants and Iso - Costs with the help of revenue and
costs. Break Even Analysis and calculations.
UNIT V
7 Hours
National income accounting: Concepts GDP, NNP, PI, DI, PCI. Business cycle - meaning
and definition - phases of a trade cycle - control and regulations of trade cycles. Monetary
and Fiscal Policies - meaning and instruments.
Text Books
1. Suma Damodaran (2012), Managerial Economics, Oxford University Press.
2. M L Jhingan & J K Stephen (2012), Managerial Economics, Vrinda Publications (P)
Ltd.
Reference Books
1. Dominic Salvatore (2012), Managerial Economics, Oxford University Press.
2. Martin Anthony & Norman Biggs (2012), Mathematics for Economics and Finance Methods and Modeling, Cambridge University Press.
3. H.L. Ahuja (2013), Managerial Economics, S.Chand and Company Ltd.
4. Paul A. Samuelson, William D. Nordhaus (2013), Macro Economics, McGraw-Hill
Education.
5. J.K Sharma (2013), Operations Research Theory and Applications, Trinity Press.
6. N Gregory Mankiw (2012), Principles of Macroeconomics, Cengage Learning.
UM15BB109: PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (4-0-0-0-4)
Course objectives:
The objective of the course is to facilitate the students in understanding the functions and
responsibilities of a manager, provide them tools and techniques to be used in the
performance of managers job and enable them to analyze and understand the environment
of the organization.
Course Outcomes:
1. Define the concepts of Management and discuss why it is needed in an Organization
2. Explain the basic facts and procedures required for managing an organization
effectively.
3. Analyze general management principles in practical business situation.

4. Apply Planning, Organizing, Staffing, Directing and Controlling process in business
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction to management: Introduction, meaning and features, importance of
management, scope of management, management as a science, art and profession of
management and administration. Levels of management, principles of management social
responsibility of management meaning, social responsibility towards different interest
groups.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Planning: Meaning, nature and importance of planning, planning process, objectives of
planning, principles of planning, types of plans (Meaning only) objective, procedure,
program, budget, strategy, MBO, MBE. Characteristics of a good plan, advantages and
limitations of planning, decision making, importance, steps and types
UNIT III
10 Hours
Organizing: Meaning, natures and purpose of organization, types of organizations and
principles. Departmentation meaning, basis, centralization and decentralization. Authority
and responsibility span of control, factors influencing span of control.
UNIT IV
11 Hours
Staffing: Meaning, Nature and importance of staffing, recruitment, sources of recruitment,
selection and process, types of interviews.
Directing: Meaning and nature of directing, principles of effective direction, coordination,
techniques of effective coordination, cooperation.
Motivation, meaning, types, theories of
motivation- Maslows, Herzberg, McGregors X & Y theory..
UNIT V
7 Hours
Controlling: Meaning, process, features, importance, scope, prerequisites of good control
system. Control techniques, budgetary control, inventory control, break even analysis,
statistical data analysis, return on investment, PERT, CPM, MIS, management audit.
(Control Techniques Meaning only).
Text Books
1. Appannaiah & Reddy (2013) , Management Process, Himalaya Publications.
2. Sharma and Shahi K.Gupta (2013),Management Process, Kalyani Publications.
Reference Books:
1. Harold Koontz and Heinz Weihrich (2002), Essentials of Management, Tata McGrawHill.
2. George R Terry and Stephen G. Franklin (2002), Principles of Management, AITBS,
New Delhi.
UM15BB110: COMMUNICATION LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-10

Course objectives
To encourage students to identify and amplify their own strengths as communicators
Course Outcomes
1. Evaluate & apply various communication components to real life situations
2. Deliver effective business presentations

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Reading Comprehension
Error correction
Listening comprehension
Presentations
Art of Public Speaking
Group discussion
Letter of application with CV
Mock interview
Verbal Aptitude
2 Hours
2 Hours
2 Hours
4 Hours
4 Hours
4 Hours
2 Hours
4 Hours
2 Hours
Text Books:
1. Rayudu C S, (2012), Communication, 10th Edition, Himalaya Publishing House, New
Delhi.
Reference Books:
1. Rajendra Paul, Korlahalli, J S, (2011). Essentials of Business Communication, Sultan
Chand & Sons, NewDelhi.
UM15BB111: ACCOUNTS LABORATORY - 1 (0-0-2-0-1)
Course Objective:
The objective of the course is to understand the basic concepts and nuances of Financial
Accounting and relate them to real life documents and business events. The course also
aims to equip the students with a strong foundation of the essential rudiments of financial
accounting and help them develop a managerial perspective towards the same.
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course the students are able to:
1. Process business transactions based on documents commonly used by businesses
2. Identify the documents related to business transactions
3. Group accounts appropriately as per Schedule III of Companies Act
4. Prepare profit and loss account for a merchandising entity, including inventory
adjustments
5. Calculate and basic analysis of financial statements using Profitability ratios
1. (a) Objective questions on advanced grouping and error rectification. (b) Grouping
practical drill level 2. (c) Practical drill on accounting error rectification level 1
Grouping: introduction to contra account concepts, accounting treatment of
grouping of contra accounts.
Error rectification:Concept of rectification, Types of error explained
2. (a) Accounting process and cycle for merchandising entities. (b)Preparation of profit
and loss account and balance sheet with adjustments.(c) Preparation of profit and
loss account and balance sheet with supporting documents for adjustments.
Accounting for merchandising entities:Revenues, expenses for merchandising entity,
accounting for inventory, disclosure of inventory, preparing profit and loss account of
merchandising entity
3. Objective Quiz and practical drills - Understanding costs
4. Objective Quiz and practical drills on 1 to 3 - Interim Assessment -1
5. Purchase process objective questions, reference to context practical drills question
with purchase related real-life documents.
Business Events - Purchase Process: Purchase process introduction, ordering,

receiving, vendor payments, purchase returns.Authority matrix, concerns in purchase
process
6. Sales process Objective questions, Reference to context practical drillsquestion
with sales related real-life documents.
Business Events - Sales Process:Sales process introduction, customer orders,
order execution, invoicing and collection. Authority matrix, concerns in sales process/
7. Objective Quiz and practical drills on topics 5 and 6 - Interim Assessment -2
8. 360 degrees Event handling practical drill
9. (a) Objective questions on financial statement analysis. (b) Financial statement
analysis practical drills.
Financial statement analysis Profitability ratiosand Liquidity ratios calculation,
interpretation. Over all idea on proposed action to be taken based on the ratio
interpretation.
10. Objective Quiz and practical drills - Final Assessment
UM15BB112: SPECIAL TOPIC: KNOWING YOUR PERSONALITY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course Objective:
The objective of the course is to sensitize the students regarding career, self image & how to
work effectively as a team member.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are be able
1. To draw a blue print of their career
2. To do an action planning regarding their image management
3. To know their motivational profile & work as an effective member of a team
4. To appreciate ethical issues influencing personality
Session I
6 Hours
Team Work: (a) Understanding Roles & Responsibilities Belbin Questionnaires; (b)
Strength & weakness of groups groupthink Ringelmann Effect
Synergy in Teamwork Desert Exercises
Session II
Conflict (a) Reasons for conflict; (b) Techniques of resolving conflicts
4 Hours
Session III
Culture & Culture difference Hofstede Model.
3 Hours
Session IV
Career Management.
3 Hours
Session V
Image Management
3 Hours
Session VI
4 Hours
Know Your Motivational Profile: (a) Achievement Motivation; (b) Affiliation Motivation; (c)
Power Motivation; (d) System Motivation
Session VII
Ethical Issues Influencing Personality
3 Hours
Text Books
1. Harold Koontz and Heinz Weihrich (2002), Essentials of Management, Tata McGrawHill.
Reference Books:
1. George R Terry and Stephen G. Franklin (2002), Principles of Management, AITBS,
New Delhi.
UM15BB113: GERMAN LANGAUAGE LEVEL - 1 (0-0-0-0-0)

Course objectives
The objectives of the course it to introduce German to students who never took the language
at school or had German in their lives at all. This course aims to provide beginning students
with a practical basic command of the language.
Course Outcomes

1. To engage in basic conversations about most common everyday situations and write
simple notes and phrases.
2. Use and understand a wide range of vocabulary items from the skill areas covered in
class
UNIT I
5 Hours
Mein name ist(My name is .): Greet people & say goodbye, How to say who you are,
How to ask people where they come from and where they live.
Language points/Grammar - I & You, Introduce word order, Audio, Vocabulary Expression
UNIT II
5 Hours
Mir gehts gut (I am fine ): How to ask people how they are?,How to say how you
are, How to say which cities & countries people come from..
Language points/Grammar: Verb endings, Audio, Vocabulary - Expression.
UNIT III
5 Hours
Wie schreibt man das?(how do you write that?): How to count from 0 100, How to spell
names and words, How to talk about us and them.
Language points/Grammar: yes no questions, plural verb forms, Audio, Vocabulary,
Expression
UNIT IV
5 Hours
Sprechen Sie deutsch. (You speak German ): How to say what languages you, speak
and ask others what they speak, How to say whether you are, working or studying,How to
say what Nationality you are
Language points/Grammar: formal & informal you, Audio, Vocabulary - Expression
UNIT V
6 Hours
In der Stadt.. ( In town.): How to talk about places in towns and cities, How to count
from 101
Language points/Grammar: gender & articles
Arbeit und stadium.(Work & Study) How to ask people about their occupation and
state yours, How to ask people what they study & where?
Language points/Grammar: the verb to be (sein), Plural forms of Nouns, Audio, Vocabulary
- Expression
Refernce Books:
UM15BB151: ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
The objective of the course is to provide students with a better understanding of behavioral
processes and thereby enable them to adapt to the changing practices so that they may
function more effectively in their roles as managers of human resources.
Course Outcomes
1. Define and explain how people behave based on their personality, attitude,
perception, learning & motivation
2. Identify and describe psychological characteristics and organizational conditions that
are important at work place.
3. Apply key concepts, theories and how they can relate it towards achieving
organizational effectiveness.
4. Develop leadership qualities in them to take initiatives in the work place.
UNIT I
11 Hours
Organizational Behavior: Introduction- Organizational behavior nature and scope,
contribution from other disciplines, basic organization behavior model and Framework of OB.
Personality: Definition, concepts of personality, determinants of personality, theories of
personality Ericksons Eight development stages, Freudian theory, Jungian theory and
Trait theory.
Values- Importance, Types of values- Allport Values, Rokeach Values.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Attitude and Learning: Attitude- Meaning, characteristics, components and formation of
attitudes, relation between attitude and behavior- Cognitive dissonance theory, measuring
of attitudes, changing attitude.
Learning- Meaning of learning, learning process, learning theory of organizational behavior Classical, Operant conditioning, cognitive, observation.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Perception and Group Behavior: Perception - Meaning and definition of perception,
factors influencing perception, understanding perception and judgment- attribution theory,
perception errors.
Group Behavior- Meaning, Types of groups in the organization, functions of groups, Stages
of group development, Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness.
Group Decision making Techniques
UNIT IV
14 Hours
Leadership and Motivation
Leadership- Concept, Importance, Leader vs Manager, leadership style, Leadership
theories Ohio State University studies, Managerial grid, Fidler's Contingency model, Path
goal theory.
Motivation- Meaning, Definition, Theories of motivation,
Content Theory Maslows hierarchy of needs, Two factor theory, Alderfer's ERG Theory,
Mc Clellands Theory and McGregor Theory X and Y
Process Theory - Operative- Porter and Lawler's Theory, Vrooms Expectancy, Equity
Theory. Others William Ouchi Theory Z
UNIT V
7 Hours
Organizational Change and Stress Management:: Organizational Change - Meaning,
nature of work change, change process, factors influencing change, Resistance to change,
Overcoming resistance to change.
Stress Management- Meaning of Stress, Potential sources of stress, Consequences of
Stress, Managing stress.
Text Books
1. Stephen P. Robins, Timothy A. Judge, Neharika Vohra, (2013), Organizational
Behavior, 15th Edition, PHI Learning / Pearson Education.
2. Aswathappa. K (2010), Organizational Behaviour -Text, Cases and Games,
Himalaya Publication.
Reference Books:
1. Singh. K, (2012), Organizational Behaviour - Text and Case, Pearson Education,
New Delhi.
2. Fred Luthans (2001), Organizational Behavior, 11th Edition, Mc-Graw Hill.
3. Robbins. S. P, Judge, T. A., & Vohra, N (2011), Organizational Behaviour, Pearson
Education Asia.
4. Fincham, Robin, Rhodes, Peter (2011), Principles of Organizational Behaviour,
Oxford University Press.
UM15BB152: BUSINESS STATISTICS (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
The course provides a statistical foundation for the various quantitative techniques that are
used in Managerial Decision-Making. To develop quantitative aptitude among management
students.
Course Outcomes
1. Define basic terminology in central tendency, dispersion, correlation, regression time
series and index number.
2. Understand concepts & procedures of Business Statistics.
3. Apply Statistical concepts & procedures in Business.
UNIT I
8 Hours
Background and basic concepts: Introduction Definition of Statistics Functions
Scope Limitations.
Diagrammatic and graphic representation: Introduction Significance Difference
between diagrams and graphs Types of diagrams and graphs.
UNIT II
8 Hours
Measures of central tendency and dispersion: Introduction Types of averages
Arithmetic mean (Simple and weighted) Median - Mode
Range Quartile deviation mean deviation standard deviation coefficient of variation
UNIT III
8 Hours
Correlation and regression analysis: Meaning Types probable error Karl Pearsons
coefficient of correlation rank correlation (excluding vicariate and multiple correlation);
Regression - Meaning - Definition regression equations.
UNIT IV
8 Hours
Time series and index numbers: Meaning and components Computation of trend values
by moving average and least square method. Classification Construction of index numbers
methods of constructing index numbers simple aggregative method weighted

aggregative method Fishers ideal method including time & factor reversibility tests
Consumer price index numbers.
UNIT V
7 Hours
Business application of the concept learnt: Project Work (a) Design a questionnaire
and tabulate the collected data by using libre calc and interpretate; (b) Draw up different
types of graphs for a sales and profit data of a company for six months; (c) Calculate mean,
median, mode of a six month sales data of a company (d) Calculate average, range,
standard deviation and coefficient of variation from the liquidity ratios of a company.
Calculate correlation between sales and profit data for six months.
Text Books
1. B G Sathyaprasad & Chikkodi (2011
),
Business
Statistics.
Himalaya
Publishing House.
2. P.K.Viswanathan (2003), Business Statistics: An Applied Orientation, Pearson
Education.
3. David Anderson, Thomas Arthur Williams (2011), Fundamentals of Business
Statistics, International Edition of 6th Revised Edition,South-Western College
Publishing.
Reference Books:
1. S P Gupta & V K Kapoor (2014), Fundamentals of Statistics, Sultan Chand & Sons
2. Aggarwal S L (2013), Business Statistics, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi
UM15BB153: COMPUTERS IN BUSINESS (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
The objective of the course is to help management students to get familiar with the modern
computing techniques. Students will get familiarity with the computers and computing
facilities including the techniques to use different office management software systems,
underline functioning and working of hardware.
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. Recognize & appreciate the role of computing in a wide variety of activities &
applications in modern society, including commerce, communication, education,
travel & social interactions.
2. Distinguish & identify the structure and function of modern computer systems in
terms of hardware & software as well as the integration of computers into business
systems.
3. Explain how computing systems improve productivity, reliability & transparency of
business, governance, education & research organizations.
4. Articulate the relevance of latest computing technologies in shaping the life & future
UNIT I
8 Hours
The mobile world, information technology & your life: Information Technology & your
life: The Future Now, Information Technology is Pervasive: Cell- Phones, Email, The Internet
& the E- world.
The basics of information technology: The Practical User: How becoming tech smart
benefits you, The All-Purpose Machine: The Varieties of computers, Understanding your
computer, Where is Information Technology headed?
The riches & risks of internet use: Email & Other ways of Communicating over the Net,
The Online Gold Mine: Telephony, Multimedia, Webcasting, Blogs,
ECommerce & Social Networking.
UNIT II
8 Hours
System software: The Power behind the Power- The operating system, What it does, other
system software: Device Drivers & Utility Programs, Common features of the user interface,
Common Operating Systems.
Application software: Getting started, Application Software: Where to get it, How to use it,
Data Files & Program files, Word Processing Software, Spreadsheet Programs, Database
Software, Software Suites & Integrated Packages, Specialty Application Software.
UNIT III
8 Hours
Processing: The System Unit, Microprocessor & Main Memory- Microchips, Miniaturization
& Mobility, Representing Data Electronically, Inside the system unit: Power supply,
Motherboard & Microprocessors. The Central Processing Unit & the Machine cycle, Memory,
Expansion Cards & ports.
Secondary storage: Future Developments in processing & storage cloud storage
Basics of Business Analytics.
UNIT IV
8 Hours
Input hardware: Keyboards, Pointing devices, Sources Data- Entry Devices, The Future of
Input.
Output hardware: Softcopy Output- Display Screens, Hardware Output- Printers, Mixed
Output: Sound, Voice & Video, The Future of Output, Quality of Life- Health & Ergonomics.
UNIT V
7 Hours
Communication, networks & cyber threats: Networks & Wired & Wireless Media, From
Analog to the Digital Age, Networks, Wired Communications Media & Wireless
Communications Media.
Cyberthreats, security & privacy issues: Cyber Intruders- Trolls, Spies, Hackers &
thieves. Cyber attacks & Malware, Concern about Privacy & Identity Theft. Personal
Technology: Personal Devices for improving Productivity at School & Work- Convergence,
Portability & Personalization, Smart Phones, Tablets & E- Readers, Portable Media Players.
Personal devices for enriching leisure & life: Digital Cameras, High- Tech radio- Satellite
Radio, Hybrid Digital & Internet, Digital Television, Videogame Systems.
Text Books
1. Brian Williams, Stacey Sawyer (2014), Using Information Technology, 11th Edition,
McGraw Hill.
UM15BB154: ADVANCED ACCOUNTING (3-0-0-0-3)

Course Objectives
The objective of the course is to gain knowledge and insight into the preparation of various
accounts of corporate companies and ability to understand the International Accounting
Standards relating to Merger & Acquisition ; Business Consolidations and Foreign currency
accounting
Course Outcome
1. Learn the methods in which the capital is mobilised by large companies and frame
accounts as per Accounting Standards.
2. Develop skills to prepare and analyse the Balance Sheet of large concerns.
3. Understand and de-cipher the Accounting Standards
4. Gather information about various accounting practices followed in various companies

and the impact of these methods on the performance of companies
UNIT I
7 Hours
Company accounts issue of equity shares: Application and allotment of shares, over
and under subscription, refund of issue money; Pro-Rata allotment of shares, calls in
advance and calls arrears, forfeiture and re-issue of shares, issue of bonus shares,
employee stock options and sweat equity shares, issue of shares at premium.
UNIT II
8 Hours
Company accounts issue and redemption of preference shares and debentures and
underwriting: (a) Preference shares types and issue; redemption of preference
shares; conversion into Equity Shares;(b) Debentures - nature and difference from
shares; issue, redemption and conversion into shares; (c) Underwriting of issue of
securities.
UNIT III
8 Hours
Final accounts of companies-I: (a) Accounting Standards - important standards, their
role in company accounts.FRS and US GAAP brief overview, differences between

Indian standards, US GAAP and IFRS, convergence of standards; (b) Accounting
requirements under tax laws under income tax and indirect taxation) Meaning of
financial statements, types of financial Statements, legal requirements, preparation
of P/L A/C and Balance Sheet; (c) Managerial Remuneration concept, company
law requirements; depreciation company law requirements; provision for tax,
accounting treatment involved in issue of interim dividend, transfer to general
reserve, corporate dividend tax, preference dividend, final dividend .
UNIT IV
8 Hours
Valuation of goodwill and valuation of shares: Meaning of goodwill, nature of goodwill,
factors affecting goodwill, methods of calculating goodwill, computation of average profits
and calculation of future maintainable profits after tax.Meaning, need for valuation, factors
affecting valuation, methods of valuation, intrinsic value method, yield method, earning
capacity method, fair value method, rights issue and valuation of rights issue.
UNIT V
8 Hours
Special Accounts: (a) Joint Venture accounting; (b) Accounting of mergers and
acquisitions; (c) Consolidated accounts (holding and subsidiary accounts)

elimination of inter company profits, investments, receivables and payables); (d)
Foreign currency accounting accounting of foreign currency transactions,
conversion of balances, accounting of forex gains and losses, translation reserve
accounting standard governing forex translations.
Text Books
1. P.C Tulsian (2012), Corporate Accounting, Tata Mc Graw Hill.
Reference Books:
1.
2.
3.
4.
S. N. Maheswari (2011), Advanced Accountancy Vol 2, Vikas Publishing House.

International Financial Reporting SystemIFRS:Taxmann 2014 Edition
Students Guide to Accounting Standards (CA/CMA Final) 2014 Edition
D.G Sharma (2012), Taxmanns Accounting: CA Intermediate (IPCC), 2nd Edition CA.
UM15BB155: PRODUCTION & OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT (3-0-0-0-3)

Course Objectives
The objective of the course is to enable the students to understand the production and
operations management concepts in materials handling, operation research techniques,
quality management, production planning and decision making in an industry.
Course Outcome
The students will be able
1. Recognize the different types of automation and also identify the advantages &
disadvantages.
2. Describe, explain & choose the best process for production.
3. Understand the material management & apply of techniques for material
management
4. Understand the basic concept of production, inventory management and quality
management
5. Inculcate basic thinking and decision making relating to production and
operations management
UNIT I
8 Hours
Production management: Introduction, meaning & definition, classification, objectives and
scope of production and operation management.
Automation: introduction, meaning and definition, need, types, advantages and
disadvantages, location theory of Weber, plant layout principles.
UNIT II
8 Hours
Production planning & control: Capacity planning, corresponding production planning,
controlling, scheduling routing.
UNIT III
8 Hours
Materials management: Meaning & definition, purchasing, selection of suppliers, inventory
management, material handling principles and practices, economic consideration, criteria for
selection of materials handling equipment, standardization, codifications, simplification,
inventory control, techniques of inventory control.
Method engineering: Concepts of standard time, method study, charts and diagrams, work
measurements.
UNIT IV
8 Hours
Basics of project & inventory management:PERT & CPM, Network components, ruleserrors-dummies in networks, problems on critical path analysis, Inventory model building,
EOQ theory and application.
UNIT V
8 Hours
Basics of quality control: Statistical quality control, quality management, control charts &
operating characteristics curves, acceptance sampling procedures, quality circles, meaning
of ISO & TQM.
Maintenance & waste management:Modern scientific maintenance methods & Waste
Management.
Text Books
1. Ashwathappa. K & Sridhar Bhatt (2012), Production & Operations Management,
Himalaya Publishing House.
2. Sarin Buffa (2011), Modern Production &Operations Management, Wiley India Pvt
Ltd.
3. Victory E Sower, Michale J Sovie (2010), Production & Operations Management,
MCB Ltd
Reference Books:
1. NK Tiwari, Shishir K Shandilya (2009), Operations Research, PHI Learning Pvt Ltd.
2. JK Sharma (2010), Operations Research - Problems & Solutions, Macmillan India
Limited.
UM15BB156: MARKETING AND SERVICES MANAGEMENT (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
To develop a understanding of conceptual frame work of marketing management, service
operations & its applications in Business.
Course Outcome
1. Understand & explain concepts in marketing & services
2. Apply knowledge of key marketing concepts & services in an integrated manner
3. Assess & develop marketing plans and deliver excellence service performance
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction to marketing:Introduction- Nature, scope, Importance, Definition of Marketing,
Evolution of Marketing, Core Marketing concepts, Functions of Marketing, Marketing
Management, Analysing Micro and Macro marketing environmental factors.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Marketing mix: Marketing Mix- Meaning, Elements, Product- Product Mix decisions,
Product Line decisions, Classification of products, Levels of product, Product differentiation,
Product life cycle, New product development, Branding of product, Packaging, Reasons for
failure of product. Pricing- Meaning, objectives, Factors influencing pricing policy, Methods of
Pricing. Promotion- Meaning and significance of promotion, Tools of promotion. Physical
Distribution- Meaning, Factors affecting choice of channels, Types of channels of
distribution, Marketing mix in service marketing.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Market segmentation: Meaning of segmentation, Bases of segmentation, Levels of
segmentation, Requisites of sound market segmentation, Targeting, Positioning.
Recent trends in marketing: Ethical marketing, e-business, m-business, virtual marketing,
concept marketing, relationship marketing.
UNIT IV
12 Hours
Introduction to service marketing: Meaning, Features of services, Classification of
services, Importance of services marketing, Reasons for growth of service sector, Role of
services in economy,
Service industries: Health care, Educational Services, Tourism, travel, and Hotel services.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Planning & managing service delivery: Creating delivery systems in place, SERQUAL
concept, Blue print and its importance, Balancing capacity and demand, Managing
Relationships and Building customer loyalty.
Text Books
1. Mohammed Umair (2013), Marketing and Services Management, Skyward
Publisher.s
Reference Books:
1. Philip Kotler, Kevin Keller (2013), Marketing Management, 14th Edition, Pearson
Publications.
2. K.Karunakaran (2013), Marketing Management, 2nd Revised Edition, Himalaya
Publishing House.
UM15BB157: COMPUTER LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course Objectives
The objective of the course is to introduce the concepts of computer fundamental & their
applications for the efficient use of office technology in a business environment.
Course Outcome
1. Demonstrate the basic technicalities of creating Word documents for office use.
2. Create and design a spreadsheet for general office
3. Demonstrate the basic technicalities of creating a PowerPoint presentation.
4. Demonstrate the practices in data & files management
Practical I
8 Hours
Create a MS document: Save (new folder), open and rename it: Format the paragraphs;
Change font size and style; Find and replace words; Page setup for printing; Cut, copy and
paste options; Inserting bullets and numbering and formatting; Inserting Excel charts in word
document; Importing and exporting data among MS office suites; Hide and unhide ruler;
Change the various indents; Undo and redo operation; Spell checking ; Observe the
difference between various views in the document; Insert page break, special symbols,
Header footer, date, time, text box, and pictures; Insert page border and text border; Study
column options; Insert another document in the current document; Create autocorrect and
auto-text entries; Insert line containing subscript and superscript; Enter text in tabular form to
study various types of tabs; Insert different comments and background for different
paragraphs. Change the text directions; Create a label and envelop; Different letters using
letter wizard
Practical II
2 Hours
Create tables and perform: Inserting a table; Adding , deleting rows and columns; Table
properties and auto format feature; Sorting a table; Drawing a table; Split and merge cells
Converting tables to text and vice versa
Practical III
2 Hours
Perform the following operations using mail-merge: Write a general letter using word
formatting; Make a list of 20 students having USN, Name & Address; Create 20 letter of
above students using Mail Merge
Practical IV
5 Hours
Create a worksheet: Store the information of students containing, Sl. No, Name, Regno,
Date of Birth, Fee paid, Marks in 5 Subjects, Total, Percentage, Class; Enter Details of 5
Students; Enter the serial number using series fill option; Calculate the Total, Percent and
Class of all the students using functions; Format the Date of Birth to display in various
formats; Insert new column after Regno; Insert rows to enter some more students
information; Format the cells and range and in various format
Practical V
5 Hours
Using the above-created worksheet, perform the following operations: Sort the
Worksheet using multiple fields; Show the percentage of all the students using Bar graph;
Format the above graph (use various options like legends, data; Calculate the average
percentage of different combination and illustrate it with Pie chart; Extract the details of
students using auto filter feature; Find the name of the student who has scored highest and
lowest total
Practical VI
5 Hours
Create and save power point presentation and perform the following operations:
Creating and Saving a new presentation using Auto Content wizard and Template; Editing
and Formatting Text in a Presentation and working with Drawing Objects; Inserting Pictures,
Slides, Sound, Date and Timings, Slide Number, Charts and Tables; Formatting
Presentation by Setting Background, Applying Design Template and Other features;
Customizing and Animating Presentation using Slide Show features.
UM14BB158 ACCOUNTS LABORATORY - 2 (0-0-2-0-1)

Course Objective:
The objective of the course is to understand the basic concepts and nuances of Financial
Accounting and relate them to real life documents and business events. The course also
aims to equip the students with a strong foundation of the essential rudiments of financial
accounting and help them develop a managerial perspective towards the same.
Course Outcome:
1. At the end of the course the students are able to:
2. Identify accounts for a business event
3. Record the transaction
4. Understand the complete cycle from journal entry to T A/c to Trial Balance to
Financial statements
5. Understand the closing process like making provisions and recording depreciation
etc.
6. Prepare financial statements from a trial balance after making year end adjustments
for a service company
Practicals and Contents
1. Objective Questions relating to accounting system, forms of business organization

and basics of accounting: Accounting Overview - Introduction to accounting system,
forms of business organizations and familiarization with basic accounting concepts.
2. Objective Questions relating to the accounting equation components assets,

liabilities, equity. Accounting Equation drill to identify impact of transaction on the
components of accounting equation. Identify the Impact of real life documents on
various components of the accounting equation - Accounting Equation - Introduction
to accounting equation, components of accounting equation, balance sheet =
accounting equation, equity for companies (including retained earnings).
3. Objective Quiz and practical drills on topics 1 and 2: Interim Assessment 1

4. Objective Questions on grouping for internal reporting, MCQ on statutory grouping,
terms related to grouping. Grouping drill for ledger accounts related to assets,
liabilities, equity, revenues and expenses: Grouping:-Understanding concepts of
grouping, grouping for MIS and Schedule III of Companies Act.
5. Objective Questions on debit/ credit rules, accrual concept. Debit/ credit identification
drill for various ledger accounts. Level 1 Journal Entries relating to Service Industry :
Accounting Mechanics - Debit credit rules, introduction to journal entries and

understanding of accrual concept.
6. Objective Quiz and practical drills on topics 4 and 5: Interim Assessment 2

7. Objective Questions on accounting journey or transaction flow, T A/c, Trial Balance.
Practical Drill on T A/c to Trial balance: Accounting Journey - Transaction flow from
Journal entry to ledger, ledger to trial balance. Trial balance to financial statements
8. Objective Questions on closing process, and adjustment entries. Practical Drill on

Preparation of simple profit and loss account and balance sheet : Accounting Cycle Matching concept, adjustment entries for year end, depreciation, provisions,
unearned revenues, unbilled revenues, closing process, adjusted trial balance,
accounting conventions
9. Objective Quiz and practical drills on all topics : Final Assessment

UM14BB159 SPECIAL TOPIC: EVENT MANAGEMENT (0-0-2-0-1)
Couse Objectives
The course offers a clear comprehension of all services activities that can be included in
Event Management from theoretical and practical point of view. It further explains the
procedure of composing a number of celebrations and events as an entrepreneurial or as an
executive function to earn profits.
Course Outcomes
1. Define the concept of Event Management.
2. Able to analyze the various components that are required for event management;
3. Make personal effort to start entrepreneurial activities on event management;
4. To meet the challenges of their careers as executives of the event management
services.
Components (3 Hours each)
1. Visit to Trade Fair or an International Exhibition
2. Visit and interacting with staff of a reputed Event Management firm.
3. Visit and interview with a Banquet Manager of a 5 star hotel on managing events
4. Guest lecture or workshop by a Marketing professional or an Events business
entrepreneur
5. Best Practice Study or Case Study conducted on an actual event that took place.
Reference Books:
1. Joe Goldblatt (2008), Special Events The Roots and the Wings of Celebration, 5th
Edition. John Wiley and Sons Inc.
2. Brown R and M Marsden (1994), The Cultures of Celebrations, Bowling Green State
University Popular Press.
3. Allen J. (2000), Event Planning : The Ultimate Guide to Successful Meetings,
Corporate events, Fund Raising Galas, Conferences, Conventions, Incentives and
Other Special Events, John Wiley and Son.
UM14BB160 GERMAN LANGUAGE LEVEL 2 (0-0-0-0-0)

Course objectives
Students will build on their vocabulary, grammar, listening, and communicative skills by
acquiring more sophisticated forms and applications to be able to express their ideas and
desires easily at a basic beginners level.
Course outcomes
1. To acquires communicative skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing as the
just above basic level
2. To communicate in German Language to survive as well as feel comfortable with
German Speaking People.
UNIT I
5 Hours
Essen und Trinken (Food and Drink): How to ask the way,How to order food and drink,
Language points/Grammar: - the accusative case, - Containers and their contents, Audio,
Vocabulary Expression.
UNIT II
5 Hours
Einkaufen und Bestellen (Shopping & ordering): How to talk about going for shopping, How
to ask and give prices, How to order food and drinks in a restaurant, How to say what you
like eating and drinking, Language points/Grammar: - more plural forms of nouns, word
order, Audio, Vocabulary Expression.
UNIT III
5 Hours
Freizeit (Leisure ) : How to say what people are doing, How to talk about leisure pursuits,
How to state likes and dislikes, Language points/Grammar - - Irregular verb forms, using
gern, Audio, Vocabulary Expression.
UNIT IV
5 Hours
die Uhrzeit. ( the time.): How to tell the time, How to talk about daily routines, Language
points/Grammar - - separable verbs, - more on word order, Audio, Vocabulary
Expression.
UNIT V
6 Hours
Was machen wir heute? (What are we doing today?) :How to describe/say , whats there to
do in a given town, How to make appointments, How to say what you would like to do and
what you have to do, How to say, why you cant do things on the date suggested, Language
points/Grammar - - modal verbs konnen and mussen, use of in for focusing on position,
Audio, Vocabulary Expression.
Refernce Books:
UM14BB201 GLOBAL BUSINESS (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
The objective of the course is to enable the student grasp the sense of Business happening
in the International Arena, familiarize with the terminologies connected to global business &
understand the various methods, tools and techniques in Global Business.
Course outcome
1. Identify and understand the complexities of international business.
2. Compare the relationships between international business and the political,
economic, legal and social environment.
3. Analyze current business environment and future opportunities and risks for
international business activities.
4. Develop suitable strategies to face global competition.
Unit I
8 Hours
Introduction to international business: International Business: Meaning, Definition,
Historical Evolution, Nature, Need and Importance. Economic theories related to
International Trade-Mercantilism, Absolute advantage, Comparative advantage, Factor
Endowment theory, Competitive Advantage, Porters competition Vs CKP Core competence
model debate
Unit II
8 Hours
Entry into international business: Modes of Entry: Exporting, Licensing, Franchising,
Contract manufacturing, Turnkey projects, Foreign Direct Investments (FDI), Mergers and
Acquisition, Joint Ventures and strategic alliances, Latest acquisitions and Joint ventures in
the Indian business context, Establishing global presence through e-commerce Case
studies.
Unit II
8 Hours
Globalization : Globalization: Meaning, Features, Evolution of the concept, Stages of

Globalization. World Trade organization (WTO): Summits, Tariff and Non-tariff barriers,
Advantages and disadvantages, Doha round and its implications, Trade facilitation
agreements.
Unit III
8 Hours
Multinational companies & international business: Definitions, Distinction among Indian
companies, Global companies, Multinational Companies (MNCs), Transnational companies
(TNC), Merits and Demerits of MNCs in Indian Context .International Marketing information
systems, Market Research, Comparative study of manufacturing sector in china and India
through secondary sources - Case studies on Indian MNCs that made big in the last
decade.
Unit IV
7 Hours
Export and import (EXIM) : a) Export credit : Methods/ Sources of Credit; Role of Export
credit guarantee corporation ECGC & EXIM banks (a) EXIM documentation: CIF, FOB and
others.(b) Export Promotion: Assistance and incentives to Indian exporters. Highlights of
EXIM policy.
Balance of Payments: Disequilibrium of Balance of Payments and rectification Role of IMF
Exchange rate determination- Capital account convertibility(Concept only) LIBOR- Issues
on integrity
Text Books
1. Hill, Charles W. L., (2000), Business, McGraw Hill, New York.
2. Francis Cherulinam (2010), International Business, Prentice Hall of India.
Reference Books
1. Ashwathappa (2003), International Business, Tata McGraw Hill
2. P.Subba Rao (2009), International Business, HPH.
3. Shyam Shukla (2010), International Business, Excel Books.
UM14BB202 ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
The objective of the course is to familiarize with the students with the concepts, develop
entrepreneurial talents and generate innovative business ideas in emerging industrial
scenario.
Course outcome
1. Learn the basic processes involved in starting or managing new ventures
2. Understand methods to develop business plans for entrepreneurial ventures
3. Apply the entrepreneurship knowledge to a new or existing company
4. Identify the financial assistance available to MSME
Unit I
8 Hours
Entrepreneurship: Entrepreneurship: Introduction, Meaning, Definition, Differences
between Entrepreneurship, Entrepreneur & Enterprise, Functions of Entrepreneur, Role of
Entrepreneur for Economic Development, Factors influencing Entrepreneurship, Challenges
of an
Entrepreneur, Differences between Manager and Entrepreneur, Types of
Entrepreneur.
Unit II
8 Hours
Micro, small and medium enterprises: Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises: Definition,
Meaning, Product Range, Capital Investment, Ownership Patterns, Problems faced by
MSME & the steps taken to solve the problems. Sickness in MSME: Meaning, Definition,
Causes of Industrial Sickness, Preventive, Remedial measures, Rehabilitation for Sick
Industries.
Unit III
7 Hours
Preparing the business plan: Business Plan: Meaning, Importance, preparation. Business
Plan format: Financial aspects, Marketing aspects, People Resource, Technical aspects &
Social aspects. Common pitfalls in preparation of Business Plan.
Unit IV
8 Hours
Starting a business: Business Opportunity: Scanning the environment for opportunities,
Evaluation of alternatives and selection based on personal competencies.
Steps involved in promoting start-up, Steps involved in starting a Business Venture:
Location, Clearances and permits required, Formalities, Licensing and Registration
procedures. Assessment of the market for proposed project.
Unit V
8 Hours
Project assistance: Project Assistance: Financial assistance through SFCs, SIDBI,
Commercial Banks, Agile investors, Venture Capitalist & IFCI. Non-financial Assistance:
DIC, SISI, AWAKE & KVIC. Financial incentives for MSME and Tax Concessions:
Assistance for obtaining Raw Material, Machinery, Technical Assistance, Land and Building.
Industrial Estates: Role and Types.
Text Books
1. Francis Cherunilam (2010), Business Enviroment:Text & Cases, Himalaya Publishing
House.
2. Griffin, Ricky W. and Pustay Michael W (1999), Business: A Managerial Perspective,
Addison Wesley, Readings.
3. Vasant Desai (2012), The Dynamics of Entrepreneurship Development and
Management, Himalaya Publishing House.
Reference Books
1. K Aswathappa (2011), Essentials of Business Environment, Himalaya Publishing
House.
2. Czinkota, Michael R (1999), Business, The Dryden Press, Fortworth.

3. Bennet, Roger (1999), Business, Financial Times, Pitman Publishing, London.
4. Danoes, John D. and Radebaugh, Lee H. (1998), Business: Environment and
Operations, 8th Edition, Addison Wesley, Readings.
UM14BB203 COST ACCOUNTING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
This course aims to provide students with basic concepts of management accounting and
introduces business management approach to the use of accounting information. The
course is intended as an introduction for individuals who make business decisions and
evaluate the performance of business units using data obtained from the accounting system
Course outcome
1. Define various cost concepts and elements of cost.
2. Develop the acumen to understand various cost behavior.
3. Prepare Cost Sheets for various industries.
Unit I
9 Hours
Introduction: Cost Accounting Definition Meaning and Scope Concept and
Classification Costing an aid to Management - Types and Methods of Cost Elements of
Cost-Preparation of Cost Sheet and Tender.
Unit II
10Hours
Material cost control: Material Control: Levels of material Control Need for Material
Control Economic Order Quantity ABC analysis Perpetual inventory Purchase and
stores Control: Purchasing of Materials Procedure and documentation involved in
purchasing Requisition for stores Stores Control Methods of valuing material issue-.
FIFO, LIFO, Simple average and Weighted average.
Unit III
10Hours
Labour cost control: System of wage payment Time Rate, Piece rate, Taylor, Merrick,
Piece Rate System, Incentive Schemes, Halsey Rowan - Idle time Control over idle time.
Labour turnover.
Unit IV
10Hours
Overheads: Classification Allocation, Apportionment & Absorption of Overheads Methods of Absorption of Factory Overheads.
Unit V
13Hours
Job /Order, batch, contract and process costing: Introduction, Job/order costing,
Definition, Features, Job Sheet, Batch Costing, Definition, Batch Size, Contract Costing,
Definition, Types of contract, Calculation of Profit, Process Costing, Definition,
Characteristics, Application of Process costing , computation of abnormal gain and abnormal
loss(excluding inter-process profit and equivalent production). Operating Costing - Contract
costing- basic problems.
Text Book
1. M.N. Arora (2013), Cost and Management Accounting, Himalaya Publishing House,
New Delhi.
Reference Books
1. S.P. Jain and K.L. Naran (2012), Cost and Management Accounting, 13th Ediion,
Kalyani Publishers.
2. M.Y. Khan , P.K. Jain (2014), Cost Accounting, 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill Education
(India) Private Limited.
3. M.Y Khan & P K Jain (2011), Management Accounting, Text, Problems And Cases,
5th Edition, 3rd Reprint, McGraw Hill Publication.
4. S.K. Gupta (2011), Management Accounting, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi.
5. Pandey I.M. (2012), Management Accounting, Vikas publishing House, New
Delhi.
UM14BB204 MANAGEMENT OF HUMAN CAPITAL (3-0-0-0-3)
Course objectives
The objective of the course is to provide the students knowledge about nature and practice
in Human Capital Management and their influence on Decision making skills.
Course outcome
1. Comprehend the fundamental principles, concepts, and practices in Human Capital
Management.
2. Analyze and synthesize the role of human resources management as it supports the
success of the organization including the effective development of human capital as
an element for organizational change.
Unit I
7 Hours
Human capital management: Introduction, Role of HC Manager, Functions & challenges of
HC Manager, Functions of HCM.
People planning- Introduction, Objectives, Importance, Short term and long term planning.
Job Analysis & Evaluation.
Unit II
8 Hours
Recruitment, selection & training: Recruitment - Sources of recruitment, procedure, erecruitment, Social Media recruitment. Selection - Process of Selection, Basis of selection,
Tests and Interviews. Training- Meaning, Importance, Training Need Analysis, Types of
Training, Training Design & Kirkpatrick's, Training Evaluation Model.
Unit III
8 Hours
Development & performance appraisal: Development- Objectives, Importance, Essential
ingredients of Executive / Management development Programme, Techniques of
Development, Self Development & ROI. Performance Appraisal - Need, objectives, Concept
of Performance management, methods of Performance Appraisal, Systems of Performance
appraisal, Feedback system and 720 degree appraisal.(based on pre and post round of
feedback)
Unit IV
8 Hours
Career Management : Career Planning, Career Development- Executive/Manager, Career
Counseling, Promotion, Demotion & Transfer. Grievance Redressal & Grievance HandlingGrievance Procedure, Discharge, Dismissal, Retrenchment, Lay-offs, Lockout.
Unit V
8 Hours
Work place ethics and recent trends in HCM: Work Place Ethics - Harassment, Sexual
exploitation at workplace, Law on Sexual Offences.
Recent Trends in HCM - Competency Mapping, Knowledge Management, Talent
Management, Employer Branding, Downsizing, Employee Engagement, etc
Text Books
1. Angela Baron, Michael Armstrong (2007), Human Capital Management: Achieving

Added Value Through People, British Library Cataloguing-in-Publication Data
2. Subba Rao and Ganesh (2010), Essentials of Human Resource Management and
Industrial Relations: Text, Cases, Himalaya Publishing House.
Reference Books
1. Remond Noe, John R. Hollen Beck, Barry Gerhart, Patrick M, (2012) Fundamentals
of HRM , Tata Mac Graw Hill.
2. Mirza and Saiyadin (2013), Human Resource Management, 8th edition, Tata McGraw
-Hill publisher
3. Dr. Rathan Reddy (2012), Effective Human Resource Training and Development
Strategy, Himalaya Publishing House.
4. P. G. Acquinas (2012), Human Resource Management -Principles and Practice,
Vikas Publishing
UM14BB205 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
This course enables students to understand the basic concepts of Financial Management
and emphasizes the financial aspects of managerial decisions.
Course outcome
The student will be able to:
1. Understand the basics of Financial Management.
2. Inculcate the attitude of analytic thinking.
Illustrate real time financial management elements like EPS, operating profit, cost of capital
and investment decision.
Unit I
8 Hours
Introduction to corporate finance: Corporate Finance: Introduction, Meaning, Corporate
Finance, Finance Function Role of Finance Manager. Goals of Financial Management-Profit
maximization Vs Wealth Maximization. Sources of fund: Long term and short term sources
of fund.
Time value of money: Simple Interest, Compound Interest, Time Preference for Money,
Future Value, Present Value, Annuities, Multi period compounding.
Unit II
8 Hours
Investment decision: Capital Budgeting: Meaning & Definition- Techniques: Payback
Period, Accounting Rate of Return, Net Present Value, Internal Rate of Return, Profitability
Index.(Simple Problems)
Unit III
8 Hours
Cost of capital: Cost of Capital: Meaning, Computation of Cost of capital, cost of equity,
preference, Debt, Retained earnings, calculation of weighted average cost of capital.
Capital structure & leverages: Meaning, Factors influencing Capital structure, Capital
structure theories- EBIT-EPS Analysis Leverages : concept, Types of Leveragescomputation of leverages. ( simple problems)
Unit IV
8 Hours
Dividend decision: Introduction, Meaning, Definition, Determinants of Dividend Policy,
Types of Dividends, Types of Dividend Policies in India, Dividend Theories- Walters Model,
Gardens Model.
Unit V
7 Hours
Management of working capital: Introduction, Concept, Types, components of working

capital. Significance of Adequate Working Capital, Evils of Excess or Inadequate Working
Capital, Determinants of Working Capital. Working capital -Estimation -Techniques.
Text Books
1. S N Maheshwari (2004), Financial Management, Sultan and Chand Publications.
2. Sharma and Sashi Gupta (2006), Financial Management, Kalyani Publications.
Reference Books
1. I M Pandey (2009), Financial Management, Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd.
2. Prasanna Chandra (2011), Financial Management, Tata McGraw-Hill Education.
3. Khan and Jain (2012), Financial Management, Tata McGraw-Hill Education.
UM14BB206 CONSUMER PSYCHOLOGY (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
The course deals with the behavioral aspects of Marketing Management stakeholders. It
explains how the consumers behave under circumstances and how the cultural, social,
personal and psychological factors influence their behavior
Course outcome
1. Define the concepts in consumer psychology
2. Explaining psychological process of consumers & how they behave accordingly
3. Analyze the influence of demographic factors in individual buying behavior
4. Apply the basic models of consumer behavior in real marketing environment.
Unit I
11 Hours
Introduction to consumer behavior: Meaning, Types of consumers, Interdisciplinary
nature of Consumer Behavior, Scope and Application, current trends. Concept of
consumerism, consumerism in India, reasons for growth of consumerism, Major features of
consumer protection act 1986.
Unit II
11 Hours
Consumer decision making process: Problem recognition, Pre purchase search,
purchasing process, Post purchase behavior, Concept of Consumer Satisfaction, sources of
consumer dissatisfaction, dealing with consumer complaint, working towards enhancing
consumer satisfaction, Models of Consumer Behavior.
Unit III
10 Hours
Individual and External Determinants of Consumer Behavior: Purchase & Post
purchase theories Expectation confirmation theory and Three stage model of Buyer
Behaviour (John Howard and Jagdish Sheth) Family Influences: FLC stages, Family
decision making, Dynamics of husband wife decision making, Role of child in decision
making. Group Influence: Reference group, Types of reference group, Nature of reference
groups and its influence on consumers.
Unit IV
10 Hours
Influence of social class, culture and sub culture on consumer behavior: Measurement
of Social class, Life style profiles, VALS, AIOS, and Social class mobility. Influence of
Culture and Subculture on Consumer Behavior- religious, regional, racial, age and gender.
Unit V
10 Hours
Diffusion of Innovation: Innovation: Diffusion process, Channels of communication, Social
system and time, Stages adoption process, Information sources
Text Books
1. Assael Henry (2009), Consumer Behaviour and Marketing Action, 6th Edition, Asian
Books (P) Ltd,.
2. Nair. R. Suja (2002), Consumer Behaviour in Indian Perspective, 1st Edition Reprint,
Himalaya Publishing House.
Reference Books
1. Jay D. Lindquist & M. Joseph Sirgy (2009), Consumer Behaviour, Biztantra
Publication.
2. Leon, S., & Leslie, K. (2009), Consumer Behaviour, 10th Edition, Prentice Hall.
UM14BB207 HUMAN CAPITAL LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course objectives
To achieve efficiency and effectiveness by mean of management of Human Capital.
Management of Human Capital serves other functional areas, so as to help them to attain
efficiency in their operations and attainment of goals to attain efficiency.
Course outcome
1. Understanding of how to utilize management of Human Capital to enhance
Organizational Performance.
2. Management of Human Capital as a mode of improvement in efficiency and
effectiveness of Organizational operations.
Practical Components
1. Change Agent
2. Strategic Partner
3. Administrative Expert
4. Employee Champion
5. Recruitment and Selection Process
6. Employee Training Programme
7. Employee Performance Appraisa
8. Career Counseling
9. Talent Identification
10. Employee Engagement
11. Employer Branding
12. Grievance Procedure
13. SWOT analysis
Text Books
1. Angela Baron, Michael Armstrong (2007), Human Capital Management: Achieving
Added Value Through People, Kogan Page Publishers
2. Subba Rao and Ganesh, (2010), Essentials of Human Resource Management and
Industrial Relations: Text, Cases, Himalaya Publishing House.
Reference Books
1. Remond Noe, John R. Hollen Beck, Barry Gerhart, Patrick M, (2012) Fundamentals
of HRM, Tata Mac Graw Hill.
2. Mirza and Saiyadin (2013), Human Resource Management, 8th Edition, Tata McGraw
-Hill publisher
3. Rathan Reddy (2012), Effective Human Resource Training and Development

Strategy, Himalaya Publishing House
4. P. G. Acquinas (2012), Human Resource Management - Principles and Practice,
Vikas Publishing
UM14BB208 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course objectives
This course enables students to obtain the ability to use tools of analysis such as Time value
of money, cost of capital, capital budgeting, capital structure, leverages, dividend decisions
and working capital management
Course outcome
1. Calculate the compound value and present value of cash flows, financial leverage,
operating leverage, combined leverage, payback, NPV, IRR, ARR, profitability index
and value of the firm
2. Compute cost of specific source of finance and weighted average cost of capital.
3. Determine EPS, EBIT. Optimum Payout of dividend, and Market price of the share at
different dividend payout
4. Estimate Working Capital requirements of the firm
Practical Components
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Problems in time value of Money (4 Hours)

Computation of cost of capital (4 Hours)
Appraising of capital budgeting proposals (4 Hours)
Case studies in capital structure (4 Hours)
Financial analysis through leverages (4 Hours)
Dividend theory of relevance and irrelevance (3 Hours)
Estimation of working capital requirement (3 Hours)
Text Books
1. S N Maheshwari (2004), Financial Management, Sultan and Chand Publications.
2. Sharma and Sashi Gupta (2006), Financial Management, Kalyani Publications
Reference Books
1. I M Pandey (2009), Financial Management, Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd.
2. Prasanna Chandra (2011), Financial Management, Tata McGraw-Hill Education.
3. Khan and Jain (2012), Financial Management, Tata McGraw-Hill Education.
UM14BB209: SPECIAL TOPIC: QUALITY & MANAGEMENT GURUS & THEIR

CONTRIBUTION (2-0-0-0-2)
Course objectives
The objective of the course is to cultivate a sense of self-awareness through indentifying a
Management & quality Gurus vision, mission, style and values.
Course outcome
At the end of the course students are able
1. To understand the contribution of management & quality gurus
2. To suggest typical areas of application in an industry of those contribution.
Topic 1: Dr. Walter Shewhart

Topic 2: Dr. W. Edwards Deming
Topic 3: Dr. Joseph M. Juran
Topic 4: Armand V. Feigenbaum
Topic 5: Dr. Kaoru Ishikawa
Topic 6: Dr. Genichi Taguchi
Topic 7: P.C.Mahalanobis
Topic 8: C.K.Prahalad
Topic 9: Rakesh Khurana
Topic 10: Vijay Govindarajan
Topic 11: Peter.F.Drucker
Topic 12: Amartya Sen
Topic 13: Abraham Maslow
Text Books
1. Brad Jackson (2001) Management Gurus and Management Fashions: A Dramatistic
Inquiry, British Library Publication.
Reference Books
1. Jayaraman (2008), Management and Quality Gurus, Excel Book Publisher
UM14BB210 GERMAN LANGUAGE LEVEL - 2 (0-0-0-0-0)

Couse Objectives
Continuing to build upon the previously learned skills, students will acquire additional
vocabulary and grammatical forms to enable them to engage in complex conversations and
to write proficiently Students will also be introduced to contemporary life and culture in
German-speaking countries.
Course Outcomes
1. to have a basic conversation based on daily routine activities.
2. to say or express their ideas with a full command of adjectives, adverbs and
prepositional phrases.
3. to understand and be understood in three major tenses, present, past, and future
with some combinations of imperfect, conditional and subjunctive, as well as the
passive voice.
UNIT I
5 Hours
Essen und Trinken (Food and Drink): How to ask the way,How to order food and drink,
Language points/Grammar: - the accusative case, - Containers and their contents, Audio,
Vocabulary Expression.
UNIT II
5 Hours
Einkaufen und Bestellen (Shopping & ordering): How to talk about going for shopping, How
to ask and give prices, How to order food and drinks in a restaurant, How to say what you
like eating and drinking, Language points/Grammar: - more plural forms of nouns, word
order, Audio, Vocabulary Expression.
UNIT III
5 Hours
Freizeit (Leisure ) : How to say what people are doing, How to talk about leisure pursuits,
How to state likes and dislikes, Language points/Grammar - - Irregular verb forms, using
gern, Audio, Vocabulary Expression.
UNIT IV
5 Hours
die Uhrzeit. (the time.): How to tell the time, How to talk about daily routines, Language
points/Grammar - - separable verbs, - more on word order, Audio, Vocabulary
Expression.
UNIT V
6 Hours
Was machen wir heute? (What are we doing today?) :How to describe/say , whats there to
do in a given town, How to make appointments, How to say what you would like to do and
what you have to do, How to say, why you cant do things on the date suggested, Language
points/Grammar - - modal verbs konnen and mussen, use of in for focusing on position,
Audio, Vocabulary Expression.
Refernce Books:
UM14BB251 PROJECT MANAGEMENT (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
The objective of the course is to enable the students to understand the concept of Project
Management and its Feasibility to develop and implement project Management Decisions.
Course outcome
1. Understand the basic concept of project feasibility and management
2. Analyze and make decisions in project scenario.
3. Understand and analyze the market condition, internal and external factors
influencing project implementation and its costs and revenues.
Unit I
8 Hours
Introduction to project management: Understanding Project Management, Project
Manager, Line Manager & Staff Manager, Inter Relationship & Interface, Defining Project
Managers, Functional Managers & Executives role. Project Manager as a planning agent,
Project Driven Vs Non Project Driven organization, Marketing in the Project Driven
Organization, Position of the Project Manager, Programs and Projects, Product Vs Project
Management, Project Life Cycles.
Unit II
8 Hours
Project planning: Identifying strategic project variables, Project planning, Statement of
work, Project specifications, Milestone schedule, Work breakdown structure, Planning cycle,
Management Control.
Unit III
8 Hours
Feasibility of the project: Technical feasibility, marketing feasibility, socio economic
feasibility, Managerial feasibility and financial feasibility.
Unit IV
8 Hours
Project evaluation and review techniques: Estimating activity time, Estimating total
program time, PERT/CPM planning, Crash time
Unit V
7 Hours
Project Management Functions: Controlling, Directing, Project authority, Team building,
Leadership, communications, Project review meetings, Management policies and
procedures.
Text books
1. Prasanna Chandra (2011), Projects: Planning, Analysis, Selection, Financing,

Implementation And Review, 7th Edition, McGraw Hill.
2. Harold Kerzner (2012), Project Management: A Systems Approach To Planning,
Scheduling And Controlling, Wiley.
Reference books
1. Ashwath Damodaran (2007), Corporate Finance Theory And Practice, Wiley India
Pvt Ltd.
2. Harvard Business Review (March 2014), Managing Projects, Harvard Business
Publishing.
3. Ross Westerfield Jordan (2012), Fundamentals Of Corporate Finance, Tata-Mcgraw
Hill Publisher.
4. Ashwath Damodaran (2007), Corporate Finance Theory And Practice, Wiley India
Pvt Ltd.
UM14BB252 BUSINESS REGULATIONS (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
The objective of the course is to introduce the students towards various regulations affecting
business and familiarize with business regulations.
Course outcome
1. To describe the impact of legal environment on business.
2. To identify legal issues and provide effective solutions to legal problems.
3. To identify and evaluate the changes in new regulations and its effectiveness.
Uni I
8 Hours
Introduction of business law: Introduction, nature of law, meaning and definition of
business laws, scope and sources of business law, fundamental rights and directive principle
of state policies principles having legislation, an overview of business laws in India.
Unit II
8 Hours
Contract laws: Definition types of contracts essentials of valid contracts offer,
acceptance, consideration, capacity of parties, free consent, legality of object and
consideration, various modes of discharge of a contract, performance of contracts, remedies
for breach of contract
Unit III
8 Hours
Intellectual property laws: Meaning and scope of intellectual properties Patent Act of
1970 and its amendments as per WTO agreement, back ground, objects, definition,
Inventions, patentee, true and first inventor, procedure for grant of process and product.
Patents, WTO rules as to patents, rights to patentee infringement remedies. The copy
rights act, meaning its uses and rights.
Unit IV
7 Hours
Competition laws: Concept of Competition, Development of Competition Law, Overview Of
MRTP Act 2002,Anticompetitive Agreements, Abuse of Dominant Position, Combination,
Regulation of Combinations, Competition Commission of India; Appearance Before
Commission, Compliance of Competition Law
Unit V
8 Hours
Consumer Laws: Consumer Protection Act 1986: Back Ground Definitions Consumer,
Consumer Dispute, Complaint, Deficiency, Service, Consumer Protection Council,
Consumer Redress Agencies, District Forum, State Commission and National Commission.
Laws to Prevent Money Laundering-Money Laundering Act, Prevention of Money

Laundering- Genesis and Definitions, Various Transactions. Obligations of Banks and
Financial Institutions, RBI Guidelines on Know your client.
Text books
1. Gulshan, S.S. (2011), Business Law, Excel Books.
Reference books
1. Shukala, M.C. (2010), A Manual Of Mercantile Law, 6th Edition, Sultan Chand And
Sons, New Delhi.
2. Kuchhal, M.C. (2010), Business Law, 6th Edition, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi
3. Miller, R.L.R., & Hollowell, W.E. (2010), Business Law: Text & Exercise, 6th Edition,
Tata McGrill Publishers.
4. Bulchandani, K.R. (2009), Business Law for Management, 6th Edition, Himalaya
Publishing House.
5. Kapoor, N.D. (2007). Business Law, 29th Edition, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi.
UM14BB253 E- COMMERCE (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
The course imparts understanding of the concepts & various application issues of ebusiness like internet infrastructure, security over internet, payment systems & various online
strategies.
Course outcome
1. Analyse the business model of a firm & determine the role that the internet and
related technologies to support and develop business model.
2. Gain a Practical orientation to e-commerce & e- Business Management.
3. Understand the key issues involved in managing electronic commerce initiatives.
Utilize the internet to collect information & conduct research.
Unit I
8 Hours
Introduction to E-commerce: Meaning & Concept of E-commerce,
E-commerce v/s
Traditional commerce, History of E- commerce- Electronic Data Interchange- Importance,
features & benefits of e-commerce - impacts, challenges & Limitations of E commerce,
Emerging trends of e-commerce in India.
Unit II
8 Hours
Business models of E- commerce: Business to Business, Business to Customers,
Customers to Customers, Business to Government, Business to Employee, E-Commerce
Strategy- influencing factors of successful E- Commerce, E- Business Infrastructure- the
internet, intranets, extranets, world wide web, voice over Internet Protocol, New access
device. Internet of Things.
Unit III
8 Hours
E Security: Security in the cyberspace, Designing for security- Virus- security protection &
recovery- Encryption, decryption, protecting client computers e-commerce communication
channels & web servers encryption, firewalls, cryptography methods- digital signatures,
digital certificates, VPNs, protecting networks, policies & procedures.
Unit IV
8 Hours
Electronic payments system: Concept of money, electronic payment system, types of
electronic payment systems- smart cards , credit card payments, debit cards, accumulating
balance, online stored value payment systems, digital cash, digital wallets, agile wallet,
digital cheque, electronic commerce & banking.
Unit V
7 Hours
E- Commerce application & strategies: Emerging trends in e-business, e- governance,
digital commerce, mobile commerce, strategies for business over web, internet based
business models.
Legal & ethical issues in E-commerce: Legal aspects of e-commerce, internet frauds,
cyber laws, IT Act 2000 features, Regulatory framework of e-commerce
Text books :
1. Whitley & David (2012), E-commerce Strategy, Technologies & Applications, Tata
McGraw Hill Publishers
2. C.S.V Murthy (2012), E- Commerce, Himalaya Publishing House.
Reference books:
1. Ravi Kalakota, Andrew B Whinstone (2000), Frontiers of Electronic Commerce
Addison- Wesley.
2. Dave Chaffey (2009), E-Business & E-commerce Management, Pearson Education.
3. Watson R T (2010), Electronic commerce - The Strategic Perspective, The Dryden
Press.
UM14BB254 PROJECT LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Couse Objectives
This Project Management course examines project management in theory and practice and
the roles and responsibilities of the project manager. The course offers a practical approach
to managing projects, focusing on organizing, planning, and controlling the efforts of the
project. Students participate in structured workshops where simulated project plans are
designed and implemented
Course Outcomes
1. Concepts to address specific management needs at the individual, team, division
and/or organizational level
2. Practical applications of project management to formulate strategies allowing
organizations to achieve strategic goals
3. Critical-thinking and analytical decision-making capabilities to investigate complex
business problems to propose project-based solutions.
Unit I
4 hours
Introduction to Project software: Understanding Projects, Managing Projects & Project
Management Software, Taking a first look at Project Starting Project, Entering Information,
Changing Views.
Unit II
4 hours
Creating a New Project: Gathering Information, Opening a Project file, Establishing Basic
Project Information, Looking at Project Calendars, Entering tasks, Adding subtasks, Saving
Project files, working with Project Outline Adjusting tasks in an outline.
Unit III
6 hours
Building Tasks: Establishing Timing for Tasks, Assigning Task Timing, Using Recurring
Tasks, Establishing Constraints and Deadline Dates, Manipulating Gantt Chart to View
Timing, Entering Task Notes, Establishing Dependencies Among Tasks, Viewing
Dependencies
Unit IV
6 hours
Creating Resources & Assigning Costs: Understanding Resources, Creating Resource List,
Modifying Resource Information, Using Resources and Tasks, Handling Unusual Cost
Situations
Understanding Basics of Views: What is a View?, Examining Indicators, Admiring Views
Calendars, Detail Gantt, Gantt Chart, Leveling Gantt, Tracking Gantt, Multiple baselines
Gantt. Resource Allocation, Resource Form, Resource Graph, Resource Name Form,
Resource Sheet, Resource Usage. Task Sheet, Task Usage, Printing Project.
Unit V
6 hours
Tracking Project Progress I:Understanding the Principles of Tracking, Using Baseline,
Changing the Baseline, Viewing Progress with the Tracking Gantt Chart View
Interpretation, Task Variance Table, Task Cost Table, Task Work Table, Understanding
Tracking Strategies
Text Books
1. Microsoft Office Project 2007 Bible by Elaine Marmel, Wiley Publishing Inc.
Supplementary Reading Material
1. PMBOK Guide by PMI
Websites
1. www.pmi.org.in
2. http://www.project-blog.com/
Journals
Project Management by Koehler, Brandon. OfficePro. Mar/Apr 2012, Vol. 72 Issue
UM14BB255 ADVERTISING & MEDIA MANAGEMENT (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
The interdisciplinary nature of the concentration of advertising and media management
provides the students to understand the latest developments in media and technology and
their subsequent effects.
Course Outcome
1. Gain expanded knowledge in relation to newly-developing media
2. Understand ethical media management strategies.
3. Develop strong analytical skills to review various advertising campaigns
4. Provide the creative team with the information and direction that enables them to
develop ideas that are relevant to the customers
Unit I
8 hours
Introduction to advertising: Advertising: Meaning, Features, Setting advertising objectives
based on 5Ms of Advertising, Types of advertising, Social, Economic and Legal implications
of Advertising, Role of Advertising in Marketing, Drawbacks of advertising.
Unit II
8 hours
Advertising planning & decision making: Advertising planning in line with marketing
strategies, DAGMAR approach, Developing Advertising campaign, Ad appeals, Elements of
successful Advertising plan, Role of Advertising agencies, Advertising Budget.
Unit III
8 hours
Creative execution and judgement: Choosing an effective Advertising theme, Creative

approaches, Rational, Emotional, Using an endorser, Distraction effects, Creative Processidea development, copywriting, illustration, layouts, positioning and creative interpretation
Unit IV
8 hours
Media strategy: Media plan, types and choice criteria, Media Mix, Reach and frequency of
advertisements, TRP, Media scheduling, Cost of advertisements related to sales media
strategy and scheduling, Role of Media, Media buying and organization.
Unit V
7 hours
E-Advertising: E- advertising: Evolution; Types of E-advertising, Impacts of E-advertising,
Limitations of E-advertising, M- advertising & Social Media advertising.
Text book
1. Chunnawalla S.A & Sethia K C (2004), Foundations of Advertising- Theory &
Practice, 5th Revised Editio,n Himalaya Publishing House.
Reference Books
1. Manendra Mohan (2005), Advertising Management- Concepts & Cases, Tata Mc
Graw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd.
2. Sontakki (1999), Advertising, Kalyani Publications
3. Rajeev Batra, John.G.Myers, T.David.A.Aaker (1998), Advertising Management,
5thEdition, PHI Edition, New Delhi.
UM14BB256 INDIAS FOREIGN TRADE POLICY (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
The course objective is to acquaint the students with recent trends in Indias Foreign Trade &
policy related issues in foreign trade in the global context.
Course outcome
1. Define & explain various concepts of foreign trade in global context
2. Classify policies & procedures meant for export & import activities
3. Analyze roles & responsibilities of international marketing in trade policy
4. Demonstrate the functions of various export promotion initiatives like EOU, SEZ &
EP2
Unit I
10 Hours
Indias foreign trade in the global context: Meaning - importance composition Volume
& direction of Indias Foreign Trade recent trends in India Foreign Trade and key issues.
Indias export performance. Opportunities in international markets for growth &
diversification.
Unit II
10 Hours
Indias balance of payments: brief review of its past & present. Nature of Indias balance of
payments its impact on the economy. Causes of disequilibrium in Indias balance of
payments measures adopted to improve the balance of payments with special reference to
current account deficit.
Unit III
10 Hours
Indias export, import policy: Export promotion schemes & incentives. Creation of
enclaves for export production & promotion. (a)Inland container depots; (b) Export
oriented units; (c) Export houses; (d) Trading houses. Market development assistance;
market Access initiatives. WTO & Indias export promotion measures.
Unit IV
11 Hours
Assessment of prospects international market entry; concept of product decisions for
international markets product standardization product launch for international markets &
international product strategy.
Export promotion councils role & responsibility in International Marketing
Unit V
11 Hours
Institutional set up for export promotion in India, commodity boards & service institutions.
Need for strategic Re orientation of export promotion. State Government involvement in
promoting exports institutional infrastructure export promotion initiatives EOU, EPZ &
SEZ obstacles to state govts. In export promotion. Role of dept of commerce & foreign
trade. Functions of the Director General of Foreign Trade. International Retailing
Text books
1. S K Mishra & V K Puri (2009), Economic Environment of Business, Pearson
Education Publisher, New Delhi.
2. Anmloe, Bhalla (2001), V K International Business Environment & Management, 8th
Edition, Pearson Education Publisher, New Delhi.
Reference books
1. Annual Reports of the Ministry of Commerce (2014)
2. Annual Economic Surveys (2014)
3. Import & Export policy (Government of India) (2014)
UM14BB257 ADVERTISING LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Couse Objectives
1. To develop practical orientation in the students
2. To help them identify their strengths in areas like Media and Advertising
Course Outcomes
1. The students will be able to understand and analyze the modern day trends in Media
and Advertising
2. The students develop a strength to relate classroom concepts to the real world
3. The students will also be able to identify their area of interest and strength by the end
of the course
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Component
Print Advertising
Electronic Advertising
Internet Advertising
Specialty Advertising
Mural Advertising
Surrogate Advertising
No of hrs
06
10
04
02
02
02
UM14BB258 MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
This course aims to provide students with basic concepts of management accounting and
introduces business management approach to the use of accounting information. The
course is intended as an introduction for individuals who make business decisions and
evaluate the performance of business units using data obtained from the accounting system
Course outcome
1. Apply accounting knowledge in decision-making scenarios.
2. Analyzes, synthesizes, and evaluates from a wide variety of accounting
information sources and its implementation
Unit I
8 Hours
Introduction to management accounting: Management Accounting Meaning Definition Objectives Nature and Scope of management accounting Relationship
between Management Accounting, Cost Accounting and Financial Accounting. Analysis of
Financial statements -meaning, nature and objectives of financial statement analysis.
Unit II
7 Hours
Tools of financial statement analysis: Tools of financial statement analysis, Comparative
Statements Common size statements Trend percentages. Ratio Analysis, Meaning,
Definition, Classification of Ratios, Uses & Limitations Problems on Ratio AnalysisPreparation of Trading and Profit and Loss account and Balance sheet with the help of
Ratios- window dressing
Unit III
9 Hours
Fund Flow & Cash Flow Analysis: Working Capital Working capital requirements and its
computation Fund Flow Analysis and Cash Flow Analysis.
Unit IV
8 Hours
Marginal costing & profit planning: Meaning, Advantages & limitations Break Even
Analysis Contribution, P/V ratio, Margin of Safety, Absorption Costing- selling price
decisions- pricing in competition and Depression, Make or Buy decision, evaluate shut-down
or continuation decisions, Exploring foreign markets.
Unit V
7 Hours
Budgeting & budgetary control: Meaning, Objectives Budgetary control Importance
Advantages of Budgetary control Types of Budgets, Preparation of Purchase budget,
Production budget, Sales budget, Cash budget and Flexible budget- Concept of zero base
budgeting.
Text book:
1. Sharma and S.K.Gupta (2006), Management Accounting, Kalyani Publishers,
New Delhi.
Reference books
1. S.N. Maheswari (2004), Management Accounting, Sultan Chand & Sons,
New Delhi.
2. M.Y Khan & P K Jain (2011), Management Accounting, Text, Problems and Cases,
5th Edition Third reprint, McGraw Hill Publication.
3. S.P. Jain and K.L. Naran (2012), Cost and Management Accounting, 13th Edition,
Kalyani Publishers.
4. S.K. Gupta (2011), Management Accounting, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi.
5. Pandey I.M. (2010), Management Accounting, Vikas publishing House, New Delhi.
UM14BB259 FINANCIAL MARKETS AND INSTITUTIONS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
This course enables students to understand prevailing financial system and various financial
services offered for public.
Course Outcome
1. Define the structure of financial system & its components.
2. Identify the financial intermediaries & their functioning with capital market in India.
3. List the financial sector reforms in India
4. Apply the policies of RBI
5. Illustrate Non Banking financial institution, Mutual fund and Credit Rating Agencies.
Unit I
10 hours
Financial system: The Structure of Indian Financial System components of financial
system-Functions of the Financial System Financial System and Economic Development.
Financial markets- Capital market-money market- difference between capital market and
money market-.
Unit II
10 hours
Capital markets: Primary Market - Meaning Features - Players of Primary Market
Instruments in Primary Market, Stock exchanges Structure Role and Functions of stock
exchanges.- Players in the Stock Market Merits and Demerits of Stock Markets OTCEI
Origin Functions.
Unit III
10 hours
Banks as financial intermediaries: Banks as Financial Intermediaries Commercial
Banks- growth and development of banking system in India- Role and functions of
commercial banks in India- Cooperative banks-Role of co-operative banks in India. RBI
Role and functions of RBI in regulation and development of money market. Development
banks-establishments role and functions of IDBI-ICICI IFCI LIC GIC
Unit IV
10 hours
Non-banking financial intermediaries: NBFCs-Investment & Finance Companies Merchant Banks - Hire Purchase Finance. Lease Finance, Housing Finance, Venture Capital
Funds, Angle Investors and Factoring.
Unit V
12 hours
Credit rating & mutual funds: Credit rating-Meaning - credit rating process, Role and
functions of credit rating agencies- ICRA, CRISIL, CARE. Concept of Mutual Funds - Growth
of Mutual Funds in India. Mutual Fund Schemes Role of UTI-Money Market Mutual Funds
Private Sector Mutual Funds Evaluation of the performance of Mutual Funds.
Recent trends In financial services: Reforms in Financial Sector in India- Micro finance
Meaning objectives, SHG. Personalized Banking ATM Tele-banking, E-banking and
Mobile banking -IRDA Insurance-Bancasurance.
Text books
1. E Gardon & K Natarajan (2013), Financial Markets & Services, Himalaya
Publications.
2. Pathak, B.V. (2011), The Indian Financial System Markets, Institutions and Services,
Reference books
1. Meir Kohn (2010), Financial Institutions and Markets, Tata McGraw Hill
2. L M Bhole (2009), Financial Institutions and Markets, Tata Mcgrah Hill
3. Avadhani, V. A. (2010). Financial Services and Markets, Himalaya Publications
UM14BB260 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Couse Objectives
The objective of the course is to provide basic knowledge about stock market and also to
develop an understanding to distinguish between various markets to interpret its stock
movement
Course Outcomes
1. Learn basics of stock markets.
2. Understand trading in various markets.
3. Understanding of diversification of investments.
1. Introduction to stock markets
2. Entry into stock markets
3. Fundamental Analysis
4. Financial Instruments-I
5. Financial Instruments-II
6. Entry into commodity markets
7. Entry into bullion and gold markets
8. Entry into forex markets
9. Entry into forex markets.
10. Technical Analysis-I
11. Technical Analysis-II
12. Mock Trading
13. Preparation of Portfolios
UM14BB261 PERSONAL GROWTH & INTERPERSONAL EFFECTIVENESS (3-00-0-3)

Course objectives
1. To identify the student strengths and weaknesses as individual, as a member of a
group/ organisation using personality typing.
2. To create awareness about career fit.
3. To enhance ones own self awareness and to understand the concepts of NeuroLinguistic Programming (NLP),
4. To explore feelings and behaviour using the TA model so as to discover the inner
springs of ones behaviour system.
Course outcome
1. Develop a clear vision of what success means to you
2. Gain self-awareness and emotional awareness
3. Pinpoint your personality traits, values, skills and interests
4. Set specific, achievable short- and long-term goals
5. Learn strategies for coping with stress, anger, and other negative emotions
6. Improve your self-image and self-esteem
Unit I
8 Hours
Personal effectiveness-I: Understanding self: Our personality types, Type A & Type B,
Introvert, Extrovert Our Thinking Styles, Social Styles, Holland's theory of career choice
Unit II
7 Hours
Personal effectiveness-II: Seven Habits of Highly Effective People , Time Management.

Unit III
8 Hours
Personal growth: Ego states, types of transactions and time structuring. Life Position,
Scripts and Games, Strokes and Stamps
Unit IV
8 Hours
Interpersonal relations and personal growth: FIRO-B and Johari Window, Defence
Mechanism.
Unit V
8 Hours
Lab components : (a) Career Fit inventory; (b) MBTI questionnaire; (c) NLP workshop; (d)
A short trip to spiritual foundations for a talk about personal effectiveness.
Reference books:
1. Eric Berne (2009), Games People Play: The Basic Handbook Of Transactional
Analysis, Penguin publications
2. Thomas Anthony Harris (2004) I'm OK, You're OK , Harper Collins Publications
3. Gilts, Grinder, Bandler, DeLozier (1980), NLP Vol.1
4. http://wiki.answers.com/Q/What_is_Holland%27s_Theory_of_career_choice
5. Snyder, C.R. & Lopez, S.J. (Eds.) (2002), Handbook of Positive Psychology, Oxford
University Press, New York.
6. Singh, A. (2013), Achieving Behavioural Excellence for Success, Behavioural
Science, Wiley India Pvt. ltd.
7. Stephen R Covey (2004), Seven Habits Of Highly Effective People - Pocket Books.
8. Stephen Robbins (2013), Training in Interpersonal Skills, Pearson Education.
UM14BB262 COMPENSATION MANAGEMENT (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
The objective of the course is to enable the students understand the important concepts of
Wage, Salary And Compensation Management, important Labour Legislations in India.
Course outcome
1. Define
basic concept and principles and practices in Employee Salary,
Compensation and Labor Laws
2. Describe and explain the procedure in labor laws
3. Compare various laws related with employees in an organization
Unit I
11 Hours
Compensation planning & wage policy: Introduction, Basic Concept, Scope, Classical
Theories on wages, Establishing pay rates, elements of Labour Economics, Broad Branding,
Compensation Plan and Business Strategy, Challenges affecting Compensation. Concept of
Wage Policy and its importance. Determinants of Wage Policy. Wage Policy in India. Wage
Boards and Pay Commissions in India.
Unit II
10 Hours
Pay packets and pay-for-performance: pay packet- Basic Wage Dearness Allowance
House Rent Allowance Other Allowances with reference to Public Sector and MNCs in
India.
Pay for Performance: Meaning. Definitions. Pr-requisites of effective incentive system. Role
of Performance Appraisal in fixing compensation.
Unit III
10 Hours
Financial incentives: Types of incentives with special reference to India. Group incentive
plans. Incentives for indirect workers. Executive Compensation-Compensation for Managers
and Professionals
Unit IV
11 Hours
Introduction to indian labor laws: The factories Act, 1948. Meaning of Labor Laws.
Introduction to Indian Labor Laws. History and Importance of Labor Laws with special
reference to India..Scope and Objectives of the Act. Health, Safety and Welfare Provisions
under the Act. The employees state insurance Act, 1948.Definitions. Scope and
Objectives. Benefits under the ESI-Sickness Benefit, Medical Benefit, Disablement Benefit,
Dependents Benefits, Maternity Benefits, Funeral Expenses and Penalties
Unit V
10 Hours
The employees provident fund (And Misc. Provisions) Act, 1952: Definitions. Scope and
Objectives. The Employees Provident Fund, the Employees Pension Fund and The
Employees Deposit Liked Insurance Scheme.
Text books
1. P.Saravanavel and R.Nagarajan (2013), Compensation Management, Himalaya
Publishing House.
2. A.M.Sarma (2012), Compensation Management, Himalaya Publishing House.
Reference books:
1. Kapoor N D (1994), Elements of Industrial Law, Sultan Chand & Sons Publications.
2. Ajay Garg (1998), Labour Laws, Nabhi Publications
3. Pramod Verma (2007), Labour Economics & Industrial Relations, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publications
4. Arora M N (1999), Labour Laws, Kalyani Publications.
UM14BB263 HR LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Couse Objectives
The objective of the course is to provide the students knowledge about nature and practice
in Human Capital Management and their influence on Decision making skills.
Course Outcomes
Comprehend the fundamental principles, concepts, and practices in Human Capital
Management.
Analyze and synthesize the role of human resources management as it supports the
success of the organization including the effective development of human capital as
an element for organizational change.
LIST OF ACTIVITIES
1. Calculation of Pay Package for Management Trainees
2. Managing updated Working Hours for Employees
3. Managing Employee Transfers
4. Implementing updated Organizational Structure (new Reporting hierarchy)
5. Conduction of Induction Programme for new appointees
6. Conduction of Training Programme for Expatriates
7. Formation of Cross-Cultural work teams and managing its diversity
8. Calculation of Cost of Living Allowance (COLA) for Expatriates
9. Conduction of Pre-departure Training Programme for Expatriates
10. Managing Career opportunities for Expatriates Spouse

11. Managing issues of Educational avenues for Expatriates Children
12. Conduction of Language Training Programme for Expatriates
13. Conduction of Successful Repatriation
UM14BB264 SPECIAL TOPIC: TOURISM MANAGEMENT (1-0-2-0-2)
Couse Objectives
The objective of the course is to offer conceptual knowledge of Tourism as well as practical
exposure to the industry in order to explain how tourism have emerged as a popular services
sector to be exploited as a lucrative industry that has potential for economic development
and career advancement.
Course Outcomes
1. Comprehend the concept of Tourism;
2. Visualize Tourism as a major services sector;
3. Identify with practical awareness all the elements of an industry present in tourism
actvities.
4. Analyze and establish the benefits of successful business enterprise and that of career
advancement in tourism activities.
Unit I
3 Hours
Introduction to travel and tourism: The Concept of the Tourism Industry, Significance of
Tourism in the modern world, The five As of tourism.
Unit II
2 Hours
Tourism its origin, growth and future: Developments in the History of Tourism Ancient
Medieval Modern
Unit III
2 Hours
Types of tourism:Different types: Leisure or Holiday, Visiting Friends (VFR), Cultural,
Adventure, Sports, Religious, Business, Health, Sustainable, other alternative types.
Unit IV
2 Hours
Customer service skills for tourism: Customer relations, Customer satisfaction and
delight, Marketing and sales skills, Complaints handling, Customer Loyalty programs.
Unit V
2 Hours
Tourism Marketing
Concept, Segmentation, Product life cycle, Marketing Mix 7 Ps ,Positioning, Marketing
Research
PRACTICAL COMPONENT (EACH OF 3 HOURS)
1. Visit to one tourism destination and to see the operations of a Travel agent.
2. Educational tour to one place of worship and one ancient monument
3. Educational tour to an International Travel Agency of repute as Thomas Cook or Cox
& Kings who handles all types of tours and tourism.
4. Visit to a five star hotel or to an International Airport to observe customer relations.

UM14BB265 GERMAN LANGUAGE LEVEL 3 (0-0-0-0-0)
Couse Objectives
To introduce students to a variety of strategies for learning German at home or at the office
and to practice at the institute. This course will focus on the development of all four language
skills, listening, speaking, reading, and writing; together with a fifth skill, culture, which is an
integral part of this program.
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the students are able
1. To comfortable having a conversation based on daily events and to express their
ideas in writing.
2. To be familiar with appropriate vocabulary and will know the necessary grammatical
structures to briefly discuss traveling, literature, and environmental concerns.
Unit I
5 Hours
Eine Fahrkarte nach Heidelberg, bitte (a ticket to Heidelberg, please): How to buy a ticket
and read timetables, How to say how to travel to work or university, How to ask how you can
get somewhere. Language points/Grammar - dative after prepositions, Audio, VocabularyExpression.
Unit II
5 Hours
Was hast du am Wochenende gemacht (What did you do at the weekend?): How to say
what happened at the weekend, How to talk about recent events, How to describe
purchases. Language points/Grammar: perfect tense, adjectival endings, Audio, VocabularyExpression.
Unit III
5 Hours
Wir sind ins Grune gefahren (We went into the countryside): How to talk about recent
events (continued), How to talk about more distant past. Language points/Grammar - more
on the perfect tense, Audio, Vocabulary- Expression.
Unit IV
5 Hours
Wohnen in Deutschland (living in Germany): How to talk about different kinds of housing,
How to name the various rooms in a house or a flat, How to make comparisons,
Language points/Grammar - more on the dative, the comparative, Audio, Vocabulary Expression.
Unit V
6 Hours
Welches Hotel nehmen wir? (Which hotel shall we take?): How to book a hotel room, How
to compare different hotel, How to describe the location of buildings, Language
points/Grammar - the superlative
Refernce Books:
UM14BB271 GLOBAL MARKETING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
The objective of the course is to analyze and understand the historical definition of global
marketing and its objective, challenges in addition to todays main emerging markets and
differences with our domestic market.
Course outcome
1. Define the concepts in international marketing & distinguish between domestic &
international market
2. Explain the various procedures to be followed in product & pricing decisions
3. Analyze the different marketing environment & promotion strategy to be adopted for
international standards
4. Demonstrate the marketing research process & take an effort to be updated with
global marketing practices.
Unit I
10 Hours
Introduction: Meaning of International Marketing, Reasons and motives for understanding
international marketing, Nature and scope of International marketing, Features, Need for
International Trade, International Marketing Environment, The basis of international trade,
Theory of comparative cost, Tariff and Non-tariff barriers, WTO & its Impacts
Unit II
10 Hours
International product decisions: Product, Product Mix, Branding, Packaging & Labelling,
Identifying foreign market product, scanning for exports
Unit III
10 Hours
International pricing decisions: Overseas Market research pricing, Exporters cost and
pricing objectives, Methods, approaches and steps in pricing, Transfer pricing, Dumping,
Information requirements for pricing
Unit IV
11 Hours
International distribution: International channels system, Direct and Indirect exports,
Distribution strategies and international logistics
International promotions: Marketing Environment and Promotion strategy, International
marketing communication mix, Export promotions, Trade fairs and exhibitions, Problems in
International Marketing
Unit V
11 Hours
International marketing research: Requirement and Sources of information- systems and
marketing research- Problems in International Marketing Research
Text Books
1. Francis Cherunilum (2010), International Marketing Management, PHI Publishers.
2. Philip R Cateoria (2010), International Marketing, Tata Mac Graw
Reference Books
1. B.S.Rathore & J.S.Rathore (2012), International Marketing Management, Himalaya
Publishing House.
2. B.L.Varshney and B.Bhattacharya (2013), International Marketing Management,
Kalyani Publications.
UM14BB272 GLOBAL FINANCE (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
To understand the role that international trade and investment, currency movements,
hedging strategies, international financial markets, and institutions play in the management
of multinational corporations.
Course Outcome
1. Describe the importance of balance of trade and balance of payments to the
development of macroeconomic policy.
2. Discuss the role that international institutions play in the global arena.
3. Evaluate cross border investment opportunities.
4. Gain skills in international investment and financing techniques and in exchange risk
management
Unit I
10 Hours
Introduction to international finance: Meaning- Scope- significance of International
finance-issues involved in international Finance- Globalization and the Multinational Firm,
currency to be used.
Unit II
10 Hours
International financial management: Meaning of International Financial Management,
Scope & significance of International Financial Management in International Markets,
Emerging trends in International Financial Management.
Unit III
10 Hours
Foreign exchange rates: Need for foreign exchange; Foreign exchange market and market
intermediaries; Exchange risks hedging, Forward, future, swaps options, Valuation of
future and swaps- valuation of options and efficiency of the exchange market.
Unit IV
11 Hours
International financial markets: Foreign Institutional investors Regulations governing
FIIs- Global Depository Receipts Foreign Direct Investments Growth of FDI- Multinational
Capital Budgeting.
International risk management: Types of Risk- Political, Commercial, Differing Tax
system, Sources of Funds, Exchange rate fluctuations, Different Stages and rates of
Inflation, Risk of non Payment.
Unit V
11 Hours
International financial institutions and liquidity: The IMF, International liquidity and
SDRs (special drawing rights) International bank for reconstruction and development
(World Bank), International development association, International investment guarantee
agency, ADB, RCI Bank.
Text book
1. Levi, Maurice D (2009), International Finance, Routledge.
2. Rajiv Srivastava (2014), International Finance, Oxford University Press, India
3. Avadhani, V A. (2010), International Financial Management Himalaya Publishing
House, India.
Reference books
1. Vij, Madhu (2006), International Financial Management, Excel Books New Delhi.
2. O'Brien, Thomas J. (2006), International Finance : Corporate Decisions In Global
Market, Oxford University Press.
3. Pilbeam, Keith (2006), International Finance, Palgravew Macmilan.
4. Krugman, Paul (2014), International Finance: Theory and Policy, Pearson Education
Limited, Harlow.
UM14BB281 STOCKS, COMMODITIES & DERIVATIVES (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
The course objective is to understand the concepts of Equity valuation & trading, Derivative
instruments, Formulate trading strategies, hedging strategies, ability to plot and Interpret
Technical Price charts for Short term and long term trading strategies and be able to handle
a stock market dealers desk.
Course outcome
1. Understand the basic Concept of Stock and Derivates market.
2. Analyze Stocks, returns, understand stock market pulse, reading price quotes and
making Bid/offer price.
3. Continuously keep a track of the stock market, developments in market sentiments,
and opinions of various research analysts, regular portfolio analysis and
management.
Unit I
9 Hours
Primary market and secondary market: Mechanism of Buying and selling of shares on a
stock exchange. Recognized Stock Exchanges in India (brief discussion of NSE & BSE).
Depositaries, National Securities Depositary Ltd. (NSDL) Central Securities Depositary Ltd.(
CSDL)
Unit II
11 Hours
Trading on a stock market: Equity Trading - Various types of Orders, Stop-loss, Delivery
Vs Day trade, Margin Funding and calculation of Margin amount. Complete Settlement cycle
procedure. Patterns of Trading -Speculations Types of Speculations functions of Brokers
Brokerage Settlement Procedure. Understanding of Index- economic significance of
index movements-Index construction issues, models on Calculation of Index. Insiders,
Regulations relating to Disclosures by insiders and Investment advisors.
Unit III
10 Hours
Derivatives market: Derivatives meaning, types of contracts, History of financial
derivatives markets- economic functions of derivatives market- participants of derivatives
market. Forwards & Futures, difference between forward Vs future contracts.
Unit IV
11 Hours
Options market: Options types of options- Call and Put Options, Calculations of Premium
and Option Pricing. Various Option strategies (Long call, short call, long put, short put,
covered call, Bull call Spread, Bear Call spread, Bear Put Spread, Straddle, Strangle) with
Calculations . Uses of Derivatives in Hedging- Arbitrage.
Unit V
11 Hours
Trading in commodity: Meaning of commodity and Commodity markets. Commodity
derivatives, difference between commodity derivatives and financial derivatives-Commodity
exchanges-evaluation of commodity exchange- role and functions of commodity exchanges
in India. Indian commodity exchanges-NCDEX- Role and functions Types of transactions
Spot, Future and Forward markets. Patterns of Trading & Settlement, Price discovery
Text books
1. Hull (2009), Options, Futures & Other Derivatives, Pearson Publishers.
2. Gurusamy (2010), Financial Markets And Institutions, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill.
Reference books
1. Bodie, Kane, Marcus (2009), Investments, McGraw-Hill International.
2. Prasanna Chandra, (2006) Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management, McGrawHill.
3. Srivastava RM (2012), Management of Financial Institutions, Himalaya Publications
4. Saunders (2009), Financial Markets and Institutions, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill.
UM14BB282 STRATEGIC FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
This course enables students to understand the basic concepts of Financial Management
and emphasizes the financial aspects of managerial decisions.
Course outcome
1. define the basics of Strategic Financial Management.
2. Interrelate Financial Management and Strategic decision making.
3. Illustrate real time financial management elements like EPS, operating profit, cost of
capital and investment decision.
Unit I
8 Hours
Strategic financing decisions: Meaning and importance of Strategic Financial
Management, Scope and Constituents of Strategic Financial Management, Financial
Planning, Capital Allocation and Corporate Strategy, Capital Structure and Firm Value,
Dividend Policy and Firm value Stock vis--vis Cash Dividends.
Unit II
12 Hours
Corporate valuation: Meaning and approaches to Corporate Valuation Adjusted Book
Value Approach, Stock and Debt Approach, Comparable Companies Approach, Discounted
Cash Flow Approach Concept of Free Cash Flow to the Firm, Two and Three Stage
Valuation Models. Valuation of Physical Assets, Valuation of Intangible Assets Brand
Equity and Human Resources.
Unit III
12 Hours
Value metrics: Shareholder Value Creation Traditional and Modern Approaches Value
Drivers. Approaches to Value Based Management Marakon Approach, Alcar Approach,
Mc Kinsey Approach, EVA Approach, BCG HOLT Approach. Metrics for Measurement of
Performance EPS, ROI, EBIT, EBITDA, RONA, ROCE, TSR, TBR, MVA, CVA, CFROI
Concept of Economic Depreciation. Executive Compensation and Value Creation.
Unit IV
12 Hours
Corporate restructuring: Meaning and forms of corporate Restructuring Spin off, Split off,
Split up, Leveraged Buyout, Divestiture and other forms of corporate Restructuring.
Mergers & acquisitions : Mergers and acquisitions Definition, Types, Motives for Merger
or Acquisition, Steps involved in Merger, Mechanics of Merger Legal, Accounting and Tax,
Valuation for Mergers and Acquisitions, Financing of Merger and settlement Exchange
Ratio, Stock Vs. Cash Payments, Takeovers, Defensive Tactics of Takeovers and
disinvestment of PSUs.
Unit V
8 Hours
Challenges in strategic: Financial Management Financial Management in Knowledge
Intensive Companies and Public Sector Companies, Financial Management in Sick Units,
Financial Innovations and Financial Engineering Overview, Scope, Tools of Financial
Engineering, Financial Engineering versus Financial Analysis.
Text books
1. Grinblatt, Mark and Titaman, Sheridan (2010), Financial Markets and Corporate
Strategy, Tata McGraw Hill.
Reference books
1. Chandra, Prasanna (2004), Financial Management, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Limited.
2. Sudhindra Bhat (2006), Financial Management, Excel Books.
3. R.M.Srivastava (2008), Financial Management and Police, Himalaya Publications
4. Jakhotiya, G.P.(2011), Strategic Financial Management, Vikas Publishing House

Private Limited.
5. Vedpuriswar, A.V (2010), Strategic Financial Management Achieving Sustainable
Competitive Advantage, Vision Books.
6. Allen (2010), Introduction To Strategic Financial Management, Himalaya Publications
7. Swamy Parthsastri (2009), Corporate Governanc , Biztantra
8. Grundy & Scholes (2012), Exploring Strategic Financial Management; Prentice Hall
9. Weston, Mergers (2012), Restructuring & Corporate Control, PHI.
UM14BB291 ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE AND DEVELOPMENT (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
The objective is to enable the students to understand need for Organizational Change and
Development and the OD interventions
Course Outcome
1. To enable the student to understand organizational change and its impact.
2. To learn various individual, team, comprehensive and structural interventions
3. To gain knowledge on OD contribution towards organizational success.
Unit I
11 Hours
Organizational change and development: Definition, Change and human response.
Introducing change effectively - factors influencing change- Resistance to change Overcoming resistance to change - Models of Change- Lewin three stage model - Koters
Eight stage model
Organizational development: Assumptions and values. OD Interventions: Inter-group
interventions, personal, interpersonal and group processes interventions: A descriptive
inventory of OD interventions
Unit II
10 Hours
Developing excellence in individuals and teams: Process Intervention Skills - Types of
Process Interventions Employee Empowerment and Interpersonal Interventions:
Laboratory Learning - Transactional analysis. Developing High Performance in Teams Team Development Interventions: Team approach - The team development process - Self
Managed Work Teams
Unit III
10 Hours
Comprehensive and structural OD interventions: Comprehensive interventions- Survey
feedback, Grid Organizational Development- Trans organizational Development. Structural
interventions- Self Managed teams- Work Redesign- Job enrichment and MBO- Quality
Circles- Conditions for optimal success of OD.
Unit IV
10 Hours
Power, politics, research and organizational development: Power- Sources of Power,
Organizational Politics, Framework for analyzing power and politics, Role of power and
politics in the practice of OD. Assessing the effects of OD issues and problems, positive
developments in research of OD-Research on OD- Future Trends of OD- The failure of OD.
Unit V
11 Hours
Developing success in organizations: High-Performing Systems and the Learning
Organizations: Survey Research and Feedback - Learning Organizations - The Grid OD
program - Organization Transformation and Strategic Change: Strategy and Transformation.
OD- Emerging Issues and Values
Text books:
1. French, W.L. & Bell, C.H. Jr. (1980), Organizational Development, Prentice Hall,
London.
2. Kavita Singh (2010), Organizational Change and Development, Excel Books India
3. Harvey, D.R., & Brown, R, D. (2012),. An Experiential Approach To Organization
Development, 5th Edition, Pearson Prentice Hall, New Delhi.
Reference books
1. Jones, R, G. (2006), Organizational Design and Change, 5th Edition, Pearson
Education Prentice Hall, Canada.
2. Daft, R.L. (2004), Organization Theory & Design, 8th Edition, Cengage Learning,
Southwestern.
3. Cummings, T.G., & Worley, C.G. (2008), Organization Development and Change, 9th
Edition, Cengage Learning Publishers, Southwestern.
UM14BB292 GLOBAL CROSS CULTURAL MANAGEMENT (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
The objective is to enable the students to understand Cross cultural differences,
Communication and Cross cultural management.
Course outcome
1. Define and describe the nature of intercultural communication and think across
cultural differences
2. Identify different ways of acting in cross-cultural situations
3. Apply fundamental principles and acquire basic information on ways to build
bridges between people from diverse cultures working together in some form of
business or project.
Unit I
11 Hours
Cross culture and cultural intelligence: Culture Importance cultural differencesPeople reaction to cultural differences- Comparative Cultures- Determinants of Cultural
Identity - Corporate vs. National Cultures - Key cultural values and concepts - How culture
affects behavior
Cultural intelligence- Definition- Cultural Intelligence and Modern Management - Building
Cultural Intelligence - Culturally intelligent team management: skills and strategies.
Unit II
10 Hours
HRM and cross culture management: Strategic Role of International HCM - International
Staffing Policy Ethnocentric approach- Polycentric Approach-Geocentric ApproachExpatriate Managers- Expatriate selection, Training and Development Management Repatriation of expatriates- Expatriate pay & compensation.
Unit III
10 Hours
Cross cultural communication and negotiation: Effective communication: cultural factors
in communication- types of communication- High/low context cultures- Verbal and Non
Verbal Communications. Communications across genders- Negotiations across culture Resolving conflicts in Global Teams - Cross-cultural negotiation skills and strategies.
Unit IV
10 Hours
Leadership, ethics and values in cross-cultural management: Universalism vs.
Particularism - The definition and need for trust - Balancing levels of trust and responsibility Making ethical choices. Cross Cultural Leadership- Hofstedes Five Dimensional ModelPESU Student Handbook 2015-16 423
Cultural styles and social dimensions- Orientation to time and space - Leadership
Effectiveness - Global Leadership.
Unit V
11 Hours
Cross cultural competencies, culture and management: Cross-cultural CompetenciesDefinition Cross-cultural competency model, Competencies for a global managerGlobalization & Identity in Inter cultural Management
Culture & management- The Multi-Cultural Virtual Team- Influence of culture on
management practice- Managing Teams remotely- Working in culturally diverse teams.
Cognitive & Cultural Diversity- Emotional Intelligence in Teams
Text books
1. Charles W.L.Hill (2012), Global Business Today, Mc. Graw Hill Publication
2. Nancy J. Adler (2011), International Dimensions of Organizational Behavior, 4th
Edition, Pearson publications
3. Davis C. Thomas and Kerr Inkson (2004), Cultural Intelligence: People Skills for
Global Business, Mc. Graw Hill Publication.
Reference books
1. Ferraro (2005), Cultural Dimension of International Business, Pearson Publications.
1. Govindarajan and Gupta (2009), Building an Effective Global Business Team,
Himalaya Publications
UM15BH101: FRENCH (2-0-0-0-2)

Course objective
The objective of this course is to impart a working knowledge of French language
Course outcome
At the end of the course, the student is capable of:
1. Understanding basic conversation & greetings in French
2. Comprehending the French terminology for common culinary terms
3. Reading and describing the French classical menu
4. Reading and comprehending wine labels
Unit I
6 Hours
General French: Pronunciation; The Alphabet; The Accents; Numbers (0 to 100); Cardinal;
Ordinal; Time (only 24 hr clock); Days of the week; Months of the year; Date
Weights & Measures; Formules de politesse; Conjugation of verbs in the present tense
relevant to the hotel industry (only je and vous forms)
Unit II
6 Hours
Simple Conversational Skills:Greetings/ Introduction,Dialogue/ Conversation,At the Front

Desk,At the Restaurant,Travel & Tourism enquiries.
Unit III
6 Hours
Food & beverage service: Restaurant Brigade,Hot Plate Language,The French Classical
Menu (17courses) with classic examples of each course, terminology and meanings in
brief,Wines,Wines of France,Wine terminology,Reading a wine label,Laying a cover.
Unit IV
6 Hours
Food production: The Kitchen Brigade, Ingredients used in Kitchen, Dairy Products,
VegetablesFruits, Herbs & Spices, Poultry, Fish, Meat, Cereals, Seasonings, French
Cheeses, Culinary Terms in French
Unit V
2 Hours
Glossary of terms: Students should be familiar with the glossary of terms pertaining to
above mentioned topic
Reference Books
1. S. Bhattacharya (2005), French for Hotel Management & Tourism Industry,Publisher:
S. Frank Bros. (Pub) Ltd., Delhi.
2. Rajeswari Chandrashekar, Rekha Hangal, Chitra Krishnan, Claude Le NInan, Asha
Mokashi (2006), A Votre Service I & II Franais pour lhtellerie et le tourisme .Leon
1 6, Goyal Publishers.
3. Dennis Lillicrap, John Cousins & Robert Smith (2006), Food & Beverage Service,
Hodder & Stoughton, U. K
4. Thangam Philip (2005), Modern Cookery for Teaching and the Trade Vol 1, Orient
Blackswan Publisher, Telengana.
5. Prosper Montagne, Jenifer Harvey Lang (1988) Larousse Gastronomique,: Crown
Publishers, U.K
UM15BH102: KANNADA (2-0-0-0-2)

Course objective
To impart the basic knowledge of Kannada Language in terms of verbal & written
communication skills in daily work situations
Course outcome
1. Communicating verbally & in writing in daily routine
2. Delivering a welcome address, introducing a guest and vote of thanks
3. Writing a personal and a business letter
4. Reading and summarizing a news item in a Kannada Daily
sU 1
5 UAmU
a v ZU : F sUz Z vz R ZPgg Ml 8 ZUz, Uq
v jZAiPq Egvz.
sU 2
5 UAmU
zsP v Pig sgv: F sUz Pig sgvz GvgPig AUz DAi 30
lUgv,
sU 3
5 UAmU
Uq v Px & P: F sUz Uqz 03 PxU U MAz P Egvz.
sU 4
5 UAmU
Uq v - Azs: F sUz Uqz 03 AzsUz, E Uq vz Ml
PPq Egvz.
5 Hours
sU 5
6 UAmU
A P: F sUz A S, v, PAiU. Az PtU, zs

izsU jZAi - wP, zgz, grAi, Zav, zgt, CAve. Pq sg jZAi U PlPz D Gz z g Egvz.
Reference Books
1. Study material for I Semester prepared by Dept. of BBA-HEM, PES University
UM15BH103: HINDI (2-0-0-0-2)

Course objective
To impart the basic knowledge of Hindi Language in terms of verbal & written
communication skills in daily work situations
Course outcome
1. Communicating verbally & in writing in daily routine
2. Delivering a welcome address, introducing a guest and vote of thanks
3. Writing a personal and a business letter
4. Reading and summarizing a news item in a Hindi Daily
1
'
`5
2:
'
----
`3:
'
6
`-
5
1-9
5:
Reference Books
1. Study material for I Semester prepared by Dept. of BBA-HEM, PES University
UM15BH104: ENGLISH (2-0-0-0-2)

Course objective
The main objectives of this course are:
1. To equip students with the skills of effective communication in English language.
2. To enable students to read and comprehend complex English texts
3. To help them write logical, coherent, creative and persuasive
prose in English
language
Course outcome
1. Identifying salient points, deduce meanings of words; recognize text organization

prose in English language.
2. Pronouncing, pause and lay emphasis correctly, describe, explain, narrate, and be
an active participant in Group Discussions effectively in English language.
3. Writing and delivering different speech formats
4. Expansion of ideas while at the same time be able to express and argue a point of
view, condense ideas and write in Formal and Informal styles in English language
Unit I
6 Hours
Road Not Taken - Robert Frost; The Story of the Inexperienced Ghost - HG Wells
Unit II
His Return Perceval Wilde; I could not stop for Death Emily Dickinson
8 Hours
Unit III
4 Hours
Vaman Srinivas Kudva One of the Founding Directors of Syndicate Bank; In Sahayadri
Hills, a Lesson in Humility Sudha Narayana Murthy
Unit IV
Hillary Rodham Clintons address at the U.N. 4th World Conference on
Session - delivered on 5 September 1995, Beijing, China
Expansions Proverbs / Idioms
4 Hours
Women Plenary
Unit V
6 Hours
Writing and delivering a speech (Vote of Thanks / Inaugural / Commemorative); Paragraph
writing
Reference Books
1. English Study material for I Semester BBA - HEM
UM15BH105: GUEST PSYCHOLOGY (2-0-0-0-2)

Course objective
The main objectives of this course are:
1. To provide experience and impart skills to develop healthy attitudes and responses to
clients
Course outcome
By the end of the course, the student is capable of:
1. Understanding concepts in consumer behaviour and attitude.
2. Perceiving others more accurately and responding appropriately
Unit I
5 Hours
Psychology: Introduction to Psychology, Definition & meaning of Psychology; Significance
of learning Psychology, Fields of psychology related to Hotel Industry; Introduction to
Consumer Behaviour; Definition, meaning, purpose of studying consumer psychology
Unit II
5 Hours
Listening, personality and emotions: The significance of listening, the challenges of
listening, reasons for listening, components of listening, types of healthy responses
Personality, life style, Culture & values.
Emotion concepts: Types of Emotions, Emotional Intelligence
Unit III
5 Hours
Perception and attitude: The perception process, influences on perception, perceiving
others more accurately.
Attitude: Definition, Characteristics, Sources of Attitude, Attitude formation, Positive
Attitude, Benefits of positive attitude, development of Positive attitude, Attitude change
Unit IV
Consumer behavior: Consumer and customer, Consumer
Interdisciplinary nature of consumer behaviour.Group Activity.
5 Hours
Behavioral Roles,
Unit V
6 Hours
Decision making: Stages in Consumer Decision Making Process, Types of Consumer
Decisions Nominal Decision Making, Limited Decision Making, Extended Decision Making.
Group activity.
Text Books
1. Powell, John S. J (1999), Why am I afraid to tell you who I am? Zondervan
Publishing, USA.
2. Morgan, Clifford T. King, Richard A. Weisz, John R (1986), Introduction to
Psychology, Tata Mc Graw Hill, Noida, U.P.
Reference Books
1. Batra, S.K. & Kazmi S.H. (2004), Consumer Behavior - Text and Case, , Excel
Books, New Delhi.
2. Lake, L. A. (2009), Consumer Behavior, Hoboken: Wiley Publishing.
3. Rowson, P. (2009), Successful: Customer Service. Crimson Publishing, Great
Britain.
UM15BH106: FUNDAMENTALS OF CULINARY ARTS (2-0-0-0-2)

Course objective
To introduce the students to operations of the kitchen in a five star hotel & the fundamentals
of cooking
Course outcome
By the end of the course, the student will be capable of:
1. Understanding the organization, & layout of the kitchen of a five star hotel.
2. Identifying the equipments used in the kitchen & their uses.
3. Compiling a balanced menu.
4. Classifying soups, sauces & methods of cooking
5. Understanding commodities
Unit I
4 Hours
Introduction to cookery: Basic knowledge of cookery; The basic practices adopted in
cooking, application of various sources of heats
Hierarchy of kitchen department:Classical kitchen brigade, organizational structure of the
kitchen, modern staffing; Duties and responsibilities, of various chefs, coordination with
other departments; Classical kitchen brigade, organizational structure of the kitchen,
modern staffing, duties and responsibilities, of various chefs, coordination with other
departments
Unit II
5 Hours
Layout of kitchen department: Layout of general kitchen department; Formats used in
purchase and receiving; Equipments & Fuels used in the kitchen.
Manual & electrical operations of equipments: Various small & large equipment used in
the kitchen. Manual & electrical operations of equipments, various small & large equipment
used in the kitchen.
Unit III
8 Hours
Basic menu planning: Functions of menu, types, used as control tool, menu balancing,
wine food pairing; Basic food Production operations; Basic principles of vegetable cooking,
pigment & coloring changes, effect of heat on vegetables, controlling the changes in texture;
Changes in flavor, cuts of vegetables, some Indian cuts of vegetables, classification of fruits
and their uses in cooking. Basic principles of vegetable cooking, pigment & coloring
changes.
Unit IV
4 Hours
Stocks & soups: Classification, uses, preparation, Soups, Classification, preparation.

Types of soups & sauces: Uses, thickening agents, components, mother sauces,
preparation of mother sauces,Derivatives of mother sauces, proprietary and contemporary
sauces, making of good sauce, modern trends of making sauce.
Unit V
5 Hours
Salads composition of salad, types: Various types of lettuce used, salad dressing;
Meats, fish and shell fish eggs; Selecting & grading of meat; Processing of whole animal,
classification of meats, categories of meats & yield test
Seeds, nuts & spices, rice, cereals & pulses: Classification, seeds as spices
Nuts selection & storage; Classification, seeds as spices, nuts selection & storage
Methods of cooking: Blanching, poaching, braising .Boiling, steaming, and stewing.
Microwave cooking, Methods of cooking, Peeling, roasting, grilling, Sauting, frying and
baking.
Text Book
1. Parvinder Singh Bali (2014), Food Production Operations, 2nd Edition, Oxford
Publications, New Delhi.
2. Parvinder Singh Bali (2014), Quantity food Production Operations & Indian Cuisine,
Oxford Publications, New Delhi.
Reference Books
1. Victor Ceserani & Ronald Kinton (2007), Practical Cookery, 10th, 11th and 12th
Editions, ELBS, UK.
2. Victor Ceserani & Ronald Kinton (2008), Theory of Catering, 10th, 11th and 12th
Editions, ELBS, UK.
3. Krishna Arora (2008) Theory of Cookery -5th and 6th Editions, Frank Bros & Co.,
New Delhi.
4. Thangam E Philip (2004), Modern Cookery Volume I&II, 5th Edition, Orient
Blackswan, Telengana.
5. Dennis Lillicrap (2006), Food and Beverage Service, 10th, 11th and 12th Editions,
ELBS, UK.
6. Jerald W. Chesser (1998), The art And Science Of Culinary Preparation, Educational
Institute of the American Culinary Federation, USA
UM15BH107: BASICS OF FOOD AND BEVERAGE SERVICE (2-0-0-0-2)

Course objective
The objective of this course is to provide an overview of the principles of food and beverage
concepts, various equipments used menu development and food service operations in
various segments of the hospitality and tourism industries.
Course outcome
1. Understanding the principle & Objectives of menu planning
2. Framing balanced menus and 12 course French classical menu
3. Understanding the organization & hierarchy of service department
4. Handling different types of customers
5. Responding to the needs of customers
6. Maintaining hygiene and personal grooming
7. Demonstrating the knowledge of the range of services offered by the industry
Unit I
4 Hours
Introduction to food & beverage service operations: Different types of catering
operations; F&B Service Areas (Restaurant, Coffee Shop, Bar, Room Service, Banquets,
Pubs, Discotheques, kiosks, snack bar, Lounges, Vending machines, night clubs etc);
Organizational Hierarchy of the F&B Department; Job specification and Job description of
staff positions; Attributes of F&B Service Staff (Personal hygiene, punctuality, personality,
attitude towards guests, appearance, salesmanship; Anticipatory Service and sense of
urgency; Organizational Structure of the Food and Beverage Service staffs; Duties and
responsibilities of each staff positions. Ancillary Department & Service (Pantry, Food pick-up
area, Store, Linen Room & Kitchen Stewarding), Interdepartmental Relationships.
Unit II
5 Hours
Food and beverage service equipments: Cutlery, Crockery, Glassware, Furnitures Linen,
Special equipments, Personal equipments, Maintenance & upkeep of equipment,
Equipments and accessories in food and Beverage outlet. Usage, Maintenance & upkeep of
equipment.
Unit III
8 Hours
Meals and menu planning: Types of meals, Origin of Menu, Types of Menu, Meals and
Menu planning, Food and accompaniments, Objectives and principals of menu planning,
Factors affecting menu planning process, 17 course & 12 course French classical menu,
Food and accompaniments with cover.
Unit IV
4 Hours
Types of service: Table service French, Russian, English, American & Silver Self Service,
Assisted Service, Special Service Gueridon, Automated, Tray, Trolleys etc., Basic Food
and beverage service operations, Food and beverage order taking and control systems,
Social Skills. Mis-en-Scne and Mis-en-place, Laying of cover, Restaurant service cycle,
KOT/BOT Control System, Social skill.
Unit V
5 Hours
Banquet operations: Types of functions, Types of buffet, Banquet Organization Structure,
Job specification and Job description of staff positions, Types of Banquet Functions, Setup
for different events, Menu planning, Staff requirements for Banquets.Table and seating
plans, Equipments, Booking procedures with Forms and formats, Banquet seating
calculation.
Reference Books
1. Lillicrap & Cousins (2008), F & B Service, 7th Edition, Hodder & Stoughton,
London.
2. Sudhir Andrews (1995), Food and Beverage Service: A Training Manual, 3rd
Edition, TMH, New Delhi.
3. Vijay Dhawan (2000), Food and Beverage Service, 2nd Edition, Frank Bros. &
Co., New Delhi.
4. F&B Service Study Material prepared by Dept. of BBA-HEM, PES University
UM15BH108: INTRODUCTION TO FRONT OFFICE (2-0-0-0-2)

Course objective
The objective of this course is to provide an overview of the Hotel Industry and Front Office
Department
Course outcome
1. Explaining how the Travel & Tourism industry has influenced the evolution of
Hospitality industry
2. Classifying Hotels in terms of their size, location, facilities and ownership
3. Planning the layout of different types of rooms & tariff fixation methods
4. Suggesting the organization of the Front Office, including the vision & mission
statements, work shifts and job descriptions and job specifications
5. Understanding the various functions performed at the Bell Desk
6. Understanding Interpersonal Communication & communicating effectively in a work
environment
Unit I
6 Hours
Introduction to the hospitality industry: Origin & growth of Hospitality industry Importance
of Tourism; Evolution & growth of Hotels in the world; Evolution & growth of the Hotel
Industry in India; Personalities in Hotel Industry: India & International.
Unit II
4 Hours
Classification of hotels: The need for classification, Classification of Hotels , Alternative
Accommodation, Types of guest Rooms; Room Rates; Room Tariff fixation, Types of Guest.
Unit III
6 Hours
Hotel organization: Vision & Mission; Hotel Organization; Major Departments of a Hotel;
Functional Areas; Sections & Layout of Front Office; Organization of Front Office Staff; Work
Shifts, Job Description, Job Specification; Duties & Responsibilities of Front Office
Personnel; Qualities of Front Office Personnel.
Unit IV
4 Hours
Lobby and bell desk: Layout of Lobby; Bell Desk Organization; Concierge
Mail & Message Handling; Room Change Procedure; Luggage Handling; Other
services performed at Bell Desk.
Unit V
6 Hours
Front office communication: The Communication Process, The Seven Cs of
Communication, Importance of Communication, Types of Communication, Barriers to
Communication; Interdepartmental Communication
Reference Books
1. S.K. Bhatnagar (2002), Front Office Management Publisher: Frank Bros. & Co.Ltd.,
New Delhi.
2. Jatashankar R Tewary (2012), Hotel Front Office Operations and Management,
Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
3. Bardi, J. A. (2011). Hotel Front Office Management. John Wiley & Sons, USA.
4. Kasavana, M. L., & Brooks, R. M. (2013), Managing Front Office Operations. 8th
Edition, American Hotel & Lodging Educational Institute, USA.
UM15BH109: ELEMENTS OF ACCOMMODATION OPERATIONS (2-0-0-0-2)

Course objective
To develop skill and competency in House Keeping Operations
Course outcome
1. Drawing an Organization chart of a typical Housekeeping department
2. Prescribing an audit protocol for the procedures involved in room cleaning & public
area cleaning ,(Guest areas & back of the house areas)
3. Preparing the job description and job specifications of the House Keeping personnel
4. Using cleaning agents and equipment operated in hotels.
Unit I
5 Hours
The role of housekeeping in hospitality operations: Importance of Housekeeping,
Responsibilities, Organizational structure, Housekeeping personnel: attributes & qualities.
Unit II
4 Hours
Rooms division organization: Sections and Layout of Housekeeping Department;
Coordination with other departments, Types of Rooms; Layout of Standard, Deluxe Rooms &
Suites, In Room Amenities
Unit III
5 Hours
Managing housekeeping personnel: documents for personnel management
determining staff strength; Recruiting, selecting, Hiring, Orienting & training Scheduling;
Motivating employees; Performance appraisal; Time & Motion studies
Job analysis; Team work & leadership; Employee welfare & discipline.
Unit IV
6 Hours
Hotel guest room cleaning: Types of keys; Preparing to clean: Assembling supplies and
room assignments. Cleaning the guest room, Deep cleaning, Allergens and Allergies.
Turn Down service; Room status terms.
Unit V
6 Hours
Public area cleaning and contract cleaning: Front of the House Areas, Entrances,
Lobbies, Front Desk, Corridors and stairwells, Elevators, Restrooms, Swimming pool areas,
Exercise rooms, Spas, Banquet and meeting rooms, Back of the House Area, Staff locker,
cafeteria offices, receiving area.
Text Book
1. Singh, M. (2012), Hotel Housekeeping,Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi.
2. G. Raghubalan & Smritee Raghubalan (2012), Hotel Housekeeping: Operations &
Management; Oxford University Press, New Delhi
3. Sunita Srinivasan (2009), Theory & Practices of Professional Housekeeping; Anmol
Publication Pvt. Ltd., Bangalore
UM15BH110: TOURISM MANAGEMENT (2-0-0-0-2)

Course objective
To create awareness about the scope, importance& influence of tourism on business,

population, environment and society
Course outcome
1. Narrating the tourist potential with regards to various tourist destination in India
2. Preparing an itinerary
3. Commenting on the tourism policies of India and compare /contrast with other
leading tourism destinations of South East Asia
Unit I
4 Hours
Tourism phenomenon: Define tourism and Concept of tourism, Study the Classification of
tourism, Visiting two important tourist site and preparing a report, The growth and
development of tourism, The origin and history of tourism.
Unit II
4 Hours
Geography and tourism: The main centers of tourist interest in India; Tourism Transport;
Report on Indian History as a tourism product
Unit III
4 Hours
Tourism industry: Constituents of Tourism Industry and Tourism Organization, Tourism
Regulations.
Unit IV
4 Hours
Tourism services and operations:Travel Agency; Interact with tourist service providers
and present a report; Guides and Escorts; Tourism Information; Comparative study of
Tourism in India v/s South East Asia.
Unit V
10 Hours
Heritage & cultural sensitivity: Indian Heritage; Religious Diversity in India; Monuments
and museums; Tourism Impact, Planning and Policy; Tourism policy and planning;
Infrastructural Development; Local bodies officials and tourism; Make a tourism brochure;
Economic Impact on tourism Social Environmental and Political Impacts; Threats and
obstacles to Tourism; Tour Operators.
Text Book
1. Management in Tourism
2. Block 1, block2, block 4 Published by IGNOU
Reference Books
1. Manjula Chaudhary (2010), Tourism Marketing, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
2. Sunetra Roday, Archana Biwal & Vandana Joshi (2009), Tourism Operations and
Management, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
3. Sampad Kumar Swain (2011), Tourism: Principles and Practices Oxford University
Press, New Delhi.
UM15BH111: SPECIAL TOPIC: INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION (2-0-0-0-2)

Course objective
To understand the fundamental principles of effective oral and written tools of interpersonal
communication
Course outcome
The students are able to
1. Participate in interpersonal communication

2. Be familiar with cross cultural communication styles of interpersonal communication
and use it when required
3. Interpret body language,
4. Understand behavioral styles and flex their own styles according to the situations
5. Differentiate between rational and irrational statementsGive appropriate responses in
interviews
Unit I
5 Hours
Elements of communication: Meaning Importance Objective and principles of
communication, types and forms of communication- process, impediments of effective
communication strategies for effective communication
Unit II
4 Hours
The cross cultural dimensions of interpersonal communication social etiquettes
Unit III
5 Hours
Non verbal communication: Meaning Body language Gestures Postures Facial
expression- Dress-Codes Listening vs. hearing Techniques of eliciting response
probing questions observations
Unit IV
5 Hours
Behavioural styles: Driver, Expressive, Analytical and Amiable- Highlights of their styles
impacting interpersonal communication. Skill of style flexing.
Unit V
5 Hours
Rational Emotive Therapy (R.E.T): To differentiate between rational and irrational
statements, converting irrational statements to rational statements. Activating event Belief
system consequence and the skill to detect, debate, delay and do the action in conflict
situations- the ABCD technique to maintain healthy interpersonal relations
Text Book:
2. Rayudu C S, (2012) Communication (10th edition)New Delhi, Himalaya Publishing
House
Reference Books:
1. Ludlow, R & Panton, F (1998): The Essence Of Effective Communication,
Prentice Hall, UK.
2. Adair. J (2003), Effective Communication, Pan Mcmillan, UK.
3. Fred Luthans (2005), Organization Behavior, McGraw-Hill.
UM15BH112: FUNDAMENTALS OF CULINARY ARTS PRACTICAL (0-0-4-0-2)

Course objective
To provide an overview of the different methods of cooking and demonstrate the
same using local ingredients and available equipments
Course outcome

1. Defining basic culinary operations.
2. Analyzing the recipe, practice the same and bringing out the prescribed standard
3. Working out the menu, indenting, costing & controlling, promoting sales.
4. Following the standard recipes as a habit or converting any recipes into the format of
standard recipe and carry over for the practice
5. Being energetic, knowing the customer needs, and adopting patience, working for long
hours
Practical No.
1. Identification of Kitchen equipments; Sample ingredients; Awareness of Kitchen
layout; Identification of Different ingredients
2. Demonstration and practice of different cuts of vegetables. Practice of cuts of various
vegetables; Julienne (Double match stick) Batonette (French fry) small dice (square
baton), Medium dice, large dice, slice, chop, mince, emincer, shred, Brunoise, fine
Brunoise, peeling, paring
3. Demonstration of cooking methods; To Explain sources of heat,; Boiling, steaming,
poaching,(Egg,Fish) blanching, sauting frying (shallow & deep).
4. immering, pressure cooking, broiling, Fricasseeing (sauting with stewing or
steaming) microwave cooking
(Details / Menu for Practicals 3 & 4: Menu - Masala vada; Boiled rice; sambar (C);
beans foogath; chappatis / Puris; Modak)
5. Demo and cuts of Chicken & Fish. Stuffing & Trussing (Roast chicken with stuffing
and barbeque sauce)
6. Eggs & remaining cooking methods II
7. Stewing, baking, (incl. basting) roasting, grilling, paper bag cooking, braising.
8. Cooking of rice and pasta
(Details / Menu for Practicals 6 to 9 - Stuffed Omelets, Irish Stew, Grilled vegetables,
Herb rice, Caramel Custard)
9. Soups, Stocks and Sauces Demo (incl. mother sauces)
10. Dishes in each Making of bread rolls
(Details / Menu for Practicals 9 & 10 - Cream of tomato soup, Macaroni Augratin,
Poisson frit orly with tartare, Sultana Spon zge Pudding)
11. Salads, Garnishes and plate presentations ; Salad dressings, cocktail sauces
(Details / Menu for Practical 11: Tossed salad with dressings, Waldrof salad,
Shellfish Cocktail, Mixed salad, Rice salad)
12. Methods of Mixing foods; Stirring, beating, Sieving, whipping, creaming
(Details / Menu for Practical 12- Cakes and small cakes, Chocolate sponge,
Ganache, Icing)
13. Folding in, blending, whisking, Rubbing inkneading, mixing in, cutting in
(Details / Menu - Strawberry Bavarois, Chocolate Mousse, Buns and Bread rolls)
Text Book
1. Parvinder Singh Bali (2014), Food Production Operations, 2nd Edition, Oxford
Publications.
2. Parvinder Singh Bali (2014), Quantity Food Production Operations & Indian Cuisine,
Oxford Publications.
Reference Books
Editions, ELBS.
Editions, ELBS.
3. Krishna Arora (2002), Theory of Cookery, 5th and 6th Editions, Frank Bros & Co.
4. Thangam E Philip (2004), Modern Cookery, Volumes I & II, 5th Edition, Orient
Longman.
5. Dennis Lillicrap (2006), Food and Beverage Service, 10th, 11th and 12th Editions,
ELBS.
6. Jerald W. Chesser (1998), The Art and Science Of Culinary Preparation, ELBS.
UM15BH113: BASICS OF FOOD & BEVERAGE SERVICE PRACTICAL (0-0-4-02)

Course objective
The objective of this course is to provide an overview of the food and beverage concepts,
various equipments used menu development and food service operations in various
segments of the hospitality and tourism industries.
Course outcome
1. Handling different types of customers
2. Responding to the needs of customers
3. Maintaining hygiene and personal grooming
4. Operating food and beverage outlets
5. Demonstrating the knowledge of the range of services offered by the industry
6. Laying a table, setting a cover & service of a meal
Practical No. 1
10 Hours
Introduction: Food Service areas Induction & Profile of the areas; Ancillary F&B Service
areas Induction & Profile of the areas; Familiarization of F&B Service equipment
Glasswares & Crockerys; Familiarization of F&B Service Special equipments; Care &
Maintenance of F&B Service equipment
Practical No. 2
12 Hours
Basic technical skills: Task-01: Holding Service Spoon & Fork; Task-02: Carrying a Tray /
Salver; Task-03: Laying a Table Cloth; Task-04: Changing a Table Cloth during service;
Task-05: Placing meal plates & Clearing soiled plates; Task-06: Stocking Sideboard; Task07: Service of Water; Task-08: Using Service Plate & Crumbing Down; Task-09: Napkin
Folds; Task-10: Changing dirty ashtray.
Practical No. 3
6 Hours
Preparation for service (restaurant): Organizing Mise-en-scene; Organizing Mise-enPlace; Opening, Operating & Closing duties.
Table lay-up & service: Task-01: A La Carte Cover & Table d Hote Cover
Social skills: Task-01: Telephone manners; Task-02: Dining & Service
Practical No. 4
Service of Food and accompaniments
12 Hours
Practical No. 5
Menu planning
6 Hours
Reference Books
1. Lillicrap & Cousins (2008), F & B Service, 7th Edition, Hodder & Stoughton, London
2. Sudhir Andrews (1995), Food and Beverage Service: A Training Manual, 3rd Edition,
TMH, New Delhi;
3. Vijay Dhawan; Publisher (2000), Food and Beverage Service, 2nd Edition, Frank
Bros. & Co., New Delhi.
4. F &B Service Study Material prepared by Dept. of BBA-HEM, PES University.
UM15BH114: FRONT OFFICE SKILLS PRACTICALS (0-0-2-0-1)

Course objective
1. To inculcate and use customer relation skills relevant to front office operations.
Course outcome
1. Receiving & handling guests
2. Selling rooms & facilities using various selling tactics
3. Making a reservation, checking-in and checking-out a guest
4. Designing a hotel brochure based on facilities & features
5. Analyzing safety procedures followed in hotels
PRACTICALS (2 Hours each)
1. Grooming standards, Importance of grooming
2. Countries, currencies, capitals, airlines quiz
3. Telephone Handling Skills
4. Taking a reservation on telephone, prepare PPT on International Hotel Chains
5. Presentation of PPT on International Hotel Chains
6. Filling Registration form, prepare Room layout, types of rooms & set tariff
7. Selling of rooms to walk-in, registration & allotment of room, Emergency situation
Handling
8. Selling of rooms to walk-in, registration & allotment of room, Emergency situation
Handling
9. Selling skills, up selling
10. Role Play Check-in of guest, check-out, Create a fictional hotel
11. Role Play Check-in of guest, check-out, Create a fictional hotel
12. Create a brochure for a hotel
13. Situation Handling
Reference Books
1. S.K. Bhatnagar (2002), Front Office Management,: Frank Bros. & Co.Ltd., New Delhi.
3. Bardi, J. A. (2011), Hotel Front Office Management. John Wiley & Sons, USA.
4. Kasavana, M. L., & Brooks, R. M. (2013), Managing Front Office
Operations,.American Hotel & Lodging Educational Institute.
UM15BH115: ELEMENTS OF ACCOMODATION OPERATIONS PRACTICALS (00-2-0-1)

Course objective
To develop skill and competency in House Keeping Operations.
Course outcome

1.
2.
3.
4.
Suggesting the rooms division Structure in a hotel

Recommending the housekeeping operations in guest rooms and public area
Using the cleaning agents and equipment operated in hotels.
Basic stitching, hemming & brassoing
5. Setting up a room according to a theme

Practical No. 1
2 Hours
Qualities of Housekeeping Personnel; Celestial Heights Visit; Difference between Deluxe
and Super Deluxe rooms, Room Charges and facilities, Room and Bathroom Amenities
Practical No. 2
2 Hours
Identifying Manual, Mechanical Equipment, Cleaning Chemicals & Linen Room Linen, Bath
Linen, Table Linen.
Practical No. 3
Brassoing
2 Hours
Practical No. 4 & 5

Bed Making Traditional method
4 Hours
Practical No. 6 & 7

Room set up Eva, Honeymoon, Childrens room
4 Hours
Practical No. 8
Demonstration of Public Area cleaning
2 Hours
Practical No. 9
2 Hours
Handling of Washing Machine, Vacuum Cleaner, Operation of the Front Loading and Top
Loading Washing Machine; Operating and Maintenance of Vacuum Cleaner; Practical
operation of the Scrubbing Machine
Practical No. 10
2 Hours
Hemming & Button & Hook stitching

Practical No. 11
Control Desk forms & formats
2 Hours
Practical No. 12 & 13

Prepare a PPT presentation on Housekeeping in 5 * hotels
2 Hours
Text Books
1. Singh, M. (2012), Hotel Housekeeping, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi.
Management; Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
3. Sunita Srinivasan (1998), Professional Housekeeping, Anmol Publication, Bangalore.
UM15BH151: FUNDAMENTALS OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (2-0-0-0-2)

Course objective
To provide the basic training in office suite
Course outcome
1. Producing formatted document,
2. Preparing worksheets utilizing the various functions,
3. Preparing a proper presentation, letters and managing e-books
Unit I
6 Hours
Computer fundamentals, basic computer organization, number system: Introduction to

Computers, Need for Computers, Computer-The Definition, Basic Anatomy of Computers,
Characteristics
of
Computers,
Evolution
of
Computers,
Generation
of
Computers.Components of a Digital Computer, The Input Unit, The Output Unit, The Central
Processing Unit, The Control Unit, The Memory Unit, Storage Unit. Introduction to Number
System, Classification of Number Systems, Different Number Systems, Conversions,
Arithmetic operations in Binary Systems.
Unit II
5 Hours
Memory: Introduction to Memory, Central Processing Unit (CPU), Registers, Memory Unit,
Processor Speed Memory, Main Memory Organization, Other types of Memory.
Unit III
4 Hours
Secondary storage devices: Introduction, Need of Secondary Storage Devices, Types of
Storage Devices, Magnetic Tape Systems, Magnetic Disk, Types of Disks, Optical Disk,
Mass Storage Devices, Storage Hierarchy.
Unit IV
4 Hours
Input and output devices: Introduction Input Devices, Data Scanning Devices, Digitizer,
Electronic Card Reader, Voice Recognition Devices. Vision Input System, Output Devices,
Voice Response System, and Screen Image Projector
Unit V
7 Hours
Computer languages, application software packages and internet: Computer
Programming Languages, High-level Languages, Low-Level Languages, Compiler and
Interpreter based Languages, Other High Level Languages. Object-Oriented Languages,
Characteristics of a Good Programming Language. Introduction to Word Processing
Packages, Database Management Packages, Spread sheet packages, Office Automation
Packages, Desktop Publishing Software, Graphics, Multimedia and Animation Software
Uses of Internet, Basic services of Internet, WWW Browsers, Microsoft Internet Explorer (IE)
and other browser software.
Reference Books:
1. Raja Raman V.(2010), Fundamental of Computers, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall of India,
NewDelhi.
2. Norton, Peter (2003), Introduction to Computers, 6th Edition, Mc-Graw Hill
3. B. Ram (1995), Computer Fundamentals Architecture and Organization, New Age
International Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi.
4. S.Jaiswal (2003), Fundamental of Computer & IT, Wiley Dreamtech India, New Delhi.
UM15BH152: HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objective
At the end of the course the candidate will be able to understand the concept of
management and its application in hospitality industry
Course outcome
By the end of the course, the student must be capable of:
1. Correlating management concepts with the hospitality industry
2. Applying the different functions of management in relevant situations
Suggesting the steps involved to set up infrastructure in Tourism and Hotel Industry
Unit I
4 Hours
Hospitality management: Management Definition, Importance, Function, Characteristics

of a Manager, Managerial skills and roles; Hospitality Management Meaning, Definition,
Need, Outlook of Hospitality Industry, Role of a manager in Hospitality Industry.
Unit II
4 Hours
Understanding organizational theory: Organizational Theories Scientific Management,
Its relevance to Hospitality Industry, Henry Fayols 14 Principles; Organizational structure
Meaning, Classification of Organizational structure
Planning Definition, Types of plans, Planning Skills, Process of Planning
Decision Making Meaning, Steps in decision making.
Unit III
4 Hours
Organizing: Meaning and definition, Elements of organizing Division of work,
Departmentalization, Span of Control, Authority Delegation of Authority, Line and Staff
Controlling Meaning, Types of control, Steps in Decision making.
Unit IV
4 Hours
Management functions: Human Resource Management Meaning, Human Resource
Planning, Recruitment, Selection, Induction and Orientation, Training and development,
Performance Management. Financial Management - Meaning, Definition, Sources of
finance, Functional areas of Financial Management. Marketing Management - Meaning,
Definition, Marketing Mix, Segmentation, Targeting, Positioning.
Unit V
6 Hours
Management functions: Operational Management Meaning, Designing operation system
Planning Design, Capacity Planning, Process selection and Planning, Facility Location
planning and layout planning, Operations planning and control. Information Technology and
Management Meaning, Information Management Information / Data Collection,
Information Generation, Application of IT in Tourism and Hotel Industry.
Text Book
1. Laurie Mullins (1992), Hospitality Management A Human Resource Approach, 2nd
Edition, Longman Publishing,London
2. Clayton. W. Barrows, Tom Powers, Dennis Reynolds (2012), Introduction to
Management in the Hospitality Industry, 10th Edition, Wiley India
3. Harold Koontz, Heinz Weihrich, A Ramachandra Aryasin (2003), Principles of
Management, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing.
4. P. V. Kulkarni and B. G. Sathyaprasad (2012), Financial Management, 13th Edition,
Himalaya Publishing House, Bangalore.
UM15BH153: BASICS OF BAKERY AND CONFECTIONARY (2-0-0-0-2)

Course objective
The objective of this course is to provide an overview of Bakery and confectionary, Indian
cuisine
Course outcome
1. Suggesting basic commodities used in bakery
2. Describing various procedures applied for different baked products
3. Understanding the role & function of each ingredient in a bakery recipe
4. Distinguishing between different baked products
5. Applying a recipe & creating basic bakery products.
Unit I
5 Hours
Basic commodities used in bakery and pastry: Flour, - types, gluten free, structure of
wheat grain, raising agents, fats and oils in cooking & banking, rendering the fat, clarifying
butter, milk and dairy products, cream and sweeteners.
Unit II
5 Hours
Bread fabrication & cake making: Baking, ingredients used, basic fault, equipment used
Basic sponges & cakes. Pastry techniques & principles, points to be kept in mind while
making sponges & cakes, equipments used sponge and cake making.
Unit III
5 Hours
Basic sponges and cakes: Introduction, Pastry techniques and principles, ingredients used
in sponge making, baking and cooling of sponges, points to be kept in mind while making
sponges and cakes, equipments used in sponge and cake making.
Unit IV
5 Hours
Pastes, creams, fillings and sauces: Choux, marzipan, almond, touille, puff. Creams
pastry, crme chantilly, caprice, butter, lemon, ganache, Sauces adding flavor to the pastry
sauces, common faults.
Unit V
6 Hours
Laminated pastries: Introduction, puff pastry, methods of making puff pastry, inverted puff
pastry, uses, preparation of puff pastry, Danish pastry and croissant, strudel, phyllo pastry,
common faults in laminated pastry.
Text Book
1. Parvinder S. Bali ; 2009; Food production operations Publisher: Oxford University
Press, New Delhi
Reference Books
Editions, ELBS, UK.
Editions, ELBS, UK.
3. Krishna Arora (2002), Theory of Cookery, 5thand 6th Editions, Frank Bros & Co., New
Delhi.
4. Thangam E Philip (1998), Modern Cookery - Volume I&II, 5th Edition, Orient
5. Dennis Lillicrap (2002), Food and Beverage Service10th, 11th and 12th Editions, ELBS,
UK.
6. Jerald W. Chesser; (1992) The Art And Science Of Culinary Preparation, 1st Edition,
Educational Institute of American Culinary Federation.
UM15BH154: FOOD AND BEVERAGE SERVICE (2-0-0-0-2)

Course objective
The objective of this course is to provide an overview of Room service concepts and about
Fermented Beverages and its service.
Course outcome
1. Demonstrating room service procedures
2. Classifying beverages
3. Describing the manufacture of wines
4.
5.
6.
7.
Describing wine regions of the world & famous wine brands

Suggesting proper wines for different food items
Selling and up selling of the fermented beverages
Narrating manufacturing process of beer & other fermented beverages.
Unit I
4 Hours
Room service & breakfast: Types of room service, Room service Organization, Cycle of
service, Forms & Formats, Types of Breakfast Continental, English, American, Buffet &
Indian, Cover set up and Service.
Unit II
2 Hours
Classification of beverages: Types of beverages, Non alcoholic beverages (Tea, Coffee,
Hot chocolates, Mocktails etc), Alcoholic beverage: Meaning & classification of alcoholic
beverages.
Unit III
12 Hours
Introduction to wines: Vine Family, Grape composition, Grape varieties, cycle of harvest
& factors affecting quality (Soil, climate, viticulture & vine diseases). Classifications of wines.
Manufacturing process of table wines (red, white and rose) and sparkling wines. Old wine
regions and new wine regions of the world. Famous Brand names of wines with region and
grape used.
Unit IV
4 Hours
Service of wine: Service of wines, Decanting of wine, Service of wines, Food and wine
harmony.
Unit V
4 Hours
Beer & other fermented alcholic beverages: Manufacturing process, Types of beer.
Cider, sake & toddy, Popular brands. Service.
Text Book
1. F&B Service Study Material prepared by Dept. of BBA-HEM, PES University.
Reference books
1. Lillicrap & Cousins (1998), Food & Beverage Service, 7th Edition, Hodder &
Stoughton, London.
TMH, New Delhi.
3. Vijay Dhawan (2000), Food and Beverage Service 2nd Edition, Frank Bros. & Co.,
New Delhi.
4. R. Singaravelan (2014), Food and Beverage Service,Oxford University Press, New
Delhi
5. Joyce Rubash (1990), Master Dictionary of Food and Wine, VNR, New York.
6. Bobby George (2008), Food and Beverage Service, Jaico Publishing House,
Bangalore.
7. Andrew Durkan and John Cousins (1995), The Beverage Book, Hodder &
Stoughton, UK
UM15BH155: FRONT OFFICE OPERATIONS (2-0-0-0-2)

Course objective
The objective of this course is to familiarizing the student with the operations of Front Office.
Course outcome

1. Describing the guest cycle in Front Office
2. Explain the process of Reservation
3. Detailing the procedures followed for reservation, registration, check-out and
settlement of folio of guests
4. Handling guest complaints
5. Dealing with safety related issues.
Unit I
4 Hours
Front office operations: The Guest Cycle, Front Office Activities, Front Office Documents,
Telecommunications.
Unit II
6 Hours
Reservations: Reservations & Sales, Types of Reservations, Reservation Inquiries: Modes;
Distribution Channels, Group Reservations: Group Block; Displacement; Wash Factor,
Processing Reservation Requests, Reservation Reports, Potential Reservation Problems. ECommerce in Hotel Reservations: Hotel website; Single Image Inventory; Merchant model &
Wholesaler model; Transparent sites; Dynamic package pricing.
Unit III
4 Hours
Registration: Preregistration, Creating the Registration Record, Assigning Room & Rate:
Room Status Descriptions; Room Status Discrepancies. Establishing the method of
payment. Verifying the guests identity. Issuing the room key. Check-in Procedures. Selling
the guestroom. Denying Accommodations: Walk-ins, Non-Guaranteed Reservations;
Guaranteed Reservations.
Unit IV
6 Hours
Communications & guest services: Log Book; Information Directory; Reader Board,
Telecommunications Services: Wake-up call; Call Broadcast; E-mail & Data Service. Safe
custody & Control of Room Keys; Guest Paging; Safe Deposit Locker. Guest Complaints:
Types of complaints; Handling Guest Complaints. Hotel Security Staff & System; Security
Control of Room Keys Fire Safety, Accidents & First Aid, Handling Unusual Events &
Emergency Situations, Terrorist Activities & Bomb Threat, Robbery & Theft, Guests in
Drunken State.
Unit V
6 Hours
Check-out & account settlement: Departure Procedures. Methods of Settlement. Late
Check-out. Express Check-out. Self check-out. Unpaid Account Balances: Late Charges;
Account Aging. Guest History File.
Reference Books
1. S.K. Bhatnagar (2002), Front Office Management, Frank Bros & Co. Ltd, New Delhi.
2. Jatashankar R Tewary (2012), Hotel Front Office Operations and Management
3. Bardi, J. A. 2011, Hotel Front Office Management, John Wiley & Sons, USA.
4. Jones, T. J. 2007, Professional Managment of Housekeeping Operations, John Wiley
& Sons, USA.
5. Kasavana, M. L., & Brooks, R. M. (2013), Managing Front Office Operations.
American Hotel & Lodging Education Institute.
UM15BH156: ACCOMMODATION OPERATIONS (2-0-0-0-2)

Course objective
1. To develop advanced skill and competency in House Keeping Operations.
Course outcome
1. Planning & Analyzing different laundry operations
2. Suggesting appropriate inventory management techniques in housekeeping
department
3. Describing the safety protocol for hotel in emergency situations
4. Detailing the planning & organizing of housekeeping department
5. Suggest the alternative approaches to conservation of resources in hotels including
adopting Green philosophies.
Unit I
5 Hours
Hotel laundry operations: Types of laundry, Planning of On-Premise Laundry, The Linen
Cycle within OPL, Machine & Equipment used in OPL, Valet Services.
Unit II
5 Hours
Managing inventories & lost and found process: Par levels, Linens, Uniforms, Guest
Loan Items, Guest Supplies; Bed Types, Pillow Types, Lost & Found Register.
Unit III
6 Hours
Safety and security: Hotel Security Staff and System, Security and Control of Room Keys.
OSHA Regulations, OSHAs Hazardous Communication Standard, Fire Safety, Types of Fire
Extinguishers, Accidents Slip, Trips & Fall; First Aid.
Unit IV
6 Hours
Environmental and energy management: Sustainability and Green Philosophies;
Housekeeping role in a green property; Water conservation; Energy Efficiency; Waste
Management.
Unit V
4 Hours
Planning and organizing the housekeeping department: Planning the work of
housekeeping department. Area Inventory lists, Frequency Schedules, Performance
Standards, Productivity Standards, Inventory Levels. Other Management functions and
Executive Housekeeper. Coordinating and staffing, Directing and Controlling, Evaluating.
Reference Books:
Management, Oxford University Press, New Delhi
3. Sunita Srinivasan (2009), Theory and Practices of Professional Housekeeping,
Anmol Publication Pvt Ltd., Bangalore.
UM15BH157: BASICS OF EVENT MANAGEMENT (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objective
The objective of this course is to train the students in planning, organizing for need based
events.
Course outcome
1. Identifying the scope for event sales in a given market

2. Understanding various elements of events.
3. Coordinating with service providers and organize the logistics as required for the
event
4. Utilizing the basic knowledge and skills needed to plan the event.
5. Developing appropriate attitude to deal with untoward problem
Unit I
8 Hours
Introduction to events: Defining an event, Importance and scope of events, Size & type of
events, Advantages offered by events.
Unit II
8 Hours
Team organization & work distribution: Code of ethics, Event Team, Supervising skills
Management skills, Attributes, Distribution of work and responsibilities.
Unit III
8 Hours
Key elements of event: Core Concept, Core People, Core talent, Core structure, Event
Infrastructure, Maintaining Infra structure and facilities, Activities in event management,
Learning clients needs.
Unit IV
8 Hours
Selection of venue & conceptualizing event: Venue Types and selection procedures,
Designing of Concept, Analysis of concept, Logistics of concept. Feasibility study - Keys to
success & SWOT Analysis
Unit V
7 Hours
Planning of events: Role of an event planner, Qualities of a good event planner, Aim of
event, Develop a mission, Establish Objectives, Preparing event proposal, Use of planning
tools, Legal formalities & permission from competent authority, Cost estimation.
Reference Books:
1. Anton Shone & Bryn Parry (2004), Successful Event Management A Practical
Handbook, 2nd Edition Cengage Learning EMEA.
2. Sanjaya Singh Gaur, Sanjay V, Saggaere (2003), Event Marketing and
Management, Vikas Publishing, Noida
3. Rapuda (2011), Media & Communication Marketing Management, Himalaya
Publishing House, Bangalore.
4. Goldblatt (2000), Best Practices in Modern Event Management, 2nd Edition, John
Wiley & Sons, USA.
5. C.B. Mamoria, R L Joshi, N. I. Mulla (2003), Principles and Practice of Marketing in
India, Kitab Mahal, Odisha
6. Razaq Raj, Paul Walters & Tahir Rashid (2008), Event Management - An Integrated
& Practical Approach, Sage Publications, New Delhi.
7. Ashutosh Chaturvedi (2009), Event Management -A Professional Approach, Global
India Publications, New Delhi.
8. Event Management study material prepared by the Department of BBA-HEM, PES
University.
UM15BH158: SPECIAL TOPIC: BUSINESS COMMUNICATION (2-0-0-0-2)

Course objective
To understand the fundamental principles of effective oral and written tools of business
communication and know their practical applications in the current business practices.
Course outcome
1. Draft simple business letters, personal letters circulars memos and prepare
quotations.
2. Carry on basic banking correspondence
3. Prepare meeting minutes
4. Follow etiquettes in e mails, in meetings etc
5. Participate in meetings with sound knowledge of procedures and protocol of
meetings
Unit I
6 Hours
Instruments of business communication: Business Letters: Inquiries, Circulars,
Quotations.
Unit II
Orders, Acknowledgments, Complaints, Claims and adjustments.
4 Hours
Unit III
Banking correspondence, Sales letters, Memos.
6 Hours
Unit IV
6 Hours
Minutes of meeting, Circular and Notice, E-mail Etiquettes. Job application letters Bio data,
Covering letter, Interview letters, Letters of Reference.
Unit V
7 Hours
Meetings: Meaning, Importance, Opening and Closing meetings, Meeting Etiquettes,
Participating and conducting group discussions, Brain Storming and its benefits, E-Meetings,
Telephone Etiquettes.
Text Books
1. Rayudu C S, (2012), Communication, 10th Edition, Himalaya Publishing House New
Delhi
2. Thill J V and Bovee G L (1993), Excellence in Business Communication, McGraw
Hill New York.
Reference Books
1. Ludlow, R & Panton, F (1998), The Essence of Effective Communication, Pearson
Publication, USA.
2. Adair. J (2003), Effective Communication, Pan Mcmillann.
3. Bowman, J P and Brachaw P P (1987), Business Communication From Process To
Product , Dryden Press, Chicago
4. Meenakshi Raman & Prakash Singh (2012), Business Communication, Oxford
Publisher.
5. Kaul, (2010), Business Communication, Prentice Hall. New Delhi
6. Senguin, J, (2012), Business Communication; The Real World and Your Career,
Allied Publishers, New Delhi
7. Rutherford J. Andre, (2012), Basic Communication Skills For Technology, Pearson
Education, Noida.
8. Rajendra Pal, Korlahalli, J S.(2011). Essentials of Business Communication, 13th
Edition, S. Chand, New Delhi
UM15BH159: BASICS OF BAKERY AND CONFECTIONARY PRACTICAL (0-0-40-2)

Course objective
The objective of this course is to provide hands on training in practical baking &
confectionery skills & continental cuisine.
Course outcome

1. Carrying out basic culinary operations of bakery
2. Working out the menu, indenting, costing & controlling for bakery products and
continental menus. Following the standard recipes as a habit or converting any
recipes into the format of standard recipe and carried over for the practice for bakery
goods & continental recipes.
3. Preparing basic bakery products & five course continental menu from a standard
recipe.
4. Being energetic, knowing the customer needs, and adopting patience, working for
long hours
5. Demonstrating basic sugar art
Menu no. 1: Bakery & Confectionary . Details- Yeast dough products; Burger bun; Pizza
base; Bread rolls; Doughnuts; Focaccia; Brioche.
Menu no. 2 : Bakery & Confectionary.Detals -Tarts and Tartlets: Quiche, Puff pastry, Danish
pastry.
Menu no. 3: Bakery & Confectionary. Details -Basic Sponge & Icings.
Menu no. 4: Bakery & Confectionary. Details Cookies: Butter, salt, masala, coconut
goodies, check box, vanilla sable, chocolate chip, langue de chat, melting moments, piping
bag cookies.
Menu no. 5: Bakery & Confectionary. Details: Confectionary - Poured sugar (sucre Coule)
Spun Sugar, Piping Sugar, Pulling sugar.
Menu no. 6: Bakery & Confectionary. Details -Petit Fours & Marzipan: Dipped fruits,
fondant covered petits fours, Marzipan animals, Marzipan fruits and vegetables.
Menu no. 7: Continental. Details:Oeuf Mayonaise - Poisson frit al orly, Irish Stew with herb
rice, Parsley potatoes, Bread and butter pudding.
Menu no. 8: Continental. Details:Cream of vegetable soup- Poached eggs with cheese
sauce, Chicken ala king, Macaire Potatoes, Orange Bavarois.
Menu no. 9: Continental. Details: Cosomme Brunoise Lasagne, Poulet saut Aux
champignons, Waldrof salad, Coffee mousse.
Menu no.10: Continental. Details: Stuffed eggs, Spaghetti Bolognaise, Crumbed breast of
chicken with asparagus, Brioche potatoes, Fruit fool.
Menu no.11: Continental:
Minestrone. Details - Ravioli with Brown sauce; Fillet the sole
Veronique; Fried onions; profit rolls.
Menu no. 12: Continental.Details:
Chive and potato soup- Fillet of pomfret Florentine,
Beef stroganoff, vegetable crumble, lemon souffl.
Menu no. 13: Continental.Details:

Apple tart.
Fish salad - Pilaf, curried chicken, Glazed vegetables,
Text Book
1. Parvinder S. Bali (2009), Food Production Operations, Oxford University Press, New
Delhi.
Reference Books
1. Victor Ceserani & Ronald Kinton (2009), Practical Cookery, 10th,11th and 12th
Editions, ELBS, UK.
2. Krishna Arora (2002), Theory of Cookery 5thand 6th Editions, Frank Bros & Co, New
Delhi.
3. Thangam E Philip (1998), Modern Cookery, Volume I&II, 5th edition Orient
4. Dennis Lillicrap (2002), Food and Beverage Service, 10th,11th and 12th Editions,
ELBS, UK.
5. Jerald W. Chesser (1992), The Art And Science Of Culinary Preparation,1st Edition,
Educational Institute of American Culinary Federation.
6. I Nicolello & R Foote (1994), Complete Confectionery Techniques Hodder &
Stoughton, London. (Practical No. 5).
UM15BH160: FOOD AND BEVERAGE SERVICE PRACTICAL (0-0-4-0-2)

Course objective
The objective of this course is to provide hands on training in Room service concepts and
about Fermented Beverages and its service.
Course outcome
1. Demonstrating, Tray set up & sequence of room service
2. Distinguish between cover set up for different types of break fast
3. Servicing of wines & non alcoholic beverages
4. Suggesting proper wines for different food items
5. Selling and up selling of the fermented beverages
6. Preparing & Service mock tails.
Practical (Each of 4 Hours)
1. Room Service: Sequence of Service, Tray Setup, Telephone etiquettes.
2. Breakfast Service: English Breakfast Cover, American Breakfast Cover, Continental
Breakfast Cover, Indian Breakfast Cover
3. Afternoon Tea Cover; High Tea Cover
4. Preparation & Service of non alcoholic beverages: Tea / Coffee, Soft drinks / Cocoa
& Malted Beverages.
5. Preparation and Service of Mocktails: Virgin Pinacolada, Shirley Temple, Cinderella,
Orange Julius, Italian Cream Soda.
6. Service of white wine and red wine
7. Service of sparkling wine and fortified wine
8. Menu Planning with wines - 5 Course Indian Menu (with Table Service)
9. Menu Planning with wines - 5 Course Continental Menu (with Table Service)
10. Menu Planning with wines - 5 Course French Menu (with Table Service)
11. Menu Planning with wines - 5 Course Italian Menu (with Table Service)
12. Menu Planning with wines - 5 Course Oriental Menu (with Table Service)
13. Mock Practical
Reference Books
1. Lillicrap & Cousins (2008), F & B Service, 7th Edition, Hodder & Stoughton, London.
TMH, New Delhi.
3. Vijay Dhawan (2000), Food and Beverage Service, 2nd Edition, Frank Bros. & Co.,
New Delhi.
UM15BH161: ACCOMMODATION OPERATIONS PRACTICAL (0-0-4-0-2)

Course objective
To expose the student to appropriate skills and develop competency in House Keeping
Operations.
Course outcome
1. Demonstrating, room cleaning & public area clening procedures
2. Setting up amenities in a room & maids trolley,
3. Applying linen control procedures
4. Inspecting a cleaned room
Practical I
Public area cleaning.
2 Hours
Practical II
Stocking of Linen, Room Amenities, Cleaning Agents
2 Hours
Practical III & IV

Triple Sheet Bed Making; Evening Service; Duvet Cover Bed Making .
4 Hours
Practical V & VI
4 Hours
Procedures for cleaning a Vacant Departure Room, Vacant Rooms, Occupied Rooms.
Unit VII
Mini Bar setup
Unit VIII
Towel Art- Peacock, swan.
2 Hours
2 Hours
Unit IX
2 Hours
Guest Room Supervision- Inspecting room procedure adopted in hotel after cleaning.
Unit X
Linen Inventory-Illustrate inventory and control of linen in the hotel.
2 Hours
Unit XI
Horticulture.
2 Hours
Unit XII
Presentation on Different departments of housekeeping.
2 Hours
Unit XIII
Mock Practical.
2 Hours
Text Book
Management; Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
3. Sunita Srinivasan (1998), Professional Housekeeping, Anmol Publication Pvt. Ltd.,
Bangalore.
UM15BH162: FUNDAMENTALS OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY PRACTICAL

(0-0-4-0-2)
Course objective
To enable students to work with MS office suite
Course outcome
1. Creating a MS Document
2. Creating tables
3. Performing different operations using Mail-Merge
4. Creating a Worksheet
5. Performing various operations on worksheet
6. Creating and Saving Power Point presentation
Practical I
6 Hours
Create a MS Document: Save (new folder), open and rename it; Format the paragraphs;
Change font size and style; Find and replace words; Page setup for printing; Cut, copy and
paste options; Inserting bullets and numbering and formatting; Inserting Excel charts in word
document. Importing and exporting data among MS office suites. Hide and unhide ruler;
Change the various indents; Undo and redo operation; Spell checking; Observe the
difference between various views in the document; Insert page break, special symbols,
Header footer, date, time, text box, and pictures; Insert page border and text border; Study
column options. Insert another document in the current document; Create autocorrect and
auto-text entries; Insert line containing subscript and superscript; Enter text in tabular form
to study various types of tabs; Insert different comments and background for different
paragraphs. Change the text directions; Create a label and envelop. Different letters using
letter wizard.
PracticaI II
4 Hours
Create tables and perform: Inserting a table; Adding , deleting rows and columns; Table
properties and auto format feature; Sorting a table; Drawing a table; Split and merge cells;
Converting tables to text and vice versa.
PracticaI III
4 Hours
Perform the following operations using Mail-Merge: Write a general letter using word
formatting; Make a list of 20 students having USN, Name & Address; Create 20 letter of
above students using Mail Merge.
PracticaI IV
4 Hours
Create a Worksheet: Store the information of students containing, Sl. No, Name, Regno,
Date of Birth, Fee paid, Marks in 5 Subjects, Total, Percentage, Class, Enter Details of 5
Students; Enter the serial number using series fill option; Calculate the Total, Percent and
Class of all the students using functions. Format the Date of Birth to display in various
formats; Insert new column after Regno, Insert rows to enter some more students
information; Format the cells and range and in various format.
PracticaI V
4 Hours
Using the above-created Worksheet, perform the following operations: Sort the
Worksheet using multiple fields; Show the percentage of all the students using Bar graph
Format the above graph (use various options like legends, data. Calculate the average
percentage of different combination and illustrate it with Pie chart; Extract the details of
students using auto filter feature; Find the name of the student who has scored highest and
lowest total.
PracticaI VI
4 Hours
Create and Save Power Point presentation and perform the following operations:
Creating and Saving a new presentation using Auto Content wizard and Template;
Editing and Formatting Text in a Presentation and working with Drawing Objects; Inserting
Pictures, Slides, Sound, Date and Timings, Slide Number, Charts and Tables.
Formatting Presentation by Setting Background, Applying Design Template and Other
features. Customizing and Animating Presentation using Slide Show features
Reference Books:
1. Raja Raman V. (2010), Fundamental of Computers, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall of India,
NewDelhi.
2. Norton, Peter (2003), Introduction to Computers, 6th Edition, Mc-Graw Hill
Publications.
3. B. Ram (2007), Computer Fundamentals Architecture and Organization, New Age
International Pvt. Ltd, Delhi.
4. S.Jaiswal (2003), Fundamental of Computer & IT, Wiley Dreamtech India.
UM14BH201 INDUSTRY EXPOSURE TRAINING HOTEL INDUSTRY (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objective
To give the students an exposure to operations of various departments of a five star hotel
Course outcome
At the end of the course, the student is capable of :
1. Preparing an Organization chart of a five star hotel
2. Summarizing the functions of all departments of the hotel
3. Analyzing operations of 4 core departments of the hotel
4. Identifying operational / procedural problem in the various departments & suggesting
solutions for them.
UM14BH202 EVENT MANAGEMENT (0-0-2-0-2)

Course objective
The objective of the course is to train the students to conduct an event

Course outcome
By the end of the course student will be capable of:
1. Assimilating the procedures involved in conducting an event
2. Conducting a small event on their own
UM14BH203 CULINARY FRENCH (2-0-0-0-2)

Course objective
The objective of this course is to provide an introduction to French
1. Understanding basic conversation & greetings in French
2. Comprehending the French terminology for common culinary terms
3. Reading and describing the French classical menu

4. Reading and comprehending wine labels
Unit I
6 Hours
General French: Pronunciation, the Alphabet, the Accents, Numbers (0 to
100),Cardinal,Ordinal,Time (only 24 hr clock),Days of the week,Months of the
year,Date,Weights & Measures,Formules de politesse,Conjugation of verbs in the present
tense relevant to the hotel industry (only je and vows forms)
Unit II
6 Hours
Simple Conversational skills:Greetings/ Introduction,Dialogue/ Conversation,At the Front
Desk,At the Restaurant,Travel & Tourism enquiries.
Unit III
6 Hours
Food & Beverage Service: Restaurant Brigade,Hot Plate Language,The French Classical
Menu (17courses) with classic examples of each course, terminology and meanings in
brief,Wines,Wines of France,Wine terminology,Reading a wine label,Laying a cover.
Unit IV
6 Hours
Food Production: The Kitchen Brigade,Ingredients used in Kitchen,Dairy Products,
VegetablesFruits,Herbs &Spices,Poultry,Fish,Meat,Cereals,Seasonings,French Cheeses,
Culinary Terms in French
Unit V
2 Hours
Glossary of terms: Students should be familiar with the glossary of terms pertaining to
above mentioned topic
Reference Books :
1. S. Bhattacharya (2005), French for Hotel Management & Tourism Industry, S. Frank
Bros. (Pub) Ltd., New Delhi.
2. Rajeswari Chandrashekar, Rekha Hangal, Chitra Krishnan, Claude Le NInan, Asha
Mokashi (2006), A Votre Service I & II Franais pour lhtellerie et le tourisme
.Leon 1 6, Goyal Publishers, New Delhi.
3. Dennis Lillicrap, John Cousins & Robert Smith (2006), Food & Beverage Service,
Hodder & Stoughton, UK
4. Thangam Philip (2005), Modern Cookery for Teaching and the Trade Vol. 1, Orient
5. Prosper Montagne, Jenifer Harvey Lang (1988), Larousse Gastronomique, Crown
Publications, UK.
UM14BH251 CULINARY OPERATIONS 1(2-0-0-0-2)

Course objective
To familiarize the students to the concept of volume catering and Indian Cuisine.
Course outcome
1. Planning & Indenting for large numbers
2. Describing the various equipment used for volume catering & Indian Cuisine
3. Analyzing the evolution of Indian Cuisine & influence of other cultures on Indian
Cuisine.
4. Understanding the role & function of commodities used in Indian Cuisine
5. Describing the standard recipes, storage & usage of basic Indian gravies.
Unit I
5 Hours
Introduction to equipment used in volume cookery: Selection of kitchen equipment,
equipment required for volume production, care and maintenance of equipments
Purchasing and indenting for volumes:Principles of indenting for volume feeding,
purchase system and specification, storage for bulk, inventory control in stores, control
procedures to check pilferage and spoilage, portion size volume feeding, Modifying
recipes, challenges
Unit II
5 Hours
Planning for volume catering: Basic stages of design for a catering establishment,
optimum utilization of space for volume catering, selection of equipment and recruitment.
Dum cooking - Origin, special equipment and classical dishes.
Tandoor cooking - Origin, types, fabrication, installing, role of ingredients in kebabs, basic
Indian breads, workstation setup & work flow.
Rice cooking - Types, basic rice preparation method
Indian sweets: Origin, ingredients used regional influence, equipment used and religious
importance of sweets comfort foods of India.
Unit III
6 Hours
Indian cooking: Introduction, influence of invaders and travelers on Indian cuisine, regional
and religious influences on Indian cuisine,
Equipment used, techniques employed, concepts of slow food and organic food
Condiments, herbs and spices used in Indian cuisine:Spices used in Indian cuisine,
various ways of using spices, storage and usage tips for spices
UNIT IV
5 Hours
Masala and pastes: Blending of spices & concepts of masalas-Pastes used in Indian
cooking
Understanding commodities and their usage in Indian cooking:Souring agents, coloring
agents, thickening agents, tenderizing agents, flavoring and aromatic agents, spicing agents
Unit V
5 Hours
Basic Indian gravies: Gravies and curries, regional gravies, preparation of gravy
Text Book
1. Parvinder S. Bali (2014), Quantity Food Productions and Indian Cuisine, 2nd Edition,
Reference Books
Editions, ELBS, UK.
Editions, ELBS, UK.
3. Krishna Arora (2008), Theory of Cookery, -5thand 6th Editions, Frank Bros & Co, New
Delhi.
4. Thangam E Philip (1988), Modern Cookery Volume I&II, 5th Edition, Orient
5. Jerald W. Chesser (1992), The Art And Science of Culinary Preparation, Educational
Institute of the American Culinary Federation.
UM15BH252 ADVANCE FOOD & BEVERAGE OPERATIONS (2-0-0-0-2)

Course objective
Familiarize the students to advanced service operations.
Course outcome
1. Classifying tobacco products on the basis of types, brands, manufacture, country of
origin
2. Describing the distillation process of alcoholic beverages.
3. Identification of liqueurs
4. Detailing responsible bar service procedures
5. Classifying cocktails & their preparation methods
Unit I
4 Hours
Tobacco: Tobacco products, Health hazards, Types of Tobacco, Important tobacco
producing countries of the world, Cigars (Parts of Cigar, Manufacturing process, Colour,
Strength & Size of cigars, Brands and Service), Cigarettes (Types, Brand names and
Service)
Unit II
8 Hours
Distilled alcoholic beverages: Distillation methods Pot still and Patent still,
Manufacturing process: Whisky, Rum, Gin, Brandy, Vodka and Tequila (with styles and
Brand names)Other spirits (Absinthe, Ouzo, Arrack, Feni, Schnapps, Slivovitz, Akvavit) ,
Liqueurs (Manufacturing process, Brand names with base, colour, flavour & country of
origin)
Unit III
4 Hours
Bar-responsible alcoholic service: Alcoholic Consumption benefits, Abuse and sensible
drinking, Alcoholic Strengths & Rate of absorption, Checking identification, Signs of
intoxication, Traffic light system
Bar Types, Equipment used
Unit IV
6 Hours
Cocktails- Aperitifs & Digestives, Cocktails Parts of cocktail, Families/Types & methods
used, Recipes of Classic Cocktails
Unit V
4 Hours
Gueridon service: Recipes of popular cocktails, Meaning and Impact, History, Equipment
used, Staffing, Key Ingredients, Popular Examples with recipes
Reference books
1. Lillicrap & Cousins (2008), F & B Service, 7th Edition, Hodder & Stoughton London.
TMH, New Delhi.
3. Vijay Dhawan (2000), Food and Beverage Service, 2nd Edition, Frank Bros. & Co.,
New Delhi.
4. Bobby George (2008), Food and Beverage Service, Jaico Publication, Bangalore
5. Andrew Durkan and John Cousins (2009), The Beverage Book, Hodder & Stoughton,
UK.
UM15BH253 HOTEL FRONT OFFICE OPERATIONS I (2-0-0-0-2)

Course objective
The objective of this course is to provide an understanding of the accounting operations in a
hotel Front Office and an introduction to automation in Hospitality industry
Course outcome
1. Describing the Accounting procedures in Front Office

2. Sequencing the Front Office audit process
3. Understanding the sources of Reservation in Hotels
4. Understanding the Different Hospitality Technology Systems used in Hotels and their
operation
Unit I
6 Hours
Front office accounting: Accounting Fundamentals: Accounts; Folios; Vouchers; Points of
Sale; Ledgers Creation & Maintenance of Accounts: Charge Privileges; Credit Control;
Account Maintenance Tracking Transactions: Cash Payment; Charge Purchase; Account
Correction; Account Allowance; Account Transfer; Cash Advance Internal Control: Cash
Banks; Audit Controls Settlement of Accounts
Unit II
4 Hours
The front office audit: Night Auditor, Duties & Responsibilities of Night Auditor, Functions
of the Front Office Audit: Establishing an End of Day; Cross-Referencing; Account Integrity;
Guest Credit Monitoring; Audit Posting Formula; Daily & Supplemental Transcripts
The Front Office Audit Process, System Update
Unit III
4 Hours
Hospitality Technology Systems:Property Management System,PMS Application,in Front
Office,PMS Interface with Stand-alone Systems,Different Property Management System
Unit IV
6 Hours
Reservation systems:Electronic Distribution Channels,Intersell Agencies,Central
Reservation Systems,Property-Level Reservation Systems,Distribution of Revenues:
Merchant Model; Wholesaler model
Unit V
6 Hours
Property management system:Rooms Management Module,Guest Accounting
Module,Property management system interfaces,System Interface Issues,Central
Reservation Systems; Point-of-Sale Systems; Call Accounting Systems; Electronic Locking
Systems; Energy Management Systems; Auxiliary Guest Services; Guest Operated Devices
Reference books
1. S.K. Bhatnagar (2002), Front Office Management, Frank Bros & Co. Ltd., New Delhi.
2. Kasavana, M. L., & Brooks, R. M. (2013), Managing Front Office Operations,
American Hotel & Lodging Education Institute.
4. Bardi, J. A. (2011), Hotel Front Office Management, John Wiley & Sons, USA.
UM15BH254 ACCOMODATION MANAGEMENT 1 (2-0-0-0-2)

Course objective
To develop advanced skills related to the design & planning of housekeeping operations
Course outcome
By the end of the semester student will be capable of:
1. Interpreting the elements of design & color wheel
2. Detailing types of furnishing
3. Prescribing redecoration & refurbishment process in a given situation
4. Analyzing the operating budget of a housekeeping department
5. Describing the pre opening procedures in a hotel
Unit I
5 Hours
Interior decoration & colour: Introduction & definition, design & elements of design,
principles of design, psychological impact of colour, colour wheel, colour scheme & types of
colour scheme
Unit II
4 Hours
Refurbishment and redecoration, & wall covering: definition & factors, procedure and
task involved snagging list, introduction & selection of floorings, types of floor coverings
Unit III
5 Hours
Soft furnishing: curtains, fabric used for curtains, weave, procedure for fixing curtains, care
and cleaning of curtains, blinds, care and cleaning of blinds, loose covers, care and
maintenance of loose covers, cushions and bolsters & its cleaning
Unit IV
6 Hours
Controlling expenses: the budget process, planning the operating budget, budget and
income statements, budgeting expense, controlling expense, purchasing systems and
capital budgets
Unit V
6 Hours
Pre-opening procedures: recruitment, areas inventory, establishing best practices,
reverse count down
Reference Books
3. Sunita Srinivasan (2004), Theory & Practices of Professional Housekeeping, Anmol
Publication Pvt. Ltd. Bangalore
UM15BH255 EVENT OPERATIONS I (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objective
To provide an understanding of the management functions involved in conducting an event
Course outcome
1. Describing the procedures in planning an event
2. Understanding the role & importance of marketing, advertising & public relations in
event management
3. Describing the steps in conduction of the event
4. Planning safety measures & procedures for an event
Unit I
5 Hours
Staging & team management: choosing the event site, developing the theme, conducting
rehearsals, providing service, arranging catering, protocols, dress codes, staffing,
leadership, traits and characteristic
Unit II
5 Hours
Event marketing, advertising & PR: nature of marketing, process of marketing, marketing
mix, sponsorship, image, branding & advertising, publicity and public relations. customer
requirement analysis, telemarketing skills, surveying and marketing skills for the particular
event
Unit III
5 Hours
Promotion and media: purpose of promotion, use of different media print, networking,
radio, T.V, internet, outdoor media etc, sponsorships, factors to make promotions effective
Unit IV
6 Hours
Conduction of the event :organizing, staffing, systematic supervision to ensure proper
distribution and discharge of duties, leading, co-ordination, controlling, fire fighting skill,
putting things back to the place
Unit V
5 Hours
Event safety and security: security, occupational safety, crowed management, major risks
and emergency planning, incident reporting, emergency procedures, Fire fighting
requirements
Reference Books
1. Anton Shone & Bryn Parry (2004), Successful Event Management A Practical
Handbook, 2nd Edition, Cengage Learning EMEA.
2. Sanjaya Singh Gaur, Sanjay V, Saggaere (2003), Event Marketing and
Management, Vikas Publishing, Noida.
3. Rapuda (2003), Media & Communication Marketing Management, Himalaya
Publishing House, Bangalore.
4. Goldblatt (2000), Best Practices in Modern Event Management, 2nd Edition John
Wiley & Sons, USA.
5. C.B. Mamoria, R L Joshi, N. I. Mulla (2003), Principles and Practice of Marketing in
India, Kitab Mahal, Odisha.
6. Razaq Raj, Paul Walters & Tahir Rashid (2008), Event Management, An Integrated &
Practical Approach, SAGE Publications, Delhi.
7. Ashutosh Chaturvedi (2009), Event Management, A Professional Approach Global
India Publications, Delhi.
8. Event Management study material prepared by the Department of BBA-HEM, PES
University.
UM15BH256 HOTEL ACCOUNTS I (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objective
To introduce basic accounting principles & concepts relevant to the hospitality industry
Course outcome
1. Making journal entries, posting & balancing of ledger accounts
2. Preparing bank reconciliation statements & cash books
3. Preparing a trading & P & L accounts
Unit I
4 Hours
Introduction to accounting: terms and terminologies used in accounting. definition,
objectives and importance of accounting and hotel accounting principles of double entry
system of book-keeping,nature, advantages and principles,classification of accounts,rules of
debit and credit
Unit II
4 Hours
Journal and ledger: practical problems on journalizing- simple and combination
entries,posting into ledger & balancing of ledger accounts
Unit III
6 Hours
Cash book: introduction and types of cash book,practical problems on three column and
analytical petty cash book on imprest system with special reference to cash received book
used in hotels.meaning, importance and reasons for preparing bank reconciliation statement
Unit IV
4 Hours
Accounting Principles: accounting concepts and conventions,capital, revenue and
deferred revenue expenditures and incomes.
Unit V
8 Hours
Trial balance: importance, purpose and advantages,practical problem on preparation of trial
balance,final accounts of small hotels and restaurants ,need for preparation of trading
account, profit andloss account and balance sheet,practical problems on trading account,
profit and loss account and balance sheet with following,adjustments only: closing stock,
outstanding andprepaid expenses, accrued and pre- received incomes, depreciation of fixed
assets and staff meals.
Reference Books
1. T.S.Grewal (2004), Double Entry Book-keeping, 11th Revised Edition, Chand & Sons,
New Delhi.
2. S.P Jain & K.L Narang (1999), Hotel Accountancy & Finance, Kalyani Publishers,
New Delhi.
3. Ozi DCunha Gleson Ozi DCunha (2000), Hotel Accounting & Financial Control Dickey Enterprises, Mumbai.
4. L.N.Chopde, D.H.Choudhari (1999), Book Keeping & Accountancy, 14th Edition,
Sheth Publishers Pvt. Ltd., Mumbai.
5. Richard Kotas (1981), Accounting in the Hotel & Catering Industry, 4th Edition,
International Textbook Company.
UM15BH257 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objective
To gain an insight into the importance & functions of human resource management in
hospitality operations
Course outcome
1. Preparing human resource plan in a given context
2. Suggesting the different recruitment, training & development plans for a given setup
3. Working out a motivation strategy to suit different constraints
4. Role playing a counselors role
5. Comparing and contrasting performance appraisal schemes relevant to the
hospitality business
Unit I
6 Hours
Human resource planning:introduction, objectives of human resource planning, concepts
of human resources planning, needs for human resource planning, need for human resource
planning in hospitality industry, qualitative dimensions of human resource planning
Job evaluation - introduction, need for a rational and equitable pay structure, job evaluation
and its objective, anomalies in salaries, advantages of job evaluation, problem associated
with job evaluation.
Job analysis and job description - introduction, job analysis, job description, job
requirements versus personal qualities, information collection methods, design of job
description, uses of job description
Unit II
6 Hours
Recruitment, selection, induction, placement:introduction, recruitment, selection, the
process of recruitment, methods of recruitment, selection test, limitations of selection tests,
interviews, limitations of interviews, physical examination.importance of proper induction,
induction process, induction program, placement, induction as an integrated part of training
Unit III
4 Hours
Training & development:defining training and development, training - need, benefits and
development, methods determining raining needs, training policy and effective training
program, training methods, evaluation of training and development, retraining, management
development - needs and concepts, techniques
Unit IV
4 Hours
Motivation, productivity & counselling:introduction, issues in managing people, maslows
need theory, social needs and productivity, hygiene factors and motivators, creating proper
motivational climate
Employee counselling - introduction, what is counseling, need for counseling, counseling
function, counselors, skills and techniques, types of counseling
Unit V
6 Hours
Performance monitoring and reward policies:introduction, performance appraisal,
performance appraisal from an organizational perspective, the problems of validity and
reliability, methods of appraisal, making performance appraisals more effective,
Rewards policies - introduction, need for a transfer policy, types of transfer, promotion and
promotion policy, rewards policies and processes, vehicles for rewards, transfer and
promotion
Reference Books
1. Subbha Rao. P. (2003), Personnel & Human Resource Management: Text & Cases,
Himalaya Publishing House, Bangalore.
2. Ashwathappa. K, (2013), Human Resource Management: Texts & Cases, 7th
Edition, McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd.
UM15BH258 SPECIAL TOPIC: NUTRITION DIETETICS AND SANITATION (2-0-00-2)

Course objective
The objective of this course is to appraise the students with the nutritional aspects of food
and ideal cooking and storage methods
Course outcome
1. Classifying foods into basic food groups and identifying their nutrient contribution
2. Suggesting the methods of preventing nutritional loss in food, preserving and storage
of food
3. Following hygienic practices in food production and storage
4. Explaining the relevant food laws
Unit I
4 Hours
Introduction to food science: nature of food study,specific nutrients in foods and their
functions,food microbiology,food poisoning
Unit II
6 Hours
Basic food groups and their nutrient contribution : carbohydrates : classification, sugars,
starch, cereals, sources, functions and recommended dietary intake
Protein : plant and animal protein, classification by structure, classification by quality,
sources, functions, factors influencing protein requirements oils & fats : composition &
classification, nutritive value & digestibility, effect of heat on fats, changes during storage,
prevention of fat spoilage, hydrogenation vegetables : classification, effect of heat, nutritional
losses, buying, care & storage fruits & fruit preparations : composition, nutritional
contribution, ripening of fruit, preparation of fruit
Unit III
6 Hours
Food preservation:methods of food preservation,bacteriostatic methods,dehydration
Preservation by osmotic pressure:use of oil and spices,use of acid,use of chemical
preservatives,preservation by temperature control,food irradiation
Unit IV
6 Hours
Food adulteration and food laws: food laws,ISI standards,agmark standard,export
inspection council,standards of weights and measures,common adulterants and their ill
effects,consumer protection agencies (government & voluntary)
Unit V
6 Hours
Hygienic food handling: purchasing and receiving safe food,food storage : dry store,
refrigerated store, freezer store,sanitary procedures while preparing, cooking, holding,
serving and displaying food,haccp and safety at the work place, hazard analysis and critical
control pointtypes of accidents,how accidents take place; precautions to prevent
Reference Books
1. Sumati R. Mudambi, Shalini M. Rao, M. V. Rajagopal (2007), Food Science,New Age
International (P) Ltd.
2. Sunetra Roday (2004), Food Science & Nutrition, Oxford University Press.
3. B. Srilakshmi (2003), Food Science, New Age International.
4. S. Roday (2004) Food Hygiene and Sanitation, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill
Education.
5. L. Kathleen Mahan MS RD CDE, Sylvia Escott-Stump MA RD LDN (2007) Krauses
Food Nutrition & Diet, Therapy, 11th Edition, Saunders Publisher.
UM15BH259 CULINARY OPERATIONS 1 PRACTICAL (0-0-4-0-2)

Course objective
To familiarize the students to the concept of volume catering and Indian Cuisine.
Course outcome
1. Planning & indenting for 5 course Indian regional menus for large volumes.
2. Following standard recipes & preparing dishes of 5 course regional Indian menus.
3. Following standard recipes & preparing south Indian breakfast dishes & comfort
foods.
Practical No. (Each of 4 Hours)
1. Bengali: Aloo Posto,Bekti Paturi,Luchi,Cholar Dal Narkel Diye,Sandesh
2. Goan:Caldo Verde,Ambotik gravy,Sannas,Varan,Bebinca
3. Kashmiri:Kashmiri Pulao,Moinja Haaq,Taschak Vangan,Rogan Josh,Saffron &

Carrot Kheer
4. Kerala:Avial,Boiled rice,Sambar,Chemeen Curry,Carrot & cabbage Thoran,Inji
puli,Ada Pradhaman
5. Parsi:Khandvi,Akrui,Dansak,Tawa paratha,Carrot Hulwa
6. Tandoor:Murgh Kebab,Tandoori Roti, butter Naan,Tandoori Gobi,Tandoori salad,Dal
Makhni,Jallabies
7. Andhra:Tomato
shorba,Hyderbadi
Baingan,Raitha,Shahi Tukra
Biryani,
Chappaties,Baghrara
8. Tamilnadu:Parrupu Vada,Boiled rice,Kutoo,Sambar,Mysore pak

9. Punjabi:Amritsari Machi,Jeera Pulao,Aloo methi,Panjabi Kadhi,Phirnee
10. Rajasthani:Aanch,Gattey,Misse roti,Murgh ka soweta,Shrikhand
11. Breakfast South Indian: Idly,Dosa,Sambar, Chutney,Medu vada,Kesari
12. Breakfast North Indian:Stuffed parathas (aloo, Panir, Mooli),Dhokla,Raitha,Mint
chutney,Emili chutney,Shrikand
13. Comfort foods:Pani puri,Bhel,Papdi,Bajji,Samosa,Pakoda
Text Book
1. Parvinder S. Bali (2014), Quantity Food Productions and Indian Cuisine, 2nd Edition,
Reference Book
1. Victor Ceserani & Ronald Kinton (2009), Practical Cooker, 10th,11th and 12th Editions,
ELBS, UK.
2. Victor Ceserani & Ronald Kinton (2008), Theory of Catering, 10th,11th and 12th
Editions, ELBS, UK.
3. Krishna Arora (2002), Theory of Cookery, 5th and 6th Editions, Frank Bros & Co., New
Delhi.
4. Thangam E Philip (1998), Modern Cookery - Volume I & II, 5th Edition, Orient
5. Jerald W. Chesser (1992), The Art and Science of Culinary Preparation, Educational
Institute of the American Culinary Federation.
UM15BH260 MANAGING FOOD & BEVERAGE SERVICE I PRACTICAL (0-0-40-2)

Course Objective
Familiarize the students to advanced service operations
Course outcome
1. Organizing Mise en place in a bar
2. Demonstrating service of alcoholic beverages
3. Prepairing & Demonstrating service of Cocktails
4. Preparing dishes & demonstrating the use of Gueridon Trolley

5. Planning a banquet function
6. Compiling a 7 course continental menu with wine accompaniment
Practical No. (Each of 4 Hours)
1. Dispense bar organizing mise-en-place: Task-01: Identification of bar
equipments; Task-02: Bar stock - alcoholic & non-alcoholic beverages,Task-03: Bar
accompaniments & garnishes,Task-04: Bar accessories & disposables
2. Service of Aperitifs:Task-01: Service of Bitters.Task-02: Service of Vermouths
3. Service of Spirits:Task-01: Service styles neat/on-the-rocks/with appropriate
mixers; Task-02 :Service of Whisky,Task-03: Service of Vodka,Task-04: Service of
Rum; Task-05: Service of Gin,Task-06: Service of Brandy,Task-07: Service of
Tequila; Task-08: Service of Liqueurs (neat/on-the-rocks/with cream/en frappe)
4. Preparation and Service of Cocktails - I:Pina colada, Daiquiri, Mojito, Margarita,
Shandy, Tom Collins, Cuba libre, Blue lagoon, Long Island iced tea.
5. Preparation and Service of Cocktails - II:Manhattan, Martini, Planters Punch, Side
car, Mint julep, Mai tai, Cosmopolitan, Bloody Mary, Moscow Mule.
6. Preparation and Service of Cocktails III:Pink lady, Rusty Nail, Screwdriver,
Tequila Sunrise, Gimlet, Moscow Mule, eggnog
7. Banquet Management - I:Task-01: Types of Events,Task-02: Filling function
Prospectus
8. Banquet Management- II:Task-01: Setting Banquet hall, conference hall &
Convention center,Task-02: Setting of Buffet counter
9. Compile 7 course Continental Menu with wine accompaniments
10. Service of cigars & cigarettes
11. Gueridon Service - I:Flambed consomm, Grilled fish, Chicken Stroganoff,
Monkey Gland steak
12. Gueridon Service - II:Crepes Suzette, Banana Flamb, Strawberry Romanoff, Irish
Coffee
13. Mock Test
Reference Books
1. Lillicrap & Cousins (2008), F & B Service, 7th Edition,Hodder & Stoughton,
London.
2. Sudhir Andrews (1995), Food and Beverage Service: A Training Manual; 3rd
Edition, TMH, New Delhi.
3. Vijay Dhawan (2000), Food and Beverage Service, 2nd Edition, Frank Bros. &
Co., New Delhi.
UM15BH261 ACCOMODATION MANAGEMENT I PRACTICAL (0-0-2-0-1)

Course objective
To equip students with advanced skills in housekeeping operations
Course outcome
By the end of the semester student will be capable of:
1. Making different styles of flower arrangements
2. Demonstrating supervisory skills required for housekeeping department
3. Using chemicals to remove different types of stains
4. Preparing budgets & calculating par stock
Practical (Each of 2 Hours)
1. Preparation and use of Snagging List
2. Preparation of Duty roaster
3. Preparation of budgets
4. Calculation of Par-stock
5. Case studies
6. Stain Removal Tea, Coffee, Mud, Shoe Polish, Gravy, Cream, Nail Polish, Wine,
Lipstick, Chewing gum
7. Flower Arrangement Symmetrical, A-Symmetrical, Circular, Linear, Vertical,
Horizontal
8. Presentation on wall ,fixture and fittings floor coverings
9. Practical Test - Test based on Previous Practical
Text Books:
1. Singh, M. (2012). Hotel Housekeeping. Tata McGraw-Hill., New Delhi.
3. Sunita Srinivasan (1998), Theory & Practices of Professional Housekeeping; Anmol
Publication Pvt Ltd. Bangalore.
UM15MB501 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
The objectives of this course will be to emphasize on application of basic economics
principles and topics such as demand analysis, forecasting, cost analysis, production and
pricing under different market situations and pricing practices etc.
Course outcome
At the end of the course students are able to:
1. Acquire basic concepts on managerial economics, both theory and application.
2. Apply quantitative techniques in analyzing the managerial economic problem in order
to arrive at an appropriate solution
3. Exhibit appropriate managerial decisions under given resource constraints and
objectives of the firm
Unit I
10 Hours
Introduction: Managerial Economics: Meaning, Nature, Scope, & Significance. Uses of
Managerial Economics. Role and Responsibilities of Managerial Economist. Relationship of
Managerial Economics with Statistics, Accounting and Operations Research. The Basic
process of decision making. Fundamental Concepts of Managerial Economics Opportunity
Costs, Incremental Principle, Time perspective, Discounting and Equi Marginal principles.
Unit II
10 Hours
Demand analysis Law of Demand, Exceptions to the Law of Demand, Elasticity of Demand
Classification of Price, Income & Cross elasticity, Advertising and promotional elasticity of
demand. Uses of elasticity of demand for Managerial decision making, Measurement of
elasticity of demand. Law of supply, Elasticity of supply, Demand forecasting: Meaning &
Significance, Methods of demand forecasting
Unit III
11 Hours
Cost Analysis and Profit Analysis: Concepts, Types of cost, Cost curves, Cost Output
Relationship in the short run and in the long run, LAC curve. Basic concepts of profits,
Theories of profits, Profit maximization, Profit planning, Costvolumeprofit relationships and
breakeven analysis.
Production analysis: Concepts, production function with one variable input Law of Variable
Proportions. Functions with 2 variable inputs and Laws of returns to scale. Indifference
Curves,ISOQuant's & ISOCost line, Economies & Diseconomies of scale
Unit IV
11 Hours
Market structure and pricing practices: Perfect Competition, Features, Determination of
price under perfect competition. Monopoly: Features, Pricing under monopoly. Price
Discrimination, Monopolistic Competition: Features, Pricing Under monopolistic competition,
Product differentiation. Oligopoly: Features, Kinked demand Curve, Cartels, Price leadership
Unit V
10 Hours
Theory of the Firm: Firm and Industry, Forms of Ownership, Objectives of the firm,
alternate objectives of firm, Managerial theories: Baumols Model, Marriss Hypothesis,
Williamsons Mo del. Behavioral theories: Simons Satisfying Model, Cyert and March Model.
Agency theory
Text Book:
1. Samulelson and Nordhaus (2013), Micro Economics, 19TH Edition, , McGrawHill.
2. Atmanand (2012), Managerial Economics, 2nd Edition, Excel Books.
Reference Books:
1. Truett, Lila J. Truett, Dale B. (2004), Managerial economics : analysts, problems,
cases, , 8th Edition., John Wiley and Sons, New Jersey
2. D.N. Dwivedi (2008), Managerial Economics, 7th Edition,Vikas Publishing House,
Noida.
UM15MB502 MANAGING ORGANIZATIONS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
This course provides students a platform to have broad understanding of self dimensions,
group dynamics & organizational structures, functions and process with over all view of
Concepts of HRM functions.
Course Outcomes
1. Clearly state the concepts of self dimensions, group dynamics & organizational
structures and process with over all view of concepts of HRM functions.
2. Exhibit the skills of managing Individual, groups and organizational functions.
3. Identify, analyze and find hypothetical solutions to the Human related problems in a
given organization
Unit I
10 Hours
Foundations of individual behavior: Values , Attitudes, Personality, Emotions, Perception,
Motivation Concepts and Application Case study on above mentioned topics.
Unit II
10 Hours
Foundations of group behavior: Work groups & Tea ms, Conflict and Negotiation. Power
and Politics, Leadership Theories and Contemporary Issues Case study on above
mentioned topics.
Unit III
11 Hours
Organizations and organization theory: Definition, Types, importance of Organizations.
Perspectives and dimensions of organization design. Evolution of organization theory and
design contemporary organization design. The role of strategic direction in organization
design, Organization purpose. Framework for selecting the strategy and design Porters
competitive strategies, Miles and Snows strategy typology and others. Assessing
organization effectiveness, contingency effectiveness approaches
Case study on above mentioned topics.
Unit IV
10 Hours
Fundamentals of organization structure: Organization Structure, Organizational Design
alternatives, functional, divisional, geographical, Matrix structures. Horizontal structures,
Modular, Hybrid structures. Case study on above mentioned topics.
Unit V
11 Hours
Fundamentals of HRM: Introduction, meaning and significance of HRM, Major functions of
HRM, Line functions and staff functions, HR Competencies. Recent trends in HRM
Case study on above mentioned topics.
Text Book:
1. Stephen P Robbins, Timothy A. Judge, Neharika Vohra (2009)., Organizational
behavior, 14th Edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi.
Reference Books:
1. Fisher, Cynthia D. Schaenfeldt, Lyle F. Shaw, James B. (2009), Human Resource
Management, 6th Edition, Biztantra Publishers, New Delhi
2. Daft, Richard L (1994), Organization Theory and Design, 8th Edition, Thomson
Learning, Australia
UM15MB503 CORPORATE ACCOUNTING (3-0-2-0-4)

Course Objectives
This course provides students an understanding of company formation, issue of shares and
debentures, procedure for issue, oversubscription, under subscription, fundamental concepts
of Accounting, Preparation of Financial Statements, depreciation accounting methods,
Accounting standards & IFRS, ratio analysis, cash flow statement, comparative, common
size financial statements and trend analysis.
Course Outcomes
1. Acquire basic concepts on managerial economics, both theory and application.
2. Apply quantitative techniques in analyzing the
managerial economic problem in order to arrive at an appropriate solution
3. Exhibit appropriate managerial decisions under given resource constraints and
Objectives of the firm.
Unit I
7 Hours
Introduction to business: Types of Business, Meaning and Definition of a Company,
Essential Characteristics of a company, Kinds of Companies and Formation of a Company,
Shares ,Share Capital and Debentures, Undersubscription, Oversubscription, Calls in

Advance, Calls in Arrears, Issue of Shares at Discount & Premium, Forfeiture
of Shares, Surrender of Shares, Rights Shares, Underwriting, Buyback of Shares,
Preference Shares and its Types, Debentures and Its Types.
Unit II
7 Hours
Introduction to accounting: Need for accounting and types of accounts, Accounting
Concepts and Conventions, GAAP, Accounting Standards and Accounting Equations
Preparation of Journal, ledger accounts and trial balance. Rectification of errors and types of
errors
Accounting standards and IFRS: Overview of Indian Accounting Standards and
International Financial Reporting Standards, relevance of IFRS, comparison of Indian
Accounting Standards and IFRS.
Unit III
8 Hours
Financial statements: Preparation of Final Accounts of Company with Basic Adjustments
(Horizontal & Vertical Form).
Unit IV
8 Hours
Depreciation Accounting: Meaning , Depreciation methods Straight Line Method(SLM),
Written Down Value Method (WDV), Annuity Method, Sinking Fund and Revaluation Method
(problems with adjustments on SLM & WDV only.
Unit V
9 Hours
Financial Statement Analysis: Meaning and tools of Analysis and Interpretation
Comparative Statements, Common Size Statements, Trend analysis, Ratio Analysis, Dupont
analysis, Preparation of Cash flow statement as per AS3 (Indirect Method).
Practical Components (2 Hours each)

1. Fundamentals of Financial Accounting; Principles Concepts & Conventions; Types
of Accounts, (DebitCredit Rules, Accounting)
2. Grouping of Accounts / Chart of Accounts Exercise on grouping of Accounts
3. Direct versus Indirect Expenditure
4. Capital versus Revenue Expenditure
5. Accounting EntriesExplanation of Debit and credit entries, Compound entries
6. Key Business Processes (Purchase, Sales, Expense, Assets etc.)
7. Cash Book and contra entries other Subsidiaries and entries
8. Trial balance preparation using ledgers and through list of items
9. 360 Degree Transaction Processing
10. Preparation of Profit & Loss Account / Income Statement
11. Preparation of Balance Sheet
12. Preparation of Cash Flow statement
13. Analysis of Financial Statements Accounting Ratios
Text Books
1. Anthony, Robert N. Hawkins, David F. Merchant, Kenneth A. (2007), AccountingText
and Cases, 12th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
Reference Books
1. S N Maheshwari & S K Maheshwari (2009), Corporate Accounting, 5th Revised and
Enlarged Editions, Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd, New Delhi,
2. Ashok Sehgal, (2012), Fundamentals of Corporate Accountin, 3rd Edition, Taxmann,
New Delhi.
UM15MB504 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT AND COMMUNICATION (3-0-0-03)

Course objectives
Primary objective of this course includes improved ability to comprehend various principles
of management and produce effective written and oral business communications, evaluate
business messages within appropriate local and global contexts and apply systematic
language processing strategies for critical thinking, problem solving, and decision making in
a variety of business settings, with emphasis on leadership communication. Through this
course, the students learn a systematic approach to designing messages for targeted
business communication situations.
Course outcome
1. Explain various principles of management and communication concepts in different
business scenarios like decision making, negotiation, conveying important information
within and outside the organization.
2. exhibit writing and speaking skills through drafting, revision, editing, and presentation;
apply modes of expression in written, visual, and oral communication and ensure
effective group participation with emphasis on listening, critical and reflective thinking,
and responding.
3. apply business communication strategies to prepare effective communication for
domestic and international business situations; Participate in team activities that lead to
the development of collaborative work skills and presenting business messages using
computer technology to suit the employability requirements.
Unit I
8 Hours
Principles of management :Definition of management, nature & scope, Functions of
managers, Managerial Roles, Essential Skills for an effective manager, Evolution of
management thought, recent trends in management. Social Responsibilities, Values and
Ethics.
Unit II
8 Hours
Functions of management: Planning, Organizing, Staffing, Directing & Controlling.
Decision making. Organization Structure forms & principles.
Unit III
7 Hours
Business communication: Communication in business places with reference to various
industries, challenges and Crisis management
Unit IV
8 Hours
Oral communication verbal :Presentation skills (tools used for effective presentation),
negotiation skills, conversation control; Non verbal Gestures, Body language ,
Employment Communication: Group discussion rules, Dos and Donts, Personal
Interview Preparation, Grooming Dos and Donts
Unit V
8 Hours
Written communication: English grammar, Importance of written Communication, The
process of writing (3*3), Memorandums, Letter writingTypes, Formats, Electronic letter
writing, Report writing, Proposals,
Employment Communication: Resume writing Techniques
Text Books
1. Weihrich, Heinz. Cannice, Mark V. Koontz, Harold, (2010), Management A Global
and Entrepreneurial Perspective, 13th Edition., Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
Reference Books
1. Chaturvedi, P D. Chaturvedi, Mukesh. (2004), Business Communication: Concepts,
Cases And Applications", Pearson Education, New Delhi
UM15MB505 BUSINESS LAW (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
This course enables students with various laws, forces and regulatory measures governing
business operations in India. It aims at providing contemporary knowledge, basic concepts,
emerging ideas, latest techniques and practices in the field of law in a comprehensive way.
Course outcome
1. Understand the basic legal concepts in which business is carried on in India.
2. Apply the rules of contract law and other business law to real world conflicts and
management challenges.
3. Differentiate the different types of laws that is applicable in day to day trade.
Unit I
8 Hours
Contract Act 1872 :Introduction Overview of Business laws in India sources of business
law, Salient features covering essentials of Contract, offer, acceptance, consideration
Exceptions to the rule "no consideration, no contract, Capacity of Parties, Free Consent,
Quasi Contract, Legality of Object, Performance of Contract , Termination of contract,
Breach of Contract and Remedies for breach of a contract
Unit II
8 Hours
Law of Agency: Essentials, kinds of agents, Rights and Duties of Principal and Agent,
Creation of Agency, Termination of Agency, Bailment and Pledge Bailment, Definition,
Essential Elements, Rights and Duties of Bailor and Bailee
Unit III
8 Hours
Negotiable Instruments Act 1881: Promissory Note, bill of exchange and Cheque, Parties
to negotiable instruments, Negotiation and discharge of negotiable instruments, Bank and its
customer
Unit IV
8 Hours
Sale of Goods Act 1930: Definition of Sale, Sale v/s Agreement to Sell, Goods, Price and
Time. Condition and Warranties, Express and Implied Conditions, Doctrine of Caveat
Emptor, Performance of Contract of Sale, Rights of Unpaid Seller.
The Right to Information Act, 2005 : Background, salient features covering important
terms in the act, powers and functions of information officers, transparency, rights of the
citizens to get information of the Public Authority (Central and State Government), offences
and penalties under the Act.
Unit V
7 Hours
Intellectual Property Rights : Introduction, Definition of patents, Publication and
examination of application, Register of patents and its procedure, Revocation of patents,
Definition of copy right, Copy rights and it ownership, Rights of broadcasting organizations
and of performers, Infringement of copy right, Definition of a trade mark, Functions of a trade
mark, Procedure and duration of a trade mark, Assignment and transmission of trade mark
Text Books
1. Pathak, Akhileshwar (2007), Legal Aspects of Business, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw
Hill, New Delhi.
Reference Books:
1. Kuchhal, M C (2009),Business Law, 5th Edition, Vikas Publications, New Delhi
2. Gulshan, S S (2006), Business Law, 3rd Edition, Excel Book, New Delhi
UM15MB506 DATA ANALYSIS & DECISION MAKING (3-0-2-0-4)

Course objectives
The course aims at equipping students with an understanding of the basic statistical
techniques, concepts and methods of Decision Science in order to facilitate managerial
decision-making.
Course outcome
1. Exhibit the theoretical knowledge of identifying, formulating and developing set of trial
solutions using various business decision models.
2. Exhibit the decision making skills in different functional areas of Business Management
3. Identifying, formulating and developing set of trial solutions to diverse business
problems using various business decision models used in practice.
Unit I
8 Hours
Introduction to descriptive statisticsData, Types of Data, Frequency Distribution
Descriptive statistics (Concept, Interpretations and inference only): Measures of central
Tendency: Mean Median and Mode.Measures of Dispersion: Standard Deviation, Variance,
Skewness, kurtosis, Outliers and Boxandwhisker plot
Inferential statistics: Correlation Types of CorrelationKarl Pearson and Rank
Regression: Univariate and Bivariate (Theory).
Unit II
Parametric Tests: Z test, t test, F test (Illustrative Problems).
Non Parametric Tests Chi Square test (Problems).
ANNOVA:one way and Two way (Illustrative Problems).
8 Hours
Unit III
8 Hours
Decision theory: Decision under uncertainty Maxmin & Minmax, Decision under Risk
Expected Value, Decision tree problems.
Linear programming: Structure of Linear programming Model, Formulation and Graphical
method for solution, Duality in Linear programming.
Unit IV
8 Hours
Transportation Model: General structure, Methods of finding initial basic solution Vogels
approximation method. Test for optimality and Reading the solution from final solution
(Concept, Interpretations and inference only).
Assignment model: Introduction, General structure, Problems on minimization and
maximization.
Theory of games:formulation of game models, Two person Zero sum games & their
solution, 2 x N and M x 2games, pure strategy games with saddle point, Mixed Strategies
Algebraic method (Concept, Interpretations and inference only).
Limitations
Unit V
7 Hours
Queuing theory:General structure of queuing system, operating characteristics of queuing
System, Queuing models (Theory Only).
Project network analysis: Introduction, Basic concepts, Analysis by Critical Path Method
CPM). Analysis by PERT Technique and Theory of crashing.

1. Power of Charts and Graphs
2. Analysis of Descriptive statistics using Box and Whisker Plot
3. Computation of correlation
4. Testing of hypothesis using Chi Square test.
5. Testing of hypotheses using t test.
6. Testing of Hypotheses ANOVA one way and Two way
7. Regression Analyses.
8. Nonparametric tests.
9. Analyzing LPP Models
10. Analyzing Transportation Model
11. Analyzing Game Model
12. Analyzing Decision Models
13. Analyzing PERT/CPM Models
Text Book:
1. Anderson, David R. Sweeney, Dennis J. Williams, Thomas A (2005), Statistics for
Business and Economics, 9th Edition, Cengage Learning, New Delhi.
2. N D Vohra (2010), Quantitative Techniques in Management, 4th Edition, TMH.
Reference Books:
1. Anderson, David R. Sweeney, Dennis J. Williams, Thomas A. (2006),Quantitative
Methods for Business, Cengage Learning, 10th Edition, New Delhi.
2. Hillier, Frederick S. Lieberman, Gerald J. Nag, Bodhibrata (2011), Introduction to
Operations Research, 9th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, Ne Delhi
UM15MB507 SPECIAL TOPIC: PUBLIC RELATIONSHIP (0-0-2-0-1)

Course objectives
This course is designed to improve the students understanding of the basic concepts of
relationship with other people so as to succeed in the corporate world. Students will
understand the basic tools of public relations and will be trained to handle different scenarios
involving people.
Course outcome
1. Acquire knowledge about Public Relationship.
2. Imbibe the skill of understanding different Public Relationship situations in
todays dynamic environment.
3. Develop the ability of applying the knowledge and skill in real time situations.
Session Plan: 2 Hour Each

1. Introduction, Factors affecting relations
2. Competencies, Quiz
3. Public Relations tools
4. Activity, Quiz
5. Dealing with the government, Negotiation Skills, types, process
6. Activity, Quiz
7. Dealing with Rude people,
8. Activity, Quiz
9. Talking to Senior Management in Corporate India
10. Activity , Quiz
11. Dealing with Executives through Business Writing Skills
12. Activity, Quiz

13. Overcoming Procrastination for success in Corporate
14. Activity, Quiz
UM15MB508 SPECIAL TOPIC: CORPORATE CONNECT (MEET THE CXO)1 (0-02-0-1)

Course objectives
To provide a platform for learning and sharing the experiences of CXO of corporate from
various sectors.
Course outcome
1. Exhibit fundamental concepts of current Industry practices
2. Exhibit the skills of using the current practices in future.
Activity: 2 Hours Each

1. Week 1 to Week 12 : CXO Lecture and Discussion series, Panel discussions, Focus
discussion and Corporate Plenary sessions
2. Week 13 : Corporate Quiz
UM15MB551 ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT (3-0-2-0-4)

Course objectives
This course provides a platform to sensitize the hidden entrepreneurial traits of management
students; also expose students to the Entrepreneurial and project management concepts
and processes used in practice.
Course outcome
At the end of this course, the students are able to:
1. Explain the fundamental concepts and process of managing an Entrepreneurial
project.
2. Exhibit the skill of managing an Entrepreneurial project
3. Identify & manage an Entrepreneurial project in practice.
Unit I
8 Hours
Entrepreneurship: Meaning, Evolution and Development; Functions of an Entrepreneur;
Types of entrepreneur; Stages in entrepreneurial process; Role of entrepreneurs in
Economic Development; Intrapreneur an emerging class. Family BusinessHistory: Types
and Importance of family business; Succession in family business; Pitfalls of the family
business; Improving family business performance.
Unit II
8 Hours
Creativity and Innovation: Sources of New Ideas, Ideas into Opportunities; Creative
problem solving: Heuristics, Brainstorming, Synectics; Sources and Transfer of Innovation.
International Entrepreneurship The nature, Importance & Opportunities; International versus
domestic entrepreneurship; Entrepreneurship entry into international business, exporting,
Direct foreign investment, barriers to international trade. Managing growth and
diversification: strategies; franchising, joint ventures, Acquisitions and mergers.
Unit III
8 Hours
Institutions supporting entrepreneurs A brief overview of financial institutions in India
Central level and state level institutions; SIDBI, NABARD, IDBI, SIDO, Indian Institute of
Entrepreneurship, DIC, Single window system; Latest Industrial policy of Government of
India; FMME; Guidelines for starting new SMEs. Sources and ways of raising capital;
Informal risk capital and venture capital; Business Planning Meaning and Business planning
process; Advantages of business planning; Marketing plan, Production/operations plan,
financial plan, Organizational plan; Identification of business opportunities; business
feasibility study
Unit IV
8 Hours
Project management: Definition and Process; Project Management hierarchyprogrammes,
projects, processes, activities, tasks; Conceptual idea of the triple constraint: Time, cost,
scope; Planning & scheduling Tools Brainstorming, Fishbone diagrams, Bar charts , Gantt
Charts, WBS, Network diagramsCPM and PERT Concept and applications; Accelerating
projectscrashing.
Unit V
7 Hours
Project Monitoring, Progress Reporting, Updating Plans, Review Meeting: Program
reviews, Task review; Common Causes Of Schedule Delays ; Completing a project
understanding the elements. Effect of team size and project duration on project
performance; Expectations of the organization on the PM; Skills needed by a Project
manager; Conflict resolution.
1. Introduction to project tools
2. Organizing College sports event (cricket) contd...
3. Organizing College sports event (cricket)
4. Organizing DJ night
5. House Construction
6. Introduction to project charter A case on Hotel International contd....
7. Introduction to project charter A case on Hotel International contd...
8. Introduction to project charter A case on Hotel International
9. Organizing an International conference for MBA department
10. Starting of a new business Venture (E Commerce set up) contd.
11. Starting of a new business Venture (E Commerce set up)
12. Customer survey
13. Final Assessment
Text Books
1. Hisrich, Robert D. Peters, Michael P. Shepherd, Dean A (2005), Entrepreneurship,
6th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill.
Reference Books:
1. Clements, James P. Gido, Jack. (2006), Effective Project Management, Cengage
Learning, New Delhi.
2. Mantel, Samuel J. Meledith, Jack R. Shafer, Scott M (2005), Project Management : Core
Text Book, 1st Edition, John Wiley & Sons, New Delhi.
UM15MB552 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
Globalization has produced many opportunities for businesses. At the same time,
globalization has also created new threats. This course explores how these changes have
dramatically altered the competitive field confronting many businesses. This course also will
review the different strategies that are available to exploit the opportunities and counter the
threats from globalization.
Course outcome
1. Have an understanding of macro environmental factors affecting International
Business
2. Describe the impact of competitive and global financial environment on business
decision making processes worldwide
3. 3. Design and manage global strategy, structure, functional level international
operations and implement the same.
Unit I
8 Hours
Introduction to international business: Objective, Scope, Importance and Current Trends,
Domestic Business v/s International Business
Reasons for International Business For Corporate and Country, Modes of Entry and
Operation
International business strategy: Industry, strategy and firm performance, Global
integration and local responsiveness, Types of strategy, Firm as value chain
Unit II
7 Hours
Basics of macroeconomics for international business: National Income, Business
Cycles, Inflation, Unemployment
PEST factors and impact on international business: Risk Analysis, Decisions to
overcome or managing risks a live current case.
Unit III
8 Hours
International trade and Factor Mobility theory: Theories of Trade patterns, Statics and
Dynamics of Trade, Factor Mobility theory
Government influence on Trade Conflicting results of trade policies, Economic and
Noneconomic rationale, Instruments of Trade Control, Dealing with governmental trade
influences.
Unit IV
8 Hours
CrossNational Cooperation and Agreements: WTO, GATT, Regional economic
integration, various regional organizations
Global foreign exchange markets Foreign exchange, How companies use foreign
exchange.
Unit V
8 Hours
Export and Import strategies: Export strategy, Import strategy.
FDI and Collaborative strategies FDI, Why companies collaborate, Types of collaborative
arrangement.
Organization of International Business Organization structure, Coordination and control,
Organization culture.
Text Book
1. Daniels, John D. Radebaugh, Lee H. Sullivan, Daniel P (2010), International
Business: Environment and Operations, 12th Edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi.
Reference Books
1. Hill, Charles W L. Jain, Arun K (2007), International Business: Competing in the
Global Market Place, 6th Edition, Tata McGrawHill, New Delhi.
2. Bennett, Roger (1999), International Business, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education,
New Delhi.
UM15MB553 MARKETING MANAGEMENT (3-0-2-0-4)
Course objectives
marketing management. Students will understand the function of marketing in a competitive,
dynamic business. Students will comprehend the key elements in developing a marketing
strategy and planning a marketing program by covering topics such as customer
segmentation,
positioning,
branding,
consumer
research,
pricing,
marketing
communications, new product development, and channel strategy.
Course outcome
At the end of the course student s are be able to:
1. Explain the role and functions of marketing in a range of organizations.
2. Exhibit the Skills of applying the introduced conceptual frameworks, theory and
techniques to various marketing contexts.
3. Describe and analyze the marketing behavior of firms and consumers.
Unit I
8 Hours
Introduction & understanding the customer: Defining Marketing for the 21st century,
Developing Marketing Strategies and Plans, Gathering Information and scanning the
environment, Conducting Marketing Research, Creating Customer Value, Satisfaction and
Loyalty.
Unit II
8 Hours
Connecting with customer, building strong brands & shaping the market offerings:
Analyzing Consumer Markets & Business Markets, Identifying Market Segments and Targets
Competitive forces, competitive strategies, dealing with competition, Creating Brand Equity
definition, building, managing , and devising strategies,.
Unit III
8 Hours
Brand positioning: Crafting the Brand Positioning developing and communicating
positioning strategies and PLC strategies.
Product marketing: Product characteristics and classification and product and brand
relationships, packaging and labeling
Unit IV
8 Hours
Services marketing:Nature of services, managing service quality and brands, Designing
and Managing Services, Developing Pricing Strategies and Program.
Delivering and communicating value: Designing and managing Integrated Marketing
Channels, Managing Retailing, wholesaling and logistics.
Unit V
7 Hours
Integrated Marketing Communication: Designing and Managing IMC, Managing Mass
Communication & Persona l Communication, Introducing New Market Offerings.
1. Introduction to SPSS
2. Data Sheet & Coding the data sheet
3. Frequency tables, descriptive statistics, graphs and Charts
4. Hypothesis testing; Chisquare( Marketing application of Chisquare)
5. Independent sample t test
6. Paired sample t test
7. One way Anova
8. Two way Anova
9. Correlation
10. Regression Analysis
11. Regression Analysis

12. Factor Analysis
13. Factor Analysis
Text Book:
1. Kotler, Philip. Keller, Kevin Lane. Koshy, Abraham (2009), Marketing Management
A South Asian Perspective, 13th Edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi.
Reference Books:
1. Ramaswamy V. S. & Namakumar S (2002), Marketing Management : Planning
Implementation & Control, Global Perspective Indian Context, 3rd Edition,
Macmillan Publishers, New Delhi.
2. Panda, Tapan K. (2007), Marketing Management, 2nd Edition, Excel Publication,
New Delhi.
UM15MB554 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
This course provides a broad understanding about the main functions involved in operations
management.This covers Forecasting, Economic analysis, operational planning, scheduling
and controlling elements of production, supporting activities like managing materials and
quality aspects
Course outcome
1. State the fundamental concepts of operations management
2. Exhibit the skills of forecast, design, develop strategic and control plan for operations
of B2B and B2C products
3. Forecast, design , develop strategic and control plan for operations of B2B and B2C
products.
Unit I
10 Hours
Introduction to operations management: Cycle view of Manufacturing function. Historic
development and Factors affecting Operations Management.
Economic analysis: Single product, multiproduct, Make or Buy. Add or Drop, process
selection.
Demand forecasting: Qualitative forecasting Methods, Quantitative forecasting methods,
Linear regression, Exponential smoothing Measurement of errors, Monitoring and Controlling
forecasting models.
Unit II
10 Hours
Facility Planning:: Factors affecting facility location decisions, Facility location models
Facility layout planning: Layout and its objectives for manufacturing operations,
warehouse operations, service operations, and office operations,Types of plant layouts
Product Layout, Process layout, Fixed position layout, Cellular Manufacturing layouts, Hybrid
layouts, Factors influencing layout changes
Unit III
10 Hours
Employee productivity productivity and human behavior: Multifactor approach to
measuring Productivity, labor productivity.
Work method study: How to do methods analysis.
Work Measurement: Labor Standards, Time Study, Work Sampling, PTS
Capacity planning aggregate planning: Aggregate Demand, dimensions of production
capacity, sources of medium range production capacity.
Unit IV
11 Hours
Resource requirements planning system, material requirement planning, objectives of
MRP, elements of MRP, BOM, and benefits of MRP, Capacity Requirement Planning.
Materials managementrole of materials management: Materials and profitability,
Purchase functions, Procurement procedures including bid systems, Vendor selection and
development, Vendor rating, Ethics in purchasing, Concepts of lead time, purchase
requisition, purchase order, forms used and records maintained.
Inventory management: Concepts of inventory, types, Classification, selective inventory
management, ABC, VED, VendorManaged Inventory, Inventory models EOQ, safety
stocks, Re order point, Quantity discounts
Unit V
11 Hours
Quality management basic concepts: Quality of products / services dimensions of quality,
Relationship between quality, productivity and cost, Jurans quality trilogy,
Demings 14 principles, Quality improvement and cost reduction 7 QC tools and 7 new QC
tools, PDCA cycle, Quality circles, Quality Function Deployment and its benefits
Quality control: Statistical concepts in quality control, Control charts, Acceptance chart,
Control charts, Acceptance chart.
Quality management recognition: Malcolm Balridge National Quality Award, Demings
prize, ISO 9000 Standards and six sigma concepts
Job shop scheduling n jobs on 2 machine, n jobs on 3 machines, Numerical problems on
job shop scheduling
Text Books
1. Norman Gaither & Greg Frazier (2002), Operations Management, 9th
Edition,Thomson South, Australia.
Reference Books
1. William J. Stevenson (2007), Operations Management, 9th Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill,
New Delhi..
2. Chase, Richard B. Jacobs, F Robert. Aquilano, Nicholas J (2006), Operations
Management,11th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
UM15MB555 CORPORATE FINANCE (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
This course provides the basic concepts of financial management, time value of money,
capital structure composition, cost of capital, long term investment decision, estimation of
working capital requirements and dividend policy applied in practice.
Course outcome
1. Explain the concepts of wealth maximization, time value of money, capital cost, NPV,
IRR, dividend policy and factors affecting dividend policy.
2. Exhibit skills in estimating, evaluating and interpreting future value & present value of
major investment proposals, calculating working capital requirements and
determining appropriate capital mix.
3. Identify, estimate, evaluate, interpret and select corporate financial decisions in
practice.
Unit I
10 Hours
Financial management: Introduction, Objectives of Financial Management Profit
Maximization, Wealth Maximization, Finance functions and its organization, Role of finance
manager, Financial Ethics & Corporate Social Responsibility.
Time value of money: Future Value of single cash flow and annuity, Present Value of single
cash flow, Annuity and perpetuity, intra year compounding and discounting, doubling period,
effective interest rate and loan amortization.
Unit II
10 Hours
Capital structure: Planning: Requisites of optimum capital structure, EBITEPS analysis,

Point of indifference, Leverages
Unit III
10 Hours
Cost of capital; Basic concepts, specific costs, composite cost (WACC) and marginal cost,
CAPM, Dividend Policy, Types and factors affecting Dividend policy
Unit IV
10 Hours
Capital budgeting decisions: Estimation of cash flows, Incremental cash flows, Methods of
Selecting Capital Projects for new and replacement projects DCF and Non DCF
techniques, Capital Rationing, Impact of Risk on Capital Budgeting.
Unit V
12 Hours
Working capital management factors affecting working capital requirements, operating
cycle and cash cycle, Estimation of working capital requirements, sources of financing
working capital, determination of current assets
Text Books
1. Ross, Stephen A. Westerfield, Randolph W. Jaffe, Jeffrey (2008), Corporate Finance,
8th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
Reference Books
1. Khan, M Y. Jain, P K (2004), Financial Management: Text, Problems and Cases, 4th
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
2. Pandey, I M (2011), Financial Management, 10th Edition, Vikas Publishing House
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
UM15MB556 BUSINESS RESEARCH METHODS (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
The paper aims to develop a research orientation among students. The objective of this
course is to develop the skills of investigating a business problem and interpreting the results
of their investigation in the form of systematic reports for the purpose of management
decision making.
Course outcome
1. understand the basic concepts of Business research Methods
2. Exhibit the skills of identifying business problems, collect and process data for
managerial decisions.
3. Apply the concepts of research design and methodology for solving business
problems in practice
Unit I
8 Hours
Introduction research: Research process and types of Research, problem formulation,
management problem v/s. research problem, Approaches to Research, Importance of
literature review.
Unit II
8 Hours
Business research design: Steps involved in a research design. Exploratory research:

Meaning, suitability, collection, hypothesis formulation. Descriptive research: Meaning, types
of descriptive studies, data collection methods. Causal research: Meaning, various types of
experimental designs, types of errors affecting research design. Analytical research:
Introduction to analytical research
Unit III
8 Hours
Data collection and sampling : Meaning and sampling distribution: Meaning Steps in
Sampling process, Types of Sampling Probability and non probability Sampling Techniques
Data collection: Primary and Secondary data Sources advantages/disadvantages, Data
collection Methods Observations, Survey, Interview and Questionnaire design, Qualitative
Techniques of data collection
Unit IV
8 Hours
Measurement & Scaling Techniques: Nominal Scale, Ordinal Scale, Interval Scale, Ratio
Scale, Criteria for good measurement.
Unit V
7 Hours
Attitude measurement & research report: attitude measurement Likerts Scale and
Semantic Differential Scale. Components of written research report
Text Books
1. Malhotra, Naresh K (1999), Marketing Research: An applied orientation, 3rd Edition.
Pearson education, New Delhi.
Reference Books
1. Kothari, C R. (2004), Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques, 2nd Revised
Edition, New Age International, New Delhi.
2. Zikmund, William G. (2003), Business Research Methods, 7th Edition, Cengage
Learning, New Delhi
UM15MB557 SPECIAL TOPIC: BUSINESS NEGOTIATIONS (0-0-2-0-1)

Course objectives
Business negotiation techniques.
Course outcome
1. To explain key negotiating concepts, theories and techniques for analyzing a variety
of Business negotiate situations.
2. To exhibit skills required for developing conceptual frameworks, theory and
techniques for various negotiating contexts.
3. To apply ideas acquired during the course in real time negotiating situations.

1. Negotiation basic conceptsWhat is negotiation? Negotiation needs, Important rules,
Best alternative to negotiated agreements (BATNA)
2. Types of negotiations Various types of negotiations, Business negotiations,
negotiation process in Business to Business markets
3. International negotiations, Professional etiquettes in business negotiations,
Understanding global cultures in Business negotiations
4. Case on Filters inserts Ltd: Negotiation on strategies leading to win/win situation
between buyer and seller; Business to Business Negotiations: Case study on Knight
Engines and Excalibur pistons. Negotiate on a win/win strategy when both the buyer
and the seller are strong.
5. Case study: How giving face can brew success. Negotiation Success through
learning to work within Cultural differences. Role play: Negotiation Role play
6. Negotiation styles and frame work. Role play exercises: Persuasive style, Assertive
style. Empathizing style and Bridging Style
7. Case study on the negotiation problem and Resolution. Third party intervener,
winwin negotiation badly executed
8. Case study on power negotiation. Case study on negotiation over confidence
9. Creative problem solving in negotiations. The problem salesmanRamesh Sisodia
10. At times playing can get a little rough. This case is about consumer negotiations
11. Negotiating with wall mart buyers. This case is about negotiating with a powerful
buyer.
12. Case study: When diversity is the Issue.
13. Revision
UM15MB558 SPECIAL TOPIC: CORPORATE CONNECT (MEET THE CXO)2 (0-02-0-1)

Course objectives
To provide a platform for learning and sharing the experiences of CXO of corporate from
various sectors.
Course outcome
1. Exhibit fundamental concepts of current Industry practices
2. Exhibit the skills of using the current practices in future.

1. Week 1 to Week 12 : CXO Lecture and Discussion series, Panel discussions, Focus
discussion and Corporate Plenary sessions
2. Week 13 : Corporate Quiz
UM14MB601 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT (3-0-2-0-4)

Course objectives
This is a comprehensive integrated course which focuses on formulation and implementation
of organizational strategy. This course deals with big picture of organizations.
Course outcome
1. Explain the Strategic drivers and obstacles affecting industries and companies.
2. Prepare a summary of evaluation parameters affecting long range planning and
exhibit relevant skills suitable for recommending an effective strategy.
3. Apply Strategic Management tools and techniques for analyzing a company situation
in real time scenarios.
Unit I
8 Hours
Introduction to strategic management: Managing the strategy making process for
competitive advantage including Vision and Mission
External analysis: Identification of opportunities and threats, Porters five forces model,
Strategic groups, Industry life cycle analysis, Industry life cycle analysis, Limitations of
models
Unit II
8 Hours
Internal analysis: Distinctive competencies, Competitive advantage and Profitability, SWOT

analysis, Value Chain.
Building competitive advantage through functional level strategy: Achieving superior
Efficiency, Quality, Innovation and Customer Responsiveness
Unit III
8 Hours
Building competitive advantage through business level strategy: Choosing a generic
business level strategy, Competitive positioning and Business level strategyCompetitive
strategy and the industry environment: Strategies in fragmented industries, embryonic,
growth, mature and declining industries
Unit IV
8 Hours
Strategy in high technology industries: Costs in high tech industries, Managing IPR,
Capturing first mover advantages, Disruptive Technologies
Corporate level strategy: Horizontal integration, Vertical Integration, Cooperative
relationships, Strategic outsourcing, strategic Alliances
Unit V
7 Hours
Corporate Performance, Governance, and Business Ethics: Causes of poor performance,
improving performance, stakeholders and corporate performance, ethics and strategy
Implementing Strategy: Implementing strategy through organization structure, control and
culture; strategic control systems, restructuring and reengineering.
Practical Component based on Strategy simulation games

Week 1
Week 2
Week 3
Week 4
Week 5
Week 6
1. Introduction;
2. History of platform how it was develop 39,000 worldwide
3. Make everyone login - update profile
4. Brief go through help document.
5. Assessment
6. Create a task, comment, ole
7. Explain OR --- how it can be achieved using Club VA, Communication
8. Game VA leader board update and standing
1. Create Vision and Mission for Company
2. Create Vision and Mission for Dept.
3. Purpose and Tagline
4. Create a profile of their company (create this by reading about organizations
similar to these)
5. With and Without ClubVA
6. Game VA leader board update and standing (Points scheduled will be
determined)
1. 5 year plan for company - in terms of strategic objectives
2. 1 year strategic Plans - strategic plans should be bullet points
3. Sustainable competitive advantage of the company
1. Build an AOP for your company
2. List the factors you have considered while building the AOP
1. Build your dept. goals based on AOP - 5 goals
1. What is the goal?
2. How will the goal impact the AOP (top line, bottom line, Efficiency)?
3. Who will do it?
4. What is the measure?
5. What is the OR?
6. Plans With and Without ClubVA
7. Leaderboard review
1. Build detailed plans based on Dept goals. (detailed plans should span
quarters)
Week 7
Week 8
Week 9
Week 10
Week 11
Week 12
Week 13
2. Plans should detail how, when and who will be executing it to success
3. Plans With and Without ClubVA
1. Dependencies between departments.
2. Department RYG and Slow, Steady, & Fast Modes
4. Game VA leader board update and standing
1. Once the students are done building Plans --- VA to act as CEO and get the
teams to defend its Plan. Going to fun boys and girls!!!!
3. Leaderboard Review
1. Learn to manage by data, with scenario's in Club VA
2. Operational Excellence Canvas
3. Managing via ED
Test High Water Mark: Simulation exercise to validate Plan
Test Low Water Mark: Simulation exercise to validate Plan
Creating RCA, SOP, Assesment
Lab Assesment
Text Book:
1. Hill, Charles W L. Jones, Gareth R., (2008), Strategic Management: An Integrated
Approach, 6th Edition, Cengage Learning, New Delhi
Reference Books:
1. Arthur A. Thompson Jr., AJ Strickland III, John E Gamble (2013), Crafting and
Executing Strategy: The Quest For Competitive Advantage, Concepts and Cases,
18th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
2. Kenichi Ohmae (1982), Mind of The Strategist: The Art of Japanese Business,, Tata
McGrawHill, New Delhi
UM14MB602 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS (3-0-2-0-4)
Course objectives
To familiarize the student with the concepts of information technology and their various
applications to business processes.
Course outcome
1. Explain the fundamental concepts of information systems (IS) in business.
2. Exhibit the skills required to manage information systems in business organizations.
3. Apply the concepts of information systems to gain competitive advantage in business
organizations.
UnitI
8 Hours
Fundamentals of Information systems in business: Role of information systems in
business today, Components of information systems, Types of information systems:
Transaction Processing System (TPS), Management Information System (MIS), Decision
Support System (DSS), Executive Support System (EIS or ESS), Expert System (ES)
Unit II
8 Hours
Information system strategies for competitive forces:Relationship between information
systems and organization, Impact of information systems on business organizations, Role of
information systems to achieve the competitive advantage
Unit III
8 Hours
Enterprise business systems:Enterprise resource planning, Business value of enterprise
systems, Customer relationship management, Business value of customer relationship
management ,Supply chain management, Supply chain management software
Unit IV
8 Hours
ECommerce fundamentals:Introduction to electronic commerce, Scope of e commerce, e
commerce process, Internet business models, types of electronic commerce, Mcommerce,
electronic commerce payment systems
Unit V
7 Hours
Building and managing systems: Overview of systems development, Systems
development Life Cycle, Development processes
Security, ethical and societal challenges of IT: Hacking and cracking, cyber theft,
software piracy, theft of Intellectual property, computer virus, current state of cyber law
Practical component Execution of lab exercises using ERP Package

1. HRMS - Payroll
2. HRMS - Employee management
3. HRMS - Leave module
4. Manufacturing - Inventory
5. Manufacturing - Production
6. Manufacturing - Sales
7. Manufacturing - Procurement
8. Finance - General ledger
9. Finance - Accounts Payables
10. Finance - Accounts Receivables
11. Revision Session - 1
12. Revision Session 2
13. Final Lab Assessment
Text Books:
1. Laudon, Kenneth C. Laudon, Jane P. (2004), Management Information Systems:
Managing the Digital Firm, 8th Edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi
Reference Books:
1. O'Brien, James A. Marakas, George M. Behl, Ramesh. (2009), Management
Information Systems, 9th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi.
2. Stair, Ralph M. Reynolds, George W. (2006), Fundamentals of Information Systems,
3rd Edition, Course Technology, Australia
UM14MB603 SPECIAL TOPIC: PERSONAL TAX PLANNING (0-0-2-0-1)
Course objectives
To provide a platform for learning and sharing the Personal Tax Planning Process.
Course outcome
At the end of the course the students are able to :
1. Exhibit fundamentals concepts of personal Tax Planning Process.
2. Exhibit skills in developing a personal Tax Plan for a given year of Assessment
3. Exhibit ability to develop individual tax plan for the given assessment year.
Unit I to XIII (2 Hours each)
1. Basic Concepts of Personal Tax Planning and assessment.
2. Computation of Income
3. Computation of Various Allowances and Perquisites

4. Computation of Exemption under section 10
5. Computation of deductions under section 16(ii), 16( iii), 24(i),24(ii); Section 54,
80C,80D, 80DD,80G,80E,80U and 87A
6. Computation of TDS and TDS traces 26AS
7. Computation of Tax liability
8. Preparation of Form 16
9. Preparation of ITR 1 and ITR 2
10. E Tax filing and process
11. Case presentation
UM14MB604 SPECIAL TOPIC: CASE ANALYSIS (0-0-2-0-1)
Course objectives
To provide a platform for learning and sharing the Business case let writing and analysis
methods applied in practice.
Course outcome
1. Exhibit fundamentals concepts of Case let reading and analysis.
2. Exhibit skills in reading and analysing a case let through identifying the problem,
selecting appropriate theoretical model and developing the individual and group view
points to develop alternate set of solutions.
3. Exhibit ability to identify the problem, analyse a case let, selecting appropriate
theoretical model and developing the individual and group view points to develop
alternate set of solutions.
Session I to XIII (2 Hours each)
1. Introduction to Case analysis
2. Analysis of a model case-Demonstration
3. Case analysis practice 1
4. Case presentation 1
6. Case prection 2
13. Case analysis conclusion open house Q A Session
Note: Class is divided into groups pf 4 each. Every group is assigned an independent
case> The case is analzed individually & discussed in their group . The group
presentations are made in the class followed by open house discussion
UM14MB605 ADVANCED CORPORATE FINANCE (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
This course provides the central ideas and theories of modern finance and develops
familiarity with the analytical technique helpful in financial decision making.
Course outcome
1. Explain the concepts of working capital sources, cash forecasting, Credit policies of
business venture, Inventory techniques models, Agency problem and others
2. Exhibit skills in estimating, evaluating and interpreting the Working capital leverage,
optimum size of cash, receivables and inventory etc.,
3. Identify, estimate, evaluate the Maximum permissible bank finance, credit risks, EPS
and determine the good financial planning.
Unit I
10 Hours
Working capital policy and financing: Current assets financing policy, (No problems on
estimation of Working Capital) Trade credit, Bank credit and mode of securities, Scoring and
rating model, Commercial papers, RBI guide lines on Certificate of deposits, Factoring,
Working Capital Leverages.
Unit II
10 Hours
Cash and liquidity management: Objectives of cash Management, Factors determining
cash needs, Motives for holding cash, Forecasting Cash flows-Cash Budgeting, Long Term
cash forecasting, monitoring collections and receivables, Optimum cash balancesInvestment of Surplus Funds, Strategies for managing surplus funds. Cash Management
conversion Models- Baumol Model, Miller-Orr Model,
Unit III
10 Hours
Credit management: Credit policy variables; Credit standards, Credit period, Cash
discount, collection effort. Credit evaluation; Traditional credit analysis, Numerical credit
scoring. Credit granting decision, Control of Account receivables; Days sales outstanding,
ageing schedule, Collection matrix, Credit management in India.
Unit IV
10 Hours
Inventory management: Objectives, Costs and Benefits of holding Inventory, Inventory
Control Techniques; ABC system, Economic Order Quantity, Just in Time, Determination of
inventory control levels; Ordering, Reordering, Danger level, Inventory Management in India.
Unit V
12 Hours
Theories of capital structure and dividend policy: NI approach, NOI approach, Modigliani
Miller approach, Arbitrage process in capital structure. Relevance and Irrelevance dividend
decision. Walters & Gordons Model, Modigliani & Miller approach. Dividend policiesstable
dividend, stable payout and growth.
Corporate financial modeling: Agency Problem and consideration. Effect of inflation on:
Asset Value, Firm Value, returns. Financial PlanningBasis of Financial planning, Sales
forecast method, Proforma P & L account Method, Proforma Balance Sheet Method,
Determination of External Financial Requirement [EFR], Economic Value Added [EVA]
concepts, components of EVA, Market Value Added [MVA]
Text Books:
1. Prasanna Chandra. (2011), Financial ManagementTheory and Practice, 8th Edition,
TMH Education private Ltd., New Delhi.
Reference Books:
1. Pandey, I M (2011), Financial Management, 10th Edition, Vikas Publishing House
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
2. Khan, M Y. Jain, P K (2004), Financial Management: Text, Problems and Cases, 4th
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
UM14MB606 INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
This course provides a platform to explore the nature, concepts, theories and working of
financial markets, modern valuation techniques, pricing of fixedincome securities and
equities, principles of finance, including arbitrage, market efficiency, asset pricing models
and portfolio theory, the principles of security valuation, portfolio selection, risk control and
management.
Course outcome
At the end of this course, the students are able to
1. Explain fundamental concepts of Investment theory and Management.
2. Exhibit the skill of identifying, analyzing, evaluating and suggesting the portfolio mix
in practice.
3. Identify, analyze, evaluate and suggest portfolio mix in practice.
Unit I
8 Hours
The investment environment, Asset classes and financial instruments, How securities are
traded, Mutual funds and other investment companies, Fixed income securities,
Unit II
6 Hours
Security analysis, macroeconomic and Industry Analysis, Equity Valuation Models, Technical
Analysis and Behavioral Finance
Unit III
10 Hours
Bond prices and Yields, the term structure of interest rates, Managing Bond Portfolios,
Portfolio Theory and Practice, Risk and Return, Risk aversion and Capital Allocation to risky
Assets, Optimal risky Portfolios, Index Models
Unit IV
8 Hours
Equilibrium in capital markets, CAPM, arbitrage theory and multifactor models of risk and
return, efficient market hypothesis, empirical evidence of security returns
Unit V
7 Hours
Applied portfolio management, Portfolio performance evaluation, International diversification,
Hedge funds, the theory of active portfolio management, investment policy
Text Books
1. Bodie, Zvi. Kane, Alex. Marcus, Alan J et al (2005), Investments, 6th Edition, Tata
Mcgraw Hill, New Delhi
Reference Books
1. Sharpe, William F. Alexander, Gordon J. Bailey, Jeffery V. (2009), Investments, 6th
ed., Prentice hall India, New Delhi
Donald E Fischer & Ronald J Jordan (1995), Security Analysis and Portfolio
Management, 6th Edition; Pearson Education, Delhi
UM14MB607 MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING (4-0-0-0-4)
Course objectives
This course provides the students an understanding of relevance of cost in managerial
decision making. This course provides a comprehensive knowledge of classification of cost,
apportionment of overheads, process costing, activity based costing, segmental reporting,
preparation of budgets and cost volumeprofit analysis for decision making and cost control
and
Course outcome
At the end of the course, students are able to
1. Explain the concepts of unit costing activity based costing, , apportionment of
overheads, process costing, segmental reporting and budgeting.
2. Exhibit skills in Identifying, Measuring and analyzing costing data.
3. Provide alternative solutions to cost control and related cost
management
applications in practice.
Unit I
10 Hours
Introduction : Basic Concepts of costs and Cost Classification, Centers, Profit Centers and
Investment Centers, Cost unit, Cost analysis for Management Decision Making.
Cost Sheet and Unit Costingpreparation of tenders and quotations and Job Costing.
Differences between Job Costing and Unit Costing.
Unit II
10 Hours
Apportionment of overheads and budgetary control: Accounting for Factory Overheads,
Differences between Allocation and Absorption Apportionment of Overheads Primary
Distribution of Overheads and Secondary Distribution of Overheads Repeated Distribution
Method and Simultaneous Equation Method. Overhead Absorption rates Treatment of
Overabsorption and Underabsorption of Overheads. Reasons for over and under absorption
Meaning of Budgetary Control and budgeting Preparation of Production Budgets and
Flexible Budgets.
Unit III
12 Hours
Cost volume profit analysis: cost volume profit (cvp) relationship, profit planning ,behavior
of expenses, assumptions of CVP Model ,Sensitivity Analysis, Marginal and Differential
Costing Decisions involving Make or Buy, Acceptance or Rejection of Special Orders,
Product Mix, Sell or Process further Shut Down or Continue Product and Pricing Decisions.
Unit IV
10 Hours
Process costing: Meaning, Features of Process Costing, Treatment of Normal and
Abnormal Losses and Gain in Process Accounts. Preparation of Process Accounts
Accounting Meaning Joint and ByProducts.
Unit V
10 Hours
Activity based costing: Cost Drivers, Cost Analysis at unit level, Batch Level and Product.
Merits and Demerits of ABC, Problems on ABC Costing.
Cost reduction and cost control, Management Reporting purpose of Reporting, Segment
Reporting, Applicability of Accounting Standard 17, Objectives and users of Segment
Reporting,
Text Books
1. Jiambalvo, James. (2004), Managerial Accounting, 2nd Edition, Wiley India
Reference Books
1. Khan, M Y. Jain, P K (2000), Management Accounting, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw
Hill, New Delhi.
2. Jain, S P. Narang, K L. (2012), Cost Accounting: Principles and Practice, 23rd.
Edition, Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana.
UM14MB608 SALES & DISTRIBUTION MANAGEMENT (4-0-0-0-4)
Course objectives
Globalization, increased competition, rapid changes in communication and information

technology and need for higher level of customer orientation have made sales and
distribution management extremely important. The objective of this course is to help
students understand the Sales &Distribution functions as an integral part of marketing
functions in a business firm. Students who take this course will learn the basic functions of
sales force management as well as theories and concepts about appropriately managing
that function and be able to apply the research, theories, and concepts to practical
situations. The emphasis is on business-to-business and business to customer sales force
techniques. Topics covered include salesperson effectiveness, deployment, motivation,
compensation, evaluation and in depth study of channel management along with their
effectiveness in supporting sales functions
Course outcome
1.
To explain the concepts, attitudes, techniques and approaches required for effective
decision making in the areas of Sales and Distribution.
2.
To exhibit skills acquired, critical for designing, evaluating and selecting sales and
distribution strategies in practical settings
3.
To design, evaluate and select Sales and Distribution strategies in real time
situations
Unit I
10 Hours
Introduction to sales management, nature, role, importance Types of Personal Selling,
Types of Selling, Difference between Selling Marketing Sales management process,
Emerging Trends
Selling skills and selling Strategies, Styles, Situations, Skills
The selling process Selling Process starting the Pre sale preparation to follow up action
Unit II
10 Hours
Management of sales territory Introduction, size, allocation, design
Management of sales quota Introduction, organization of sales job, Defining annual
objective, procedure for setting sales quotas, types, methods of setting sales quotas,
problems faced
Recruitment and selection of sales force hiring process, challenges in selection,
recruitment, selection and socialization,
Unit III
10 Hours
Training of sales force objectives, challenges, role of trainer, training process, designing
the sales training program
Sales force motivation Introduction, nature, importance, factors influencing motivation,
designing a motivational programme
Sales force compensation Introduction, types of compensation plans, trends in
compensation plans, designing a compensation plan
Unit IV
11 Hours
Evaluation of the sales force introduction, performance appraisal process
Distribution channel management introduction, activities, value enhancement, channel
strategy
Designing customer oriented marketing channels introduction, capturing the
customer requirements, linking output to the objectives, cost analysis, comparisons of
channel design
Unit V
11 Hours
Customer oriented logistics management introduction, objectives, logistics planning, and
transportation decisions
Managing channel member behavior introduction, channel relationships, control, power,

positioning, influence, conflicts
International channels of distribution introduction, customer expectations across
countries, mode of entry decisions, implications of entry modes
Text Books
1. Tapan Panda & Sunil Sahadev (2012), Sales and Distribution Management, 2nd
Edition, Oxford Uuniversity Press, New Delhi.
Reference Books
1. Charles Futrell (2001), Sales Management: Teamwork Leardership and Technology,
6th Edition, Thomson, Australia.
UM14MB609 CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
consumer behavior. The students are expected to be able to identify behavior of consumers
before, during and after purchase. Students will gain an overall conceptual knowledge of
how the concepts of motivation, perception, personality and other behavioral studies
influence the consumer in making purchase decisions. This in turn will help the students to
gain an insight about the growing importance and application of consumer behavior
concepts in various areas of marketing.
Course outcome
At the end of this course, the students are able to exhibit
1.
A thorough understanding of the wide range of social, cultural and economic factors
which influence consumer behavior.
2.
Skills of analyzing the decision making process of the consumer
3.
Ability to use and understand key consumer behavior concepts, theories and
techniques for analyzing decision making process of the consumer, application of
consumer behavior concepts with respect to formulation of marketing strategy.
Unit I
10 Hours
Introduction: Meaning & Definition of Consumer Behaviour, Difference between Consumer
& Customer, Benefits of Consumerism, Consumer Research Paradigms (Qualitative &
Quantitative Research Methods), Models of Consumer Behaviour, Levels of Consumer
decision making, Role of Situational Influences in influencing Consumer Behaviour
Unit II
10 Hours
Individual influences on consumer behaviour:Basics of Motivation, Motivation Theories &
Marketing Strategy, Basics of Personality, Theories of Personality and Marketing Strategy,
Basics of Perception & Marketing implications, Elements of Perception, Dynamics of
Perception, Perceived price, Perceived quality, Price/Quality relationship, Perceived Risk,
Types of risk, How consumers handle risk, Elements of Consumer Learning, Learning
Theories & application of Learning Theories in marketing context, Basics of attitude, The
nature of attitude, Models of attitude and Marketing Implication
Unit III
10 Hours
External influences on consumer behavior:Social Class Basics, The dynamics of status
consumption, Features of Social Class, Basics of Culture, Characteristics of Culture, Role of
customs, values and beliefs in Consumer Behaviour, Meaning and Types of Subculture,
Similarities and differences among people, the growing global middle class, Acculturation,
Cross-cultural marketing problems in India, Strategies to overcome cross-cultural problems
Unit IV
11 Hours
Role of groups, family & reference groups in influencing consumer behaviour:Meaning
and Nature of Groups, Types, The changing structure of family, Family decision making and
consumption related roles, Key family consumption roles, Dynamics of husband-wife
decision making, The expanding role of children in family decision making, Understanding
the power & benefits of reference groups, Types of reference groups, Reference Group
appeals
Unit V
11 Hours
Consumer influence & diffusion of innovations:Dynamics of opinion leadership process,
Opinion Leadership & Marketing Strategy, Diffusion Process, Adoption Process, Categories
of Adopters, Post Purchase Processes, Customer Satisfaction, and customer commitment,
Post purchase dissonance, Product use and non use, Disposition, Product disposition
CRM & online decision making:Meaning & Significance of CRM, Types of CRM,
Strategies for building relationship marketing, eCRM, Meaning, Importance of eCRM,
Difference Between CRM & eCRM, Meaning and Steps of Online Decision Making
Text Books
1. Leon Schiffman, Lesslie Lazar Kanuk (2010), Consumer Behaviour, 10th Edition,
Pearson education, New Delhi.
Reference Books
1. Hawkins, Del I. Mothersbaugh, David L. Mookerjee, Amit. (2010),Consumer
Behaviour Building marketing Strategy,11th Edition, Tata Mcgraw Hill, New Delhi.
2. Sheth, Jagdish N Mittal, Banwari Newman, Bruce (1999), Customer Behavior: A
Managerial Perspective, 2nd Edition, Cengage Learning, New Delhi
UM14MB610 MARKETING OF SERVICES (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
This course describes basics of service marketing with focus on Gaps Model of Service
Quality, Consumer Behavior in services, Consumer Expectation & Perception of Service,
Understanding Customer Requirements, Aligning Service Design and Standards, Delivering
and Performing Service and Managing Service Promises. Students will study the basic
fundamentals of services marketing along with emphasis on practical from the corporate
world so as to help them apply the fundamentals of the course in the dynamic business
world.
Course outcome
1.
To explain the basic concepts of services marketing
2.
To exhibit the skills required in identifying and closing the service gaps existing in a
service organization.
3.
To apply the skills required in identifying and closing the service gaps existing in a
real time situation.
Unit I
8 Hours
Introduction to services: Concepts, need and contribution, Service Characteristics,
Search, Experience & Credence Qualities, Services Marketing Mix
GAPs model of service quality:The Customer Gap, The Provider Gaps: Provider Gap 1,
Provider Gap 2, Provider Gap 3, Provider Gap 4, Closing the Gaps
Customer expectations of service:Service Expectations, Factors that Influence Customer
Expectations of Service, Issues involving Customers Service Expectations
Unit II
8 Hours
Customer perceptions of Service: Customer Perceptions, Customer Satisfaction, Service
Quality, Service Encounters
Listening to customer through research: Using customer research to understand
customer expectations, elements in an effective service research program, analyzing and
interpreting customer research findings, upward communication
Building customer relationships:Relationship Marketing, Customer Profitability Segments,
Relationship Development Strategies
Unit III
8 Hours
Service innovation and design: Types, Stages, Service Blueprinting
Customer defined service standards: Factors Necessary for appropriate service
standards, Types of Customer Defined standards,
Physical evidence and the service scape:Definition, Types of Physical Evidence,
Strategic Roles, Guidelines for Physical evidence strategy
Unit IV
8 Hours
Employees role in service delivery:Service Culture, The critical role of service employees,
Boundary Spanning Roles, Strategies for Delivering Service Quality through people
Customers role in Service delivery: Customer Roles, Strategies for Enhancing Customer
Participation,
Delivering Services through intermediaries: Service Distribution, Direct/Company Owned
Channels, Franchising, Agents and Brokers, Electronic Channels
Unit V
7 Hours
Integrated services marketing communications:Need, Key reasons for Service
Communication Challenges, Four Category of Strategies to match service promises with
delivery
Pricing of services:3 key ways that service process are different for consumers,
Approaches to pricing services, Pricing Strategies
Text Book
1. Zeithaml, Valarie A Bitner, Mary Jo (2003), Services Marketing: Integrating Customer
Focus Across The Firm, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
Reference Books
1. Christopher Lovelock, Jayanta Chatterjee, Jochen Wirtz (2006), Services Marketing,
7th Edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi
2. Clow, Kenneth E. Kurtz, David L. (2003), Services Marketing: Operation,
Management, and Strategy, 2nd Edition, Biztantra, New Delhi.
UM14MB611 TALENT MANAGEMENT (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
To equip the students with necessary knowledge and skills to manage the talents in the
organization.
Course outcome
1. Understand the issues involved in manpower planning and selection methods in the
industry
2. Develop the techniques required for selection & retention of employees.
3. Identify and match organizational needs and individual potential for better HRM
practices.
4. Acquire the skills for performance & employee counseling
Unit I
10 Hours
Introducing a talent management system: Talent Management Definition Building
blocks of a Talent Management Role and Importance of Job Core Competencies through
Job Descriptions, Job Analysis, and Job Design Elements of Talent PlanningUnderstand and
explain creation of a Diversity initiative into the Talent management process
Developing the building blocks of talent management: Talent acquisition eRecruitment
systems and how to evaluate and screen electronic resumes and applications for the best
talent while conforming to the legal issues in the hiring process.
Unit II
10 Hours
Talent planning: Performance Management Systems in organizations and their relationship
between rewards to performance. Develop a Career Track Planning process Evaluating
Internal and External Recruitment Strategies, Selection techniques.
.Coaching, training and development: Develop an understanding of Coaching, Training
and Development
Unit III
10 Hours
Performance appraisal techniques: Assessment Centres,BARS,360 degree feedback
system, Balanced Score card
Career planning and succession planning
Employee turnover: Methods to study turnovers & methods to retain employees
Unit IV
11 Hours
Performance monitoring and counseling services: Performance Monitoring: Concept,
DSMC/ATI model, Process of Performance monitoring, On going Mentoring & protg
development, Mentoring benefits to managers. Role of HR Professionals in Performance
Management, Ethics in Performance Management
Emergence and growth of counseling services: Approaches to counseling, counseling
process Beginning, Developing and terminating a counseling relationship and follow up.
Counselors attitude and skills of counseling, Assessing Clients problems
Unit V
11 Hours
Using information technology to support a TM system: HRIS systems and Talent
Management System Outsourcing, Contingent, Contract /temporary workforce Data Security
and Reporting Essentials in a Talent Management System
Text Books
1. Berger, Lange A. Berger, Dorothy R (2003), The Talent Management Handbook:
Creating Organizational Excellence by Identifying, Developing, and Positioning Your
Best People, 1st Edition, Tata McGrawHill, New Delhi.
Reference book
1. Allan Schweyer (2010),Talent Management Systems: Best Practices in Technology
Solutions for Recruitment, Retention and Workforce Planning 1st edition, Wiley, New
Delhi.
2. Herman Aguinis (2007), Performance Management, 1st Edition, Pearson Education,
New Delhi.
UM14MB612 LEGAL ASPECTS OF HUMAN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To create an understanding about the different components of compensation and the
parameters of deciding on these elements.
2. To create on understanding of legislations of industrial relations and labour laws
Course outcome
1. Relate compensation management to behavioral theories and concepts of human
resources management.
2. Identify the internal and external environmental factors that have an impact on the
pay structure of an organization.
3. Understand the employers obligations under labor statutes governing wage and
salary administration.
4. Understand the employee/workers rights under the Acts , Consequences of non
compliance of the statutes , The powers of the government/authorities under the Act
Unit I
10 Hours
Evolution of labour law and industrial relation: Chronological order of labour movement
in India, Constitutional provisions of labour law, Labour Commissions and their
recommendations. International Labour Organization and its role, Employee unions,
Employer unions and Labour department of the government.
Unit II
10 Hours
Collective bargaining, negotiation and service conditions: Collective bargaining and
Negotiation of service conditions, Non unionized organizations and industrial relation with
non unionized workers.
Labour laws with latest amendments: Trade Union Act 1926, Industrial disputes Act 1947.
Factories Act 1948, Contract Labour (Regulation & Abolition) Act 1970, Apprenticeship Act
1961.
Unit III
10 Hours
Law and procedure for employee discipline: Meaning and significance of employee
discipline, Service rules and standing orders, Misconduct, Show cause notice, Investigation,
Enquiry and Charge sheet, Principles of natural justice and Enquiry procedure, Sexual
Harassment cases in industry.
Unit IV
11 Hours
Introduction to compensation and benefits:Concept of wages & salary, Theories of
wages, Components of wages, Labour market, National Wage Policy, Wage boards and Pay
commission.
Principles of compensation determination:Meaning and Significance of compensation
principles. Equity (internal and external), Bargaining ability of employee unions and
individual employees, Statutory requirements, Ability to pay, Job evaluation, Salary survey.
Cost to company (CTC) approach:Understanding and calculating the cost to the company
(CTC).Dearness Allowance ConceptEmergence & Growth in India. Monetary & Non
monetary compensation. Executive Compensation Compensation Systems in Multinational
Companies and IT companies including ESOP.
Retirement plans Including VRS/Golden Handshake Schemes.
Unit V
11 Hours
Law relating to compensation & benefits and social security benefits with latest
amendments: Payment of wages Act 1936, Payment of Bonus Act 1965,Minimum Wages
Act,1948,Equal Remuneration Act 1976, Employees State Insurance Act 1948, Employees
Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions Act 1952, Payment of Gratuity Act 1972
Text Books
1. Milkovich G. T, Newman J .M, & Venkata Ratnam C. S. (2009), Compensation, 1st
Edition, McGrawHill New Delhi.
Reference books
1. Singh, B.D. (2008), Compensation & Reward Management, 1st Edition, Excel Books,
New Delhi.
2. Singh, B D (2008), Industrial Relations and Labour Law, 1st Edition., Excel Books,
New Delhi
UM14MB613 INTERNATIONAL HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
The major focus of this course is on International Human Resource Management and
development issues of recruitment and selection, compensation and reward systems,
training and development, performance appraisal, expatriation, repatriation and career
development.
Course outcome
1. Be familiar with the various concepts and issues relating to management of human
resources in international businesses.
2. Explore the challenges posed by rapid globalization of business, understand and
analyze human resource issues for making effective decisions in the contemporary
international business environment.
3. Apply the theories and concepts & their managerial implications.
Unit I
8 Hours
Introduction to IHRM: Defining international HRM, Difference between domestic and
International HRM, The enduring context of IHRM, The path to global status, Control
Mechanisms, Mode of operation, Approaches to staffing, Transferring staff for International
business activities, The role of an expatriates, The role of nonexpatriates, The role of the
corporate HR functions.
Unit II
8 Hours
Recruiting and selecting staff for international assignments: Introduction, Issues in
staff selection, factors moderating performance, selection criteria, Dual career couples,
Recruitment methods using headhunters, Hackathons, crossnational advertising,
erecruitment; Selection criteria and techniques, Use of selection tests, interviews for
international selection, international staffing issues.
Unit III
8 Hours
Training and development: The role of expatriate training, components of effective
predeparture training, Developing staff through international assignments
Compensation: Objectives of International compensation, Key components of an
international compensation program, Approaches to International compensation, Patterns in
complexity
Reentry and career issues: Introduction, The repatriation process, Individual reactions to
reentry, Multinational responses, designing a repatriation program
Unit IV
8 Hours
Global issues in HRM: HRM in the host country context, Introduction, Standardization and
adaptation of work practices, Retaining, Developing and retrenching staff, HR Implications of
language, standardization, monitoring the HR practices of host country sub contractors.
HRM practices in different countries: HRM practices in different countries Japan, USA,
UK, Germany, Russia, Middle East, India and China.
Unit V
7 Hours
Industrial relations: Introduction, Key issues in International Industrial relations, the

response of trade unions to multinationals, Regional integration: the European Union (EU),
The issues of social dumping, The impact of the digital economy.
Performance management: Introduction, Multinational performance management,
performance management of International employees, performance appraisal of
International employees, Performance of HCN employees.
Text books
1. Tayeb, Monir H. (2005), International Human Resource Management : A
Multinational Company Perspective, Oxford University Press, New York
Reference books
1. P. L. Rao (2008), International Human Resource Management Text and Cases, 1st
Edition, Excel Books, New Delhi
2. Dowling, Peter J Welch, Denice E (1999), International Human Resource
Management : Managing People in a Multinational Context, 4th Edition., Thomson
Learning.
UM14MB621 CORPORATE MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
This course aims to understand the concepts of mergers and acquisitions, corporate
restructuring, accounting for mergers, valuations, due diligence, takeover defense strategies
and legal and regulatory issues in mergers.
Course outcome
1. Understand and identify the issues in mergers
2. Evaluate and analyze the pros and cons of a proposed merger deal.
Unit I
8 Hours
Theories of mergers Efficiency theories Differential efficiency Inefficient Management
Operating Synergy Pure Diversification Financial Synergy Strategic realignment to
changing environments Undervaluation Information and Signaling Agency problems
Hubris Hypothesis
Unit II
8 Hours
Accounting for mergers Methods of calculation of Purchase Price, Modes of payment,
Accounting Treatment, Treatment of Goodwill, Capital Reserves in the Amalgamated firm.
Preparation of Amalgamated Balance Sheet
Unit III
8 Hours
Cost benefit analysis of merger Cost and benefit analysis of merger mergers as a
capital budgeting decision Share exchange ratio Problems on calculating pre and post
merger performances. Due Diligence
Unit IV
8 Hours
Corporate restructuring Forms of Corporate Restructuring: Expansions, Tender Offers,
Joint Ventures, Sell Offs, Spinoffs, Split offs, Split ups, Divestitures, Employees Stock Option
Plans (ESOPs), Equity Carve Outs, Buybacks, Standstill Agreements, Leveraged Buyouts
Unit V
7 Hours
Take over defenses Takeover defenses financial defensive measures Coercive offers
and defense Antitakeover Amendments poison pill defense.
Legal and cultural aspects in merger : Organizational and human aspects managerial
challenges of M & A Legal and regulatory frame work of M & A provisions of companies
act 1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 SEBI takeover code
Text Books
1. Krishnamurti, Chandrashekar. Vishwanath, S R (2008), Mergers, acquisitions and
corporate restructuring, Response Books, New Delhi
Reference Books
1. Aswath Damodaran (2004), Corporate Finance Theory And Practice, 2nd Edition,
John Wiley & Sons, New Delhi.
2. Sudi Sudarsanam (2003), Creating Value From Mergers And Acquisitions : The
Challenges, An Integrated And International Perspective, Pearson Education, New
Delhi
UM14MB622 TAXATION MANAGEMENT (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
The course provides a thorough knowledge, critical understanding of the concepts in the law
of income tax, including the capital gains provisions.
Course outcome
1.
Explain the concepts of Assessment year, previous year, Residential status of an
individual and Company, exemptions and deductions under Direct tax laws.
2.
Exhibit skills in assessing, evaluating the taxable income of an individual and the
company and their tax liability.
3.
Develop experience in identifying tax issues and applying the income tax law to
arrive at reasoned solutions to problems.
Unit I
8 Hours
Basic concepts: Assessment Year, Previous Year, Person, Assessee, Income, Charges on
income, Gross Total Income, Taxable Income, Capital and Revenue Receipts, Receipt and
Accrual of Income, Connotation of Income Deemed to Accrue or arise in India. Tax Planning,
Tax Evasion and Tax Management. (Problems on residential Status and Tax incidence of an
Individual assesses)
Unit II
8 Hours
Explanation under various heads of income: income from salary (problems on salary
components and computation of Taxable Salary), Income from House Property (Theory
Only)
Unit III
8 Hours
Income under the head Profit and Gains of Business or Professions and its Computation
Basis- Method of Accounting- Scheme of Business Deductions/ Allowance- Deemed Profits
maintenance
Of books, Depreciation. (Problems on computation of Income from Business/ Profession of
Individual Assessee and Depreciation)
Unit IV
8 Hours
Income under capital gains: Basis of Charge, Transfer of Capital Asset, Inclusion &
Exclusion from Capital Asset, Capital Gain, Computation of Capital Gain (theory &
problems), Deductions from Capital Gains.
Unit V
7 Hours
Income from other sources: Permissible Deductions Under Section 80C to 80U. Setoff and
Carry forward of losses and Clubbing of Incomes. (Theory Only)
Computation of taxable income: Computation of Taxable Income of a company with
Special reference to MAT.
Text Books
1. Singhania, Vinod K. Singhania, Kapil. (2013), Taxmann's Direct Taxes : Law And
Practice, Covering Income Tax And Wealth Tax With Special Reference To Tax
Planning Assessment Year 2014-2015, 51st Edition., Vinod Singhania and Kapil
Singhania, Taxmann Publications, New Delhi
Reference Books
1. Singhania, Vinod K. Singhania, Monica. (2013), Student Guide To Income Tax :
Including Service Tax/Vat Problems And Solutions, 8th Edition, Taxman Publications,
New Delhi.
2. Mehrotra, H C Goyal, S P (1999), Direct Taxes, 20th Edition, Sahitya Bhavan
Publications.
UM14MB623 PROJECT FINANCING (3-0-0-0-3)
Course objectives
The course helps in preparing and assessing the financial condition of an organization and
also helps in making the decisions in the program areas. The course also helps in gaining
Knowledge of the principles, methods, managing multiple projects, includes monitoring and
taking necessary and corrective steps. Generating better ideas for mitigating the risk.
Knowledge of different tools, techniques and strategies adopted to plan a project and the
cost and its impact on monitoring the entire project.
Course outcome
1. Explain the fundamentals of formulating the projects considering
interrelationships among various aspects.
2. Exhibit the skills in selecting the feasible projects for investment opportunities.
3. Enables the individuals in calculating the net present value of the project.
the
Unit I
8 Hours
Project planning: Concept of a project, Categories of projects, project life cycle phases,
Generation and screening of ideas, techniques of project appraisal, demand analysis,
technical analysis, Project planning and capital budgeting.
Unit II
8 Hours
Estimation of project: Preparation of Cost Estimates Projected Cash Flow statement,
Projected Balance Sheet, Investment Criteria Payback period, Accounting Rate of return,
Net Present Value, Profitability Index, MIRR.
Unit III
8 Hours
Risk analysis and capital budgeting: Sources, Measures and Perspectives of risk,
Portfolio related Risk Measures, Portfolio Construction, CAPM, Sensitivity Analysis, Scenario
Analysis, Decision Tree Analysis. Special Decision situations.
Unit IV
8 Hours
Project finance: Means of finance, promoters contribution, consortium lending, structure of
financial institutions in India, term loans procedures, raising venture capital, sample financing
plans, schemes of assistance in financial institutions, project appraisal by financial

institutions. Project Management PERT and CPM Models, Resource Allocation and
Resource Leveling
Unit V
7 Hours
Project implementation, management and control: Organizing Human Resources,
project implementation, Project Work System Design, Work breakdown Structure, Network
Techniques for Project Review and Administrative Aspects of Capital Budgeting, Initial
Review, Performance Evaluation, Abandonment Analysis, Evaluating the Capital Budgeting
System of an organization. Requisites for Project Implementation.
Text Book
1. Prasanna Chandra (2011), Project Planning: Analysis, Selection, Implementation and
Review, 7th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi
Reference Books
1. Patel, Bhavesh M (2000), Project Management : Strategic financial planning,
evaluation and control, 2nd Edition, Vikas Publishing, New Delhi
2. Nicholos, John M. Steyn, Herman. (2008), Project Management for Business and
technology: principles and Practice, 3rd Edition., Elsevier, New Delhi
UM14MB624 RISK MANAGEMENT (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
This course provides the students an understanding of the emerging issues in Enterprise risk
management. This course provides a comprehensive knowledge to the students about the
functioning of Futures, Index futures, Options market, value at risk and Credit risk
management strategies.
Course outcome
At the end of the course, students are able to:
1. Explain conceptual and practical framework of the functioning of Derivatives
Market.
2. Demonstrate skills in using Option trading strategies, Black Scholes Model,
Binomial Model, Arbitrage and hedging.
3. Exhibit capability in identifying, evaluating and interpreting risk Management
Strategies
Unit I
8 Hours
Overview of risk: Types of risk, Risk Management Process. Introduction to Derivatives
Markets, Origin of Derivatives, Traders in a Derivatives Market, Exchanges, Contract Size,
Multiplier, Lot Size and tick Size, Clearing house. Margins types of margins, Preparations
of margins statement.
Unit II
8 Hours
Forwards and futures contract: Risk Management using Forwards and Futures Contracts.
Differences between forwards and futures contract, Specification of futures Pricing of futures
contract,, Hedging using futures Commodity futures Basis and Basis risk, Optimal Hedge
Ratio. Index Futures Futures Contract on Indices and Individual Stock .Application of Index
futures Hedging through Index futures. Interest rate futures. Commodity Markets.
Unit III
8 Hours
Options contract: Introduction to Options, Types of options, Terminology of Options, Option
pricing, Factors affecting option pricing Call and Put Options on Dividend and NonDividend
Paying Stocks , One Step Binomial Model, Black and Scholes Analysis, Call and Put pricing
using BSM, Options Greeks.
Unit IV
8 Hours
Option trading strategies: Spreads Bull Spread Bear Spread and Butterfly Spread.
Combinations StraddleLong and Short, Strangle Long and Short, Straps and Strips.
Unit V
7 Hours
Credit derivatives: Introduction to Credit Derivatives, Assessing Credit Risk ,Credit
riskBond prices and the Probability of default, Historical Default Experience, Reducing
exposure to Credit risk ,Credit Default Swaps, Total Return Swaps, Credit Spread Options,
Collateralized Debt Obligations
Value at risk: Value at Risk (VAR)Measure, Historical Simulation, Model Building Approach,
Monte Carlo Simulation, Stress Testing and Back Testing.
Text Book
1. John.C.Hull (2003), Options, Futures, and Other Derivatives, 5th Edition, Prentice
Hall, New Delhi.
Reference Books
1. S.S.S.Kumar (2007), Financial Derivatives, 12th Edition, PHI, New Delhi.
2. Vohra and B.R.Bagri (2003), Futures and Options, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi.
UM14MB625 FINANCE ANALYTICS (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
This course provides an insight into financial data analysis, Financial Modeling, measure of
risk and volatility forecasting, Black and Scholes Model and Technical analysis of stocks.
Course outcome
At the end of the course, students are able to:
1. Analyze and interpret the financial Statements.
2. Measure Risk and Volatility
3. Analyze financial information with the help of Financial Modeling.
Unit I
8 Hours
Overview of Finance Analytics, Need and Significance of Financial Analytics, Ratio Analysis
and Trend analysis
Unit II
Option pricing black and schools model and option greeks analysis.
8 Hours
Unit III
8 Hours
VAR Measure, historical simulation, model building approach, monte carlo simulation, stress
testing and back testing.
Unit IV
8 Hours
Forecasting volatility The garch model, maximum likelihood estimation of parameters,
Parallel computing and code benchmarking
Unit V
Technical Analysis of Stock Prices and Indices. Financial Data Modeling
7 Hours
Text Books
1. Pavel Ryzhov (2013), Haskell Financial Data Modeling and Predictive Analytics, Packt
Publishing, US
Reference Books
1. John L.Teall (1999) ,Financial Market Analytics, Greenwood Publishing Group, US
UM14MB626 INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
The course will focus on financial management in an international context. It begins with an
overview of the macroeconomic environment, including a review of parity relationships,
exchange rate systems and financial markets and instruments.Aspects of international
financial management addressed in the course include foreign exchange exposure
measurement and management, financing the global firm, foreign investment decisions, and
the management of multinational fund flows and transactions.
Course outcome
1.
What is the impact of exchange rates on balance of payments
2.
Use country balance of payment to assess a country's external position.
3.
Identify legal issues that impact financial and other risks affecting business.
Unit I
8 Hours
Global financial environment: Current Multinational Challenges and the Global Economy,
Corporate Ownership, Goals, and Governance, The International Monetary System. The
Balance of Payments, The Continuing Global Financial Crisis. The Global Cost and
Availability of Capital, Raising Equity and Debt Globally, Multinational Tax Management.
Unit II
8 Hours
Foreign exchange Theory and markets: The Foreign Exchange Market, International
Parity Conditions, foreign Currency Derivatives and Swaps.
Unit III
8 Hours
Foreign Exchange Exposure: Foreign Exchange Rate Determination and Forecasting,
Transaction Exposure, Translation Exposure, Operating Exposure.
Unit IV
8 Hours
Foreign investment decisions: International Portfolio Theory and Diversification, Foreign
Direct Investment and Political Risk, Multinational Capital Budgeting and CrossBorder
Acquisitions.
Unit V
7 Hours
Managing multinational operations: Working Capital Management, International Trade
Finance
Text Books
1.
Eiteman, David K. Stonehill, Arthur I. Moffett, Michael H.
Business Finance, 13th Edition, Dorling Kundersley, Noida.
(2014), Multinational
Reference Books
1.
Madhu Vij (2010), International Financial Management, 3rd Edition, Excel Books,
New Delhi.
2.
V K Bhalla (2004), International Financial Management - Text and Cases, 4th Edition,
Anmol Publications, New Delhi.
UM14MB631 SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
This course provides a platform to understand the importance of supply chain, distribution
and networking concepts for any company. It also provides an insight about E commerce
and supply chain in practice.
Course outcome
1.
Understand the fundamental role supply chain.
2.
Exhibit the skill of managing a supply chain
3.
Evaluate current trends, growth opportunities, global patterns and niche markets
within the area of supply chain management
Unit I
7 Hours
Introduction to supply chain management: Supply chain objectives importance
decision phases process view competitive and supply chain strategies achieving
strategic fit supply chain drivers Framework facilities inventory transportation
information sourcing pricing.
Unit II
8 Hours
Designing the supply chain network: Designing the distribution network role of
distribution factors influencing distribution design options online sales and distribution
network, Indian FMCG and distribution channel network design in the supply chain role of
network factors affecting the network design decisions
Unit III
8 Hours
Designing and planning transportation networks: Role of transportation modes and
their performance transportation infrastructure and policies design options and their
tradeoffs Tailored transportation.
Unit IV
8 Hours
Sourcing and pricing: Sourcing Inhouse or Outsource 3rd and 4th PLs Supplier
scoring and assessment, selection design collaboration procurement process sourcing
planning and analysis Pricing and revenue management for multiple customers, perishable
products, seasonal demand, bulk and spot contracts
Unit V
8 Hours
Information technology in the supply chain: IT Framework customer relationship
management internal supply chain management supplier relationship management
transaction management Future of IT
Coordination in a supply chain: Lack of supply chain coordination and the Bullwhip effect
obstacle to coordination managerial levers building partnerships and trust continuous
replenishment and vendormanaged inventories collaborative planning, forecasting and
replenishment
Text Books
1. Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl (2010), Supply Chain Management Strategy,
Planning and Operation, 4th Edition, Pearson education, New Delhi.
Reference Books
1. Kachru, Upendra. (2009), Exploring Supply Chain Theory and Practice, 1st Edition,
Excel books, New Dehi.
UM14MB632 INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
This paper gives an insight into marketing communications and prepares students for
careers in areas of advertising, working with ad agencies, event management etc. Students
opting for this elective specialize in the various aspects of marketing communications;
events, sponsorships, sales promotions, direct marketing, etc.
Course outcome
1. To explain the basics, theories and models of marketing communications and its
various applications in advertising, sales promotion, direct marketing, event
management and interactive marketing.
2. To exhibit the skills required to identify, design, develop and implement IMC in
practice.
3. To apply the skills required to identify, design, develop and implement IMC in
practice.
Unit I
8 Hours
Role of IMC in marketing process, Steps involved in developing IMC program, Role,
Functions, Purpose & Types of Advertising, Economic Effects of Advertising, Advertising as
a Business Process.
Introduction to Ad Agency, Types & Services offered by various agencies,
Unit II
8 Hours
Criteria for selecting the agencies & its evaluation, Agency Compensation methods,
Advertising Objectives and Budgeting Function of Objectives, Sales as an Advertising
Objective, DAGMAR Approach, Various Budgeting Methods
Unit III
8 Hours
Media & Message Strategy: Trends in the Media World, Media planning, Media Strategies,
Media vehicles, Media Evaluation
Message Tactics Creative Approaches Rational and Emotional Approaches, Usage of an
EndorserDistraction Effects, The Art of Copywriting, The creative process copywriting
Headline, Body Copy, IllustratingLayout.
Unit IV
8 Hours
Other Promotional Mix Elements Sales promotion, Point of Purchase, Support media,
Event Sponsorship, Product Placements, Direct marketing, Personal Selling, publicity, PR,
Corporate Advertising, Event Management
Unit V
7 Hours
Monitoring, Evaluation & Control: Pretesting & Posttesting methods
Advertising Regulation: Deceptive Advertising, Remedies, SelfRegulation, Advertising
Standards Council of India (ASCI), Ministry of I&B.
Text Books
1. Belch, George E Belch, Michael A (1998),Advertising and Promotions IMC
Perspectives , 5th Edition, Tata Mcgraw Hill, NewDelhi.,
Reference Books
1.
Kazmi, S H H. Batra, Satish K. (2008), Advertising & Sales Promotion, 3rd Edition,
Excel Books,New Delhi,
2.
Clow, Kenneth E. Baack, Donald. (2007), Integrated Advertising, Promotion and

Marketing Communication, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi.
UM14MB633 RURAL MARKETING (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
The course describes the dynamics of Rural marketing with the focus on rural consumer
behavior, research in rural market, rural marketing of FMCG, Consumer durables and
Financial services. It also entails the Distribution strategy and Communication strategy
adopted at rural market.
Course outcome
1. To explain the basics, theories and models of rural marketing
2. To identify, design, develop various skills required to implement in rural markets
3. To apply the acquired skills to the real market scenario
Unit I
8 Hours
Introduction to Indian rural marketing: Definition, scope of rural marketing, concepts,
Classification of rural markets, rural vs. urban markets.
Rural marketing environment:Population, occupation pattern, income generation, location
of rural population, expenditure pattern, literacy level, land distribution, land use pattern,
irrigation, development programs,
Infrastructure facilities,
Rural consumer behavior: Characteristics of Rural consumer Age and Stages of the Life
cycle, Occupation and Income, Economic circumstances, Lifestyle, Personality and Brand
Belief, Consumer buying behavior models, Factors affecting Consumer Behavior, Consumer
Buying Process, Opinion Leadership Process, Diffusion of Innovation, Brand Loyalty.
Unit II
8 Hours
Researching rural market: Sensitizing rural market, Research design reference frame,
Research approach, Development studies, PRA approach, the need for PRA, Sampling,
Operational aspects of data collection
Rural marketing of FMCGs: Indian FMCG industry, characteristics of Indian FMCG Sector,
Challenges in the FMCG industry
Rural marketing of consumer durables: Issues related to consumer durables in the rural
Market
Unit III
8 Hours
Rural marketing of financial services: Marketing objectives and approaches, Evolution of
rural banking after independence, Challenges and opportunities in marketing for banking
services in rural, marketing strategies for banking services
Marketing of agricultural inputs: Indian tractor industry, Fertilizer industry in India and
Indian agrochemical market: A brief overview, Strategies, Challenges, opportunities and
future prospects.
Marketing of agricultural produce: Profiling of Indian agricultural produces marketing,
Challenges and Strategies to promote marketing of agricultural produce, Marketing of rural
artisan products, Characteristics of Indian handicrafts industry, Challenges for rural artisan
sector, Government policy towards handicrafts sector, marketing strategies for the
development of rural artisan sector
Unit IV
7 Hours
Distribution strategy: Introduction Accessing Rural Markets, Coverage Status in Rural
Markets, Channels of Distribution, Evolution of Rural Distribution Systems Wholesaling,
Rural Retail System, Vans, Rural Mobile Traders: The last Mile Distribution, Haats/Shandies,
Public Distribution System, Cooperative Societies Behavior of the Channel, Prevalent Rural
Distribution Models Distribution Models of FMCG CompaniesDistribution Model of Durable
Companies, Distribution of fake products, emerging Distribution Models Corporate SHG
Linkage, Satellite Distribution, Syndicated Distribution, ITCs Distribution Model, Petrol
pumps and Extension counters, BarefootAgents, Agricultural agents, Agricultural input
dealers, Other channels, Ideal distribution Model for Rural
Unit V
8 Hours
Communication strategy: Challenges in Rural Communication, A view of Communication
Process, Developing Effective Profiling the Target Audience, Determining communication
Objectives, designing the message, selecting the communication channels, deciding the
Promotion mix, creating advertisement for rural audiences rural media Mass media, Non
Conventional Media, Personalized media, Rural Media: The importance of the twostep flow
of communication Media Typology, The Media Model, Media innovation, Influence of
Consumer Behavior on Communication strategies
Text Books
1.
Pradeep Kashyap & Siddhartha Raut (2008), Rural Marketing, 1st Edition, Biztantra,
New Delhi.
Reference Books
1.
Mathur U. C (2008), Rural Marketing, 1st edition Excel Books,New Delhi.
2.
Krishnamacharyulu C. G & Lalitha Ramakrishnan (2002), Rural Marketing, 2nd
Edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi.
UM14MB634 RETAIL MANAGEMENT (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
This course provides an overview of the retailing industry. Primary focus will be on the
customer facing activities of retailers, including assortment planning, private label
development and the management of instore operations, and the back door activities
(forecasting and supply chain management) that support customer interaction. In addition,
current issues facing retailers, such as customer relationship management, industry
consolidation and supplier relations, will be explored. The course will also survey topics in
real estate as they relate to retail. This course provides a detailed introduction to the role of
merchandising at various retailers, including apparel and other soft lines businesses, grocery
stores, mass-merchandisers and "category killers". Selected topics may include product
development, line planning, sourcing, product life cycle, forecasting, planning and allocation,
pricing and markdowns, and vendor relations.
Course outcome
1.
To explain the concepts, techniques and approaches required for effective decision
making in Retail Management.
2.
To exhibit skills critical for design, analyze and evaluate retail strategies learned
during the course to real time situations.
3.
To apply the theoretical concepts in a dynamic retail environment
Unit I
8 Hours
Introduction to retail meaning, functions, characteristics, Importance of developing and
applying a retail strategy, the retailing concept
Building and sustaining relationship in retailing: value and the value chain, retailer
relationships, differences between goods and service retailers, technology and relationships,
ethical performance and relationships in retailing
Strategic planning in retailing: Overview, Elements of retail strategy planning,
Situational analysis:
Retail institutions by ownership Horizontal Marketing System, Dynamics of Franchising
Retail institutions by store based strategy mix Considerations in planning a retail
strategy mix, Evolution of Retail Institutions and Categorization
Unit II
8 Hours
Web, Non store based and other forms of nontraditional retailing
Direct marketing; Direct selling, Vending machines, Electronic Retailing, Other non
traditional forms of retailing targeting customers and gathering information
identifying and understanding consumers Consumer demographics and lifestyles,
Consumer needs and Desires, Shopping Attitudes and Behavior, Retailer Actions,
Environmental factors affecting consumers
Unit III
8 Hours
Information gathering and processing in retailing Information Flows in a Retail
Distribution Channel, Avoiding Retail Strategies Based on Inadequate Information The Retail
Information System, The Marketing Research Process
Choosing a store location Importance of Location to a Retailer; Trading Area Analysis the
use of GIS in Trade Area Delineation and Analysis; Characteristics of Trading Areas
Characteristics of the Population, Economic Base Characteristics, the nature of competition
and the level of Saturation
Site selection Types of Locations the Isolated Store, The Unplanned Business District,
The Planned Shopping Center; The Choice of a General Location; Location and Site
evaluation Pedestrian Traffic, Vehicular Traffic, Parking Facilities, Transportation, Store
Composition , Specific Site, Terms Of Occupancy, Overall Rating
Unit VI
7 Hours
Merchandise management
Developing merchandise plans Philosophy; Buying Organization Formats and Processes
Level of Formality, Degree of Centralization, Organizational Breadth, Personnel Resources,
Functions performed, Staffing; Devising Merchandising Plans Forecasts, Innovativeness,
Assortment, Brands, Timing, Allocation;
Implementing merchandising plans Gathering Information, Selecting and Interacting With
Merchandising Sources, Evaluating Merchandise, Negotiating Purchase, Concluding
Purchases, Receiving And Stocking Merchandise, reordering merchandise, Re evaluating on
a regular basis
Logistics Performance Goals, Supply Chain Management, Order Processing and
Fulfillment, Transportation and Warehousing, Customer Transaction and Customer Service
Inventory management Retailer Tasks, Inventory Levels, Merchandise Security, Inventory
Analysis
Unit V
8 Hours
Pricing, communicating and promotional strategies in retailing
External factors affecting a retail pricing strategy Consumer, Government,
Manufacturers, Wholesalers, Other Suppliers, Competition And Retail Pricing; Developing a
Retail Pricing Strategy Retail Objectives and Pricing, Broad price Policy, Price strategy,
Implementation, Price Adjustments
Establishing and maintaining a retail image the significance of Retail Image; Atmosphere
Store Based and Non Store Based Retailing Perspective; Encouraging Customers to spend
more time shopping; Community Relations
Promotional strategy Elements of retail Promotional mix advertising, public relations,

personal selling, sales promotion; Planning a retail promotional strategy determining
promotional objectives, establishing an overall promotional budget, selecting the promotional
mix, implementing the promotional mix, reviewing and revising the promotional plan
Retail audit Undertaking an audit, Responding to an Audit, Possibilities in conducting a
retail audit, Illustrations of retail audit forms
Text Book
1. Berman, Barry. Evans, Joel R (2004) Retail Management A Strategic Approach, 9th
Edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi.
Reference Book
1.
Levy & Weitz (2012), Retail Management, 8th Edition, Tata Mcgraw Hill, New Delhi.
2.
Ogden and Ogden (2005), Integrated Retail Management, 1st Edition Dreamtech
Press, New Delhi.
UM14MB635 MARKETING ANALYTICS (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
marketing Analytics. Students will understand the functions of marketing analytics in a
competitive, dynamic business. Students will comprehend the key elements in developing a
marketing analytics strategy and planning a marketing program by covering topics such as
analytics in customer segmentation, positioning, branding, consumer research, pricing,
marketing communications, new product development and channel strategy.
Course outcome
At the end of the course students are able to
1. Explain the role and functions of marketing analytics in a range of organizations
2. Exhibit the skills of applying the introduced conceptual framework, theory and
techniques to various marketing analytics contexts
Unit I
8 Hours
Introduction: Introduction to marketing analytics, Evolution and scope of marketing
analytics, Data for marketing analytics decision models, Descriptive, predictive and
perspective models, problem solving and decision making process
Market insight: Sizing, PESTLE Market Analysis, Porter five forces model
Market segmentation: Analytics for market segmentation. Introduction to cluster analysis,
multivariate method. Estimation, model performance and validation of assumptions for
cluster analysis. Cluster analysis using soft ware tools. Interpretation of results.
competitive analysis: Competitive Information, Analysis, Actions.
Unit II
8 Hours
Simple tabulation and crosstabulation;Univariate and Bivariate Analysis, First Stage
Analysis, Second Stage Analysis
Anova and the design of experiments:Introduction, Applications, methods, Variables,
Experimental Designs, Pair wise tests
Correlation and regression:Application Areas, Methods, Recommended usage, worked
example, forward stepwise regression.
Unit III
8 Hours
Discriminant analysis for classification and prediction: Application Areas, Methods,
Variables and data, predicting the group membership, accuracy of classification.
Logistic regression: Application, Methods, Numerical Examples with SPSS
Factor Analysis for Data Reduction Application areas, worked examples, SPSS commands
for factor analysis.
Unit IV
8 Hours
Cluster analysis for market segmentation:Application Areas, Methods, Recommended
Usage, Worked example Input Data, Output: Stage 1, Stage 2, Cluster 1, Cluster 2,
Cluster 3, Cluster 4, ANOVA
Multi dimensional scaling for brand positioning: Application, Method, SPSS commands
Conjoint analysis for product design: Application, Methods, Recommended Usage,
Examples, Running conjoint as a regression model.
Unit V
7 Hours
Attribute bases perceptual mapping using discriminate analysis: Application, Methods,
Usage, SPSS commands
Structural equation modeling (SEM) for complex marketing models: Confirmatory
Factor Analysis, Application Usage, Examples
Text Books
1. Stephan Sorger (2014), Marketing Analytics: Strategic Models & Metrics, 1st Edition,
Create Space Independent Publishing Platform.
Reference Books
1. Wayne. C. Winston (2014), Marketing Analytics: Data Driven Techniques with
Microsoft Excel, 3rd Edition, Cengage Learning, New Delhi
2. Nargundkar, Rajendra (2003), Marketing Research : Text And Cases, 3rd Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi
UM14MB636 INTERNATIONAL MARKETING (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
The course provides a thorough understanding of fundamentals of international marketing
theory and key concepts. This course will also create an awareness of processes, context
and influences associated with International marketing by studying topics like Cultural,
Political and Legal environment, International differences in consumer behavior, Challenge
of managing and delivering high quality service to customers in a cross-cultural context,
Developing a Global vision through marketing research, Products and services for
international consumer and business markets, Channel and Advertising strategies etc
Course outcome
At the end of the course students are able
1. To explain factors associated with international markets and the impact of different
cultural values and belief systems on marketing products.
2. To acquire skills in developing the concepts for different international marketing
situations and contexts faced by an organization
3. To apply these marketing plans and strategies to succeed in the dynamic
International marketplace
Unit I
8 Hours
The Scope and Challenge of International Marketing: Definition, The International Marketing
Task, SRC and Ethnocentrism, Stages of IM Involvement, Strategic Orientation
The Dynamic Environment: 20th to 21st century, BOP, Protectionism and Trade treaties,
India and WTO Cultural Environment: Definition and Origins of Culture, Elements of culture,
Cultural Knowledge and change, Adaptation, Management Styles, Cultural Influence of
Strategic Thinking
Unit II
8 Hours
Developing a global vision through Marketing research: Breadth and scope of international
marketing research, problems in availability and use of secondary data, problems in
gathering primary data, multicultural research, a special problem, research on internet, a
new opportunity, estimating market demand, problems in analyzing and interpreting research
information, responsibility for conducting marketing research, communicating with decision
makers.
Identifying foreign markets classification based on demand, based on the stage of
development, other bases for division of world markets
Unit III
8 Hours
Planning and organization: Products and services for consumers: Quality, Green
marketing and product development, products and culture, analyzing product components
for adaptation, products for consumers in global markets, product development, product
adaptation, product standardization, marketing consumer services globally, marketing of
services, brands in international markets
Products and services for businesses: Demand in global business to business markets,
quality and global standards, business services, trade shows' crucial part of business to
business Marketing, relationship markets in business to business context
Unit IV
8 Hours
Licensing, strategic alliances, FDI: Introduction, Licensing, Strategic Alliances,
Manufacturing Subsidiaries, Entry Modes and Marketing Control, Optimal Entry Strategies.
Global Distribution Introduction, Distribution as Competitive advantage, Rationalizing Local
Channels, Wholesaling, Retailing, Global Logistics, Parallel Distribution, Global Channel
Design
Unit V
7 Hours
Promotion decisions: Promotions: international advertising, sales promotion in
international Markets, international advertising, direct mailing, Exhibition, generic promotions
in international marketing
Personal selling and sales management: Pricing, negotiating with international customers,
partners and regulator.
Text Books:
1. Cateora, Philip R. Graham, John L. Salwan, Prashant. (2007), International
Marketing, 13th Edition, Tata Mcgraw Hill, New Delhi.
Reference Books
1. Keegan, Warren J (2002), Global Marketing Management, 7th Edition, Pearson
Education, New Delhi.
UM14MB641 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY MANAGEMENT (3-0-0-03)

Course objectives
To familiarize the students with the understanding of issues and practices of corporate
governance in the global and Indian context
Course outcome
1. Explain the rationale why corporations are now attempting to engage in issues
beyond the conventional role of wealth generating entities.
2. Generate various metrics used to measure corporate social responsibility (CSR)

engagements and to review existing primary and secondary data sources of these
results.
3. Distinguish the impact of externalities including a variety of Stake holders as
influencing agents to CSR issues globally.
4. Give examples of how socially responsible initiatives are now being presented in
marketing strategies in key industries such as IT and consumer products.
Unit I
11 Hours
Introduction to corporate social responsibility: The Meaning and Importance of
Corporate Social Responsibility ,Evolution of CSR, CSR and social legitimacy ,CSR
expectations in rich and in poor societies, The evolving role of stakeholders ,The iron law of
social responsibility ,Moral and economic arguments for CSR
Strategic importance of CSR implementations as a balance between organizational
means and ends , The strategic lens: vision, mission, strategy, and tactics , Environmental
and other global forces propelling CSR ,Impact of globalization and communications
technologies ,The strategic CSR model, The businesslevel CSR threshold , Implementing
CSR , CSR as competitive advantage
Unit II
7 Hours
The Role of stakeholders in CSR: Stakeholder advocacy, The role of business in society,
Consumers' awareness and willingness to pay for socially responsible corporate behavior,
The communications revolution and its impact on CSR Globalization and CSR, Different
stakeholders, Different perspectives, Success and failure with CSR initiatives, Corporate
response to citizen demands via CSR, The five stages of organizational growth in CSR.
Unit III
7 Hours
Promoting corporate social responsibility: Corporate social responsibility and the role of
the board of directors, the potentials & limits of Corporate Social Responsibility, Challenges
for Corporate Social Responsibility, Beyond Corporate Social Responsibility to Corporate
Social Engagement
Unit IV
7 Hours
Sustainability business metrics: Phases of Corporate Sustainability various approaches
to the implementation of sustainability initiatives. Transformational Change to Corporate
Sustainability, Leadership and Change to Corporate Sustainability.
Unit V
7 Hours
Case studies in organizational, economic, and societal CSR issues: Organizational
issues (actions versus intentions, corporate commitment, voluntary versus mandatory,
stakeholder activism), Economic/business issues (branding, diversity, sustainability, fair
trade, wages) Social issues (outsourcing, corruption, human rights, patents)
Text Book
8. Blowfield, Michael. Murray, Alan.(2008), Corporate Responsibility : A Critical
introduction, Oxford University Press, New York.
Reference Book
1. Murti, Murali. Kennedy, Hanuman. Rangarajan, Kalyani. (2013), Corporate Social
Responsibility in Karnataka : Best Practices of Linkages Between Social and
Corporate Enterprises , 1st Edition., Allied Publishers, New Delhi
UM14MB642 HUMAN CAPITAL AND KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
The objective of the course is to prepare HR managers to participate in the organizational
Knowledge management efforts and facilitate management of knowledge. The course using
case studies of many organizations shows the various aspects of KM and how the three
aspects, Strategy, technology and HRM need to be aligned together to manage knowledge
management.
Course outcome
At the end of the course students are able to :
1. Outline the nature and role of human capital.
2. Illustrate the human capital approach
3. Comprehend the basic concepts in knowledge management.
4. Apply the concept of Knowledge management with respect to organizational design
Unit I
8 Hours
Introduction to human capital:Nature and Role of Human Capital; The Human Capital
Model; Predictions of Human Capital Approach; Socioeconomic relevance of labour
problems in changing Scenario; Evolution of organized labour; Industrialization and
Development of Labour Economy; Growth of labour Market in India in the globalised stetting.
Unit II
8 Hours
Introduction to knowledge management: Introduction, significance of KM through a
discussion on theories of the firm, Understanding the three major inputs viz. strategy, people
and IT for a successful KM system, Understanding the difference between data, information
and knowledge, Understanding the various types of knowledge viz. tacit and explicit, The
consequences of knowledge types on managing knowledge
Unit III
8 Hours
Knowledge management and culture: Why and how culture affects knowledge? Why
should individual share knowledge and how organizational culture can help mitigate
individuals fears. Managing effective knowledge sharing rewards and recognitionschange
management creating knowledge sharing culture continuous improvement case studies.
Unit IV
8 Hours
KM strategy planning: Analyzing business environmentknowledge audit and analysis
designing KM team creating KM system blue print implementation through tactical
approaches (Portal & Community of Practice) capture store and sharing metrics and
evaluation. Making Community of Practice work, Need for customizing KM within
organization, Pitfalls of a global KM system and problems of crossborder issues in
Knowledge management.
Unit V
7 Hours
Knowledge management and organization design: Emphasis on people vs. emphasis on
technology in managing knowledge and its impact on organization design, Understanding
how organization structure can affect knowledge management
KM: The Indian experience: Discussion of the case of Infosys, Tata Steel and other
organizations that are experimenting with KM , The problems Indian organization face with
respect to KM
Text books
7. Fernandez, Gonzalez & Sabherwal (2007) Knowledge Management, Pearson
Reference books
1. Peter Drucker, (1995), HBR on Knowledge Management, Harvard University Press.
2.
Madan Mohan Rao (2007), Knowledge Management Tools and Techniques, Elsevier
Inc.
UM14MB643 ORGANIZATIONAL DEVELOPMENT CONSULTING (3-0-0-0-3)

Course objectives
The purpose of this course is to learn to plan and implement change at the individual, group
and organizational level. The course is designed to help the students develop as potential
change agents and OD professionals.
Course outcome
1. Outline the theory and practice relating to the processes of organization development
2. Develop insight and competence in diagnostic and intervention processes and skills
for initiating and facilitating change in organizations.
3. Gain necessary insight, skills and techniques to become effective change agents and
internal OD consultants.
Unit I
11 Hours
Introduction to organizational development: Definition, growth and relevance, history and
evolution. Theories of planned change. General model of planned change Different types of
panned change and critique of planned Change. OD practitioner role, competencies and
professional ethics.
Organization Development process: Initiating OD relationship, contracting and diagnosing
the problem, Diagnosing models, open systems, individual level group level and
organizational level diagnosis; Collection and analysis for diagnostic information, feeding
back the diagnosed information.
Unit II
7 Hours
Human process interventions:Interpersonal and group process approaches Tgroups,
process consultation, third party interventions and team building. Organization process
approaches organization confrontation meeting, inter group relations interventions, large
group interventions, and grid OD
Unit III
7 Hours
Human resources management interventions:Performance management model of
performance management, goal setting, performance appraisal, and reward systems
Developing and assisting members career planning and development interventions,
resources planning and strategy, workforce diversity interventions, and employee wellness
interventions.
Unit IV
7 Hours
Strategic interventions:Competitive strategies, collaborative strategies, organizational
transformation ,Organization and environment organization and environment framework,
integrated strategic change, trans organizational development and mergers and acquisitions
Unit V
7 Hours
Techno structural interventions: Restructuring organizations structural design, groups
process structure, downsizing, and reengineering Employee involvement What is it?.
Employee involvement practices, parallel structures, high involvement organizations, high
involvement, and TQM Work design the engineering approach, the motivational approach,
the socio technical approach and designing work for technical and personal needs
Text books
1. Cummings, Thomas G. Worley, Christopher G. (2005), Theory of Organization

Development and Change, Cengage Learning, New Delhi.
Reference books
1. French, Wendell L Bell, Cecil H (2006), Organization Development: Behavioral
Science Interventions for Organization Improvement, 6th Edition, Pearson Education,
New Delhi.
2. Palmer, Ian. Dunford, Richard. Akin, Gib. (2006), Managing Organizational Change:
A Multiple Perspectives Approach, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
UM14MB644 HUMAN RESOURCE ANALYTICS (3-0-0-0-3)
Course objectives
This course focuses on the statistical techniques and data analysis methods appropriate for
quantitative human resource management research projects. Students learn the importance
of reliability, validity, and accurate measurement, and how to conduct reliable and valid
research projects visvis calculating the costs of various HR processes which will enable the
organizations to factor in the tangible benefits derived from HR activities. This will help in
cost planning for HR activities. This is a useful tool for human due diligence exercise in
mergers & acquisitions.
Course outcome
1. Comprehend the tools and techniques used in HR analytics.
2. Illustrate the skills in developing metrics for different HR functions
3. Apply concepts of research design and methodology for solving HR problems in
organizations.
Unit I
11 Hours
Introduction to HR analytics: Overview of HR Process, HR as an expense, the analytics
and prediction Strategic Human capital measures, business analysis and rational action.
Benefits of Analytics in HR Improving HR Process, Intersection of people and profits.
Technology Used, SWOT Analysis of HR analytics
Tools, techniques and nonparametric tests in HR research:Types of quantitative
research, data types and preparation for analysis hypotheses formulation, common and
uncommon data collection methods, non parametric tests for related and independent
samples. Multivariate data analysis and Meta analysis.
Unit II
7 Hours
Staffing metrics: Why managers need to pay attention to recruitment? What are the
expectations from recruitment from organizational/managerial perspective? Recruiting tools
and practices a quick audit, How and when to measure the quality of hire, measuring the
quality of applicants. Measuring the costs of hiring. Attrition metrics techniques used to
calculate attrition, manpower planning metrics push model (Markov) and pull model
(renewal models), quantitative tools for forecasting manpower requirements.
Unit III
7 Hours
Development metrics: Measuring employee satisfaction, attitude measurement and survey,
Training evaluation models, tracking the value of career management, measurement,
Performance metrics, performance matrix Shingo prize model, EFQM, and Baldridge
criteria calculating 6sigma, assessing the training organization, customer focused metrics,
BSC, HR Scorecard, performance measurement using ranking and rating systems, scales
for evaluation of performance, HRs role in value chain, HR Accounting.
Unit IV
7 Hours
Compensation metrics: Skill based Connecting it to revenues and expenses, calculating
various wage/salary related measures. Variable pay systems, types of executive
compensation, quantitative application in Compensation percentiles, cost benefit analysis,
and comparators. Mistakes in compensation designing. Employee benefits, Calculation of
incentives, measuring the impact of weak incentives
Unit V
7 Hours
Trends in quantitative HRM: Development of HR dashboard, HR index, Internal
improvement monitors and smoke detectors, Using factor analysis in HR research
Problems, HR Audit research, and Organization Health survey.
Text Book
1. Jac Fitzenz (2010), The New HR Analytics: Predicting the Economic Value of Your
Company's Human Capital Investments, American Management Association.
Reference Book
1. Bhattacharyya. Kumar, D (2007), HR Research Methods, University Press.
UM14MB651: SPECIAL TOPIC: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY (2-0-0-0-2)

Course objectives
To provide a platform for learning the research Methodology in practice and. develops
Research Plan to implement in Research Based Project work.
Course outcomes
1. Exhibit fundamentals concepts of Research Design and process
2. Exhibit skills in developing research Design.
3. Exhibit ability to develop research Plan.
Unit 1 to 13 (2 Hours each)
1. Fundamental concepts of Research Methodology
2. Selection of Topic and developing Key words in specific Domains.
3. Literature Survey and Identification of Research Gaps
4. Formulation of Objectives
5. Formulation of Hypotheses
6. Research Design
7. Data collection Questionnaire Design
8. Data presentation
9. Data Analysis
10. Summary of Findings
11. Conclusions
12. Suggestions and recommendations
13. Report writing
Reference Books
1. Kothari, C R. (2004), Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques, 2nd
Revised Edition, New Age International, New Delhi.
2. Zikmund, William G. (2003), Business Research Methods, 7th Edition, Cengage
Learning, New Delhi
UM14MB652 PROJECT WORK (0-0-16-0-8)

Course objectives
To provide a platform for Applying the research Methodology in practice and develop
Research Plan to implement in Project work.
Course outcome
1. Exhibit fundamentals concepts of Research Design and process
2. Exhibit skills in developing research Design.
3. Exhibit ability to develop and Implement research Plan.
UM14MB653 INTERNSHIP ON CONEMPORARY MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

(0-0-12-0-6)
Course objectives
To provide a platform for learning and sharing the Contemporary management practices
Course outcome
1. Exhibit fundamentals concepts of contemporary Management Practices in their
Career Specialization area
2. Exhibit observed skills of contemporary Management Practices in adopting the same
in future
3. Exhibit ability to apply observed skills of contemporary Management Practices in
adopting the same in future
Week I to 6 (Each week = 30 hours)

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Introduction to corporate Internship

Orientation about the company and about the functional area
Contemporary Management practices in Structure and Style
Contemporary Management practices in Skills and Synergy
Contemporary Management practices in systems and Staff
Contemporary Management practices in Shared Value
Individual Report preparation and presentation
UM14MB654 INTERNSHIP ON CONTEMPORARY GLOBAL MANAGEMENT

PRACTICES (0-0-12-0-6)
Course objectives
To provide a platform for learning and sharing the Contemporary management practices
Course outcome
1. Exhibit fundamentals concepts of contemporary Management Practices in their
Career Specialization area
2. Exhibit observed skills of contemporary Management Practices in adopting the
same in future
3. Exhibit ability to apply observed skills of contemporary Management Practices in
adopting the same in future
Week I to 6 (Each week = 30 hours)

1. Introduction to corporate International Internship
2. Orientation about the company about the functional area
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Contemporary Global Management practices in Structure and Style

Contemporary Global Management practices in Skills and Synergy
Contemporary Global Management practices in Systems and Staff
Contemporary Global Management practices in Shared Value
Individual Report preparation and presentation
UM14MB655 SPECIAL TOPIC TERM PAPER ON CURRENT MANAGEMENT

PRACTICES (0-0-0-8-2)
Course objectives
To provide a platform for learning and sharing the current and New Business practices
Course Outcome
1. Exhibit fundamentals concepts of writing a Term Paper
2. Exhibit skills in developing the Construct of a Term Paper
3. Exhibit ability to prepare a term paper by identifying a n existing and or new business
practice
UC14BC201 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To study computer architecture design by examining architectural concepts with
consideration of performance, usability, reliability and power management etc.
Course outcomes
After this course, the student will be able to
1. Design and utilize of high performance computing systems.
2. Get foundation for the courses like Interconnection Network and Embedded Systems.
UNIT I
11 Hours
Introduction and computer performance: Organization and architecture, structure and
function, designing for performance, the evolution of the intel x86 architecture, embedded
systems, performance assessment, computer components, computer function.
UNIT II
11 Hours
Processor design: CPU organization- fundamentals, data representation basic format,
fixed point numbers, floating point numbers, instruction sets-instruction format, instruction
types.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Data path design: Floating point arithmetic, addition and subtraction, multiplicationtwos
complement multipliers, booths algorithm, division-preliminaries, basic algorithms.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Control design: Basic concept - introduction, hardwired control, micro-programmed controlbasic concepts, pipeline control instruction pipelines.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Memory organization: Memory technologymemory device characteristics, random access
memory, serial access memories.
Text Books
1. Williams Stalling, (2010), Computer Organization and Architecture, 8th edition, Pearson
Education, (Published by Prentice-Hall of India)
Unit I - Chapter 1 (1.1, 1.2), Chapter 2 (2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5), Chapter 3 (3.1, 3.2)
2. Hayes, John. P., (2012), Computer Architecture and Organization, 3rd edition, McGrawHill
Unit II - Chapter 3 (3.1.1, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.3, 3.3.1, 3.3.2); Unit III - Chapter 4 (4.1); Unit
IV - Chapter 5 (5.1.1, 5.1.2, 5.2.1, 5.3.1); Unit V - Chapter 6 (6.1)
Reference Book
1. Comer, Douglas E, (2005), Essentials of Computer Architecture, Pearson Education
UC14BC202 DATA STRUCTURES USING C (3-2-0-0-4)

Course objectives
11. To introduce the concepts of data structures and its significance in solving problems.
12. To design a new data structure rather than its practitioners.
Course outcomes
1. Develop a greater understanding of the importance of data storage
2. Design and implement a new data structure.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Pointers, structures and unions: Pointers - Introduction, understanding pointers,
accessing the address of variable, declaring pointer variables, initialization of a pointer,
accessing a variable through its pointer, arrays as pointers.
Structures and unions-Introduction, definition of structure, declaring structure variable,
accessing structure members, unions.
UNIT II
11 Hours
Introduction to data structures: Introduction to data structures, types of data structures,
data structure operations; arrays: Introduction, types of arrays, representation of onedimensional array in memory, array traversal, insertion and deletion, linear search, binary
search, bubble sort, representation of multi-dimensional array in memory, realizing matrices
using two-dimensional arrays, matrix operations.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Stacks and queues: Stacks- Introduction, stack operations, stack implementation. QueuesIntroduction, queues- basic concepts, queue operations, queue implementation, circular
queues, priority queues, double ended queues.
UNIT IV
11 Hours
Lists: Linked list - Introduction, linked list basic concept, linked list implementation, types of
linked lists, circular linked list, double linked list.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Graphs and trees: Graph - Introduction, basic concepts, graph technology.
Trees: introduction, basic concepts, binary tree representation, binary tree traversal, binary
search tree, tree variants.
Text Books
1. E Balaguruswamy,(2007) Programming In ANSI C, 4th edition, McGraw Hill Education
,India
Unit I - Chapter 11 (11.1-11.6, 11.12), Chapter 10 (10.1-10.4, 10.12)
2. E Balaguruswamy, (2013) Data Structures Using C, 2nd reprint, McGraw Hill Education
India
Unit II - Chapter 3 (3.4-3.7), Chapter 4 (4.1-4.9); Unit III - Chapter 6 (6.1-6.4), Chapter 7
(7.1-7.7); Unit IV - Chapter 5 (5.1-5.6); Unit V - Chapter 9 (9.1-9.4), Chapter 8 (8.1-8.7)
Reference Books
1. Kanitkar, Yashavant, (2010), Let us C, 13th edition, BPB Publications
2. Kanitkar, Yashavant, (2009), Data structures through C, 2nd edition,BPB Publications
UC14BC203 FUNDAMENTALS OF OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING (4-0-00-4)

Course objectives
1. To explore the basic syntax and semantics of object oriented programming language
2. To understand and solve the real world problems using object oriented approach.
Course outcomes
1. Acquire knowledge of object-oriented concepts
2. Develop problem solving skills using object-oriented approach
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction to object oriented programming: Introduction- Object oriented programming
paradigm, basic concepts, benefits of oops, object-oriented languages, what is c++?,
structures and unions, classes, limitations of c structure, extensions to structures, c++ at a
glance: data encapsulation, inheritance, polymorphism, friend functions, generic classes
UNIT II
10 Hours
Classes and objects : Class declaration: data members, member functions, private and
public members, data hiding and encapsulation, array within a class.
Class function definition: member function definition inside the class and outside the class,
friend function, inline function, static members and functions, scope resolution operator,
private and public member functions, nesting of member functions.
Creating objects, accessing class data members, accessing member functions, arrays of
objects, objects as function arguments: friendly functions, returning objects, local classes
UNIT III
10 Hours
Introduction to constructors and destructors, operator overloading: Constructors and
destructors: declaration and definition, default constructors, parameterized constructors,
constructor overloading, copy constructors; Destructors: definition and use.
Operator overloading: Defining operator overloading, overloading unary operators,
overloading binary operators, overloading binary operators using friends, manipulation of
strings using operators, rules for overloading operators
UNIT IV
11 Hours
Inheritance: Inheritance- Introduction, base class, derived class, defining derived classes,
visibility mode - private, public, protected; single inheritance - privately derived, publicly
derived; making a private member inheritable, multilevel inheritance, multiple inheritance,
hierarchical inheritance, hybrid inheritance, virtual base classes, abstract classes,
constructors in derived classes, nesting of classes.
UNIT V
11 Hours
Polymorphism and working with templates: Polymorphism - Introduction, pointers,

pointers to objects, this pointer, pointers to derived classes, virtual functions, pure virtual
functions, virtual constructors and destructors.
Templates: Introduction, class templates, class templates with multiple parameters, function
templates, function templates with multiple parameters.
Text Books
1. E. Balaguruwamy,( 2013), Object Oriented Programming with C++, 6th edition, Tata McGraw Hill
Unit I - Chapter 1 (1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7), Chapter 2 (2.1), Chapter 5 (5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.5);
Unit II - Chapter 5 (5.4 - 5.19); Unit III - Chapter 6 (6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.7, 6.11), Chapter 7
(7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.8); Unit IV - Chapter 8; Unit V - Chapter 9, 12 (12.1 - 12.5)
2. K R Venugopal, Rajkumar Buyya, (2013), Mastering C++, 2nd edition, Mc-Graw Hill
Education
Unit I Chapter 8, Chapter 3
Reference Books
1. Yashwant Kanetkar,(1999), Let us C++, BPB Publications
2. Herbert Schildt, (2003), Complete Reference C++, 4th edition Tata Mc-Graw Hill
UC14BC204 INTRODUCTION TO SOFTWARE ENGINEERING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To provide foundation for understanding the software development process in a
defined way according to industrial standards.
2. To understand the complete software development life cycle and the different
methodologies.
Course outcomes
1. Develop the software projects or prototypes by understanding the requirements.
2. Meet the project deadlines along with the number of resources and type of tasks to
be carried out.
UNIT I
11 Hours
Introduction and software processes: Introduction: the problem domain, the software
engineering challenges, the software engineering approach.
Software processes: Software process, desired characteristics of a software process,
software development process models.
UNIT II
11 Hours
Requirements analysis and software architecture: Software requirements analysis and
specification- software requirements, requirements specification, functional specification with
use cases, validation.
Software architecture: Role of software architecture, architecture views, component and
connector view (c&c), architecture styles for c&c view.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Software design: Design principles, module-level concepts, design notation and
specification, structured design methodology, verification.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Coding principles: Programming principles and guidelines, coding process, refactoring,

verification.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Software testing: Testing fundamentals, black-box testing, white-box testing, testing
process.
Text Book
1. Pankaj Jalote,( 2011), An Integrated Approach to Software Engineering, 3rd edition wiley
precise test book
Unit I - Chapter 1 (1.1, 1.2, 1.3), Chapter 2 (2.1, 2.2, 2.3); Unit II - Chapter 3 (3.1, 3.3,
3.4, 3.5) Chapter 4 (4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4); Unit III - Chapter 6 (6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5); Unit IV Chapter 9 (9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4); Unit V - Chapter 10 (10.1, 10.2, 10.3, 10.4)
Reference Book
1. Roger S Pressman, (2010), Software EngineeringA Practitioners Approach, 7th
edition,Tata McGraw Hill
UC14BC205 DATA COMMUNICATIONS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To provide an introduction to the fundamental concepts on data communication and
the design of computer networks.
2. To get familiarized with the basic protocols of computer networks.
Course outcomes
1. Identify the different components in a Communication System and their respective
roles.
2. Describe the technical issues related to the Local Area Networks
3. Identify the common technologies available in establishing LAN infrastructure.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction to data communication: Data communications- components, data
representation, data flow, networks-network criteria, physical structures, network hardwarelocal area network, metropolitan area network, wide area network, wireless networks, home
networks, internetworks. Network software- protocol hierarchies, design issues of the
network layer, connection oriented and connectionless services, services primitives, the
relationship of services to protocols. Reference models- the osi reference model, the TCP/IP
reference model, a comparison of the OSI and TCP/IP reference model.
UNIT II
12 Hours
Physical layer fundamentals and digital transmission: Data and signals Analog and
digital data, analog and digital signals, periodic and non periodic signals, digital signals - bit
rate, bit length, digital signal as a composite analog signal, transmission of digital signals,
performance bandwidth, throughput, latency delay, bandwidth-delay product, jitter, digitalto-digital conversion - line coding, line coding schemes, scrambling.
Digital transmission:Multiplexing Frequency division multiplexing, wavelength division
multiplexing, time division multiplexing, introduction to transmission media, guided media
twisted pair cable, coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, unguided media - radio waves,
microwaves, infrared waves.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Design issues of data link layer: Data link layer design issues services provided to the
network layer, framing, error control, flow control, error detection and correction codes
error correction codes, error detection codes. introduction to switching three methods of
switching, switching and tcp/ip layers, circuit switch networks three phases, efficiency,
delay, packet switching datagram networks, virtual circuit networks, structure of a switch,
structure of circuit switches, structure of packet switches.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Medium access control: Ethernet classic ethernet physical layer, classic ethernet mac
sublayer protocol, ethernet performance , switched ethernet, fast ethernet, gigabit ethernet,
wireless LAN The 802.11 protocol stack, the 802.11 physical layer, the 802.11 MAC
sublayer protocol, the 802.11 frame structure, bluetooth bluetooth architecture, bluetooth
applications, bluetooth protocol stack, bluetooth radio layer, bluetooth baseband layer,
bluetooth L2CAP layer, bluetooth frame structure.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Connecting devices and LANs: Connecting devices - hubs, link layer switches, routers,
virtual LAN Membership, configuration, communication between switches, advantages,
data link layer switching uses of bridges, learning bridges, spanning tree bridges, remote
bridges, repeaters, hubs, bridges, switches, routers, gateways.
Text Books:
1. Andrew S Tenenbaum, (2011), Computer Networks, 5th edition, Pearson Publications
Unit I - Chapter 1 (1.2, 1.3, 1.4); Unit II - Chapter 2 (2.2, 2.3); Unit III - Chapter 3 (3.1,
3.2); Unit IV - Chapter 4 (4.3.1, 4.3.3, 4.3.4, 4.3.6, 4.3.7, 4.3.8, 4.4, 4.6); Unit V Chapter 4 (4.8.1 to 4.8.4)
2. Behrouz A Forouzan, (2012), Data Communications and Networking, 5th edition,
McGraw Hill Publications
Unit I - Chapter 1 (1.1, 1.2); Unit II- Chapter 3 (3.1, 3.3, 3.6), Chapter 4 (4.1), Chapter
6 (6.1), Chapter 7 (7.1, 7.2, 7.3); Unit III- Chapter 8 (8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4); Unit VChapter 17 (17.1, 17.2)
Reference Book
1. William Stallings, (2013), Data and Computer Communications, 5thedition, Prentice
Hall
UC14BC206 DATA STRUCTURES USING C LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course objectives
2. To design and implement a new data structure rather than its practitioners.
Course outcomes
1. Develop a greater understanding of the importance of data storage.
2. Design and implement a new data structure as per need.
Exercises
(Exercises 1 8 and 11 are of 2 Hours each; Exercises 9 and 10 are of 4 Hours each)
1. Getting started with basic programs (Introduction)
2. Write a program to perform linear search and count the frequency of the same
element in the array
3.
4.
5.
6.
Write a program to sort an array using bubble sort

Write a program to implement the functions of stack
Write a program to implement the conversion of an expression from infix to postfix
Write a program to implement recursion; (a)tower of hanoi; (b) factorial of n numbers;
(c)binary search
7. Write a program to implement the functions of queue
8. Write a program to implement dequeue
9. Write a program to implement: (a) creation of linked list; (b) insert at the beginning;
(c) insert at the ens; (d) insert at the given position
10. Write a program to implement deletion in double linked list (a) at the beginning; (b) at
the end; (c) at specified element
11. Final test
UC14BC207 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course objectives
1. To understand the difference between procedural programming and object oriented
programming
2. To understand object oriented features like data abstraction, encapsulation,
inheritance and polymorphism to solve various computing problems using C++
Course outcomes
1. Apply object oriented approach to programming and identify potential benefits of
object-oriented programming over other approaches.
2. Apply the concepts of data encapsulation, inheritance and polymorphism to real
world large scale applications
Exercises
(Exercises 1 4; 6 8 and 10 are of 2 Hours each; Exercises 5 and 9 are of 4 Hours each)
1. Getting started with technology
2. Write a program to implement classes and objects.
3. Write a program to implement constructors and destructors with an array of objects.
4. Write a program to implement function overloading
5. Write a program to overload different operators incr & decr operators with post &
pre forms; new, delete, [], () and arithmetic operators.
6. Write a program to demonstrate friend functions and friend classes.
7. Write a program to implement different types of inheritances like multiple, multilevel
and hybrid.
8. Write a program to demonstrate the use of virtual functions and abstract classes
9. Write a program to overload << and >> operators as a member and as a nonmember
operator functions.
10. Write a program to create function templates, and overload the function template
11. Final lab test
UC14BC251 .NET FRAMEWORK (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To provide basic concepts of .NET Framework and Object Oriented Programming

using C#.
2. To understand and use interfaces, delegates and events in C# and .NET.
Course outcome
1. Use features of .NET framework technology to write programs using ObjectOriented concepts.
2. Develop the applications based on .NET framework technology.
UNIT I
10 Hours
.NET framework and overview of C# programming: Understanding .net- the c#
environment-the .net strategy, the origins of .net technology, the .net framework, common
language runtime (clr), framework base classes, visual studio .net, .net languages, benefits
of the .net approach, C# and .net
Introducing C#: What is C#, why C#, evolution of C#, characteristics of C#, applications of
C#, how does C# differs from C++ and java, introduction, a simple C# program,
namespaces, comments in C#, passing string objects to writeline methods, command line
arguments, main with a class and returning a value, multiple main methods, compile time
errors, program structure and coding style.
Literals, variables and data types: Literals, variables, data types and value types,
reference types, declaration and initialization of variables, constant variables, boxing and
unboxing.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Control flow, handling of arrays, decision making and branching : Introduction, decision
making with if statement, simple if statement, the if..else statement, nesting of if..else
statements, else..if ladder, the switch statement, while statement, do statement, for
statement, foreach statement.
Handling of arrays and manipulating strings: Introduction, one-dimensional arrays, twodimensional arrays, system. Array class, array list class, jagged array, creating strings, string
methods, inserting, comparing and finding strings, mutable strings, arrays of strings, regular
expressions.
UNIT III
11 Hours
Classes and objects, methods in C#: Methods in C# - Introduction, declaring methods, the
main method, invoking methods, nesting of methods, method parameters, pass by value,
pass by reference, the output parameters, variable argument lists, method overloading.
Classes and objects: Introduction, basic principles of oop, defining a class, adding variables,
adding methods, member access modifiers, creating objects, accessing class members,
constructors, overloaded constructors, static members, static constructors, private
constructors, copy constructors, destructors, member initialization, the this reference,
nesting of classes, constant members, read-only members, properties, indexers.
UNIT IV
11 Hours
Object oriented features in C#: Inheritance and polymorphism - Introduction, classical
inheritance, containment inheritance, defining a subclass, visibility control, defining subclass
constructors, multilevel inheritance, hierarchical inheritance, overloading methods, hiding
methods, abstract classes, abstract methods, sealed classes: preventing inheritance, sealed
methods, polymorphism
Interface: Multiple inheritance - Introduction, defining an interface, extending an interface,
implementing interfaces, interfaces and inheritance, explicit interface implementation,
abstract class and interface.
Operator overloading: Introduction, overloadable operators, need for operator overloading,

defining operator overloading, overloading unary operators, overloading binary operators,
overloading comparison operators.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Errors and exceptions, console I/O operations, delegates and events:
Managing console I/O operations - Introduction, the console I/O class, console input,
console output, formatted output, numeric formatting, standard numeric format, custom
numeric format.
Managing errors and exceptions: Introduction, what is debugging?, types of errors,
exceptions, syntax of exception handling code, multiple catch statements, the exception
hierarchy, general catch handler, using finally statement, nested try blocks, throwing our own
exceptions, checked and unchecked operators, using exceptions for debugging.
Delegates and events: Introduction, delegates, delegate declaration, delegate methods,
delegate instantiation, delegate invocation, using delegates, multicast delegates, events.
Text Books
1. E. Balaguruswamy, (2010), Programming in C#- A Primer, Revised 3rd edition, Tata
Mc Graw Hill
Unit I - Chapter 1 (1.1-1.17), Chapter 2 (2.1-2.10), Chapter 3(3.1-3.15), Chapter 4
(4.1-4.12); Unit II - Chapter 6(6.1-6.7), Chapter 7 (7.1-7.6), Chapter 9 (9.1-9.7),
Chapter 10 (10.1-10.8); Unit III - Chapter 8 (8.1-8.11), Chapter 12 (12.1-12.22); Unit
IV - Chapter 13 (13.1-13.15), Chapter 14 (14.1-14.7), Chapter 15 (15.1-15.7); Unit V Chapter 16 (16.1-16.9), Chapter 17 (17.1-17.8), Chapter 18 (18.1-18.13)
Reference Book
1. Shibbi Panikkar and Kumar Sanjeev, (2010), Magic of c# with .NET Framework,
Firewall Media
.
2. Tony Baer, Jan D Narkiewickz, Kent Tegeis, Chandu Thota, Neil Whitlow, (2004),
Understanding the .NET Framework, Wrox Publishers,
UC14BC252 INTRODUCTION TO DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (4-0-00-4)

Course objectives
1. To learn basic database concepts and importance of design principles of DBMS.
2. To learn basics concept of a relational database application by designing,
populating and joining relational database.
Course outcomes
1. Apply database concepts and principles in real-time applications.
2. Implement and enforce integrity constraints on a database.
UNIT I
11 Hours
Introduction: Databases and database users - Introduction, an example, characteristics of
the database approach, actors on the scene, workers behind the scene, advantages of using
the dbms approach
Database system concepts and architecture: Data models, schemas, and instances,
three-schema architecture and data independence, database languages and interfaces, the
database system environment
UNIT II
11 Hours
The relational data model and relational database constraints: Relational model
concepts, relational model constraints and relational database schemas, update operations,
transactions, and dealing with constraint violations.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Basic SQL: SQL data definition and data types, specifying constraints in sql, basic retrieval
queries in sql, insert, delete and update statements in SQL.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Advanced SQL: Schema Change Statements in SQL, more complex SQL retrieval queries,
views (Virtual Tables) in SQL (Basics)
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Data modeling using the entity-relationship (ER) model: Using high-level conceptual
data models for database design, a sample database application, entity types, entity sets,
attributes, and keys, relationship types, relationship sets, roles, and structural constraints,
weak entity types, refining the ER design for the company database, er diagrams, naming
conventions, and design issues.
Text Books
1. Ramez Elmasri and Shamkant B. Navathe, (2011), Fundamentals of Database
Management Systems, 6th edition, Pearson Education
Unit I - Chapter 1 (1.1-1.6), Chapter 2 (2.1-2.4); Unit II - Chapter 3 (3.1-3.3); Unit III Chapter 4 (4.1-4.4); Unit IV - Chapter 5 (5.1, 5.3-5.4); Unit V - Chapter 7 (7.1-7.7)
Reference Book
1. Raghu Ramakrishnan and Johannes Gehrke, (2003), Database Management Systems,
3rd edition, McGraw-Hill
2. Silberschatz, Korth and Sudharshan, (2006), Database system concepts, 5th edition,
Mc-GrawHill
3. Ivan Bayross,(2009),SQL, PL/SQL the programming language of oracle, 4th edition BPB
Publications
4. http://www.tutorialspoint.com/mysql/
UC14BC253 COMPUTER NETWORKS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To build an understanding on the Fundamental Concepts on Computer
Networking
2. To understand the design and Implementation of Layered Architecture
3. To familiarize the basic protocols of Computer Networks
Course outcomes
1. Demonstrate the working of Data Communication.
2. Identify various types of Computer Networks
3. Analyze different Communication Protocols and TCP/IP Protocol Suite
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction: Network models- Protocol layering- scenarios, principles of protocol layering,

logical connections, TCP/TP protocol suite- layered architecture, layers in the TCP/IP
protocol suite, description of each layer, addressing, multiplexing and demultiplexing, the
OSI model- OSI versus TCP/IP, lack of OSI model's success, multiplexing- frequency
division multiplexing, wavelength division multiplexing, time division multiplexing, circuit
switched networks- three phases, efficiency, delay, packet switching- datagram networks,
virtual circuit networks.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Data link Layer: Introduction- Nodes and links, services, two categories of links, two
sublayers, link layer addressing- three types of addresses, address resolution protocol
l(ARP), cyclic codes- cyclic redundancy check, check sum- concept. DLC services- framing,
flow and error control, connectionless and connection-oriented, data link layer protocolssimple protocol, stop-and-wait protocol, piggybacking, HDLC Configurations and transfer
modes, framing, random access - CSMA, CSMA/CD, CSMA/CA, wired LANs: Standard
Ethernet- Characteristics, addressing, access methods, wireless LANS- Characteristics,
access control, IEEE 802.11 project architecture, MAC sublayer, addressing mechanism.
UNIT III
12 Hours
Network Layer Addressing and Routing: Network layer services-packetizing, routing
and forwarding, packet switching- datagram approach, virtual circuit networks, network layer
performance- delay, throughput, packet loss, congestion control. ipv4 addresses- address
space, classfull adressing, classless addresssing, DHCP, NAT. IPv6 addressingrepresentation, address space, address space allocation, IPv6 protocol-packet format,
extension header.
Internet protocol-datagram format, fragmentation, security of ipv4 datagrams, forwarding of
IP packets- based on destination address, based on label, routers as packet switches.
ICMPv4-Messages, ICMP checksum, unicast routing: introduction- general idea, least cost
routing, routing algorithms-distance-vector routing, link state routing, path-vector routing,
unicast routing protocols-internet structure, routing information protocol (RIP), open shortest
path first (OSPF), Border gateway protocol version 4 (BGP4).
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Transport Layer: Introduction to transport layer- services, connectionless and connectionoriented protocols, transport layer protocols- services, port numbers, user datagram
protocol- user datagram, services, applications, transmission control protocol- services,
features, segment, connection, state transition diagram, windows in TCP, flow control, error
control, congestion control, TCP timers, options.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Application Layer: Introduction- providing services, application layer paradigms, WWW
and HTTP, FTP-Two connections, control connection, data connection, security for FTP,
electronic mail- architecture, web based mail, e-mail secutiry, telnet- local versus remote
logging, domain name systems(DNS) Name space, DNS in the internet, resolution,
caching, resource records, DNS messages, registrars, DDNS, security of DNS.
Text Book
1. Forouzan, (2013), Data Communications and Networking, 5th edition, McGrawHill
[Unit I - Chapter 2 (2.1, 2.2, 2.3 ), Chapter 6 (6.1), Chapter 8 (8.2, 8.3); Unit II Chapter 9 (9.1, 9.2-9.2.1, 9.2.2), Chapter 10 (10.3.1, 10.4.1), Chapter 11 (11.1, 11.2,
11.3), Chapter 12 (12.1- 12.1.2, 12.1.3, 12.1.4), Chapter 13 (13.2-13.2.1, 13.2.2,
13.2.3), Chapter 15 (15.1, 15.2.1, 15.2.2, 15.2.3); Unit III - Chapter 18 (18.1, 18.3,
18.4), Chapter 22 (22.1-22.1.1, 22.1.2, 22.1.3, 22.2), Chapter 18 (18.5), Chapter 19
(19.1, 19.2), Chapter 20 (20.1, 20.2, 20.3); Unit IV - Chapter 23 (23.1), Chapter 24
(24.1, 24.2, 24.3); Unit V - Chapter 25 (25.1), Chapter 26 (26.1, 26.2, 26.3, 26.4,
26.6)]
Reference Book
4. Andrew S. Tannenbaum, (2013), Computer Networks, 5th edition, Pearson Education
5. Prakash C. Gupta,(2014),Data Communication and Computer Networks, 2nd edition,
PHI.
UC14BC254 .NET LAB (0-0-2-0-1)

Course objectives
1. To provide basic concepts of .NET Framework and Object Oriented Programming
using C#.
2. To understand and use interfaces, delegates and events in C# and .NET.
Course outcome
1. Use features of .NET framework technology to write programs using Object-Oriented
concepts.
2. Develop the applications based on .NET framework technology
Exercises
(Exercises are of 2 Hours each)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Getting started with technology. Write programs to implement

Utility of Classes and Objects
Decision Making, Branching and Looping
Arrays, Multidimensional Arrays, Jagged Arrays
Boxing and Unboxing, Value types and Reference Types
Inheritance (Single, Multi-level, Containment/Delegation)
Interfaces
Polymorphism (Virtual and Override, Abstract Classes and Abstract Methods,
Operator Overloading)
Encapsulation, Properties and Indexers
Console I/O Operations (Numerical formatting, Console I/O of both numbers and
Strings)
Exception Handling
Delegates and Events
Final Test
UC14BC255 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course objectives
14 To learn the applications of basic database concepts and design principles of DBMS.
15 To learn basics concept of a relational database application by designing, populating
a relational database.
Course outcome
1 Design and implement a relational database based on concept of a relational
database
Apply database concepts and principles in designing in real-time applications.
Exercises - 1 (Exercises are of 2 Hours each)

1A DBMS Practice Exercise-1 to learn Creation of User, DDL Commands and DML
Commands.
2A DBMS Practice Exercise-2 to learn DDL commands with integrity constraints like
primary key, Foreign Key etc.
3A DBMS Practice Exercise-3 to learn Single Block and Nested Queries.
Exercises - 2 (based on the commands learnt during 3 practice exercises) (Exercises
are of 4 Hours each)
Instructions for the Exercises
a) Draw Conceptual Schema.
b) Create the Relations using Primary Key, Foreign Key and on Delete Cascade
appropriately using any RDBMS Environment.
c) Display the Structure of the Relations.
d) Enter minimum 5 rows in each Relation.
e) Display the Contents of the Relations.
f)
Perform the Queries and the results of the Queries may be displayed directly
2A.
1. doctor (doctor_id, dname, dob, specialization, city)
2. check-up (docid, patid, diagnosis, cdate, fee)
3. patient (patient_id, pname, address, dob)
Perform the following queries:
i. Find the name, address and birth date of the patients whose name starts with r.
ii. Find the name of the patient, name of doctor, date of check-up and diagnosis.
iii. Display each specialization and number of doctors available for that specialization.
iv. Print the numbers of doctors who have checked Hari, also print average fees.
2B
a. musician (musician_id, mname, dob, specialized_instrument)
b. perform (musid, instid, function, function_date)
c. instrument (instrument_id, iname, price, type)
i. Find the name and price of the string type instruments
ii. Display the names of instruments along with their price which were used in New Year
function.
iii. Display names of musicians, their specialized instrument and function held after
2005.
iv. Print the name of instrument for which number of musicians specialized is more than
1.
2C
a. article (art_no, art_title, type, adate, cid, museum_id)
b. caretaker (cid, cname, address, salary)
c. museum (museum_id, mname, city, mdate)
i. Print the details of articles which are cared by person living in Delhi.
ii. Find the details of care takers taking care of more than 2 articles.
iii. Print the details of museum which has paintings and located in Hyderabad.
iv. List the museum name, article title and name of the caretaker taking care of those
articles.
2D
a. credit_card (ccno, expiry_date, limit, bankid, cid)
b. bank (bankid, bankname, city)
c. customer (cid, cname, address, DOB)
i. Display the details of bank having India in its name.
ii. Find the customer names and address who have cards from the bank present in
Delhi.
iii. Print the total number of cards as Total-Cards, minimum limit as Min-Limit and
maximum limit as Max-Limit of those cards.
iv. Find the name of bank which has issued more than 3 cards.
Revision
2 Hours
Test
2 Hours
UC14BC261 SHELL COMMANDS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To understand Unix Operating System
2. To explore the Basic Shell Commands
Course outcomes
1. Implement and innovate commands using the basic tool kit.
2. Develop shell programs in vi/vim editor.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction to Unix: The operating system, unix operating system, the unix architecture,
features of unix, posix and the single unix specification, locating commands, internal and
external commands, command structure, flexibility of command usage, man browsing the
manual pages on-line, understanding the man documentation, cal, date, echo, printf, bc,
script, email basics, mailx, passwd, who, uname, tty, sty, the file, whats in a (file)name?, the
parent-child relationship, the home variable, pwd, cd, mkdir, rmdir, absolute pathnames,
relative pathnames, ls, the unix file system, cat, cp, rm, mv, more, the lp subsystem, file, wc,
od, cmp, comm, diff .
UNIT II
11 Hours
The vi editor and basic file attributes: ls l, The d option, file ownership, file permissions,
chmod, directory permissions, changing file ownership, vi basics, input mode entering and
replacing text, saving text and quitting, navigation, editing text, undoing last editing
instructions, repeating the last command, searching for a pattern, substitution search and
replace.
UNIT III
11 Hours
The shell and process: The shells interpretive cycle, shell offerings, pattern matching,
escaping and quoting, redirection, /dev/null and /dev/tty, pipes, tee, command substitution,
shell variables, process basics, ps, system processes, mechanism of process creation,
internal and external commands, process states and zombies, running jobs in background,
nice, killing processes with signals, at and batch, cron, time, the shells, environment
variables, the common environment variables, aliases, command history, in-line command
editing, miscellaneous features, the initialization scripts.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
More file attributes and simple filters: File systems and inodes, hard links, symbolic links
and ln, the directory, umask, modification and access times, find, the sample database, pr,
head, tail, cut, paste,sort, uniq, tr, an example.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Filter using regular expression and shell programming, advanced vi: Grep, basic
regular expression, extended regular expression, sed, line addressing, using multiple
instructions, context addressing, writing selected lines to a file, text editing, substitution,
basic regular expressions revisited, shell scripts, read, using command line arguments, exit
and exit status of command, the logical operators && and ||, the if conditional, using test and
[] to evaluate expressions, the case conditional, expr, $0, while, for, set and shift, the here
document (<<), trap, debugging shell scrpts with set x, sample validation and data entry
scripts, root, the administrators privileges, maintaining security, user management, startup
and shutdown, managing disk space, device files, handling floppy diskettes, cpio, tar.
Text Books
1. Sumitabha Das, (2006), Unix Concepts and Applications, 4th edition, Tata Mc-Graw Hill
Unit I - Chapter 1 (1.1, 1.2), Chapter 2 (2.1 - 2.9), Chapter 3 (3.4), Chapter 5 (5.1 5.12); Unit II - Chapter 6, Chapter 7; Unit III - Chapter 8, Chapter 9, Chapter 10, Unit
IV - Chapter 11, Chapter 12; Unit V - Chapter 13, Chapter 14, Chapter 15
Reference Books
1. Behrouz A Forouzan and Richard F Gilberg,(2005), Unix and Shell Programming,
Cengage Learning
UC14BC262 SCRIPTING LANGUAGES (4-0-0-0-4)
Course objectives
9. To provide knowledge of how a client scripting language and server scripting
language differs.
10. To explore basic syntax and semantics of Scripting Languages enabling the students
to design web pages.
Course outcomes
1. Create dynamic web pages
2. Develop real world web application with an effective user interface
UNIT I
10 Hours
HTML 5: Whats different in HTML5?, <!DOCTYPE> in HTML5, designing a webpage,
design considerations and planning, basic tags and document structure, html tags, head
tags, title tags, body tags, metadata, saving an html page.
UNIT II
10 Hours
HTML 5 Links: What are links?, text links, image links, opening a page in a new
window or tab, setting all links on a page to open in a new window or tab, linking to
an area on the same page (bookmarks), linking to an e-mail address, linking to other
types of files.
UNIT III
10 Hours
HTML 5 - forms and video: Forms sending to e-mail, text boxes, text area, check boxes,
menu lists, radio button, submit and reset button, video and audio introduction, linking to
audio and video files, adding video and audio files, using youtube to display videos.
UNIT IV
12 Hours
CSS 3 : What are cascading style sheets?, css syntax, creating an external css, linking to a
CSS, adding comments and notes to a CSS, creating an internal style sheet, id and class,
inline styling, working with text, creating backgrounds, images, working with elements
display and visibility, grouping and nesting, dimensions of elements, positioning, floating,
pseudo-classes/pseudo-elements, working with transforms 2d transforms, 3d transforms,
transitions and animations in CSS
UNIT V
10 Hours
PHP : PHP Basic syntax, PHP Data Types, PHP Variables, PHP Constants, PHP
Expressions, PHP Operators, PHP Control Structures, PHP Loops, PHP Enumerated
Arrays, PHP Associative Arrays,Array Iteration, PHP Multi-Dimensional Arrays, Array
Functions, PHP Functions, Arguments, Variables, Hands on exercises using the technology
Reference Books
1. Andy Harris, HTML5 & CSS3 ALL-In-One for Dummies, 3rd edition
Unit I, II, III, IV
2. Jason Lengstorf, PHP for Absolute Beginners, APRESS
Unit V
UC14BC271 MOBILE APPS USING WINDOWS 8 (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To provide knowledge of how an application works in Windows 8 Environment.
2. To explore the basic syntax and semantics of creating mobile Apps.

Course Outcomes
1. Develop an App for Windows 8 with attractive design
2. Build connected applications
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction to windows 8 app development: A brief history of windows application
development 3, using windows 8
UNIT II
10 Hours
Introduction to windows 8 app development (II): Windows 8 architecture from a
developers point of view, getting to know your development environment
UNIT III
10 Hours
Creating Windows 8 applications : Principles of modern windows application
development, creating windows 8 style applications with HTML5, css and javascript
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Creating Windows 8 Applications II: Using XAML to create windows 8 style user
interfaces, working with XAML controls
UNIT V
12 Hours
Windows 8 applications: Building windows 8 style applications, creating multi-page
applications, building connected applications, leveraging tablet features
Hands on exercises using the technology
Reference Book
1. Istvn Novk, Zoltan Arvai, Gyrgy Balssy, David Fulop, (2012), Beginning Windows 8
Application Development, Wrox Publications,
UC14BC272 WEB SERVICES (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To introduce security solutions in XML and Web services and using security
standards.
2. To impart knowledge on eXtensible Markup Language (XML) and to achieve
secured, messaging through Web Services.
Course outcome
1. Develop secured web services.
2. Develop a XML application using structure and presentation technologies using
manipulation technologies such as XSLT, XPath, XLink and Xquery.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction: What are web services? , why web services are important? , web services
and enterprises
XML: The lingua franca of web services, XML documents, XML namespaces.
UNIT II
XML Schema : XML schema, processing XML.
10 Hours
UNIT III
10 Hours
SOAP : The SOAP Model, SOAP, SOAP messages SOAP encoding, SOAP RPC, using
alternative SOAP encodings, document RPC, literal, encoded, SOAP web services and the
REST architecture.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
WSDL and rest: WSDL- using SOAP and WSDL. REST (Representational State Transfer)What is REST?, HTTP methods, REST ful web services, JAX-RS with jersey, JAX-RS
annotations, web container, create your first restful web service: create a project with jersey
libraries, java class, define jersey servlet dispatcher, run your rest service.
UNIT V
12 Hours
Security: Everyday security basics, security is an end-to-end process, web service security
issues, types of security attacks and threats, web services security roadmap
Text Books
1. Sandeep Chatterjee, James Webber, (2005), Developing Enterprise Web Services
An Architects Guide, 2nd reprint, Pearson Education, Indian
2. REST with Java (JAX-RS) using Jersey Tutorial
[Book 1: Unit I - Chapter 1 (Page No. 1-11), Chapter 2 (Page No. 17-25); Unit II Chapter 2 (Page No. 26-69); Unit III - Chapter 3 (Page No. 71-99); Unit IV - Chapter 3
(Page No.100-119); Unit V - Chapter 8 (Page No. 307-329); Book 2: Unit IV - 1,2,4,6]
Reference Books
1. http://www.vogella.com/tutorials/REST/article.html
2. Frank P. Coyle,(2002), XML, Web Services and the Data Revolution,Pearson
Education
UC15MC401 DISCRETE MATHEMATICAL STRUCTURES (3-2-0-0-4)
Course objectives
1. To apply fundamental counting algorithms to solve applied problems, particularly
those found in the area of computer science.
2. To develop the ability to understand and create mathematical arguments.
Course outcome
1. Acquire the problem-solving skills needed in subsequent courses and professional
work.
2. Formulate problems precisely and solve by applying formal proof techniques.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Set theory and properties of integers: Sets and subsets set operations and the laws of set
theory, counting and venn diagrams, principles of inclusion and exclusion, the well-ordering
principle: mathematical induction, recursive definitions and recursive algorithms
UNIT II
10 Hours
Counting principles: The rules of sum and product, permutations, combinations, combination
with repetition, pigeonhole principle
UNIT III
10 Hours
Fundamentals of logic and proofs: Propositional logic, propositional equivalences,

predicates and quantifiers, rules of inference, introduction to proofs and normal forms, proof
methods and strategy
UNIT IV
12 Hours
Relations and functions: Cartesian products and relations, relations and their properties, nary relations and their applications, representing relations, closure of relations, partial orders
hasse diagrams, equivalence relations and partitions.
Function- plain and one-to-one, onto functions, special functions, function composition and
inverse functions
UNIT V
10 Hours
Algebraic structures and coding theory: Algebraic structures, semigroups and monoids,
definition, examples and elementary properties, homomorphisms, isomorphisms and cyclic
groups, cosets and lagranges theorem, rings, integral domains and fields, elements of coding
theory, the hamming metric, the parity check and generator matrices, group codes: decoding
with coset leaders, hamming matrices.
Text Books
1. Ralph P Grimaldi, B.V. Ramana, (2011), Discrete & Combinatorial Mathematics, An
Applied Introduction, 5th edition, Pearson Education
2. Kenneth H Rosen, (2012), Discrete Mathematics and its Applications with
Combinatorics and Graph Theory, 7th edition,McGraw-Hill
[Book 1: Unit I - Chapter 3 (3.1, 3.2, 3.3), Chapter 4 (4.1, 4.2); Unit II - Chapter 1 (1.1,
1.2, 1.3, 1.4); Unit IV - Chapter 5 (5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.6), Chapter 7 (7.3, 7.4, 7.6);
Unit V - Chapter 15 ( 15.1, 15.2, 15.3, 15.4, 15.5, 15.7, 15.8, 15.9, 15.10, 15.11);
Book 2 :Unit I - Chapter 4 (4.4), Chapter 6(6.5), Unit II - Chapter 5 (5.1, 5.2, 5.3), Unit
III - Chapter 1 (1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7), Unit IV - Chapter 7 (7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4),
Unit V - Chapter 11 (11.5)]
Reference Book
1. Eric Gossett, (2010), Discrete Mathematics with Proof, 2nd edition, John Wiley and
Sons
2. Kolman, Busby and Ross, (2004), Discrete Mathematical Structures, 4th edition
Prentice-Hall of India
UC15MC402: DIGITAL PRINCIPLES AND COMPUTER ORGANIZATION (4-0-0-04)

Course objectives
1. To provide an overview of computer hardware and software
2. To understand the basic structure and operation of a digital computer.
Course outcomes
1. Learn various components and their interconnection of a digital computer
2. Understand the design and architecture of digital computer
UNIT I
10 Hours
Binary system and boolean algebra: Binary numbers, number base conversion, octal and
hexadecimal numbers, complements, binary codes, axiomatic definition of boolean algebra,
basic theorems and properties of boolean algebra, boolean functions, canonical and
standard forms, other logic operations, digital logic gates.
UNIT II
12 Hours
Combinational & sequential logic circuits: K-Map method to simplify boolean function up
to 4 variables, product of sum simplification, dont care condition, adders- half adders, full
adders, subtractors - half subtractors, full subtractors, decoder, demultiplexers, encoder,
multiplexers, flip-flops --jk, sr, d and t flip flops, registers-shift registers
UNIT III
10 Hours
Basic structure of computer and instruction set architecture: Functional units, basic
operational concepts, bus structures, memory location and addresses, memory operation,
instructions, instruction sequencing, addressing modes.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Input / Output Organization: Direct memory access, bus arbitration, buses--synchronous
bus, asynchronous bus, interface circuits-parallel port, serial port.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Memory System: Basic concepts, semiconductor RAM memories-internal organization of
memory chips, static memories, asynchronous drams, synchronous drams, read-only
memories, cache memories, virtual memories
Text Books
1. M. Morris Mano,(2012), Digital Logic and Computer Design, 5th edition, Pearson
2. Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic, Safwat Zaky, (2011), Computer Organization,
5th edition, Tata McGraw Hill
[Book 1: Unit I- Chapter 1(1.2 - 1.6), Chapter 2(2.2 to 2.7); Unit II - Chapter 3(3.13.3, 3.5, 3.8), Chapter 4 (4.3, 4.4), Chapter 5(5.5, 5.6), Chapter 6 (6.1,6.2),
Chapter 7(7.2, 7.3); Book 2: Unit III- Chapter 1(1.2 -1.4), Chapter 2 (2.2 to 2.5);
Unit IV- Chapter 4(4.4, 4.5,4.6); Unit V -Chapter 5 (5.1 , 5.2-5.2.1, 5.2.2, 5.2.3,
5.2.4, 5.3, 5.5, 5.7)]
Reference Books
1. Donald P Leach, Albert Paul Malvino, Goutam Saha, (2010), Digital Principles
and Applications, 7th edition, Tata McGraw Hill
2. John P. Hayes, (1998), Computer Architecture and Organization, 3rd edition, Tata
McGraw-Hill
UC15MC403 PROCEDURAL PROGRAMMING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To provide knowledge of problem solving and how a computer program works to
solve the problem
2. To explore the basic syntax and semantics of programming languages.
Course outcomes
1. Solve the problems using correct semantics.
2. Develop understanding of critical evaluation of existing and future programming
languages.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Overview of procedural programming: An overview of c, expressions - the basic data
types, modifying the basic types, identifier names, variables, the four c scopes, type
qualifiers, storage class specifiers, variable initializations, constants
UNIT II
10 Hours
Operators and statements: Operators, expressions - order of evaluation, type conversions,

casts; true and false in c, selection statements, iteration statements, jump statements,
expressions statements, block statements
UNIT III
10 Hours
Arrays, strings and pointers: Arrays Single dimension arrays, generating a pointer to an
array, passing single-dimension arrays to functions, strings, two dimensional arrays,
multidimensional arrays, array initialization
Pointers What are pointers?, pointer variables, the pointer operators, pointer expressions,
pointers and arrays, multiple indirection, initializing pointers, pointers to functions, cs
dynamic allocation functions, problems with pointers
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Functions and user-defined data types: Functions The general form of a function,
understanding scope of a function, function arguments, argc and argv, the return statement,
recursion, function prototypes
Structures, unions, enumerations, typedef Structures, arrays of structures, passing
structures to functions, structure pointers, unions, bit fields, enumerations, typedef
UNIT V
12 Hours
Console I/O & preprocessor: Reading and writing characters, reading and writing
strings, formatted console i/o, printf() printing characters, numbers, displaying

address, %n specifier, format modifiers, minimum field width specifier, precision
specifier, justifying output, handling other data types, * and # modifiers, scanf()
format specifiers, inputting numbers, unsigned integers, inputting address, %n
specifier, using a scanset, discarding unwanted white space, non-white space
characters in control string, format modifiers, suppressing input.
The preprocessor and comments: The preprocessor, #define, #error, #include, conditional
compilation directives, #undef, using defined, #line, #pragma, the # and ## preprocessor
operators, predefined macro names, comments
Text Book
1. Herbert Schildt, (2000), The Complete Reference C, 4th edition, Tata McGraw-Hill
Unit I - Chapter 1, Chapter 2 (till Page 39); Unit II - Chapter 2 (from Page 40),
Chapter 3; Unit III - Chapter 4, Chapter 5; Unit IV - Chapter 6, Chapter 7 (excluding
page 200- 201); Unit V - Chapter 8, Chapter 10 (till Page 274)
Reference Book
1. Byron Gottfried, (2009), Programming with C, Schaums Outlines, 2nd edition, Tata
McGraw-Hill Publishing
UC15MC404 INTRODUCTION TO WEB TECHNOLOGY (4-0-0-0-4)
Course objectives
1. To understand the concepts and architecture of the World Wide Web.
2. To practice mark-up and embedded dynamic scripting on client side Internet
Programming
Course outcomes
1. Acquire knowledge World Wide Web and explore mark-up languages features
2. Design and create interactive web pages using scripting languages.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Fundamentals of web and XHTML: Internet, WWW, web browsers and web servers, URLs,
MIME, HTTP, security, the web programmers toolbox
XHTML: Basic syntax, standard XHTML document structure, basic text mark-up, images,
hypertext links, lists
UNIT II
10 Hours
Advanced features of XHTML, HTML5 and CSS: XHTML - Tables, forms, frames, syntactic
differences between HTML and XHTML, overview of HTML5
CSS - Introduction, levels of style sheets, style specification formats, selector forms, property
value forms, font properties, list properties, color, alignment of text, the box model,
background images, the <span> and <div> tags, conflict resolution
UNIT III
10 Hours
CSS and Javascript : CSS - The design of CSS2, styling for paged media, using aural
presentation, counters and numbering, overview of CSS3
JavaScript-Overview of javascript, object orientation and javascript, syntactic
characteristics, primitives, operations, and expressions, screen output and keyboard input,
an example, control statements
UNIT IV
10 Hours
JavaScript with XHTML documents: JavaScript - Object creation and modification,
arrays, functions, constructors, pattern matching using regular expressions, errors in scripts.
The javascript execution environment, the document object model, element access in
javascript, events and event handling, handling events from body elements, button elements,
text box and password elements, the DOM2 event model, the navigator object, DOM tree
traversal and modification.
UNIT V
12 Hours
Javascript objects, dynamic documents and XML: Objects in javascript - data and
objects in javascript, exception handling, built in objects, cookies.
Dynamic documents - Introduction to dynamic documents, positioning elements, moving
elements, element visibility, changing colors and fonts, dynamic content, stacking elements,
locating the mouse cursor, reacting to a mouse click, slow movement of elements, dragging
and dropping elements.
Introduction to XML - Introduction, the syntax of XML, XML document structure, document
type definitions, namespaces, XML schemas, displaying raw XML documents, displaying
XML documents with CSS.
Text Books
1. Robert W. Sebesta, (2012), Programming the World Wide Web, 4th edition, Pearson
Education
2. Chris Bates, (2006), Web Programming Building Internet Applications, 3rd edition,
Wiley India
[Book 1:Unit I - Chapter 1 (1.1-1.9), Chapter 2 (2.1-2.7); Unit II - Chapter 2 (2.82.11), Chapter 3 (3.1-3.13); Unit III - Chapter 4 (4.1-4.6); Unit IV - Chapter 4 (4.74.14), Chapter 5 (5.1-5.10); Unit V- Chapter 6 (6.1-6,11), Chapter 7 (7.1-7.8); Book 2:
Unit III - Chapter 5 (5.1-5.4); Unit V - Chapter 7 (7.1, 7.3-7.5)]
Reference Books/sources
1. http://www.w3schools.com/html/html5_intro.asp Unit II- HTML 5
2. http://www.tutorialspoint.com/html5/html5_syntax.htm
3. http://www.w3schools.com/css/css3_intro.asp Unit III- CSS3
4. http://www.css3files.com/
5. Uttam K Roy, WEB Technologies, Oxford University Press, 1st edition, 2012
6. Chris Bates, (2009), Web Programming Building Internet Applications, 3rd edition,
Wiley India
UC15MC405 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To understand the basic concepts and standards underlying financial accounting
systems.
2. To analyze and interpret the results enabling to find out what has happened, to look
into future by providing the guidelines for making wise decisions to achieve the
corporate objectives.
Course outcomes
1. Maintain the cash accounts through the Cash Book and to find out the Cash balance
on any particular day.
2. To construct of the basic financial accounting statements - the income statement,
balance sheet, and cash flow statement - as well as their interpretation.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Fundamentals of accounting: An introduction to accounting, meaning of accounting,
journal, ledger, subsidiary books, preparation of trial balance, preparation of trading account,
preparation of profit and loss account, preparation of balance sheet.
UNIT II
12 Hours
Cost accounting and management accounting - An introduction: cost accounting introduction and limitations of financial accounting, meaning and definition of cost
accounting, cost accounting vs. financial accounting, meaning and definition of costing, cost
concepts, classification of costs: element-wise classification, functional classification, based
on identifiability, behavioural classification, cost centre, cost unit, designing and installation
of a costing system, essentials of a good costing system, objectives of cost accounting,
advantages and utilities of cost accounting, methods of costing, systems and techniques of
costing, limitations of costing, preparation of cost sheet.
Management accounting-emergence of management accounting, definition of management
accounting, need, nature and characteristics of management accounting, Functions and
scope of management accounting, importance of management accounting, management
accounting vs. cost accounting , management and cost accounting vs. financial accounting.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Ratio analysis: Introduction to ratios, accounting ratio and ratio analysis, steps in ratio
analysis, benefits and objectives of ratio analysis, classification of ratios, profitability ratios:
gross profit ratio, operating ratio, net profit ratio, test for liquidity ratios, test for solvency
ratios, net income to total assets ratio, return on investment (ROI), return on equity, activity
or turnover ratios, advantages and limitations of ratio analysis.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Budget and budgetary control: Introduction, meaning and definition of budget, budget and
budgetary control, organization for budgetary control- budget centre, organization chart,
budget committee, budget manual, budget period, principal budgeting factor, budget officer,
objectives of budgeting and budgetary control, classification of budgets, preparation of sales
budget, preparation of production budget, preparation of cash budget, preparation of master
budget, fixed budget, flexible budget, advantages of budgetary control system, limitations of
budgetary control system.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Financial statement analysis: Meaning of financial statements, nature of financial

statements, significance of financial statements, analysis and interpretation of financial
statements, types of financial analysis, common size statement analysis of income
statements and balance sheets, comparative statement analysis of income statements and
balance sheets.
Text Books
1. J. Made Gowda,(2012), Accounting for Managers , Himalaya publishing house,
Unit I- Page N2012o. 1-7, 53-63, 72-106, 119-139; Unit II Page No. 224-251, 251265; Unit III Page No. 560-562, 564-575, 582-597, 653-656; Unit IV Page No.
284-333; Unit V Page No. 558- 596
Reference Books
1. S N Maheshwari, S K Maheshwari, Sharad K Maheshwari, (2011), Accounting for
Management, 2nd reprint ,Vikas Publications.
2. I. M. Pandey, (2013), Financial Management, 10th reprint , Vikas Publications
3. N. Ramachandran, Ram Kumar Kakani, (2008), Financial Accounting for
Management, 2nd reprint, Tata McGraw Hill
UC15MC406 PROCEDURAL PROGRAMMING LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course objectives
1. To provide knowledge of problem solving and how a computer program works to
solve the problem
2. To explore the basic syntax and semantics of programming languages.
Course outcomes
1. Solve the problems using correct syntax and semantics.
2. Develop understanding and use of various features available in procedural
programming languages.
Exercises (Exercises 1- 7 and 10- 11 are of 2 Hours each; Exercises 8 & 9 of are 4
Hours each)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Getting started with Technology. Write a program to handle.

Expressions Mathematical and Character
Decisions
Loops
Arrays
Strings
Pointers
Functions
Structures and Unions
Preprocessor Commands
Final Lab Test
UC15MC407 WEB TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course objectives
1 To learn the technology required for World Wide Web
2 To develop the ability to design front end for web applications
Course outcomes

Acquire knowledge World Wide Web and explore mark-up languages features
Design and create interactive web pages using scripting languages.
Exercises (Exercises 1- 7 and 9- 12 are of 2 Hours each; Exercise 8 is of 4 Hours)
1. Getting into Technology
2. Create an XHTML page to demonstrate the usage of
a. Text Formatting tags
b. Links
c. Images
d. Tables
e. Lists
3. Using frame concept display first semester subject list (Left Side) and on click of any
subject list item details of that subject will be displayed (Right Side). Also assign
some part of web page for heading purpose.
4. Create a web page that displays University information using various levels of style
sheets. Use <span> and <div> tags and also incorporate the style attribute for
various types of lists.
5. Develop and demonstrate a XHTML file that includes JavaScript for the following
problems:
a. Input: A number n obtained using prompt.
Output: The first n Fibonacci numbers.
b. Input: A number n obtained using prompt
Output: A table of numbers from 1 to n and their squares using Alert.
6. a) Develop and demonstrate a XHTML document using JavaScript that collects the
USN (the valid format is: A digit from 1 to 4 followed by two upper-case characters
followed by two digits followed by three upper-case characters followed by two digits;
no embedded spaces allowed of the user. Event handler must be included for the
form element that collects this information to validate the input. Messages in the alert
windows must be produced when errors are detected.
b) Modify the above program to get the current semester also (restricted to be a
number from 1 to 6).
7. Develop and demonstrate using JavaScript, a XHTML document that displays
random numbers (integers).
8. a) Develop and demonstrate, a XHTML document using JavaScript , that contains
three short paragraphs of text, stacked on top of each other, with only enough of
each showing so that the mouse cursor can be placed over some part of them. When
the cursor is placed over the exposed part of any paragraph, it should rise to the top
to become completely visible.
b) Modify the above document so that when a paragraph is moved from the top
stacking position, it returns to its original position rather than to the bottom.
9. Develop using JavaScript script, an XHTML document that use of onload and
onfocus events.
10. a) Create a Web Page using XML and CSS and use DTD for validating the following
data of Furniture Details (Type of Furniture, Place of Usage, Materials used, Height,
Width, Color, Price etc.)
b) Modify the above document by using XML Schema for validation.

11. Design an XML document to store information about a student under PES University.
The information must include USN, Name of the student, Course, Year of Joining,
and e-mail id. Make up sample data for 3 students. Create a CSS style sheet and
use it to display the document.
12. Final Lab Test
UC15MC451 SCIENTIFIC COMPUTING (3-2-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To provide the basic concepts of few numerical methods and give procedures for
solving numerically different kinds of problems occurring in engineering and
technology.
2. To realize limitations and performance of different schemes in order to interpret the
output generated form.
3. To understand and do calculations about truncation errors and round off errors that
can occur in numerical methods.
Course outcomes
1. Demonstrate the applications of these techniques to problems drawn from industry,
management and other engineering fields.
2. Employ a number of techniques to solve nonlinear equations and linear equations.
3. Decide under what circumstances a given numerical method is reliable.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Errors in numerical calculations and solution of algebraic and transcendental equations:
Errors in numerical calculations - introduction, mathematical preliminaries, errors and their
computations, a general error formula, errors in a series approximation and problems.
Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations- introduction, bisection method, method of
false position, iteration method, newton-raphson method, secant method and problems.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Interpolation: Introduction, errors in polynomial interpolation, finite differences forward
differences, backward differences and central differences, detection of errors by use of
difference tables, newtons formulae for interpolation, central difference interpolation formulaegauss central difference formulae and problems.
UNIT III
12 Hours
Least squares and spline functions, numerical differentiation and integration: Introduction,
least squares curve fitting procedures, weighted least squares approximation linear weighted
least squares approximation and problems.
Introduction - cubic splines and problems.
Introduction, numerical differentiation, maximum and minimum values of a tabulated function,
numerical integration- trapezoidal rule, simpson's 1/3-rule, simpson's 3/8-rule and problems
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Numerical linear algebra: Introduction, triangular matrices, lu decomposition of a matrix, vector
and matrix norms, solution of linear systems-direct methods-gauss elimination method,
necessary for pivoting, gauss jordan method, lu decomposition method, computation procedure
for lu decomposition method, ill-conditioned linear systems, method for ill-conditioned systems,
solution of linear systems-iterative methods and problems.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Numerical solution of ordinary differential equations: Introduction, solution by taylors series,
picard's method of successive approximations, eulers method, runge - kutta methods and
simple problems
Text Book:
1. S. S. Sastry, (2012), Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis, 5th edition, PrenticePESU Student Handbook 2015-16 540
Hall India
[Unit I - Chapter 1 (1.1 1.5), Chapter 2(2.1-2.5, 2.7); Unit II - Chapter 3(3.1-3.3 (3.3.13.3.3), 3.4, 3.6, 3.7 (3.7.1)); Unit III - Chapter 4 (4.1, 4.2, 4.3 (4.3.1)) , Chapter 5 (5.1,
5.2), Chapter 6 (6.1,6.2, 6.3, 6.4 (6.4.1, 6.4.2, 6.4.3)); Unit IV - Chapter 7 (7.1-7.4, 7.5
(7.5.1, 7.5.2, 7.5.3, 7.5.6, 7.5.7, 7.5.10, 7.5.11), 7.6); Unit V - Chapter 8 (8.1-8.5)]
Reference Books
1. Jain, Iyengar and Jain, Numerical Methods for Scientific and Engineering Computations,
New Age Int.
2. Grewal B. S., Numerical methods in Engineering and Science, Khanna Publishers,
Delhi.
UC15MC452 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING (4-0-0-0-4)
Course Objectives
1. To explore the basic syntax and semantics of object oriented programming language
2. To understand and solve the real world problems using object oriented approach.
Course Outcomes
1. Use the knowledge of object-oriented concepts in solving real-world problems.
2. Develop problem solving skills using object-oriented approach
UNIT I
10 Hours
Overview of object oriented programming: The origins of c++, what is object oriented
programming, some c++ fundamentals, old-style vs. modern c++, introducing c++ classes,
function overloading, operator overloading, inheritance, constructors and destructors, the
c++ keywords, general form of a c++ program
UNIT II
10 Hours
Classes and objects: Classes, structures and classes are related, unions and classes are
related, friend functions, friend classes, inline functions, parameterized constructors, static
class members, when constructors and destructors are executed, the scope resolution
operator, nested classes, local classes, passing objects to functions, returning objects,
object assignment
UNIT III
11 Hours
Overloading: Function overloading function overloading, overloading constructors, copy
constructors, finding the address of an overloaded function, the overload anachronism,
default function arguments, function overloading and ambiguity
Operator overloading Creating a member operator function, operator overloading using a
friend function, overloading new and delete, overloading some special operators,
overloading the comma operator
UNIT IV
11 Hours
Inheritance and virtual functions: Base-Class access control, inheritance and protected
members, inheriting multiple base classes, constructors, destructors and inheritance,
granting access, virtual base classes
Virtual functions: Calling a virtual function through a base class reference, the virtual
attribute is inherited, virtual functions are hierarchical, pure virtual functions - abstract
classes, using virtual functions, early v/s late binding
UNIT V
10 Hours
Templates and exception handling: Generic functions, applying generic functions, generic
classes. exception handling fundamentals, handling derived-class exceptions, exception
handling options, understanding terminate() and unexpected(), the uncaught_exception()

function, the exception and bad_exception classes, applying exception handling
Text Book
1. Herbet Schidlt, (2003), The Complete Reference C++, 4th edition, Tata McGraw-Hill
[Unit I - Chapter 11; Unit II - Chapter 12; Unit III - Chapter 14, Chapter 15; Unit IV Chapter 16, Chapter 17; Unit V - Chapter 18, Chapter 19]
Reference Book
1. K R Venugopal,(2012), Mastering C++, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company
UC15MC453 DATA STRUCTURES (3-2-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
2. To design a new data structure as per storage requirements.
Course Outcomes
2. Design and implement a new Data Structures.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction to data structures: Information and meaning data types in c, abstract data
types, sequences as value definition, an adt for varying length character strings, arrays in c,
the array as an ADT, using 1-dimensional arrays, implementing 1-dimensional arrays,
arrays as parameters, 2-dimensional arrays, multi-dimensional arrays.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Stacks : Definition and examples - Primitive operations, representing stacks in cimplementing the push and pop operations, an example - infix, prefix, postfix expressions,
evaluating a postfix expression, converting an expression from infix to postfix. Recursionrecursive definition and processes - multiplication of natural numbers, the fibonacci
sequence, tower of hanoi
UNIT III
10 Hours
Queues: The queue and its sequential representation the queue as an abstract data type,
c implementation of queues, the priority queue, array implementation of a priority queue,
circular queue using dynamically allocated arrays
UNIT IV
11 Hours
Lists: Linked list- Inserting and removing from a list, linked implementation of stacks, the
getnode and freenode operations, linked implementation of queues, the linked list as data
structure, examples of list operations, array implementation of lists, linked list using dynamic
variables, other list structures, doubly linked list, primitive operations on circular list, the
stack as a circular list, the queue as a circular list.
UNIT V
11 Hours
Graphs and trees: Graph- The graph abstract data type. Trees - Introduction, binary trees,
binary tree traversals, inorder taversal, preorder traversal, postorder traversal, iterative
inorder traversal, level-order travesal, threaded binary trees, binary search trees.
Text Books
1. Aaron M. Tanenbaum, Yedidyah Langsam, Moshe J. Augenstein, (2007), Data
Structures Using C, 2nd edition, Pearson Education
2. Horowitz, Sahani, Anderson-Freed, (2011), Fundamentals of Data Structures in C,

2nd edition, Universities Press
[Book 1: Unit I - Chapter 1 (11-12, 23-30, 35-50); Unit II - Chapter 2 (74-107) ,
Chapter 3 (110-114, 135-139); Unit III - Chapter 4 (168-178); Unit IV - Chapter 4
(180- 194, 197-200, 205-206, 223-226, 232-238); Book-2Unit III - Chapter 3 (114119); Unit V - Chapter 6 (265-272), Chapter 5 (191-209, 212-220, 231-237)]
Reference Book
1. A.K. Sharma,( 2011), Data Structure Using C, Pearson Education India,
UC15MC454 OPERATING SYSTEMS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To provide the fundamental knowledge of the operating system architecture and its
components.
2. To understand the details of operating system functionalities and importance of
resource management.
Course outcomes
1. Implement an operating system service by using system calls.
2. Manage various resources of a system effectively.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction to operating systems and its structure: What operating system does? computer system organization - computer system architecture - operating system structure operating system operations - process management, memory management, storage
management, protection & security, distributed systems, special-purpose systems,
computing environments, operating-system services, user-operating system interfaces,
system calls, types of system calls, system programs, operating system structure, virtual
machines.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Process management and process scheduling: Process concept, process scheduling,
operation on processes, interprocess communication, threads, multithreading models, basic
concepts, scheduling criteria, scheduling alogorithms, multiple processor scheduling,
algorithm evaluation.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Process coordination and deadlocks: Background, the critical-section problem, peterson's
solution, synchronization hardware, semaphores, classic problems of synchronization,
monitors system model, deadlock characterization, methods for handling deadlocks,
deadlock prevention, deadlock avoidance, deadlock detection, recovery from deadlock
UNIT IV
12 Hours
Memory management and file systems: Swapping, contiguous memory allocation, paging,
structure of the page table, segmentation, background, demand paging, page replacement,
allocation of frames, thrashing
File concept, access methods, directory and disk structure, file systems mounting, filesystem structure, file-system implementation, directory implementation, allocation methods,
free space management
UNIT V
10 Hours
Secondary storage structure and protection and security: Overview of mass storage
structure, disk structure, disk scheduling. goals of protection, principles of protection, domain
of protection, access matrix, implementation of access matrix, case study of Linux operating
system, design principles-kernel modules, process management, scheduling memory
management file system(only introduction).
Text Book
1. A. Silberschatz, P. Galvin, G. Gagne, (2009), Operating System Principles, 8th
edition, Wiley-India
[Unit I - Chapter 1 (1.1-1.12), Chapter 2 (2.1,-2.5, 2.7, 2.8); Unit II - Chapter 3 (3.13.4), Chapter 5 (5.1-5.5, 5.7); Unit III - Chapter 6 (6.1-6.7), Chapter 7 (7.1- 7.7); Unit
IV - Chapter 8 (8.2-8.6), Chapter 9 (9.1-9.6), Chapter 10 (10.1-10.4), Chapter 11
(11.1-11.5); Unit V - Chapter 12 (12.1-12.4), Chapter 14 (14.1-14.5), Chapter 21
(21.1-21.7)]
Reference Books
1. D.M. Dhamdhere, (2012), Operating Systems-A Concept based Approach, 3rd
edition, Tata McGraw-Hill
2. William Stallings, (2012), Operating Systems-Internals and Design Principles, 6th
edition, Pearson
UC15MC455 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To understand the complete Software Development Life Cycle and the different
methodologies in the same.
2. To understand the development process standards followed in for software projects
according to the IT industries.
Course outcomes
1. Develop the software projects or prototypes by understanding the Requirements.
2. Plan for the project deadlines along with the resources available and type of tasks to
be done.
UNIT I
11 Hours
Software engineering and software process: Software and software engineering- the
nature of software, software engineering, the software process, software engineering
practice, software myths, how it all starts. Process models- a generic process model,
process assessment and improvement, prescriptive process models, specialized process
models, the unified process, personal and team process models, process technology,
product and process
UNIT II
10 Hours
Requirements engineering and design: Requirements analysis - requirements
engineering, establishing the groundwork, eliciting requirements, developing use cases,
building the requirements model, negotiating requirements, validating requirements.design
concepts - design within the context of software engineering, the design process, design
concepts, the design model.
UNIT III
11 Hours
Coding theory and quality management: Coding theory- programming principles and
guidelines, coding process, refactoring, verification. Quality concepts - what is quality?
Software quality, the software quality dilemma, achieving software quality.
software quality assurance - background issues, elements of software quality assurance,

formal approaches to sqa, statistical software quality assurance, software reliability, the iso
9000 quality standards, the SQA plan.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Software testing and agile-development : Software testing strategies - a strategic
approach to software testing, strategic issues, validation testing, system testing, art of
debugging. agile-development - what is agility? agility and the cost of change, what is an
agile process? extreme programming (XP), other agile process models, a tool set for the
agile process
UNIT V
10 Hours
Software project management: Planning a software project- process planning, effort
estimation, project scheduling and staffing, software configuration management plan, quality
plan, risk management, project monitoring plan
Text Books
1. Roger S Pressman,( 2010), Software Engineering A Practitioners Approach, 7th
edition,Tata Mc Graw Hill
2. Pankaj Jalote, (2011), An Integrated Approach to Software Engineering, Narosa, 3rd
edition, Publishing House
[Book 1: Unit I - Chapter 1 (1.1, 1.3-1.7), Chapter 2 (2.1- 2.8); Unit II - Chapter 5 (5.15.7), Chapter 8 (8.1-8.4); Unit III - Chapter 14 (14.1-14.4), Chapter 16 (16.1, 16.2, 16.416.8); Unit IV- Chapter 17 (17.1-17.3, 17.6-17.8) Chapter 3 (3.1- 3.6); Book 2: Unit III Chapter 9 (9.1- 9.4); Unit V - Chapter 5 (5.1- 5.7)]
Reference Book
1. Ian Somerville, (2011), Software Engineering, 9th edition, Pearson Publications
UC15MC456 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)
Course objectives
1. To understand the difference between procedural programming and object oriented
programming
2. To understand object oriented features like data abstraction, encapsulation,
inheritance and polymorphism to solve various computing problems using C++
Course outcomes
1. Apply object oriented approach to programming and identify potential benefits of
object-oriented programming over other approaches.
2. Apply the concepts of data encapsulation, inheritance and polymorphism to real
world large scale applications
Exercises (Exercise 1- 3, 5- 6 and 8- 11are of 2 Hours each; Exercise 4 & 7 are of 4
Hours each)
Getting started with Technology. Write a program to implement
Classes and Objects and Constructors.
Function overloading.
Overloading different operators incr & decr operators with post & pre forms; new,
delete, [], () and arithmetic operators.
5. Friend functions and friend classes.
6. Different types of inheritances like Multiple, Multilevel and Hybrid.
7. Virtual Functions and Abstract Classes
1.
2.
3.
4.
8. I/O streams and functions.

9. 9. Overloading << and >> operators as a member and as a nonmember operator
functions.
10. Function Templates and overload the function Templates.
11. Final Lab Test
UC15MC457 DATA STRUCTURES LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course objectives
2. To design and implement a new data structure as per storage requirements.
Course outcomes
2. Design and implement a new Data Structures as per need.
Exercises (Exercise 1- 8 and 11 are of 2 Hours each; Exercise 9 & 10 are of 4 Hours
each)
1. Getting started with Introduction (Basic Concepts of Programming)
2. Write a program to compute address of matrix using Row-Major and Column-Major
Addressing.
3. Write a program to find the Saddle point of a matrix.
[Note: Saddle point M (i, j) of a matrix M, is the smallest element in row 'i' and largest
element in column 'j']
4. Write a program implement to functions of stack using dynamic memory allocation
5. Write a program to implement the conversion of an expression from prefix to postfix
6. Write a program to implement recursion (a) Tower of Hanoi (b) Factorial of N
numbers (c) Fibonacci Series
7. Write a program to implement the functions of circular queue
8. Write a program to implement priority queue
9. Write a program to realize Stacks and Queues using Linked List
10. Write a program implement insertion before particular element and delete an element
at specified position in doubly linked list.
11. Final Lab Test
UC14MC501 COMPUTER NETWORKS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To build an understanding on the fundamental concepts of computer networking
2. To understand the design and implementation of layered architecture
3. To familiarize the basic protocols used in computer networks
Course Outcomes
1. Analyze various networking protocols
2. Classify inter domain and intra domain routing
3. Differentiate client- server paradigm and peer-to-peer paradigm
UNIT I
10 Hours
Computer networks and the internet: overview of the internet, network edge, network
core, delay loss and throughtput in packet switched network, protocol layering. Internet
history, standards and administration
UNIT II
10 Hours
Application Layer: Introduction, client-server paradigm, standard client-server applications,
peer-to-peer paradigm- P2P networks, peer-to-peer applications, socket interface
programming
UNIT III
10 Hours
Transport layer: Introduction and transport layer services, multiplexing and demultiplexing,
connectionless transport-UDP, principles of reliable data transfer, connection oriented
transport-TCP
UNIT IV
12 Hours
Network layer: Introduction, what is inside a router, network layer protocols-detailed study,
next generation IP, routing algorithms, routing in the internet, broadcast and multicast routing
UNIT V
10 Hours
The link Layer and local area networks: Link layer-Introduction and services, errors
detection and correction techniques, multiple access protocols, link layer addressing and
ARP, ethernet, link layer switches
Text Books
1. James F. Kurose, Keith W. Rose, (2012), Computer Networking-a Top down
Approach, 5th edition,Pearson
2. Behrouz A Forouzan, (2013), Computer Networks a Top down Approach,
McGrawHill, Special edition Indian
[Book 1: Unit I - Chapter 1 (1.2, 1.3, 1.4); Unit II - Chapter 2 (2.6); Unit III - Chapter 3
(3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5); Unit IV - Chapter 4 (4.3, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7); Unit V - Chapter 5 (5.1,
5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6); Book2: Unit I - Chapter 1 (1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4); Unit II - Chapter 2
(2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4- 2.4.1, 2.5); Unit V- Chapter 4 (4.1, 4.2, 4.5)]
Reference Books
1. Andrew S. Tannenbaum, (2013), Computer Networks, 5th edition, Pearson Education
2. Prakash C. Gupta, (2014), Data Communication and Computer Networks, 2nd edition,
PHI
UC14MC502 DATA STRUCTURES (3-2-0-0-4)

Course objectives
2. To design a new data structures rather than its practitioners.
Course outcomes
1. Adopt methodologies to develop new data structures.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction to data structures: Information and meaning Data types in c, abstract data
types, sequences as value definition, an ADT for varying length character strings, arrays in
c, the array as an ADT, using 1- dimensional arrays, implementing1-dimensional arrays,
arrays as parameters, 2-dimensional arrays, multi-dimensional arrays.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Stacks : Definition and examples - primitive operations, representing stacks in cimplementing the push and pop operations, an example - infix, prefix, postfix expressions,
evaluating a postfix expression, converting an expression from infix to postfix. Recursion recursive definition and processes - multiplication of natural numbers, the fibonacci
sequence, tower of hanoi
UNIT III
10 Hours
Queues: The queue and its sequential representation the queue as an abstract data type,
c implementation of queues, the priority queue, array implementation of a priority queue,
circular queue using dynamically allocated arrays
UNIT IV
12 Hours
Lists : Linked list- Inserting and removing from a list, linked implementation of stacks, the
getnode and freenode operations, linked implementation of queues, the linked list as data
structure, examples of list operations, array implementation of lists, linked list using dynamic
variables, other list structures, doubly linked list, primitive operations on circular list, the
stack as a circular list, the queue as a circular list.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Graphs and trees: Graph The graph abstract data type. Trees Introduction, binary
trees, binary tree traversals, inorder traversal, preorder traversal, postorder traversal,
iterative inorder traversal, level-order traversal, threaded binary trees, binary search trees.
Text Books
1. Aaron M. Tanenbaum, Yedidyah Langsam, Moshe J. Augenstein, (2007), Data
Structures Using C, 2nd edition, Pearson Education
2. Horowitz, Sahani, Anderson-Freed, (2011), Fundamentals of Data Structures in C,
2nd edition Universities Press
[Book 1: Unit I - Chapter 1 (11-12, 23-30, 35-50); Unit II - Chapter 2 (74-107),
Chapter 3 (110-114, 135-139); Unit III - Chapter 4 (168-178); Unit IV - Chapter 4
(180- 194, 197-200, 205-206, 223-226, 232-238);
Book 2: Unit III - Chapter 3 (114-119); Unit V - Chapter 6 (265-272), Chapter 5 (191209, 212-220, 231-237)]
Reference Books
1. E Balaguruswamy, (2013),Data Structures Using C, 2nd Reprint, McGraw Hill Education,
India,
2. A.K. Sharma, (2011), Data Structure Using C, Pearson Education,India
UC14MC503 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To provide comprehensive introduction to Database Management Systems from
several perspectives.
2. To introduce the methods for designing a database, query languages used in modern
databases as well as the theoretical query languages these languages are based on.
Course outcomes
1. Correlate relational database theory with relational database management system.
2. Apply data modeling concepts and their applications in design and construct a typical
enterprise database.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction: Databases and database users - introduction, an example of dbms,
characteristics of the database approach, actors on the scene, workers behind the scene,
advantages of using the dbms approach, when not to use a dbms.
Database system concepts and architecture - data models, schemas, and instances, threeschema architecture and data independence, database languages and interfaces, the
database system environment, centralized and client-server architectures
UNIT II
11 Hours
The relational data model and algebra: The relational data model and database
constraints-relational model concepts, relational model constraints and relational database
schemas, update operations, transactions, and dealing with constraint violations. Relational
algebra - unary relational operations: select and project, relational algebra operations from
set theory, binary relational operations: join and division, additional relational operations,
examples of queries in relational algebra
UNIT III
10 Hours
Structured query language (SQL) : Basic SQL - SQL data definition and data types,
specifying constraints in SQL, schema change statements in SQL, insert, delete and update
statements in SQL, basic queries in SQL. More SQL: Complex queries and views - more
complex SQL queries, views (virtual tables) in SQL
UNIT IV
11 Hours
Data modeling: Entity-relationship (ER) model
using high-level conceptual data models
for database design, an example database application, entity types, entity sets, attributes,
and keys, relationship types, relationship sets, roles, and structural constraints, weak entity
types, refining the er design for the company database, ER diagrams, naming conventions,
and design issues. the enhanced entity-relationship (EER) model - subclasses,
superclasses, and inheritance, specialization and generalization, constraints and
characteristics of specialization and generalization hierarchies, modeling of union types
using categories, an example university EER schema
UNIT V
10 Hours
Database design: Relational database design by ER and EER-to-Relational Mapping Database design using ER- to-Relational Mapping, mapping EER model constructs to
relations. Normalization - Informal design guidelines for relation schemas; functional
dependencies; normal forms based on primary keys; general definitions of second and third
normal forms; Boyce-Codd normal form
Text Books
1. Ramez Elmasri and Shamkant B. Navathe, (2007), Fundamentals of Database

Management Systems, 5th edition, Pearson Publications
[Unit I - Chapter 1 (1.1-1.8), Chapter 2 (2.1-2.5); Unit II - Chapter 5 (5.1-5.3), Chapter 6
(6.1-6.5); Unit III - Chapter 8 (8.1-8.6, 8.8); Unit IV - Chapter 3 (3.1-3.7), Chapter 4 (4.14.5 (4.5.1)); Unit V -Chapter 7 (7.1-7.2), Chapter 10 (10.1-10.5)]
Reference Books
1. Raghu Ramakrishnan and Johannes Gehrke, (2003), Database Management Systems,
3rd edition, McGraw-Hill
2. Silberschatz, Korth and Sudharshan, (2006), Data base System Concepts, 5th edition,
Mc-GrawHill
3. Ivan Bayross, (2009), SQL, PL/SQL The Programming Language of Oracle, 4th edition,
BPB Publications
UC14MC504 DATA STRUCTURES LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course objectives
2. To design and implement a new data structure as per storage requirements.
Course outcomes
2. Design and implement a new Data Structures as per need.
Exercises (Exercise 1- 8 and 11 are of 2 Hours each; Exercise 9 & 10 are of 4 Hours
each)
1. Getting started with introduction (Basic Concepts of Programming)
2. Write a program to compute address of matrix using Row-Major and Column-Major
Addressing.
3. Write a program to find the Saddle point of a matrix.
(*Note: Saddle point M (i, j) of a matrix M, is the smallest element in row 'i' and
largest element in column 'j'.)
4. Write a program implement to functions of stack using dynamic memory allocation.
5. Write a program to implement the conversion of an expression from prefix to postfix.
6. Write a program to implement recursion: (a) Tower of Hanoi; (b) Factorial of N
numbers; (c) Fibonacci Series
7. Write a program to implement the functions of circular queue.
8. Write a program to implement priority queue.
9. Write a program to realize stack and queues using linked list.
10. Write a program implement insertion before particular element and delete an element
at specified position in doubly linked list.
11. Final Lab Test.
UC14MC505 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS LABORATORY (0-0-2-0-1)

Course objectives
1. To learn the applications of basic database concepts and design principles of DBMS.
2. To learn basics concept of a relational database application by designing, populating
a relational database.
Course outcomes
1. Design and implement a relational database based on concept of a relational
database
2. Apply database concepts and principles in designing in real-time applications.
Exercises (Exercise 1- 3 are of 2 Hours each; Exercise 4-6 are of 4 Hours each;
Exercise 7-8 are of 3 Hours each)
1. DBMS Practice Exercise-1 to learn creation of user, DDL commands and DML
commands.
2. DBMS Practice Exercise-2 to learn DDL commands with integrity constraints like
primary key, foreign key etc.
3. DBMS Practice Exercise-3 to learn single block and nested queries.
Exercises based on the commands learnt during 3 practice exercises
Instructions for the Exercises:
Draw ER-diagram and conceptual Schema.
Create the relations using primary key, foreign key and on delete cascade
appropriately using any RDBMS Environment.
Display the structure of the relations.
Enter minimum 5 rows in each relation.
Display the contents of the relations.
Perform the queries and the results of the queries may be displayed directly
Exercises
4. Notown Records has decided to store information about musicians who perform on
its albums. Each musician that records at Notown has an SSN, a name, an address,
and a phone number. No musician has more than one phone. Each instrument used
in songs recorded at Notown has a unique identification number, a name (e.g., guitar,
synthesizer, flute) and a musical key (e.g., C, B-flat, E-flat). Each album recorded on
the Notown label has a unique identification number, a title, a copyright date and a
format (e.g., CD or MC). Each song recorded at Notown has a title and an author.
Each musician may play several instruments, and a given instrument may be played
by several musicians. Each album has a number of songs on it, but no song may
appear on more than one album. Each song is performed by one or more musicians,
and a musician may perform a number of songs. Each album has exactly one
musician who acts as its producer. A musician may produce several albums.
Queries to be performed
List musician name, title of the song which he has played, the album in which
song has occulted.
List the details of songs which are performed by more than 3 musicians.
List the different instruments played by the musicians and the average number of
musicians who play the instrument.
Retrieve album title produced by the producer who plays guitar as well as flute
and has produced no of songs greater than the average songs produced by all
producers.
List the details of musicians who can play all the instruments present.
5. Professors have a PROFID, a name, an age, a rank, and a research specialty.

Projects have a project number, a sponsor name (e.g. UGC/AICTE/...), a starting
date, an ending date, and a budget. Graduate students have an USN, a name, an
age, and a degree program (e.g. MCA/MPhil/BE/ME ..). Each project is managed
exactly by one professor (known as the project's principal investigator). Each
project is worked on by one or more professors (known as the project's coinvestigators). Professors can manage/work on multiple projects. Each project is
worked on by one or more graduate students (known as the project's research
assistants). Graduate students can work on multiple projects. Each professor can
supervise many students. A student who is working on a project can be
supervised by only one professor.
Retrieve the names of all professors who do not have an ongoing project of more
than 1 lakh.
Retrieve the names of all graduate students along with their professors under
whom they work and project sponsor.
List the professors and sum of the budget of their projects started after 2005 but
ended in 2010.
List the names of professors who has a total worth of project greater than the
average budget of projects sanctioned.
List the professors who work on all the projects.
6. A bank has many branches and a large number of customers. Bank is identified by
its code. Other details like name, address and phone for each bank are also stored.
Each branch is identified by its bank. Branch has name, address and phone. A
customer can open different kinds of accounts with the branches. An account can
belong to more than one customer. Customers are identified by their SSN, name,
address and phone number. Age is used as a factor to check whether customer is a
major. There are different types of loans, each identified by a loan number. A
customer can take more than one type of loan and a loan can be given to more than
one customer. Loans have a duration and interest rate. Make suitable assumptions
and use them in showing maximum and minimum cardinality ratios.
List the details of customers who have joint account and also have at least one
loan.
List the details of the branch which has given maximum loan.
List the details of saving accounts opened in the SBI branches located at
Bangalore.
List the name of branch along with its bank name and total amount of loan given
by it.
Retrieve the names of customers who have accounts in all the branches located
in a specific city.
7. Patients are identified by an SSN, and their names, addresses, and ages must be
recorded. Doctors are identified by an SSN and the name, specialty, and years of
experience must be recorded. Each pharmaceutical company is identified by name
and has an address, one phone number. The trade name and formula must be
recorded for each drug. Each drug is sold by a given pharmaceutical company, and
the trade name identifies a drug uniquely from among the products of that company.
Each pharmacy has a name, address and phone number. Each patient is checked up
by some doctor. Every doctor has at least one patient. Each pharmacy sells several
drugs and has a price for each. A drug could be sold at several pharmacies, and the
price could vary from one pharmacy to another. Doctors prescribe drugs for patients.
A doctor could prescribe one or more drugs for several patients, and a patient could
obtain prescriptions from several doctors. Each prescription has a date and a
quantity associated with it. Pharmaceutical companies have long-term contracts with
pharmacies. A pharmaceutical company can have contract with several pharmacies,
and a pharmacy can contract with several pharmaceutical companies. For each
contract, a start date, an end date, supervisor and the text of contract will be stored.
List the details of patients who are 20 years old and have been checked by eyespecialist
List the details of doctors who have given the prescription to more than 20
patients in year 2013.
List the details of pharmaceutical companies who supply drug to more than 10
pharmacies in the same city where company is located.
List the details of drug supplied by only one pharmaceutical company.
List the details of drug supplied by all pharmaceutical companies.
8. Data requirements of movie industry are captured. Each movie is identified by title
and year of release. Each movie has length in minutes and classified under one
genres (like action, horror etc.). Each movie has a plot outline. Production companies
are identified by name and each has an address. A production company produces
one or more movies. Actors are identified by id. Name and date of birth of actors are
also stored. Each actor acts in one or more movies and has a role in movie. Directors
are identified by id. Other details like name and date of birth of directors are also
stored. Each director directs one or more movies. Each movie has one or more
actors and one or more directors and is produced by a production company.
List the details of horror movies released in 2012 and directed by more than 2
directors.
List the details of actors who acted in movies having same titles but released
before 2000 and after 2010.
List the details of production companies producing maximum movies.
List the details of movies where director and actor have same date of birth.
Retrieve the names of directors directed all the movies produced by any one
production company.
9. Final Lab Test.

UC14MC511 SCRIPTING LANGUAGES & WEB FRAMEWORK USING PHP (4-00-0-4)
Course objectives
language differs.
2. To explore the basic syntax and semantics of scripting languages enabling the
students to design web pages.
Course outcomes
1. Develop real world web application with effective user interface using the framework
UNIT I
10 Hours
HTML 5 Forms and video : Forms sending to e-mail, text boxes, text area, check
boxes, menu lists, radio button, submit and reset button, video and audio introduction,
linking to audio and video files, adding video and audio files, using youtube to display videos
UNIT II
10 Hours
CSS 3: Working with elements display and visibility, grouping and nesting, dimensions of
elements, positioning, floating, pseudo-classes/pseudo-elements, working with transforms
2d transforms, 3d transforms, transitions and animations in css
UNIT III
10 Hours
PHP: PHP basic syntax, PHP data types, PHP variables, PHP constants, PHP expressions,
PHP operators, PHP control structures, PHP loops, PHP enumerated arrays, PHP
associative arrays, array iteration, PHP multi-dimensional arrays, array functions
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Advanced PHP: PHP functions, syntax, arguments, variables, references, pass by value &
pass by references, return values, variable scope, PHP include(), PHP require(), PHP form
handling, PHP GET, PHP POST, PHP form validation, PHP form sanitization
UNIT V
12 Hours
CakePHP: Introduction to cakePHP, Introduction to MVC, Installing CakePHP, creating
controller, view, models, URL routing, scaffolding, redirecting control, configuring with
database, creating html forms, using javascript with CakePHP, creating validation with
CakePHP, integrating HTML template in CakePHP, CRUD implementation in CakePHP,
working with session, developing plugin with CakePHP
Reference Books
1. Andy Harris, (2013), HTML5 & CSS3 All-In-One for Dummies, 3rd edition, Unit I, II
2. Jason Lengstorf, (2009), PHP for Absolute Beginners, APRESS, Unit III, IV
3. David Golding, (2008), Beginning CakePHP From Novice to Professional, 1st edition,
Unit V
UC14MC512 SCRIPTING LANGUAGES & WEB FRAMEWORK USING PYTHON (4-0-0-04)
Course objectives
language differs.
Course outcome
UNITI
10 Hours
HTML 5 forms and video : Forms sending to e-mail, text boxes, text area, check
UNIT II
10 Hours
CSS3: Working with elements display and visibility, grouping and nesting, dimensions of
2d transforms, 3d transforms, transitions and animations in CSS
UNIT III
Python: Rewind python, object oriented programming, regular expressions
10 Hours
UNIT IV
Advanced Python: Python CGI programming,
multithreading, XML processing, JSON processing
10 Hours
networking,
database
access,
UNIT V
12 Hours
Django: Exercise: Complete app development using applicable views, models, templates
and URLs. Database will be used to store public transport data. User login will be
implemented. Creation, update and deletion of bus stops and routes will be implemented.
Reference Books
2. Jason Lengstorf, Python 3 Web Development, APRESS - Unit III, IV
3. Daniel Greenfeld , Audrey Roy, (2014), Two Scoops of Django Best Practices, 1st
edition ,Two Scoops Press, - Unit V
UC14MC513 SCRIPTING LANGUAGES & WEB FRAMEWORK USING PERL (4-0-0-0-4)
Course Objectives
language differs.
Course outcomes
1. develop real world web application with effective user interface using the framework
UNIT I
10 Hours
HTML 5 Forms and video : Forms sending to e-mail, text boxes, text area, check
UNIT II
10 Hours
CSS3: Working with elements display and visibility, grouping and nesting, dimensions of
2d transforms, 3d transforms, transitions and animations in CSS
UNIT III
10 Hours
Perl Introduction: Working with simple values, lists and hashes, loops and decisions,
regular expressions, files and data
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Advanced Perl: References, subroutines, modules, object-oriented perl, perl and database,
introduction to CGI
UNIT V
12 Hours
Catalyst: Introduction, catalyst basics, basic CRUD, authentication, authorization,
debugging, testing, advanced CRUD
Reference Books
2. Simon Cozens, (2005), Beginning Perl, Wrox Press, 1st edition, - Unit III, IV
3. Kieren Diment, Matt S. Trout, Eden Cardim, Jay Kuri, (2009), The Definitive Guide to
Catalyst: Writing Extensible, Scalable and Maintainable Perl-Based Web Applications
(Expert's Voice in Web Development), Springer Unit V
UC14MC521COMPUTER GRAPHICS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To understand importance of visual representation
2. To emphasize basic theoretical tools to engage the various forms of visual culture
that are increasingly prevalent in society
Course outcomes
1. Design 2D and 3D techniques for graphics
2. Apply graphics API (OpenGL) effectively
UNIT I
10 Hours
Survey and overview of computer graphics system:
Introduction
to
computer
graphics, graphs and charts, computer-aided design, virtual-reality environments, data
visualizations, education and training, computer art, entertainment, image processing,
graphical user interfaces, video display devices, refresh cathode-ray tubes, raster-scan
displays, random-scan displays, three-dimensional viewing devices, input devices, graphics
on the internet graphics software.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Graphics output primitives and attributes: Introduction to OpenGL, coordinate reference
frames, specifying two dimensional world coordinate reference frame in open gl, open gl
point and line functions, line drawing algorithms, circle generation algorithms, ellipse
generation algorithms, fill area primitives, polygon fill areas, OpenGL polygon fill area
functions, fill methods for areas with irregular boundaries. OpenGL fill area attribute
functions
UNIT III
10 Hours
Geometric transformations : Two dimensional geometric transformations, matrix
representations, homogeneous coordinates, inverse transformations, two dimensional
composite transformations, other two dimensional transformations. Three dimensional

translation, scaling, rotation, other three dimensional transformations, affine transformations,
OpenGL geometric transformation functions
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Two dimensional viewing: The two dimensional viewing pipeline, clipping window,
normalization, view port transformations, clipping algorithms, two dimensional point clipping,
two dimensional line clipping algorithms, polygon fill area clipping, curve clipping, text
clipping
UNIT V
12 Hours
Three dimensional viewing : The three dimensional viewing concepts, three dimensional
viewing pipeline, three dimensional viewing coordinate parameters, transformation from
world to viewing coordinates, projection transformations, orthogonal projections, perspective
projections, viewport transformation, three dimensional screen coordinates, bezier spline
curves, raster methods for computer animation, design of animation sequences, traditional
animation techniques, key frame systems, motion specifications
Text Book
1. Donald Hearn, M. Pauline Baker, (2013), Computer Graphics with Open GL, 3rd
edition, Pearson, India
[Unit I Chapter 1(1.1 - 1.9), Chapter 2 (2.1, 2.4,2.7,2.8); Unit II Chapter 3 (2.9, 3.1
- 3.5, 3.9, 3.10, 3.14 - 3.16), Chapter 4 (4.13, 4.14); Unit III - Chapter 5 (5.1-5.5, 5.105.12, 5.16,5.17); Unit IV - Chapter 6 (6.1 - 6.3, 6.5 - 6.10); Unit V - Chapter 7 (7.1 7.6, 7.8 - 7.9), Chapter 8 (8.10), Chapter 13 (13.1 - 13.3, 13.6, 13.7)]
Reference Books
1. Edward Angel, (2002), Interactive Computer Graphics A top down approach using
OpenGL, 5th edition, Pearson India
2. Peter Shirley, Steve Marschner, (2009), Computer Graphics, Cengage Learning, Indian
edition
UC14MC522 COMPUTER ORIENTED STATISTICAL METHODS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course Objectives
1. To learn concepts and tools to work with data and have experience in analyzing real
data.
2. To learn the fundamentals of probability theory, statistical reasoning and inferential
methods, statistical computing.
3. To have skill in description, interpretation and exploratory analysis of data by
graphical and other means.
Course Outcomes
1. Demonstrate the ability to apply fundamental concepts in exploratory Data Analysis.
2. Demonstrate an understanding of the basic concepts of probability and random
variables.
3. Describe the concept of probabilistic sampling and sampling distributions.
UNIT I
12 Hours
Introduction & measures of central tendency: Introduction - origin and development of

statistics, statistics defined, importance and scope of statistics, limitations of statistics,
distrust of statistics, role of computers in solving statistics problems. descriptive measures frequency distribution, graphic representation of a frequency distribution, averages(or
measures of central tendency), arithmetic mean, median, mode, geometric mean, harmonic
mean, dispersion, measures of dispersion.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Introduction to theory of probability: Introduction, basic terminology, mathematical
probability, statistical probability, subjective probability, mathematical tools: preliminary
notions of sets, axiomatic approach to probability, conditional probability, multiplication
theorem of probability, independent events.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Random variables and distribution functions: Introduction, distribution function, discrete
random variable, continuous random variable, two-dimensional random variables, discrete
uniform distribution, Bernoulli distribution, binomial distribution.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Mathematical expectation: Introduction, mathematical expectation or expected value of a
random variable, expected value of function of a random variable, properties of expectation,
properties of variance, covariance, some inequalities involving expectation.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Correlation: Introduction, meaning of correlation, scatter diagram, karl pearson's coefficient
of correlation, calculation of the correlation coefficient for a bivariate frequency distribution,
probable error of correlation coefficient, rank correlation.
Text Book
1. S C Gupta, V K Kapoor, (2009), Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics, 11th
revised edition, Sultan Chand & Sons Publication,
[Unit I - Chapter 1 (1.1 - 1.6), Chapter 2 (2.1 2.9, 2.12, 2.13); Unit II - Chapter 3 (3.1
3.7, 3.8(3.8.1, 3.8.2), 3.10-3.12); Unit III - Chapter 5 (5.1 5.4, 5.5(5.5.1- 5.5.4)),
Chapter 8 (8.2, 8.3, 8.4 (8.4.1)); Unit IV - Chapter 6 (6.1 6.7); Unit V - Chapter 10
(10.1 - 10.7)]
Reference Books
1. J Susan Milton, Jesse C. Arnold, (2006), Introduction to Probability & Statistics, 4th
edition, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Kishore Trivedi, (1988), Probability and its Computer Applications, reprint edition, PHI
Learning
3. Schaums Outlines, (2004), Probability, Random Variables & Random Process, Tata
McGraw Hill
UC14MC523 INTERNET-NETWORKS ILLUSTRATED (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To understand the different technologies behind the Internet
2. To understand the fundamental principles that guide the design of Internet
3. To understand the methodologies that govern all aspects of our networked lives
Course outcomes
1. Understand to the working of Internet

2. Understand How Google, Facebook, Twitter works
3. Understand the Traffic Management and Congestion Control in Internet
UNIT I
10 Hours
Google ads and page ranking: How does google sell ad spaces?, when do we need
auctions?, auction as a game, single item auction, multiple-item auction, examples. How
does google rank webpages?, constructing h, constructing , constructing g, generalized
pagerank and some basic properties, pagerank as a solution to a linear equation.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Netflix and IPTV: How does netflix recommend movies?, the netflix prize, key ideas,
baseline predictor through least squares, quick detour and generalization: convex
optimization, neighborhood method: similarity measure and weighted prediction how can the
internet support video? Viewing models, IP video
UNIT III
10 Hours
Facebook and twitter: How do I influence people on facebook and twitter? Measuring node
importance, measuring link importance, contagion, infection: population based model,
infection: topology based model, examples.
UNIT IV
12 Hours
Internet, traffic management and congestion, reachability on internet: How does traffic
get through the internet?, packet switching, layered architecture, distributed hierarchy and
routing, centralized bellman ford computation, distributed RIP.why doesnt the internet
collapse under congestion?, principles of distributed congestion control, loss-based
congestion inference, delay-based congestion inference, can anyone be reached in 6
steps?, structural small worlds: short paths, algorithmic small worlds: social search,
examples and use cases.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Skype, bittorrent, wi-fi and hotspots: How can skype and bittorrent be free? Skype basics,
bittorrent basics, more on skype, more on bittorrent, examples. How is WIFI different from
cellular? Interference management in WIFI
Text Book
1. Mung Chiang, (2012), Networked Life 20 Question and Answers, Princeton
University
[Unit I - Chapter 2 (2.1 - 2.3 (2.3.1, 2.3.2)), Chapter 3 (3.1 - 3.4 (3.4.1-3.4.2)); Unit II
- Chapter 4 (4.1 - 4.2 (4.2.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.4)), Chapter 17 (17.1); Unit III - Chapter 8 (8.1
- 8.3); Unit IV- Chapter 9 (9.1 - 9.3), Chapter 12 (12.1 -12.2), Chapter 13 (13.1 13.3), Chapter 14( 14.1); Unit V - Chapter 15 (15.1 - 15.3), Chapter 18 (18.1)]
10.
UC14MC551 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To understand the complete software development life cycle and the different
methodologies in the same.
2. To understand the development process standards followed in software projects in
accordance with IT Norms/Standards.
Course outcomes
1. Develop the software projects or prototypes by understanding the Requirements.

2. Assure the project quality by applying coding standards and quality principles.
UNIT I
11 Hours
Software engineering and software process:
Software and software engineering - the
nature of software, software engineering, the software process, software engineering
practice, software myths, how it all starts. process models - a generic process model,
process assessment and improvement, prescriptive process models, specialized process
models, the unified process, personal and team process models, process technology,
product and process
UNIT II
10 Hours
Requirements engineering and design: Requirements
analysisrequirements
engineering, establishing the groundwork, eliciting requirements, developing use cases,
building the requirements model, negotiating requirements, validating requirements. Design
concepts - design within the context of software engineering, the design process, design
concepts, the design model.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Coding theory: Programming principles and guidelines, coding process, refactoring,
verification.
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Quality Management : Quality concepts - what is quality? software quality, the software
quality dilemma, achieving software quality. software quality assurance - background
issues, elements of software quality assurance, formal approaches to SQA, statistical
software quality assurance, software reliability, the ISO 9000 quality standards, the SQA
plan.
UNIT V
11 Hours
Software testing and agile-development : Software testing strategies- a strategic
approach to software testing, strategic issues, validation testing, system testing, art of
debugging. Agile-development - what is agility? agility and the cost of change, what is an
agile process? Extreme programming (XP), other agile process models, a tool set for the
agile process
Text books
1. Roger S Pressman, (2010), Software Engineering A Practitioners Approach, 7th
edition ,Tata Mc Graw Hill
2. Pankaj Jalote, (2011), An Integrated Approach to Software Engineering, 3rd edition,
Narosa Publishing House
[Book 1: Unit I - Chapter 1 (1.1, 1.3 - 1.7), Chapter 2 (2.1- 2.8); Unit II - Chapter 5 (5.1
- 5.7), Chapter 8 (8.1-8.4); Unit IV- Chapter 14 (14.1-14.4), Chapter 16 (16.1, 16.2,
16.4-16.8); Unit V - Chapter 17 (17.1-17.3, 17.6-17.8), Chapter 3 (3.1- 3.6); Book 2: Unit
III - Chapter 9 (9.1- 9.4)]
Reference Book
1. Ian Somerville,( 2011), Software Engineering, 9th edition ,Pearson Publications
UC14MC552 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS (3-1-0-0-4)
Course objectives
1. To introduce the general tools and techniques to analyse and design computer
algorithms.
2. To equip the students with mathematical preliminaries required to analyze and
design computer algorithms.
Course outcomes
1. Implement and analyse good principles of algorithm design and estimate their worstcase and average-case behavior
2. Analyze data structures and its implementation
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction, analysis framework and brute force method: What is an algorithm, analysis
framework, asymptotic notations, basic efficiency classes, mathematical analysis of
recursive and non-recursive algorithms, introduction, selection sort, bubble sort, sequential
search and string matching
UNIT II
10 Hours
Divide and conquer, decrease and conquer: Introduction, merge sort, quick sort, binary
search, multiplication of large integers and strassens matrix multiplication.
Introduction, insertion sort, depth first search, breadth first search, topological sorting,
algorithms for generating combinatorial objects
UNIT III
10 Hours
Transform and conquer, space and time tradeoffs: Presorting, Heaps and Heapsort
Introduction, Sorting by Counting, Input Enhancement in String Matching, Hashing
UNIT IV
11 Hours
Greedy method and dynamic programming: Introduction, prims algorithm, kruskals
algorithm, djikstras algorithm, huffman trees.Introduction, computing binomial co-efficient,
warshalls and floyds algorithm, knapsack and memory functions
UNIT V
11 Hours
Limitations of algorithmic power and coping with them: Lower bound algorithms,
decision trees, P, NP and NP Complete problems. Backtracking n-queens problem,
Hamiltonian circuit problem, subset-sum problem, branch-and-bound assignment problem,
knapsack problem, travelling salesman problem, approximation for NP-Hard problems
Text Books
1. Anany Levitin, (2009), Introduction to Design and Analysis of Algorithms, 2nd edition,
Pearson Education
[Unit I - Chapter 1 (1.1), Chapter 2 (2.1- 2.4), Chapter 3 (3.1, 3.2); Unit II - Chapter 4
[(4.1-4.3, 4.5), Chapter 5 (5.1-5.4),; Unit III - Chapter 6 (6.1, 6.4), 7 (7.1-7.3); Unit IV Chapter 9 (9.1 - 9.4), Chapter 8 (8.1, 8.2, 8.4); Unit V - Chapter 11 (11.1 - 11.3),
Chapter 12 (12.1- 12.3)]
References
1. Coremen T.H, Leiserson C. E, Rivest R. L (1998), Introduction to Algorithms, PHI
2. Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni, Sanguthevar Rajasekaran, (2008), Fundamentals of

Computer Algorithms, 2nd edition, Universities Press
UC14MC553 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING USING JAVA (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To introduce the pure object-oriented concepts through Java programming language.
2. To enable a detailed insight into the Java programming concepts such as creating
classes, Methods, Interfaces, Packages, Multithreaded Environment, String handling,
Enumerations, Creating small Swing application and so on.
Course outcomes
1. Apply the object-oriented concepts through Java language.
2. Develop Java applications.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Java programming fundamentals: Overview - The java language, the key attributes of
object-oriented programming, the java development kit, a first simple program, handling
syntax errors, a second simple program, data types and operators- java's primitive types,
literals, a closer look at variables, the scope and lifetime of variables, operators, arithmetic
operators, relational and logical operators, short-circuit logical operators, the assignment
operator, shorthand assignments, type conversion in assignments, using a cast, operator
precedence, expressions
Program control statements
Input characters from the keyboard, the if statement, nested ifs, the if-else-if ladder, the
switch statement, nested switch statements, the for loop, declaring loop control variables
inside the for statement, the enhanced for loop, the while loop, the do-while loop, use break
to exit a loop, nested loops
UNIT II
10 Hours
Classes, objects and methods: Fundamentals - class fundamentals, how objects are
created, reference variables and assignment, methods, returning from a method, returning a
value, using parameters, constructors, parameterized constructors, the new operator
revisited, garbage collection and finalizers, the this keyword. More data types and operatorsarrays, multidimensional arrays, alternative array declaration syntax, assigning array
references, using the length member, the for-each style for loop, strings, using commandline arguments, the bitwise operators, the ? Operator, a closer look at methods and classes controlling access to class members, pass objects to methods, how arguments are passed,
returning objects, method overloading, overloading constructors, understanding static,
introducing nested and inner classes
UNIT III
10 Hours
Interfaces and packages, multithreaded programming: Interfaces & packages- interface
fundamentals, creating an interface, implementing an interface, using interface references,
implementing multiple interfaces, constants in interfaces, interfaces can be extended, nested
interfaces. package fundamentals, packages and member access, importing packages.
multithreaded programming - multithreading fundamentals, the thread class and runnable
interface, creating a thread, creating multiple threads, determining when a thread ends,
thread priorities, synchronization, using synchronized methods, the synchronized statement,

thread communication using notify(), wait() and notifyall(), suspending resuming and
stopping threads
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Inheritance and exception handling: Inheritance - Inheritance basics, member access and
inheritance, constructors and inheritance, using super to call superclass constructors, using
super to access superclass members, creating a multilevel hierarchy, when are constructors
executed? superclass references and subclass objects, method overriding, why overridden
methods? using abstract classes, using final, the object class. exception handling- the
exception hierarchy, exception handling fundamentals, using multiple catch clauses,
catching subclass exceptions, try blocks can be nested, throwing an exception, a closer look
at throwable, using finally, using throws, javas built-in exceptions, new exception features
added by JDK7, creating exception subclasses.
UNIT V
12 Hours
String handling, enumeration and annotations, exploring the language and utility
packages, swing fundamentals: String handling - string fundamentals, the string
constructors, three string-related language features, the length() method, obtaining the
characters within a string, string comparison, using indexof() and lastindexof(), obtaining a
modified string, changing the case of characters within a string.
Enumeration and annotations- Enumerations, constructors, methods, instance variables, and
enumerations, annotations.Exploring java.lang - Primitive type wrappers, the math class, the
runtime class, the system class, the object class, the class class the enum class.Exploring
java.util -The locale class, working with date and time, the scanner class, swing
fundamentals the origins and design philosophy of swing, components and containers,
layout managers, a first simple swing program.
Text Book
1. Herbert Schildt and Dale Skrien,(2013), Java Fundamentals A Comprehensive
Introduction, 1st edition, McGraw Hill, Unit I - Chapter 1 (1.4-1.9), Chapter 2 (2.22.15), Chapter 3 (3.1-3.13); Unit II - Chapter 4 (4.1-4.11), Chapter 5 (5.1-5.10),
Chapter 6 (6.1-6.9); Unit III Chapter 8 (8.1-8.8) ,Chapter 9 (9.1-9.3), Chapter 12
(12.1-12.11); Unit IV - Chapter 7 (7.1-7.14), Chapter 10 (10.1, 10.2, 10.5 - 10.14);
Unit V - Chapter 22 (22.1, 22.2, 22.4-22.9), Chapter 13 (13.1-13.7), Chapter 17
(17.1-17.4), Chapter 23 (23.1,23.2,23.5-23.9), Chapter 24 (24.1, 24.2, 24.5)
Reference Books
1. Herbert Schildt, (2006), The Complete Reference Java2, 7th edition,TataMcGraw Hill
2. Cay S Horstmann, Gary Cornell, (2005), Core Java 2 - Volume 1, 7th edition, Pearson
Education
3. P Radha Krishna, (2007), Object Oriented Programming through Java, 1st edition
CRC Press
UC14MC554 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS LABORATORY (0-0-20-1)

Course objectives
1. To introduce the general tools and techniques to analyse and design computer
algorithms.
2. To equip the students with mathematical preliminaries required to analyze and

design computer algorithms.
Course outcomes
1. Implement and analyse good principles of algorithm design and estimate their worstcase and average-case behavior
2. Analyze various data structures and its implementation
Exercises (Exercise 1- 4, 6-7, 9-11 are of 2 Hours each; Exercise 5 & 8 are of 4 Hours
each)
Instructions
For the exercises 2, 3 and 4 implement the algorithm for n elements and determine the time
taken to implement. Repeat the experiment for different values of n and plot a graph of time
taken versus n
1. Getting started with Technology
Write programs to implement the different algorithms studied in the theory classes.
2. (a) Selection Sort (b) Bubble Sort
3. Merge Sort
4. Heap Sort
5. Depth first search and Breadth first search
6. Horspools Algorithm
7. (a). Warshalls Algorithm (b) Floyds Algorithm
8. (a) Prims Algorithm (b) Kruskals Algorithm
9. 0/1 Knapsack problem
10. n-Queens problem
11. Lab Test
UC14MC555 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING USING JAVA LABORATORY

(0-0-2-0-1)
Course objectives
1. To introduce the pure object-oriented concepts through Java programming language.
2. To enable a detailed insight into the Java programming concepts such as creating
classes, Methods, Interfaces, Packages, Multithreaded Environment, String handling,
Enumerations, Creating small Swing application and so on.
Course outcomes
1. Apply the object-oriented concepts to implement the program using Java.
2. Develop real-time Java applications.
Exercises (Exercise 1-3, 5-8, 10-11 are of 2 Hours each; Exercises 4 & 9 are of of 4
Hours each)
1. Getting started with Technology.
Write a program to handle
2. Loops
3. Method Overloading and Constructor Overloading
4. Arrays
5. Interfaces and Packages
6. Multithreading
7. Inheritance
8. Exception Handling
9. Strings
10. Enumeration
11. Lab Test
UC14MC561 WEB FRAMEWORK USING RUBY ON RAILS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
language differs.
2. To explore the basic syntax and semantics of scripting language Ruby enabling the
Course outcome
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction to ruby: The command prompt, installing ruby, running ruby, ruby is an objectoriented language, some basic ruby, arrays and hashes, symbols, control structures, regular
expressions, blocks and iterators, reading and writing, command-line arguments, onward
and upward
UNIT II
12 Hours
Classes and containers: Objects and attributes, classes working with other classes, access
control, variables, arrays, hashes, blocks and iterators, containers everywhere
UNIT III
10 Hours
Sharing functionality, standard types, regular expressions: Inheritance and messages,
modules, mixins, iterators and the enumerable module, composing modules, inheritance,
mixins and design, numbers, strings, ranges, what regular expressions let you do, rubys
regular expressions, digger deeper, advanced regular expressions
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Rails: The web isnt perfect, the good web framework, enter rails, rails is ruby, rails
encourages agility, rails is opinionated software, rails is open source, the MVC pattern, the
MVC cycle, the layers of MVC, the libraries that make up rails, rails is modular, rails is no
silver bullet
UNIT V
10 Hours
Advanced rails: An overview of the project, creating the blog application, creating the
project databases, creating the article model , creating a database table, generating a
controller, up and running with scaffolding, adding more fields, adding validations, generated
files
Reference Books
1. Dave Thomas, Chad Fowler and Andy Hunt, (2013), Programming Ruby 1.9: The
Pragmatic Programmers Guide (Facets of Ruby), Pragmatic Bookshelf, 4th edition,
Unit I, II, III
2. Cloves Carneiro Jr., Rida Al Barazi, (2010), Beginning Rails 3, Apress, Unit IV, V
UC14MC562 NO SQL (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To provide knowledge of NoSQL differentiating with SQL.
2. To explore the basic syntax and semantics of NoSQL in general and MongoDB in
particular
Course outcome
1. Apply data modeling concepts and their applications in design and construct a
database using NoSQL.
UNIT I
12 Hours
NoSQL: What it is and why you need it and hello NoSQL : Definition and introduction,
sorted ordered column-oriented stores key/value stores, document databases, graph
databases, first impressions-examining two simple examples, working with language
bindings
UNIT II
10 Hours
Interfacing and interacting with NoSQL: If NoSQL, then what?, language binding for nosql
data stores, summary
UNIT III
10 Hours
Understanding the storage architecture: Working with column-oriented databases, hbase
distributed storage architecture, document store internals, understanding key/value stores in
memcached and redis, eventually consistent non-relational databases
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Performing CRUD operations: Creating records, accessing data, updating and deleting
data
UNIT V
10 Hours
Querying NoSQL stores, modifying data stores and managing evolution: Similarities
between SQL and MongoDB query features, accessing data from column- oriented
databases like hbase, querying redis data stores, changing document databases, schema
evaluation in column-oriented databases hbase data import and export, data evolution in
key/value stores
Text Book
1. Shashank Tiwari, Andy John, (2011), Professional NoSQL, 1st edition, Wiley & Sons,
[Unit I - Chapter 1, Chapter 2; Unit II - Chapter 3; Unit III - Chapter 4; Unit IV
Chapter 5; Unit V Chapter 6, Chapter 7]
UC14MC563 ADVANCED COMPUTER NETWORKS (4-0-0-0-4)
Course objectives
1. To understand the design and implementation of wired and wireless LANs

2. To familiarize with the client-server and peer-to-peer paradigms
Course outcomes
1. Work on different Wired LANs.
2. Handle Congestion Control and QoS issues
3. Classify and apply different multimedia protocols for various networks
UNIT I
10 Hours
Review of network models and switching : Internet history, standards and administration,
protocol layering, TCP/IP protocol suite, the OSI model, circuit- switched networks, packet
switching, structure of a switch.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Wired LANs: Ethernet- Ethernet protocol, standard ethernet, fast ethernet, gigabit ethernet.
SONET- Architecture, SONET Layers, SONET frames, STS multiplexing, SONET networks,
virtual tributaries. ATM: design goals, problems, architecture.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Wireless and mobile networks:Introduction, wireless links and network characteristics,
wifi: 802.11 wireless lans, cellular internet access, mobility management principles, mobile
ip, managing mobility in cellular networks.
UNIT IV
12 Hours
Multimedia networking: Multimedia networking applications, streaming stored audio and
video, making the best of the best- effort service, protocols for real time interactive
applications, providing multiple classes of service, providing quality of service guarantees.
UNIT V
10 Hours
Congestion control and quality of service: Congestion - Congestion control to improve
the performance of networks, TCP congestion control. quality of service. Data-flow
characteristics, flow control to improve QoS, integrated services, differentiated services.
Text Books
1. A Forouzan, (2012), Data Communications and Networking, Behrouz, 5th edition
McGrawHill.
2. James F. Kurose, Keith W.Ross, (2012), Computer Networking- a Top down
Approach, 5th Edition, Pearson Education
[Book 1: Unit I - Chapter 1 (1.4, 1.5), Chapter 2 (2.1. 2.2, 2.3), Chapter 8 (8.2, 8.3,
8.4); Unit II - Chapter 13 (13.1, 13.2, 13.3, 13.4), Chapter 14 (14.3, 14.4); Unit V Chapter 18 (18.3.4), Chapter 24 (24.3.9), Chapter 30 (30.1, 30.2, 30.3, 30.4);
Book 2: Unit III - Chapter 6 (6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7); Unit IV - Chapter 7 (7.1,
7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6)]
Reference Books
1. Andrew S. Tannenbaum, Computer Networks, (2013), 5th edition, Pearson Education
2. Behrouz A Forouzan, (2013), Computer Networks - a Top Down Approach,
McGrawHill, Special Indian Edition
UC14MC571 ADVANCED WEB FRAMEWORKS (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. Provides knowledge of different frameworks for website application.
2. Explore the basic syntax and semantics of different frameworks.
Course outcomes
1. Develop a web application using AngularJS, NodeJS, and Dojo frameworks.
2. Enables the students to design web pages.
UNIT I
10 Hours
AngularJS: Introduction to angularjs, anatomy of angularjs, developing in angularjs
UNIT II
10 Hours
AngularJS II: Analyzing an angularjs app, communicating with servers, directives hands on
exercises using the technology

UNIT III
10 Hours
NodeJS: Introduction and Setup, Node Core API Basics, Files, Processes, Streams and
Networking
UNIT IV
10 Hours
NodeJS II: Building and debugging modules and applications, building web applications,
connecting to databases. Hands on exercises using the technology
UNIT V
12 Hours
Dojo: Toolkit overview, language and browser utilities event listeners and pub/sub
communication, node manipulation, internationalization, hands on exercises using the
technology
Reference Books
1. AngularJS, Brad Greene, Shyam Seshadri, (2013), OReilly Media, 1st edition, - Unit I, II
2. Professional Node.js, Pedro Teixeira, (2013), John Wiley & Sons, - Unit III, IV
3. Matthew A Russel ,( 2008), Dojo: The Definitive Guide , OReilly Media, - Unit V
UC14MC572 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To understand the architecture of a data warehouse techniques for data gathering
and data pre-processing using OLAP tools.
2. To explore data mining models and techniques.
Course outcomes
1. Design a data mart or data warehouse for any organization
2. Extract knowledge using various data mining techniques
UNIT I
11 Hours
Data warehousing and OLAP: Data ware housing-introduction, operational data stores,
data warehouses, data warehouse design, guidelines for data warehouse implementation,
data warehouse metadata. OLAP - characteristics, motivations for using OLAP, multidimensional view & data cube, data cube implementations, data cube operations.
UNIT II
10 Hours
Data: Mining - introduction, what is data mining, motivating challenges, data mining tasks,
types of data, data quality, data preprocessing
UNIT III
10 Hours
Association analysis: Basic concepts and algorithms- frequent item set generation, rule
generation, compact representation of frequent item sets, alternative methods for generating
frequent item sets, fp growth algorithm, evaluation of association patterns
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Classification basics, General approach to solve: Classification problem, decision tree
introduction, rule based classifiers, nearest neighbor classifiers. Bayesian classifiers,
estimating predictive accuracy of classification methods, improving accuracy of clarification
methods, evaluation criteria for classification methods.
UNIT V
11 Hours
Clustering techniques: Overview, features of cluster analysis, types of data and computing
distance, types of cluster analysis methods, partitional methods, hierarchical methods,
density based methods, quality and validity of cluster analysis
Text Books
1. Pang-Ning Tan, Michael Steinbach, Vipin Kumar, (2008), Introduction to Data Mining,
1st edition , Addison- Wesley,
2. G. K. Gupta,(2009), Introduction to Data Mining with Case Studies, 3rd edition PHI,
New Delhi, [Book 1: Unit II - Chapter 1 (1.1- 1.4), Chapter 2 (2.1-2.3); Unit III Chapter 6 (6:6.2-6.7); Book 2 : Unit I - Chapter 8 (8.1- 8.6), Chapter 9 (9.3-9.7); Unit
IV - Chapter 4 (4.10 - 4.12); Unit V - Chapter 5 (5.1-5.6, 5.8)]
Reference Books
1. Arun K Pujari, (2009), Data Mining Techniques, 2nd edition, University Press
2. Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber,(2006), Data Mining - Concepts and Techniques,
2nd edition, Morgan Kaufmann Publisher
UC14MC573 CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY (4-0-0-0-4)

Course objectives
1. To introduce the concept of symmetric encryption including classical and modern
algorithm.
2. To learn cryptographic algorithm and security protocol to provide security over
network and the Internet.
3. To explore the facilities designed to protect a computer system from security threats,
including intruders, viruses and worms.
Course outcomes
1. Identify common network security vulnerabilities /attacks and evaluate the risks and
threats to networked computers
2. Develop the foundations of Cryptography and network security.
UNIT I
10 Hours
Introduction and classical encryption technique: OSI security architecture, security
attacks, security services, security mechanism, model for network security, symmetric cipher
model, substitution techniques, transposition techniques, steganography
UNIT II
10 Hours
Block ciphers, data encryption and advanced encryption standards: Block cipher
principles, the data encryption standard, the strength of DES, block cipher design principles
and modes of operation, evaluation criteria for AES, AES cipher-encryption and decryption.
UNIT III
10 Hours
Public key cryptography and key management: Principles of public key cryptosystem,
RSA algorithm, key management, diffie- hellman key exchange
UNIT IV
10 Hours
Message authentication and hash function: Authentication requirement, authentication
functions, message authentication code, hash functions, secure hash algorithm, digital
signatures, digital signature standard
UNIT V
12 Hours
Authentication applications and electronic mail security and IP security: Kerberos,
X.509 authentication service, pretty good privacy (PGP), S/MIME, IP Security Overview; IP
security architecture. System security - intruders, intrusion detection, viruses and related
threats, virus countermeasures, firewall design principles- characteristics, types of firewall
and firewall configuration
Text Book
1. William Stallings, (2009), Cryptography and Network Security Principles and
Practices, 5th edition, Pearson Education, ,.
[Book 1: Unit I - Chapter 1, Chapter 2 (2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.5); Unit II - Chapter 3 (3.1, 3.2,
3.3, 3.5), Chapter 5; Unit III - Chapter 9 (9.1, 9.2), Chapter 10 (10.1, 10.2); Unit IV Chapter 11 (11.1, 11.2, 11.3, 11.4), Chapter 12 (12.1), Chapter 13 (13.1, 13.2); Unit
V - Chapter 14 (14.1, 14.2), Chapter 15 (15.1, 15.2), Chapter 16 (16.1, 16.2),
Chapter 18 (18.1, 18.2), Chapter 19 (19.1, 19.2), Chapter 20 (20.1)]
Reference Books
1. Behrouz A. Forouzan & Debdeep Mukhopadhyay, (2010), Cryptography and Network
and Security, 2nd edition, Tata McGraw-Hill
2. Atul Kahate, Cryptography and Network Security, 2nd edition, Tata McGraw-Hill
Education,
3. Bruce Schneier, (2001), Applied Cryptography, 2nd edition, John Wiley & Sons Inc

Old-Hanbook For Scheme of Instruction and Syllabi

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Old-Hanbook For Scheme of Instruction and Syllabi

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

.E.

100 Crg APj 3 Av, AUg 560 085, PlP

PESU Student Handbook 2015-16 1

PESU Student Handbook 2015-16 2

PESU Student Handbook 2015-16 3

Message from the Chancellor

Message from the Pro Chancellor

Message from the Vice-Chancellor

I wish the very best and success to all the students.

Message from the Registrar

PESU Student Handbook 2015-16 5

What this handbook is about?

Published: July 2015

PESU Student Handbook 2015-16 6

VISION, MISSION AND QUALITY POLICY

Core Values of PES

PESU Student Handbook 2015-16 7

PES Group of Institutions an overview (http://www.pes.edu/about)

PES Degree College

BCA, B Sc., B Com, BBM, BHM,

PES College of Pharmacy

DPharma, B Pharma, M Pharma,

Rajiv Gandhi University

BE, MBA, MCA, MTech,

PES Institute of Medical

The Amaatra Academy

High School, PUC.

CBSE, New Delhi and

PES Public School

High School, PUC

BTech, BBA, BBA-HEM, BCA,

About PES University (www.pes.edu)

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS IN PES UNIVERSITY

WHAT IS EXPECTED OF PES STUDENTS?

INDUSTRY SPONSORED SCHOLARSHIPS - Corporates such as SAP Labs, Cognizant, Meritor

Conducting regular health camps and blood donation camps.

PESU Student Handbook 2015-16 13

RESEARCH DOMAINS AT PES UNIVERSITY

The following teams / facilities area available for Co-Curricular Activities

STUDENT COUNSELING AND LIFESTYLE MANAGEMENT CENTER

CONTACT INFORMATION OF KEY PERSONNEL

Prof. Ajoy Kumar

Chief Operating Officer,

Dr. V. Krishna Murthy

Dr. B.A. Kanchan Garg

Dr. Balaji Singh

Dr. Kavi Mahesh

Prof. Nitin V Pujari

10. Dr. B.K. Keshavan

Chairperson (I/C), Dept. of

16. Dr. Gopal R.K.

Program Chair (I/C)-MBA

17. Dr. Jyotirmoy Ghosh

Chairperson (I/C), Dept. of BBA

18. Prof. Sunita Srinivasan

Chairperson (I/C), Dept. of BBAHEM

19. Mr. Subhash Reddy

20. Dr. Krishnaveni

21. Mrs. Ancy Mathews

22. Mr. Vijendar Kumar

PESU Student Handbook 2015-16 17

23. Mr. Chinni Sridhar

Physical Education Director